As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 14, 2012

Registration Statement No. 333-179034



UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


AMENDMENT NO. 3
TO

F
ORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


GasLog Ltd.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

 

 

Bermuda
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

 

4400
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

N/A
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

c/o GasLog Monaco S.A.M.
Gildo Pastor Center
7 Rue du Gabian
MC 98000, Monaco
+377 97 97 51 15

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)


CT Corporation System
111 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10011
(212) 590-9338

(Name and Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)


 

 

 

William P. Rogers, Jr., Esq.
Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
Worldwide Plaza
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10019
(212) 474-1000

(telephone number)

(212) 474-3700

(facsimile number)

 

Stephen P. Farrell, Esq.
Finnbarr D. Murphy, Esq.
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
101 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10178
(212) 309-6050

(telephone number)

(212) 309-6001

(facsimile number)


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.


If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. £

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. £


The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

(Subject to Completion) Issued March 14, 2012

PROSPECTUS

Common Shares

GasLog Ltd.


GasLog Ltd. is offering its common shares. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $   and $   per share.


We are applying to have our common shares listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GLOG”.

Concurrently with the public offering of common shares pursuant to this prospectus, we are also selling approximately $3.7 million of our common shares through a private placement to certain of our directors and officers, at the public offering price.


Investing in our common shares involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15.


PRICE $   PER SHARE


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Share

 

Total

Public Offering Price

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

Proceeds to Company

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

GasLog Ltd. has granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional   shares.

The Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities regulators have not approved or disapproved these securities, or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on   , 2012.


 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

Citigroup

J.P. Morgan

 

UBS Investment Bank

 

 

 

Dahlman Rose & Company

 

DNB Markets

Evercore Partners

Pareto Securities

  SEB Enskilda

  , 2012


GasLog Savannah

GasLog Singapore


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

 

 

1

 

RISK FACTORS

 

 

15

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

 

40

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

 

42

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

 

43

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

 

44

 

DILUTION

 

 

45

 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

 

 

46

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

48

 

THE LNG SHIPPING INDUSTRY

 

 

77

 

BUSINESS

 

 

95

 

MANAGEMENT

 

 

116

 

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

 

123

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

 

125

 

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

 

 

129

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

 

141

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

 

147

 

BERMUDA COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

 

 

149

 

TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

 

152

 

EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

 

 

160

 

UNDERWRITING

 

 

161

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

 

167

 

EXPERTS

 

 

167

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

 

167

 

INDUSTRY DATA

 

 

168

 

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

 

168

 

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

 

 

169

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

F-1

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. Information contained on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

i


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the historical financial statements and the notes to those financial statements. You should pay special attention to the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 15 of this prospectus to determine whether an investment in our common shares is appropriate for you.

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this prospectus to “GasLog”, the “Company”, the “Group”, “we”, “our”, “us” or similar terms refer to GasLog Ltd. or any one or more of its subsidiaries or their predecessors, or to such entities collectively. References to “BG Group” refer to BG Group plc or any one or more of its subsidiaries or to such entities collectively; references to “Samsung Heavy Industries” refer to Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd.; and references to “Shell” refer to Royal Dutch Shell plc or any one or more of its subsidiaries or to such entities collectively. For the definition of certain terms used in this prospectus, see the “Glossary of Terms” beginning on page 169 of this prospectus.

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to currency amounts in this prospectus are in U.S. dollars, all information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised and all share numbers give effect to the 238-for-1 share split effected as described under “Capitalization”. The number of shares to be sold in the concurrent private placement and the number of outstanding shares after this offering assume an initial public offering price at the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus.

Business Overview

We are a growth-oriented international owner, operator and manager of liquefied natural gas (“LNG”) carriers providing support to international energy companies as part of their LNG logistics chain. Our owned fleet consists of 10 wholly owned LNG carriers, including two ships delivered to us in 2010 and eight LNG carriers to be constructed by the world’s leading LNG shipbuilder, Samsung Heavy Industries. We currently manage and operate 14 LNG carriers, which includes our owned ships, as well as 11 ships owned or leased by BG Group, a leading participant in the global energy and natural gas markets, and one additional LNG carrier in which we have a 25% interest. All of our ten owned ships are, or when delivered will be, newly-built LNG carriers equipped with the latest tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion technology, which lowers the fuel cost to charterers and environmental emissions compared to traditional steam-powered LNG carriers. We have secured multi-year time charter contracts for the two ships delivered to us in 2010 and six of our newbuilding ships on order that from December 31, 2011 provide total contracted revenue in excess of $1.2 billion during their initial terms, which expire between 2015 and 2021. Our owned fleet includes:

 

 

 

 

the GasLog Savannah , a 2010-built LNG carrier currently operating under a time charter to a subsidiary of BG Group, the initial term of which expires in 2015;

 

 

 

 

the GasLog Singapore , a 2010-built LNG carrier currently operating under a time charter to a subsidiary of BG Group, the initial term of which expires in 2016;

 

 

 

 

four LNG carriers on order at Samsung Heavy Industries in South Korea, scheduled for completion in 2013, for which time charters commencing upon delivery have been secured with a subsidiary of BG Group for initial terms of five years (two ships) and six years (two ships);

 

 

 

 

two LNG carriers on order at Samsung Heavy Industries in South Korea, scheduled for completion in 2013 (one ship) and 2014 (one ship), for which time charters commencing upon delivery have been secured with a subsidiary of Shell for initial terms of seven years; and

 

 

 

 

two LNG carriers on order at Samsung Heavy Industries in South Korea, scheduled for completion in 2014 (one ship) and 2015 (one ship), for which we are continuing to evaluate charter opportunities.

In addition to our committed order book, we have options to purchase two additional LNG carriers from Samsung Heavy Industries that expire in 2012 and, as mentioned above, we have a 25% interest in

1


an additional ship, the Methane Nile Eagle , a 2007-built LNG carrier technically managed by us that is currently operating under a 20-year time charter to a subsidiary of BG Group. We have not yet decided whether we will exercise the options.

The total contract price for our eight newbuilding ships on order is approximately $1.55 billion, of which $124.4 million has been paid to date. We have entered into four loan agreements aggregating $1.13 billion to finance a portion of the contract prices of our eight newbuildings. Borrowings under these facilities will bear interest at floating rates, will be repayable over periods ranging from six to 12 years, will require us to comply with certain financial and operating covenants and will be secured by mortgages on the ships. We expect to fund the balance of the total contract price with the proceeds of this offering. In the event we decide to exercise our options to order two additional ships from Samsung, we expect to finance the costs with cash from operations and a combination of debt and equity financing.

We have structured our order book of new LNG carriers to have staggered delivery dates, facilitating a smooth integration of the ships into our fleet as well as meaningful annual growth through 2015. Upon delivery of the last of our eight contracted newbuildings in 2015, our owned fleet will have an average age of 1.9 years, making it one of the youngest in the industry.

We currently focus on multi-year time charters, as we believe that their economic terms offer us a combination of return on our investment, rate stability and re-chartering flexibility. Our current time charters have initial terms of up to seven years and include options that permit the charterers to extend the terms for successive multi-year periods under hire rate provisions that are comparable to those prevailing at the end of the expiring term. We will continue to evaluate the attractiveness of longer and shorter term chartering opportunities as the commercial characteristics of the LNG carrier industry evolve.

Our wholly owned subsidiary, GasLog LNG Services Ltd., or “GasLog LNG Services”, exclusively handles the technical management of our fleet and has been the sole technical manager of BG Group’s owned fleet of LNG carriers for over 10 years. As a result, we have had a longer presence in LNG shipping than many other independent owners of LNG carriers currently in the industry, and during that time we have established a track record for efficient, safe and reliable operation of LNG carriers.

Business Opportunities

With the global demand for natural gas increasing and LNG’s share of the international natural gas trade expanding within the sector, we believe the following attributes of the LNG industry create opportunities for us to successfully execute our business plan and expand our business:

 

 

 

 

Natural gas and LNG are strong and growing components of global energy sources. Natural gas accounted for 24% of the world’s energy consumption in 2010, and over the last two decades has been one of the world’s fastest growing energy sources, growing at twice the rate of oil consumption over the same period. We believe LNG, which accounted for 31% of overall cross-border trade of natural gas in 2010, will continue to increase its share in the mid-term future. Because of the cost and environmental advantages of natural gas relative to other energy sources, together with the increased availability of natural gas, we believe that demand for natural gas and LNG in particular will continue to grow in the future.

 

 

 

 

The demand for LNG shipping is experiencing significant growth. Disparities in the location of natural gas reserves and the nations that consume natural gas have resulted in a rise in the percentage of natural gas traded between countries as well as an increase in the portion that is being transported in the form of LNG. This is being driven by the growing distances between natural gas sources and its users, the greater flexibility and generally lower capital costs of shipping natural gas in the form of LNG, as well as the reduced environmental impact, as compared to transportation by pipeline. Additionally, price disparity between markets is becoming a feature of the LNG trade market, with a significant difference in terms of the prices that Far Eastern and American buyers are willing to pay for LNG, creating arbitrage

2


 

 

 

 

opportunities for LNG producers and traders. Planned capacity increases in liquefaction and regasification terminals are anticipated to increase export capacity significantly, requiring additional LNG carriers to support trade activity. Based on the current project pipeline of liquefaction projects that are planned or under construction, liquefaction capacity is expected to increase by 38% by 2016, requiring an additional 100 LNG carriers, compared to a global order book of 58 ships. For more details about these liquefaction projects and the current global order book, see “The LNG Shipping Industry”.

 

 

 

 

A limited newbuilding order book and high barriers to entry should restrict the supply of new LNG carriers. The order book of LNG carriers represents only 17% of current LNG carrier fleet capacity as of December 31, 2011, with only modest increases expected in 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. We also believe that significant barriers to entry exist in the LNG shipping sector, given the large capital requirements, the limited availability of financing, the limited availability of qualified ship personnel and the need for a high degree of technical management capabilities. The industry is also known to have a demanding customer base that requires the highest quality operating standards. Finally, we believe the limited construction capacity at high-quality shipyards and the long lead-time required for the construction of LNG carriers should also restrict the supply of new LNG carriers in the near-term.

         

 

 

 

Stringent customer certification standards favor experienced, high-quality operators. Energy companies have established increasingly high operational, safety and financial standards that independent owners of LNG carriers generally must meet in order to qualify for employment in their programs. As we have managed LNG carriers for BG Group for over 10 years and our technical management operations have also been vetted by four other major energy companies, we believe that these rigorous and comprehensive certification standards will enhance our ability to compete for new customers and charters relative to less qualified and less experienced ship operators.

 

 

 

 

Increasing ownership of the global LNG carrier fleet by independent owners. Independent owners have increased their share of the global LNG carrier fleet from approximately 25.8% in 2001, to 31.2% as of January 2012. Orders by independent owners represent 72.4% of the current global order book. We believe private and state-owned energy companies will continue to seek high-quality independent owners for their growing LNG shipping requirements in the future, driven in part by large capital requirements and a recognition that LNG ship-owning and operation are outside of their core areas of expertise.

 

 

 

 

Strong preference for modern ships equipped with the latest tri-fuel diesel electric technology. Today 71% of the global LNG carrier fleet is equipped with steam turbine propulsion, while approximately 90% of the LNG carriers currently on order will have diesel electric propulsion. We believe that most charterers prefer the newer diesel electric propulsion technology because it offers significantly lower fuel consumption and emissions as compared with steam-powered ships. Based on average prices for heavy fuel oil in Singapore during 2011, tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion offers estimated savings of over 30%, or approximately $33,040 to $41,300 per day, for a ship operating on fuel oil at a speed of 19.5 knots in laden condition, compared to conventional steam turbine propulsion. As all of the LNG carriers in our owned fleet are modern ships with tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion, we believe we are well positioned to benefit from this trend.

We can provide no assurance, however, that the industry dynamics described above will continue or that we will be able to capitalize on these opportunities. Please read “Risk Factors” and “The LNG Shipping Industry”.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our future business prospects are well supported by the following factors:

 

 

 

 

Significant built-in growth through fleet expansion. Our fleet of wholly owned LNG carriers will grow from its current position of two to 10 ships by the first quarter of 2015, all of which we

3


 

 

 

 

expect to be employed on multi-year time charters. Our order book represents one of the largest in the LNG shipping industry at a time when ship capacity is constrained and demand is expected to increase.

 

 

 

 

Predictable and high-growth cash flow profile through secured charter contracts. Our multi-year time charters vary in duration and have staggered ending dates, with initial terms that expire between 2015 and 2021. We believe our revenue and cash flow profile should exhibit meaningful growth and be relatively predictable. Our contracted revenues are supported by the protections inherent in our charters, including review provisions and cost pass-through provisions.

 

 

 

 

Strong credit-worthy counterparties. We have secured multi-year time charter contracts with BG Group and Shell for eight of the ten ships in our owned fleet, including six of our newbuilding ships on order. By contracting with companies that we believe are financially strong such as BG Group and Shell, we believe we have minimized our counterparty risk.

 

 

 

 

Demonstrated access to financing. We funded our two LNG carriers that were delivered in 2010, the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore , through debt financing as well as equity provided by our controlling shareholder, Ceres Shipping. We have entered into loan agreements that, together with the proceeds of this offering, will fully fund our committed order book of eight LNG carriers. We believe that being able to access financing will improve our ability to capture market opportunities.

 

 

 

 

Newly-constructed and high specification LNG carriers with most advanced tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion technology. We believe that our ships offer attractive characteristics that provide a competitive advantage in securing future charters with customers and enhance the ships’ earnings potential. Upon delivery of the last of our eight contracted newbuildings in 2015, our owned fleet will be among the youngest of any LNG shipping operator, with an average ship age of 1.9 years. The 155,000 cbm size of each of our 10 owned ships is compatible with most of the existing LNG terminals around the globe. In addition, all of our owned ships will be sister ships, which enables us to benefit from economies of scale and operating efficiencies in ship construction, crew training, crew rotation and shared spare parts. Each ship is or will be equipped with the latest tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion technology, which is equipped on only 13% of the current global LNG carrier fleet. This propulsion technology significantly reduces both fuel costs and emissions relative to steam turbine propulsion.

 

 

 

 

In-house management company with a track record for efficiency, safety and operational performance. Our owned fleet is technically managed through our wholly owned subsidiary, GasLog LNG Services. This integrated approach allows us to offer our customers high-quality performance, reliability and efficiency while maintaining a close control over operating costs. GasLog LNG Services also actively supervises our new construction projects from design to delivery. As the sole technical manager to date of BG Group’s owned LNG carrier fleet over the last 10 years and more recently managing our own ships, we have developed significant experience and know-how in the operation of LNG carriers. We provide comprehensive onboard training for our officers and crews and we have recorded only four lost time injuries in nearly 15 million exposure hours. We believe that existing and prospective customers will seek to engage with our company for their chartering needs as a result of the combination of our safety track record, strong technical capabilities and reputation for high operating standards.

 

 

 

 

Experienced leadership team with extensive relationships in the LNG shipping sector. Our leadership team and ship personnel have managed and operated LNG carriers since 2001. During this time, we believe we have established a track record in the industry for operational excellence and acquired significant experience in the operation and ownership of high-specification LNG carriers. Our senior executives have an average of 17 years of shipping experience, a substantial portion of which has been in the LNG sector. In addition, under the leadership of our chairman and chief executive officer, we have developed an extensive network of relationships with major energy companies, leading LNG shipyards, global financial institutions and other key participants

4


 

 

 

 

throughout the shipping industry. We believe all these factors will collectively enhance our ability to attract new LNG business opportunities and implement our growth strategy.

We can provide no assurance, however, that we will be able to utilize our strengths described above. Please read “Risk Factors” and “The LNG Shipping Industry”.

Our Business Strategies

Our primary business objective is to build upon our strengths with a view to maximizing value for our shareholders by executing the following strategies:

 

 

 

 

Capitalize on growing demand for LNG shipping. We plan to take delivery of our eight newbuilding ships over the next few years, the earnings of which will position us financially to meet the growing demand for LNG shipping. We believe our industry reputation and relationships position us well to further expand our owned fleet to the extent that such capacity additions are accretive to returns.

 

 

 

 

Pursue a multi-year chartering strategy. Consistent with our focus on multi-year charters, we have secured time charters for the two ships delivered to us in 2010 and six of our eight newbuilding LNG carriers with five to seven year initial terms and staggered maturities. We believe that this strategy offers us a combination of return on our investment, rate stability, cash-flow visibility and re-chartering flexibility. We plan to continue to pursue multi-year time charters for our ships as we evaluate additional growth opportunities and assess the attractiveness of longer and shorter-term employment opportunities to maximize returns in a risk-efficient manner. The duration and other terms of our charters may require the approval of our lenders in some cases.

 

 

 

 

Strengthen relationships with existing customers. We expect BG Group and Shell will further expand their LNG operations, and that their demand for LNG shipping capacity will consequently increase. While we cannot guarantee that BG Group and Shell will further expand their LNG operations or that they will use our services, we believe we are well positioned to support them in executing their growth plans if their demand for LNG carriers and services increases in the future.

 

 

 

 

Opportunistically seek to expand and diversify our customer base. We intend to cultivate relationships that we have with a number of major energy companies beyond our current customer base and explore relationships with other leading energy companies, with an aim to supporting their growth programs and capitalizing on attractive opportunities these programs may offer. We believe our operational expertise, in combination with our reputation and track record in LNG shipping, positions us favorably to capture additional commercial opportunities in the LNG industry.

 

 

 

 

Provide high-quality customer service that acts as a benchmark for the industry. We intend to adhere to the highest standards with regard to reliability, safety and operational excellence as we execute our fleet expansion plans. Maintaining the highest safety and technical standards will, we believe, give us greater commercial opportunities to service new and existing customers.

Our Relationship to Our Controlling Shareholders

Our chairman and chief executive officer, Peter G. Livanos, is our controlling shareholder through his ownership of Ceres Shipping Ltd., or “Ceres Shipping”, which has a majority ownership interest in Blenheim Holdings Ltd., or “Blenheim Holdings”. Following the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, Mr. Livanos will continue to be our controlling shareholder through his interest in Blenheim Holdings, which will hold approximately   % of our issued and outstanding common shares, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. Accordingly, he will be able to control the outcome of most matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote. Members of the Radziwill family, who have an indirect minority ownership interest in

5


the Company through Blenheim Holdings, and the Alexander S. Onassis Foundation, or the “Onassis Foundation”, which has a minority ownership interest in the Company through Olympic LNG Investments Ltd., act as partners to the Livanos family in establishing the growth strategy for the Company. These shareholders have agreed with one another to provide equity funding on a pro rata basis prior to this offering and in the event that this offering is not consummated, in connection with the expansion of our owned fleet, although we do not have written agreements with them which would give us the right to require them to provide such funding.

The shipping activities of the Livanos family commenced more than 100 years ago, and Ceres Shipping also has interests in tankers, dry bulk carriers and containerships. Ceres Shipping’s LNG shipping activities commenced in 2001, and its operations in the LNG shipping sector are conducted exclusively through GasLog and our subsidiaries. Prior to the closing of this offering, Mr. Livanos, who controls Ceres Shipping and Blenheim Holdings, will enter into a restrictive covenant agreement with us pursuant to which he will agree that he will not directly or indirectly compete with our LNG shipping business. The agreement will terminate in the event that Mr. Livanos ceases to beneficially own at least 20% of our common shares and will not prohibit certain specified activities, including the ownership of certain minority interests in companies that may compete with the Company. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”. In addition, Mr. Livanos and Blenheim Holdings will agree that, subject to certain exceptions, they will not sell any shares of the Company owned by them for 18 months following the closing of the offering.

The Onassis Foundation’s shipping business is managed through Olympic Shipping & Management S.A. It is the successor to Olympic Maritime S.A., a company established by Aristotle Onassis in Paris in 1952, and currently manages a fleet of tankers and dry bulk carriers. The Onassis Foundation has advised the Company that it currently intends for GasLog to be its sole vehicle for investing in the LNG business. We do not, however, have any written agreements in place that would prohibit the Onassis Foundation from investing in the LNG business outside of its investment in us.

Selected Risk Factors

Our ability to successfully implement our business strategy is dependent on our ability to manage a number of risks relating to our industry and our business. These risks include:

 

 

 

 

Our future performance depends on continued growth in LNG production and demand for LNG and LNG shipping, which could be significantly affected by the overall demand for and price of natural gas, which can be volatile. Growth in LNG production and demand for LNG and LNG shipping could also be negatively impacted by material delays in the construction of new liquefaction facilities, increases in the production levels of low-cost natural gas in domestic natural gas consuming markets or in areas linked by pipelines to consuming markets, new taxes or regulations affecting LNG production or liquefaction, or any significant explosion, spill or other incident involving an LNG facility or carrier.

 

 

 

 

Our controlling shareholder, Peter G. Livanos, who is also our chairman and chief executive officer, may have interests that are different from the interests of other shareholders. He will be able to control the outcome of most matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote. Although we will enter into a restrictive covenant agreement with Mr. Livanos and Blenheim Holdings prior to the closing of this offering, we do not have any such agreements in place with our other shareholders, whose interests may conflict with ours.

 

 

 

 

We depend upon two customers for nearly all of our revenues, and the loss of either or both of these customers would result in a significant loss of revenues.

 

 

 

 

If any of our ships is unable to generate revenues for a significant period of time, including due to unexpected periods of off-hire or early charter termination, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

6


 

 

 

 

A number of marine transportation companies have entered the LNG shipping market in recent years, and the supply of LNG carriers has and is expected to continue to increase, driven in part by an increase in LNG production capacity. Although a significant portion of LNG carriers continue to be built for longer-term contracts tied to new LNG projects, some newbuilding orders have been placed without a firm charter in place. This expansion of the global LNG carrier fleet and increase in competition could adversely impact charter hire rates when we are seeking new time charters and could prevent us from expanding our relationships with existing customers or obtaining new customers.

 

 

 

 

Our substantial debt levels, consisting of $283.11 million of outstanding indebtedness as of December 31, 2011 and $1.13 billion in borrowings we expect to make in connection with the financing of our contracted newbuildings, could limit our flexibility to obtain additional financing and pursue other business opportunities. A failure to meet our payment and other obligations under our debt facilities, or to comply with the operating and financial covenants in the facilities, including covenants based on the value of our ships, could cause our loans to be accelerated and result in foreclosure on our ships.

For further discussion of the risks that we face, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 15 of this prospectus.

7


Corporate and Ownership Structure

The following diagram provides a summary of our corporate and ownership structure after giving effect to this offering and the concurrent private placement, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Peter G. Livanos, our chairman and chief executive officer, has a majority ownership interest in Blenheim Holdings through Ceres Shipping and through other shares of Blenheim Holdings held for the benefit of Mr. Livanos and members of his family. John S. Radziwill, the father of our vice chairman, Philip Radziwill, may be deemed to have an indirect minority ownership interest in Blenheim Holdings.

 

(2)

 

 

 

Reflects shares beneficially held by the directors and officers named in this prospectus other than Peter G. Livanos, whose shares are held through Blenheim Holdings.

 

(3)

 

 

 

BG Asia Pacific Ptd. Limited, a subsidiary of BG Group, and Eagle Gas Shipping Co. E.S.A., an entity affiliated with the government of Egypt, have 25% and 50% equity interests, respectively, in Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd.

8


Dividend Policy

Following this offering, we intend to pay a quarterly dividend of $   per share commencing in the fourth quarter of 2012. As our fleet expands, we will evaluate future increases to the quarterly dividend consistent with our cash flow and liquidity position. Our policy is to pay dividends in amounts that will allow us to retain sufficient liquidity to fund our obligations as well as execute our business plan going forward. Our board of directors will determine the timing and amount of all dividend payments, based on various factors, including our financial performance, cash requirements and contractual and legal restrictions. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to pay quarterly dividends. See “Dividend Policy” and “Risk Factors”.

Certain Matters of Bermuda Law

Consent under the Exchange Control Act 1972 (and its related regulations) has been obtained from the Bermuda Monetary Authority for the issue and transfer of the common shares to and between residents and non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes provided our shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes the New York Stock Exchange. This prospectus will be filed with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda in accordance with Bermuda law. In granting such consent and in accepting this prospectus for filing, neither the Bermuda Monetary Authority nor the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda accepts any responsibility for our financial soundness or the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.

Company Information

GasLog Ltd. is an exempted company incorporated on July 16, 2003 under the laws of Bermuda. We are registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number 33928. We are a holding company and we conduct our operations through various subsidiaries. We maintain a registered office in Bermuda at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM 11, Bermuda.

Our principal executive offices are at Gildo Pastor Center, 7 Rue du Gabian, MC 98000, Monaco. Our telephone number at that address is +377 97 97 51 15. Our website is http://www.gaslogltd.com. The information and other content contained on our website are not part of this prospectus.

9


The Offering

 

 

 

Common shares offered

 

  shares.

 

 

 

  shares, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full.

 

Concurrent private placement

 

Concurrently with the public offering of common shares pursuant to this prospectus, we are also selling approximately $3.7 million of our common shares through a private placement to certain of our directors and officers, at the public offering price.

 

Common shares issued and outstanding immediately after offering and concurrent private placement

 

  shares.

 

 

 

  shares, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full.

 

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering and the concurrent private placement will be approximately $   million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement to fund our scheduled installment payments under our eight new LNG carrier construction contracts and for other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds”.

 

Dividends

 

Following this offering, we intend to pay a quarterly dividend of $   per share commencing in the fourth quarter of 2012. As our fleet expands, we will evaluate future increases to the quarterly dividend consistent with our cash flow and liquidity position. Our board of directors will determine the timing and amount of all dividend payments, based on various factors, including our financial performance, cash requirements and contractual and legal restrictions.

 

NYSE listing

 

We are applying to list our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GLOG”.

 

Risk factors

 

Investment in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in our common shares.

10


Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data

The following table presents summary consolidated financial and operating data of our business, as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2009 has been derived from our audited statement of financial position as of December 31, 2009, which is not included in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards, or “IFRS”, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or the “IASB”.

This information should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by, our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars,
except share and per share data)

STATEMENT OF INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

$

 

8,528

 

 

 

$

 

39,832

 

 

 

$

 

66,471

 

Vessel operating and supervision costs

 

 

 

(3,056

)

 

 

 

 

(8,644

)

 

 

 

 

(12,946

)

 

Depreciation of fixed assets

 

 

 

(126

)

 

 

 

 

(6,560

)

 

 

 

 

(12,827

)

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

(6,241

)

 

 

 

 

(11,571

)

 

 

 

 

(15,997

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) from operations

 

 

 

(894

)

 

 

 

 

13,056

 

 

 

 

24,701

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial costs

 

 

 

(72

)

 

 

 

 

(5,046

)

 

 

 

 

(9,631

)

 

Financial income

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

 

42

 

Loss on interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,725

)

 

Gain on financial investments

 

 

 

4,689

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of profit of associate

 

 

 

635

 

 

 

 

1,460

 

 

 

 

1,312

 

Gain on disposal of subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income/(expense)

 

 

 

5,304

 

 

 

 

(3,465

)

 

 

 

 

(10,978

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 

 

$

 

4,409

 

 

 

$

 

9,591

 

 

 

$

 

13,723

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit attributable to owners of the Group

 

 

 

4,409

 

 

 

 

9,849

 

 

 

 

14,040

 

Loss attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(258

)

 

 

 

 

(317

)

 

Earnings per share, basic and diluted (1)

 

 

$

 

0.12

 

 

 

$

 

0.25

 

 

 

$

 

0.36

 

Weighted average number of shares, basic (1)

 

 

35,700,000

   

 

35,700,000

   

 

35,837,297

 

Weighted average number of shares, diluted (1)

 

 

35,700,000

   

 

39,101,496

   

 

39,101,496

 

Dividends declared per share (1)(2)

 

 

 

   

 

$

 

0.44

 

 

 

$

 

0.22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

SEGMENT REVENUES AND EXPENSES (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues attributable to vessel ownership segment

 

 

$

 

5

 

 

 

$

 

28,304

 

 

 

$

 

55,756

 

Vessel operating and supervision costs attributable to vessel ownership segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,781

)

 

 

 

 

(10,100

)

 

Revenues attributable to vessel management segment

 

 

 

10,122

 

 

 

 

14,240

 

 

 

 

13,292

 

Vessel operating and supervision costs attributable to vessel management segment

 

 

 

(4,655

)

 

 

 

 

(5,174

)

 

 

 

 

(4,693

)

 

11


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

 

7,240

 

 

 

$

 

23,270

 

 

 

$

 

20,093

 

Investment in associate (4)

 

 

 

7,113

 

 

 

 

7,003

 

 

 

 

6,528

 

Tangible fixed assets (5)

 

 

 

475

 

 

 

 

450,265

 

 

 

 

438,902

 

Vessels under construction

 

 

 

246,445

 

 

 

 

18,700

 

 

 

 

109,070

 

Total assets

 

 

 

277,924

 

 

 

 

512,005

 

 

 

 

607,013

 

Loans—current portion

 

 

 

4,191

 

 

 

 

22,640

 

 

 

 

24,277

 

Loans—non-current portion

 

 

 

170,869

 

 

 

 

287,597

 

 

 

 

256,788

 

Share capital (1)

 

 

391

   

 

391

   

 

391

 

Equity attributable to owners of the Group

 

 

 

91,017

 

 

 

 

171,733

 

 

 

 

290,414

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,199

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

91,017

 

 

 

 

180,932

 

 

 

 

290,414

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

CASH FLOW DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

$

 

134

 

 

 

$

 

25,633

 

 

 

$

 

27,001

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

(32,167

)

 

 

 

 

(212,806

)

 

 

 

 

(86,464

)

 

Net cash from financing activities

 

 

 

33,796

 

 

 

 

203,203

 

 

 

 

56,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA (6)

 

 

$

 

4,555

 

 

 

$

 

21,076

 

 

 

$

 

36,139

 

Adjusted EBITDA (6)

 

 

 

4,555

 

 

 

 

21,076

 

 

 

 

38,864

 

Net debt at end of period (6)

 

 

 

172,933

 

 

 

 

293,853

 

 

 

 

262,074

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

FLEET DATA (7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of managed ships at end of period

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

14

 

Average number of managed ships during period

 

 

 

8.0

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

 

 

 

14.0

 

Number of owned ships at end of period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

2

 

Average number of owned ships during period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

 

2.0

 

Average age of owned ships (years)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

 

1.5

 

Total calendar days for owned fleet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

372

 

 

 

 

730

 

Total operating days for owned fleet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

372

 

 

 

 

730

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Gives effect to the 238-for-1 share split effected on March 13, 2012, as described under “Capitalization”.

 

(2)

 

 

 

Of the total $17.25 million and $8.5 million dividends declared, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, $16.77 million and $0.77 million, respectively, was paid in cash and the remainder was contributed to the capital of the Company by our existing majority shareholder.

 

(3)

 

 

 

Includes inter-segment revenues and expenses, which are eliminated in the consolidation of our accounts. See Note 24 to our consolidated annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(4)

 

 

 

Consists of our 25% ownership interest in Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company whose principal asset is the LNG carrier Methane Nile Eagle.

 

(5)

 

 

 

Includes delivered vessels (including drydocking component of vessel cost) as well as office property and other tangible assets, less accumulated depreciation. See Note 6 to our consolidated annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

12


 

(6)

 

 

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA. EBITDA represents earnings before interest income and expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents earnings before interest income and expense, taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-cash loss on interest rate swaps resulting from mark-to- market adjustments. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are non-GAAP financial measures, are used as supplemental financial measures by management and external users of financial statements, such as investors, to assess our financial and operating performance. We believe that EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA assist our management and investors by increasing the comparability of our performance from period to period and against the performance of other companies in our industry that provide EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA information. We believe that including EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as financial and operating measures benefits investors in (i) selecting between investing in us and other investment alternatives and (ii) monitoring our ongoing financial and operational strength in assessing whether to continue to hold common shares. This increased comparability is achieved by excluding the potentially disparate effects between periods or companies of interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and, in the case of Adjusted EBITDA, non-cash loss on interest rate swaps, which items are affected by various and possibly changing financing methods, capital structure and historical cost basis and which items may significantly affect results of operations between periods.

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered as alternatives to, or as substitutes for, profit, profit from operations, net cash from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with IFRS. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA exclude some, but not all, items that affect profit, and these measures may vary among companies. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Therefore, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as presented below may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

 

 

 

 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to Profit for the periods presented:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to Profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 

 

$

 

4,409

 

 

 

$

 

9,591

 

 

 

$

 

13,723

 

Depreciation of fixed assets

 

 

 

126

 

 

 

 

6,560

 

 

 

 

12,827

 

Financial costs

 

 

 

72

 

 

 

 

5,046

 

 

 

 

9,631

 

Financial income

 

 

 

(52

)

 

 

 

 

(121

)

 

 

 

 

(42

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EBITDA

 

 

$

 

4,555

 

 

 

$

 

21,076

 

 

 

$

 

36,139

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,725

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

$

 

4,555

 

 

 

$

 

21,076

 

 

 

$

 

38,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net debt. Net debt, which is a non-GAAP financial measure, is defined as the sum of Loans—current portion and Loans—non-current portion, less cash and cash equivalents (excluding cash held in ship management client accounts) as of the end of the relevant period. We believe that Net debt assists our management and investors by providing a means to assess our leverage while giving consideration to the cash and cash equivalents we hold.

13


The following table sets forth a reconciliation of Net debt to Loans for the periods presented:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Reconciliation of Net debt to Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans—non-current portion

 

 

$

 

170,869

 

 

 

$

 

287,597

 

 

 

$

 

256,788

 

Loans—current portion

 

 

 

4,191

 

 

 

 

22,640

 

 

 

 

24,277

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

(7,240

)

 

 

 

 

(23,270

)

 

 

 

 

(20,093

)

 

Ship management client accounts (a)

 

 

 

5,113

 

 

 

 

6,886

 

 

 

 

1,102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net debt

 

 

$

 

172,933

 

 

 

$

 

293,853

 

 

 

$

 

262,074

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

(a)

 

 

 

We hold funds in ship management client accounts on behalf of our vessel management customers to cover operating expenses of customer-owned ships operating under our management.

 

(7)

 

 

  Presentation of fleet data does not include newbuilding ships on order during the relevant periods. The data presented regarding our owned fleet includes only our currently wholly owned ships, the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore. The data presented regarding our managed fleet includes our owned fleet as well as ships owned by BG Group and Egypt LNG that are operating under our management.

14


RISK FACTORS

You should consider carefully the following risk factors, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, before making an investment in our common shares. Any of the risk factors described below could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition or operating results, which may reduce our ability to pay dividends and lower the trading price of our common shares. You may lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Industry

Our future performance depends on continued growth in LNG production and demand for LNG and LNG shipping.

Our future performance, including our ability to profitably expand our fleet beyond delivery of our eight contracted newbuildings, will depend on continued growth in LNG production and the demand for LNG and LNG shipping. A complete LNG project includes production, liquefaction, storage, regasification and distribution facilities, in addition to the marine transportation of LNG. Increased infrastructure investment has led to an expansion of LNG production capacity in recent years, but material delays in the construction of new liquefaction facilities could constrain the amount of LNG available for shipping, reducing ship utilization. While global LNG demand has continued to rise, it has risen at a slower pace than previously predicted and the rate of its growth has fluctuated due to several factors, including the global economic crisis and continued economic uncertainty, fluctuations in the price of natural gas and other sources of energy, the continued acceleration in natural gas production from unconventional sources in regions such as North America and the highly complex and capital intensive nature of new or expanded LNG projects, including liquefaction projects. Continued growth in LNG production and demand for LNG and LNG shipping could be negatively affected by a number of factors, including:

 

 

 

 

increases in interest rates or other events that may affect the availability of sufficient financing for LNG projects on commercially reasonable terms;

 

 

 

 

increases in the cost of natural gas derived from LNG relative to the cost of natural gas generally;

 

 

 

 

increases in the production levels of low-cost natural gas in domestic natural gas consuming markets, which could further depress prices for natural gas in those markets and make LNG uneconomical;

 

 

 

 

increases in the production of natural gas in areas linked by pipelines to consuming areas, the extension of existing, or the development of new pipeline systems in markets we may serve, or the conversion of existing non-natural gas pipelines to natural gas pipelines in those markets;

 

 

 

 

decreases in the consumption of natural gas due to increases in its price, decreases in the price of alternative energy sources or other factors making consumption of natural gas less attractive;

 

 

 

 

any significant explosion, spill or other incident involving an LNG facility or carrier;

 

 

 

 

infrastructure constraints such as delays in the construction of liquefaction facilities, the inability of project owners or operators to obtain governmental approvals to construct or operate LNG facilities, as well as community or political action group resistance to new LNG infrastructure due to concerns about the environment, safety and terrorism;

 

 

 

 

labor or political unrest or military conflicts affecting existing or proposed areas of LNG production or regasification;

 

 

 

 

decreases in the price of LNG, which might decrease the expected returns relating to investments in LNG projects;

 

 

 

 

new taxes or regulations affecting LNG production or liquefaction that make LNG production less attractive; or

 

 

 

 

negative global or regional economic or political conditions, particularly in LNG consuming regions, which could reduce energy consumption or its growth.

15


Reduced demand for LNG or LNG shipping, or any reduction or limitation in LNG production capacity, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to secure future multi-year time charters upon expiration or early termination of our current charter arrangements, or for any new ships we acquire beyond our contracted newbuildings, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders.

Demand for LNG shipping could be significantly affected by volatile natural gas prices and the overall demand for natural gas.

Gas prices are volatile and are affected by numerous factors beyond our control, including but not limited to the following:

 

 

 

 

worldwide demand for natural gas;

 

 

 

 

the cost of exploration, development, production, transportation and distribution of natural gas;

 

 

 

 

expectations regarding future energy prices for both natural gas and other sources of energy;

 

 

 

 

the level of worldwide LNG production and exports;

 

 

 

 

government laws and regulations, including but not limited to environmental protection laws and regulations;

 

 

 

 

local and international political, economic and weather conditions;

 

 

 

 

political and military conflicts; and

 

 

 

 

the availability and cost of alternative energy sources, including alternate sources of natural gas in gas importing and consuming countries.

Our future growth depends on our ability to expand relationships with existing customers, establish relationships with new customers and obtain new time charter contracts, for which we will face substantial competition from established companies with significant resources and potential new entrants.

We will seek to enter into additional multi-year time charter contracts upon the expiration or early termination of our existing charter arrangements, and we may also seek to enter into additional multi-year time charter contracts in connection with the expansion of our fleet of owned ships beyond our contracted newbuildings. In addition, we may seek to expand the customer base for our ship management services. The process of obtaining multi-year charters for LNG carriers is highly competitive and generally involves an intensive screening procedure and competitive bids, which often extends for several months. We believe LNG carrier time charters are awarded based upon a variety of factors relating to the ship and the ship operator, including:

 

 

 

 

size, age, technical specifications and condition of the ship;

 

 

 

 

efficiency of ship operation;

 

 

 

 

LNG shipping experience and quality of ship operations;

 

 

 

 

shipping industry relationships and reputation for customer service;

 

 

 

 

technical ability and reputation for operation of highly specialized ships;

 

 

 

 

quality and experience of officers and crew;

 

 

 

 

safety record;

 

 

 

 

the ability to finance ships at competitive rates and financial stability generally;

 

 

 

 

relationships with shipyards and the ability to get suitable berths;

 

 

 

 

construction management experience, including the ability to obtain on-time delivery of new ships according to customer specifications; and

 

 

 

 

competitiveness of the bid in terms of overall price.

We expect substantial competition for providing marine transportation services for potential LNG projects from a number of experienced companies, including other independent ship owners as well as

16


state-sponsored entities and major energy companies that own and operate LNG carriers and may compete with independent owners by using their fleets to carry LNG for third parties. Some of these competitors have significantly greater financial resources and larger fleets than we have. A number of marine transportation companies—including companies with strong reputations and extensive resources and experience—have entered the LNG transportation market in recent years, and there are other ship owners and managers who may also attempt to participate in the LNG market in the future. This increased competition may cause greater price competition for time charters. As a result of these factors, we may be unable to expand our relationships with existing customers or to obtain new customers on a profitable basis, if at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders.

Hire rates for LNG carriers are not generally publicly available and may fluctuate substantially. If rates are lower when we are seeking a new charter, our revenues and cash flows may decline.

Our ability from time to time to charter or re-charter any ship at attractive rates will depend on, among other things, the prevailing economic conditions in the LNG industry. Hire rates for LNG carriers are not generally publicly available and may fluctuate over time as a result of changes in the supply-demand balance relating to current and future ship capacity. This supply-demand relationship largely depends on a number of factors outside our control. The LNG charter market is connected to world natural gas prices and energy markets, which we cannot predict. A substantial or extended decline in demand for natural gas or LNG could adversely affect our ability to re-charter our ships at acceptable rates or to acquire and profitably operate new ships. Hire rates for newbuildings are correlated with the price of newbuildings. Hire rates at a time when we may be seeking new charters may be lower than the hire rates at which our ships are currently chartered. If hire rates are lower when we are seeking a new charter, our revenues and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders, may decline, as we may only be able to enter into new charters at reduced or unprofitable rates or we may have to secure a charter in the spot market, where hire rates are more volatile. Prolonged periods of low charter hire rates or low ship utilization could also have a material adverse effect on the value of our assets.

An oversupply of ships may lead to a reduction in the charter hire rates we are able to obtain when seeking charters in the future.

Driven in part by an increase in LNG production capacity, the market supply of LNG carriers has been increasing as a result of the construction of new ships. During the period from 2005 to 2010, the global fleet of LNG carriers grew by an average of 15% per year due to the construction and delivery of new LNG carriers. Although the global newbuilding order book dropped steeply in 2009 and 2010, orders for over 50 newbuilding LNG carriers were placed during 2011. The newbuilding order book of almost 60 ships as of December 31, 2011 amounts to 17% of global LNG carrier fleet capacity, with the majority of the newbuildings scheduled for delivery in 2013 and 2014. This and any future expansion of the global LNG carrier fleet may have a negative impact on charter hire rates, ship utilization and ship values, which impact could be amplified if the expansion of LNG production capacity does not keep pace with fleet growth.

If charter hire rates are lower when we are seeking new time charters upon expiration or early termination of our current charter arrangements, or for any new ships we acquire beyond our contracted newbuildings, our revenues and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders, may decline.

If an active short-term or spot LNG carrier charter market continues to develop, our revenues and cash flows may become more volatile and may decline following expiration or early termination of our current charter arrangements.

One of our principal strategies is to enter into multi-year time charters for our owned ships. Most shipping requirements for new LNG projects continue to be provided on a multi-year basis, though the

17


level of spot voyages and short-term time charters of less than 12 months in duration has grown in the past few years.

If an active short-term or spot charter market continues to develop, we may have increased difficulty entering into multi-year time charters upon expiration or early termination of our current charters, or for any new ships we acquire beyond our contracted newbuildings. As a result, our revenues and cash flows may become more volatile. In addition, an active short-term or spot charter market may require us to enter into charters based on changing market prices, as opposed to contracts based on fixed rates, which could result in a decrease in our revenues and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders, if we enter into charters during periods when the market price for shipping LNG is depressed.

Further technological advancements and other innovations affecting LNG carriers could reduce the charter hire rates we are able to obtain when seeking new employment, and this could adversely impact the value of our assets.

The charter rates, asset value and operational life of an LNG carrier are determined by a number of factors, including the ship’s efficiency, operational flexibility and physical life. Efficiency includes speed and fuel economy. Flexibility includes the ability to enter harbors, utilize related docking facilities and pass through canals and straits. Physical life is related to the original design and construction, the ongoing maintenance and the impact of operational stresses on the asset. If more advanced ship designs are developed in the future and new ships are built that are more efficient or more flexible or have longer physical lives than ours, competition from these more technologically advanced LNG carriers could adversely affect the charter hire rates we will be able to secure when we seek to re-charter our ships upon expiration or early termination of our current charter arrangements and could also reduce the resale value of our ships. This could adversely affect our revenues and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders.

Risks associated with operating and managing ocean-going ships could affect our business and reputation.

The operation and management of ocean-going ships carries inherent risks. These risks include the possibility of:

 

 

 

 

marine disaster;

 

 

 

 

piracy;

 

 

 

 

environmental accidents;

 

 

 

 

bad weather;

 

 

 

 

grounding, fire, explosions and collisions;

 

 

 

 

cargo and property loss or damage;

 

 

 

 

business interruptions caused by mechanical failure, human error, war, terrorism, disease and quarantine, or political action in various countries; and

 

 

 

 

work stoppages or other labor problems with crew members serving on our ships.

An accident involving any of our owned or managed ships could result in any of the following:

 

 

 

 

death or injury to persons, loss of property or environmental damage;

 

 

 

 

delays in the delivery of cargo;

 

 

 

 

loss of revenues from termination of charter contracts or ship management agreements;

 

 

 

 

governmental fines, penalties or restrictions on conducting business;

 

 

 

 

litigation with our employees, customers or third parties;

 

 

 

 

higher insurance rates; and

 

 

 

 

damage to our reputation and customer relationships generally.

18


Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders.

Our insurance may be insufficient to cover losses that may occur to our property or result from our operations.

The operation of any ship includes risks such as mechanical failure, personal injury, collision, fire, contact with floating objects, property loss or damage, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to a number of reasons, including political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of a marine disaster, including explosion, spills and other environmental mishaps, and other liabilities arising from owning, operating or managing ships in international trade.

Although we carry protection and indemnity insurance covering our owned ships consistent with industry standards, we can give no assurance that we are adequately insured against all risks or that our insurers will pay a particular claim. We also may be unable to procure adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future. Even if our insurance coverage is adequate to cover our losses, we may not be able to obtain a timely replacement ship in the event of a loss of a ship. Any uninsured or underinsured loss could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to shareholders. Similarly, although we carry ship manager insurance in connection with our management of third-party ships, we can give no assurance that such insurance will adequately insure us against all risks associated with our ship management services, that our insurers will pay a particular claim or that we will be able to procure adequate insurance coverage at commercially reasonable rates in the future.

In addition, some of our insurance coverage is maintained through mutual protection and indemnity associations, and as a member of such associations we may be required to make additional payments over and above budgeted premiums if member claims exceed association reserves.

Our ships may suffer damage and we may face unexpected costs and off-hire days.

In the event of damage to our owned ships, the damaged ship would be off-hire while it is being repaired, which would decrease our revenues and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders. In addition, the costs of ship repairs are unpredictable and can be substantial. In the event of repair costs that are not covered by our insurance policies, we may have to pay such repair costs, which would decrease our earnings and cash flows.

The required drydocking of our ships could be more expensive and time consuming than we anticipate, which could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

Drydockings of our owned ships require significant capital expenditures and result in loss of revenue while our ships are off-hire. Any significant increase in either the number of off-hire days due to such drydockings or in the costs of any repairs carried out during the drydockings could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and our cash flows. We may not be able to accurately predict the time required to drydock any of our ships or any unanticipated problems that may arise. If more than one of our ships is required to be out of service at the same time, or if a ship is drydocked longer than expected or if the cost of repairs during the drydocking is greater than budgeted, our results of operations and our cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders, could be adversely affected.

Changes in global and regional economic conditions could adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Weak global or regional economic conditions may negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in ways that we cannot predict. Our ability to expand our fleet beyond our contracted newbuildings will be dependent on our ability to obtain financing to fund the acquisition of additional ships. In addition, uncertainty about current and future global economic conditions may cause our customers to defer projects in response to tighter credit, decreased capital

19


availability and declining customer confidence, which may negatively impact the demand for our ships and services and could also result in defaults under our current charters or termination of our ship management contracts. A tightening of the credit markets may further negatively impact our operations by affecting the solvency of our suppliers or customers which could lead to disruptions in delivery of supplies such as equipment for conversions, cost increases for supplies, accelerated payments to suppliers, customer bad debts or reduced revenues.

Disruptions in world financial markets could limit our ability to obtain future debt financing or refinance existing debt.

Global financial markets and economic conditions have been severely disrupted and volatile in recent years and remain subject to significant vulnerabilities, such as the deterioration of fiscal balances and the rapid accumulation of public debt, continued deleveraging in the banking sector and a limited supply of credit. Credit markets as well as the debt and equity capital markets were exceedingly distressed during 2008 and 2009 and have been extremely volatile in recent months. The current credit crisis in countries such as Greece, for example, and concerns over debt levels of certain other European Union member states and in other countries around the world, as well as concerns about international banks, have led to increased volatility in global credit and equity markets. These issues, along with the re-pricing of credit risk and the difficulties currently experienced by financial institutions have made, and will likely continue to make, it difficult to obtain financing. As a result of the disruptions in the credit markets, many lenders have increased margins on lending rates, enacted tighter lending standards, required more restrictive terms (including higher collateral ratios for advances, shorter maturities and smaller loan amounts), or have refused to refinance existing debt at all. Furthermore, certain banks that have historically been significant lenders to the shipping industry have reduced or ceased lending activities in the shipping industry. New banking regulations, including larger capital requirements and the resulting policies adopted by lenders, could reduce lending activities. We may experience difficulties obtaining financing commitments, including commitments to refinance our existing debt as substantial balloon payments come due under our credit facilities, in the future if lenders are unwilling to extend financing to us or unable to meet their funding obligations due to their own liquidity, capital or solvency issues. As a result, financing may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. If financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our future obligations as they come due. Our failure to obtain the funds for these capital expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders. In the absence of available financing, we also may be unable to take advantage of further business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures.

Compliance with safety and other requirements imposed by classification societies may be very costly and may adversely affect our business.

The hull and machinery of every commercial LNG carrier must be classed by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the ship has been built and maintained in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of that classification society. Moreover, every ship must comply with all applicable international conventions and the regulations of the ship’s flag state as verified by a classification society. Finally, each ship must successfully undergo periodic surveys, including annual, intermediate and special surveys performed under the classification society’s rules.

If any ship does not maintain its class, it will lose its insurance coverage and be unable to trade, and the ship’s owner will be in breach of relevant covenants under its financing arrangements. Failure to maintain the class of one or more of our ships could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders.

20


The LNG shipping industry is subject to substantial environmental and other regulations, which may significantly limit our operations or increase our expenses.

Our operations are materially affected by extensive and changing international, national, state and local environmental laws, regulations, treaties, conventions and standards which are in force in international waters, or in the jurisdictional waters of the countries in which our ships operate and in the countries in which our ships are registered. These requirements include those relating to equipping and operating ships, providing security and to minimizing or addressing impacts on the environment from ship operations. We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, substantial expenses in complying with these requirements, including expenses for ship modifications and changes in operating procedures. We also could incur substantial costs, including cleanup costs, civil and criminal penalties and sanctions, the suspension or termination of operations and third-party claims as a result of violations of, or liabilities under, such laws and regulations.

In addition, these requirements can affect the resale value or useful lives of our ships, require a reduction in cargo capacity, necessitate ship modifications or operational changes or restrictions or lead to decreased availability of insurance coverage for environmental matters. They could further result in the denial of access to certain jurisdictional waters or ports or detention in certain ports. We are required to obtain governmental approvals and permits to operate our ships. Delays in obtaining such governmental approvals may increase our expenses, and the terms and conditions of such approvals could materially and adversely affect our operations.

Additional laws and regulations may be adopted that could limit our ability to do business or increase our operating costs, which could materially and adversely affect our business. For example, new or amended legislation relating to ship recycling, sewage systems, emission control (including emissions of greenhouse gases) as well as ballast water treatment and ballast water handling may be adopted. The United States has recently enacted legislation and regulations that require more stringent controls of air and water emissions from ocean-going ships. Such legislation or regulations may require additional capital expenditures or operating expenses (such as increased costs for low-sulfur fuel) in order for us to maintain our ships’ compliance with international and/or national regulations. We also may become subject to additional laws and regulations if we enter new markets or trades.

We also believe that the heightened environmental, quality and security concerns of insurance underwriters, regulators and charterers will generally lead to additional regulatory requirements, including enhanced risk assessment and security requirements as well as greater inspection and safety requirements on all LNG carriers in the marine transportation market. These requirements are likely to add incremental costs to our operations, and the failure to comply with these requirements may affect the ability of our ships to obtain and, possibly, collect on, insurance or to obtain the required certificates for entry into the different ports where we operate.

Some environmental laws and regulations, such as the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or “OPA”, provide for potentially unlimited joint, several, and/or strict liability for owners, operators and demise or bareboat charterers for oil pollution and related damages. OPA applies to discharges of any oil from a ship in U.S. waters, including discharges of fuel and lubricants from an LNG carrier, even if the ships do not carry oil as cargo. In addition, many states in the United States bordering on a navigable waterway have enacted legislation providing for potentially unlimited strict liability without regard to fault for the discharge of pollutants within their waters. We also are subject to other laws and conventions outside the United States that provide for an owner or operator of LNG carriers to bear strict liability for pollution, such as the Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976, or the “London Convention”.

Some of these laws and conventions, including OPA and the London Convention, may include limitations on liability. However, the limitations may not be applicable in certain circumstances, such as where a spill is caused by a ship owner’s or operator’s intentional or reckless conduct. In addition, in response to the Deepwater Horizon oil spill, the U.S. Congress is currently considering a number of bills that could potentially modify or eliminate the limits of liability under OPA.

Compliance with OPA and other environmental laws and regulations also may result in ship owners and operators incurring increased costs for additional maintenance and inspection requirements,

21


the development of contingency arrangements for potential spills, obtaining mandated insurance coverage and meeting financial responsibility requirements.

Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely impact our operations and markets.

Due to concern over the risks of climate change, a number of countries and the International Maritime Organization, or “IMO”, have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emission from ships. These regulatory measures may include adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased efficiency standards and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. Although emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping currently are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, or the “Kyoto Protocol”, a new treaty may be adopted in the future that includes restrictions on shipping emissions. Compliance with future changes in laws and regulations relating to climate change could increase the costs of operating and maintaining our ships and could require us to install new emission controls, as well as acquire allowances, pay taxes related to our greenhouse gas emissions or administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. Revenue generation and strategic growth opportunities may also be adversely affected.

Adverse effects upon the oil and gas production industry relating to climate change, including growing public concern about the environmental impact of climate change, may also have an effect on demand for our services. For example, increased regulation of greenhouse gases or other concerns relating to climate change may reduce the demand for oil and gas in the future or create greater incentives for use of alternative energy sources. Any long-term material adverse effect on the oil and gas production industry could have significant financial and operational adverse impacts on our business that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

We operate our ships worldwide, which could expose us to political, governmental and economic instability that could harm our business.

Because we operate our ships worldwide in the geographic areas where our customers do business, our operations may be affected by economic, political and governmental conditions in the countries where our ships operate or where they are registered. Any disruption caused by these factors could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In particular, our ships frequent LNG terminals in countries including Egypt, Equatorial Guinea and Trinidad as well as transit through the Gulf of Aden and the Strait of Malacca. Economic, political and governmental conditions in these and other regions have from time to time resulted in military conflicts, terrorism, attacks on ships, mining of waterways, piracy and other efforts to disrupt shipping. Future hostilities or other political instability in the geographic regions where we operate or may operate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders. In addition, our business could also be harmed by tariffs, trade embargoes and other economic sanctions by the United States or other countries against countries in the Middle East, Southeast Asia or elsewhere as a result of terrorist attacks, hostilities or diplomatic or political pressures that limit trading activities with those countries.

Terrorist attacks, international hostilities and piracy could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Terrorist attacks such as the attacks on the United States on September 11, 2001 and more recent attacks in other parts of the world, as well as the continuing response of the United States and other countries to these attacks, and the threat of future terrorist attacks continue to cause uncertainty in the world financial markets and may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders. The current conflicts in Iraq and Afghanistan, and continuing hostilities in the Middle East, may lead to additional acts of terrorism, further regional conflicts and other armed actions around the world, which may contribute to further instability in the global financial markets. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

22


In the past, political conflicts have also resulted in attacks on ships, mining of waterways and other efforts to disrupt international shipping, particularly in the Arabian Gulf region. Acts of terrorism and piracy have also affected ships trading in regions such as the South China Sea and the Gulf of Aden. Since 2008, the frequency of piracy incidents against commercial shipping vessels has increased significantly, particularly in the Gulf of Aden and off the coast of Somalia. Any terrorist attacks targeted at ships may in the future negatively materially affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and could directly impact our ships or our customers. We may not be adequately insured to cover losses from these incidents. In addition, crew costs, including those due to employing onboard security guards, could increase in such circumstances.

In addition, LNG facilities, shipyards, ships, pipelines and gas fields could be targets of future terrorist attacks or piracy. Any such attacks could lead to, among other things, bodily injury or loss of life, as well as damage to the ships or other property, increased ship operating costs, including insurance costs, reductions in the supply of LNG and the inability to transport LNG to or from certain locations. Terrorist attacks, war or other events beyond our control that adversely affect the production, storage or transportation of LNG to be shipped by us could entitle our customers to terminate our charter contracts in certain circumstances, which would harm our cash flows and our business.

Terrorist attacks, or the perception that LNG facilities and LNG carriers are potential terrorist targets, could materially and adversely affect expansion of LNG infrastructure and the continued supply of LNG. Concern that LNG facilities may be targeted for attack by terrorists has contributed significantly to local community and environmental group resistance to the construction of a number of LNG facilities, primarily in North America. If a terrorist incident involving an LNG facility or LNG carrier did occur, in addition to the possible effects identified in the previous paragraph, the incident may adversely affect the construction of additional LNG facilities and could lead to the temporary or permanent closing of various LNG facilities currently in operation.

In the future the ships we own or manage could be required to call on ports located in countries that are subject to restrictions imposed by the United States and other governments.

The United States and other governments and their agencies impose sanctions and embargoes on certain countries and maintain lists of countries they consider to be state sponsors of terrorism. In particular, in 2010, the United States enacted the Comprehensive Iran Sanctions Accountability and Divestment Act, or “CISADA”, which expanded the scope of the former Iran Sanctions Act. Among other things, CISADA expanded the application of the prohibitions imposed by the U.S. government to non-U.S. companies, such as us, and limits the ability of companies and persons to do business or trade with Iran when such activities relate to the investment, supply or export of refined petroleum or petroleum products, as well as LNG. In addition, the U.S. Congress is currently considering the enactment of the Iran, North Korea and Syria Nonproliferation Reform and Modernization Act of 2011, which would, among other things, provide for the imposition of sanctions, including a prohibition on investments by U.S. persons and a 180-day prohibition on a vessel landing at any U.S. port after landing in such countries, on companies or persons that provide certain shipping services to or from Iran, North Korea or Syria. If enacted, this act would apply to our charterers as well as to us. Although the ships we own and those we manage have not called on ports in countries subject to sanctions or embargoes or in countries identified as state sponsors of terrorism, including Iran, North Korea and Syria, we cannot assure you that these ships will not call on ports in these countries in the future.

While we intend to maintain compliance with all sanctions and embargoes applicable to us, U.S. and international sanctions and embargo laws and regulations do not necessarily apply to the same countries or proscribe the same activities, which may make compliance difficult. Additionally, the scope of certain laws may be unclear, and these laws may be subject to changing interpretations and application and may be amended or strengthened from time to time, including by adding or removing countries from the proscribed lists. Violations of sanctions and embargo laws and regulations could result in fines or other penalties and could result in some investors deciding, or being required, to divest their investment, or not to invest, in us.

23


Operating costs and capital expenses will increase as our ships age.

In general, capital expenditures and other costs necessary for maintaining a ship in good operating condition increase as the age of the ship increases. Accordingly, it is likely that the operating costs of our ships will increase in the future.

Reliability of suppliers may limit our ability to obtain supplies and services when needed.

We rely, and will in the future rely, on a significant supply of consumables, spare parts and equipment to operate, maintain, repair and upgrade our fleet of ships. Delays in delivery or unavailability of supplies could result in off-hire days due to consequent delays in the repair and maintenance of our fleet. This would negatively impact our revenues and cash flows. Cost increases could also negatively impact our future operations, although we expect that the impact of significant cost increases would be mitigated to some extent by provisions in our charter contracts, including review provisions and cost pass-through provisions.

Governments could requisition our ships during a period of war or emergency, resulting in loss of earnings.

The government of a jurisdiction where one or more of our ships are registered could requisition for title or seize our ships. Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a ship and becomes its owner. Also, a government could requisition our ships for hire. Requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a ship and effectively becomes the charterer at dictated charter rates. Generally, requisitions occur during a period of war or emergency, although governments may elect to requisition ships in other circumstances. Although we would expect to be entitled to government compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our ships, the amount and timing of payments, if any, would be uncertain. A government requisition of one or more of our ships would result in off-hire days under our time charters and may cause us to breach covenants in certain of our credit facilities, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders.

Maritime claimants could arrest our ships, which could interrupt our cash flows.

Crew members, suppliers of goods and services to a ship, shippers of cargo and other parties may be entitled to a maritime lien against a ship for unsatisfied debts, claims or damages. In many jurisdictions, a maritime lienholder may enforce its lien by arresting a ship. The arrest or attachment of one or more of our ships which is not timely discharged could cause us to default on a charter or breach covenants in certain of our credit facilities and, to the extent such arrest or attachment is not covered by our protection and indemnity insurance, could require us to pay large sums of money to have the arrest or attachment lifted. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders.

Additionally, in some jurisdictions, such as the Republic of South Africa, under the “sister ship” theory of liability, a claimant may arrest both the ship that is subject to the claimant’s maritime lien and any “associated” ship, which is any ship owned or controlled by the same owner. Claimants could try to assert “sister ship” liability against one ship in our fleet for claims relating to another of our ships.

We may be subject to litigation that could have an adverse effect on us.


We may in the future be involved from time to time in litigation matters. These matters may include, among other things, contract disputes, personal injury claims, environmental claims or proceedings, toxic tort claims, employment matters and governmental claims for taxes or duties as well as other litigation that arises in the ordinary course of our business. We cannot predict with certainty the outcome of any claim or other litigation matter. The ultimate outcome of any litigation matter and the potential costs associated with prosecuting or defending such lawsuits, including the diversion of management’s attention to these matters, could have an adverse effect on us and, in the event of litigation that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on us, could lead to an event of default under certain of our credit facilities.

24


Risks Related to Our Business

Any limitation in the availability or operation of our ships could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, which effect would be amplified by the small size of our fleet during the period prior to delivery of our new LNG carriers that are on order.

Our owned fleet consists of two LNG carriers that are currently in operation and eight newbuilding ships on order. If any of our ships is unable to generate revenues for any significant period of time for any reason, including unexpected periods of off-hire, early charter termination or failure to secure employment for the two newbuilding ships scheduled for delivery in 2014 and 2015 for which we have not yet secured charters, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders, could be materially and adversely affected. The impact of any limitation in the operation of our ships or any early charter termination would be amplified during the period prior to delivery of our newbuildings, as a substantial portion of our current cash flows and income are dependent on the revenues earned by the chartering of our two LNG carriers currently in operation. We do not carry loss of hire insurance.

Our vessel ownership segment has a limited operating history.

We have provided LNG ship management services through our subsidiary GasLog LNG Services since 2001, but our vessel ownership operating segment has a more limited operating history. The principal assets of our vessel ownership segment are our two wholly owned LNG carriers delivered in 2010. As we take delivery of our eight newbuilding ships on order, an increasingly large portion of our operating results will dependent on the performance of our vessel ownership segment. Accordingly, we expect our future operating results to differ materially from our historical operating results.

We depend upon two customers for nearly all of our revenues. The loss of either or both of these customers would result in a significant loss of revenues and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We have historically derived nearly all of our revenues from one customer, BG Group. For the year ended December 31, 2011, BG Group accounted for 99% of our revenues. Following the delivery of our eight new LNG carriers on order, they will continue to be a key customer, as four of our newbuildings will be chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group upon delivery from the shipyard. Of the remaining four newbuildings, two will be chartered to a subsidiary of Shell. We could lose a customer or the benefits of our time charter or ship management arrangements for many different reasons, including if the customer is unable or unwilling to make charter hire or other payments to us because of a deterioration in its financial condition, disagreements with us or otherwise. If either or both of our customers terminates its charters, chooses not to re-charter our ships after the initial charter terms or is unable to perform under its charters and we are not able to find replacement charters, we will suffer a loss of revenues that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders. Our revenues would also be impacted if BG Group terminates or is unable to perform under our ship management contracts.

Any charter termination could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our charterers have the right to terminate a ship’s time charter in certain circumstances, such as:

 

 

 

 

loss of the ship or damage to it beyond repair;

 

 

 

 

if the ship is off-hire for any reason other than scheduled drydocking for a period exceeding 90 consecutive days, or for more than 90 days or 110 days, depending on the charter, in any one-year period;

 

 

 

 

defaults by us in our obligations under the charter; or

25


 

 

 

 

the outbreak of war or hostilities involving two or more major nations, such as the United States or the Peoples Republic of China, that would materially and adversely affect the trading of the ship for a period of at least 30 days.

A termination right under one ship’s time charter would not automatically give the charterer the right to terminate its other charter contracts with us. However, a charter termination could materially affect our relationship with the customer and our reputation in the LNG shipping industry, and in some circumstances the event giving rise to the termination right could potentially impact multiple charters. Accordingly, the existence of any right of termination could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders.

If we lose a charter, we may be unable to obtain a new time charter on terms as favorable to us or with a charterer of comparable standing, particularly if we are seeking new time charters at a time when charter rates in the LNG industry are depressed. Consequently, we may have an increased exposure to the volatile spot market, which is highly competitive and subject to significant price fluctuations. In the event that we are unable to re-deploy a ship for which a charter has been terminated, we will not receive any revenues from that ship, and we may be required to pay expenses necessary to maintain the ship in proper operating condition. In addition, in the event of a charter termination we could be required under certain of our credit facilities to deposit cash in an account held with the applicable lender until we have obtained a new time charter on terms acceptable to such lender, which could restrict our cash available for dividends to our shareholders.

Our ship management agreements may be terminated with limited advance notice.

Unlike our time charters, our ship management agreements with a subsidiary of BG Group and Egypt LNG may be terminated at any time by either party with a short period of advance notice. In the event that a ship management agreement is terminated by BG Group other than in connection with the sale of a ship, BG Group would generally be entitled to immediately terminate the ship management agreements for the other ships we manage on its behalf. If a customer were to terminate our ship management agreements, we may be unable to find new customers for our ship management services or we may choose not to continue providing ship management services to third-party customers, which could adversely impact our revenues and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders.

Due to our lack of diversification, adverse developments in the LNG transportation industry could adversely affect our business, particularly if such developments occur at a time when we are seeking a new charter.

Due to our lack of diversification, an adverse development in the LNG transportation industry could have a significantly greater impact on our business, particularly if such developments occur at a time when our charters have expired or been terminated, than if we maintained more diverse assets or lines of businesses.

Our contracts for the eight newbuilding ships we have on order are subject to risks that could cause delays in the delivery of the ships, which could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows.

Our eight contracted newbuilding ships are scheduled to be delivered to us on various dates between 2013 and 2015. Significant delays in the delivery of one or more of these ships, which are expected to generate a substantial portion of our contracted revenue in future years, would delay our receipt of revenues under the related time charters. These delays could result in the cancellation of those time charters or introduce other liabilities under those charters, which could adversely affect our anticipated results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders. In addition, the delivery of any of these ships with substantial defects or unexpected operational problems could have similar consequences.

26


The delivery of a newbuilding could be delayed because of numerous factors, including, but not limited to:

 

 

 

 

shortages of equipment, materials or skilled labor;

 

 

 

 

delays in the receipt of necessary construction materials, such as steel, or equipment, such as engines or generators;

 

 

 

 

failure of equipment to meet quality and/or performance standards;

 

 

 

 

the shipyard’s over-committing to new ships to be constructed;

 

 

 

 

changes in governmental regulations or maritime self-regulatory organization standards;

 

 

 

 

financial or operating difficulties experienced by equipment vendors or the shipyard;

 

 

 

 

required changes to the original ship specifications;

 

 

 

 

inability to obtain required permits or approvals;

 

 

 

 

disputes with the shipyard;

 

 

 

 

work stoppages and other labor disputes; and

 

 

 

 

adverse weather conditions or any other events of force majeure, including war or hostilities between South Korea, where we have ships on order at Samsung Heavy Industries, and North Korea.

As we take delivery of our newbuilding ships, we will need to expand our staff and crew. If we cannot recruit and retain employees and provide adequate compensation, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected.

Our ability to acquire and retain customers depends on a number of factors, including our ability to man our ships with masters, officers and crews of suitable experience in operating LNG carriers. As we take delivery of our newbuilding ships, we expect to hire a significant number of seafarers qualified to man and operate our new ships, as well as additional shoreside personnel. As the global LNG carrier fleet continues to grow, we expect the demand for technically skilled and experienced officers and crew to increase. This could lead to an industry-wide shortfall of qualified personnel, resulting in increased crew costs, which could constrain our ability to recruit suitable employees to operate our LNG carriers within our budget parameters.

Material increases in crew costs could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. In addition, if we cannot recruit and retain sufficient numbers of quality on-board seafaring personnel, we may not be able to fully utilize our expanded fleet, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders.

We must make substantial capital expenditures to acquire the eight newbuilding ships we have on order and any additional ships we may acquire in the future.

We are obligated to make substantial capital expenditures to fund our commitments for the eight newbuilding ships we have on order. We are scheduled to take delivery of the ships on various dates between 2013 and 2015. The total remaining balance of the contract prices for the eight ships is approximately $1.42 billion, with amounts payable under each shipbuilding contract in installments upon the attainment of certain specified milestones. The largest portion of the purchase price for each ship will come due upon its delivery to us from the shipyard. We intend to fund these commitments with the proceeds of this offering and with borrowings under the four new loan agreements we have entered into for $1.13 billion in the aggregate.

To the extent that we are unable to draw down the amounts committed under our credit facilities, whether due to our failure to comply with the terms of such facilities including vessel employment conditions or the lender’s failure to fund the committed amounts, we will need to find alternative financing. If we are unable to find alternative financing, we will not be capable of funding all of our commitments for capital expenditures relating to our eight contracted newbuilding ships. In the event

27


that we fail to meet our payment obligations under a shipbuilding contract, we would be in default under the applicable contract and the shipbuilder would have the option of cancelling the contract and retaining any previously funded installment payments, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders.

In addition, we may choose to make substantial capital expenditures to expand the size of our fleet in the future. In order to exercise our options with Samsung Heavy Industries to purchase two additional newbuilding ships, we would need to obtain financing on terms acceptable to us. We expect to finance the cost of any new ships through cash from operations and debt or equity financings. Use of cash from operations would reduce cash available for dividends to our shareholders. Our ability to obtain bank financing or to access the capital markets may be limited by our financial condition at the time of any such financing or offering as well as by adverse market conditions resulting from, among other things, general economic conditions, changes in the LNG industry and further contingencies and uncertainties that are beyond our control. Even if we are successful in obtaining necessary funds, the terms of any debt financings could limit our ability to further expand our fleet and to pay dividends to our shareholders.

We may have difficulty further expanding our fleet in the future.

We may expand our fleet beyond our contracted newbuildings by ordering additional newbuilding ships or by making selective acquisitions of high-quality secondhand ships to the extent that they are available. Our future growth will depend on numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control, including our ability to:

 

 

 

 

identify attractive ship acquisition opportunities and consummate such acquisitions;

 

 

 

 

obtain newbuilding contracts at acceptable prices;

 

 

 

 

obtain required financing on acceptable terms;

 

 

 

 

secure charter arrangements on terms acceptable to our lenders;

 

 

 

 

expand our relationships with existing customers and establish new customer relationships;

 

 

 

 

recruit and retain additional suitably qualified and experienced seafarers and shore-based employees;

 

 

 

 

continue to meet technical and safety performance standards;

 

 

 

 

manage joint ventures; and

 

 

 

 

manage the expansion of our operations to integrate the new ships into our fleet.

During periods in which charter rates are high, ship values are generally high as well, and it may be difficult to consummate ship acquisitions or enter into shipbuilding contracts at favorable prices. In addition, any ship acquisition we complete may not be profitable at or after the time of acquisition and may not generate cash flows sufficient to justify the investment. We may not be successful in executing any future growth plans, and we cannot give any assurances that we will not incur significant expenses and losses in connection with such growth efforts.

Our credit facilities are secured by our ships and contain payment obligations and restrictive covenants that may restrict our business and financing activities as well as our ability to pay dividends. A failure by us to meet our obligations under our credit facilities could result in an event of default under such credit facilities and foreclosure on our ships.

Our credit facilities impose, and any future credit facility we enter into will impose, operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions in our credit facilities, including the four new loan agreements we have entered into, generally limit our ship-owning subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

 

 

 

incur additional indebtedness, create liens or provide guarantees;

28


 

 

 

 

provide any form of credit or financial assistance to, or enter into any non-arms’ length transactions with, us or any of our affiliates;

 

 

 

 

sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including our ships;

 

 

 

 

engage in merger transactions;

 

 

 

 

enter into, terminate or amend any charter;

 

 

 

 

amend our shipbuilding contracts;

 

 

 

 

change the manager of our ships;

 

 

 

 

undergo a change in ownership; or

 

 

 

 

acquire assets, make investments or enter into any joint-venture agreements outside the ordinary course of business.

Our credit facilities also impose certain restrictions relating to us and our other subsidiaries, including restrictions that limit our ability to make any substantial change in the nature of our business or to engage in transactions that would constitute a change of control, as defined in the relevant credit facility, without repaying all of our indebtedness in full, or to allow our controlling shareholders to reduce their shareholding in us below specified thresholds.

After completion of this offering, we will be subject to specified financial covenants that apply to us and our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. These financial covenants include the following:

 

 

 

 

our net working capital (excluding the current portion of long-term debt) must be positive;

 

 

 

 

our total indebtedness divided by our total capitalization must not exceed 65%;

 

 

 

 

the ratio of EBITDA over our debt service obligations (including interest and debt repayments) on a trailing 12 months’ basis must be no less than 110%;

 

 

 

 

the aggregate amount of all unencumbered cash and cash equivalents must exceed the higher of 3% of our total indebtedness or $20 million;

 

 

 

 

we are permitted to pay dividends, provided that we hold unencumbered cash equal to at least 4% of our total indebtedness, subject to no event of default having occurred or occurring as a consequence of the payment of such dividends; and

 

 

 

 

our market value adjusted net worth must at all times exceed $350 million.

In addition, all of our credit facilities contain covenants requiring that the fair market value of our ships remain above 120% (or in the case of one facility, 142.8% on the date of this offering and 120% thereafter) of all amounts outstanding under the applicable facility. In the event that the value of a ship falls below the threshold, we could be required to provide the lender with additional security or prepay a portion of the outstanding loan balance, which could negatively impact our liquidity. If we are unable to provide such additional security or prepayment, we may be in breach of covenants under the facility.

The new loan agreement we entered into in March 2012 for a $272.5 million credit facility provides that the lenders thereunder will have a put option that gives them the right to request repayment of the facility in full on the fifth anniversary of the delivery of the first ship serving as collateral under the facility. If the lenders exercise this option, we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to meet our payment obligations under the facility.

Certain of our credit facilities also contain vessel employment conditions, pursuant to which we could be required in the event of a charter termination to deposit cash in an account held with the applicable lender until we have obtained a new time charter on terms acceptable to such lender. In addition, we are required under one of our facilities to secure charters for the ships identified by hull numbers 2043 and 2044, on terms approved by the lenders, at least 60 days prior to the scheduled delivery date of the applicable ship.

Our ability to comply with covenants and restrictions contained in our financing arrangements may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. A failure to comply with covenants and restrictions or to meet our payment and other obligations could lead to defaults under our credit facilities which could cause our payment obligations to be accelerated. We may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient funds to make these accelerated

29


payments. Because obligations under our financing arrangements are secured by our ships and are guaranteed by our ship-owning subsidiaries, if we are unable to repay debt under our financing arrangements, the lenders could seek to foreclose on those assets, which would materially and adversely impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders. In addition, a default under one of our credit facilities could result in the cross-acceleration of our other indebtedness. For more information regarding our credit facilities, including our new loan agreements, please read “Description of Indebtedness”.

Ship values may fluctuate substantially which could impact our compliance with the covenants in our loan agreements and, if the values are lower at a time when we are attempting to dispose of ships, could cause us to incur a loss.

Values for ships can fluctuate substantially over time due to a number of different factors, including:

 

 

 

 

prevailing economic conditions in the natural gas and energy markets;

 

 

 

 

a substantial or extended decline in demand for LNG;

 

 

 

 

the level of worldwide LNG production and exports;

 

 

 

 

changes in the supply-demand balance of the global LNG carrier fleet;

 

 

 

 

changes in prevailing charter hire rates;

 

 

 

 

the physical condition of the ship;

 

 

 

 

the size, age and technical specifications of the ship;

 

 

 

 

demand for LNG carriers; and

 

 

 

 

the cost of retrofitting or modifying existing ships, as a result of technological advances in ship design or equipment, changes in applicable environmental or other regulations or standards, customer requirements or otherwise.

If the market value of our ships declines, we may breach some of the covenants contained in our credit facilities, including covenants contained in the four new loan agreements we have entered into. If we do breach such covenants and we are unable to remedy the relevant breach, our lenders could accelerate our indebtedness and seek to foreclose on the ships in our fleet securing those credit facilities. In addition, if a charter contract expires or is terminated by the customer, we may be unable to re-deploy the affected ships at attractive rates and, rather than continue to incur costs to maintain and finance them, we may seek to dispose of them. Any foreclosure on our ships, or any disposal by us of a ship at a time when ship prices have fallen, could result in a loss and could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders.

Substantial debt levels could limit our flexibility to obtain additional financing and pursue other business opportunities.

As of December 31, 2011, we had an aggregate of $283.11 million of outstanding indebtedness under two credit agreements. In addition, we have entered into four loan agreements for $1.13 billion in the aggregate in connection with the financing of a portion of the contract prices of our eight contracted newbuildings. We may incur additional indebtedness in the future as we grow our fleet. This level of debt could have important consequences to us, including the following:

 

 

 

 

our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, ship acquisitions or other purposes may be impaired or such financing may be unavailable on favorable terms;

 

 

 

 

our costs of borrowing could increase as we become more leveraged;

 

 

 

 

we may need to use a substantial portion of our cash from operations to make principal and interest payments on our debt, reducing the funds that would otherwise be available for operations, future business opportunities and dividends to our shareholders;

30


 

 

 

 

our debt level could make us more vulnerable than our competitors with less debt to competitive pressures, a downturn in our business or the economy generally; and

 

 

 

 

our debt level may limit our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions.

Our ability to service our debt will depend upon, among other things, our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions as well as financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. If our operating income is not sufficient to service our current or future indebtedness, we will be forced to take actions such as reducing or delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring or refinancing our debt or seeking additional equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these remedies on satisfactory terms, or at all.

Our ability to obtain additional debt financing for future acquisitions of ships or to refinance our existing debt may depend on the creditworthiness of our charterers and the terms of our future charters.

Our ability to borrow against the ships in our existing fleet and any ships we may acquire in the future largely depends on the value of the ships, which in turn depends in part on charter hire rates and the ability of our charterers to comply with the terms of their charters. The actual or perceived credit quality of our charterers, and any defaults by them, may materially affect our ability to obtain the additional capital resources that we will require to purchase additional ships and to refinance our existing debt as balloon payments come due, or may significantly increase our costs of obtaining such capital. Our inability to obtain additional financing or committing to financing on unattractive terms could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders.

Our ability to pay dividends may be limited by the amount of cash we generate from operations, by restrictions in our credit facilities and by additional factors unrelated to our profitability.

Following this offering, we intend to pay a quarterly dividend of $   per share commencing in the fourth quarter of 2012. There can be no assurance, however, that we will pay regular quarterly dividends in the future.

The declaration of any dividend is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and the requirements of Bermuda law. We may not be able to pay regular quarterly dividends in the amounts stated above. The timing and amount of any dividend payments will be dependent on our earnings, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, restrictions in our credit facilities, the provisions of Bermuda law and other factors. The amount of cash we generate from operations and the actual amount of cash we will have available for dividends will vary based upon, among other things:

 

 

 

 

our earnings, financial condition and cash requirements;

 

 

 

 

restrictions in our credit facilities and other financing agreements;

 

 

 

 

the provisions of Bermuda law affecting the payment of dividends to shareholders;

 

 

 

 

the charter hire payments we obtain from our charters as well as the future rates obtained upon the expiration of our existing charters;

 

 

 

 

our fleet expansion and associated uses of our cash as well as any financing requirements;

 

 

 

 

delays in the delivery of newbuilding ships and the commencement of payments under charters relating to those ships;

 

 

 

 

the level of our operating costs, such as the costs of crews and insurance, as well as the costs of repairs, maintenance or modifications of our ships;

 

 

 

 

the number of unscheduled off-hire days for our fleet as well as the timing of, and number of days required for, scheduled drydocking of our ships;

 

 

 

 

prevailing global and regional economic or political conditions;

 

 

 

 

changes in interest rates;

31


 

 

 

 

the effect of governmental regulations and maritime self-regulatory organization standards on the conduct of our business;

 

 

 

 

changes in the basis of taxation of our activities in various jurisdictions;

 

 

 

 

modification or revocation of our dividend policy by our board of directors; and

 

 

 

 

the amount of any cash reserves established by our board of directors.

The amount of cash we generate from our operations may differ materially from our profit or loss for the period, which will be affected by non-cash items. We may incur other expenses or liabilities that could reduce or eliminate the cash available for dividends.

Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay dividends if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (i) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) the realizable value of the company’s assets would thereby be less than its liabilities. Under our bye-laws, each common share is entitled to dividends as and when any such dividends are declared by our board of directors.

As a result of these and the other factors mentioned above, we may pay dividends during periods when we record losses and may not pay dividends during periods where we record a profit. We can give no assurance that dividends will be paid in the future.

We are a holding company and we depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us in order to satisfy our financial obligations and to make dividend payments.

We are a holding company. Our subsidiaries conduct all of our operations and own all of our operating assets, including our ships. We have no significant assets other than the equity interests in our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to pay our obligations and to make dividend payments depends entirely on our subsidiaries and their ability to distribute funds to us. The ability of a subsidiary to make these distributions could be affected by a claim or other action by a third party, including a creditor, or by the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation which regulates the payment of dividends. If we are unable to obtain funds from our subsidiaries, our board of directors may exercise its discretion not to declare or pay dividends.

Fluctuations in exchange rates and interest rates could result in financial losses for us.

Fluctuations in currency exchange rates and interest rates may have a material impact on our financial performance. We receive virtually all of our revenues in dollars, while some of our operating expenses, including crew costs, are denominated in euros. As a result, we are exposed to a foreign exchange risk. Although we monitor exchange rate fluctuations on a continuous basis, we do not currently hedge movements in currency exchange rates. As a result, there is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on our cash flows and results of operations.

In addition, we are exposed to a market risk relating to fluctuations in interest rates because our credit facilities bear interest costs at a floating rate based on LIBOR. Significant increases in LIBOR rates could adversely affect our cash flows, results of operations and ability to service our debt. Although we use interest rate swaps from time to time to reduce our exposure to interest rate risk, we hedge only a portion of our outstanding indebtedness. There is no assurance that our derivative contracts will provide adequate protection against adverse changes in interest rates or that our bank counterparties will be able to perform their obligations.

The derivative contracts used to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates could result in reductions in our shareholders’ equity as well as charges against our profit.

We enter into interest rate swaps from time to time for purposes of managing our exposure to fluctuations in interest rates applicable to floating rate indebtedness. As of December 31, 2011, we had five interest rate swaps in place with a notional amount of $367.16 million, and we have entered into two additional interest rate swaps since that date in connection with one of our new debt facilities. Changes in the fair value of our derivative contracts are recognized in our statement of comprehensive income as cash flow hedge gains or losses for the period, and could affect compliance with the market

32


value adjusted net worth covenants in our credit facilities. In addition, to the extent our existing interest rate swaps do not, and future derivative contracts may not, qualify for treatment as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes, we would recognize fluctuations in the fair value of such contracts in our income statement. Changes in the fair value of any derivative contracts that do not qualify for treatment as cash flow hedges for accounting and financial reporting purposes would affect, among other things, our profit, earnings per share and EBITDA coverage ratio.

Our earnings and business are subject to the credit risk associated with our contractual counterparties.

We enter into, among other things, time charters, ship management agreements and other contracts with our customers, shipbuilding contracts and refund guarantees relating to newbuilding ships, credit facilities and commitment letters with banks, insurance contracts and interest rate swaps. Such agreements subject us to counterparty credit risk. The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend upon a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the natural gas and LNG markets and charter hire rates. Should a counterparty fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, we could sustain significant losses which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders.

Our business depends on certain of our senior executives who may not necessarily continue to work for us.

Our success depends to a significant extent upon the abilities and the efforts of our chairman and chief executive officer, Peter G. Livanos, and certain of our other senior executives. Mr. Livanos has substantial experience in the shipping industry and has worked with us for many years. He and certain of our other senior executives are important to the execution of our business strategies and to the growth and development of our business. If Mr. Livanos or one or more of our other senior executives ceased to be affiliated with us, we may be unable to recruit other employees with equivalent talent and experience, and our business and financial condition could suffer.

We are a partial owner of Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd. The dividends we receive on account of our ownership interest may decline in the future and we may have to write down the value of our investment.

We currently own a 25% stake in Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd., or “Egypt LNG”, an entity whose principal asset is the LNG carrier Methane Nile Eagle , which is currently operating under a 20-year time charter with a subsidiary of BG Group. The declaration and payment of dividends by Egypt LNG is subject to the discretion of its board of directors, which we do not control, as well as other restrictions, including a minimum cash reserve requirement. As a result, the dividends we receive on account of our ownership interest may decline in the future, which would adversely impact our cash flows, including cash available for dividends to our shareholders. In the event of an adverse change in the operating results of Egypt LNG resulting from, among other things, unscheduled off-hire days, damage to or loss of the Methane Nile Eagle or early termination of the ship’s charter, we would expect the amount of dividends we receive to be reduced or eliminated, and we may be required to record an impairment of our investment. The loss may limit our ability to borrow against our assets for future credit and could also adversely affect our share price. In addition, we have entered into a shareholders’ agreement with the other shareholders of Egypt LNG that imposes restrictions, including preemption rights, on each party’s ability to transfer, grant any security interest over or otherwise dispose of it ownership interest.

33


Risks Related to the Offering

There is no guarantee that an active and liquid public market will develop for you to resell our common shares.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common shares. A liquid trading market for our common shares may not develop. If an active, liquid trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common shares that you buy. The initial public offering price will be determined in negotiations between the representatives of the underwriters and us and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market.

The price of our common shares after this offering may be volatile.

The price of our common shares after this offering may be volatile and may fluctuate due to factors including:

 

 

 

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in quarterly and annual results;

 

 

 

 

fluctuations in the seaborne transportation industry, including fluctuations in the LNG carrier market;

 

 

 

 

mergers and strategic alliances in the shipping industry;

 

 

 

 

changes in governmental regulations or maritime self-regulatory organization standards;

 

 

 

 

shortfalls in our operating results from levels forecasted by securities analysts;

 

 

 

 

our payment of dividends;

 

 

 

 

announcements concerning us or our competitors;

 

 

 

 

the failure of securities analysts to publish research about us after this offering, or analysts making changes in their financial estimates;

 

 

 

 

general economic conditions;

 

 

 

 

terrorist acts;

 

 

 

 

future sales of our shares or other securities;

 

 

 

 

investors’ perception of us and the LNG shipping industry;

 

 

 

 

the general state of the securities market; and

 

 

 

 

other developments affecting us, our industry or our competitors.

Securities markets worldwide are experiencing significant price and volume fluctuations. The market price for our common shares may also be volatile. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of our common shares in spite of our operating performance. Consequently, you may not be able to sell our common shares at prices equal to or greater than those that you pay in this offering.

Increases in interest rates may cause the market price of our common shares to decline.

An increase in interest rates may cause a corresponding decline in demand for equity investments in general. Any such increase in interest rates or reduction in demand for our common shares resulting from other relatively more attractive investment opportunities may cause the trading price of our common shares to decline.

Our costs will increase as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations.

We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or “Sarbanes-Oxley”, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or “SEC”, and the New York Stock Exchange, or “NYSE”, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or “Dodd-Frank”, have

34


imposed various requirements on public companies, including changes in corporate governance practices. Our directors, management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations relating to public companies will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

Sarbanes-Oxley requires, among other things, that we maintain and periodically evaluate our internal control over financial reporting as well as disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we will have to perform systems and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley. Compliance with Section 404 will require substantial accounting expense and significant management efforts, and we may need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge to satisfy ongoing compliance requirements. We may have significant difficulties in making such hires given the shortage of available experienced personnel.

If we do not implement all required accounting practices and policies, we may be unable to provide the required financial information in a timely and reliable manner.

Prior to this offering, as a privately held company, we did not adopt the financial reporting practices and policies required of a publicly traded company. Implementation of these practices and policies could disrupt our business, distract our management and employees and increase our costs. If we fail to develop and maintain effective controls and procedures, we may be unable to provide the financial information that a publicly traded company is required to provide in a timely and reliable fashion. Any such delays or deficiencies could limit our ability to obtain financing, either in the public capital markets or from private sources, and could thereby impede our ability to implement our growth strategies. In addition, any such delays or deficiencies could result in failure to meet the requirements for continued listing of our common shares on the NYSE, which would adversely affect the liquidity of our common shares.

Under Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley, we will be required to include in each of our future annual reports on Form 20-F a report containing our management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and a related attestation of our independent auditors. This requirement for an attestation of our independent auditors will first apply to us with respect to our annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013. After the completion of this offering, we will undertake a comprehensive effort in preparation for compliance with Section 404. This effort will include the documentation, testing and review of our internal controls under the direction of our management. We cannot be certain at this time that all our controls will be considered effective. As such, our internal control over financial reporting may not satisfy the regulatory requirements when they become applicable to us.

We will be a “foreign private issuer” and “controlled company” under the NYSE rules, and as such we are entitled to exemption from certain NYSE corporate governance standards, and you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

After the consummation of this offering, we will be a “foreign private issuer” under the securities laws of the United States and the rules of the NYSE. Under the securities laws of the United States, “foreign private issuers” are subject to different disclosure requirements than U.S. domiciled registrants, as well as different financial reporting requirements. Under the NYSE rules, a “foreign private issuer” is subject to less stringent corporate governance requirements. Subject to certain exceptions, the rules of the NYSE permit a “foreign private issuer” to follow its home country practice in lieu of the listing requirements of the NYSE. In addition, after the consummation of this offering, our current shareholders will continue to control a majority of our issued and outstanding common shares. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by

35


an individual, a group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including (i) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (ii) the requirement that the nominating/corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors and have a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (iii) the requirement that the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors and have a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (iv) the requirement of an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees.

As permitted by these exemptions, as well as by our bye-laws and the laws of Bermuda, we currently have a board of directors with a majority of non-independent directors. However, following completion of this offering, we anticipate that a majority of our directors will qualify as independent. We also have one or more non-independent directors serving as committee members on our compensation committee and our corporate governance and nominating committee. As a result, non-independent directors may among other things, participate in fixing the compensation of our management, making share and option awards and resolving governance issues regarding our Company.

Accordingly, in the future you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

We are a Bermuda company. Bermuda law differs from the laws in effect in the United States and may afford less protection to shareholders, and it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or certain of our directors and officers.

We are a Bermuda exempted company. As a result, the rights of holders of our common shares will be governed by Bermuda law, our memorandum of association and our bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. In particular, under Bermuda law and our bye-laws, the duties of directors and officers of a company are generally owed to the company only, and shareholders do not have rights to take action against directors or officers of the company except in respect of fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. In addition, our bye-laws contain a provision which provides that in the event any dispute arises concerning the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, as amended, or the “Companies Act”, or out of our bye-laws it shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of Bermuda.

Furthermore, a majority of our directors and some of the named experts referred to in this prospectus are not residents of the United States. In addition to this, a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. It is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.

You will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

We expect the initial public offering price per share of our common shares to be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our issued and outstanding common shares. As a result, you would incur immediate and substantial dilution of $   per share, representing the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of $   per share and our pro forma net tangible book value per share on December 31, 2011. In addition, purchasers of our common shares in this offering will have contributed approximately   % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our common shares, but will own only approximately   % of the shares outstanding after this offering and the concurrent private placement.

36


Future sales of our common shares could cause the market price of our common shares to decline.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common shares in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, may depress the market price for our common shares. These sales could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities in the future.

Although we do not currently have any plans to sell additional common shares, subject to the rules of the NYSE, in the future we may issue additional common shares, without shareholder approval, in a number of circumstances.

The issuance by us of additional common shares or other equity securities would have the following effects:

 

 

 

 

our existing shareholders’ proportionate ownership interest in us will decrease;

 

 

 

 

the dividend amount payable per share on our common shares may be lower;

 

 

 

 

the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding common share may be diminished; and

 

 

 

 

the market price of our common shares may decline.

Our shareholders also may elect to sell large numbers of shares held by them from time to time. The number of our common shares available for sale in the public market will be limited by restrictions applicable under securities laws and under agreements that we and our executive officers, directors and existing shareholders have entered into with the underwriters of this offering. Subject to certain exceptions, the agreements entered into with the underwriters of this offering generally restrict us and our executive officers, directors and existing shareholders from directly or indirectly offering, selling, pledging, hedging or otherwise disposing of our equity securities, including common shares that will be issued and outstanding upon the conversion of manager shares, subsidiary manager shares and common A shares, or any security that is convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our equity securities and from engaging in certain other transactions relating to such securities for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and UBS Securities LLC.

Entities controlled by members of the Livanos and Radziwill families are our principal existing shareholders and will control the outcome of most matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote following this offering; their interests may be different from yours.

Through Blenheim Holdings, entities controlled by members of the Livanos family, including our chairman and chief executive officer, and members of the Radziwill family will directly or indirectly own approximately   % of our issued and outstanding common shares after this offering and the concurrent private placement. These shareholders will be able to control the outcome of most matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote, including the election of our entire board of directors and other significant corporate actions. The interests of these shareholders may be different from yours.

Provisions in our organizational documents may have anti-takeover effects.

Our bye-laws contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without the consent of our board of directors. These provisions require an affirmative vote of a majority of the votes attaching to all issued and outstanding shares to approve any merger, consolidation, amalgamation or similar transactions. Our bye-laws also provide for restrictions on the time period in which directors may be nominated.

These provisions could make it difficult for our shareholders to replace or remove our current board of directors or could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing an offer by a third party to acquire us, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many shareholders. As a result, shareholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares.

37


Tax Risks

In addition to the following risk factors, you should read “Tax Considerations” for a more complete discussion of the material Bermuda and U.S. Federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of our common shares.

We may have to pay tax on U.S.-source income, which would reduce our earnings.

Under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code”, the U.S. source gross transportation income of a ship-owning or chartering corporation, such as ourselves, is subject to a 4% U.S. Federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. U.S. source gross transportation income consists of 50% of the gross shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States.

We expect that we will qualify for this statutory tax exemption, and we intend to take this position for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. However, there are factual circumstances beyond our control that could cause us to lose the benefit of this tax exemption and thereby become subject to the 4% U.S. Federal income tax described above. The imposition of this taxation could have a negative effect on our business and would result in decreased earnings available for distribution to our shareholders. For a more detailed discussion, see the section entitled “Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Taxation of Our Operating Income”.

If we were treated as a “passive foreign investment company”, certain adverse U.S. Federal income tax consequences could result to U.S. shareholders.

A foreign corporation will be treated as a “passive foreign investment company”, or “PFIC”, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes if at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of “passive income”, or at least 50% of the average value of the corporation’s assets produce or are held for the production of those types of “passive income”. For purposes of these tests, “passive income” includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties that are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. For purposes of these tests, income derived from the performance of services does not constitute “passive income”. U.S. shareholders of a PFIC are subject to a disadvantageous U.S. Federal income tax regime with respect to the income derived by the PFIC, the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC. If we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we will provide information to U.S. shareholders who request such information to enable them to make certain elections to alleviate certain of the adverse U.S. Federal income tax consequences that would arise as a result of holding an interest in a PFIC.

Based on our proposed method of operation, we do not believe that we will be a PFIC for the taxable year during which this offering occurs or any taxable year thereafter. In this regard, we intend to treat the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities as services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, we believe that our income from our time chartering activities does not constitute “passive income”, and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income do not constitute passive assets.

There is, however, no legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our proposed method of operation. Accordingly, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the “IRS”, or a court of law may not accept our position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, we could constitute a PFIC for a future taxable year if there were to be changes in the nature and extent of our operations.

If the IRS were to find that we are or have been a PFIC for any taxable year, U.S. shareholders would face adverse tax consequences. Under the PFIC rules, unless those shareholders make certain elections available under the Code, such shareholders would be liable to pay U.S. Federal income tax at the then prevailing income tax rates on ordinary income plus interest upon excess distributions and

38


upon any gain from the disposition of our common shares, as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the shareholder’s holding period. Please read “Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of United States Holders—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences” for a more detailed discussion of the U.S. Federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders if we are treated as a PFIC.

The enactment of proposed legislation could affect whether dividends paid by us constitute qualified dividend income eligible for the preferential rate.

Legislation was recently proposed in the United States Senate that would deny the preferential rate of U.S. Federal income tax currently imposed on qualified dividend income with respect to dividends received from a non-U.S. corporation, unless the non-U.S. corporation either is eligible for benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States or is created or organized under the laws of a foreign country which has a comprehensive income tax system. Because Bermuda has not entered into a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States and imposes only limited taxes on corporations organized under its laws, it is unlikely that we could satisfy either of these requirements. Consequently, if this legislation were enacted in its current form the preferential rate of U.S. Federal income tax discussed under the heading “Tax Considerations—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—Taxation of United States Holders—Distributions on Our Common Shares” may no longer be applicable to dividends received from us. As of the date of this offering, it is not possible to predict with certainty whether or in what form the proposed legislation will be enacted.

39


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

The disclosure and analysis set forth in this prospectus includes assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events in a number of places, particularly in relation to our operations, cash flows, financial position, plans, strategies, business prospects, changes and trends in our business and the markets in which we operate. These statements are intended as “forward-looking statements”. In some cases, predictive, future-tense or forward-looking words such as “believe”, “intend”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “project”, “forecast”, “plan”, “potential”, “may”, “should”, “could” and “expect” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, but are not the exclusive means of identifying such statements. In addition, we and our representatives may from time to time make other oral or written statements which are forward-looking statements, including in our periodic reports that we will file with the SEC, other information sent to our security holders, and other written materials.

Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, such matters as:

 

 

 

 

general LNG and LNG shipping market conditions and trends, including charter rates, ship values, factors affecting supply and demand and opportunities for the profitable operations of LNG carriers;

 

 

 

 

our continued ability to enter into multi-year time charters with our customers;

 

 

 

 

our contracted charter revenue;

 

 

 

 

our customers’ performance of their obligations under our time charters and other contracts;

 

 

 

 

the effect of the worldwide economic slowdown;

 

 

 

 

future operating or financial results and future revenues and expenses;

 

 

 

 

our future financial condition and liquidity;

 

 

 

 

our ability to obtain financing to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions and other corporate activities, and funding by banks of their financial commitments;

 

 

 

 

future, pending or recent acquisitions of ships or other assets, business strategy, areas of possible expansion and expected capital spending or operating expenses;

 

 

 

 

our expectations relating to dividend payments and our ability to make such payments;

 

 

 

 

our ability to enter into shipbuilding contracts for newbuilding ships and our expectations about the availability of existing LNG carriers to purchase, as well as our ability to consummate any such acquisitions;

 

 

 

 

our expectations about the time that it may take to construct and deliver newbuilding ships and the useful lives of our ships;

 

 

 

 

number of off-hire days, drydocking requirements and insurance costs;

 

 

 

 

our anticipated general and administrative expenses;

 

 

 

 

fluctuations in currencies and interest rates;

 

 

 

 

our ability to maintain long-term relationships with major energy companies;

 

 

 

 

expiration dates and extensions of charters;

 

 

 

 

our ability to maximize the use of our ships, including the re-employment or disposal of ships no longer under multi-year time charter commitments;

 

 

 

 

environmental and regulatory conditions, including changes in laws and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities;

 

 

 

 

risks inherent in ship operation, including the discharge of pollutants;

 

 

 

 

availability of skilled labor, ship crews and management;

 

 

 

 

potential disruption of shipping routes due to accidents, political events, piracy or acts by terrorists;

 

 

 

 

potential liability from future litigation; and

40


 

 

 

 

other factors discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors”.

We caution that these and other forward-looking statements included in this prospectus represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus and are not intended to give any assurance as to future results. Many of the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are based on our assumptions about factors that are beyond our ability to control or predict. Assumptions, expectations, projections, intentions and beliefs about future events may, and often do, vary from actual results and these differences can be material. The reasons for this include the risks, uncertainties and factors described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors”. As a result, the forward-looking events discussed in this prospectus might not occur and our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements. Accordingly, you should not unduly rely on any forward- looking statements.

We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events, a change in our views or expectations or otherwise. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of these factors. Further, we cannot assess the impact of each such factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to be materially different from those contained in any forward-looking statement. We make no prediction or statement about the performance of our common shares.

41


DIVIDEND POLICY

Following this offering, we intend to pay a quarterly dividend of $   per share commencing in the fourth quarter of 2012. As our fleet expands, we will evaluate future increases to the quarterly dividend consistent with our cash flow and liquidity position. Our policy is to pay dividends in amounts that will allow us to retain sufficient liquidity to fund our obligations as well as execute our business plan going forward.

The declaration of any dividend is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and the requirements of Bermuda law. In addition, our credit facilities impose limitations on our ability to pay dividends. Our board of directors will determine the timing and amount of all dividend payments, based on various factors, including our earnings, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, restrictions in our credit facilities and the provisions of Bermuda law. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to pay quarterly dividends. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business” for a discussion of risks related to our ability to pay dividends.

Dividends and Distributions Prior to this Offering

In the year ended December 31, 2010, we declared dividends to our existing shareholders of $17.25 million, $16.77 million of which was paid in cash, with the remainder contributed to the capital of the Company by our existing majority shareholder. In the year ended December 31, 2011, we declared dividends to our existing shareholders of $8.5 million, $0.77 million of which was paid in cash, with the remainder contributed to the capital of the Company by our existing majority shareholder. Other than these dividends, we have not historically paid dividends or distributions to our shareholders. Investors in this offering are not entitled to receive any portion of these dividends.

42


USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering and the concurrent private placement will be approximately $   million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement, together with our $1.13 billion of committed debt financing, to fund the remaining scheduled installment payments totaling $1.42 billion under our eight new LNG carrier construction contracts. We intend to use the remaining proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement, if any, for other general corporate purposes.

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds we receive from this offering and the concurrent private placement by approximately $   million, based on the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

43


CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth:

 

 

 

 

our historical cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2011; and

 

 

 

 

our adjusted cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2011, giving effect to (i) capital contributions of $18.66 million since December 31, 2011, (ii) our scheduled debt repayments totaling $6.85 million since December 31, 2011 and (iii) the issuance and sale of the common shares offered hereby and in the concurrent private placement at an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the mid-point of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus.

There has been no material change in our capitalization between December 31, 2011 and the date of this prospectus, except as adjusted as described above.

This information should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

 

Actual

 

Adjusted

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Cash:

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents (1)

 

 

$

 

20,093

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debt: (2)

 

 

 

 

Loans—current portion (3)

 

 

$

 

24,277

   

 

$

 

17,427

 

Loans—non-current portion (3)

 

 

$

 

256,788

   

 

$

 

256,788

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total debt

 

 

$

 

281,065

   

 

$

 

274,215

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity attributable to shareholders:

 

 

 

 

Share capital (4)

 

$

 

391

   

$

 

391

 

Contributed surplus

 

 

300,716

   

 

319,379

 

Reserves

 

 

 

1,744

   

 

1,744

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

 

(12,438

)

 

 

 

(12,438

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity attributable to shareholders

 

 

 

290,414

   

 

309,076

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capitalization

 

 

$

 

571,479

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Includes $1.10 million of cash held in ship management client accounts, which funds were held on behalf of customers of our vessel management segment to cover operating expenses of customer-owned ships operating under our management.

 

(2)

 

 

 

All of our indebtedness is secured by mortgages on our owned ships. Debt presented does not include borrowings we expect to make under our four new loan agreements aggregating $1.13 billion to fund a portion of the contract prices of our eight newbuilding ships on order. Borrowings under these facilities will be drawn upon delivery of the ships, which is scheduled for various dates between 2013 and 2015, and will be secured by mortgages on the ships. See “Description of Indebtedness” for more information about our credit facilities.

 

(3)

 

 

 

Loans presented at December 31, 2011 are shown net of $2.05 million of loan issuance costs that are being amortized over the term of the loans.

 

(4)

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, giving effect to the 238-for-1 share split effected by of a 100-for-1 subdivision and 1.38-for-1 issuance of bonus shares, or share dividend, on March 13, 2012, our issued and outstanding share capital consisted of: (i) 35,700,000 common shares, par value $0.01 per share; (ii) 2,150,092 manager shares, par value $0.01 per share; (iii) 859,894 subsidiary manager shares, par value $0.01 per share; and (iv) 391,510 common A shares, par value $0.01 per share. All issued and outstanding manager shares, subsidiary manager shares and common A shares will be converted to common shares on a one- for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Our authorized share capital consists of 500,000,000 common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of which   are expected to be issued and outstanding after giving effect to the   common shares offered hereby and in the concurrent private placement, or   are expected to be issued and outstanding if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full.

44


DILUTION

As of December 31, 2011, we had net tangible book value of $   million, or $   per share, giving effect to the 238-for-1 share split effected on March 13, 2012. After giving effect to the sale of   common shares in this offering and the concurrent private placement at a price of $   per share, which is the mid-point of the initial public offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus of $   to $   per share, deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, and assuming that the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is not exercised, the pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2011 would have been $   million or $   per share. This represents an immediate appreciation in net tangible book value of $   per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of net tangible book value of $   per share to new investors. The following table illustrates the pro forma per share dilution and appreciation:

 

 

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

 

 

$

 

 

 

Net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2011

 

 

$

 

6.67

 

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering and the concurrent private placement

 

 

$

 

Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the concurrent private placement

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our tangible net worth, which consists of tangible assets less liabilities, by the number of our common shares outstanding. Dilution is determined by subtracting the net tangible book value per share after this offering and the concurrent private placement from the public offering price per share. Dilution per share to new investors would be $   if the underwriters exercised their option to purchase additional shares in full.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2011, the differences between the number of common shares acquired from us, the total amount paid and the average price per share paid by the existing holders of our common shares and by you in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share, which is the mid-point of the initial public offering price range on the cover page of this prospectus of $   to $   per share.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pro Forma Shares
Outstanding

 

Total Consideration

 

Average Price
Per Share

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

Amount

 

Percentage

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except percentages and share data)

Existing shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New investors

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following table presents selected consolidated financial and operating data of our business, as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2009 and for the year ended December 31, 2008 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2007 and 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2007 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB.

This information should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by, our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also read “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2007 (1)

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

STATEMENT OF INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

$

 

7,190

 

 

 

$

 

8,134

 

 

 

$

 

8,528

 

 

 

$

 

39,832

 

 

 

$

 

66,471

 

Vessel operating and supervision costs

 

 

 

(3,084

)

 

 

 

 

(3,193

)

 

 

 

 

(3,056

)

 

 

 

 

(8,644

)

 

 

 

 

(12,946

)

 

Depreciation of fixed assets

 

 

 

(71

)

 

 

 

 

(96

)

 

 

 

 

(126

)

 

 

 

 

(6,560

)

 

 

 

 

(12,827

)

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

(9,690

)

 

 

 

 

(7,487

)

 

 

 

 

(6,241

)

 

 

 

 

(11,571

)

 

 

 

 

(15,997

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) from operations

 

 

 

(5,655

)

 

 

 

 

(2,642

)

 

 

 

 

(894

)

 

 

 

 

13,056

 

 

 

 

24,701

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial costs

 

 

 

(622

)

 

 

 

 

(32

)

 

 

 

 

(72

)

 

 

 

 

(5,046

)

 

 

 

 

(9,631

)

 

Financial income

 

 

 

446

 

 

 

 

360

 

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

 

42

 

Loss on interest rate swaps

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,725

)

 

Gain/(loss) on financial investments

 

 

 

(4,435

)

 

 

 

 

(23,614

)

 

 

 

 

4,689

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of profit of associate

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

645

 

 

 

 

635

 

 

 

 

1,460

 

 

 

 

1,312

 

Gain on disposal of subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other (expense)/income

 

 

 

(4,569

)

 

 

 

 

(22,641

)

 

 

 

 

5,304

 

 

 

 

(3,465

)

 

 

 

 

(10,978

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the period

 

 

$

 

(10,224

)

 

 

 

$

 

(25,283

)

 

 

 

$

 

4,409

 

 

 

$

 

9,591

 

 

 

$

 

13,723

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) attributable to owners of the Group

 

 

 

(10,224

)

 

 

 

 

(25,283

)

 

 

 

 

4,409

 

 

 

 

9,849

 

 

 

 

14,040

 

Loss attributable to non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(258

)

 

 

 

 

(317

)

 

Earnings/(loss) per share, basic and diluted (2)

 

 

$

 

(0.29

)

 

 

 

$

 

(0.71

)

 

 

 

$

 

0.12

 

 

 

$

 

0.25

 

 

 

$

 

0.36

 

Weighted average number of shares, basic (2)

 

 

35,700,000

   

 

35,700,000

   

 

35,700,000

   

 

35,700,000

   

 

35,837,297

 

Weighted average number of shares, diluted (2)

 

 

35,700,000

   

 

35,700,000

   

 

35,700,000

   

 

39,101,496

   

 

39,101,496

 

Dividends declared per share (2)(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

$

 

0.44

 

 

 

$

 

0.22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

$

 

15,075

 

 

 

$

 

5,477

 

 

 

$

 

7,240

 

 

 

$

 

23,270

 

 

 

$

 

20,093

 

Investment in associate (4)

 

 

 

7,008

 

 

 

 

7,103

 

 

 

 

7,113

 

 

 

 

7,003

 

 

 

 

6,528

 

Tangible fixed assets (5)

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

 

191

 

 

 

 

475

 

 

 

 

450,265

 

 

 

 

438,902

 

Vessels under construction

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

201,427

 

 

 

 

246,445

 

 

 

 

18,700

 

 

 

 

109,070

 

Total assets

 

 

 

58,802

 

 

 

 

237,956

 

 

 

 

277,924

 

 

 

 

512,005

 

 

 

 

607,013

 

Loans—current portion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,191

 

 

 

 

22,640

 

 

 

 

24,277

 

Loans—non-current portion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

160,156

 

 

 

 

170,869

 

 

 

 

287,597

 

 

 

 

256,788

 

Share capital (2)

 

 

382

   

 

382

   

 

391

   

 

391

   

 

391

 

Equity attributable to owners of the Group

 

 

 

54,235

 

 

 

 

65,599

 

 

 

 

91,017

 

 

 

 

171,733

 

 

 

 

290,414

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,199

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

54,235

 

 

 

 

65,599

 

 

 

 

91,017

 

 

 

 

180,932

 

 

 

 

290,414

 

46


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2007 (1)

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

CASH FLOW DATA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash from/(used in) operating activities

 

 

$

 

(5,477

)

 

 

 

$

 

(1,884

)

 

 

 

$

 

134

 

 

 

$

 

25,633

 

 

 

$

 

27,001

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

(37,213

)

 

 

 

 

(210,449

)

 

 

 

 

(32,167

)

 

 

 

 

(212,806

)

 

 

 

 

(86,464

)

 

Net cash from financing activities

 

 

 

55,337

 

 

 

 

202,734

 

 

 

 

33,796

 

 

 

 

203,203

 

 

 

 

56,286

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2007

 

2008

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

FLEET DATA (6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of managed ships at end of period

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

14

 

Average number of managed ships during period

 

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

 

8.0

 

 

 

 

8.0

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

 

 

 

14.0

 

Number of owned ships at end of period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

2

 

Average number of owned ships during period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

 

2.0

 

Average age of owned ships (years)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

 

1.5

 

Total calendar days for owned fleet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

372

 

 

 

 

730

 

Total operating days for owned fleet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

372

 

 

 

 

730

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

The selected consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2007 excludes our 60% interest in EnergyLog Investments Ltd., or “EnergyLog”. EnergyLog’s principal business activity is the holding of investments. Its main equity investment in 2007 was its 19.06% ownership interest in Odfjell SE, a company listed on the Norwegian stock exchange which is engaged in the transportation and storage of bulk liquid chemicals, acids, edible oils and other special products. We acquired EnergyLog in December 2006 and sold it in December 2007 for the same price in non-cash transactions with our controlling shareholder, since the investment in EnergyLog was not in line with our new strategy to exclusively own, operate and manage LNG carriers. We believe that excluding EnergyLog in the 2007 selected financial data facilitates a more meaningful comparison between periods and presents a better view of our management’s track record, given that the businesses of the Company and EnergyLog are dissimilar.

 

(2)

 

 

 

Gives effect to the 238-for-1 share split effected on March 13, 2012, as described under “Capitalization”.

 

(3)

 

 

 

Of the total $17.25 million and $8.5 million dividends declared, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, $16.77 million and $0.77 million, respectively, was paid in cash and the remainder was contributed to the capital of the Company by our existing majority shareholder.

 

(4)

 

 

 

Consists of our 25% ownership interest in Egypt LNG.

 

(5)

 

 

 

Includes delivered vessels (including drydocking component of vessel cost) as well as office property and other tangible assets, less accumulated depreciation. See Note 6 to our consolidated annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(6)

 

 

 

Presentation of fleet data does not include newbuilding ships on order during the relevant periods. The data presented regarding our owned fleet includes only our currently wholly owned ships, the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore. The data presented regarding our managed fleet includes our owned fleet as well as ships owned by BG Group and Egypt LNG that are operating under our management.

47


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto and the financial and other information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Among other things, those financial statements include more detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the following information. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB, and are presented in U.S. Dollars.

This discussion contains forward-looking statements based on assumptions about our future business. Our actual results may differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements and such differences may be material. Please read “Forward-Looking Statements” for more information.

Overview

We are a growth-oriented international owner, operator and manager of LNG carriers. Our owned fleet consists of 10 wholly owned LNG carriers, including two ships delivered to us in 2010 and eight LNG carriers on order to be constructed. We currently manage and operate 14 LNG carriers, and we are supervising the construction of our eight newbuilding ships. We have secured multi-year time charter contracts for the two ships delivered to us in 2010 and six of our newbuilding ships on order that from December 31, 2011 provide total contracted revenue in excess of $1.2 billion during their initial terms, which expire between 2015 and 2021.

In addition to our committed order book, we have options to purchase two additional LNG carriers from Samsung Heavy Industries that expire in 2012, and we have a 25% interest in an additional ship, the Methane Nile Eagle , a 2007-built LNG carrier owned by Egypt LNG and technically managed by us that is currently operating under a 20-year time charter to a subsidiary of BG Group. The information about our owned fleet presented in this prospectus does not include our ownership interest in the Methane Nile Eagle.

The total contract price for our eight newbuilding ships on order is approximately $1.55 billion, of which $124.4 million has been paid to date. The balance is payable under each shipbuilding contract in installments upon the attainment of certain specified milestones, with the largest portion of the purchase price for each ship coming due upon its delivery. We have entered into four loan agreements aggregating $1.13 billion to finance a portion of the contract prices of our eight newbuildings. We expect to fund the balance of the total contract price with the proceeds of this offering.

We manage our business and analyze and report our results of operations on the basis of two segments: vessel ownership and vessel management. Our vessel ownership segment generates revenues by chartering our ships to customers on multi-year time charters at rates that are generally fixed but contain a variable component, such as an inflation adjustment or an adjustment based on the actual expenses we incur in operating the ship. We currently focus on multi-year time charters, as we believe that their economic terms offer us a combination of return on our investment, rate stability and re-chartering flexibility. Our current time charters have initial terms of up to seven years and include options that permit the charterers to extend the terms for successive multi-year periods under hire rate provisions that are comparable to those prevailing at the end of the expiring term. We will continue to evaluate the attractiveness of longer and shorter term chartering opportunities as the commercial characteristics of the LNG carrier industry evolve. We have structured our order book of new LNG carriers to have staggered delivery dates, facilitating a smooth integration of the ships into our fleet as well as significant annual growth through 2015. This has the additional advantage of spreading our exposure to the re-employment of these ships over several years upon expiration of their current charters.

Both of our existing owned ships, the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore , have been chartered to BG Group since their delivery from the shipyard in 2010 under multi-year time charters that, as of December 31, 2011, have remaining durations of approximately four and five years, respectively. We have entered into fixed multi-year time charter agreements with BG Group and Shell

48


pursuant to which four of our newbuilding ships will be chartered to BG Group upon delivery and two of our newbuilding ships will be chartered to Shell upon delivery.

Our vessel management segment, the operations of which are carried out through our wholly owned subsidiary GasLog LNG Services, generates revenues by offering plan approval and construction supervision services in connection with newbuilding LNG carriers and providing technical ship management services, including crewing, training, maintenance, regulatory and classification compliance and health, safety, security and environmental, or “HSSE”, management and reporting, for our owned fleet as well as the ships in our managed fleet.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, we received 99% of our consolidated revenues from BG Group and 1% of our revenues from Egypt LNG, an entity in which we have a 25% ownership interest. Shell will become a customer of ours upon delivery of the two newbuildings that will be chartered to one of its subsidiaries, scheduled for dates in 2013 and 2014.

Background

In 2001, Ceres Hellenic Shipping Enterprises Inc., the predecessor to Ceres Shipping, entered the LNG shipping sector by undertaking the management of BG Group’s owned fleet of LNG carriers. The LNG carrier management activities were carried out by GasLog LNG Services (formerly known as “Ceres LNG Services Ltd.”), which is our wholly owned subsidiary. GasLog Ltd. was incorporated on July 16, 2003 under the laws of Bermuda. Our chairman and chief executive officer, Peter G. Livanos, is our controlling shareholder, through his ownership of Ceres Shipping, which has a majority ownership interest in Blenheim Holdings. Following completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, Mr. Livanos will continue to be our controlling shareholder through his interest in Blenheim Holdings, which will hold approximately   % of our issued and outstanding common shares, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. Accordingly, he will be able to control the outcome of most matters on which our shareholders are entitled to vote.

Ceres Shipping’s founding family’s shipping activities commenced more than 100 years ago. The late Mr. George P. Livanos, father of our current chairman and chief executive officer, established the predecessor to Ceres Shipping, a shipping group that also has interests in tankers, dry bulk carriers and containerships. Ceres Shipping’s LNG shipping activities and operations are conducted exclusively through GasLog and our subsidiaries. Members of the Radziwill family, who have an indirect minority ownership interest in the Company through Blenheim Holdings, and the Onassis Foundation, which has a minority ownership interest in the Company through Olympic LNG Investments Ltd., act as partners to the Livanos family in establishing the growth strategy for the Company and providing equity funding prior to this offering in connection with the expansion of our owned fleet.

Until delivery of our two wholly owned ships, the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore , in May 2010 and July 2010, respectively, our business principally consisted of providing technical ship management services for BG Group’s owned fleet and for the Methane Nile Eagle. Additionally, we were involved in providing plan approval and construction supervision services in connection with newbuilding ships ordered by BG Group and Egypt LNG. Beginning with the construction of the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore , we provided the same services for our owned ships.

We are a holding company and we conduct our operations through various subsidiaries. Our wholly owned subsidiary GasLog LNG Services provides technical management to our fleet, while our wholly owned subsidiaries GAS-one Ltd. and GAS-two Ltd. own the GasLog Savannah and GasLog Singapore , respectively. In 2010 and 2011, we established eight new ship-owning subsidiaries to enter into shipbuilding contracts for the construction and eventual ownership of our eight new ships to be delivered on various dates between 2013 and 2015. For additional information about our subsidiaries, see Note 1 to our consolidated annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Between October 2010 and March 2011, we entered into joint venture agreements with an entity jointly owned by the Livanos and Radziwill families, which we refer to as the “Joint Venture Partner”, pursuant to which the Joint Venture Partner received a 49% ownership interest in four of our ship-owning subsidiaries: GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. In return for the 49% ownership interest in those four entities, the Joint Venture Partner paid us $19.21 million,

49


including equity contributions to the entities, and committed to provide loan guarantees for its pro rata share of the debt financing for the four newbuilding ships to be owned by the entities.

In June 2011, the Joint Venture Partner sold its 49% non-controlling interest in the issued shares of GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. to Ceres Shipping, which in turn contributed the 49% interest in the four ship-owning subsidiaries to us through Blenheim Holdings, our direct majority shareholder. The contribution of the 49% ownership interest in the entities by Blenheim Holdings was a non-cash transaction for us. Following the completion of this transaction, GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. are 100% owned by us through our wholly owned subsidiary GasLog Carriers Ltd. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and Note 1 to our consolidated annual financial statements included in this prospectus.

Below we discuss various factors we believe have affected and will continue to affect our results of operations. As you review and evaluate this discussion, you should recognize that our vessel ownership segment has a limited operating history and that the principal assets of that segment are our two wholly owned ships delivered in 2010. Accordingly, a comparison of our operating results for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 with operating results for previous years may not be very informative, particularly with respect to our vessel ownership segment, and may not be indicative of results that may be expected in the future.

In addition, as discussed below, we expect to continue to expand our staffing levels significantly in 2012 as we prepare for the delivery of additional vessels in 2013 and incur increased general and administrative expenses associated with being a public company. At the same time, since none of our newbuildings will be delivered before 2013, we expect our revenue for 2012 to increase only modestly in 2012 over 2011. Accordingly, we expect that for 2012 our profit will be significantly lower than the $13.72 million recorded in 2011, while on a percentage basis the decline in our Adjusted EBITDA is expected to be substantially less.

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

We believe the principal factors that will affect our future results of operations include:

 

 

 

 

the number of LNG carriers in our owned and managed fleets;

 

 

 

 

the timely delivery of our ships under construction;

 

 

 

 

our ability to maintain good working relationships with our existing customers and our ability to increase the number of our customers through the development of new working relationships;

 

 

 

 

the performance of their charter obligations by subsidiaries of BG Group and Shell;

 

 

 

 

the supply-demand relationship for LNG shipping services;

 

 

 

 

our ability to successfully re-employ the ships we own, including our LNG carriers on order, at economically attractive rates;

 

 

 

 

the effective and efficient technical management of the ships under our management;

 

 

 

 

our ability to obtain acceptable debt financing in respect of our capital commitments;

 

 

 

 

our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals and to satisfy technical, health, safety and compliance standards that meet our customers’ requirements; and

 

 

 

 

economic, regulatory, political and governmental conditions that affect shipping and the LNG industry, which includes changes in the number of new LNG importing countries and regions, as well as structural LNG market changes impacting LNG supply that may allow greater flexibility and competition of other energy sources with global LNG use.

In addition to the general factors discussed above, we believe certain specific factors have impacted, and will continue to impact, our results of operations. These factors include:

 

 

 

 

the hire rate earned by our owned ships;

 

 

 

 

unscheduled off-hire days;

 

 

 

 

the fees we receive for construction supervision and technical ship management services;

 

 

 

 

the level of our ship operating expenses, including crewing costs, insurance and maintenance costs;

50


 

 

 

 

our access to capital required to acquire additional ships and/or to implement our business strategy;

 

 

 

 

our level of debt, the related interest expense and the timing of required payments of principal;

 

 

 

 

mark-to-market changes in interest rate swaps and foreign currency fluctuations; and

 

 

 

 

the level of our general and administrative expenses, including salaries and costs of consultants.

Please read “Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain risks inherent in our business.

Principal Components of Revenues and Expenses

Revenues

Vessel Ownership

Our vessel ownership revenues are driven primarily by the number of LNG carriers in our owned fleet, the amount of daily charter hire that they earn under time charters and the number of operating days during which they generate revenues. These factors, in turn, are affected by our decisions relating to ship acquisitions and disposals, the amount of time that our ships spend in drydock undergoing repairs, maintenance and upgrade work, the age, condition and technical specifications of our ships as well as the relative levels of supply and demand in the LNG carrier charter market. Under the terms of our time charter arrangements, the operating cost component of the daily hire rate is intended to correspond to the costs of operating the ship. Accordingly, we will receive additional revenue under certain of our time charters through an annual escalation of the operating cost component of the daily hire rate and, in the event of more material increases in a ship’s operating costs, we may be entitled to receive additional revenues under those charters. Under our other time charter arrangements, most of our operating costs are passed-through to the charterer in the form of an adjustment to the operating cost component of the daily hire rate. We believe these adjustment provisions provide substantial protection against significant cost increases. See “Business—Ship Time Charters—Hire Rate Provisions” for a more detailed discussion of the hire rate provisions of our charter contracts.

Our LNG carriers are employed through multi-year time charter contracts, which for accounting purposes are considered as operating leases. Revenues under our time charters are recognized when services are performed, revenue is earned and the collection of the revenue is reasonably assured. The charter hire revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant time charter. We do not recognize revenue during days when the ship is off-hire. Advance payments under time charter contracts are classified as liabilities until such time as the criteria for recognizing the revenue are met.

The table below provides additional information about our contracted charter revenues based on contracts in effect as of December 31, 2011 for the eight ships in our owned fleet for which we have secured time charters, including the contracts for six of our LNG carriers on order that are scheduled to be delivered on various dates in 2013 and 2014. Other than the assumptions reflected in the footnotes below, including our assumption that the six newbuildings are delivered on schedule, the table below does not reflect events occurring after December 31, 2011 and we do not intend to update it. The table below reflects only our contracted charter revenues for the eight ships in our owned fleet for which we have secured time charters, and it does not reflect the costs or expenses we will incur in fulfilling our obligations under the charters, nor does it include other revenues we may earn, such as revenues for technical management of customer-owned ships. In particular, the table does not reflect any time charter revenues for our two LNG carriers on order for which we have not yet secured time charter contracts or any additional ships we may acquire in the future, nor does it reflect the options under our time charters that permit our charterers to extend the time charter terms for successive multi-year periods at comparable charter hire rates. The entry into time charter contracts for the two remaining newbuildings on order or any additional ships we may acquire, or the exercise of options extending the terms of our existing charters, would result in an increase in the number of contracted days and the contracted revenue for our fleet in the future. Although the contracted charter revenues are based on contracted charter hire rate provisions, they reflect certain assumptions, including assumptions relating to future ship operating costs. We consider the assumptions to be reasonable as of the date of this prospectus, but if these assumptions prove to be incorrect, our actual time charter revenues could differ from those reflected in the table. Furthermore, any contract is subject to various risks, including

51


performance by the counterparties or an early termination of the contract pursuant to its terms. If the charterers are unable or unwilling to make charter payments to us, or if we agree to renegotiate charter terms at the request of a charterer or if contracts are prematurely terminated for any reason, we would be exposed to prevailing market conditions at the time, and our results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. Please see “Risk Factors”. For these reasons, the contracted charter revenue information presented below is not fact and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of future results, and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this information. Neither the Company’s independent auditors, nor any other independent accountants, have compiled, examined or performed any procedures with respect to the information presented in the table, nor have they expressed any opinion or any other form of assurance on such information or its achievability, and assume no responsibility for, and disclaim any association with, the information in the table.

Contracted Charter Revenues and Days from Time Charters as of December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On and after December 31,

   
 

2012

 

2013

 

2014

 

2015

 

2016 and
thereafter

 

Total

 

 

(in millions of U.S. dollars, except days and percentages)

 

 

Contracted time charter revenues (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)

 

 

$

 

55.86

 

 

 

$

 

132.62

 

 

 

$

 

214.33

 

 

 

$

 

210.34

 

 

 

$

 

615.20

 

 

 

$

 

1,228.34

 

Total contracted days (1)

 

 

 

732

 

 

 

 

1,742

 

 

 

 

2,831

 

 

 

 

2,768

 

 

 

 

7,885

 

 

 

 

15,958

 

Percentage of total contracted days/total calendar days for the eight ships (1)

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

100.00

%

 

 

 

 

94.79

%

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

N/A

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Reflects time charter revenues and contracted days for the two LNG carriers delivered to us in 2010 and the six LNG carriers on order for which we have secured time charters. Calculations assume that all the LNG carriers on order are delivered on schedule.

 

(2)

 

 

 

Revenue calculations assume 365 revenue days per ship per annum, with 30 off-hire days when the ship undergoes scheduled drydocking. Two of our ships are scheduled to be drydocked in 2015.

 

(3)

 

 

 

For time charters that include a fixed operating cost component subject to annual escalation, revenue calculations include that fixed annual escalation. No special adjustments are assumed under those time charter contracts.

 

(4)

 

 

 

For time charters that give the charterer the option to set the charter hire rate at prevailing market rates during an initial portion of the time charter’s term, revenue calculations assume that charterer does not elect such option. Revenue calculations for these charters include an estimate of the amount of the operating cost component and the management fee component.

 

(5)

 

 

 

Revenue calculations assume no exercise of any option to extend the terms of charters.

Vessel Management

The revenues of GasLog LNG Services, our wholly owned subsidiary, are driven primarily by the number of ships operating under our technical management and the amount of the fees we earn for each of these ships as well as the amount of fees that we earn for plan approval and construction supervision of newbuilding LNG carriers. In addition to revenues from external customers, GasLog LNG Services receives revenues for technical management, plan approval and construction supervision services provided to our owned fleet. These revenues are eliminated in the consolidation of our accounts.

Revenue from ship management and ship construction project supervision contracts is recognized in the statement of income when earned and when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to us and such benefits can be measured reliably.

Vessel Operating and Supervision Costs

Vessel Ownership

Vessel operating and supervision costs of our owned fleet consist of two components: voyage expenses and ship operating expenses. Under our time charter arrangements, charterers bear

52


substantially all voyage expenses, including bunker fuel, port charges and canal tolls, but not commissions, which we have historically paid based on a flat fee per ship which during 2010 and 2011 equated to approximately 0.53% of the daily charter hire rate per ship to unaffiliated ship brokers. Commissions are recognized as expenses on a pro-rata basis over the duration of the period of the time charter.

We are generally responsible for ship operating expenses, which include costs for crewing, insurance, repairs, modifications and maintenance, including drydocking, lubricants, spare parts, and consumable stores and other miscellaneous expenses as well as the associated cost of providing these items and services. However, as described above, the hire rate provisions of our time charters are intended to reflect the operating costs borne by us. Our charters contain provisions that significantly reduce our exposure to increases in operating costs, including review provisions and cost pass-through provisions. Ship operating expenses are recognized as expenses when incurred.

Our vessel ownership segment pays fees to GasLog LNG Services in connection with our own newbuilding ships on order for plan approval and construction supervision services provided by GasLog LNG Services and to cover third-party expenses incurred by GasLog LNG Services in respect of the newbuildings. These fees, other than any inter-segment profit, are capitalized as part of the asset value of our ships. The fees paid for technical ship management services, which are considered expenses of the vessel ownership segment (and corresponding revenues of GasLog LNG Services), are eliminated in the consolidation of our accounts.

Vessel Management

Vessel operating and supervision costs of GasLog LNG Services include staff costs, such as salaries, social security and training for the technical management team and project specialists, and project-related expenses.

Depreciation of Fixed Assets

Vessel Ownership

The majority of our consolidated depreciation expenses relate to the cost of our owned ships. We depreciate the cost of our ships on the basis of two components: a vessel component and a drydocking component. The vessel component is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of each ship, based on the cost of the ship less its estimated residual value. We estimate the useful lives of our ships to be 35 years from the date of delivery from the shipyard. Furthermore, we estimate the residual values of our ships to be 10% of the initial ship cost, which represents our estimate of the market value of the ship at the end of its useful life.

We must periodically drydock each of our ships for inspection, repairs and maintenance and any modifications to comply with industry certification or governmental requirements. All our owned ships are required to be drydocked for these inspections at least once every five years. At the time of delivery of a ship from the shipyard, we estimate the drydocking component of the cost of the ship, which represents the estimated cost of the ship’s first drydocking based on our historical experience with similar types of ships. The drydocking component of the ship’s cost is depreciated over a five-year period.

Vessel Management

Depreciation expenses in GasLog LNG Services, our ship management company, are less significant than the depreciation expenses in our vessel ownership segment. They relate to property renovation costs and the costs of furniture, computer software and other equipment. Furniture, software, computer equipment and other equipment are depreciated based on expected useful lives of three to five years.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist principally of personnel costs for administrative and support staff, board of directors fees, expense recognized in connection with equity-settled

53


compensation, rent, utilities, travel expenses, legal expenses, training and other advisor costs. As of December 31, 2011 the amount of compensation expense remaining to be recognized in connection with outstanding manager shares and subsidiary manager shares awarded as equity-settled compensation amounted to $3.17 million, to be recognized during 2012. In August 2011 and January 2012, 391,510 and 801,346 manager shares were converted into common A shares and common shares, respectively, which resulted in accelerated vesting for these shares. As a result of the accelerated vesting, we recognized $0.41 million of additional compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2011 and expect to recognize $0.63 million of additional compensation expense in the first quarter of 2012. Taking into account the accelerated vesting of these shares, we expect to recognize total compensation expense in respect of outstanding manager shares and subsidiary manager shares of $1.42 million in the first quarter of 2012. We expect to recognize the $1.75 million of compensation expense remaining to be recognized immediately prior to completion of this offering, when all manager shares and subsidiary manager shares will be converted into common shares.

After the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional general and administrative expenses going forward as a public company, including costs associated with the preparation of disclosure documents, increased legal and accounting costs, investor relations costs, incremental director and officer liability insurance costs as well as costs related to compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley and Dodd-Frank.

Financial Costs

We incur interest expense on the outstanding indebtedness under our existing credit facilities and our swap arrangement, which we include in our financial costs. Financial costs also include amortization of other loan issuance costs incurred in connection with establishing our existing credit facilities. We will incur additional interest expense and other borrowing costs in the future on our outstanding borrowings and under future borrowings, including interest expense and loan issuance costs in connection with the four new loan agreements we have entered into through subsidiaries aggregating $1.13 billion. For a description of our credit facilities, including our new loan agreements, see “Description of Indebtedness”.

Interest expense and the amortization of loan issuance costs that relate to an LNG carrier under construction and are incurred during the construction period are capitalized as part of the cost of the ship. Otherwise, interest expense and amortization of loan issuance costs are expensed as incurred.

Financial Income

Financial income consists of interest income, which will depend on the level of our cash deposits, investments and prevailing interest rates. Interest income is recognized on an accrual basis.

Gain/(Loss) on Interest Rate Swaps

Any gain or loss derived from the fair value of the swaps at their inception and any ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the swaps that cannot be recognized in other comprehensive income, is presented as gain or loss on interest rate swaps in our consolidated statements of income.

Gain/(Loss) on Financial Investments

Any gain or loss on financial investments is presented in a separate line item in our consolidated statements of income. Between 2006 and 2008, we acquired 2,784,700 shares of BW Gas ASA through a subsidiary. These shares were subsequently exchanged at a one-for-one rate for shares of BW Gas Limited. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a write-down of $23.61 million based on the decrease in the fair value of the shares of BW Gas Limited. In April 2009, we sold all of our investment in BW Gas Limited and recorded a gain of $4.69 million in connection with the sale. We do not currently hold any financial investments.

54


Share of Profit of Associate

The share of profit of associate consists of our share of profits from our 25% ownership interest in Egypt LNG, a Bermuda exempted company whose principal asset is the LNG carrier Methane Nile Eagle. Our share of the profits or losses arising out of our interest in Egypt LNG is reported in our vessel ownership segment.

Gain/(Loss) on Disposal of Subsidiaries

Any gain or loss resulting from the disposal of subsidiaries is presented in a separate line item in our consolidated statements of income. In July and September 2011, we transferred ownership of two subsidiaries that were wholly owned by us, GasLog Holdings Limited and GasLog Services Limited, to Ceres Shipping. GasLog Holdings Limited was formed in 2005 as our indirect subsidiary as a holding company for our investment in BW Gas Limited. The entity has been dormant since April 2009, when we sold all of our investment in BW Gas Limited. GasLog Services Limited was formed in 2007 in connection with our establishment of a branch office in Copenhagen. The entity has been dormant since 2010, when we closed the branch office. We transferred all outstanding shares of each of the dormant entities to Ceres Shipping in non-cash transactions for no consideration. Aggregate cash and net liabilities of the two entities of $0.06 million and $0.08 million, respectively, were transferred to Ceres Shipping in the transactions, resulting in a gain of $0.02 million recorded in our consolidated statement of income.

55


Results of Operations

Year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 

Vessel
Ownership

 

Vessel
Management

 

Unallocated (1)

 

Eliminations

 

Total

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Statement of income by segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from external customers

 

 

$

 

55,756

 

 

 

$

 

10,714

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

66,471

 

Revenues from other operating segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,578

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,578

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

 

 

55,756

 

 

 

 

13,292

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,578

)

 

 

 

 

66,471

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel operating and supervision costs

 

 

 

(10,100

)

 

 

 

 

(4,693

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,846

 

 

 

 

(12,946

)

 

Depreciation of fixed assets

 

 

 

(12,612

)

 

 

 

 

(149

)

 

 

 

 

(66

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,827

)

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

(1,142

)

 

 

 

 

(6,050

)

 

 

 

 

(9,610

)

 

 

 

 

805

 

 

 

 

(15,997

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) from operations

 

 

 

31,903

 

 

 

 

2,401

 

 

 

 

(9,676

)

 

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

 

24,701

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial costs

 

 

 

(9,573

)

 

 

 

 

(47

)

 

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,631

)

 

Financial income

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

Loss on interest rate swaps

 

 

 

(2,725

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,725

)

 

Share of profit of associate

 

 

 

1,312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,312

 

Gain on disposal of subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the year

 

 

$

 

20,950

 

 

 

$

 

2,363

 

 

 

$

 

(9,663

)

 

 

 

$

 

73

 

 

 

$

 

13,723

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Unallocated items consist of expenses of GasLog Ltd. related to administrative functions and compensation paid to senior management.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

 

Vessel
Ownership

 

Vessel
Management

 

Unallocated (1)

 

Eliminations

 

Total

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Statement of income by segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from external customers

 

 

$

 

28,304

 

 

 

$

 

11,528

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

39,832

 

Revenues from other operating segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,712

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,712

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

 

 

28,304

 

 

 

 

14,240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,712

)

 

 

 

 

39,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel operating and supervision costs

 

 

 

(4,781

)

 

 

 

 

(5,174

)

 

 

 

 

(112

)

 

 

 

 

1,423

 

 

 

 

(8,644

)

 

Depreciation of fixed assets

 

 

 

(6,396

)

 

 

 

 

(110

)

 

 

 

 

(54

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,560

)

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

(1,189

)

 

 

 

 

(5,509

)

 

 

 

 

(5,563

)

 

 

 

 

689

 

 

 

 

(11,571

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) from operations

 

 

 

15,938

 

 

 

 

3,448

 

 

 

 

(5,729

)

 

 

 

 

(600

)

 

 

 

 

13,056

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial costs

 

 

 

(4,991

)

 

 

 

 

(48

)

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,046

)

 

Financial income

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

Ï—

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

121

 

Share of profit of associate

 

 

 

1,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the year

 

 

$

 

12,504

 

 

 

$

 

3,423

 

 

 

$

 

(5,736

)

 

 

 

$

 

(600

)

 

 

 

$

 

9,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Unallocated items consist of expenses of GasLog Ltd. related to administrative functions and compensation paid to senior management.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we had an average of 2.0 ships operating in our owned fleet. We had an average of 14.0 ships operating under our technical management during the year ended December 31, 2011, including our 2.0 owned ships, and we had an average of 0.7 ships under construction supervision. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we had an average of 1.0 ships operating in our owned fleet. We had an average of 10.3 ships operating under our technical management during the year ended December 31, 2010, including our 1.0 owned ships, and we had an average of 3.8 ships under construction supervision, which includes 1.0 ships under construction supervision in our owned fleet.

56


Revenues

Revenues increased by 66.88%, or $26.64 million, to $66.47 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, from $39.83 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is due to the operation of the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore for the full year during 2011. The two ships were delivered to us in May 2010 and July 2010, respectively, and commenced their charters with BG Group upon delivery to us from the shipyard.

Vessel Operating and Supervision Costs

Vessel operating and supervision costs increased by 49.88%, or $4.31 million, to $12.95 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, from $8.64 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is mainly due to the increased operating days of our owned fleet, resulting from the operation of the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore for the full year during 2011, as well as an increase in the number of managed ships.

Depreciation of Fixed Assets

Depreciation expense increased by 95.58%, or $6.27 million, to $12.83 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, from $6.56 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is directly attributable to the depreciation on our two owned ships in operation for the full year during 2011, compared to the depreciation for part of the year in 2010.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by 38.29%, or $4.43 million, to $16.00 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, from $11.57 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is a result of (a) an increase of $3.47 million in personnel costs due to an increase in management compensation in connection with the expansion of our fleet, an increase in directors’ fees, an increase in payroll costs related to the expansion of our fleet and an increase in other personnel-related expenses such as insurance and training, (b) an increase of $0.41 million in equity-settled compensation due to the acceleration derived from the conversion of 391,510 manager shares into common A shares in August 2011, (c) an increase of $0.67 million in legal and professional fees. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $0.12 million in other expenses.

Financial Costs

Financial costs increased by 90.69%, or $4.58 million, to $9.63 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, from $5.05 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is primarily a result of the interest expense on outstanding indebtedness used to finance the purchase of the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore. Interest expense on the indebtedness was capitalized until delivery of the ships in 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2011, we had an average of $296.70 million of outstanding indebtedness with a weighted average interest rate of 2.92%, and during the year ended December 31, 2010, we had an average of $236.67 million of outstanding indebtedness with a weighted average interest rate of 3.21%.

Financial Income

Financial income decreased by 66.67%, or $0.08 million, to $0.04 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, from $0.12 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease is a result of the decrease in average time deposits during the period.

Share of Profit of Associate

Our share of profits from our interest in Egypt LNG decreased by 10.27%, or $0.15 million, to $1.31 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, from $1.46 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, due to increased operating expenses for the Methane Nile Eagle during the year ended December 31, 2011, which resulted in lower net income for Egypt LNG.

57


Gain on Disposal of Subsidiaries

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded a gain of $0.02 million resulting from the transfer of shares of two dormant subsidiaries, GasLog Holdings Limited and GasLog Services Limited, to Ceres Shipping in a non-cash transaction for no consideration.

Profit for the Year

Profit for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by 43.07%, or $4.13 million to $13.72 million, from $9.59 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. As described below, this reflects a significant increase in profit attributable to the vessel ownership segment, to $20.95 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, from $12.50 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase in profit was partially offset by a decrease in profit attributable to the vessel management segment, to $2.36 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, from $3.42 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, and an increase in unallocated loss, to $9.66 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, from $5.74 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Segment Performance

Vessel Ownership

Revenues

In our vessel ownership segment, revenues increased significantly to $55.76 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, from $28.30 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is due to the operation of the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore for the full year during 2011. The two ships were delivered to us in May 2010 and July 2010, respectively, and commenced their charters with BG Group upon delivery to us from the shipyard.

Costs and Expenses

Vessel operating costs in the segment also increased by $5.32 million as a result of the higher number of operating days of the two ships in our owned fleet during 2011, to $10.10 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, from $4.78 million during the year ended December 31, 2010.

General and administrative expenses in the segment had a minor decrease of $0.05 million, to $1.14 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, from $1.19 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease is principally attributable to the legal and professional fees we incurred during the year ended December 31, 2010 in connection with the registration of our two owned ships upon delivery.

Depreciation expense in the segment, which primarily relates to the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore , increased by $6.21 million to $12.61 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, from $6.40 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, as a result of the depreciation on our two owned ships in operation for the full year during 2011, compared to depreciation for part of the year in 2010.

Financial costs in the segment increased by $4.58 million, to $9.57 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, from $4.99 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, as a result of interest expense on the indebtedness used to finance the purchase of the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore. Interest expense on the indebtedness was capitalized until the delivery of the ships in 2010.

A loss of $2.73 million on interest rate swaps was recognized in 2011 as a result of a $2.46 million loss recognized at the inception of swap agreements signed in 2011 and a $0.27 million loss of the ineffective portion of the changes in the fair value of the swap agreements.

Share of Profit of Associate

Also contributing to the results of operations of the vessel ownership segment was the decrease in our share of profit from our interest in Egypt LNG to $1.31 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, from $1.46 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease is the result of lower net income during the year ended December 31, 2011 for the Methane Nile Eagle.

Vessel Management

Revenues

Revenues of GasLog LNG Services decreased by $0.95 million to $13.29 million, of which $10.71 million was from external customers, during the year ended December 31, 2011, from $14.24 million, of

58


which $11.53 million was from external customers, during the year ended December 31, 2010. This decrease is mainly attributable to (a) a $2.58 million decrease in revenues from construction supervision services due to the completion of the construction of the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore as well as four newbuilding ships delivered to BG Group during 2010 and (b) a $1.17 million decrease in revenues derived from professional services fees, mainly attributable to a decrease in various consultancy fees paid by BG Group, a special bonus that was paid by BG Group in 2010 due to successful completion of the newbuilding projects and a decrease in services provided to Ceres Marine Partners. This decrease was offset in part by an increase in the performance bonus we received from BG Group for the management of its ships. The decrease in revenues in our vessel management segment from construction supervision services and professional services fees was partially offset by an increase of $2.80 million in management fees due to the increase in the managed fleet to an average of 14.0 vessels in 2011 compared to an average of 10.3 vessels in 2010.

Costs and Expenses

Vessel operating and supervision costs of GasLog LNG Services decreased by $0.48 million, to $4.69 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, from $5.17 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily as a result of lower payroll costs for personnel related to the newbuilding supervision project.

General and administrative expenses in the segment increased by $0.54 million, to $6.05 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, from $5.51 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in general and administrative expenses is primarily attributable to the need to add resources and shoreside personnel in connection with the management of the additional ships.

Unallocated

During the year ended December 31, 2011, $9.66 million of loss was not allocated to either segment, compared to $5.74 million of loss during the year ended December 31, 2010. The unallocated losses are principally due to general and administrative expenses that are not attributable to either segment, including compensation paid to senior management and directors and expense recognized in connection with equity-settled compensation.

Unallocated general and administrative expenses increased by $4.05 million to $9.61 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, from $5.56 million during the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is mainly attributable to (a) an increase of $2.70 million in personnel costs due to an increase in management compensation in connection with the expansion of our fleet, an increase in directors’ fees and an increase in payroll and other personnel-related expenses, (b) an increase of $0.41 million in equity-settled compensation due to acceleration derived from the conversion of 391,510 manager shares into common A shares in August 2011 and (c) an increase of $0.94 million in all other unallocated costs such as office rent, utilities, professional fees, legal fees and other expenses.

Year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

 

Vessel
Ownership

 

Vessel
Management

 

Unallocated (1)

 

Eliminations

 

Total

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Statement of income by segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from external customers

 

 

$

 

28,304

 

 

 

$

 

11,528

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

39,832

 

Revenues from other operating segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,712

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,712

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

 

 

28,304

 

 

 

 

14,240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,712

)

 

 

 

 

39,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel operating and supervision costs

 

 

 

(4,781

)

 

 

 

 

(5,174

)

 

 

 

 

(112

)

 

 

 

 

1, 423

 

 

 

 

(8,644

)

 

Depreciation of fixed assets

 

 

 

(6,396

)

 

 

 

 

(110

)

 

 

 

 

(54

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,560

)

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

(1,189

)

 

 

 

 

(5,509

)

 

 

 

 

(5,563

)

 

 

 

 

689

 

 

 

 

(11,571

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) from operations

 

 

 

15,938

 

 

 

 

3,448

 

 

 

 

(5,729

)

 

 

 

 

(600

)

 

 

 

 

13,056

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial costs

 

 

 

(4,991

)

 

 

 

 

(48

)

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,046

)

 

Financial income

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

121

 

Share of profit of associate

 

 

 

1,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the year

 

 

$

 

12,504

 

 

 

$

 

3,423

 

 

 

$

 

(5,736

)

 

 

 

$

 

(600

)

 

 

 

$

 

9,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59



 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Unallocated items consist of expenses of GasLog Ltd. related to administrative functions and compensation paid to senior management.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009

 

Vessel
Ownership

 

Vessel
Management

 

Unallocated (1)

 

Eliminations

 

Total

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Statement of income by segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from external customers

 

 

$

 

5

 

 

 

$

 

8,523

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

8,528

 

Revenues from other operating segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,599

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,599

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

10,122

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,599

)

 

 

 

 

8,528

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel operating and supervision costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,655

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,599

 

 

 

 

(3,056

)

 

Depreciation of fixed assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(115

)

 

 

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(126

)

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

(121

)

 

 

 

 

(3,414

)

 

 

 

 

(2,706

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,241

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) from operations

 

 

 

(115

)

 

 

 

 

1,938

 

 

 

 

(2,717

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(894

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial costs

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

(63

)

 

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(72

)

 

Financial income

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

Gain on financial investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,689

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,689

 

Share of profit of associate

 

 

 

635

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

635

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 

 

$

 

525

 

 

 

$

 

1,875

 

 

 

$

 

2,010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

4,409

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Unallocated items consist of expenses of GasLog Ltd. related to administrative functions and financial investment activities, as well as compensation paid to senior management.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we had an average of 1.0 ships operating in our owned fleet. We had an average of 10.3 ships operating under our technical management during the year ended December 31, 2010, including our 1.0 owned ships, and we had an average of 3.8 ships under construction supervision, which includes 1.0 ships under construction supervision in our owned fleet. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we had no ships operating in our owned fleet (other than our 25% ownership interest in the Methane Nile Eagle ). We had eight ships operating under our technical management during the year ended December 31, 2009, and we had an average of 6.0 ships under construction supervision, which includes 2.0 ships under construction supervision in our owned fleet.

Revenues

Revenues increased more than fourfold to $39.83 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, from $8.53 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is almost entirely due to the entry into service of the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore , which were delivered to us in May 2010 and July 2010, respectively, and commenced their charters with BG Group upon delivery to us from the shipyard.

Vessel Operating and Supervision Costs

Vessel operating and supervision costs increased more than twofold to $8.64 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, from $3.06 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is mainly due to the increased operating days of our owned fleet, resulting from the delivery to us from the shipyard of the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore.

Depreciation of Fixed Assets

Depreciation expense increased significantly to $6.56 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, from $0.13 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is directly attributable to the increased number of ships in our owned fleet.

60


General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased by 85.42%, or $5.33 million, to $11.57 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, from $6.24 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is primarily a result of the $3.58 million expense we recognized in respect of equity-settled compensation granted to members of senior management and other employees, and it also reflects costs of approximately $0.37 million incurred in connection with naming ceremonies for the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore. In addition, there was an increase in personnel costs due to the additional staff hired in connection with the expansion of our managed fleet by six ships (our two owned ships and four BG Group-owned ships), and an increase in costs for office rent and utilities due to the additional space required to accommodate the new personnel. Finally, there was an increase in travel expenses due to the increased size of our managed fleet.

Financial Costs

Financial costs increased significantly to $5.05 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, from $0.07 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is a result of interest expense on outstanding indebtedness used to finance the purchase of the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore. Interest expense on the indebtedness was capitalized until delivery of the ships, and as a result only a limited amount of interest cost was expensed during the ship construction period.

Financial Income

Financial income increased to $0.12 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, from $0.05 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is a result of increased interest earned on a higher average cash balance in 2010 compared to 2009. Our average cash balance was higher in 2010 as a result of the operation of our two LNG carriers that were delivered in 2010.

Gain on Financial Investments

We did not have any gain or loss on financial investments during the year ended December 31, 2010 because we did not hold any financial investments during that period. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded a gain on financial investments of $4.69 million resulting from the sale of shares of BW Gas Limited.

Share of Profit of Associate

Our share of profits from our interest in Egypt LNG increased more than twofold to $1.46 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, from $0.64 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is the result of lower depreciation costs during the year ended December 31, 2010 for the Methane Nile Eagle.

Profit for the Year

Profit for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by 117.46% to $9.59 million, from $4.41 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. As described below, this reflects a significant increase in profit attributable to the vessel ownership segment. The profit from the vessel ownership segment was $12.50 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 up from $0.53 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. In addition, there was a 81.91% increase in profit attributable to the vessel management segment, to $3.42 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, from $1.88 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. These increases in segment profits were offset in part by an unallocated loss of $5.74 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 which was not attributable to either segment. This unallocated loss is compared to an unallocated profit of $2.01 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

61


Segment Performance

Vessel Ownership

Revenues

In our vessel ownership segment, revenues increased to $28.30 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, from $5,400 during the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is due to the entry into service of the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore , which commenced their charters with BG Group upon delivery to us from the shipyard in May 2010 and July 2010, respectively.

Costs and Expenses

Vessel operating costs in the segment also increased as a result of the entry into service of the two ships, to $4.78 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, from $0 during the year ended December 31, 2009.

General and administrative expenses in the segment increased significantly to $1.19 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, from $0.12 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is primarily attributable to a $0.70 million increase in costs for professional services provided by the vessel management segment to the vessel ownership segment for newbuilding ships on order, which costs are eliminated in the consolidation of our accounts, as well as costs of $0.37 million incurred in 2010 relating to ship naming ceremonies.

Depreciation expense in the segment, which primarily relates to the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore , increased significantly to $6.40 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, from $0 during the year ended December 31, 2009, as a result of the delivery of the two ships.

Financial costs in the segment increased significantly to $4.99 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, from $724 during the year ended December 31, 2009, as a result of interest expense on the indebtedness used to finance the purchase of the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore , which interest expense had been capitalized until the delivery of the ships, and as a result only a limited amount of interest cost was expensed during the ship construction period.

Share of Profit of Associate

Also contributing to the results of operations of the vessel ownership segment was the increase in our share of profit from our interest in Egypt LNG to $1.46 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, from $0.64 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is the result of lower depreciation costs during the year ended December 31, 2010 for the Methane Nile Eagle.

Vessel Management

Revenues

Revenues of GasLog LNG Services increased by 40.71% to $14.24 million, of which $11.53 million was from external customers, during the year ended December 31, 2010, from $10.12 million, of which $8.52 million was from external customers, during the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is mainly attributable to an increase in the number of ships under management due to the delivery of the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore as well as four newbuilding ships delivered to BG Group during 2010, which resulted in additional vessel management revenues of $2.96 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increased revenues in the segment also reflect a $0.70 million increase in fees for professional services provided to the vessel ownership segment for ships under construction and an increase of $0.36 million in fees from the newbuilding supervision project.

Costs and Expenses

Vessel operating and supervision costs of GasLog LNG Services increased by 10.94% to $5.17 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, from $4.66 million during the year ended

62


December 31, 2009, primarily as a result of additional resources needed for the management of the additional ships.

General and administrative expenses in the segment increased by 61.58% to $5.51 million during the year ended December 31, 2010, from $3.41 million during the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in general and administrative expenses is primarily attributable to the need to add resources and office space in connection with the management of the additional ships, as well as incentive payments awarded to key employees of GasLog LNG Services.

Unallocated

During the year ended December 31, 2010, $5.74 million of loss was not allocated to either segment, compared to $2.01 million of unallocated profit during the year ended December 31, 2009. The unallocated losses during the year ended December 31, 2010 are principally due to general and administrative expenses that are not attributable to either segment, including compensation paid to senior management and expense recognized in connection with equity-settled compensation. The increase in unallocated losses is mainly attributable to expenses of $3.58 million relating to equity-settled compensation granted in the year ended December 31, 2010, $2.67 million of which was not allocated to either segment. As of December 31, 2010, the amount of compensation expense remaining to be recognized in connection with outstanding equity-settled compensation amounted to $7.16 million, to be recognized during 2011 and 2012. Immediately prior to completion of this offering, all manager shares and subsidiary manager shares will be converted into common shares and as a result, any remaining compensation expense will be recognized immediately. Also, while there was no gain or loss on financial investments during the year ended December 31, 2010 because no financial investments were held during the period, during the year ended December 31, 2009, a gain on financial investments of $4.69 million was recorded as a result of the sale of shares of BW Gas Limited.

Customers

Historically, we have derived nearly all of our revenues from one customer, BG Group. For the year ended December 31, 2011, we received 99% of our revenues from BG Group and 1% of our revenues from Egypt LNG, an entity in which we have a 25% ownership interest. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we received 98% of our revenues from BG Group and 2% of our revenues from Egypt LNG. Shell will become a customer upon delivery to us from the shipyard of the two newbuildings that will be chartered to one of its subsidiaries, which is scheduled for dates in 2013 and 2014.

Seasonality

Since our owned ships are employed under multi-year, fixed-rate charter arrangements, seasonal trends do not impact the revenues earned by our vessel ownership segment during the year. Seasonality also does not have a significant impact on revenues earned by our vessel management segment, as we provide technical ship management and ship construction supervision services under fixed-rate agreements.

Additionally, our business is not subject to seasonal borrowing requirements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

In the past, our principal sources of funds have been contributions from our existing shareholders and the Joint Venture Partner, operating cash flows and long-term bank borrowings. Our principal uses of funds have been capital expenditures to establish, grow and maintain our owned fleet, service our debt, comply with international shipping standards, environmental laws and regulations, fund working capital requirements and pay dividends. In monitoring our working capital needs, we project our charter hire income and ships’ maintenance and running expenses, as well as debt service obligations, and seek to maintain adequate cash reserves in order to address any budget overruns.

63


Our primary short-term liquidity needs are to fund our ship operating expenses, finance the purchase and construction of our newbuilding ships and service our existing debt. Our long-term liquidity needs primarily relate to debt repayment and to additional ship acquisitions in the LNG sector. We anticipate that our primary sources of funds will be cash from operations, the proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement and borrowings under our new loan agreements, along with any borrowings under new credit facilities that we may obtain from time to time in connection with future ship acquisitions. Other than this offering and the concurrent private placement we do not currently have any specific plans with respect to any future equity financing. We believe that these sources of funds will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs, although there can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain future debt financing on terms acceptable to us.

Our funding and treasury activities are intended to maximize investment returns while maintaining appropriate liquidity. Cash and cash equivalents are held primarily in U.S. dollars with some balances held in euros. We have not made use of derivative instruments other than for interest rate risk management purposes.

As of December 31, 2011, we had $20.09 million of cash and cash equivalents, of which $3.37 million was held in a retention account in connection with the next installment and interest payment due under the credit facility entered into by our subsidiary GAS-two Ltd. and $1.10 million was held in ship management client accounts. The funds in the ship management client accounts were held on behalf of customers of our vessel management segment to cover operating expenses of customer-owned ships operating under our management.

As of December 31, 2011, we had an aggregate of $283.11 million of indebtedness outstanding under two credit agreements, of which $24.99 million is repayable within one year. In addition, we have signed four loan agreements for $1.13 billion in the aggregate. Borrowings under these four facilities will be used to finance a portion of the contract prices of our eight new LNG carriers on order. For more details, see “—Capital Expenditures” and “Description of Indebtedness”.

In the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, our existing shareholders made surplus capital contributions to us of $19.11 million, $85.42 million and $92.97 million, respectively, to provide us with working capital and funding for capital expenditures. In the year ended December 31, 2010, we declared dividends to our existing shareholders of $17.25 million, $16.77 million of which was paid in cash, with the remainder contributed to the capital of the Company by our existing majority shareholder. In the year ended December 31, 2011, we declared dividends to our existing shareholders of $8.5 million, $0.77 million of which was paid in cash, with the remainder contributed to the capital of the Company by our existing majority shareholder. Other than these dividends, we have not historically paid dividends or distributions to our shareholders.

Following this offering, we intend to pay a quarterly dividend of $   per share commencing in the fourth quarter of 2012. As our fleet expands, we will evaluate future increases to the quarterly dividend consistent with our cash flow and liquidity position. Our policy is to pay dividends in amounts that will allow us to retain sufficient liquidity to fund our obligations as well as execute our business plan going forward. Our board of directors will determine the timing and amount of all dividend payments, based on various factors, including our financial performance, cash requirements and contractual and legal restrictions. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to pay quarterly dividends. See “Dividend Policy” and “Risk Factors”.

Working Capital Position

As of December 31, 2011, our current assets totaled $27.71 million while current liabilities totaled $49.19 million, resulting in a negative working capital position of $21.48 million. Under our credit facilities, we are subject to a requirement that our net working capital, excluding the current portion of long-term debt, is positive at all times. While our working capital position was negative as of December 31, 2011, taking into account the exclusion of the current portion of our long-term debt, which was $24.28 million as of such date, we were in compliance with these covenants.

Following the completion of this offering and taking into account generally expected market conditions, we anticipate that cash flow generated from operations will be sufficient to fund our

64


operations, including our working capital requirements, and to make the required principal and interest payments on our indebtedness during the next 12 months.

Cash Flows

Year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010

The following table summarizes our net cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2010

 

2011

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

$

 

25,633

 

 

 

$

 

27,001

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

(212,806

)

 

 

 

 

(86,464

)

 

Net cash from financing activities

 

 

 

203,203

 

 

 

 

56,286

 

Net Cash from Operating Activities

Net cash from operating activities was $27.00 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $25.63 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase of $1.37 million was attributable to the increase in revenue by $26.64 million mainly due to the operation of the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore for the full year during 2011. This increase was partially offset by a $4.31 million increase in vessel operating and supervision costs, a $4.01 million increase in general and administrative expenses that generated a cash outflow, a $4.92 million increase in cash paid for interest and a decrease of $12.03 million in cash flows generated by working capital accounts, from $6.12 million inflow for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $5.92 million outflow for the year ended December 31, 2011. The $5.92 million outflow for the year ended December 31, 2011 derives mainly from (a) a $5.78 million decrease in the balance of funds held in ship management client accounts, (b) a $1.86 million increase in trade and other receivables due to a $1.47 million increase in accrued income and a $0.39 million increase in all other receivables and (c) an offsetting $2.08 million increase in other payables and accruals representing operating items. The $6.12 million inflow for the year ended December 31, 2010 is primarily due to advance collection of January 2011 charter hire of $4.74 million for our owned ships during December 2010.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $86.46 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, which principally consists of $86.95 million in payments for the construction costs of newbuilding ships, $1.09 million in payments for other tangible assets, partially offset by $1.09 million of dividends we received from Egypt LNG and $0.5 million we received from Egypt LNG as a return of capital contributions.

Net cash used in investing activities was $212.81 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, which principally consists of $228.49 million in payments for the construction costs of newbuilding ships, partially offset by $9.17 million we received from the Joint Venture Partner in return for equity in GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd., $1.07 million of dividends we received from Egypt LNG and a release of $5.69 million in restricted cash.

Net Cash from Financing Activities

Net cash from financing activities was $56.29 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, which consists of capital contributions of $92.97 million we received from our existing shareholders and the Joint Venture Partner, offset by bank loan repayments of $29.88 million, payment of loan issuance costs of $4.76 million, payment of $0.77 million in dividends to existing shareholders and payment of $1.28 million related to IPO fees.

Net cash from financing activities was $203.20 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, which principally consists of a bank loan drawdown of $143.82 million and capital contributions of $85.42 million we received from our existing majority shareholder and the Joint Venture Partner, partially

65


offset by $16.77 million in dividends we paid to existing shareholders, bank loan repayments of $8.54 million and $0.77 million in loan issuance costs we paid in connection with the bank loan drawdown.

Year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the year ended December 31, 2009

The following table summarizes our net cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

2009

 

2010

 

 

(in thousands of
U.S. dollars)

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

$

 

134

 

 

 

$

 

25,633

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

(32,167

)

 

 

 

 

(212,806

)

 

Net cash from financing activities

 

 

 

33,796

 

 

 

 

203,203

 

Net Cash from Operating Activities

Net cash from operating activities was $25.63 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, compared to $0.13 million of Net cash from operating activities in the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase of $25.50 million in cash flows from operating activities was primarily attributable to (i) an increase as a result of a $28.11 million increase in revenue collected from BG Group due to its charter obligations for the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore , offset by a $5.59 million increase in operating expenses, including crewing, maintenance and insurance costs, for the two owned ships delivered in 2010, and a $1.75 million increase in general and administrative expenses (excluding expenses recognized in respect of equity-settled compensation, which is a non-cash item) and (ii) an increase of $5.14 million arising from movements in working capital primarily due to advance collection of the January 2011 charter hire for the two owned ships during December 2010. The increase in cash flows from operating activities was partially offset by $3.68 million of interest paid subsequently to the delivery of the two owned ships in 2010.

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $212.81 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, which principally consists of $228.49 million in payments for the construction costs of newbuilding ships, partially offset by $9.17 million we received from the Joint Venture Partner in return for equity in GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd., $1.07 million of dividends we received from Egypt LNG and a release of $5.69 million in restricted cash.

Net cash used in investing activities was $32.17 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, which principally consists of $44.60 million in payments for the construction costs of newbuilding ships, partially offset by $8.94 million in proceeds we received from the sale of shares of BW Gas Limited that we held through a subsidiary, $0.78 million of dividends we received from Egypt LNG and a release of $2.91 million in restricted cash.

Net Cash from Financing Activities

Net cash from financing activities was $203.20 million in the year ended December 31, 2010, which principally consists of a bank loan drawdown of $143.82 million and capital contributions of $85.42 million we received from our existing majority shareholder and the Joint Venture Partner, partially offset by $16.77 million in dividends we paid to existing shareholders, bank loan repayments of $8.54 million and $0.77 million in loan issuance costs we paid in connection with the bank loan drawdown.

Net cash from financing activities was $33.80 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, which principally consists of a bank loan drawdown of $96.90 million and capital contributions of $19.11 million we received from our existing majority shareholder, partially offset by bank loan repayments of $80.00 million and $2.15 million in loan issuance costs we paid in connection with the bank loan drawdown.

66


Credit Facilities

Through our subsidiaries, we have entered into two credit facilities with amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2011. One of the credit facilities is secured by the GasLog Savannah and the other is secured by the GasLog Singapore. Both of the facilities are denominated in U.S. dollars. The following summarizes certain terms of the two facilities as of December 31, 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lender(s)

 

Subsidiary Party
(Collateral Ship)

 

Outstanding
Principal
Amount

 

Interest Rate

 

Maturity

 

Remaining Payment
Installments as of
December 31, 2011

Danish Ship Finance A/S

 

GAS-one Ltd. ( GasLog Savannah)

 

$157.16 million

 

LIBOR + applicable margin (1)

 

2020

 

34 consecutive quarterly installments, the first 6 in the amount of $2.81 million each and the remaining 28 in the amount of $2.06 million each, plus a balloon payment in the amount of $82.52 million due in May 2020

 

DnB Bank ASA, National Bank of Greece S.A. and UBS AG

 

GAS-two Ltd. ( GasLog Singapore )

 

$125.96 million

 

LIBOR + applicable margin (1)

 

2014

 

9 consecutive quarterly installments, with a balloon payment of $95.07 million due in January 2014


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, the applicable weighted average interest rate for the two loans, after giving effect to hedging, was 3.91%.

67


In addition, through our subsidiaries, we have entered into four new loan agreements in connection with the financing of a portion of the contract prices of our eight contracted newbuildings. Borrowings under these facilities will be drawn upon delivery of the ships, which is scheduled for various dates between 2013 and 2015, and will be secured by mortgages on the relevant ships. Each of the facilities will be denominated in U.S. dollars. The following summarizes certain terms of the facilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lender(s)

 

Subsidiary
Parties
(Collateral
Ship)

 

Committed
Amount

 

Expected
Drawdown
Date(s)

 

Interest
Rate

 

Maturity

 

Payment Installment
Schedule

DNB Bank ASA, London Branch, and the Export- Import Bank of Korea

 

GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. (Hull Numbers 1946 and 1947)

 

Up to $272.5 million

 

Q1 2013

 

LIBOR + applicable margin (1)

 

2025

 

48 consecutive quarterly installments of $2.01 million under each tranche, with two balloon payments of up to $40 million each due under each tranche 12 years from delivery of the collateral ships; the lenders will have a put option giving them the right to request full repayment in 2018

 

Nordea Bank Finland Plc, London Branch, ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and Citibank International Plc, Greece Branch

 

GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. (Hull Numbers 2016 and 2017)

 

Up to $277 million

 

Q2 2013 and Q3 2013

 

LIBOR + applicable margin (1)

 

2019

 

24 consecutive quarterly installments of $2.04 million under each tranche, with two balloon payments of $89.62 million each due under each tranche no later than the earlier of six years from delivery of the collateral ships or July 2019

 

Credit Suisse AG

 

GAS-seven Ltd. (Hull Number 2041)

 

Up to $144 million

 

Q4 2013

 

LIBOR + applicable margin (1)

 

2020

 

28 consecutive quarterly installments of $2 million, with a balloon payment of $88 million due with the last installment

 

DnB Bank ASA, Commonwealth Bank of Australia, Danish Ship Finance A/S, ING Bank N.V. and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

 

GAS-eight Ltd., GAS-nine Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd. (Hull Numbers 2042, 2043 and 2044)

 

Up to $435 million

 

Q1 2014, Q4 2014 and Q1 2015

 

LIBOR + applicable margin (1)

 

2021 (first tranche) and 2022 (second and third tranches)

 

28 consecutive quarterly installments of $1.99 million, $2.03 million and $2.03 million, respectively, under each tranche, with balloon payments of $87.28 million, $89.16 million and $89.16 million, respectively, due with the last installment under each tranche


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Based on LIBOR as of December 31, 2011, the weighted average interest rate under the four loan agreements, assuming they were drawn in full, would have been 2.85%. In addition, we expect to incur aggregate commitment and arrangement fees of approximately $33.47 million in connection with the facilities.

68


Our credit facilities are secured as follows:

 

 

 

 

first priority mortgages over the ships owned by the respective borrowers;

 

 

 

 

for certain of our facilities, guarantees from us and our subsidiary GasLog Carriers Ltd.;

 

 

 

 

for certain of our facilities, a pledge of the share capital of the respective borrower; and

 

 

 

 

for certain of our facilities, a first priority assignment of all earnings and insurances related to the ship owned by the respective borrower.

In addition, all of the credit facilities are secured by guarantees from Ceres Shipping and certain of the credit facilities are secured by guarantees from the Joint Venture Partner. These guarantees from Ceres Shipping and the Joint Venture Partner, and corresponding cross-default provisions, will be terminated upon completion of this offering.

Our credit facilities impose certain operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions generally limit our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

 

 

 

incur additional indebtedness, create liens or provide guarantees;

 

 

 

 

provide any form of credit or financial assistance to, or enter into any non-arms’ length transactions with, us or any of our affiliates;

 

 

 

 

sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including our ships;

 

 

 

 

engage in merger transactions;

 

 

 

 

enter into, terminate or amend any charter;

 

 

 

 

amend our shipbuilding contracts;

 

 

 

 

change the manager of our ships;

 

 

 

 

undergo a change in ownership; or

 

 

 

 

acquire assets, make investments or enter into any joint-venture arrangements outside of the ordinary course of business.

After completion of this offering, we will also be subject to specified financial covenants that apply to us and our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. These financial covenants include the following:

 

 

 

 

our net working capital (excluding the current portion of long-term debt) must be positive;

 

 

 

 

our total indebtedness divided by our total capitalization must not exceed 65%;

 

 

 

 

the ratio of EBITDA over our debt service obligations (including interest and debt repayments) on a trailing 12 months’ basis must be no less than 110%;

 

 

 

 

the aggregate amount of all unencumbered cash and cash equivalents must exceed the higher of 3% of our total indebtedness or $20 million;

 

 

 

 

we are permitted to pay dividends, provided that we hold unencumbered cash equal to at least 4% of our total indebtedness, subject to no event of default having occurred or occurring as a consequence of the payment of such dividends; and

 

 

 

 

our market value adjusted net worth must at all times exceed $350 million.

Our credit facilities also impose certain restrictions relating to us and our other subsidiaries, including restrictions that limit our ability to make any substantial change in the nature of our business or to engage in transactions that would constitute a change of control, as defined in the relevant credit facility, without repaying all of our indebtedness in full, or to allow our controlling shareholders to reduce their shareholding in us below specified thresholds.

Our credit facilities contain customary events of default, including nonpayment of principal or interest, breach of covenants or material inaccuracy or representations, default under other material indebtedness and bankruptcy. In addition, each facility contains covenants requiring that the fair market value of the ship securing the facility remains above 120% (or in the case of one facility, 142.8% on the date of this offering and 120% thereafter) of all amounts outstanding under the applicable facility. In the event that the value of a ship falls below the threshold, we could be required to provide the lender

69


with additional security or prepay a portion of the outstanding loan balance, which could negatively impact our liquidity.

See “Description of Indebtedness” for more information about our credit facilities, including our new loan agreements.

Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011 were:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 - 3 years

 

3 - 5 years

 

More than
5 years

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Long-term debt obligations (1)

 

 

$

 

283,114

 

 

 

$

 

24,987

 

 

 

$

 

130,227

 

 

 

$

 

16,503

 

 

 

$

 

111,397

 

Interest on long-term debt obligations (2)

 

 

 

53,809

 

 

 

 

10,883

 

 

 

 

16,742

 

 

 

 

10,978

 

 

 

 

15,206

 

Loan arrangement fees and commitments

 

 

 

28,715

 

 

 

 

17,584

 

 

 

 

10,940

 

 

 

 

191

 

 

 

 

 

Special bonus to management (3)

 

 

 

3,515

 

 

 

 

475

 

 

 

 

3,040

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shipbuilding contracts

 

 

 

1,440,975

 

 

 

 

114,450

 

 

 

 

1,167,125

 

 

 

 

159,400

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

 

1,398

 

 

 

 

342

 

 

 

 

685

 

 

 

 

371

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

$

 

1,811,526

 

 

 

$

 

168,721

 

 

 

$

 

1,328,759

 

 

 

$

 

187,443

 

 

 

$

 

126,603

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

The table does not include obligations under the loan agreement we entered into through our subsidiaries on October 3, 2011 with Nordea Bank Finland Plc, London Branch, ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and Citibank International plc, Greece Branch, for $277 million, the facility agreement we entered into through our subsidiaries on December 23, 2011 with DnB Bank ASA, Commonwealth Bank of Australia, Danish Ship Finance A/S, ING Bank N.V. and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ), for $435 million, the facility agreement we entered into through our subsidiary on January 18, 2012 with Credit Suisse AG, for $144 million or the facility agreement we entered into for $272.5 million through our subsidiaries on March 14, 2012 with DNB Bank ASA and the Export-Import Bank of Korea. We have not yet borrowed any amounts under these loan agreements. The first installment payment for any borrowings we make under these loan agreements will be due three months after the delivery of the newbuilding ships that will serve as collateral under the facilities.

 

(2)

 

 

 

Our interest commitment on long-term debt is calculated based on an assumed average applicable interest rate ranging from 3.26% to 5.44% which takes into account LIBOR and our various applicable margin rates and fixed-rate interest rate swaps associated with each debt.

 

(3)

 

 

 

As compensation for successful negotiation of commercial terms and conditions for the purchase of two of our newbuilding ships, our board of directors approved the award of a special bonus to be paid to key members of management. A portion of the bonus was paid in 2011. The balance will be paid in future periods. As of December 31, 2011, our future obligations in respect of the special bonus amounted to $3.52 million, with $0.48 million to be paid within one year and $3.04 million to be paid in two to three years. However, a portion of these future obligations was accelerated and paid in January 2012 in connection with the resignation of our former chief executive officer. See “Management—Separation Agreement with Former Chief Executive Officer”.

Capital Expenditures

We make capital expenditures from time to time in connection with the expansion and operation of our owned fleet. In 2010 we took delivery of two LNG carriers, the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we funded $86.95 million, $228.49 million and $44.60 million, respectively, of construction costs, including installment payments on newbuildings, with funds borrowed under credit facilities and capital contributions from our existing shareholders.

Our current commitments for capital expenditures are related to our eight contracted LNG carriers on order, which have a gross aggregate contract price of approximately $1.55 billion. We also have

70


options to acquire two additional newbuilding LNG carriers, which options expire in 2012. We have not yet decided whether we will exercise the options. We are scheduled to take delivery of the eight newbuilding ships on various dates in 2013, 2014 and 2015. The total remaining balance of the contract prices is $1.42 billion. Amounts are payable under each shipbuilding contract in installments upon the attainment of certain specified milestones in each ship’s construction, with the largest portion of the purchase price for each ship coming due upon its delivery.

We intend to fund these commitments with the proceeds of this offering and with borrowings under the four new loan agreements we have entered into for $1.13 billion in the aggregate. In the event we decide to exercise our options to order two additional ships from Samsung, we expect to finance the costs with cash from operations and a combination of debt and equity financing.

To the extent that we are unable to draw down the amounts committed under our credit facilities, we will need to find alternative financing. If we are unable to find alternative financing, we will not be capable of funding all of our commitments for capital expenditures relating to our eight contracted newbuilding ships, which could adversely impact the dividends we intend to pay following this offering, and materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are subject to market risks relating to changes in interest rates because we, through our subsidiaries, have floating rate debt outstanding. Significant increases in interest rates could adversely affect our operating margins, results of operations and our ability to service our debt. From time to time, we have used interest rate swaps to reduce our exposure to market risk from changes in interest rates. The principal objective of these contracts is to minimize the risks and costs associated with our floating rate debt and is not for speculative or trading purposes. We expect to continue to use interest rate swaps in the future as we deem appropriate to manage our exposure to interest rate risk.

The aggregate principal amount of our outstanding floating rate debt as of December 31, 2011 was $125.96 million. As an indication of the extent of our sensitivity to interest rate changes, an increase in LIBOR by 10 basis points would have decreased our profit during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 by approximately 1.58%, or $0.22 million, and 2.33%, or $0.22 million, respectively, based upon our debt level during such years.

We expect our sensitivity to interest rate changes to increase in the future as a result of borrowings under our four new loan agreements. Borrowings under these floating rate debt facilities will be used to finance a portion of the contract prices of our eight newbuilding ships on order.

Interest Rate Swaps

As of December 31, 2010, we had one interest rate swap in place with a notional amount of $78.2 million. The principal terms of the interest rate swaps outstanding at December 31, 2011 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GAS-one Ltd.

 

GAS-one Ltd.

 

GAS-five Ltd.

 

GAS-five Ltd.

 

GAS-six Ltd.

Counterparty

 

Danish Ship
Finance

 

Danish Ship
Finance

 

Nordea Bank
Finland

 

Nordea Bank
Finland

 

Nordea Bank
Finland

Initial Notional Amount

 

$80,804,648

 

 

 

 

$84,187,193

 

 

 

 

 

$60,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

$75,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

$75,000,000

 

Notional Amount, December 31, 2011

 

$72,968,326

 

 

 

 

$84,187,193

 

 

 

 

 

$60,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

$75,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

$75,000,000

 

Trade date

 

 

 

Sept 2008

 

 

 

 

Oct 2011

 

 

 

 

Nov 2011

 

 

 

 

Nov 2011

 

 

 

 

Nov 2011

 

Effective Date

 

 

 

Sept 2008

 

 

 

 

Nov 2011

 

 

 

 

May 2013

 

 

 

 

May 2013

 

 

 

 

July 2013

 

Termination Date

 

 

 

August 2013

 

 

 

 

May 2020

 

 

 

 

May 2018

 

 

 

 

May 2018

 

 

 

 

July 2018

 

Fixed Interest Rate

 

 

 

3.84

%

 

 

 

 

2.10

%

 

 

 

 

2.04

%

 

 

 

 

1.96

%

 

 

 

 

2.04

%

 

Under these swap transactions, the bank counterparty effects quarterly floating-rate payments to the Company for the relevant amount based on the three-month U.S. dollar LIBOR, and the Company effects quarterly payments to the bank on the relevant amount at the respective fixed rates.

71


Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

We generate all of our revenue in U.S. dollars, and the majority of our expenses, including debt repayment obligations under our credit facilities and a portion of our administrative expenses, are denominated in U.S. dollars. However, a portion of the ship operating expenses of our vessel ownership segment, primarily crew wages, and a large portion of our administrative expenses, are denominated in euros. The portion of our total expenses denominated in euros increased in 2011 as we took delivery of our two owned ships, and we expect our euro-denominated expenses to increase further upon delivery of our new building ships on order, primarily due to crew wages payable in euros. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately $4.62 million and $2.01 million, respectively, of our outstanding liabilities was denominated in euros.

Depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the euro will increase the U.S. dollar cost of us paying expenses denominated in euros. Accordingly, there is a risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on our cash flows. As an indication of the extent of our sensitivity to changes in exchange rate, a 10 percent increase in the average euro/dollar exchange rate would have decreased our profit and cash flows during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 by approximately $2.02 million and $1.16 million, respectively, based upon our expenses during such years. We do not currently hedge movements in currency exchange rates, but our management monitors exchange rate fluctuations on a continuous basis. We may seek to hedge this currency fluctuation risk in the future.

Inflation and Cost Increases

We do not expect inflation to have a significant impact on us in the current economic environment and foreseeable future, other than potentially in relation to crew costs. LNG transportation is a specialized area and the number of LNG carriers has increased rapidly in recent years. As a result, there has been an increased demand for qualified crews, which has and will continue to put inflationary pressure on crew costs. The impact of cost increases would be mitigated to some extent by certain provisions in our time charters, including review provisions and cost pass-through provisions.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any transactions, obligations or relationships that should be considered off-balance sheet arrangements.

Critical Accounting Policies

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. The preparation of those financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosure at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions and conditions. Critical accounting policies are those that reflect significant judgments of uncertainties and potentially result in materially different results under different assumptions and conditions. We have described below what we believe are our most critical accounting policies, because they generally involve a comparatively higher degree of judgment in their application. For a description of all our principal accounting policies, see Note 2 to our consolidated annual financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Ship Cost, Lives and Residual Value

When determining ship construction cost, we recognize both the installment payments paid to the shipyard along with any directly attributable costs of bringing the ships to their working condition incurred during the construction periods. Directly attributable costs incurred during the ship construction period consist of capitalized borrowing costs, commissions, on-site supervision costs, costs for sea trials, certain spare parts and equipment, lubricants and other ship delivery expenses. Any vendor discounts are deducted from the cost of our ships. Subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalized when the recognition criteria are met.

72


The ship construction costs included in the ship component are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the expected useful life of each ship, based on the cost of the ship less its estimated residual value. We estimate the useful lives of our ships to be 35 years from the date of delivery from the shipyard, which we believe is within industry standards and represents the most reasonable useful life for each of our ships. Furthermore, we estimate the residual values of our ships to be 10% of the initial ship cost, which represents our estimate of the current market value of the ships as if they were at the end of their useful lives at the time we make such estimate. The estimated residual value of our ships may not represent the fair market value at any one time, in part because there has historically been very little scrapping of LNG carriers and because market prices of scrap values tend to fluctuate. We might revise our estimate of the residual values of our ships in the future in response to changing market conditions.

An increase in the estimated useful lives of our ships or in their residual value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge and extending it into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of our ships or residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge.

When we are faced with regulations that place significant limitations over the ability of one of our ships to trade on a worldwide basis, we adjust the ship’s useful life to end at the date such regulations become effective.

Impairment of Ships

We periodically evaluate the carrying amounts of our ships to determine whether there is any indication of an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the ships is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss, if any.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. The projection of cash flows related to ships is complex and requires us to make various estimates including future freight rates, earnings from the ships and discount rates. All of these items have been historically volatile. In assessing the fair value less cost to sell of the ship, we obtain ship valuations from leading, independent and internationally recognized ship brokers on an annual basis or when there is an indication that an asset or assets may be impaired.

If an indication of impairment is identified, the need for recognizing an impairment loss is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the ships to the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and the value in use. At December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, the carrying amounts of our ships were lower than the independent broker valuation (after adjusting for estimated selling costs) for all of the owned ships; therefore there were no indicators that the carrying amounts of the ships may not be recoverable.

Deferred Drydocking Cost

We must periodically drydock each of our ships for inspection, repairs and any modifications. At the time of delivery of a ship from the shipyard, we estimate the drydocking component of the cost of the ship, representing estimated costs to be incurred during the first drydocking at the drydock yard for a special survey and parts and supplies used in making required major repairs that meet the recognition criteria, based on our historical experience with similar types of ships.

We use judgment when estimating the period between drydockings performed, which can result in adjustments to the estimated amortization of the drydocking expense. If a ship is disposed of before its next drydocking, the remaining balance of the deferred drydock is written-off and forms part of the gain or loss recognized upon disposal of ships in the period when contracted. We expect that our ships will be required to be drydocked approximately 60 months after their delivery from the shipyard and thereafter every 30 or 60 months our ships will be required to undergo special or intermediate surveys and be drydocked for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the ships are operating. We amortize our estimated drydocking expenses for the first special survey over five years, but this estimate might be revised in the future.

73


Measurement of Equity-Settled Employee Benefits Expense

Equity-settled payments to employees are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments on the grant date. For the manager shares and subsidiary manager shares granted on January 1, 2010, we used the discounted future cash flow valuation technique (income approach), which included inputs that are not based on observable market data, because the market price for our shares is not available. The valuation was prepared internally on a contemporaneous basis pursuant to applicable IFRS guidance, which provides that in the absence of market prices for shares, fair value is estimated using a valuation technique to estimate what the price of the equity instruments would have been on the measurement date in an arms’ length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties. IFRS does not require the use of a third-party valuation specialist to prepare the valuation. At the time of preparation of our financial statements as of and for the periods ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, we were a private company with sufficient internal knowledge and experience to prepare such a valuation. Accordingly, we did not think it was necessary to appoint an independent valuation specialist.

According to this valuation technique, the value of GasLog and its subsidiaries was determined to be equal to the present value of the net operating cash flows generated during each year of the explicit forecast period and the terminal value. The terminal value was determined to be the cash flows that GasLog and its subsidiaries will be able to generate beyond the explicit forecast period. The cash flows taken into consideration were the Operating Free Cash Flows discounted by using the Weighted Average Cost of Capital of 7.31%. The terminal value was calculated using a perpetuity growth method with a perpetual annual growth rate set at a level equal to 1% and a capitalization multiple of 16. The terminal value calculated by using the perpetuity growth method was then cross-checked with the terminal value calculated using the terminal multiple method. The fair value was divided by the total number of issued and outstanding shares of GasLog Ltd. to determine the fair value per share. We believe the valuation technique is consistent with generally accepted valuation methodologies for pricing financial instruments, and incorporates all factors and assumptions that knowledgeable, willing market participants would consider in setting the price. We estimate that none of the manager shares and subsidiary manager shares will be forfeited, but this estimate may be revised if necessary in the future.

The grant-date fair value of the manager shares and subsidiary manager shares determined according to the valuation technique described above will differ from the price of shares offered to the public in this offering due to a number of factors. In particular, the valuation was based on our business as of January 1, 2010, when the equity-settled compensation was granted. Accordingly, the valuation took into account projected earnings from our two owned ships that were on order to be constructed, as well as projected earnings from our 25% interest in the Methane Nile Eagle and from our technical management of 14 ships, in each case as of January 1, 2010. Our business has changed significantly since January 1, 2010, due to, among other things:

 

 

 

 

the shipbuilding contracts we have entered into for eight newbuildings scheduled to be delivered between 2013 and 2015;

 

 

 

 

the time charter arrangements we have secured for six of our newbuildings, with initial terms of up to seven years;

 

 

 

 

the four loan agreements we have entered into for $1.13 billion in the aggregate of debt financing in connection with the financing of our eight newbuildings;

 

 

 

 

the declaration by the charterers of extension options under the charters that were in effect as of January 1, 2010 for our two owned ships;

 

 

 

 

the steps we have taken in contemplation of an initial public offering, including the filing of the registration statement with the SEC;

 

 

 

 

capital contributions from our existing shareholders;

 

 

 

 

revised assumptions regarding future exchange rates;

 

 

 

 

financing costs that were lower than expected due to a favorable interest rate environment; and

 

 

 

 

additional third-party revenues earned by our vessel management segment.

We expect each of the above factors, as well as changes in market conditions, to contribute to a difference between the fair value of the equity-settled compensation as determined on the date of grant and the price of shares offered to the public in this offering.

74


Impairment of Goodwill

We review goodwill for impairment at least annually. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill has been allocated to the cash-generating unit representing our management company, GasLog LNG Services, which was acquired by us in 2005.

In order to determine whether goodwill has been impaired, we estimate the value-in- use of the cash-generating unit to which goodwill has been allocated. The value-in-use calculation requires us to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the cash-generating unit and also a suitable discount rate in order to calculate present value representing recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit. In determining the value-in-use of the cash-generating unit as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, we used cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by us covering a four-year period and a terminal multiple of 8. Growth assumptions were based on conservative estimates and considered the number of ships expected to be under our management for which contracts were in place at the end of each year. The key assumptions used in the value-in-use calculations are as follows:

 

 

 

 

average inflation of 2% per annum;

 

 

 

 

a discount rate of 15% per annum;

 

 

 

 

annual growth rate of nil; and

 

 

 

 

1 euro = 1.30 U.S. dollars.

We assessed the recoverable amount of goodwill at the end of each annual reportable period and concluded that goodwill associated with our cash-generating unit was not impaired. We believe that any reasonably possible further change in the key assumptions on which the recoverable amount is based would not cause the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit to exceed its recoverable amount.

Consolidation of 51% Owned Subsidiaries

Our consolidated financial statements incorporate GasLog Ltd. and the subsidiaries controlled by GasLog Ltd. We consider control to be the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an invested enterprise so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

We determined that we controlled all of the subsidiaries that were 51% owned during the periods presented in our consolidated financial statements, GAS three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd., because we were able to appoint three out of five members of the Board of Directors of each subsidiary, who were empowered to make governance decisions. As of June 23, 2011, each of these four subsidiaries is now indirectly wholly owned by us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Standards and Interpretations adopted in the current period

There are no new and revised Standards and Interpretations that are effective for the first time for the financial year beginning on or after January 1, 2011 that had a material impact on us.

Standards and amendments in issue not yet adopted

The following standards and amendments relevant to us have been issued but are not yet effective:

In October 2010, the IASB reissued IFRS 9—Financial Instruments. IFRS 9 specifies how an entity should classify and measure financial assets and financial liabilities. The new standard requires all financial assets to be subsequently measured at amortized cost or fair value depending on the business model of the legal entity in relation to the management of the financial assets and the contractual cash flows of the financial asset. The standard also requires a financial liability to be classified as either at fair value through profit and loss or at amortized cost. In December 2011, the IASB deferred the effective date of IFRS 9 to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015. We have not early adopted this standard and are currently evaluating the impact of IFRS 9 on our financial statements and the timing of its adoption.

In May 2011, the IASB issued amendments to standards relating to consolidated financial statements, including IFRS 10—Consolidated Financial Statements, IFRS 11—Joint Arrangements, IFRS 12—Disclosures of Interest in Other Entities, IAS 27—Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and IAS 28—Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures. These amendments, among other things, update the definition of control under IFRS and consolidate the disclosure requirements

75


for interests in other entities. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, but early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of these amendments and anticipate that their adoption will not have a material impact on our financial statements in the period of initial application.

In May 2011, the IASB issued IFRS 13—Fair Value Measurement, which establishes a single source of guidance for fair value measurements under IFRS standards. IFRS 13 defines fair value, provides guidance on its determination and introduces consistent requirements for disclosures on fair value measurements. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, but early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of these standards and anticipate that their adoption will not have a material impact on our financial statements in the period of initial application.

In June 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 1—Presentation of Financial Statements, which provide guidance on the presentation of items contained in other comprehensive income and their classification within other comprehensive income. The revised standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2012. We are currently evaluating the impact of these amendments and anticipate that their adoption will not have a material impact on our financial statements in the period of initial application.

In June 2011, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 19—Employee Benefits that change the accounting for defined benefit plans and termination benefits. The most significant amendment requires an entity to recognize changes in defined benefit obligations and plan assets when they occur, thus eliminating the “corridor approach” permitted under the previous version of IAS 19. Entities will be required to segregate changes in the defined benefit obligation and in the fair value of plan assets into those associated with (1) service costs, (2) net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset) and (3) remeasurements. The revised standard is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, but early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of these amendments and anticipate that their adoption will not have a material impact on our financial statements in the period of initial application.

76


THE LNG SHIPPING INDUSTRY

The information and data contained in this prospectus relating to the global shipping industry has been provided by Clarkson Research Services Limited, or “Clarkson Research”, and is taken from Clarkson Research’s database and other sources. Clarkson Research has advised that: (i) some information in Clarkson Research’s database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments; (ii) the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in Clarkson Research’s database; (iii) while Clarkson Research has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.

Unless otherwise indicated, the following information relating to the global shipping industry reflects information and data available as of January 1, 2012.

Summary

Natural gas is one of the fastest growing primary energy sources globally. It is supported by significant reserves, competitive pricing and environmental cleanliness compared with other hydrocarbons. Within the natural gas industry, the volume of LNG traded has increased at a rate 30% higher than pipeline trade and has grown over three times the rate of overall natural gas consumption during the past twenty years. A continuing disparity between the price of gas in various geographies compared to the relatively low cost of LNG shipping has enhanced the economics of LNG trade. Significant expansion of LNG liquefaction and regasification facilities has taken place in recent years and a large number of additional facilities has been planned. Liquefaction capacity is expected to increase by 38% by 2016. If these plans proceed on schedule, the demand for LNG shipping capacity is expected to increase significantly. There have also been significant increases in the number of LNG exporting and importing nations, the number of individual trading routes and the average trading distance.

The current order book of LNG carriers is relatively small in historic terms at 17% of the global LNG carrier fleet capacity, while only 7% of the global LNG carrier fleet capacity is due for delivery before 2014. Fleet growth will be limited for the next two years and will depend on the level of newbuilding orders thereafter. During 2011, newbuildings sized between 150,000 cbm and 160,000 cbm with diesel electric propulsion have been most popular given the trading flexibility and fuel cost savings. Although there have been a number of new entrants over the past 10 years, the LNG shipping sector is characterized by relatively high barriers to entry compared to other shipping sectors. These barriers include stringent customer standards requiring a strong safety track record and strong technical management capabilities, limited supply of highly qualified personnel and significant capital requirements for new ships.

Overview of the Natural Gas Market

Over the last two decades natural gas has been one of the world’s fastest growing energy sources. Natural gas is the third largest global energy source, after oil and coal respectively, and accounted for 24% of the world’s energy consumption in 2010. Natural gas is used primarily to generate electricity and as a heating source. Over the past twenty years, consumption has grown at an average rate of 2.3% per year, approximately twice the growth rate of oil consumption over the same period.

A number of forecasting agencies expect consumption of natural gas to continue to rise, with the Energy Information Administration, or “EIA”, projecting a 50% growth in demand between 2010 and 2035. This equates to a 1.6% increase on a per annum basis, with demand for oil and coal both expected to grow by lower volumes over the same period. Natural gas consumption is expected to grow for a number of reasons, including:

 

 

 

 

global economic growth that is expected to lead to additional energy demand, particularly from non-OECD economies such as China and India;

 

 

 

 

replacement demand from the shutdown of nuclear electricity generators in Japan;

 

 

 

 

natural gas being viewed as more environmentally friendly than other fossil fuels;

77


 

 

 

 

the wide applicability of natural gas as a fuel source;

 

 

 

 

known natural gas reserves that currently total 187 trillion cbm, a reserves to production ratio of 59 years; and

 

 

 

 

further market deregulation that may have a beneficial impact by increasing trading opportunities.

Given concerns about the impact of fossil fuels on global warming, there is a widespread desire to limit carbon emissions wherever possible in many countries. Natural gas is well-placed to take advantage of this as it is considered to be the most environmentally-friendly fossil fuel. The burning of natural gas emits approximately 30% less carbon dioxide than oil and approximately 45% less carbon dioxide than coal. Furthermore, natural gas emits relatively few particulates and relatively low levels of nitrogen oxide. Increasing opposition to nuclear energy around the world, particularly in countries such as Japan and Germany, is expected to further increase the demand for natural gas.

Between 2005 and 2010, natural gas consumption in Non-OECD Asia increased by over 50%, and most forecasting agencies expect this growth to continue, albeit under an assumption of continued economic growth. The EIA forecasts that growth in Non-OECD Asia will increase at 3.5% per year, which is twice the global average.

78


By the end of 2010, natural gas reserves totaled 187 trillion cbm. This represents a reserves to production ratio of 59 years, some 27% higher than oil. Natural gas reserves, like crude oil reserves, are unevenly distributed and an imbalance exists between the location of reserves and both current and expected demand. The largest reserves are located in the Middle East (41%) and the territories of the former Soviet Union (31%), followed by the lesser developed countries in Asia and sub-Saharan Africa, at significant distances from the major locations of demand in North America and Europe, which generally have the lowest reserves.

79


In the past, the production and consumption of natural gas was relatively geographically aligned, limiting the need for long-distance trading. However, today 31% of natural gas is traded between countries, up from 16% twenty years ago. As natural gas has become increasingly commoditized, an increasingly large amount is being traded globally via both pipelines and as LNG.

In recent years, there has been an increase in the production of “unconventional” natural gas, including tight gas, shale gas and coalbed methane. In particular there has been a significant increase in U.S. shale gas reserves, with improvements in technology helping U.S. domestic natural gas reserves to increase by over 30% over the past decade. Further to this, it is estimated that technically recoverable shale gas reserves could be found in a range of geographic regions, with the largest reserves outside of the United States projected to be in China, Argentina and Mexico. The advent of considerable shale gas production in the United States has led to a decline in U.S. LNG imports, which made up only 4% of global LNG imports in 2010. Recently, the United States has become a re-exporter of LNG.

Liquefied Natural Gas

Overview

There are two methods of transporting natural gas if not consumed in the producing region: pipelines, which accounted for 70% of the natural gas traded cross-border in 2010, and LNG shipping, in which natural gas is liquefied and transported in specialized seaborne carriers. LNG shipping has been increasing in importance and accounted for 31% of all natural gas trade in 2010, up from 28% in 2009 and 24% in 1990. Between 1990 and 2010, gas traded as LNG trade grew by an average 7.0% per annum compared to a growth rate of 5.2% per annum for gas transported by pipeline over the same period.

80


The challenge of moving “stranded” gas as LNG to points of demand is that it has been traditionally highly capital intensive, technologically sophisticated and expensive. The first shipment of LNG was made in 1959 from Lake Charles in the United States to Canvey Island in the UK. LNG trade was subsequently developed in the 1960s with shipments from Arzew in Algeria to the UK, Spain, Italy and France, and in the 1970s with the expansion of the trade to Japan. Relatively few LNG carriers were ordered during the 1980s, while the 1990s saw limited activity in terms of infrastructure and trade development, with relatively few projects coming online during this period. By contrast, over the course of the last decade, a number of new projects in a range of countries, including some with no prior history of LNG production such as Trinidad and Tobago and Equatorial Guinea, have started producing LNG for export.

The LNG supply chain involves a number of different stages:

 

 

 

 

Liquefaction : Following the initial production of gas, natural gas is cooled to a temperature of -162 ° C (-260 ° F), which transforms it into a liquid. This reduces its volume to approximately 1/600 th of its volume in a gaseous state and allows economical storage and transportation.

 

 

 

 

Shipping : LNG is transported overseas from the liquefaction facility to the receiving terminal in specially designed LNG carriers.

 

 

 

 

Terminalling and Regasification : LNG is stored in specially designed facilities until regasified. LNG is returned to its gaseous state at a regasification facility, which can be located either onshore or aboard specialized LNG carriers.

 

 

 

 

Distribution : Upon return to its gaseous state, the natural gas is transported to consumers through pipelines.

81


Although the costs associated with the LNG supply chain have declined over the past two decades, it can be less expensive to transport natural gas via pipeline than LNG carriers. However, due to the growing distances between remote sources of supply and the location of demand, capital costs associated with constructing pipelines, which become prohibitively expensive over long distances, security issues relating to the existence of unattended energy pipelines and the potential for geopolitical factors disrupting the use of pipelines that run between countries, LNG carriers are expected to remain the pre-dominant means of transportation for a significant portion of global natural gas demand.

Furthermore, LNG carriers offer greater flexibility in the transportation of natural gas than do pipelines and enable a swifter response to market developments, including new sources of demand and supply or significant changes in the price of LNG in certain markets. The fixed infrastructure nature of pipelines does not allow for this flexibility.

LNG Supply

With the increased interest in natural gas, there has been an associated increase in investment in LNG infrastructure that will support an increase in the volume of trade over the next few years. As the demand for natural gas continues to expand, the pace of the buildout of infrastructure to export and import LNG as well as the geographic location of such infrastructure will have a direct impact on the demand for LNG shipping. By the end of 2010, there were 19 countries exporting LNG (plus two—Belgium and the United States—re-exporting it) and 23 countries importing LNG, as compared to 14 exporters and 15 importers as of the end of 2005.

As of January 2012, the LNG industry is based upon the output of 99 liquefaction trains at sites in 18 countries. The number of exporting nations is expected to continue to expand, reaching 21 by 2015. The total production capability of these existing units is estimated at just over 275 million tons per annum of LNG, while the average utilization rate of this global capacity was 81% in 2010. Idle liquefaction capacity can be a result of either underutilization, short interruptions of liquefaction trains due to maintenance activities or gas supply shortfalls. Qatar remains the largest exporter of LNG with exports of 56 million tons per annum in 2010, growth of 52% year over year. During 2009 and 2010, there were five projects completed in Qatar adding an extra 39 million tons per annum of capacity to existing infrastructure, which helps explain the magnitude of the increase in the volume of Qatari LNG exports. A number of existing U.S. regasification terminals in the U.S. Gulf are looking to achieve the necessary federal approvals which would allow them to export LNG. As of January 2012, the U.S. Department of Energy had only given a full export license to Cheniere Energy, Inc.’s proposal to add liquefaction facilites with a total capacity of 18 million tons per annum at its regasification terminal at Sabine Pass. It is projected that the U.S. Department of Energy will not give any additional permissions until it has completed a review of the impact of large-scale LNG exports on domestic gas prices.

There are eleven new LNG liquefaction projects currently under construction. These projects are scheduled to be completed by 2015 and will add a further 68 million tons per annum of capacity, an additional 25%. There are a further 13 projects that have received Final Investment Decision, or “FID”, or are at the Front End Engineering and Design, or “FEED”, stage, with start up dates ranging from 2013 to 2018. If these projects are completed on schedule, it is estimated that they will result in a further 98 million tons per annum of additional export capacity following full ramp up. Combining the projects under construction and at FID or FEED implies an increase of 38% in liquefaction capacity by 2016 and a requirement for 100 additional LNG carriers. Projects with start up dates beyond 2016 are also expected to generate significant further requirements. This ship requirement is calculated based on various assumptions, including the completion of liquefaction projects on time and utilization at current global averages.

82


A further 30 export projects are currently at the proposal stage and have scheduled start up dates before the end of the decade. The total estimated capacity of these projects is over 200 million tons per annum, representing an increase of 73% over current capacity. Most of these developments are in countries with existing LNG facilities; however, entirely new projects have been proposed in Canada, Venezuela, Iran, Papua New Guinea and Mozambique. Elsewhere, Russia has huge potential to become a leading exporter of LNG but gas field locations in the Arctic region present new challenges, with longer lead times and higher costs likely. These proposals may be delayed or not move forward to the FEED or FID stages.

83


Due to the complex and capital intensive nature of LNG projects, new installations have experienced regular delays regarding infrastructure coming on line, as demonstrated recently by the Sakhalin II project in Russia and the Snohvit project in Norway. However, there have also been instances where infrastructure has come online much more smoothly. For instance, exports of LNG from Oman began in May 2000, despite the fact that gas was only discovered in the country as late as 1991. The recent Equatorial Guinean and Egyptian projects also came online swiftly.

LNG Demand

The import side of the LNG business is based around 89 import facilities at locations in 25 countries, which is projected to increase to around 40 importing nations by 2015. Japan is the largest market for LNG, with imports increasing by 55% to 154 million cbm in the period between 1996 and 2010 and represented 32% of the total imports in 2010. In 2009, Canada, Chile and Kuwait were import newcomers, and in 2010 the UAE also commenced import operations while Chile added a second terminal. Other countries planning to receive their first cargoes, either from new plants, FSRUs or land-based sources include: Ireland, Germany, Poland, Sweden, Croatia, Cyprus and Israel in Europe and the Mediterranean; Pakistan, Singapore, Indonesia, Philippines and New Zealand in the East and Uruguay and Jamaica in the western hemisphere.

Nearly half of existing importers added to their capacity during 2009 and 2010, including the UK, France, Italy, India, China, Taiwan, Japan, Brazil and the United States. Some import terminals, such as Zeebrugge in Belgium and Huelva in Spain, have installed loading facilities that will give them the ability to move LNG out of storage so that it can be re-exported when the market prices make it profitable.

More recently, the tragic earthquake in Japan in March of last year has not only created reconstruction-related demand but, with the ongoing nuclear disaster, has acted as a catalyst for demand for other fuels. Since much of the country’s nuclear capacity is now offline and a number of coal fired power stations are also damaged, LNG is likely to benefit from replacement demand from electricity generators. It is conceivable that this will be a long-term phenomenon, as LNG’s share of the Japanese energy mix is likely to increase if Japan chooses to phase out electricity generation from nuclear plants in the aftermath of the disaster at the Fukushima nuclear power plant. In the second quarter of 2011, Japanese imports grew by 14.6% year-on-year, compared to an 8.3% growth rate for the corresponding period of 2010. During the whole of 2010, Japanese imports grew to 154 million cbm of LNG, up by 8.8%. The majority of those new imports were provided by Qatar, with additional significant volumes from Malaysia and Indonesia.

This increased demand from Japan is expected to continue together with strong continued growth in global demand. While recent years have seen the rate of growth of demand in Europe outstrip that of Asia, this pattern is expected to change in the short to medium term, as Asian economic growth rates are projected to exceed those in Europe. Heightened import demand in 2010 was due to a combination of an improvement in the state of the global economy, favorable natural gas prices relative to oil and a raft of import and project infrastructure coming online during the year. Another notable trend has been the expansion of LNG imports to South America, with the start-up of import terminals in Chile, Brazil and Argentina in recent years, some using floating regasification technology.

A significant recent driver of LNG demand is high regional price differentials caused by varying supply of natural gas, differing price formation mechanisms and regulations, regional gas infrastructures and demand dynamics. General economic activity is also a driver of LNG demand. In 2011 gas prices in Japan were more than three times that of prices in the United States.

84


LNG: Trade and Shipping

The LNG trade can be considered as two main trading blocs, one covering the Asia/Pacific and the other the Atlantic (including the Mediterranean). Historically, there was little movement between the two blocs, although over the last three years there has been an increase in activity from the new Atlantic exporters (Norway, Equatorial Guinea and Trinidad) to the Pacific. The Middle East sits between these two blocs, but the balance of its trade to the East and the West has changed little in recent years. Demand for LNG shipping has increased in recent years as natural gas demand has continued to exceed production in mature gas producing regions, and as the cost of liquefaction and regasification has declined due to improved technology, efficiency gains and more competition. Moreover, high natural gas and LNG price differentials across varying regions has contributed to the proliferation of LNG trade. World seaborne LNG trade has grown strongly over the past two decades, with an average growth rate of 7.0% between 1990 and 2010.

In 2008 and 2009, global economic conditions reduced demand for LNG and the rate of growth in trade stalled, partly due to limited volumes being made available for trading. However, there was a

85


21.7% increase in trade volume in 2010 as LNG demand increased and new and existing facilities were able to commence production.

There has also been a general increase in the complexity and distance of trading patterns. As shown in the graph below, the number of LNG trade routes between countries has increased from 41 in 2001 to 157 in 2010, and in the period between 1997 and 2009 there was a considerable increase in the average distance of LNG trade routes, increasing from 2,338 nautical miles to 3,325 nautical miles, a 42% increase over the period. These increases in distance and complexity of trading routes have also increased the relative requirement for LNG shipping capacity.

Significant pricing differentials in varying regions of the world as well as the relatively low cost of LNG transport have created arbitrage opportunities for LNG producers and traders, leading to additional demand for LNG sea transport. During 2011 gas prices in the United States have been below $4 per mmbtu, while European prices have been at more than double these levels and Japanese prices have been more than three times these levels. With shipping costs significantly below these differentials, this has encouraged trading to take advantage of arbitrage opportunities.

LNG Shipping

Types of LNG Carriers

LNG carriers transport LNG internationally between liquefaction facilities and import terminals. These double-hulled ships include a sophisticated “containment” system that holds and insulates the LNG so it maintains its liquid form. There are two main types of containment system in use on LNG carriers. The Moss system, developed by Kvaerner in the 1970s, uses free standing insulated spherical tanks supported at the equator by a continuous cylindrical skirt, i.e., the tank and the hull are two separate entities. The Membrane technique uses insulation built directly into the hull of the ship, with a membrane covering inside the tanks to maintain integrity, i.e., the ship’s double hull directly takes the pressure of the cargo. The membrane technique is the most used and has been supplied to 246 ships (66% of the current fleet). The system is also the preferred choice for approximately 90% of the ships on the current global order book.

86


Ship Technology

The traditional propulsion unit for an LNG carrier has been the steam turbine, which was the only practical way of utilizing the boil-off gas characteristic of LNG transport. Boil-off gas represents approximately 0.15% of cargo per day. The high value of LNG has nevertheless given rise to arguments over the merits of burning valuable cargo versus the cost of investment in improved insulation and/or alternative engines. Steam turbines have been unpopular with operators in recent years with only a handful of Japanese owners having ordered steam-propelled ships.

In 2002, Gaz de France became the first owner to commit to gas fired diesel electric engines, ordering from Chantiers de l’Atlantique (now Aker Shipyards) a 74,000 cbm ship delivered in 2006. The engine features the following advantages: (i) higher efficiency, when compared to steam turbine installations, resulting in significant cost savings in today’s fuel price environment; (ii) more compact which allows for a bigger cargo space; and (iii) allows greater freedom in the hiring of engineering staff. Tri-fuel diesel electric engines are capable of using LNG boil-off, marine diesel oil and heavy fuel oil and are able to reach approximately 45% efficiency, compared to under 30% for steam turbine engines. Although total fuel costs of a ship will depend on the relative cost of bunkers and LNG and trading patterns, during 2011 these engines have benefited from over 30% fuel cost savings a day when running on heavy fuel oil. Furthermore, when utilizing heavy fuel oil at a standard service speed, a modern diesel electric-powered ship would use between 52 and 65 tons less fuel per day than an equivalent ship using a steam turbine. The global LNG carrier fleet now includes 48 ships (13% of the fleet by number) with this technology, most within the 150,000 to 170,000 cbm size range. There are now more ships on the order book with diesel engines than steam turbine engines, accounting for 90% of the order book, due for delivery over the next 2 to 3 years. Wartsila, the original supplier of diesel electric engines, has now been joined by MAN with a similar offering.

Slow-speed diesel engines have been promoted for larger ships and were specified for the approximately 210,000 to 215,000 cbm “Q-Flex” and the approximately 260,000 cbm “Q-Max” orders for the Qatar project. The slow-speed engines feature twin slow-speed diesel engines with twin screws and a re- liquefaction plant used to return boil-off gas to the cargo. As of January 1, 2012, 31 Q-Flexes and 14 Q-Maxes have been delivered with this technology, comprising 12% of the current fleet in terms of numbers. No LNG carriers above 20,000 cbm with slow-speed diesel engines have been ordered since 2007.

87


Global LNG Carrier Fleet and Order Book

The effective supply of LNG carrier capacity is primarily determined by three main factors: (i) the size of the existing fleet; (ii) the rate of deliveries of newbuildings; and (iii) scrapping. The LNG carrier fleet has grown from 90 to 373 ships since 1996, to reach an aggregate capacity of 53 million cbm as of January 1, 2012. The current average age of the global LNG carrier fleet is 10.6 years. During the period from 2005 to 2010, the LNG carrier fleet grew strongly as newbuilding deliveries gathered pace. However, more recently the fleet has grown more slowly as the delivery schedule has been more limited as shown by the graph below. Fleet growth was limited in 2011 and this is expected to continue in 2012, as few ships are due to be delivered. Fleet growth is expected to increase in 2013 and beyond as newbuildings scheduled for delivery in 2013 onwards are delivered and as new orders are placed.

World LNG Carrier Fleet By Size

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fleet

             

Order Book

 

 

Size (cbm)

 

Number

 

’000 cbm

 

% share of
cbm

 

Average
Age (Years)

 

Number

 

’000 cbm

 

% of fleet

 

210,000 & above

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

10,335

 

 

 

 

19.5

%

 

 

 

 

3.5

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

     

 

180-209,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

150-179,999

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

9,610

 

 

 

 

18.1

%

 

 

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

 

8,828

 

 

 

 

91.9

%

 

120-149,999

 

 

 

229

 

 

 

 

31,711

 

 

 

 

59.7

%

 

 

 

 

12.8

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

293

 

 

 

 

0.9

%

 

90,000-119,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,000-89,999

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

1,070

 

 

 

 

2.0

%

 

 

 

 

25.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less than 60,000

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

399

 

 

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

 

 

13.8

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

Total

 

 

 

373

 

 

 

 

53,125

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

10.6

 

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

 

9,137

 

 

 

 

17.2

%

 

 

Source: Clarkson Research, Jan. 2012

Historically, ships built between the early 1960s and 2000, could be grouped into one of three size ranges. The first category was the small carriers of between 25,000 and 50,000 cbm which were used for short range trades, especially in the Mediterranean. Ships between 60,000 and 90,000 cbm were termed mid- sized carriers and utilized on medium haul voyages, and ships between 120,000 and 138,000 cbm were in the larger sized class. In 2002, the first 140,000 cbm ship was delivered as the LNG supply chain looked to take advantage of economies of scale. However it was not until the fourth quarter of 2006 when a 150,000 cbm ship entered the fleet. From 2007 to 2010, there were a significant number of so

88


called “Q-Flex” (210,000 to 217,000 cbm) and “Q-Max” (260,000 to 270,000 cbm) ships delivered into the fleet. These were designed to specifically service new projects in Qatar, and are likely to remain attached to these projects. No additional ships of this size have been ordered since. Ships ordered in 2011 were sized between 147,000 cbm and 170,000 cbm. This reflects the current interest in designs that are able to trade flexibly and can move average cargo stems.

In early 2011, the newbuilding order book dropped to its lowest level as a percentage of the fleet in over fifteen years and, consequently, growth of the global LNG carrier fleet is expected to be limited in coming years. Improved charter market conditions and a shortage of LNG carriers have resulted in just over 50 newbuilding contracts being placed in 2011, although the majority of these orders will not be due for delivery until 2014 and later. The current order book of 58 ships, however, represents just 17% of the world LNG carrier fleet capacity compared to nearly 100% in 2006, which is significantly lower than most other sectors of the shipping markets. There have been examples of owners converting bulker and tanker orders into LNG vessels but this has been limited to date. Such conversions will also require lead times and negotiations with the shipyard.

89


Only 1% of the global fleet capacity is due for delivery in 2012 and 7% due for delivery in 2013. Although there is spare LNG shipbuilding capacity for delivery in 2014 and onwards, ships ordered in the near future are unlikely to be delivered until this date due to the lead time on LNG carriers. It is therefore expected that the global fleet capacity will grow by approximately 1% in 2012. Fleet growth in 2014 and beyond is expected to increase, although the exact levels will depend on the level of newbuilding contracting activity in the coming years.

World LNG Carrier Order Book By Year of Delivery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capacity
Range

 

2012  

 

2013  

 

2014  

 

2015  

 

Total

cbm

 

Number

 

’000 cbm

 

Number

 

’000 cbm

 

Number

 

’000 cbm

 

Number

 

’000 cbm

 

Number

 

’000 cbm

210,000+

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

180,000-209,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

150,000-179,999

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

3,576

 

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

3,835

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

1,257

 

 

 

 

55

 

 

 

 

8,828

 

120,000-149,999

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

293

 

90,000-119,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,000-89,999

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0-60,000

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

15.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

323

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

3,576

 

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

 

3,981

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

1,257

 

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

 

9,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Source: Clarkson Research, Jan. 2012

Please note: Order book as of 1 January. Going forward, the orderbook is subject to new orders, particularly for delivery in 2014 onwards.

LNG carriers are typically engineered to a very high standard and when they enter the fleet, they are rigorously maintained. Therefore, their operational life extends well beyond that of other bulk carrier types and most trade beyond the age of 30 to 40 years. Consequently, there has historically been very little scrapping: since 1996, only 12 have been demolished. Moving forward however, commercial considerations may well alter this. A growing proportion of the current fleet (13%) is now over 25 years old, while the order book contains ships which are larger, more fuel efficient and more suited to charterers requirements than those currently trading. As a result, commercial imperatives may dictate fleet replacement programs sooner rather than later, not only for the older, smaller and less fuel-efficient. Many older ships may also be sold into conversion projects rather than as scrap sales.

90


Only a relatively small number of shipyards worldwide are capable of building LNG carriers. Just 9 yards are currently building LNG carriers or have them on order, and all vessels above 16,000 cbm are being built in the Far East. Nearly all LNG carriers are building at established shipyards, and ships are currently being delivered broadly as per the order book schedule. LNG carriers are relatively complex to build and this prevents large numbers of new shipyard entrants. However additional LNG shipbuilding capacity may be available at existing capable yards if demand for other ship types declines.

LNG carrier asset values fluctuate over time. Given that historically most ships are built to fulfill the requirements of a specific project, sales of LNG carriers are infrequent and, on average, only around three sales per annum were reported between 2006 and 2010. However, there was an upturn in sales activity in 2011, with 16 sales having been reported. There is substantially more activity in the newbuilding market. Shipbuilding prices are governed by the supply of and demand for shipbuilding berths, the cost of building ships, and exchange rates. Although it is important to note that prices can vary greatly according to the individual specifications of the ship being built, a multitude of factors affecting the benchmark newbuilding price of LNG carriers, such as changes to the size and technological sophistication of LNG carriers, the cost of steel and competition for yard space from both other LNG owners and other sectors of the shipbuilding market. Recent price developments are illustrated in the following graph:

Market Participants and Competition

Competition in the LNG shipping market is principally for employment of ships whose charters are expiring and ships that are under construction. Competition for these charters is based on price, ship availability, size, age, propulsion technology and condition, relationships with LNG carrier charterers and the LNG safety record, experience and reputation of the operator. Due to the nature of competition and long-term charters, the LNG business provides operators with less volatile, more predictable revenue flows than some other sectors of the shipping industry.

The two main types of LNG fleet operators that provide international LNG transportation services are private and state-controlled energy and utility companies that generally operate captive fleets, and independent owners and operators. Given the complex, long-term nature of LNG projects, major energy companies have historically transported LNG through their captive fleets. However, independent fleet owners and operators have in recent times been winning an increasing share of charters for new or expanded LNG projects as major energy companies continue to divest non-core businesses. It appears that the increasing ownership of the world LNG fleet by independent owners is attributable in part to the desire of some major energy companies to limit their commitment to the transportation business, which is non-core to their operations, and to the cost of financing of new LNG carriers in addition to the high construction costs of liquefaction and regasification facilities. The share of the fleet owned by independent owners (excluding Japanese and South Korean owners, who typically

91


have very strong relationships with national utility companies) has increased from 25.8% in 2001 to 31.2% as of January 2012. The current order book is further dominated by independent owners, with 72.4% of the order book.

The major owners of LNG carriers are shown in the below chart. Major owners include MISC, Qatar Gas, NYK, MOL and Teekay. The major independent owners, excluding the Japanese and Korean owners and those who are majority owned by oil and gas majors or nation-states, are also shown in the below charts.

92


* Please note: As of January 2012, A.P. Moller’s sale of its vessels was pending.

A number of the owners listed above have only partial equity shares in the ships in their fleet.

Barriers to Entry

Although there have been a number of new entrants over the past 10 years, the LNG shipping sector is characterized by relatively high barriers to entry compared to other shipping sectors. Barriers to entry include:

 

 

 

 

high cost to build LNG carriers;

 

 

 

 

charterers’ and financiers’ requirements, such as experience in the operation of LNG carriers;

 

 

 

 

necessary history of quality operations including very high safety and performance and low downtime;

 

 

 

 

requirement of financial strength;

 

 

 

 

need for highly qualified personnel; and

 

 

 

 

illiquid sale and purchase markets.

Contract Structure

Given the specialized nature of LNG carriers and the substantial investments required for the construction of the ships and the associated export and import terminals, most agreements in the LNG sector (both gas sale agreements and charters) have historically been entered into for a long-term of 20 to 25 years. In recent years, there has been a movement towards shorter shipping contracts, with the conclusion of a number of contracts of less than four years in duration. This reflects an increased level of liquidity in the market. However, a significant proportion of LNG carriers continue to be built for longer-term contracts tied to new LNG projects, although some newbuilding contracts have been placed without a firm charter in place.

The majority of LNG carriers remain under long term contracts. A spot market in traded LNG has developed that covers short-term charters of one year or less, as well as voyage charters. In 2010, this

93


short term trade accounted for approximately 19% of total LNG trade volumes, a 40% increase on 2009 volumes and an increase from 3.4% of global trade in 2000. The charter rates paid in the charter market are governed by the supply of and demand for LNG carrying capacity.

Over the past twelve months, there has been a significant tightening of the charter market following a period when the sector struggled with an imbalance between supply and demand in an atmosphere of global downturn. While the global LNG carrier fleet grew by 16.7% in 2009 as a result of strong newbuilding deliveries, trade grew by only 5.7% and short term charter rates were concluded at below $40,000 per day. However, even before the recent earthquake in Japan, the LNG market had been looking more positive. Trade growth was more positive, ship supply tighter, with a beneficial effect on the fragmentary spot market, and new ship contracts had been placed. In recent months short term charters have been concluded at over $100,000 per day while medium-term charter rates have also improved.

94


BUSINESS

Overview

We are a growth-oriented international owner, operator and manager of liquefied natural gas (“LNG”) carriers providing support to international energy companies as part of their LNG logistics chain. Our owned fleet consists of 10 wholly owned LNG carriers, including two ships delivered to us in 2010 and eight LNG carriers to be constructed by the world’s leading LNG shipbuilder, Samsung Heavy Industries. We currently manage and operate 14 LNG carriers, which includes our owned ships, as well as 11 ships owned or leased by BG Group, a leading participant in the global energy and natural gas markets, and one additional LNG carrier in which we have a 25% interest. We are also supervising the construction of our eight newbuilding ships. All of our ten owned ships are, or when delivered will be, newly-built LNG carriers equipped with the latest tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion technology. We have secured multi- year time charter contracts for the two ships delivered to us in 2010 and six of our newbuilding ships on order that from December 31, 2011 provide total contracted revenue in excess of $1.2 billion during their initial terms, which expire between 2015 and 2021. Our owned fleet includes:

 

 

 

 

the GasLog Savannah , a 2010-built LNG carrier currently operating under a time charter to a subsidiary of BG Group, the initial term of which expires in 2015;

 

 

 

 

the GasLog Singapore , a 2010-built LNG carrier currently operating under a time charter to a subsidiary of BG Group, the initial term of which expires in 2016;

 

 

 

 

four LNG carriers on order at Samsung Heavy Industries in South Korea, scheduled for completion in 2013, for which time charters commencing upon delivery have been secured with a subsidiary of BG Group for initial terms of five years (two ships) and six years (two ships);

 

 

 

 

two LNG carriers on order at Samsung Heavy Industries in South Korea, scheduled for completion in 2013 (one ship) and 2014 (one ship), for which time charters commencing upon delivery have been secured with a subsidiary of Shell for initial terms of seven years; and

 

 

 

 

two LNG carriers on order at Samsung Heavy Industries in South Korea, scheduled for completion in 2014 (one ship) and 2015 (one ship), for which we are continuing to evaluate charter opportunities.

In addition to our committed order book, we have options to purchase two additional LNG carriers from Samsung Heavy Industries that expire in 2012 and, as mentioned above, we have a 25% interest in an additional ship, the Methane Nile Eagle , a 2007-built LNG carrier technically managed by us that is currently operating under a 20-year time charter to a subsidiary of BG Group.

The total contract price for our eight newbuilding ships on order is approximately $1.55 billion, of which $124.4 million has been paid to date. The balance is payable under each shipbuilding contract in installments upon the attainment of certain specified milestones, with the largest portion of the purchase price for each ship coming due upon its delivery. We have entered into four loan agreements aggregating $1.13 billion to finance a portion of the contract prices of our eight newbuildings. We expect to fund the balance of the total contract price with the proceeds of this offering.

We currently focus on multi-year time charters, as we believe that their economic terms offer us a combination of return on our investment, rate stability and re-chartering flexibility. Our current time charters have initial terms of up to seven years and include options that permit the charterers to extend the terms for successive multi-year periods under hire rate provisions that are comparable to those prevailing at the end of the expiring term. We will continue to evaluate the attractiveness of longer and shorter term chartering opportunities as the commercial characteristics of the LNG carrier industry evolve. We have structured our order book of new LNG carriers to have staggered delivery dates, facilitating a smooth integration of the ships into our fleet as well as significant annual growth through 2015. This has the additional advantage of spreading our exposure to the re-employment of these ships over several years upon expiration of their current charters.

Each of our 10 owned LNG carriers is optimally designed with a capacity of approximately 155,000 cbm, so as to be compatible with most existing LNG terminals around the world. In addition, these ships utilize tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion technology. Ships equipped with diesel electric propulsion have significantly lower fuel consumption and environmental emissions compared to traditional steam-

95


powered LNG carriers that make up 71% of the current global fleet. Based on average prices for heavy fuel oil in Singapore during 2011, tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion offers estimated savings of over 30%, or approximately $33,040 to $41,300 per day, for a ship operating on fuel oil at a speed of 19.5 knots in laden condition, compared to conventional steam turbine propulsion.

All 10 of the LNG carriers in our owned fleet and the two newbuilding ships we have options to purchase will be sister ships, which allows us to benefit from economies of scale and operating efficiencies in ship construction, crew training, crew rotation and shared spare parts. Upon delivery of the last of our eight contracted newbuildings in 2015, our owned fleet will have an average age of 1.9 years, making it one of the youngest in the industry. By comparison, the global fleet of 150,000 to 179,999 cbm sized LNG carriers has a current average age of 2.7 years, and the current average age for the global fleet including LNG carriers of all sizes is 10.6 years.

Our wholly owned subsidiary, GasLog LNG Services, exclusively handles the technical management of our fleet, including plan approval for new ship orders, supervision of ship construction and planning and supervision of drydockings, as well as technical operations, crewing, training, maintenance, regulatory and classification compliance and health, safety, security and environmental, or “HSSE”, management and reporting. As the sole technical manager of BG Group’s owned fleet of LNG carriers for over 10 years, we have established a track record for the efficient, safe and reliable operation of LNG carriers, which is evidenced by our safety performance and the limited off-hire days of the 14 ships currently operating under our management.

Our company and its founders have a long history in shipping and in LNG carriers. We are controlled by our chairman and chief executive officer, Peter G. Livanos, through his ownership of Ceres Shipping, whose founding family’s shipping activities commenced more than 100 years ago. The late Mr. George P. Livanos, father of our current chairman and chief executive officer, established the predecessor to Ceres Shipping. Ceres Shipping also has interests in tankers, dry bulk carriers and containerships. Ceres Shipping entered the LNG sector in 2001 by undertaking the management of BG Group’s owned fleet of LNG carriers through our subsidiary GasLog LNG Services, and in 2003 GasLog Ltd. was incorporated. Until 2010, when we took delivery of the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore , our business principally consisted of providing technical ship management services as well as plan approval and construction supervision services for newbuilding LNG carriers. As a result, we have had a longer presence in LNG shipping than many other independent owners currently operating in the sector. Our senior executives have an average of 17 years of shipping expertise, a substantial portion of which has been in LNG shipping.

With the global demand for natural gas increasing and LNG’s share of the international natural gas trade expanding within the sector, we strongly believe that this is a favorable time to grow an LNG vessel owner through the addition of modern vessels. The LNG shipping business is characterized by significant barriers to entry, as it requires a large amount of capital, qualified ship personnel, a high degree of technical management capabilities and deep and long-standing relationships with customers and suppliers. We believe we are well positioned to access additional growth opportunities, based on our experience, our high standards for quality, our strong track record in LNG safety and technical management and our long-standing relationships with leading LNG charterers, shipbuilders, shipbrokers and lenders.

Business Opportunities

We believe the following attributes of the LNG industry create opportunities for us to successfully execute our business plan and expand our business:

 

 

 

 

Natural gas and LNG are strong and growing components of global energy sources. Natural gas accounted for 24% of the world’s energy consumption in 2010, and over the last two decades has been one of the world’s fastest growing energy sources, growing at twice the rate of oil consumption over the same period. Within the expanding natural gas industry, LNG trade accounted for 31% of the overall cross-border trade of all natural gas in 2010, up from 28% in 2009 and 24% in 1990. After average annual growth of 7.92% from 1996 to 2007, LNG trade volumes increased 3.2% over 2008 and 2009, before increasing by 21.7% in 2010. We believe LNG will continue to increase its share in the mid-term future. Because of the cost and

96


 

 

 

 

environmental advantages of natural gas relative to other energy sources, together with the increased availability of natural gas, we believe that demand for natural gas and LNG in particular will continue to grow in the future. Concerns about the impact of fossil fuels on global warming, more stringent emissions targets and heightened safety concerns have shifted the global energy mix away from coal, oil and nuclear fuels to greater reliance on natural gas. Growth in natural gas production and consumption is underpinned by large reserves, competitive pricing and environmental cleanliness compared with other fossil fuels.

 

 

 

 

The demand for LNG shipping is experiencing significant growth. Disparities in the location of natural gas reserves and the nations that consume natural gas have resulted in a rise in the percentage of natural gas traded between countries to 31% from 16% two decades ago. Of this trade, an increasing portion is being transported in the form of LNG. This is being driven by the growing distances between natural gas sources and its users, the greater flexibility and generally lower capital costs of shipping natural gas in the form of LNG, as well as the reduced environmental impact, as compared to transportation by pipeline. The number of LNG trade routes between countries has increased from 41 to 157 over the past decade, and in the period between 1997 and 2009, the average distance of LNG trade routes increased by 42%. Additionally, price disparity between markets is becoming a feature of the LNG trade market, with a significant difference in terms of the prices that Far Eastern and American buyers are willing to pay for LNG, creating arbitrage opportunities for LNG producers and traders. For example, during 2011 the LNG import prices in Japan were on average more than three times higher than comparable U.S. import prices. Planned capacity increases in liquefaction and regasification terminals are anticipated to increase export capacity significantly, requiring additional LNG carriers to support trade activity. Based on the current project pipeline of liquefaction projects that are planned or under construction, liquefaction capacity is expected to increase by 38% by 2016, requiring an additional 100 LNG carriers, compared to a global order book of 58 ships as of December 31, 2011. For more details about these liquefaction projects and the current global order book, see “The LNG Shipping Industry”.

 

 

 

 

A limited newbuilding order book and high barriers to entry should restrict the supply of new LNG carriers. The current order book of LNG carriers represents only 17% of LNG carrier fleet capacity as of December 31, 2011, with only 1%, 7% and 7% of global fleet capacity, including one, 22 and 24 LNG carriers of 150,000 to 179,999 cbm capacity, due for delivery in 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. We also believe that significant barriers to entry exist in the LNG shipping sector, given the large capital requirements, the limited availability of financing, the limited availability of qualified ship personnel and the need for a high degree of technical management capabilities. The industry is also known to have a demanding customer base that requires the highest quality operating standards. Finally, we believe the limited construction capacity at high-quality shipyards and the long lead-time required for the construction of LNG carriers should also restrict the supply of new LNG carriers in the near-term.

 

 

 

 

Stringent customer certification standards favor experienced, high-quality operators. Energy companies have established increasingly high operational, safety and financial standards that independent owners of LNG carriers generally must meet in order to qualify for employment in their programs. Such standards typically include proof of the highest safety performance among all ship owners and a strong track record within LNG shipping, including experience with the latest energy and emissions saving technology. As we have managed LNG carriers for BG Group for over 10 years and our technical management operations have also been vetted by four other major energy companies, we believe that these rigorous and comprehensive certification standards will enhance our ability to compete for new customers and charters relative to less qualified and less experienced ship operators.

 

 

 

 

Increasing ownership of the global LNG carrier fleet by independent owners. Independent owners have increased their share of the global LNG carrier fleet from approximately 25.8% in 2001, to 31.2% as of January 2012. Orders by independent owners represent 72.4% of the global order book as of December 31, 2011. We believe private and state-owned energy companies will continue to seek high-quality independent owners for their growing LNG shipping requirements

97


 

 

 

 

in the future, driven in part by large capital requirements and a recognition that LNG ship-owning and operation are outside of their core areas of expertise.

 

 

 

 

Strong preference for modern ships equipped with the latest tri-fuel diesel electric technology. The global fleet of 150,000 to 179,999 cbm sized LNG carriers has an average age of 2.7 years as of January 2012, and the global fleet of LNG carriers of all sizes has an average age of 10.6 years, with 13% of ships over 25 years of age. Today 71% of the global LNG carrier fleet is equipped with steam turbine propulsion, while approximately 90% of the LNG carriers currently on order will have diesel electric propulsion. We believe that most charterers prefer the newer diesel electric propulsion technology because it offers significantly lower fuel consumption and emissions as compared with steam-powered ships. We estimate that a tri-fuel diesel electric LNG carrier operating on fuel oil will consume between 52 and 65 tons of fuel oil per day less than a typical steam-powered LNG carrier, at 19.5 knots service speed in laden condition. Based on average prices for heavy fuel oil in Singapore during 2011, this equates to estimated savings of over 30%, or approximately $33,040 to $41,300 per day, in favor of tri-fuel diesel electric ships. As all of the LNG carriers in our owned fleet are modern ships with tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion, we believe we are well positioned to benefit from this trend.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that our future business prospects are well supported by the following factors:

 

 

 

 

Significant built-in growth through fleet expansion. Our fleet of wholly owned LNG carriers will grow from its current position of two to 10 ships by the first quarter of 2015, all of which we expect to be employed on multi-year time charters. Our order book represents one of the largest in the LNG shipping industry at a time when ship capacity is constrained and demand is expected to increase. Our contracted fleet expansion will be funded through a combination of committed debt financing arrangements and the proceeds of this offering. We also have options to order two additional newbuilding LNG carriers. Due to the scale and sophistication of our established ship management operations, we expect to be able to effectively integrate our newbuildings into our managed fleet, which will grow from 14 to 22 ships upon delivery of the eight contracted newbuildings. We demonstrated our integration and management capabilities in 2010 when we assumed the management of six newly-built LNG carriers. We believe that our operating experience as well as the scale of our ship management function gives us an industry presence that will provide us with a competitive advantage over other LNG operators when competing for additional commercial opportunities in the growing LNG shipping sector.

 

 

 

 

Predictable and high-growth cash flow profile through secured charter arrangements. Our multi-year time charters vary in duration and have staggered ending dates, with initial terms that expire between 2015 and 2021. Since our ships operate under time charter contracts, voyage expenses such as bunker fuel, port charges and canal tolls are paid for by the charterer. Our contracted revenues are supported by the protections inherent in our charters, including review provisions and cost pass-through provisions. As a result, we believe our revenue and cash flow profile should exhibit meaningful growth and be relatively predictable. This gives us a degree of financial stability that should enhance our ability to capture future commercial opportunities.

 

 

 

 

Strong credit-worthy counterparties. We have secured multi-year time charter contracts with BG Group and Shell for eight of the ten ships in our owned fleet, including six of our newbuilding ships on order. These ships will commence their time charters immediately upon delivery to us from the shipyard, avoiding downtime related to the positioning of the ships prior to the initial charter. By contracting with companies that we believe are financially strong such as BG Group and Shell, we believe we have minimized our counterparty risk.

 

 

 

 

Demonstrated access to financing. We funded our two LNG carriers that were delivered in 2010, the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore , through debt financing as well as equity provided by our controlling shareholder, Ceres Shipping. We have entered into loan agreements that, together with the proceeds of this offering, will fully fund our committed order book of eight LNG carriers. We believe that being able to access financing will improve our ability to capture market opportunities.

98


 

 

 

 

Newly-constructed and high specification LNG carriers with most advanced tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion technology. We believe that our ships offer attractive characteristics that provide a competitive advantage in securing future charters with customers and enhance the ships’ earnings potential. Upon delivery of the last of our eight contracted newbuildings in 2015, our owned fleet will be among the youngest of any LNG shipping operator, with an average ship age of 1.9 years. This compares to a current industry-wide fleet average age of 10.6 years. Our owned ships, including our newbuildings, all have a cargo capacity of approximately 155,000 cbm. This size of ship is compatible with most of the existing LNG terminals around the globe. In addition, all of our owned ships will be sister ships, which enables us to benefit from economies of scale and operating efficiencies in ship construction, crew training, crew rotation and shared spare parts. Each ship is or will be equipped with the latest tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion technology, which is equipped on only 13% of the current global LNG carrier fleet. The greater efficiency of diesel electric propulsion relative to steam propulsion significantly reduces both fuel costs and emissions. We believe the potential to substantially reduce bunker costs has become increasingly important to LNG charterers and will provide a competitive advantage for our ships relative to many of the less fuel-efficient ships in the industry as our charter contracts come up for renewal or extension by our customers.

 

 

 

 

In-house management company with a track record for efficiency, safety and operational performance. Our owned fleet is technically managed through our wholly owned subsidiary, GasLog LNG Services, which includes plan approval for new ship orders, supervision of ship construction and planning and supervision of drydockings, as well as technical operations, crewing, training, maintenance, regulatory and classification compliance and HSSE management and reporting. This integrated approach allows us to offer our customers high-quality performance, reliability and efficiency while maintaining a close control over operating costs. GasLog LNG Services also actively supervises our new construction projects from design to delivery. We believe this ensures that our new ships are built to the highest quality standards and are in full compliance with our design specifications. As the sole technical manager to date of BG Group’s owned LNG carrier fleet over the last 10 years and more recently managing our own ships, we have developed significant experience and know-how in the operation of LNG carriers, which we believe gives us a lead over many of our newer competitors because it will be costly and difficult to replicate. We provide comprehensive onboard training for our officers and crews to instill a culture of the highest operational and safety standards, and we enjoy a high retention rate among our officers and ship personnel, which we believe helps us to maintain the company culture, reduce inefficiencies and maintain our high safety standards. The majority of the senior officers on our ships (captains, chief officers, chief engineers and second engineers) have a service record of 10 years or longer with us and Ceres Shipping. As a result of our comprehensive training, high standards and effective monitoring, we have an excellent safety track record, having recorded only four lost time injuries, or “LTIs”, in nearly 15 million exposure hours on our owned and managed ships from 2005 through 2011. Our total recordable case frequency, or “TRCF”, of zero in 2010 and 0.79 in 2011 contrasts with 3.4 and 3.36, respectively, in the tanker industry. We believe that existing and prospective customers will seek to engage with our company for their chartering needs as a result of the combination of our safety track record, strong technical capabilities and reputation for high operating standards.

 

 

 

 

Experienced leadership team with extensive relationships in the LNG shipping sector. Our leadership team and ship personnel have managed and operated LNG carriers since 2001. During this time, we believe we have established a track record in the industry for operational excellence and acquired significant experience in the operation and ownership of high-specification LNG carriers. Our senior executives have an average of 17 years of shipping experience, a substantial portion of which has been in the LNG sector. In addition, under the leadership of our chairman and chief executive officer, we have developed an extensive network of relationships with major energy companies, leading LNG shipyards, global financial institutions and other key participants throughout the shipping industry. We believe all these factors will collectively enhance our ability to attract new LNG business opportunities and implement our growth strategy.

99


Our Business Strategies

Our primary business objective is to build upon our strengths with a view to maximizing value for our shareholders by executing the following strategies:

 

 

 

 

Capitalize on growing demand for LNG shipping. We believe that it is an opportune time to expand our LNG fleet as demand for natural gas and LNG shipping is forecast to continue to grow. We plan to take delivery of our eight newbuilding ships over the next few years, the earnings of which will position us financially to meet this growing demand. We believe our industry reputation and relationships position us well to further expand our owned fleet either through additional newbuildings or through the acquisition of modern secondhand ships to the extent that such capacity additions are accretive to returns.

 

 

 

 

Pursue a multi-year chartering strategy. Consistent with our focus on multi-year charters, we have secured time charters for the two ships delivered to us in 2010 and six of our eight newbuilding LNG carriers scheduled for delivery through 2015, with five to seven year initial terms and staggered maturities. We believe that this strategy offers us a combination of return on our investment, rate stability, cash-flow visibility and re-chartering flexibility. We plan to continue to pursue multi-year time charters for our ships as we evaluate additional growth opportunities and assess the attractiveness of longer and shorter-term employment opportunities to maximize returns in a risk-efficient manner. The duration and other terms of our charters may require the approval of our lenders in some cases.

 

 

 

 

Strengthen relationships with existing customers. BG Group and Shell are leaders in the LNG industry and both have made strong commitments to the growing LNG sector. In 2010, BG Group supplied LNG to 19 different countries and in recent years has expanded its operations in the sector by investing in liquefaction facilities in Trinidad and Egypt. Among international oil companies, Shell is the largest independent producer of LNG, selling 16.8 million tons of LNG in 2010. In May 2011, Shell announced that it has made a final investment decision to construct the world’s first floating liquefied natural gas production facility, which will be moored off the coast of Australia. We expect BG Group and Shell will further expand their LNG operations, and that their demand for LNG shipping capacity will consequently increase. While we cannot guarantee that BG Group and Shell will further expand their LNG operations or that they will use our services, we believe we are well positioned to support them in executing their growth plans if their demand for LNG carriers and services increases in the future.

 

 

 

 

Opportunistically seek to expand and diversify our customer base. We intend to maintain and cultivate relationships that we have with a number of major energy companies beyond our current customer base, with an aim to supporting their growth programs and capitalizing on attractive opportunities these programs may offer. We will continue to explore relationships with other high quality energy companies to further expand our customer base. We have qualified for numerous LNG shipping tenders and our in-house technical management has been vetted by three major energy companies in addition to our current customers. We believe our operational expertise, in combination with our reputation and track record in LNG shipping, positions us favorably to capture additional commercial opportunities in the LNG industry.

 

 

 

 

Provide high-quality customer service that acts as a benchmark for the industry. Our safety and operational track record has played a pivotal role in fostering our existing customer relationships and we believe will be critical in attracting new customers. We intend to adhere to the highest standards with regard to reliability, safety and operational excellence as we execute our fleet expansion plans. We will continue to be devoted to our “Safety First” culture and will strive to minimize the environmental impact of our assets through technical innovation and operational competencies. Maintaining the highest safety and technical standards will, we believe, give us greater commercial opportunities to service new and existing customers.

Our Relationship to Our Controlling Shareholders

Following the completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, our chairman and chief executive officer, Peter G. Livanos, through his ownership of Ceres Shipping, will continue to be

100


our controlling shareholder through an indirect majority ownership interest in Blenheim Holdings. Members of the Radziwill family, who have an indirect minority ownership interest in the Company through Blenheim Holdings, and the Onassis Foundation, which has a minority ownership interest in the Company through Olympic LNG Investments Ltd., act as partners to the Livanos family in establishing the growth strategy for the Company. These shareholders have agreed with one another to provide equity funding on a pro rata basis prior to this offering and in the event that this offering is not consummated, in connection with the expansion of our owned fleet, although we do not have written agreements with them which would give us the right to require them to provide such funding.

The shipping activities of the Livanos family commenced more than 100 years ago, and Ceres Shipping also has interests in tankers, dry bulk carriers and containerships. Ceres Shipping’s LNG shipping activities commenced in 2001, and its operations in the LNG shipping sector are conducted exclusively through GasLog and our subsidiaries. Prior to the closing of this offering, Mr. Livanos, who controls Ceres Shipping and Blenheim Holdings, will enter into a restrictive covenant agreement with us pursuant to which he will agree that he will not directly or indirectly compete with our LNG shipping business. The agreement will terminate in the event that Mr. Livanos ceases to beneficially own at least 20% of our common shares and will not prohibit certain specified activities, including the ownership of minority interests in companies that may compete with the Company. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”. In addition, Mr. Livanos and Blenheim Holdings will agree that, subject to certain exceptions, they will not sell any shares of the Company owned by them for 18 months following the closing of the offering.

The Onassis Foundation’s shipping business is managed through Olympic Shipping & Management S.A. It is the successor to Olympic Maritime S.A., a company established by Aristotle Onassis in Paris in 1952, and currently manages a fleet of tankers and dry bulk carriers. The Onassis Foundation has advised the Company that it currently intends for GasLog to be its sole vehicle for investing in the LNG business. We do not, however, have any written agreements in place that would prohibit the Onassis Foundation from investing in the LNG business outside of its investment in us.

Our Fleet

Owned Fleet

Our owned fleet currently consists of the GasLog Savannah , the GasLog Singapore and our eight newbuilding ships to be constructed by Samsung Heavy Industries, which are scheduled to be delivered on various dates between 2013 and 2015. We have time charter contracts in place pursuant to which four of the newbuilding ships will be chartered to BG Group and two of the newbuilding ships will be chartered to Shell upon delivery. We are continuing to evaluate charter opportunities for the remaining two newbuilding ships. We also have option contracts to acquire two additional newbuilding LNG carriers to be constructed by Samsung Heavy Industries for delivery in 2015. The option contracts expire in 2012. Upon delivery of the last of our eight contracted newbuildings in 2015, our owned fleet will have an average age of 1.9 years, making it one of the youngest in the industry, compared to a current average age of 10.6 years for the global LNG carrier fleet.

The following table presents information about our owned fleet, including our newbuilding ships on order, and their associated time charters as of the date of this prospectus:

101


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LNG Carrier

 

Quarter and
Year of
Delivery
(1)

 

Cargo
Capacity (cbm)

 

Propulsion

 

Charterer (2)

 

Charter
Expiration
(3)

GasLog Savannah

 

Q2 2010

 

155,000

 

TFDE

 

BG Group

 

2015

GasLog Singapore

 

Q3 2010

 

155,000

 

TFDE

 

BG Group

 

2016

Newbuildings:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hull No. 1946

 

Q1 2013

 

155,000

 

TFDE

 

BG Group

 

2018

Hull No. 1947

 

Q1 2013

 

155,000

 

TFDE

 

BG Group

 

2018

Hull No. 2016

 

Q2 2013

 

155,000

 

TFDE

 

BG Group

 

2019

Hull No. 2017

 

Q3 2013

 

155,000

 

TFDE

 

BG Group

 

2019

Hull No. 2041

 

Q4 2013

 

155,000

 

TFDE

 

Shell

 

  2020 (4)

Hull No. 2042

 

Q1 2014

 

155,000

 

TFDE

 

Shell

 

  2021 (4)

Hull No. 2043

 

Q4 2014

 

155,000

 

TFDE

 

N/A (5)

 

 

Hull No. 2044

 

Q1 2015

 

155,000

 

TFDE

 

N/A (5)

 

 

Options:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option ship #1

 

2015

 

155,000

 

TFDE

 

 

Option ship #2

 

2015

 

155,000

 

TFDE

 

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

For newbuildings, expected delivery dates are presented.

 

(2)

 

 

 

Ships are chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group or a subsidiary of Shell, as applicable.

 

(3)

 

 

 

Our charterers have unilateral options to extend the term of the time charters at comparable charter hire rates for periods ranging from six months to 10.5 years, depending on the charter and whether all extension options under the charter are exercised, provided that the charterer provides us with advance notice of declaration of any option in accordance with the terms of the applicable charter.

 

(4)

 

 

 

Time charter provides for an initial term of seven years.

 

(5)

 

 

 

We are continuing to evaluate charter opportunities.

The key characteristics of our owned fleet include the following:

 

 

 

 

each ship is optimally sized at approximately 155,000 cbm capacity, which places our ships in the medium- to large-size class of LNG carriers while maximizing their operational flexibility, as 155,000 cbm ships are compatible with most existing LNG terminals around the globe, and minimizing excess LNG boil-off;

 

 

 

 

all of the ships are sister ships;

 

 

 

 

each ship is double-hulled, which is standard in the LNG industry;

 

 

 

 

each ship has a membrane containment system incorporating the latest industry construction standards, including guidelines and recommendations from Gaztransport and Technigaz (the designer of the membrane system) as well as updated standards from our classification society;

 

 

 

 

each of our ships utilizes tri-fuel diesel electric, or “TFDE”, propulsion technology, which offers significantly lower fuel consumption and emissions than traditional steam-powered LNG carriers, thus reducing charterers’ fuel costs;

 

 

 

 

Bermuda is the flag state of each ship; and

 

 

 

 

each of our eight newbuilding ships is expected to receive an ENVIRO+ notation from our classification society, which denotes compliance with its published guidelines concerning the most stringent criteria for environmental protection related to design characteristics, management and support systems, sea discharges and air emissions.

In addition to our owned fleet, we have a 25% ownership interest in Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd., an entity whose principal asset is the Methane Nile Eagle. The Methane Nile Eagle is a 145,000 cbm LNG carrier that was built in 2007. It is currently chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group under a 20-year time charter, which is subject to extension for up to 10 years at BG Group’s option.

102


Managed Fleet

Through GasLog LNG Services, we provide technical ship management services for 12 LNG carriers owned by third parties in addition to management of the two LNG carriers currently operating in our owned fleet. We supervised the construction by Samsung Heavy Industries of each LNG carrier in our managed fleet, and each ship has operated under our technical management since its delivery from the shipyard.

The following table provides information about our managed ships:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LNG Carrier

 

Cargo
Capacity (cbm)

 

Year of
Delivery

 

Ship Owner (1)

 

Charterer (2)

Methane Kari Elin

 

138,000

 

2004

 

BG Group

 

BG Group

Methane Rita Andrea

 

145,000

 

2006

 

BG Group

 

BG Group

Methane Jane Elizabeth

 

145,000

 

2006

 

BG Group

 

BG Group

Methane Lydon Volney

 

145,000

 

2006

 

BG Group

 

BG Group

Methane Shirley Elisabeth

 

145,000

 

2007

 

BG Group

 

BG Group

Methane Alison Victoria

 

145,000

 

2007

 

BG Group

 

BG Group

Methane Heather Sally

 

145,000

 

2007

 

BG Group

 

BG Group

Methane Nile Eagle

 

145,000

 

2007

 

Egypt LNG (3)

 

BG Group

Methane Julia Louise

 

170,000

 

2010

 

BG Group

 

BG Group

Methane Becky Anne

 

170,000

 

2010

 

BG Group

 

BG Group

Methane Patricia Camila

 

170,000

 

2010

 

BG Group

 

BG Group

Methane Mickie Harper

 

170,000

 

2010

 

BG Group

 

BG Group


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Ships presented in this table and described elsewhere in this prospectus as owned by BG Group are either owned or leased by BG Group or its subsidiaries.

 

(2)

 

 

 

Ships are chartered to a subsidiary of BG Group.

 

(3)

 

 

 

The Methane Nile Eagle is owned by Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd., in which we indirectly hold a 25% equity interest. BG Asia Pacific Ptd. Limited, a subsidiary of BG Group, and Eagle Gas Shipping Co. E.S.A., an entity affiliated with the government of Egypt, have 25% and 50% equity interests, respectively, in Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd.

Ship Time Charters

We provide the services of our owned ships under time charters. A time charter is a contract for the use of the ship for a specified term at a daily hire rate. Under a time charter, the ship owner provides crewing and other services related to the ship’s operation, the cost of which is covered by the hire rate, and the customer is responsible for substantially all of the ship voyage costs (including bunker fuel, port charges and canal fees and LNG boil-off).

We have entered into a master time charter with a subsidiary of BG Group, that establishes the general terms under which the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore are, and the four newbuilding ships identified by hull numbers 1946, 1947, 2016 and 2017 will be, chartered to BG Group. We enter into separate confirmation memorandums for each ship in order to supplement the master time charter and specify the charter term, extension options (if any), hire rate and other provisions applicable to each ship’s charter.

We have entered into maiden voyage time charter agreements and time charter agreements with a subsidiary of Shell, establishing the terms under which the newbuilding ships identified by hull numbers 2041 and 2042 will be chartered to Shell.

The following discussion describes the material terms of the time charters for our owned ships.

103


Initial Term, Extensions and Redelivery

The initial terms of the time charters for the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore began upon delivery of the ships in May 2010 and July 2010 and will terminate in 2015 and 2016, respectively. BG Group has options to extend the terms of each of the charters for up to 90 months at specified hire rates.

Our time charters for the four newbuilding ships that will be chartered to BG Group will begin upon the delivery of each ship, which is scheduled for various dates in 2013. The initial charter term for the first two ships will terminate in 2018 and the initial charter term for the second two ships will terminate in 2019. In each case, BG Group has options to extend the charter terms for up to eight years at specified hire rates.

Our time charters for the two newbuilding ships that will be chartered to Shell will begin upon the delivery of the ship following an initial period during which the ships will operate under a maiden voyage time charter, the purpose of which is to facilitate completion by Shell of an operational discharge inspection of the ship. Delivery of the ships is scheduled for dates in 2013 and 2014, and the initial term of the time charters is seven years. In each case, Shell has options to extend the charter terms for up to 10.5 years at specified hire rates.

Our time charters provide for redelivery of the ship to us at the expiration of the term, as such term may be extended upon the charterer’s exercise of its extension options, or upon earlier termination of the charter (as described below), plus or minus 30 days. Under all of our charters, the charterer has the right to extend the term for most periods in which the ship is off-hire, as described below. Our charter contracts do not provide the charterers with options to purchase our ships during or upon expiration of the charter term.

Hire Rate Provisions

“Hire” rate refers to the basic payment from the customer for use of the ship. Depending on the time charter contract, there are two methods by which the daily hire rate for our owned ships is determined, as described below. Under all of our time charters, the hire rate is payable to us monthly in advance in U.S. dollars.

Under some of our time charters, the hire rate includes two components—a capital cost component and an operating cost component. The capital cost component relates to the cost of the ship’s purchase and is a fixed daily amount that is structured to provide a return on our invested capital. Some of the charters provide for the capital cost component to increase by a specified amount during any option period. The operating cost component is a fixed daily amount that increases annually at a fixed percentage. Although the daily amount of the operating cost component is fixed (subject to a specified annual increase), it is intended to correspond to the costs of operating the ship and related expenses. In the event of a material increase or decrease in the actual costs we incur in operating the ship, a clause in the charter provides each party the right in certain circumstances to seek a review and potential adjustment of the operating cost component.

Under our other time charters, the hire rate for an initial period of up to two years, at the charterer’s option, will be set at the prevailing market rate for a comparable ship, subject to a cap and a floor. Following such initial period, the hire rate will be calculated based on three components—a capital cost component, an operating cost component and a ship management fee. The capital cost component is a fixed daily amount, which will increase by a specified amount during any option period. The daily amount of the operating cost component, which is intended to fully pass-through to the charterer the costs of operating the ship, is set annually and adjusted at the end of each year to compensate us for the actual costs we incur in operating the ship. Drydocking expenses are budgeted in advance and are reimbursed by the charterers immediately following a drydocking. The ship management fee is a daily amount set in line with industry practice for fees charged by ship managers and is intended to compensate us for management of the ship.

The hire rates for each of our ships may be reduced if the ship does not perform to certain of its specifications or if we are in breach of our obligations under the charter. We have had no instances of hire rate reductions since the first two of our owned ships commenced operations in 2010.

104


Off-Hire

When a ship is “off-hire”—or not available for service—a time charterer generally is not required to pay the hire rate, and we remain responsible for all costs, including the cost of any LNG cargo lost as boil-off during such off-hire periods. Our time charters provide an annual allowance period for us to schedule preventative maintenance work on the ship. A ship generally will be deemed off-hire under our time charters if there is a specified time outside of the annual allowance period when the ship is not available for the charterer’s use due to, among other things, operational deficiencies (including the failure to maintain a certain guaranteed speed), drydocking for repairs, maintenance or inspection, equipment breakdowns, deficiency of personnel or neglect of duty by the ship’s officers or crew, deviation from course, or delays due to accidents, quarantines, ship detentions or similar problems.

All ships are drydocked at least once every five years as required by the ship’s classification society for a special survey. Our ships are considered to be off-hire under our time charters during such periods.

Ship Management and Maintenance

Under our time charters, we are responsible for the technical management of our ships, including engagement and provision of qualified crews, maintaining the ship, arranging supply of stores and equipment, cleaning and painting and ensuring compliance with applicable regulations, including licensing and certification requirements, as well as for drydocking expenses under certain charters. We provide these management services through our wholly owned subsidiary, GasLog LNG Services.

Termination and Cancellation

Under our time charters, each party has certain termination rights which include, among other things, the automatic termination of a charter upon loss of the relevant ship. Either party may elect to terminate a charter upon the occurrence of specified defaults or upon the outbreak of war or hostilities involving two or more major nations, such as the United States or the Peoples Republic of China, if such war or hostilities materially and adversely affect the trading of the ship for a period of at least 30 days. In addition, our charterers have the option to terminate a charter if the relevant ship is off-hire for any reason other than scheduled drydocking for a period exceeding 90 consecutive days, or for more than 90 days or 110 days, depending on the charter, in any one-year period. Certain of our charters give the charterer a termination option for shorter periods of off-hire, if such off-hire is due to an uncured breach of our obligations to maintain the applicable ship.

In addition to its termination rights, Shell has the right to convert the time charter with respect to the relevant ship into a bareboat charter upon the occurrence of specified defaults or in the event that Shell’s quality assurance review is not successfully completed upon delivery of the ship.

All of the time charters applicable to our newbuilding ships permit the charterer to cancel the charter in the event of a prolonged delay in the delivery of the ship from the shipyard, and in certain circumstances obligate us to pay liquidated damages to the charterer in the event of a less significant delivery delay. However, the cancellation and liquidated damages provisions in our charters are structured to mirror the provisions of our contracts with the shipyard, giving us the right to receive liquidated damages from the shipyard or cancel the shipbuilding contract in the same circumstances that would trigger the charterer’s right to cancel the charter contract or receive liquidated damages because of delivery delays.

Shipbuilding Contracts

We have entered into shipbuilding contracts with Samsung Heavy Industries in respect of each of our eight newbuilding ships, which have an aggregate contract price of approximately $1.55 billion. The remaining balance of $1.42 billion in the aggregate is payable under each contract in installments upon steel cutting, keel laying and launching of the ship, with the largest portion of the purchase price for each ship coming due upon its delivery. All of our obligations under the shipbuilding contracts are payable in U.S. dollars.

105


As of December 31, 2011, our remaining payment obligations under the shipbuilding contracts for our eight contracted newbuildings were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

As of
December 31, 2011
(1)

 

 

(in thousands of U.S. dollars)

Amounts due in less than one year

 

 

$

 

114,450

 

Amounts due in one to three years

 

 

 

1,167,125

 

Amounts due in three to five years

 

 

 

159,400

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

$

 

1,440,975

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Amounts do not reflect installments totaling $18.85 million paid after December 31, 2011.

The shipbuilding contracts provide for the eight newbuilding ships to be delivered and ready for immediate operation on various dates in 2013, 2014 and 2015. The shipbuilding contracts require Samsung Heavy Industries to pay us liquidated damages in the event of certain delays in the delivery of a ship unless such delays are attributable to a force majeure event, and in the event of a prolonged delay we would have the right to cancel the contract and receive a refund of any installment payments previously made on the ship.

In the event that we fail to meet our payment obligations under a shipbuilding contract, we would be in default under the applicable contract and would be obligated to pay interest under the contract. If such a default by us were to continue for more than five business days, the delivery date of the applicable ship would be delayed by one day for each day that we remain in default, and if a default by us were to continue for more than 15 business days, Samsung Heavy Industries would have the option of cancelling the applicable shipbuilding contract and retaining any installment payments previously funded by us under the contract.

In addition to our eight newbuildings on order, we have options with Samsung Heavy Industries to order two additional LNG carriers. The ships would be sister ships to the 10 ships in our owned fleet. The option contracts expire in 2012. We have not yet decided whether we will exercise the options.

Ship Management Services and Construction Supervision

Management of our owned fleet, which includes plan approval for new ship orders, supervision of ship construction and planning and supervision of drydockings, as well as technical operations, crewing, training, maintenance, regulatory and classification compliance and HSSE management and reporting, is provided in-house by our wholly owned subsidiary, GasLog LNG Services, an entity incorporated in Bermuda with an office in Piraeus, Greece. In addition to management of our owned fleet, through GasLog LNG Services we provide a full range of newbuilding plan approval, construction supervision and technical ship management services for a fleet of 12 ships, which consists of 11 ships we manage on behalf of BG Group and the Methane Nile Eagle , a ship in which we have a 25% ownership interest. During the year ended December 31, 2011, ship management services provided to external customers accounted for approximately 16.12% of our consolidated revenues.

Construction Supervision

We supervise and manage the construction of our newbuilding ships through GasLog LNG Services. We have employees on-site at Samsung Heavy Industries in South Korea whose responsibilities include inspecting the ships under construction for non-conformities, attending trials of the ship and its machinery and equipment, consulting with the shipyard in the event of any modifications to the ship’s specifications, reviewing the shipyard’s choice of suppliers and sub-contractors and keeping our management informed of the progress of the construction. Through GasLog LNG Services, we also supervised the construction of the 11 LNG carriers in BG Group’s owned fleet and the Methane Nile Eagle , all of which were constructed at Samsung Heavy Industries.

106


Technical and Operational Management

Pursuant to ship management agreements, through GasLog LNG Services we manage the day-to-day aspects of ship operations, including crewing, training, insurance, maintenance and repair, procurement of supplies, regulatory and classification compliance and HSSE management and reporting, for our owned fleet and for the 12 ships in our managed fleet. We utilize certain third-party sub-contractors and suppliers in carrying out our technical management responsibilities. In the case of ships owned by BG Group and Egypt LNG, the crewing and other operational costs are fully passed-through to the ship owner, and for our technical management services the customers pay us a management fee per ship per month which is subject to adjustment annually for inflation and in other specified circumstances (for example, if the ship is laid-up).

In connection with our ship management services, we also enter into consultant service agreements pursuant to which we provide specialized services relating to the management of LNG carriers. These services include the development and installation of a ship’s ship management system, which includes installing onboard hardware and software systems and providing related training to the ship’s personnel.

The terms of our ship management agreements and related contracts permit the customer to terminate our services for any reason upon a short period of advance notice, and both parties have termination rights upon the occurrence of specified defaults. In the event of the loss of a ship, or the owner’s sale of a ship to a third party, the ship management agreement in respect of the ship would terminate automatically. Under our ship management agreements with BG Group, in some circumstances BG Group would obligated to reimburse us for certain crew support and severance costs incurred as a result of a termination of the ship management agreement by BG Group.

Competition

We operate in markets that are highly competitive and based primarily on supply and demand. Generally, competition for multi-year LNG time charters is based primarily on price, ship availability, size, age, technical specifications and condition, LNG shipping experience, quality and efficiency of ship operations, shipping industry relationships and reputation for customer service, and technical ability and reputation for operation of highly specialized ships. In addition, in the future our ships may operate in the more volatile emerging spot market that covers short-term charters of one year or less.

Although we believe that we are one of the few independent owners that focuses solely on newly-built, technically advanced LNG carriers and provides in-house technical management of the fleet, other independent shipping companies also own and operate, and in some cases manage, LNG carriers and have new ships under construction. There are other ship owners and managers who may also attempt to participate in the LNG market in the future. We believe that our strategy of focusing on multi-year charter contracts with initial terms of five to seven years, as well as the scale of our technical ship management operations, differentiates us to some extent from other independent owners.

In addition to independent owners, some of the major oil and gas producers own LNG carriers and have in the recent past contracted for the construction of new LNG carriers. National gas and shipping companies also have large fleets of LNG carriers that have expanded and may continue to expand. Some of these companies may compete with independent owners by using their fleets to carry LNG for third parties.

Crewing and Employees

As of December 31, 2011 we had 70 full-time employees and two part-time employees, all of whom are based in our offices in Piraeus, Greece or in our offices in Monaco. We plan to retain approximately eight independent contractors on a full-time basis, in addition to our on-site permanent personnel at Samsung Heavy Industries in South Korea. In addition to our shoreside employees and sub-contractors, we have approximately 800 seafaring staff serving on our owned and managed ships. These seafarers are retained through crewing agencies based in Ukraine, the Philippines and Spain or, in the case of Greek seafarers, through short-term employment contracts. As we take delivery of our newbuilding ships, we expect to retain a significant number of additional seafarers qualified to man and operate our new ships,

107


as well as additional shoreside personnel. We intend to focus our hiring efforts in the Ukrainian, Philippine and Spanish markets, where we have crewing agency agreements in place, and in Greece.

LNG marine transportation is a specialized area requiring technically skilled officers and crew with specialized training. We regard attracting and retaining motivated, well-qualified seagoing personnel as a top priority, and we offer our crew competitive compensation packages. In addition, we provide intensive onboard training for our officers and crews to instill a culture of the highest operational and safety standards. As a result, we have historically enjoyed a high retention rate among our officers and other seafarers. In 2011, our retention rate was 99% for senior officers and 94% for other officers.

Although we have historically experienced a high retention rate for our seafarers, the demand for technically skilled officers and crews to serve on LNG carriers has been increasing as the global fleet of LNG carriers continues to grow. This increased demand has and may continue to put inflationary pressure on crew costs. However, we expect that the impact of cost increases would be mitigated to some extent by certain provisions in our time charters, including review provisions and cost pass-through provisions.

Classification, Inspection and Maintenance

Every large, commercial seagoing ship must be “classed” by a classification society. The classification society certifies that the ship is “in class”, signifying that the ship has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of the classification society and complies with applicable rules and regulations of the ship’s country of registry and the international conventions of which that country is a member. In addition, where surveys are required by international conventions and corresponding laws and ordinances of a flag state, the classification society will undertake them on application or by official order, acting on behalf of the authorities concerned. The classification society also undertakes on request other surveys and checks that are required by regulations and requirements of the flag state. These surveys are subject to agreements made in each individual case and/or to the regulations of the country concerned.

To ensure each ship is maintained in accordance with classification society standards and for maintenance of the class certificate, regular and extraordinary surveys of hull and machinery, including the electrical plant, and any special equipment classed are required to be performed periodically. Surveys are based on a five-year cycle that consists of annual surveys, intermediate surveys that are typically completed between the second and third years of every five-year cycle, and comprehensive special surveys (also known as class renewal surveys) that are completed at each fifth anniversary of the ship’s delivery.

All areas subject to surveys as defined by the classification society are required to be surveyed at least once per five-year class cycle, unless shorter intervals between surveys are otherwise prescribed. All ships are also required to be drydocked at least once during every five-year class cycle for inspection of their underwater parts and for repairs related to inspections. If any defects are found, the classification surveyor will issue a “recommendation” which must be rectified by the ship owner within prescribed time limits. We intend to drydock our ships at five-year intervals that coincide with the completion of the ship’s special survey.

Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage that a ship be certified as “in class” by a classification society that is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies. The GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore are each certified by the American Bureau of Shipping, or “ABS”. Each ship has been awarded ISM certification and is currently “in class”. Under our shipbuilding contracts, all of our contracted newbuildings must be certified prior to delivery to us.

108


The following table lists the dates by which we expect to carry out the initial drydockings and special surveys for our owned fleet:

 

 

 

Ship Name

 

Drydocking and
Special Survey

GasLog Savannah

 

 

 

2015

 

GasLog Singapore

 

 

 

2015

 

Hull No. 1946

 

 

 

2018

 

Hull No. 1947

 

 

 

2018

 

Hull No. 2016

 

 

 

2018

 

Hull No. 2017

 

 

 

2018

 

Hull No. 2041

 

 

 

2018

 

Hull No. 2042

 

 

 

2019

 

Hull No. 2043

 

 

 

2019

 

Hull No. 2044

 

 

 

2020

 

Risk of Loss, Insurance and Risk Management

The operation of any ship has inherent risks. These risks include mechanical failure, personal injury, collision, property loss or damage, ship or cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to a number of reasons, including mechanical failure, political circumstances in foreign countries, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including explosion, spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating ships in international trade.

We maintain hull and machinery insurance on all our owned ships against marine and war risks in amounts that we believe to be prudent to cover such risks. In addition, we maintain protection and indemnity insurance on all our owned ships up to the maximum insurable limit available at any given time. We also maintain ship manager insurance in respect of our managed fleet. While we believe that our insurance coverage will be adequate, not all risks can be insured, and there can be no guarantee that we will always be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates or at all, or that any specific claim we may make under our insurance coverage will be paid.

Hull & Machinery Marine Risks Insurance and Hull & Machinery War Risks Insurance

We maintain hull and machinery marine risks insurance and hull and machinery war risks insurance on our owned ships, which cover loss of or damage to a ship due to marine perils such as collisions, fire or lightning, and loss of or damage to a ship due to war perils such as acts of war, terrorism or piracy. Each of our ships is insured under these policies for a total amount that exceeds what we believe to be its fair market value. We also maintain hull disbursements and increased value insurance policies covering each of our owned ships, which provides additional coverage in the event of the total or constructive loss of a ship. Our marine risks insurance policies contain deductible amounts for which we will be responsible, but there are no deductible amounts under our war risks policies or our total loss policies.

Loss of Hire Insurance

We do not carry, and do not intend to carry, conventional loss of hire insurance (or any other kind of business interruption insurance) covering the loss of revenue during off-hire periods because we believe that this type of coverage is not economical and is of limited value to us, in part because historically our ships have had a very limited number of off-hire days.

However, we do buy piracy loss of hire and kidnap and ransom insurance when our ships are ordered to sail through the Indian Ocean to insure against potential losses relating to the hijacking of a ship and its crew by pirates.

109


Protection and Indemnity Insurance

Protection and indemnity insurance is typically provided by a protection and indemnity association, or “P&I association”, and covers third-party liability, crew liability and other related expenses resulting from the injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, the loss or damage to cargo, third-party claims arising from collisions with other ships (to the extent not recovered by the hull and machinery policies), damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal.

Our protection and indemnity insurance covering our owned ships is provided by a P&I association that is a member of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Clubs, or “International Group”. The thirteen P&I associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world’s commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association’s liabilities. Insurance provided by a P&I association is a form of mutual indemnity insurance.

Our protection and indemnity insurance is currently subject to limits of $3 billion per ship per event in respect of liability to passengers and seamen, $2 billion per ship per event in respect of liability to passengers, and $1 billion per ship per event in respect of liability for oil pollution.

As a member of a P&I association, we will be subject to calls payable to the P&I association based on the International Group’s claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the P&I association of which we are a member.

Permits and Authorizations

We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses, financial assurances and certificates with respect to our ships. The kinds of permits, licenses, financial assurances and certificates required will depend upon several factors, including the waters in which the ship operates, the nationality of the ship’s crew and the age of the ship. We have obtained all permits, licenses, financial assurances and certificates currently required to operate our ships. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of our doing business.

Environmental and Other Regulation

The carriage, handling, storage and regasification of LNG is subject to extensive laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, health and safety and other matters. These laws and regulations include international conventions and national, state and local laws and regulations in the countries where our ships now or, in the future, will operate or where our ships are registered. Compliance with these laws and regulations may entail significant expense and may impact the resale value or useful lives of our ships. Our ships may be subject to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections by a variety of government, quasi-governmental and private organizations, including the local port authorities, national authorities, harbor masters or equivalent, classification societies, flag state administrations (countries of registry) and charterers. Our failure to maintain permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations required by some of these entities could require us to incur substantial costs or result in the temporary suspension of the operation of one or more of our ships or lead to the invalidation or reduction of our insurance coverage.

We intend that the operation of our ships will be in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our ships will have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. In fact, each of our eight newbuilding ships on order is expected to receive an ENVIRO+ notation from our classification society, which denotes compliance with its published guidelines concerning the most stringent criteria for environmental protection related to design characteristics, management and support systems, sea discharges and air emissions. Because environmental laws and regulations are frequently changed and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, however, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our ships. Moreover, additional legislation or regulation applicable to the operation of our ships

110


that may be implemented in the future, such as in response to a serious marine incident like the 2010 Deepwater Horizon oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, could negatively affect our profitability.

International Maritime Regulations

The IMO, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by ships, has adopted several international conventions that regulate the international shipping industry, including the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, and the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, or the “MARPOL Convention”. The MARPOL Convention establishes environmental standards relating to oil leakage or spilling, garbage management, sewage, air emissions, handling and disposal of noxious liquids and the handling of harmful substances in packaged form. The International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or “ISM Code”, promulgated by the IMO, requires, among other things, that the party with operational control of a ship develop an extensive safety management system, including the adoption of a policy for safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its ships safely and also describing procedures for responding to emergencies. Through GasLog LNG Services, we have developed a safety management system for our ships that meets these requirements.

Ships that transport gas, including LNG carriers, are also subject to regulation under the International Gas Carrier Code, or “IGC Code”, published by the IMO. The IGC Code prescribes design and construction standards for ships involved in the transport of gas. Compliance with the IGC Code must be evidenced by a Certificate of Fitness for the Carriage of Liquefied Gases of Bulk. Each of our ships is in compliance with the IGC Code and each of our newbuilding contracts requires that the ship receive certification that it is in compliance with applicable regulations before it is delivered. Non-compliance with the IGC Code or other applicable IMO regulations may subject a ship owner or a bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected ships and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports.

In September 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution from ships. Annex VI came into force on May 19, 2005. It sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from ship exhausts and prohibits deliberate emissions of ozone depleting substances, such as chlorofluorocarbons. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions. Annex VI has been ratified by some, but not all IMO member states. In October 2008, the Marine Environment Protection Committee, or “MEPC”, of the IMO approved amendments to Annex VI regarding particulate matter, nitrogen oxide and sulfur oxide emissions standards. These amendments entered into force in July 2010. They seek to reduce air pollution from ships by establishing a series of progressive standards to further limit the sulfur content in fuel oil, which would be phased in by 2020, and by establishing new tiers of nitrogen oxide emission standards for new marine diesel engines, depending on their date of installation. Additionally, more stringent emission standards could apply in coastal areas designated as Emission Control Areas, or “ECAs”. The European Union Directive 2005/EC/33, which became effective on January 1, 2010, parallels Annex VI and requires ships to use reduced sulfur content fuel for their main and auxiliary engines. Our owned ships currently in operation comply with the relevant legislation and have the relevant certificates, and we intend to take all necessary steps to obtain International Air Pollution Prevention certificates evidencing compliance with Annex VI requirements for all of our ships.

Although the United States is not a party, many countries have ratified the International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969, as amended, or the “CLC”. Under this convention and depending on whether the country in which the damage results is a party to the 1992 Protocol to the CLC, a ship’s registered owner is strictly liable for pollution damage caused in the territorial waters of a contracting state by discharge of persistent oil, subject under certain circumstances to certain defenses and limitations. Ships trading to states that are parties to these conventions must provide evidence of insurance covering the liability of the owner. In jurisdictions where the CLC has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or in a manner similar to the CLC.

111


The IMO also has adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or the “Bunker Convention”, which imposes liability on ship owners for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel and requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime. We maintain insurance in respect of our owned ships that satisfies these requirements.

Noncompliance with the ISM Code or with other IMO regulations may subject a ship owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected ships and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports including United States and European Union ports.

United States

Oil Pollution Act and CERCLA

Because our ships could trade with the United States or its territories or possessions and/or operate in U.S. waters, our operations could be impacted by the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or “OPA”, which establishes an extensive regulatory and liability regime for environmental protection and cleanup of oil spills, and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or “CERCLA”, which imposes liability for cleanup and natural resource damage from the release of hazardous substances (other than oil). Under OPA, ship owners, operators and bareboat charterers are responsible parties who are jointly, severally and strictly liable (unless the spill results solely from the act or omission of a third party, an act of God or an act of war) for all containment and clean-up costs and other damages arising from oil spills from their ships. OPA currently limits the liability of responsible parties with respect to ships over 3,000 gross tons to the greater of $2,000 per gross ton or $17,088,000 per double hull ship and permits individual states to impose their own liability regimes with regard to oil pollution incidents occurring within their boundaries. Some states have enacted legislation providing for unlimited liability for discharge of pollutants within their waters. CERCLA applies to owners and operators of ships and contains a similar liability regime. Liability under CERCLA is limited to the greater of $300 per gross ton or $5.0 million for ships carrying a hazardous substance as cargo and the greater of $300 per gross ton or $0.5 million for any other ship.

These limits of liability do not apply under certain circumstances, however, such as where the incident is caused by violation of applicable U.S. federal safety, construction or operating regulations, or by the responsible party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. In addition, in response to the Deepwater Horizon oil spill, the U.S. Congress is currently considering a number of bills that could potentially increase or event eliminate the limits of liability under OPA. We maintain the maximum pollution liability coverage amount of $1 billion per incident for our owned ships. We also believe that we will be in substantial compliance with OPA, CERCLA and all applicable state regulations in the ports where our ships will call.

OPA also requires owners and operators of ships to establish and maintain with the National Pollution Fund Center of the U.S. Coast Guard evidence of financial responsibility sufficient to meet the limit of their potential strict liability under the act. Such financial responsibility can be demonstrated by providing a guarantee from an appropriate guarantor, who can release the required guarantee to the National Pollution Fund Center against payment of the requested premium. We have purchased such a guarantee in order to provide evidence of financial responsibility and have received the mandatory certificates of financial responsibility from the U.S. Coast Guard in respect of the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore. We intend to receive such certificates in the future for each of our ships if required to have one.

Clean Water Act

The U.S. Clean Water Act of 1972, or “CWA”, prohibits the discharge of oil, hazardous substances and ballast water in U.S. navigable waters unless authorized by a duly-issued permit or exemption, and imposes strict liability in the form of penalties for any unauthorized discharges. The CWA also imposes substantial liability for the costs of removal, remediation and damages and complements the remedies

112


available under OPA and CERCLA. Furthermore, most U.S. states that border a navigable waterway have enacted environmental pollution laws that impose strict liability on a person for removal costs and damages resulting from a discharge of oil or a release of a hazardous substance. These laws may be more stringent than U.S. federal law.

The United States Environmental Protection Agency, or “EPA”, has enacted rules requiring ballast water discharges and other discharges incidental to the normal operation of certain ships within United States waters to be authorized under the Ship General Permit for Discharges Incidental to the Normal Operation of Ships, or the “VGP”. To be covered by the VGP, owners of certain ships must submit a Notice of Intent, or “NOI”, at least 30 days before the ship operates in United States waters. Compliance with the VGP could require the installation of equipment on our ships to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other disposal arrangements, and/or otherwise restrict our ships from entering United States waters. In addition, certain states have enacted more stringent discharge standards as conditions to their required certification of the VGP. The EPA intends to propose a new VGP this fall that will impose numerical restrictions on ballast water organisms. We have submitted NOIs for the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore and intend to submit NOIs for our ships in the future where required and do not believe that the costs associated with obtaining and complying with the VGP will have a material impact on our operations.

Clean Air Act

The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 and 1990, or the “CAA”, requires the EPA to promulgate standards applicable to emissions of volatile organic compounds and other air contaminants. Our ships may be subject to vapor control and recovery requirements for certain cargoes when loading, unloading, ballasting, cleaning and conducting other operations in regulated port areas and emission standards for so-called “Category 3” marine diesel engines operating in U.S. waters. The marine diesel engine emission standards are currently limited to new engines beginning with the 2004 model year. On April 30, 2010, the EPA adopted final emission standards for Category 3 marine diesel engines equivalent to those adopted in the amendments to Annex VI to MARPOL, which will apply in two stages, beginning in 2011 and 2016. However, our tri-fuel diesel electric LNG carriers have the ability to burn natural gas as fuel to power the ship, which can significantly reduce relevant emissions compared with steam-powered ships.

The CAA also requires states to adopt State Implementation Plans, or “SIPs”, designed to attain national health-based air quality standards in primarily major metropolitan and/or industrial areas. Several SIPs regulate emissions resulting from ship loading and unloading operations by requiring the installation of vapor control equipment. The MEPC has designated the area extending 200 miles from the territorial sea baseline adjacent to the Atlantic/Gulf and Pacific coasts and the eight main Hawaiian Islands as an ECA, which will enter into force in August 2012, under the Annex VI amendments. Fuel used by vessels operating in the ECA cannot exceed 1.0% sulfur, dropping to 0.1% sulfur in 2015. From 2016, NOx after-treatment requirements will also apply. Similar restrictions will be phased in for the newly-designated Caribbean ECA adjacent to Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands beginning in 2014. Our vessels can both store and burn low-sulfur fuel oil or alternatively burn natural gas which contains no sulfur. Additionally, burning natural gas will ensure compliance with IMO tier III NOx emission limitations without the need for after-treatment. Charterers must supply compliant fuel for the vessels before ordering vessels to trade in areas where restrictions apply. As a result, we do not expect such restrictions to have a materially adverse impact on our operations or costs.

Other Environmental Initiatives

U.S. Coast Guard regulations adopted under the U.S. National Invasive Species Act, or “NISA”, impose mandatory ballast water management practices for all ships equipped with ballast water tanks entering U.S. waters, which could require the installation of equipment on our ships to treat ballast water before it is discharged or the implementation of other port facility disposal arrangements or procedures, and/or otherwise restrict our ships from entering U.S. waters. The U.S. Coast Guard has also proposed new ballast water management standards that could ultimately lead to the establishment of maximum acceptable discharge limits for various invasive species and/or requirements for the

113


treatment of ballast water. Several states have adopted legislation and regulations relating to the permitting and management of ballast water discharges.

At the international level, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments in February 2004, or the “BWM Convention”. The Convention’s implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits. The BWM Convention will not enter into force until 12 months after it has been adopted by 30 states, the combined merchant fleets of which represent not less than 35% of the gross tonnage of the world’s merchant shipping. To date, a sufficient number of countries have not adopted this convention for it to enter into force. However, the IMO’s Marine Environment Protection Committee passed a resolution in March 2010 encouraging the ratification of the Convention and calling upon those countries that have already ratified to encourage the installation of ballast water management systems. If ballast water treatment requirements are instituted, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers. It is difficult to predict the overall impact of such a requirement on our operations. Both the GasLog Savannah and the GasLog Singapore hold certified and approved ballast water management plans, which ensures our compliance with existing requirements.

Greenhouse Gas Regulations

The MEPC of IMO adopted two new sets of mandatory requirements to address greenhouse gas emissions from ships at its July 2011 meeting. The Energy Efficiency Design Index will require a minimum energy efficiency level per capacity mile and will be applicable to new vessels, and the Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plan will be applicable to currently operating vessels. The requirements will enter into force in January 2013 and could cause us to incur additional compliance costs. To meet the requirements, we have an agreement with ABS for the development of a Company Energy Efficiency Management Plan and the Ship-specific Energy Efficiency Management Plan based on certain documents issued by the IMO. The IMO is also considering the development of a market-based mechanism for greenhouse gas emissions from ships, but it is impossible to predict the likelihood that such a standard might be adopted or its potential impact on our operations at this time.

The European Union has indicated that it intends to propose an expansion of the existing European Union emissions trading scheme to include emissions of greenhouse gases from marine ships. In the United States, the EPA has issued a finding that greenhouse gases endanger the public health and safety and has adopted regulations under the CAA to limit greenhouse gas emissions from certain mobile sources and large stationary sources. Although the mobile source emissions do not apply to greenhouse gas emissions from ships, the EPA is considering a petition from the California Attorney General and environmental groups to regulate greenhouse gas emissions from ocean-going ships. Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the European Union, the United States or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol, that restrict emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures that we cannot predict with certainty at this time.

We believe that LNG carriers, which have the inherent ability to burn natural gas to power the ship, and in particular LNG carriers like ours that utilize fuel-efficient diesel electric propulsion, can be considered among the cleanest of large ships in terms of emissions.

Ship Security Regulations

A number of initiatives have been introduced in recent years intended to enhance ship security. On November 25, 2002, the Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or “MTSA”, was signed into law. To implement certain portions of the MTSA, the U.S. Coast Guard issued regulations in July 2003 requiring the implementation of certain security requirements aboard ships operating in waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States. Similarly, in December 2002, amendments to SOLAS created a new chapter of the convention dealing specifically with maritime security. This new chapter came into effect in July 2004 and imposes various detailed security obligations on ships and port authorities, most of which are contained in the newly created International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code, or “ISPS Code”. Among the various requirements are:

114


 

 

 

 

on-board installation of automatic information systems to enhance ship-to-ship and ship-to-shore communications;

 

 

 

 

on-board installation of ship security alert systems;

 

 

 

 

the development of ship security plans; and

 

 

 

 

compliance with flag state security certification requirements.

The U.S. Coast Guard regulations, intended to align with international maritime security standards, exempt non-U.S. ships from MTSA ship security measures, provided such ships have on board a valid “International Ship Security Certificate” that attests to the ship’s compliance with SOLAS security requirements and the ISPS Code. We have implemented the various security measures required by the IMO, SOLAS and the ISPS Code and have approved ISPS certificates and plans certified by the applicable flag state on board all our ships.

Properties

Other than our ships, we do not own any material property.

We occupy office space at 7 Rue du Gabian, MC 98000, Monaco, which is provided pursuant to a service agreement between our subsidiary, GasLog Monaco S.A.M., and Ceres Monaco S.A.M., a subsidiary of Ceres Shipping. Ceres Monaco S.A.M. leases operating space from a third-party property owner, and we occupy a portion of the leased space. Under the service agreement, we pay Ceres Monaco S.A.M. a pro rata portion of the fees payable to the third-party property owner, which portion is determined based on the amount of space we occupy.

We also occupy office space at 69 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus, GR 185 37, Greece, which we lease through our subsidiary, GasLog LNG Services, from an entity controlled by Ceres Shipping. The lease agreement is disclosed and filed with the Greek authorities, and has been entered into on market rates.

For more information about the contractual arrangements for our office space, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

Legal Proceedings

We have not been involved in any legal proceedings that we believe may have a significant effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity, and we are not aware of any proceedings that are pending or threatened that may have a material effect on our business, financial position, results of operations or liquidity. From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally property damage and personal injury claims. We expect that these claims would be covered by insurance, subject to customary deductibles. However, those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources.

Exchange Controls

Under Bermuda law, there are currently no restrictions on the export or import of capital, including foreign exchange controls or restrictions that affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of our common shares.

We have been designated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as a non-resident for Bermuda exchange control purposes. This designation allows us to engage in transactions in currencies other than the Bermuda dollar, and there are no exchange control restrictions on our ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of our common shares.

Under Bermuda law, “exempted” companies are companies formed for the purpose of conducting business outside Bermuda from a principal place of business in Bermuda. As an exempted company, we may not, without a license or consent granted by the Minister of Finance, participate in certain business transactions, including transactions involving Bermuda landholding rights and the carrying on of business of any kind, for which we are not licensed in Bermuda.

115


MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers. The business address of each of our executive officers and directors listed below is Gildo Pastor Center, 7 Rue du Gabian, MC 98000, Monaco. Our telephone number at that address is +377 97 97 51 15. Members of our board of directors will be elected annually, and each director elected will hold office for a one-year term. The following directors have been determined by our board of directors to be independent: Paul J. Collins, William M. Friedrich, Julian Metherell and Robert D. Somerville. Officers are elected from time to time by vote of our board of directors and hold office until a successor is elected.

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Peter G. Livanos

 

 

 

53

   

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Philip Radziwill

 

 

 

31

   

Vice Chairman and Director

Henrik Bjerregaard

 

 

 

45

   

Chief Financial Officer

Thor Knappe

 

 

 

34

   

Senior Vice President, Business Development

Jan Petersen

 

 

 

44

   

Senior Vice President, Operations

Paul Wogan

 

 

 

49

   

Chief Strategy Officer

Bruce L. Blythe

 

 

 

67

   

Director

Paul J. Collins

 

 

 

75

   

Director

William M. Friedrich

 

 

 

63

   

Director

Julian Metherell

 

 

 

48

   

Director

Anthony S. Papadimitriou

 

 

 

56

   

Director

Robert D. Somerville

 

 

 

68

   

Director

Certain biographical information about each of these individuals is set forth below.

Peter G. Livanos is our Chief Executive Officer and the chairman of our board of directors. Mr. Livanos founded our subsidiary GasLog LNG Services in 2001. He has served as our chairman since the Company was incorporated in July 2003 and he became our Chief Executive Officer in January 2012. Mr. Livanos is the chairman and sole shareholder of Ceres Shipping, an international shipping group. He also serves as chairman of several of Ceres Shipping’s subsidiaries, including DryLog Ltd., a company engaged in dry bulk shipping investments. In 1989 Mr. Livanos formed Seachem Tankers Ltd., which in 2000 combined with Odfjell ASA (later renamed Odfjell SE). He served on the board of directors of Odfjell SE until 2008. Mr. Livanos serves as the vice chairman of the board of directors of Euronav NV, an independent owner and operator of oil tankers. Mr. Livanos is a graduate of Columbia University. He is the first cousin of Philip Radziwill, our vice chairman and a member of our board of directors.

Philip Radziwill is our Vice Chairman and a member of our board of directors. Mr. Radziwill has been a director since his appointment in October 2011 and he became our Vice Chairman in January 2012. As our Vice Chairman, an executive role that is distinct from Mr. Radziwill’s position as a director, Mr. Radziwill will assist our chief executive officer in driving the Company’s business strategy. Mr. Radziwill also serves as an advisor of SCP Clover Maritime, a company that manages assets and investments of the Radziwill family, including the family’s investment in the Company. From 2006 to 2009, Mr. Radziwill was employed in the equity group at Moore Capital Management LLC, a private investment management firm based in New York, where he focused on a long/short equity strategy within the energy industry. Prior to joining Moore Capital Management, Mr. Radziwill was employed as an investment banker at Goldman, Sachs & Co. within the Industrial & Natural Resources group. Mr. Radziwill is a graduate of Brown University. He is the first cousin of Peter G. Livanos, our chairman and chief executive officer.

Henrik Bjerregaard is our Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining us in 2007, Mr. Bjerregaard was employed at A.P. Moller - Maersk Group, where he served as CFO of Maersk Tankers from 2004 to 2007 and CFO of Maersk Gas Carriers from 2001 to 2004. While at Maersk Tankers, Mr. Bjerregaard worked with Messrs. Knappe and Petersen as part of a team that led the development of Maersk LNG’s

116


eight-ship fleet of LNG carriers. Mr. Bjerregaard has a Masters degree in Economics from the University of Aarhus, Denmark.

Thor Knappe is our Senior Vice President, Business Development. Prior to joining us in 2007, Mr. Knappe worked for 7 years at A.P. Moller - Maersk Group, where from 2002 to 2007 he worked at Maersk LNG. While at Maersk LNG, Mr. Knappe worked with Messrs. Bjerregaard and Petersen as part of a team that led the development of Maersk LNG’s eight-ship fleet of LNG carriers. Mr. Knappe has previously worked at Deutsche Bank, and holds a B.Sc. degree in Economics from the University of Warwick, UK.

Jan Petersen is our Senior Vice President, Operations. Prior to joining us in 2007, Mr. Petersen was employed for 18 years at A.P. Moller - Maersk Group, where from 2002 to 2007 he worked at Maersk LNG. While at Maersk LNG, Mr. Petersen worked with Messrs. Bjerregaard and Knappe as part of a team that led the development of Maersk LNG’s eight-ship fleet of LNG carriers. Mr. Petersen is a graduate of the Royal Danish Air Force Academy.

Paul Wogan is our Chief Strategy Officer. Mr. Wogan is also a shareholder and non-executive director of Sure Wind Marine Ltd., a company that owns and operates vessels that provide services to the offshore wind industry. From 2008 until his resignation in February 2012, Mr. Wogan served as senior independent director of Clarksons PLC. From 2000 to 2008, Mr. Wogan worked for Teekay Corporation, where from November 2003 to March 2008 he served as President of Teekay Tanker Services, with responsibility for the company’s fleet of crude and product tankers. Prior to joining Teekay Corporation, Mr. Wogan served as chief executive officer of Seachem Tankers Ltd. Mr. Wogan is a graduate of Exeter University and he has an MBA from Cranfield School of Management.

Bruce L. Blythe has been a member of our board of directors since his appointment in October 2011. Mr. Blythe has been involved in the shipping industry for over 15 years, having served as an advisor to the Livanos family since 1994. For nearly 20 years, Mr. Blythe has served as an advisor to the Chairman and CEO of Ford Motor Company and to the Ford family, and prior to his service as an advisor he was employed in various strategic and financial positions at Ford Motor Company. Mr. Blythe is the chairman of the board of directors of Halcyon Days (London) Ltd., a private consumer products company. He also serves as a director of Ceres Shipping, our controlling shareholder. Mr. Blythe holds an M.B.A. in finance and transportation and a B.A. in business administration from the Pennsylvania State University.

Paul J. Collins has been a member of our board of directors since his appointment in October 2011. Mr. Collins retired as Vice Chairman and member of the Management Committee of Citigroup Inc. in September 2000. From 1985 to 1998, Mr. Collins served as a director of Citicorp and its principal subsidiary Citibank; from 1988 to 1998 he served as Vice Chairman of those entities. Mr. Collins currently serves as a trustee of the University of Wisconsin Foundation and The Glyndebourne Arts Trust. He is also a Member of the Advisory Board of Welch, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, a private equity firm. He was previously a director of Kimberly-Clark Corporation, Nokia Corporation, BG Group, Enstar Group and a member of the Supervisory Board of Actis Capital LLP. Mr. Collins is a graduate of the University of Wisconsin and holds an M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School.

William M. Friedrich has been a member of our board of directors since his appointment in October 2011 and he currently serves as our senior independent director. From 1995 until his retirement in 2008, Mr. Friedrich was employed at BG Group plc. Mr. Friedrich held several senior executive positions during his 14-year tenure at BG Group, including serving as Executive Director and Deputy Chief Executive from 2000 until 2008, with primary responsibility for BG Group’s overall strategy function as well as oversight of the company’s business development activities and various company-wide organizational and human resource matters. Between 2000 and 2005, his position at BG Group also included the role of General Counsel. Prior to joining BG Group, Mr. Friedrich was a partner at Shearman & Sterling LLP. Mr. Friedrich serves as a director of Mountain Lake Community Service Inc., a non-profit charitable organization. He holds a J.D. from Columbia Law School and a B.A. from Union College.

Julian Metherell has been a member of our board of directors since his appointment in October 2011. Mr. Metherell is the chief financial officer of Genel Energy plc, a leading independent oil and gas exploration and production company operating in the Kurdistan Region of Iraq. Genel Energy plc is

117


the successor to Vallares Plc, a publicly listed acquisition company which Mr. Metherell co-founded in April 2011. Mr. Metherell also serves as a director of Genel Energy plc. From 1999 to 2011, Mr. Metherell was a partner at The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., where he served as chief executive officer of the UK investment banking division. Prior to joining Goldman Sachs, Mr. Metherell was a director in the European energy group at Dresdner Kleinwort, a London-based investment bank. Mr. Metherell is a graduate of Manchester University, where he received a B.Sc. degree, and of Cambridge University, where he received an M.B.A.

Anthony S. Papadimitriou has been a member of our board of directors since November 2011, when he was designated by the Onassis Foundation to serve as one of our directors. Mr. Papadimitriou is the managing partner of the law firm A.S. Papadimitriou and Partners, a position he has held since 1992. From 1986 until 2005, Mr. Papadimitriou served as legal counsel for Olympic Shipping & Management S.A, an affiliate of the Onassis Foundation, and since 1995 he has been the coordinator of the Executive Committee of the commercial activities controlled by the Onassis Foundation. In addition, Mr. Papadimitriou has been a member of the board of directors of the Alexander S. Onassis Public Benefit Foundation since 1988, serving as the president of the board since 2005. Mr. Papadimitriou also serves as a director of Global Finance S.A., a Greek investment firm. Mr. Papadimitriou is a graduate of the Athens University Law School and holds a postgraduate degree in maritime and transport law from the University Aix-en-Provence, a B.Sc. from the London School of Economics and a Ph.D. from the National and Kapodistrian University of Athens.

Robert D. Somerville has been a member of our board of directors since his appointment in November 2011. Mr. Somerville is the chairman of American Bureau of Shipping, or “ABS”, the second largest marine classification society in the world. Mr. Somerville has been employed at ABS for over 30 years, and from 2004 until April 2011 he served as the company’s chairman and chief executive officer. Mr. Somerville currently serves as a member of the board of trustees of ABS and as a member of the board of directors of Maine Maritime Academy. Mr. Somerville is a graduate of Maine Maritime Academy, where he received a B.Sc. degree in Marine Engineering. He has also received honorary degrees from the Webb Institute in New York and Maine Maritime Academy.

Board of Directors

Our board of directors consists of eight members. The board of directors may change the number of directors to not less than three, nor more than fifteen. Each director shall be elected to serve until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until his successor is elected or appointed, except in the event of removal, death, disability, disqualification or resignation. A vacancy on the board created by removal, death, disability, disqualification or resignation of a director, or as a result of an increase in the size of the board, may be filled by the shareholders or by the board of directors.

After the consummation of this offering, we will be a “foreign private issuer” under the securities laws of the United States and the rules of the NYSE. Under the securities laws of the United States, “foreign private issuers” are subject to different disclosure requirements than U.S. domiciled registrants, as well as different financial reporting requirements. Under the NYSE rules, a “foreign private issuer” is subject to less stringent corporate governance requirements. Subject to certain exceptions, the rules of the NYSE permit a “foreign private issuer” to follow its home country practice in lieu of the listing requirements of the NYSE. In addition, after the consummation of this offering, our current shareholders will continue to control a majority of our issued and outstanding common shares. As a result, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another company or group is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including (i) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (ii) the requirement that the nominating committee be composed entirely of independent directors and have a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, (iii) the requirement that the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors and have a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (iv) the requirement of an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees. As permitted by these exemptions, as well as by our bye-laws and the laws of Bermuda, we currently have a board of directors with a majority of non-

118


independent directors. However, following completion of this offering, we anticipate that a majority of our directors will qualify as independent. We also have one or more non-independent directors serving as committee members on our compensation committee and our corporate governance and nominating committee. As a result, non-independent directors may among other things, participate in fixing the compensation of our management, making share and option awards and resolving governance issues regarding our Company. Accordingly, in the future you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit and Risk Committee

Our audit and risk committee consists of Messrs. Collins, Friedrich, Metherell and Somerville, with Mr. Collins serving as the committee chairman. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that each of these individuals meets the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on an audit committee under applicable SEC and NYSE rules. In addition, each of Messrs. Collins and Metherell qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert”. The audit and risk committee is responsible for:

 

 

 

 

the appointment and compensation (subject to any required shareholder approval or authorization) and retention and oversight of independent auditors and determining whether any non-audit services will be performed by such auditor;

 

 

 

 

assisting the board of directors in overseeing our financial reporting process, the integrity of our financial statements, the independent auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance, the performance of our internal audit and financial risk management departments and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

 

 

 

 

annually reviewing the independent auditors’ report describing the auditing firm’s internal quality-control procedures, and any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the auditing firm;

 

 

 

 

discussing the annual audited financial statements and any periodic financial statements with management and the independent auditors;

 

 

 

 

discussing earnings press releases, as well as financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies, with management and the independent auditors;

 

 

 

 

discussing policies with respect to financial risk assessment and risk management and monitoring our financial risk and risk management systems;

 

 

 

 

meeting periodically and separately with management, our internal audit and financial risk management departments and the independent auditors;

 

 

 

 

reviewing with the independent auditors any audit problems or difficulties and management’s responses;

 

 

 

 

setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent auditors;

 

 

 

 

annually reviewing the adequacy of the audit and risk committee’s written charter;

 

 

 

 

periodically reviewing the budget, responsibilities and organizational structure of the internal audit department;

 

 

 

 

establishing procedures for the consideration of all related-party transactions, including matters involving potential conflicts of interest;

 

 

 

 

reporting regularly to the full board of directors; and

 

 

 

 

handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the audit and risk committee by the board of directors from time to time.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Blythe, Collins, Metherell and Radziwill, with Mr. Metherell serving as the committee chairman. The compensation committee is responsible for:

119


 

 

 

 

making recommendations to the full board of directors with respect to the compensation of directors and senior management;

 

 

 

 

overseeing and making recommendations to the full board of directors with respect to any of the Company’s long-term incentive plans, including any equity-based compensation plans to be adopted; and

 

 

 

 

handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the compensation committee by the board of directors from time to time.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

Our corporate governance and nominating committee consists of Messrs. Blythe, Friedrich, Livanos and Somerville, with Mr. Friedrich serving as the committee chairman. The corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for:

 

 

 

 

identifying and recommending candidates, consistent with criteria approved by the full board of directors, for nomination to be elected by shareholders at annual meetings and for approval of the board of directors to fill board vacancies as and when they arise between annual meetings, as well as putting in place short- and long-term succession plans for senior management and the chief executive officer’s direct reports;

 

 

 

 

developing and recommending to the full board of directors corporate governance guidelines applicable to the Company and keeping such guidelines under review;

 

 

 

 

overseeing self-evaluations conducted by the board of directors and its committees and overseeing evaluations of senior management; and

 

 

 

 

handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the corporate governance and nominating committee by the board of directors from time to time.

Health, Safety, Security and Environmental Committee

Our health, safety, security and environmental, or “HSSE”, committee consists of Messrs. Friedrich, Livanos, Papadimitriou and Somerville, with Mr. Somerville serving as the committee chairman. The HSSE committee is responsible for:

 

 

 

 

overseeing the Company’s top-level HSSE policies (including those relating to operational risk);

 

 

 

 

reviewing the Company’s HSSE policies (including those relating to operational risks) on an annual basis and recommending changes to such policies to the Company’s management team;

 

 

 

 

based on reports from management, evaluating the effectiveness of the Company’s systems to achieve the established HSSE policies;

 

 

 

 

receiving reports from management relating to any serious accidents or fatalities and reviewing recommended actions to be taken by management in connection therewith;

 

 

 

 

overseeing whether the Company’s HSSE policies take appropriate account of internal and external developments and expectations;

 

 

 

 

evaluating and overseeing the quality of reporting systems required by third parties on HSSE related matters; and

 

 

 

 

assessing the systems within the Company for ensuring compliance with HSSE related laws, regulations and policies.

Senior Independent Director

Mr. Friedrich, an independent director, currently serves as our senior independent director. Our senior independent director is responsible for:

 

 

 

 

presiding at board and shareholder meetings if the chairman of the board is absent;

 

 

 

 

meeting with the other members of the board without the chairman present on at least an annual basis in order to evaluate and appraise the performance of the chairman;

120


 

 

 

 

chairing the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee when considering succession to the role of the chairman of the board;

 

 

 

 

acting as a liaison, if required, to facilitate communication between independent directors and our chairman, chief executive officer and any member of senior management; and

 

 

 

 

performing such other functions as the board may direct or request from time to time.

Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to consummation of this offering, the board of directors will approve and adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for all directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company, a copy of which will be available on our website, http://www.gaslogltd.com, and upon written request by our shareholders at no cost.

Compensation of Directors and Senior Management

Beginning in the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, our non-executive directors will receive:

 

 

 

 

an annual fee of $100,000;

 


 

 

 

an additional annual fee of $20,000 to the senior independent director;

 

 

 

 

additional annual fees of $50,000 to the chairman of the audit and risk committee and $20,000 to the chairmen of the compensation committee, corporate governance and nominating committee and HSSE committee; and

 

 

 

 

additional annual fees of $25,000 to each member of the audit and risk committee and $10,000 to each member of the compensation committee, corporate governance and nominating committee and HSSE committee (in each case other than the chairmen of such committees).

At least 50% of the annual fees described above will be paid to our directors in equity or equity-based awards.

We did not pay our directors prior to January 1, 2012. However, in respect of our directors’ service during the year ended December 31, 2011, each of our directors received fees amounting to 50% of the annual fees described above. Such fees were paid in the first quarter of 2012.

In addition, our directors will receive reimbursement for their out-of-pocket expenses. Our officers who also serve as directors will not receive additional compensation for their service as directors. We do not have any service contracts with our directors that provide for benefits upon termination of their services.

For our executive officers, compensation for 2011 consisted generally of base salary, a cash incentive bonus and employee benefits that are generally provided to employees. The aggregate amount of cash compensation for the year ended December 31, 2011 paid to Henrik Bjerregaard, Thor Knappe and Jan Petersen was $2.46 million. In addition, as compensation for successful negotiation of commercial terms and conditions for the purchase of our newbuilding ships, our board of directors approved the award of a special bonus to be paid to key members of management, including these executive officers. A portion of the bonus was paid to such executive officers on June 30, 2011 and reflected in their cash compensation for 2011, and the balance will be paid in future periods.

For 2012, Peter G. Livanos, our chairman and chief executive officer, will receive a nominal salary of one euro and pursuant to his employment contract will be eligible for a cash incentive bonus. Compensation for our other executive officers is expected to consist of a base salary, a cash incentive bonus and employee benefits that are generally provided to employees. In addition, each of our executive officers will be eligible to receive equity-based compensation awards in the event that an equity-based compensation plan is adopted by our board of directors.

Equity Compensation Plans

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we granted manager shares to certain of our senior management personnel and subsidiary manager shares to certain management personnel of GasLog LNG Services in order to provide such employees with strong performance incentives under their respective employment contracts. Under the terms of the shares, until the earlier of January 1, 2013 and

121


the completion of this offering, the holders of the manager shares and subsidiary manager shares will have full voting and dividend rights, but they cannot sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of legal title to or beneficial ownership of the shares unless such restrictions are waived by the board of directors. All issued and outstanding manager shares and subsidiary manager shares will be converted to common shares on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

Following completion of this offering, the compensation committee of the board of directors is expected to consider and make recommendations to the board of directors regarding an equity-based incentive compensation plan that would take effect following 2012.

Separation Agreement with Former Chief Executive Officer

In January 2012, our former chief executive officer, Jeppe Jensen, resigned from his executive position and his position on our board of directors. In connection with his resignation, we entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Jensen pursuant to which the 801,346 manager shares held by Mr. Jensen were immediately converted to common shares and were purchased by Blenheim Holdings. In addition, we made a payment of $1.58 million to Mr. Jensen in respect of the special bonus approved by our board of directors in 2011.

122


PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our shares as of the date of this prospectus and after giving effect to this offering and the concurrent private placement, by:

 

 

 

 

each of our executive officers;

 

 

 

 

each of our directors;

 

 

 

 

all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

 

 

 

each holder known to us to beneficially own more than five percent of our shares.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules. Percentage computations are based on an aggregate of 39,101,496 common shares, manager shares, subsidiary manager shares and common A shares issued and outstanding prior to this offering, and   common shares expected to be issued and outstanding following this offering after giving effect to the   common shares offered hereby and in the concurrent private placement, or   common shares expected to be issued and outstanding following this offering and the concurrent private placement if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full.

Upon completion of this offering, our issued and outstanding share capital will consist of one class of common shares. Each issued and outstanding common share will entitle the shareholder to one vote. As of the date of this prospectus, none of our issued and outstanding shares were held in the United States.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identity of person or group

 

Shares beneficially held
prior to this offering

 

Common shares
beneficially held following
this offering and the
concurrent private
placement

 

Common shares
beneficially held following
full exercise of the underwriters’
option to purchase
additional shares

 

Number of
shares

 

Percentage

 

Number of
shares

 

Percentage

 

Number of
shares

 

Percentage

Officers and directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Peter G. Livanos (1)

 

 

31,989,104

   

 

 

81.81

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

Philip Radziwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Henrik Bjerregaard (2)

 

 

449,582

   

 

 

1.15

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

Thor Knappe (2)

 

 

449,582

   

 

 

1.15

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

Jan Petersen (2)

 

 

449,582

   

 

 

1.15

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

Paul Wogan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bruce L. Blythe

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

Paul J. Collins

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

William M. Friedrich

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

Julian Metherell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

Anthony S. Papadimitriou

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

Robert D. Somerville

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

 

 

*

 

All officers and directors as a group (twelve persons)

 

 

33,337,850

   

 

 

85.26

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

Other 5% beneficial owners

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

John S. Radziwill (3)

 

 

7,197,596

   

 

 

18.41

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

Alexander S. Onassis Foundation (4)

 

 

4,512,242

   

 

 

11.54

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

%

 


 

 

*

 

 

 

Less than 1%

 

(1)

 

 

 

By virtue of common shares held indirectly through Blenheim Holdings. Mr. Livanos has a majority ownership interest in Blenheim Holdings through Ceres Shipping, and he is a beneficial owner of other shares held indirectly through Blenheim Holdings for the benefit of Mr. Livanos and members of his family. Mr. Livanos’ ownership interest changed in connection with the sale of shares by

123


 

 

 

 

Blenheim Holdings to the Onassis Foundation in December 2011 (see note 4) and the purchase by Blenheim Holdings of certain outstanding manager shares in January 2012.

 

(2)

 

 

 

Reflects manager shares granted as equity-settled compensation. All shares will be converted to common shares on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

 

(3)

 

 

 

John S. Radziwill, the father of our vice chairman, Philip Radziwill, and the uncle of our chairman and chief executive officer, Peter G. Livanos, may be deemed to have indirect economic beneficial ownership of 18.41% of the shares issued and outstanding prior to this offering by virtue of common shares held indirectly through Blenheim Holdings. John S. Radziwill acquired an indirect minority ownership interest in Blenheim Holdings in June 2011. The indirect economic ownership interest changed in connection with the sale of shares by Blenheim Holdings to the Onassis Foundation in December 2011 (see note 4) and the purchase by Blenheim Holdings of certain outstanding manager shares in January 2012.

 

(4)

 

 

 

By virtue of common shares held indirectly through its wholly owned subsidiary, Olympic LNG Investments Ltd. The shares were acquired from Blenheim Holdings in December 2011. The Alexander S. Onassis Public Benefit Foundation is the sole beneficiary of the assets and income of the Alexander S. Onassis Foundation, and as a result may be deemed to have indirect economic beneficial ownership of the shares.

124


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Described below are certain relationships and transactions the Company has entered into with our controlling shareholder or other related parties since January 1, 2009. As described below, certain of the relationships will be terminated prior to or upon completion of this offering.

Restrictive Covenant Agreement

Under the terms of the restrictive covenant agreement that Peter G. Livanos and Blenheim Holdings will enter into with us prior to the closing of this offering, Mr. Livanos will be prohibited from directly or indirectly owning, operating or managing LNG vessels, other than pursuant to his involvement with us. The restrictions will terminate in the event that Mr. Livanos ceases to beneficially own at least 20% of our issued and outstanding share capital.

Notwithstanding these restrictions, Mr. Livanos will be permitted to engage in the following activities:

 

(i)

 

 

 

passive ownership of (a) minority interests in any business that is not primarily engaged in owning, operating or managing LNG vessels or (b) constituting less than 5% of any publicly listed company; and

 

(ii)

 

 

 

non-passive participation in a business that acquires an interest in the ownership, operation or management of LNG vessels, provided that as promptly as reasonably practicable either (A) the business enters into an agreement to dispose of such competitive activity and such disposition is completed within a reasonable time, or (B) Mr. Livanos’ participation in such business is changed so as to satisfy the exception for passive ownership of minority interests in a business that is not primarily engaged in a competitive activity.

The restrictions described above will not apply to transactions by independent fund managers not acting under the direction or control of Mr. Livanos or Blenheim Holdings.

In addition, under the terms of the restrictive covenant agreement, Mr. Livanos and Blenheim Holdings will agree that, subject to the exceptions described below, they will not sell or dispose of any of our common shares owned by them as of the date of the agreement for a period of 18 months following the closing of this offering.

As noted above, Mr. Livanos and Blenheim Holdings will be permitted under the terms of the restrictive covenant agreement to dispose of our common shares in the following circumstances:

 

(i)

 

 

 

pursuant to any transfer by Blenheim Holdings to its shareholders (including any division of the ownership interests in Blenheim Holdings of Mr. Livanos and members of the Radziwill family), provided that the transferee or transferees agree to be bound by the share transfer restrictions of the restrictive covenant agreement;

 

(ii)

 

 

 

pursuant to any private sale to a strategic investor in the Company, provided that the strategic investor agrees to be bound by the share transfer restrictions of the restrictive covenant agreement;

 

(iii)

 

 

 

in connection with any sale or transfer that would result in a change in control of the Company, provided that such change in control has been approved by our board of directors; and

 

(iv)

 

 

 

in transactions relating to shares acquired following the effective date of the restrictive covenant agreement.

The share transfer restrictions described above will terminate as to any person that ceases to beneficially own, or does not beneficially own, at least 20% of our issued and outstanding share capital.

The share transfer restrictions imposed by the restrictive covenant agreement will be in addition to the share transfer restrictions to which Mr. Livanos will be subject pursuant to an agreement with the underwriters of this offering.

125


Registration Rights Agreement

We intend to enter into a registration rights agreement prior to the closing of this offering with certain of our existing shareholders, pursuant to which we will grant them and their transferees the right, under certain circumstances and subject to certain restrictions, including restrictions included in the lock-up agreements to which they will be a party, to require us to register under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the “Securities Act”, our common shares held by those persons. Under the registration rights agreement, certain of our existing shareholders and their transferees will have the right to request us to register the sale of shares held by them on their behalf and may require us to make available shelf registration statements permitting sales of shares into the market from time to time over an extended period. While these demand registration rights are subject to certain timing and other restrictions, there is no limit on the number of times a shareholder may exercise such rights. In addition, those persons will have the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in connection with registered offerings initiated by us. Immediately after this offering and the concurrent private placement, our existing shareholders who are party to the registration rights agreement will own a total of   common shares entitled to these registration rights.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers which provide, among other things, that we will indemnify our directors and officers, under the circumstances and to the extent provided for therein, for expenses, damages, judgments, fines, settlements and fees that they may be required to pay in actions or proceedings which they are or may be made a party by reason of such person’s position as a director, officer, employee or other agent of the Company, subject to, and to the maximum extent permitted by, applicable law.

Office Space and Related Arrangements

Through our subsidiary GasLog LNG Services, we lease our office space in Piraeus, Greece, from an entity controlled by Ceres Shipping, Nea Dimitra Ktimatikh Kai Emporikh S.A. The lease agreement is filed with the Greek authorities, and has been entered into on market rates. In addition, we reimburse Nea Dimitra Ktimatikh Kai Emporikh S.A. for part of the costs of the building’s internet line.

GasLog LNG Services has also entered into an agreement with Seres S.A., an entity controlled by the Livanos family, for the latter to provide catering services to the staff based in our Piraeus office. Amounts paid pursuant to the agreement are generally less than 10 euros per person per day, but are slightly higher on special occasions. In addition, GasLog LNG Services has entered into an agreement with Seres S.A. for the latter to provide human resource, telephone and documentation services for our staff based in Piraeus. Amounts paid pursuant to the agreement are less than 100,000 euros per year. We believe that the terms of each of these agreements are consistent with market rates.

Through our subsidiary GasLog Monaco S.A.M., we make payments to Ceres Monaco S.A.M., an affiliate of Ceres Shipping, for our office space in Monaco. Ceres Monaco S.A.M. leases operating space pursuant to a service agreement with a third-party property owner, and we occupy a portion of the leased space. We pay to Ceres Monaco S.A.M. 36,850 euros per month for our office space, which reflects a pro rata portion of the fees payable to the third-party property owner determined based on the amount of space we occupy. From October 1 to December 31, 2011, we paid to Ceres Monaco S.A.M. 31,850 euros per month for our office space and prior to October 2011 we paid 27,000 euros per month. We believe that these fees are consistent with market rates. In connection with our office space arrangements, our subsidiary GasLog Monaco S.A.M. has entered into a service level agreement with Ceres Monaco S.A.M.

Egypt LNG

We have a 25% ownership interest in Egypt LNG, whose principal asset is the LNG carrier Methane Nile Eagle , which is currently operating under a 20-year time charter with a subsidiary of BG Group. Through our subsidiary GasLog LNG Services, we supervised the construction of the Methane

126


Nile Eagle , which was delivered from the shipyard in 2007. Pursuant to a ship management agreement between GasLog LNG Services and Egypt LNG, the vessel has operated under our technical management since its delivery. From January 1, 2009 to December 31, 2011, we received a total of approximately $2.12 million in revenues from Egypt LNG in respect of our construction supervision and vessel management services.

Insurance Brokerage

In 2010 and 2011, we procured insurance for our ships through C Transport Maritime S.A.M., an affiliate of Ceres Shipping, which has a dedicated insurance function. This relationship is covered by an insurance and claims handling agreement under which we pay C Transport Maritime S.A.M. $10,000 per owned ship per annum and $3,000 per managed ship per annum, which we believe is consistent with market rates. This agreement will continue in effect after completion of this offering.

Shipbuilding Commissions

Pursuant to commission agreements with Samsung Heavy Industries, commissions due from the shipyard in relation to our newbuilding orders will be paid by Samsung Heavy Industries to DryLog Investments Ltd., an affiliate of Ceres Shipping. Upon receipt of the commissions, DryLog Investments Ltd. will forward the payments to our ship-owning subsidiaries, after deducting handling fees for each payment. In the aggregate, these handling fees will amount to less than $100,000 for all eight of our newbuilding ships on order.

Joint Venture Transactions

Between October 2010 and March 2011, we entered into joint venture agreements with an entity jointly owned by the Livanos and Radziwill families, or the “Joint Venture Partner”, in respect of our subsidiaries GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. for the purpose of ordering, owning and operating the LNG carriers to be owned by those entities. In return for the ownership percentage, the Joint Venture Partner paid us $19.21 million, including equity contributions to the entities, and committed to provide loan guarantees for its pro rata share of the debt financing for the four newbuilding ships to be owned by the entities. The Joint Venture Partner also agreed to indemnify the four ship-owning subsidiaries for its pro rata share of any liabilities arising under performance guarantees provided by the entities to the shipyard. Under the joint venture agreements, we held a controlling 51% ownership share in each of the four entities.

In June 2011, the Joint Venture Partner sold its 49% non-controlling interest in the issued shares of GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. to Ceres Shipping, which in turn contributed the 49% interest in the four ship-owning subsidiaries to us through Blenheim Holdings, our direct majority shareholder. The contribution of the 49% ownership interest in the entities by Blenheim Holdings was a non-cash transaction for us. Following the completion of this transaction, GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. are 100% owned by us through our wholly owned subsidiary GasLog Carriers Ltd. The indemnification agreements provided by the Joint Venture Partner were terminated in connection with the transaction.

Transfer of Dormant Subsidiaries

In July and September 2011, we transferred ownership of two subsidiaries that were wholly owned by us, GasLog Holdings Limited and GasLog Services Limited, to Ceres Shipping. GasLog Holdings Limited was formed in 2005 as our indirect subsidiary as a holding company for our investment in BW Gas Limited. The entity has been dormant since April 2009, when we sold our entire investment in BW Gas Limited. GasLog Services Limited was formed in 2007 in connection with our establishment of a branch office in Copenhagen. The entity has been dormant since 2010, when we closed the branch office. We transferred all outstanding shares of each of the dormant entities to Ceres Shipping in non-cash transactions for no consideration. Aggregate cash and net liabilities of the two entities of $0.06 million and $0.08 million, respectively, were transferred to Ceres Shipping in the transactions, resulting in a gain of $0.02 million recorded in our consolidated statement of income.

127


Loan Guarantees

Ceres Shipping and the Joint Venture Partner have guaranteed our credit facilities, including our new loan agreements. Upon completion of this offering, each of these guarantees, and corresponding cross-default provisions, will be terminated.

Relationship with Ceres Marine Partners

Ceres Shipping owns or controls a number of companies that are engaged in the international shipping business, including Ceres Marine Partners Ltd., or “Ceres Marine Partners”, which offers consulting services to a maritime investment fund managed by J.P. Morgan. J.P. Morgan is one of the underwriters in this offering.

Between June 2010 and September 2011, certain members of our management team provided services to Ceres Marine Partners in addition to and outside of their employment relationship with us. In exchange for such services, Ceres Marine Partners provided direct compensation to these members of our management team, and also paid fees to us totaling $140,000 in respect of the time spent by our employees working on outside business. The members of our management team resigned from their positions with Ceres Marine Partners in September 2011 (other than our chairman and chief executive officer, Peter G. Livanos, who continues to control Ceres Marine Partners through his ownership of Ceres Shipping) and accordingly, our fee agreement with Ceres Marine Partners was terminated at such time.

Employee Incentive Program

In May 2009, Ceres Shipping provided a promissory letter to our subsidiary, GasLog LNG Services, relating to the funding of an employee incentive program we established for key employees of GasLog LNG Services. Pursuant to the promissory letter, Ceres Shipping agreed to contribute to GasLog LNG Services an amount equal to 2.8% of all dividends declared by us. These contributions from Ceres Shipping were in turn distributed to key employees of GasLog LNG Services through its wholly owned subsidiary, GasLog LNG Services Employee Incentive Scheme Ltd. The contributions by Ceres Shipping totaled $483,000 and $238,000 during the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, respectively, and were recorded by us as non-cash capital contributions. Prior to completion of this offering, the promissory letter from Ceres Shipping will be terminated, and any future employee incentive payments or awards will be funded by us.

Procedures for Review and Approval of Related Party Transactions

Following this offering, related party transactions, which means transactions in which the Company or one of its subsidiaries is a participant and any of the Company’s directors, executive officers or significant shareholders, or any members of their immediate families or entities controlled by them, have a direct or indirect interest, will be subject to review and approval or ratification by our board of directors or the audit and risk committee, or evaluated pursuant to procedures established by the board of directors. Where appropriate, such transactions will be subject to the approval of our independent directors.

128


DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the instruments evidencing our indebtedness.

All of our credit facilities are secured by guarantees from Ceres Shipping and the Joint Venture Partner. However, these guarantees from Ceres Shipping and the Joint Venture Partner, and corresponding cross-default provisions, will be terminated upon completion of this offering.

GAS-one Facility

On March 14, 2008, our subsidiary, GAS-one Ltd., as borrower, entered into a ten-year, $174.03 million credit facility with Danish Ship Finance A/S. On March 9, 2012, GAS-one Ltd. entered into an amending and restating agreement with respect to the facility, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “GAS-one facility”. The purpose of this facility was to finance part of the acquisition costs of the GasLog Savannah. Amounts under the GAS-one facility were drawn by GAS-one Ltd. in three installments between March 2008 and May 2010. As of December 31, 2011, there was $157.16 million outstanding under the GAS-one facility and, as of the same date, there was no undrawn available credit.

The GAS-one facility provides for two tranches and requires GAS-one Ltd. to repay the loan in forty consecutive quarterly installments, the first 12 in the amount of $2.81 million each and the remaining 28 in the amount of $2.06 million each, plus a balloon payment in the amount of $82.5 million due in May 2020. The interest rate under one of the tranches is fixed through August 2013 and thereafter is LIBOR plus an applicable margin (unless we elect to extend and the fixed rate period at a rate quoted by the lender), and the interest rate under the other tranche is fixed at an applicable rate.

The obligations of GAS-one Ltd. under the GAS-one facility are secured by a first priority mortgage over the GasLog Savannah and a first priority assignment of earnings related to the GasLog Savannah , including charter revenue, management revenue and any insurance and requisition compensation. Obligations under the facility are also guaranteed by us and our subsidiary, GasLog Carriers Ltd. GAS-one Ltd. is required to have a minimum liquidity of $1.5 million.

The GAS-one facility contains restrictive covenants that require the prior written consent of the lenders or otherwise restrict GAS-one Ltd.’s ability to, among other things:

 

 

 

 

incur additional indebtedness or create liens;

 

 

 

 

provide any form of credit or financial assistance to, or enter into any non-arms’ length transactions with, us or any of our affiliates;

 

 

 

 

dispose of assets;

 

 

 

 

carry on any business other than the ownership, chartering and operation of the GasLog Savannah ;

 

 

 

 

enter into, terminate or amend any charter of the GasLog Savannah ;

 

 

 

 

appoint a manager of the GasLog Savannah other than us; or

 

 

 

 

undergo a change in ownership.

After completion of this offering, we will be subject to the following financial covenants that apply to us and our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis:

 

 

 

 

our net working capital (excluding the current portion of long-term debt) must be positive;

 

 

 

 

our total indebtedness divided by our total capitalization must not exceed 65%;

 

 

 

 

beginning on December 31, 2013, the ratio of EBITDA over our debt service obligations (including interest paid and scheduled debt repayments) must be no less than 110%;

 

 

 

 

beginning on December 31, 2013, the aggregate amount of all unencumbered cash and cash equivalents must exceed the higher of 3% of our total indebtedness and $20 million;

 

 

 

 

our market value adjusted net worth must at all times exceed $350 million; and

129


 

 

 

 

we are permitted to pay dividends, provided that we hold unencumbered cash equal to at least 4% of our total indebtedness, subject to no event of default having occurred or occurring as a consequence of the payment of such dividends.

Events of default under the GAS-one facility include, among others, the following:

 

 

 

 

failure to pay any principal, interest, fees expenses or other amounts when due;

 

 

 

 

a breach by GAS-one Ltd. of certain covenants, including the covenant not to provide credit or financial assistance to us or our affiliates;

 

 

 

 

an inaccuracy in any representation or warranty at the time such representation or warranty was made;

 

 

 

 

a default by us or certain of our subsidiaries under other indebtedness exceeding $5,000,000 or, in the case of GAS-one Ltd. or GasLog LNG Services, $1,000,000;

 

 

 

 

the occurrence of a bankruptcy or insolvency event with respect to us or certain of our subsidiaries;

 

 

 

 

a suspension or cessation by GAS-one Ltd. of its business;

 

 

 

 

invalidity or unlawfulness of any of the related security documents;

 

 

 

 

a change of control of GAS-one Ltd. or certain of our other subsidiaries without the prior consent of the lenders under the facility;

 

 

 

 

termination of the GasLog Savannah ’s charter prior to the third anniversary of the ship’s delivery, or cancellation or invalidity of the charter without replacement within 30 days by a similar charter;

 

 

 

 

without the prior consent of the agent under the facility, Blenheim Holdings does not hold a certain minimum percentage or our issued equity; and

 

 

 

 

any other event or circumstance, including an accident involving the GasLog Savannah or a change in our or our subsidiaries’ financial position, which materially and adversely affects GAS-one Ltd.’s ability to discharge its liabilities under the facility as they come due.

In addition, GAS-one Ltd. is subject to market value covenants under the GAS-one facility pursuant to which an event of default could occur under the facility if the market value of the GasLog Savannah (without taking into account any charter arrangements) were to fall below 142.8% on the date of this offering and 120% at all other times of the principal and interest outstanding under the facility, unless GAS-one Ltd. provides additional security or prepays a portion of the outstanding loan balance upon the lender’s request.

The GAS-one facility also requires, within 30 days of a premature cancellation or termination of the GasLog Savannah ’s charter, GAS-one Ltd. to deposit $20 million in a secured account, with such amount to be released to the borrower upon entry into a replacement charter approved by the lenders. Furthermore, if the GasLog Savannah ’s charterer does not exercise its extension option under the ship’s charter, then beginning 12 months prior to the expiration of such charter, GAS-one Ltd. shall be obligated to transfer 90% of any free cash to a secured account, up to an aggregate of $10 million, with any such amounts to be released to the borrower upon entry into a replacement charter approved by the lenders.

Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the GAS-one facility, the lenders would be permitted to declare all amounts accrued or owing under the facility immediately due and payable, which in turn could cause a default under our other credit facilities.

GAS-two Facility

On November 17, 2009, our subsidiary, GAS-two Ltd., as borrower, entered into a $147.5 million syndicated loan agreement with DnB Bank ASA (formerly known as DnB Nor Bank ASA), National Bank of Greece S.A. and UBS AG. On March 14, 2012, GAS-two Ltd. entered into an amendment and restatement agreement with respect to the facility, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “GAS-two facility”. The purpose of this facility was to finance part of the acquisition costs of the GasLog

130


Singapore. The first drawdown on the GAS-two facility was $80 million and was used to refinance existing debt, and the remaining $67.5 million available under the facility was drawn upon delivery of the GasLog Singapore in July 2010. As of December 31, 2011, there was $125.96 million outstanding under the GAS-two facility and, as of the same date, there was no undrawn available credit.

The interest rate under the GAS-two facility is LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The GAS-two facility requires GAS-two Ltd. to repay the loan in 14 consecutive quarterly installments, which commenced in October 2010, with a balloon payment due in January 2014. The installment payments paid from October 2010 to date have ranged in amount from $2.91 million to $6.44 million. As of December 31, 2011, the amount of the balloon payment due in January 2014 was $95.1 million.

After completion of this offering, the obligations of GAS-two Ltd. under the GAS-two facility will be secured by a first priority mortgage over the GasLog Singapore and a security interest in the ship’s earnings account, and guaranteed by us and our subsidiary GasLog Carriers Ltd. together with a pledge of the share capital of GAS-two Ltd.

The GAS-two facility contains restrictive covenants that require the prior written consent of the lenders or otherwise restrict GAS-two Ltd.’s ability to, among other things:

 


 

 

 

sell or dispose of the GasLog Singapore ;

 

 

 

 

enter into certain types of charters of the GasLog Singapore , including charters lasting more than 13 calendar months or charters to an affiliate, unless the charter is approved by the lenders;

 

 

 

 

incur debt or provide any guarantee in respect of indebtedness;

 

 

 

 

create liens;

 

 

 

 

dispose of assets outside of the ordinary course; or

 

 

 

 

acquire assets, make investments or enter into any joint-venture agreements outside the ordinary course of business.

In addition, the GAS-two facility contains restrictive covenants relating to us and our other subsidiaries that require prior written consent of the lenders or otherwise restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

 

 

 

enter into any contracts or arrangements with our affiliates other than on an arms’ length basis.

 

 

 

 

make any substantial change in the nature of our business;

 

 

 

 

engage in a merger transaction;

 

 

 

 

create liens; or

 

 

 

 

agree to cross-default provisions as part of another loan or credit agreement on terms more favorable to the lender than the provisions included in the GAS-two facility.

After completion of this offering, we will be subject to the following financial covenants that apply to us and our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis:

 

 

 

 

our net working capital (excluding the current portion of long-term debt) must be positive;

 

 

 

 

our total indebtedness divided by our total capitalization must not exceed 65%;

 

 

 

 

beginning on December 31, 2013, the ratio of EBITDA over our debt service obligations (including interest paid and scheduled debt repayments) must be no less than 110%;

 

 

 

 

beginning on December 31, 2013, the aggregate amount of all unencumbered cash and cash equivalents must exceed the higher of 3% of our total indebtedness and $20 million;

 

 

 

 

our market value adjusted net worth must at all times exceed $350 million; and

 

 

 

 

we are permitted to pay dividends, provided that we hold unencumbered cash equal to at least 4% of our total indebtedness, subject to no event of default having occurred or occurring as a consequent of the payment of such dividends.

Events of default under the GAS-two facility include, among others, the following:

                   

  •

 

 

 

failure to pay any principal, interest, fees expenses or other amounts when due;

         

 

 

 

a breach by us or our subsidiaries of certain covenants;

131


 

 

 

 

a representation or warranty that proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect at the time it was made;

 

 

 

 

a default by us or certain of our subsidiaries under other indebtedness exceeding $5,000,000 or, in the case of GAS-two Ltd., $1,000,000;

 

 

 

 

the occurrence of a bankruptcy or insolvency event with respect to us or certain of our subsidiaries;

 

 

 

 

a suspension or cessation of business by us or certain of our subsidiaries;

 

 

 

 

invalidity or unlawfulness of any of the related security documents;

 

 

 

 

expropriation of assets by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority limiting or curtailing the ability of us or certain of our subsidiaries to conduct business;

 

 

 

 

litigation commenced or threatened against us or certain of our subsidiaries, or any environmental incident or other event or circumstance, that might reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on us;

 

 

 

 

seizure or detainment of the GasLog Singapore lasting longer than 15 days in exercise of any possessory lien or other claim;

 

 

 

 

cancellation or termination of the registration of the GasLog Singapore under the laws of its flag state;

 

 

 

 

involvement of the GasLog Singapore ’s flag state or the countries in which we and certain of our subsidiaries are incorporated or conduct our business in hostilities or civil war unless we take action to ensure that such circumstances will not have a material adverse effect on us; and

 

 

 

 

without the prior consent of the agent under the facility, the Livanos and Radziwill families cease to be our largest shareholders or do not hold a certain minimum percentage of our issued equity.

In addition, GAS-two Ltd. is subject to market value covenants under the GAS-two facility pursuant to which an event of default could occur under the facility if the market value of the GasLog Singapore (taking into account the burden, but not the benefit, of any charter arrangements) were to fall below 120% of the aggregate amount outstanding under the facility, unless GAS-two Ltd. provides additional security or prepays a portion of the outstanding loan balance upon the lender’s request. Compliance with the market value covenants is determined on an annual basis.

The GAS-two facility also requires, within five days of a premature cancellation or termination of the GasLog Singapore ’s charter, GAS-two Ltd. to deposit $20 million in a secured account, with such amount to be released to the borrower upon entry into a replacement charter approved by the lenders.

Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the GAS-two facility, the lenders would be permitted to declare all amounts accrued or owing under the facility immediately due and payable, which in turn could cause a default under our other credit facilities.

New Credit Facilities

GAS-three and GAS-four Facility

On March 14, 2012, our subsidiaries, Gas-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd., as borrowers, entered into a twelve-year, $272.5 million facility agreement with DnB Bank ASA and the Export-Import Bank of Korea, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “GAS-three and GAS-four facility”. The purpose of this facility agreement is to finance part of the acquisition costs of our newbuilding ships identified by hull numbers 1946 and 1947. The GAS-three and GAS-four facility provides for two loans, in amounts of up to $136.5 million each, to be drawn upon delivery of the newbuilding ships, which are scheduled to be delivered in the first quarter of 2013.

The interest rate under the GAS-three and GAS-four facility is LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The loan will be split into two tranches: the first tranche, aggregating up to $192.5 million, will be payable in 48 equal consecutive quarterly installments of $2.01 million; and the second tranche, aggregating up to $80 million, will be payable in two balloon payments of up to $40 million each, each due 12 years from delivery of the applicable ship. The lenders will have a put option under the GAS-

132


three and GAS-four facility that gives them the right to request repayment of the facility in full on the fifth anniversary of delivery of the first ship.

The obligations of GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. under the GAS-three and GAS-four facility will be secured by a first priority mortgage over the newbuilding ships identified by hull numbers 1946 and 1947, a pledge of the share capital of GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. and a first priority assignment of earnings related to the ships, including charter revenue, management revenue and any insurance and requisition compensation. Obligations under the GAS-three and GAS-four facility will also be guaranteed by us and our subsidiary, GasLog Carriers Ltd. Each of GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. is required to have a minimum liquidity of $1.5 million following the loan drawdown date.

The GAS-three and GAS-four facility contains restrictive covenants that require the prior written consent of the lenders or otherwise restrict the ability of each of GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. to, among other things:

 

 

 

 

sell or dispose of the collateral ships;

 

 

 

 

incur additional indebtedness, create liens or provide guarantees;

 

 

 

 

dispose of assets outside of the ordinary course;

 

 

 

 

enter into certain types of charters of the collateral ships, including charters lasting more than 12 calendar months or charters to an affiliate, unless the charter is approved by the lenders;

 

 

 

 

terminate or amend any charter documents;

 

 

 

 

appoint a manager of its ship other than us; or

 

 

 

 

acquire assets, make investments or enter into any joint-venture agreements outside the ordinary course of business.

In addition, the GAS-three and GAS-four facility contains restrictive covenants relating to us and our other subsidiaries that require prior written consent of the lenders or otherwise restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

 

 

 

enter into any contracts or arrangements with our affiliates other than on an arms’ length basis;

 

 

 

 

make any substantial change in the nature of our business;

 

 

 

 

create liens over the assets serving as collateral for the GAS-three and GAS-four facility; or

 

 

 

 

agree to cross-default provisions as part of another loan or credit agreement on terms more favorable to the lender than the provisions included in the GAS-three and GAS-four facility.

After completion of this offering we will be subject to the following financial covenants that apply to us and our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis:

 

 

 

 

our net working capital (excluding the current portion of long-term debt) must be positive;

 

 

 

 

our total indebtedness divided by our total capitalization must not exceed 65%;

 

 

 

 

beginning on December 31, 2013 the ratio of EBITDA over our debt service obligations (including interest and debt repayments) on a trailing 12 months’ basis must be no less than 110%;

 

 

 

 

the aggregate amount of all unencumbered cash and cash equivalents must exceed the higher of 3% of our total indebtedness or $20 million after the first drawdown;

 

 

 

 

our market value adjusted net worth must at all times exceed $350 million; and

 

 

 

 

we are permitted to pay dividends, provided that we hold unencumbered cash (following such dividend payment) equal to at least 4% of our total indebtedness, subject to no event of default having occurred or occurring as a consequence of the payment of such dividends.

Events of default under the GAS-three and GAS-four facility include, among others, the following:

 

 

 

 

failure to pay any principal, interest, fees or any other amounts when due;

 

 

 

 

a breach by us or our subsidiaries of certain covenants;

 

 

 

 

an event of default, potential event of default, early termination or notice of early termination occurs under any hedging contract entered into pursuant to the GAS-three and GAS-four facility;

133


 

 

 

 

a representation or statement that proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect at the time it was made;

 

 

 

 

a default by us or certain of our subsidiaries under other indebtedness exceeding $5,000,000 or, in the case of GAS-three Ltd. or GAS-four Ltd., $1,000,000;

 

 

 

 

the occurrence of a bankruptcy or insolvency event with respect to us or certain of our subsidiaries;

 

 

 

 

a suspension or cessation of business by us or certain of our subsidiaries;

 

 

 

 

invalidity or unlawfulness of any of the related security documents;

 

 

 

 

expropriation of assets by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority limiting or curtailing the ability of us or certain of our subsidiaries to conduct business;

 

 

 

 

litigation commenced against us or certain of our subsidiaries, or any environmental incident or other event or circumstance, that might reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on us;

 

 

 

 

the failure of the collateral ship to be delivered and accepted for service under its charter within specified periods;

 

 

 

 

seizure or detainment of either of the collateral ships lasting longer than 15 days in exercise of any possessory lien or other claim;

 

 

 

 

cancellation or termination of the registration of either of the collateral ships under the laws of such ship’s flag state;

 

 

 

 

involvement of the flag state of either of the collateral ships or the countries in which we and certain of our subsidiaries are incorporated or conduct our business in hostilities or civil war unless we take action to ensure that such circumstances will not have a material adverse effect on us; or

 

 

 

 

without the prior consent of the agent under the facility, the Livanos and Radziwill families cease to be our largest shareholders, Blenheim Holdings does not hold a certain minimum percentage of our issued equity, or a person other than entities controlled by the Livanos and Radziwill families has the ability to control the majority of our board of directors.

In addition, GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. are subject to market value covenants under the GAS-three and GAS-four facility pursuant to which an event of default could occur under the facility if the aggregate fair market value of the two collateral ships (without taking into account any charter arrangements) were to fall below 120% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance under the facility and any negative marked-to market value arising under any hedging transaction, unless the borrowers provide additional security or prepay a portion of the outstanding loan balance upon the lenders’ request. Compliance with the market value covenants will be determined before any borrowing under the facility and thereafter at any time.

The GAS-three and GAS-four facility also requires, within 30 days of a premature cancellation or termination of either collateral ship’s charter, the applicable borrower to deposit $20 million in a secured account, with such amount to be released to the borrower upon entry into a replacement charter approved by the lenders.

Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the GAS-three and GAS-four facility, the lenders would be permitted to declare all amounts accrued or owing under the facility immediately due and payable, which in turn could cause a default under our other credit facilities.

GAS-five and GAS-six Facility

On October 3, 2011, our subsidiaries, GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd., as borrowers, entered into a six-year, $277 million loan agreement with Nordea Bank Finland Plc, London Branch, ABN AMRO Bank N.V. and Citibank International plc, Greece Branch, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “GAS- five and GAS-six facility”. The purpose of this loan agreement is to finance part of the acquisition costs of our newbuilding ships identified by hull numbers 2016 and 2017. The loan agreement provides for two tranches, each in an amount of up to $138.5 million, to be drawn upon

134


delivery of the newbuilding ships, which are scheduled to be delivered in the second and third quarters of 2013.

The interest rate under the GAS-five and GAS-six facility is LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The GAS-five and GAS-six facility requires each of GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. to repay their respective tranche in consecutive quarterly installments, each equal to one sixty-eighth (1/68) of the amount drawn down, or $2.04 million under each tranche, beginning three months from the delivery date of the applicable ship and by a balloon installment equal to the outstanding balance, or $89.62 million under each tranche, no later than the earlier of the sixth anniversary of the drawdown or July 2019.

The obligations of GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. under the GAS-five and GAS-six facility will be secured prior to the first drawdown by a first priority mortgage over the newbuilding ships identified by hull numbers 2016 and 2017, a pledge of the share capital of GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. and a first priority assignment of earnings related to the ships, including charter revenue, management revenue, requisition compensation and any insurance proceeds. Obligations under the facility are also guaranteed by us and our subsidiary, GasLog Carriers Ltd. Each of GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. is required to have a minimum liquidity of $1.5 million.

The GAS-five and GAS-six facility contains restrictive covenants that require the prior written consent of the lenders or otherwise restrict the ability of each of GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. to, among other things:

 

 

 

 

incur additional indebtedness or create liens;

 

 

 

 

dispose of assets outside of the ordinary course;

 

 

 

 

amend the relevant shipbuilding contracts;

 

 

 

 

provide any form of credit or financial assistance to, or enter into any non-arms’ length transactions with any person;

 

 

 

 

carry on any business other than the ownership, chartering, operation and supervision of construction of the ship owned by it;

 

 

 

 

enter into, terminate or amend any charter of their respective ships;

 

 

 

 

appoint a manager of its ship other than us; or

 

 

 

 

undergo a change in ownership.

After completion of this offering, we will be subject to the following financial covenants that apply to us and our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis:

 

 

 

 

our net working capital (excluding the current portion of long-term debt) must be positive;

 

 

 

 

our total indebtedness divided by our total capitalization must not exceed 65%;

 

 

 

 

beginning on December 31, 2013, the ratio of EBITDA over our debt service obligations (including interest and debt repayments) on a trailing 12 months’ basis must be no less than 110%;

 

 

 

 

the aggregate amount of all unencumbered cash and cash equivalents must exceed the higher of 3% of our total indebtedness or $20 million after the first drawdown;

 

 

 

 

our market value adjusted net worth must at all times exceed $350 million; and

 

 

 

 

we are permitted to pay dividends, provided that we hold unencumbered cash equal to at least 4% of our total indebtedness, subject to no event of default having occurred or occurring as a consequence of the payment of such dividends.

Events of default under the GAS-five and GAS-six facility include, among others, the following:

 

 

 

 

failure to pay any principal, interest, fees or any other amounts when due;

 

 

 

 

a breach by GAS-five Ltd. or GAS-six Ltd. of certain covenants;

 

 

 

 

an inaccuracy in any representation or warranty at the time such representation or warranty was made;

135


 

 

 

 

a default by us or certain of our subsidiaries under other indebtedness exceeding $5,000,000 or, in the case of GAS-five Ltd. or GAS-six Ltd., $1,000,000;

 

 

 

 

the occurrence of a bankruptcy or insolvency event with respect to us or certain of our subsidiaries;

 

 

 

 

a suspension or cessation of business by GAS-five Ltd. or GAS-six Ltd.;

 

 

 

 

invalidity or unlawfulness of any of the related security or finance documents; and

 

 

 

 

a change of control of us without the prior consent of the agent under the facility.

In addition, GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. are subject to market value covenants under the GAS-five and GAS-six facility pursuant to which an event of default could occur under the facility if the aggregate fair market value of the two collateral ships (without taking into account any charter arrangements) were to fall below 120% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance under the facility, unless the borrowers provide additional security or prepay a portion of the outstanding loan balance upon the lender’s request. Compliance with the market value covenants is determined on a semi-annual basis.

The GAS-five and GAS-six facility also requires, within 30 days of the termination of a collateral ship’s charter, GAS-five Ltd. or GAS-six Ltd., as applicable, to deposit $20 million in a secured account, with such amount to be released to the borrower upon entry into a replacement charter approved by the lenders. Furthermore, if a charterer of one of the collateral ships does not exercise its extension option under the ship’s charter, then beginning 12 months prior to the expiration of such charter, GAS-five Ltd. or GAS-six Ltd., as applicable, shall be obligated on each repayment date to transfer 90% of any free cash to a secured account, up to an aggregate of $10 million per ship, with any such amounts to be released to the borrower upon entry into a replacement charter approved by the lenders.

Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the GAS-five and GAS-six facility, the lenders would be permitted to declare all amounts accrued or owing under the facility immediately due and payable, which in turn could cause a default under our other credit facilities.

GAS-seven Facility

On January 18, 2012, our subsidiary, GAS-seven Ltd., as borrower, entered into a seven-year, $144 million facility agreement with Credit Suisse AG, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “GAS-seven facility”. The purpose of this facility agreement is to finance part of the acquisition costs of our newbuilding ship identified by hull number 2041. Amounts under the GAS-seven facility are to be drawn upon delivery of the newbuilding ship, which is scheduled to be delivered in the fourth quarter of 2013.

The interest rate under the GAS-seven facility is LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The facility requires GAS-seven Ltd. to repay the loan in 28 consecutive quarterly installments of $2 million beginning three months from the date on which the facility is drawn down, with a balloon payment of $88 million due with the final installment.

The obligations of GAS-seven Ltd. under the GAS-seven facility will be secured by a first priority mortgage over the newbuilding ship identified by hull number 2041, a first priority assignment of all earnings related to the ship, including a pledge of the ship’s earnings accounts, and an assignment of any insurance proceeds related to the ship. Obligations under the GAS-seven facility will also be guaranteed by us and our subsidiary, GasLog Carriers Ltd.

The GAS-seven facility contains restrictive covenants that require the prior written consent of the lenders or otherwise restrict the ability of GAS-seven to, among other things:

 

 

 

 

sell or dispose of the collateral ship;

 

 

 

 

incur additional indebtedness, create liens or provide guarantees;

 

 

 

 

dispose of assets outside of the ordinary course;

 

 

 

 

enter into certain types of charters of the collateral ship, including charters lasting more than 12 calendar months or charters to an affiliate, unless the charter is approved by the lenders;

136


 

 

 

 

terminate or amend any charter documents;

 

 

 

 

appoint a manager of its ship other than us; or

 

 

 

 

acquire assets, make investments or enter into any joint-venture agreements outside the ordinary course of business.

In addition, the GAS-seven facility contains restrictive covenants relating to us and our other subsidiaries that require prior written consent of the lenders or otherwise restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

 

 

 

enter into any contracts or arrangements with our affiliates other than on an arms’ length basis;

 

 

 

 

make any substantial change in the nature of our business;

 

 

 

 

create liens over the assets serving as collateral for the GAS-seven facility; or

 

 

 

 

agree to cross-default provisions as part of another loan or credit agreement on terms more favorable to the lender than the provisions included in the GAS-seven facility.

After completion of this offering we will be subject to the following financial covenants that apply to us and our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis:

 

 

 

 

our net working capital (excluding the current portion of long-term debt) must be positive;

 

 

 

 

our total indebtedness divided by our total capitalization must not exceed 65%;

 

 

 

 

beginning in the third fiscal quarter of 2013, the ratio of EBITDA over our debt service obligations (including interest and debt repayments) on a trailing 12 months’ basis must exceed 110%;

 

 

 

 

beginning in the third fiscal quarter of 2013, the aggregate amount of all unencumbered cash and cash equivalents must exceed the higher of 3% of our total indebtedness or $20 million;

 

 

 

 

our market value adjusted net worth must at all times exceed $350 million; and

 

 

 

 

we are permitted to pay dividends, provided that we hold unencumbered cash equal to at least 4% of our total indebtedness, subject to no event of default having occurred or occurring as a consequence of the payment of such dividends.

Events of default under the GAS-seven facility include, among others, the following:

 

 

 

 

failure to pay any principal, interest, fees or any other amounts when due;

 

 

 

 

a breach by us or our subsidiaries of certain covenants;

 

 

 

 

an event of default, potential event of default, early termination or notice of early termination occurs under any hedging contract entered into pursuant to the GAS-seven facility;

 

 

 

 

a representation or statement that proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect at the time it was made;

 

 

 

 

a default by us or certain of our subsidiaries under other indebtedness exceeding $5,000,000 or, in the case of GAS-seven Ltd., $1,000,000;

 

 

 

 

the occurrence of a bankruptcy or insolvency event with respect to us or certain of our subsidiaries;

 

 

 

 

a suspension or cessation of business by us or certain of our subsidiaries;

 

 

 

 

invalidity or unlawfulness of any of the related security documents;

 

 

 

 

expropriation of assets by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority limiting or curtailing the ability of us or certain of our subsidiaries to conduct business;

 

 

 

 

litigation commenced or threatened against us or certain of our subsidiaries, or any environmental incident or other event or circumstance, that might reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on us;

 

 

 

 

the failure of the collateral ship to be delivered and accepted for service under its charter within specified periods;

137


 

 

 

 

seizure or detainment of any of the collateral ships lasting longer than 15 days in exercise of any possessory lien or other claim;

 

 

 

 

cancellation or termination of the registration of any of the collateral ships under the laws of such ship’s flag state;

 

 

 

 

involvement of the flag state of the collateral ship or the countries in which we and certain of our subsidiaries are incorporated or conduct our business in hostilities or civil war unless we take action to ensure that such circumstances will not have a material adverse effect on us; or

 

 

 

 

without the prior consent of the agent under the facility, the Livanos and Radziwill families cease to be our largest shareholders, Blenheim Holdings does not hold a certain minimum percentage of our issued equity, or a person other than entities controlled by the Livanos and Radziwill families has the ability to control the majority of our board of directors.

In addition, GAS-seven Ltd. is subject to market value covenants under the GAS-seven facility pursuant to which an event of default could occur under the facility if the aggregate fair market value of the collateral ship (taking into account the burden, but not the benefit, of any charter arrangements) were to fall below 120% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance under the facility and any negative marked-to market value arising under any hedging transaction, unless the borrower provides additional security or prepays a portion of the outstanding loan balance upon the lender’s request. Compliance with the market value covenants will be determined before any borrowing under the facility and thereafter at any time.

The GAS-seven facility also requires, within 30 days of a premature cancellation or termination of the collateral ship’s charter, GAS-seven Ltd. to deposit $20 million in a secured account, with such amount to be released to the borrower upon entry into a replacement charter approved by the lenders.

Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the GAS-seven facility, the lenders would be permitted to declare all amounts accrued or owing under the facility immediately due and payable, which in turn could cause a default under our other credit facilities.

GAS-eight, GAS-nine and GAS-ten Facility

On December 23, 2011, our subsidiaries, GAS-eight Ltd., GAS-nine Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd., as borrowers, entered into a seven-year, $435 million facility agreement with DnB Bank ASA, Commonwealth Bank of Australia, Danish Ship Finance A/S, ING Bank N.V. and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ), which we refer to in this prospectus as the “GAS-eight, GAS-nine and GAS-ten facility”. The purpose of this facility agreement is to finance part of the acquisition costs of our newbuilding ships identified by hull numbers 2042, 2043 and 2044. The GAS-eight, GAS-nine and GAS-ten facility provides for three tranches, in amounts of $143 million, $146 million and $146 million, to be drawn upon delivery of the newbuilding ships, which are scheduled to be delivered in the first and fourth quarters of 2014 and the first quarter of 2015, respectively.

The interest rate under the GAS-eight, GAS-nine and GAS-ten facility is LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The facility requires each of GAS-eight Ltd., GAS-nine Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd. to repay their respective tranche in 28 consecutive quarterly installments, in amounts of $1.99 million, $2.03 million and $2.03 million, respectively, beginning three months from the date on which the applicable tranche is drawn down, with balloon payments equal to $87.28 million, $89.16 million and $89.16 million due with the final installments under each tranche.

The obligations of GAS-eight Ltd., GAS-nine Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd. under the GAS-eight, GAS-nine and GAS-ten facility will be secured by a first priority mortgage over the newbuilding ships identified by hull numbers 2042, 2043 and 2044, a pledge of the share capital of GAS-eight Ltd., GAS-nine Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd. and a first priority assignment of earnings related to the ships, including charter revenue, management revenue and any insurance and requisition compensation. Obligations under the facility will also be guaranteed by us and our subsidiary, GasLog Carriers Ltd.

The GAS-eight, GAS-nine and GAS-ten facility contains restrictive covenants that require the prior written consent of the lenders or otherwise restrict the ability of each of GAS-eight Ltd., GAS-nine Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd. to, among other things:

138


 

 

 

 

sell or dispose of the collateral ships;

 

 

 

 

incur additional indebtedness, create liens or provide guarantees;

 

 

 

 

dispose of assets outside of the ordinary course;

 

 

 

 

amend the relevant shipbuilding contracts;

 

 

 

 

enter into certain types of charters of the collateral ships, including charters lasting more than 12 calendar months or charters to an affiliate, unless the charter is approved by the lenders;

 

 

 

 

appoint a manager of its ship other than us; or

 

 

 

 

acquire assets, make investments or enter into any joint-venture agreements outside the ordinary course of business.

In addition, the GAS-eight, GAS-nine and GAS-ten facility contains restrictive covenants relating to us and our other subsidiaries that require prior written consent of the lenders or otherwise restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

 

 

 

enter into any contracts or arrangements with our affiliates other than on an arms’ length basis;

 

 

 

 

make any substantial change in the nature of our business;

 

 

 

 

create liens over the assets serving as collateral for the GAS-eight, GAS-nine and GAS-ten facility; or

 

 

 

 

agree to cross-default provisions as part of another loan or credit agreement on terms more favorable to the lender than the provisions included in the GAS-eight, GAS-nine and GAS-ten facility.

After completion of this offering we will be subject to the following financial covenants that apply to us and our subsidiaries on a consolidated basis:

 

 

 

 

our net working capital (excluding the current portion of long-term debt) must be positive;

 

 

 

 

our total indebtedness divided by our total capitalization must not exceed 65%;

 

 

 

 

beginning on December 31, 2013, the ratio of EBITDA over our debt service obligations (including interest and debt repayments) on a trailing 12 months’ basis must be no less than 110%;

 

 

 

 

the aggregate amount of all unencumbered cash and cash equivalents must exceed the higher of 3% of our total indebtedness or $20 million after the first drawdown;

 

 

 

 

our market value adjusted net worth must at all times exceed $350 million; and

 

 

 

 

we are permitted to pay dividends, provided that we hold unencumbered cash (following such dividend payment) equal to at least 4% of our total indebtedness, subject to no event of default having occurred or occurring as a consequence of the payment of such dividends.

Events of default under the GAS-eight, GAS-nine and GAS-ten facility include, among others, the following:

 

 

 

 

failure to pay any principal, interest, fees or any other amounts when due;

 

 

 

 

a breach by us or our subsidiaries of certain covenants;

 

 

 

 

an event of default, potential event of default, early termination or notice of early termination occurs under any hedging contract entered into pursuant to the GAS-eight, GAS-nine and GAS-ten facility;

 

 

 

 

a representation or warranty that proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect at the time it was made;

 

 

 

 

a default by us or certain of our subsidiaries under other indebtedness exceeding $5,000,000 or, in the case of GAS-eight Ltd., GAS-nine Ltd. or GAS-ten Ltd., $1,000,000;

 

 

 

 

the occurrence of a bankruptcy or insolvency event with respect to us or certain of our subsidiaries;

 

 

 

 

a suspension or cessation of business by us or certain of our subsidiaries;

139


 

 

 

 

invalidity or unlawfulness of any of the related security documents;

 

 

 

 

expropriation of assets by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority limiting or curtailing the ability of us or certain of our subsidiaries to conduct business;

 

 

 

 

litigation commenced or threatened against us or certain of our subsidiaries, or any environmental incident or other event or circumstance, that might reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on us;

 

 

 

 

seizure or detainment of any of the collateral ships lasting longer than 15 days in exercise of any possessory lien or other claim;

 

 

 

 

cancellation or termination of the registration of any of the collateral ships under the laws of such ship’s flag state;

 

 

 

 

involvement of the flag state of any of the collateral ships or the countries in which we and certain of our subsidiaries are incorporated or conduct our business in hostilities or civil war unless we take action to ensure that such circumstances will not have a material adverse effect on us; or

 

 

 

 

without the prior consent of the agent under the facility, the Livanos and Radziwill families cease to be our largest shareholders or do not hold a certain minimum percentage of our issued equity.

In addition, GAS-eight Ltd., GAS-nine Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd. are subject to market value covenants under the GAS-eight, GAS-nine and GAS-ten facility pursuant to which an event of default could occur under the facility if the aggregate fair market value of the three collateral ships (taking into account the burden, but not the benefit, of any charter arrangements) were to fall below 120% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance under the facility and any negative marked-to market value arising under any hedging transaction, unless the borrowers provide additional security or prepay a portion of the outstanding loan balance upon the lender’s request. Compliance with the market value covenants will be determined before any borrowing under the facility and thereafter at any time.

The GAS-eight, GAS-nine and GAS-ten facility requires our ship-owning subsidiaries to enter into charters for the ships identified by hull numbers 2042, 2043 and 2044, on terms approved by the lenders, at least 60 days prior to the scheduled delivery date of the applicable ship. The facility also requires, within 30 days of a premature cancellation or termination of a collateral ship’s charter, GAS-eight Ltd., GAS-nine Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd., as applicable, to deposit $20 million in a secured account, with such amount to be released to the borrower upon entry into a replacement charter approved by the lenders.

Upon the occurrence of an event of default under the GAS-eight, GAS-nine and GAS-ten facility, the lenders would be permitted to declare all amounts accrued or owing under the facility immediately due and payable, which in turn could cause a default under our other credit facilities.

140


DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

The following is a description of the material terms of our memorandum of association and bye-laws that will be in effect immediately prior to completion of this offering. We refer you to our memorandum of association and bye-laws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

General

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. We are registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda under registration number 33928. We were incorporated on July 16, 2003 under the name Gaslog Ltd. We effected a change of name from “Gaslog Ltd.” to “GasLog Ltd.” on August 23, 2011 in compliance with the Bermuda Companies Act 1981, as amended, or the “Companies Act”. Our registered office is located at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton, HM 11, Bermuda.

In March 2012, our board of directors and our existing shareholders approved certain amendments to our bye-laws which will become effective upon the closing of this offering. The following description assumes that such amendments have become effective.

The objects of our business are unrestricted, and the Company has the capacity of a natural person. We can therefore undertake activities without restriction on our capacity.

There have been no public takeover offers by third parties for our shares nor any public takeover offers by us for the shares of another company which have occurred during the last or current financial years.

Share Capital

Our authorized share capital consists of 500,000,000 common shares, par value $0.01 per share. Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, there will be   common shares issued and outstanding, or   common shares issued and outstanding if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full.

Pursuant to our bye-laws, subject to any resolution of the shareholders to the contrary, our board of directors is authorized to issue any of our authorized but unissued common shares. There are no limitations on the right of non-Bermudians or non-residents of Bermuda to hold or vote our shares.

Common Shares

Holders of our common shares have no pre-emptive, redemption, conversion or sinking fund rights. Holders of our common shares are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of holders of common shares. Unless a different majority is required by law or by our bye-laws, resolutions to be approved by holders of our common shares require approval by a simple majority of votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our common shares are entitled to share equally and ratably in our assets, if any, remaining after the payment of all of our debts and liabilities, subject to any liquidation preference on any issued and outstanding preference shares.

Dividend Rights

Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay dividends if there are reasonable grounds for believing that: (i) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) that the realizable value of its assets would thereby be less than its liabilities. Under our bye-laws, each common share is entitled to dividends if, as and when dividends are declared by our board of directors.

Any cash dividends payable to holders of our common shares listed on the NYSE will be paid to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, our transfer agent in the United States for disbursement to those holders.

141


Variation of Rights

If at any time we have more than one class of shares, the rights attaching to any class, unless otherwise provided for by the terms of issue of the relevant class, may be varied with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the issued shares of such class. Our bye-laws specify that the creation or issue of shares ranking equally with existing shares will not, unless expressly provided by the terms of issue of existing shares, vary the rights attached to existing shares.

Transfer of Shares

Our board of directors may in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason refuse to register the transfer of a share that it is not fully paid. Our board of directors may also refuse to recognize an instrument of transfer of a share unless it is accompanied by the relevant share certificate and such other evidence of the transferor’s right to make the transfer as our board of directors shall reasonably require. In addition, our board of directors may refuse to register the transfer of a share unless all applicable consents, authorizations and permissions of any governmental body or agency in Bermuda have been obtained. Subject to these restrictions, a holder of common shares may transfer the title to all or any of his common shares by completing a form of transfer in the form set out in our bye-laws (or as near thereto as circumstances admit) or in such other common form as the board may accept. The instrument of transfer must be signed by the transferor and transferee, although in the case of a fully paid share our board of directors may accept the instrument signed only by the transferor.

Meetings of Shareholders

We are required to convene at least one general meeting of shareholders each calendar year. Bermuda law provides that a special general meeting of shareholders may be called by the board of directors of a company and must be called upon the request of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying the right to vote at general meetings. Bermuda law also requires that shareholders be given at least five days’ advance notice of a general meeting, but an unintentional failure notice to any person does not invalidate the proceedings at a meeting. Our bye-laws provide that the chairman or our board of directors may convene an annual general meeting or a special general meeting. Under our bye-laws, at least 10 days’ notice of an annual general meeting or a special general meeting must be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. This notice requirement is subject to the ability to hold such meetings on shorter notice if such notice is agreed: (i) in the case of an annual general meeting by all of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at such meeting; or (ii) in the case of a special general meeting by a majority in number of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares entitled to vote at such meeting. The quorum required for a general meeting of shareholders is one or more persons present in person throughout the meeting and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of all issued and outstanding common shares. General meetings can be convened at a location in or outside of Bermuda. Our bye-laws provide that our board of directors may, but is not required to, make arrangements permitting shareholders to participate in general meetings by such telephonic, electronic or other communications facilities or means as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously.

Access to Books and Records and Dissemination of Information

Members of the general public have a right to inspect public documents of the Company available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda. These documents include the Company’s memorandum of association, including its objects and powers, and certain alterations to the memorandum of association. Our shareholders have the additional right to inspect the bye-laws of the Company, minutes of general meetings and the Company’s audited financial statements, which must be presented to the annual general meeting. The Company’s register of members is also open to inspection by shareholders and by members of the general public without charge. The register of members is required under Bermuda law to be open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day (subject to the ability of a company to close the register of members for not more than thirty days in a year). The Company is required to maintain its share register in Bermuda but may,

142


subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, establish a branch register outside of Bermuda. The Company is required to keep at its registered office a register of directors and officers that is open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day by members of the public without charge. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records.

Election and Removal of Directors

Our bye-laws provide that our board shall consist of no less than three directors and no more than fifteen directors, as the board of directors may from time to time determine. At the time of this offering, our board of directors will consist of eight directors.

Any shareholder wishing to propose for election as a director someone who is not an existing director or is not proposed by our board must give notice of the intention to propose the person for election. Where a director is to be elected at an annual general meeting, that notice must be given not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the anniversary of the last annual general meeting prior to the giving of the notice or, in the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is not 30 days before or after such anniversary the notice must be given not later than 10 days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was posted to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made. Where a director is to be elected at a special general meeting, that notice must be given not later than 10 days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the special general meeting was posted to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the special general meeting was made.

A director may be removed by the shareholders, provided notice of the shareholders’ meeting convened to remove the director is given to the director. The notice must contain a statement of the intention to remove the director and must be served on the director not less than 14 days before the meeting. The director is entitled to attend the meeting and be heard on the motion for his or her removal.

Proceedings of Board of Directors

Our bye-laws provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our board of directors. Bermuda law requires that our directors be individuals, but there is no requirement in our bye-laws or Bermuda law that directors hold any of our shares. There is also no requirement in our bye-laws or Bermuda law that our directors must retire at a certain age.

The remuneration of our directors is determined by the board of directors, and there is no requirement that a specified number or percentage of “independent” directors must approve any such determination. Our directors may also be paid all travel, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with our business or their duties as directors.

Director Conflicts of Interest

Any conflict of interest question involving one or more of the Company’s directors will be resolved by the audit and risk committee of the board of directors.

In the event that a director has a direct or indirect interest in any contract or arrangement with the Company, provided that the director discloses such interest as required by Bermuda law, such director is entitled under our bye-laws to vote in respect of any such contract or arrangement in which he or she is interested unless he or she is disqualified from voting by the chairman of our board of directors. In the event that the chairman has disclosed a direct or indirect interest in a contract or arrangement with us, the determination as to whether the chairman and any other interested director should be disqualified from voting will be made by a majority of the disinterested directors.

Bermuda law prohibits any director (including the spouse or children of the director or any company of which such director, spouse or children own or control more than 20% of the capital or loan debt) from borrowing from us (except loans made to directors who are bona fide employees or

143


former employees pursuant to an employees’ share scheme) unless shareholders holding 90% of the total voting rights have consented to the loan.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to section 281 of the Companies Act.

We have adopted provisions in our bye-laws that provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty. Our bye-laws provide that the shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of the Company, against any of the Company’s directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director’s or officer’s duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Section 98A of the Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director. We have purchased and maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability policy for such a purpose. We have also entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

Amendment of Memorandum of Association and Bye-laws

Bermuda law provides that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders. Our bye-laws provide that no bye-law shall be rescinded, altered or amended, and no new bye-law shall be made, unless it shall have been approved by a resolution of our board of directors and by a resolution of our shareholders including the affirmative votes of at least a majority of all issued and outstanding shares.

Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of not less than 20% in par value of a company’s issued share capital or any class thereof have the right to apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment which alters or reduces a company’s share capital as provided in the Companies Act. Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Bermuda court. An application for an annulment of an amendment of the memorandum of association must be made within twenty-one days after the date on which the resolution altering the company’s memorandum of association is passed and may be made on behalf of persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their number as they may appoint in writing for the purpose. No application may be made by shareholders voting in favor of the amendment.

Amalgamations and Business Combinations

The amalgamation of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation (other than certain affiliated companies) requires the amalgamation agreement to be approved by the company’s board of directors and by its shareholders. Unless the company’s bye-laws provide otherwise, the approval of 75% of the shareholders voting at such meeting is required to approve the amalgamation agreement, and the quorum for such meeting must be two persons holding or representing more than one-third of the issued shares of the company. Our bye-laws provide that a merger or an amalgamation must only be approved by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes attaching to all issued and outstanding shares entitling the shareholder to vote on such resolutions.

144


Under Bermuda law, in the event of an amalgamation of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who did not vote in favor of the amalgamation and who is not satisfied that fair value has been offered for such shareholder’s shares may, within one month of notice of the shareholders’ meeting, apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the fair value of those shares.

Shareholder Suits

Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.

When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner which is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some part of the shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the company’s affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the company.

Our bye-laws contain a provision which provides that in the event any dispute arises concerning the Companies Act or out of our bye-laws, including whether there has been a breach of the Companies Act or our bye-laws by an officer or director, any such dispute shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of Bermuda. In addition, our bye-laws contain a provision by virtue of which our shareholders waive any claim or right of action that they have, both individually and on our behalf, against any director or officer in relation to any action or failure to take action by such director or officer, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer.

Capitalization of Profits and Reserves

Pursuant to our bye-laws, our board of directors may (i) capitalize any part of the amount of our share premium or other reserve accounts or any amount credited to our profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such sum in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid bonus shares pro-rata (except in connection with the conversion of shares) to the shareholders; or (ii) capitalize any sum standing to the credit of a reserve account or sums otherwise available for dividend or distribution by paying up in full, partly paid or nil paid shares of those shareholders who would have been entitled to such sums if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.

Calls on Shares and Forfeiture

In the event of any issuance by the Company of shares that are not fully paid, our board of directors may make such calls as it thinks fit upon the holders of such partly paid shares in respect of any amounts unpaid on such shares (and not made payable at fixed times by the terms and conditions of issue). If a call on partly paid shares is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the holder of such shares may at the discretion of our board of directors be liable to pay the Company interest on the amount of such call and our board of directors may direct the secretary of the Company to forward such shareholder a notice in writing demanding payment. If the requirements of such notice are not complied with, any such share may at any time thereafter, until the payment of all amounts due, be forfeited by a resolution of our board of directors to that effect, and such share shall thereupon become the property of the Company and may be disposed of as our board of directors shall determine.

145


Untraced Shareholders

Our bye-laws provide that our board of directors may forfeit any dividend or other monies payable in respect of any shares which remain unclaimed for six years from the date when such monies became due for payment. In addition, we are entitled to cease sending dividend warrants and checks by post or otherwise to a shareholder if such instruments have been returned undelivered to, or left uncashed by, such shareholder on at least two consecutive occasions or, following one such occasion, reasonable enquires have failed to establish the shareholder’s new address. This entitlement ceases if the shareholder claims a dividend or cashes a dividend check or a warrant.

Certain Provisions of Bermuda Law

We have been designated by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as a non-resident for Bermuda exchange control purposes. This designation allows us to engage in transactions in currencies other than the Bermuda dollar, and there are no exchange control restrictions on our ability to transfer funds (other than funds denominated in Bermuda dollars) in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to U.S. residents who are holders of our common shares.

The Bermuda Monetary Authority has given its consent for the issue and free transferability of all of the common shares that are the subject of this offering to and between non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes, provided our shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes the NYSE. Approvals or permissions given by the Bermuda Monetary Authority do not constitute a guarantee by the Bermuda Monetary Authority as to our performance or our creditworthiness. Accordingly, in giving such consent or permissions, the Bermuda Monetary Authority shall not be liable for the financial soundness, performance or default of our business or for the correctness of any opinions or statements expressed in this prospectus. Certain issues and transfers of common shares involving persons deemed resident in Bermuda for exchange control purposes require the specific consent of the Bermuda Monetary Authority.

This prospectus will be filed with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda pursuant to Part III of the Companies Act. In accepting this prospectus for filing, the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda shall not be liable for the financial soundness, performance or default of our business or for the correctness of any opinions or statements expressed in this prospectus.

In accordance with Bermuda law, share certificates are only issued in the names of companies, partnerships or individuals. In the case of a shareholder acting in a special capacity (for example as a trustee), certificates may, at the request of the shareholder, record the capacity in which the shareholder is acting. Notwithstanding such recording of any special capacity, we are not bound to investigate or see to the execution of any such trust. We will take no notice of any trust applicable to any of our shares, whether or not we have been notified of such trust.

Registrar or Transfer Agent

A register of holders of the common shares will be maintained by Codan Services Limited in Bermuda, and a branch register will be maintained in the United States by American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, who will serve as branch registrar and transfer agent.

Listing

We are applying to have our common shares listed on the NYSE under the symbol “GLOG”.

146


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we will have   common shares outstanding, or   shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. Of these shares, only the   shares sold in this offering, or   shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, will be freely transferable in the United States without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our “affiliates”, which will be subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. After the consummation of this offering and the concurrent private placement, our existing shareholders will own   of our common shares which were acquired in private transactions not involving a public offering and these shares are therefore treated as “restricted securities” for purposes of Rule 144. Restricted securities may not be resold except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption from those registration requirements, such as the exemptions provided by Rule 144, Regulation S and other exemptions under the Securities Act. Upon consummation of this offering, certain of our existing shareholders will have rights to require, or participate in, the registration under the Securities Act of the aggregate   of our common shares they hold. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the applicable registration statement, except for shares purchased by affiliates.

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person (other than an affiliate of ours) who owns our common shares that were acquired from us or from an affiliate of ours at least six months prior to the proposed sale would be entitled to freely sell such shares, subject to the lock-up agreement described below and subject to us being current in our reporting obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act”. A non-affiliated person who owns our common shares that were acquired from us or from an affiliate of ours at least one year prior to the proposed sale would be entitled to freely sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

Any affiliate of ours who owns restricted shares that were acquired from us or from another affiliate of ours at least six months prior to the proposed sale, and following the 90th day after the completion of this offering, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the then outstanding shares of our common shares, which would be approximately   shares immediately after this offering and the concurrent private placement and (ii) an amount equal to the average weekly reported volume of trading in shares of our common shares on all national securities exchanges and/or reported through the automated quotation system of registered securities associations during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC, subject to the lock-up agreement described below and subject to us being current in our reporting obligations under the Exchange Act.

Sales in reliance on Rule 144 are also subject to other requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and availability of current public information about us. As defined in Rule 144, an “affiliate” of an issuer is a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, that same issuer.

The restricted securities held by our existing shareholders, officers and directors will be subject to the underwriters’ 180-day lock-up agreement. Under the lock-up agreement, our existing shareholders, officers and directors have agreed during the period beginning from the date of the prospectus and continuing to and including the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any of our common shares, including common shares that will be issued and outstanding upon the conversion of manager shares, subsidiary manager shares and common A shares, or other securities which are substantially similar to the common shares or which are convertible or exchangeable into securities which are substantially similar to the common shares, without the prior written consent of each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and UBS Securities LLC.

In addition, under the restrictive covenant agreement we will enter with Peter G. Livanos and Blenheim Holdings, Mr. Livanos and Blenheim Holdings will agree that, subject to certain exceptions, they will not sell or dispose of any of our common shares owned by them as of the date of the agreement for a period of 18 months following the closing of this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”.

147


As a result of the lock-up agreement, the restrictive covenant agreement and the rules of the Securities Act, the restricted shares held by our existing shareholders will be available for sale in the public market, subject to certain volume and other restrictions, as mentioned above, as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Days After the Date of this Prospectus

 

Number of Shares
Eligible for Sale

 

Comment

Date of prospectus

 

 

 

Shares not locked up and eligible for sale freely or under Rule 144

180 days

 

 

 

Lock-up of officers and directors and our existing shareholders released; shares will be eligible for sale subject to compliance with Rule 144

18 months

 

 

 

Supplemental lock-up of Peter G. Livanos and Blenheim Holdings; shares will be eligible for sale subject to compliance with Rule 144

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common shares, and no reliable prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common shares prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common shares.

148


BERMUDA COMPANY CONSIDERATIONS

Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum of association and bye-laws and by the corporate law of Bermuda. The provisions of the Companies Act, which applies to us, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. companies incorporated in the State of Delaware and their stockholders. The following is a summary of significant differences between the Companies Act (including modifications adopted pursuant to our bye-laws) and Bermuda common law applicable to us and our shareholders and the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law applicable to U.S. companies organized under the laws of Delaware and their stockholders.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bermuda

 

Delaware

Shareholder Meetings

 

May be called by the board of directors and must be called upon the request of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying the right to vote at general meetings.

 

 

May be held at such time or place as designated in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors.

 

May be held in or outside Bermuda.

 

 

May be held in or outside of Delaware.

 

Notice:

 

 

Notice:

-

 

Shareholders must be given at least five days’ advance notice of a general meeting, but the unintentional failure to give notice to any person does not invalidate the proceedings at a meeting.

 

-

 

Written notice shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting.

-

 

Notice of general meetings must specify the place, the day and hour of the meeting and in the case of special general meetings, the general nature of the business to be considered.

 

-

 

Whenever stockholders are required to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communication, if any.

Shareholder’s Voting Rights

 

Shareholders may act by written consent to elect directors. Shareholders may not act by written consent to remove a director or auditor.

 

 

With limited exceptions, stockholders may act by written consent to elect directors.

 

Generally, except as otherwise provided in the bye-laws, or the Companies Act, any action or resolution requiring approval of the shareholders may be passed by a simple majority of votes cast. Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy.

 

 

Any person authorized to vote may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy.

 

The voting rights of shareholders are regulated by the company’s bye-laws and, in certain circumstances, by the Companies Act. The bye-laws may specify the number to constitute a quorum and a general meeting of the members of the company may be held with only one individual present if the requirement for a quorum is satisfied.

 

 

For stock corporations, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws may specify the number to constitute a quorum, but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.

149


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bermuda

 

Delaware

 

Our bye-laws provide that when a quorum is once present in general meeting it shall be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of a shareholder if, as a result of such withdrawal, the requirement for a quorum is no longer satisfied.

 

 

When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, it is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.

 

The bye-laws may provide for cumulative voting.

 

 

The certificate of incorporation may provide for cumulative voting.

 

The amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation (other than certain affiliated companies) requires the amalgamation or merger agreement to be approved by the company’s board of directors and by its shareholders. Unless the company’s bye-laws provide otherwise, the approval of 75% of the shareholders voting at such meeting is required to approve the amalgamation or merger agreement, and the quorum for such meeting must be two persons holding or representing more than one-third of the issued shares of the company.

 

 

Any two or more corporations existing under the laws of the state may merge into a single corporation pursuant to a board resolution and upon the majority vote by stockholders of each constituent corporation at an annual or special meeting.

 

Every company may at any meeting of its board of directors sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets as its board of directors deems expedient and in the best interests of the company to do so when authorized by a resolution adopted by the holders of a majority of issued and outstanding shares of a company entitled to vote.

 

 

Every corporation may at any meeting of the board sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of its property and assets as its board deems expedient and for the best interests of the corporation when so authorized by a resolution adopted by the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock of a corporation entitled to vote.

 

Any company which is the wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company, or one or more companies which are wholly owned subsidiaries of the same holding company, may amalgamate without the vote or consent of shareholders provided that the approval of the board of directors is obtained and that a director or officer of each such company signs a statutory solvency declaration in respect of the relevant company.

 

 

Any corporation owning at least 90% of the outstanding shares of each class of another corporation may merge the other corporation into itself and assume all of its obligations without the vote or consent of stockholders; however, in case the parent corporation is not the surviving corporation, the proposed merger shall be approved by a majority of the outstanding stock of the parent corporation entitled to vote at a duly called stockholder meeting.

 

Any mortgage, charge or pledge of a company’s property and assets may be authorized without the consent of shareholders subject to any restrictions under the bye-laws.

 

 

Any mortgage or pledge of a corporation’s property and assets may be authorized without the vote or consent of stockholders, except to the extent that the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.

150


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bermuda

 

Delaware

Directors

 

The board of directors must consist of at least one director.

 

 

The board of directors must consist of at least one member.

 

The number of directors is fixed by the bye-laws, and any changes to such number must be approved by the board of directors and/or the shareholders in accordance with the company’s bye-laws.

 

 

Number of board members shall be fixed by the bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, in which case a change in the number shall be made only by amendment of the certificate of incorporation.

 

Removal:

 

 

Removal:

-

 

Under our bye-laws, any or all directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a special meeting convened and held in accordance with the bye-laws for the purpose of such removal.

 

-

 

Any or all of the directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides.

 

 

 

 

-

 

In the case of a classified board, stockholders may effect removal of any or all directors only for cause.

Dissenter’s Rights of Appraisal

 

A dissenting shareholder (that did not vote in favor of the amalgamation) of a Bermuda exempted company is entitled to be paid the fair value of his or her shares in an amalgamation or merger.

 

 

With limited exceptions, appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a corporation in a merger or consolidation.

 

 

 

 

 

The certificate of incorporation may provide that appraisal rights are available for shares as a result of an amendment to the certificate of incorporation, any merger or consolidation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets.

Shareholder’s Derivative Actions

 

Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company’s memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company’s shareholders than that which actually approved it.

 

 

In any derivative suit instituted by a stockholder of a corporation, it shall be averred in the complaint that the plaintiff was a stockholder of the corporation at the time of the transaction of which he complains or that such stockholder’s stock thereafter devolved upon such stockholder by operation of law.

151


TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a discussion of the material Bermuda and United States Federal income tax considerations relevant to an investment decision by a potential investor with respect to our common shares. This discussion does not purport to deal with the tax consequences of owning common shares to all categories of investors, some of which, such as dealers in securities, banks, thrifts or other financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, tax-exempt organizations, United States expatriates, persons that hold our common shares as part of a straddle, conversion transaction or hedge, persons deemed to sell our common shares under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, or the “Code”, investors that are subject to the alternative minimum tax, investors whose functional currency is not the United States dollar and investors that own, actually or under applicable constructive ownership rules, 10% or more of our common shares, may be subject to special rules. This discussion deals only with holders who purchase common shares in connection with this offering and hold the common shares as a capital asset. You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisors concerning the overall tax consequences arising in your own particular situation under United States Federal, state, local or foreign law of the ownership of common shares.

Bermuda Tax Considerations

At the present time, there is no Bermuda income or profits tax, withholding tax, capital gains tax, capital transfer tax, estate duty or inheritance tax payable by us or by our shareholders in respect of our shares. We have obtained an assurance from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act 1966 of Bermuda, as amended, that, in the event that any legislation is enacted in Bermuda imposing any tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, such tax shall not, until March 31, 2035, be applicable to us or to any of our operations or to our shares, debentures or other obligations except insofar as such tax applies to persons ordinarily resident in Bermuda or is payable by us in respect of real property owned or leased by us in Bermuda. Given the limited duration of the Bermuda Minister of Finance’s assurance, we cannot assure you that we will not be subject to any Bermuda tax after March 31, 2035.

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion represents the opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP regarding the material U.S. Federal income tax consequences to us of our activities and, subject to the limitations described above, to you as a holder of our common shares.

The following discussion of U.S. Federal income tax matters is based on the Code, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements, and existing and proposed regulations issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion does not address any U.S. state or local taxes.

U.S. Taxation of Our Operating Income

Our subsidiaries have elected (or are in the process of electing) to be treated as disregarded entities for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. As a result, for purposes of the discussion below, our subsidiaries are treated as branches rather than as separate corporations.

U.S. Taxation of Shipping Income

Subject to the discussion of “effectively connected” income below, unless we are exempt from U.S. Federal income tax under the rules contained in Section 883 of the Code, we will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax under the rules of Section 887 of the Code, which would impose on us a 4% U.S. income tax in respect of our U.S. source gross transportation income (without the allowance for deductions).

For this purpose, “shipping income” means income that is derived from:

 

(i)

 

 

 

the use of ships;

152


 

(ii)

 

 

 

the hiring or leasing of ships for use on a time, operating or bareboat charter basis;

 

(iii)

 

 

 

the participation in a pool, partnership, strategic alliance, joint operating agreement or other joint venture we directly or indirectly own or participate in that generates such income; or

 

(iv)

 

 

 

the performance of services directly related to those uses.

For this purpose, U.S. source gross transportation income includes 50% of the shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends (but that does not both begin and end) in the United States. Shipping income attributable to transportation exclusively between non-U.S. ports is generally not subject to any U.S. income tax.

Under Section 883 of the Code and the regulations thereunder, we will be exempt from U.S. Federal income tax on our U.S. source gross transportation income if:

 

(i)

 

 

 

we are organized in a foreign country (the “country of organization”) that grants an “equivalent exemption” to corporations organized in the United States; and

 

(ii)

 

 

 

either

 

(a)

 

 

 

more than 50% of the value of our shares is owned, directly or indirectly, by individuals who are “residents” of our country of organization or of another foreign country that grants an equivalent exemption to corporations organized in the United States (the “50% Ownership Test”), or

 

(b)

 

 

 

our common shares are “primarily and regularly traded on an established securities market” in our country of organization, in another country that grants an equivalent exemption to U.S. corporations, or in the United States (the “Publicly-Traded Test”).

Bermuda, the jurisdiction in which we are incorporated, grants an equivalent exemption to U.S. corporations. Therefore, we will be eligible for the exemption under Section 883 of the Code if we satisfy either the 50% Ownership Test or the Publicly-Traded Test. Although we have satisfied the 50% Ownership Test in the past, it may be difficult or impossible for us to establish that we satisfy the 50% Ownership Test after the offering because our common shares will be traded on the NYSE and will be widely held.

As to the Publicly-Traded Test, the regulations under Section 883 of the Code provide, in pertinent part, that stock of a foreign corporation will be considered to be “primarily traded” on an established securities market in a country if the number of shares of each class of stock that is traded during any taxable year on all established securities markets in that country exceeds the number of shares in each such class that is traded during that year on established securities markets in any other single country. We believe that our common shares, which are, and will continue to be, the sole class of our issued and outstanding stock, is, and will continue to be, “primarily traded” on NYSE, which is an established securities market for these purposes.

The Publicly-Traded Test also requires our common shares to be “regularly traded” on an established securities market. Since our common shares are our only class of outstanding stock, this test will be satisfied if (i) our common shares are traded on the market, other than in minimal quantities, on at least 60 days during the taxable year (or 1/6 of the days in a short taxable year); and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of our common shares traded on such market during the taxable year is at least 10% of the average number of shares of our common shares outstanding during such year (as appropriately adjusted in the case of a short taxable year). We believe we satisfy, and will continue to satisfy, the trading frequency and trading volume tests. However, even if we do not satisfy both tests, these tests are deemed satisfied if our common shares are traded on an established market in the United States and is regularly quoted by dealers making a market in such shares. We believe this is and will continue to be the case.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will satisfy the Publicly-Traded Test only if we can establish that among the group of persons who each own, either actually or constructively under certain stock attribution rules, 5% or more of our common shares, or “5% Shareholders”, there are sufficient “qualified shareholders” to demonstrate that non-qualified 5% Shareholders cannot own 50% or more of our common shares for more than half the number of days during the taxable year. In order to satisfy this requirement, a sufficient number of 5% Shareholders must verify that they are qualified

153


shareholders by providing certain information to us, including information about their countries of residence for tax purposes and their actual and/or constructive ownership of our common shares. Sufficient qualified 5% shareholders have provided this information to us in the past, and we expect that they will continue to do so in the future.

If we are not entitled to this exemption under Section 883 for any taxable year, we would be subject for those years to the 4% U.S. Federal income tax under Section 887 on our U.S. source gross transportation income (subject to the discussion of “effectively connected income” below). Since we expect that no more than 50% of our gross shipping income would be treated as U.S. source gross transportation income, we expect that the maximum effective rate of U.S. income tax on our gross transportation income would not exceed 2%.

To the extent that we are unable to qualify for the exemption under Section 883, our U.S. source gross transportation income that is considered to be “effectively connected” with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business would be subject to the U.S. corporate income tax currently imposed at rates of up to 35% (net of applicable deductions). In addition, we may be subject to the 30% U.S. “branch profits” tax on earnings effectively connected with the conduct of such trade or business, as determined after allowance for certain adjustments, and on certain interest paid or deemed paid attributable to the conduct of our U.S. trade or business.

Our U.S. source gross transportation income would be considered effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business only if:

 

(i)

 

 

 

we had, or were considered to have, a fixed place of business in the United States involved in the earning of U.S. source gross transportation income; and

 

(ii)

 

 

 

substantially all of our U.S. source gross transportation income was attributable to regularly scheduled transportation, such as the operation of a ship that followed a published schedule with repeated sailings at regular intervals between the same points for voyages that begin or end in the United States.

We believe that we will not meet these conditions because we will not have, or permit circumstances that would result in having, such a fixed place of business in the United States or any ship sailing to or from the United States on a regularly scheduled basis.

In addition, income attributable to transportation that both begins and ends in the United States is not subject to the tax rules described above. Such income is subject to either a 30% gross-basis tax or to U.S. corporate income tax on net income at rates of up to 35% (and the branch profits tax discussed above). Although there can be no assurance, we do not expect to engage in transportation that produces shipping income of this type.

Taxation of Gain on Sale of Shipping Assets

Regardless of whether we qualify for the exemption under Section 883 of the Code, we will not be subject to U.S. income taxation with respect to gain realized on a sale of a ship, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States (as determined under U.S. tax principles). In general, a sale of a ship will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the ship (and risk of loss with respect to the ship) passes to the buyer outside of the United States. We expect that any sale of a ship will be so structured that it will be considered to occur outside of the United States.

Taxation of United States Holders

You are a “U.S. holder” if you are a beneficial owner of our common shares and you are a U.S. citizen or resident, a U.S. corporation (or other U.S. entity taxable as a corporation), an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. Federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

154


If a partnership holds our common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common shares, you should consult your tax advisor.

Distributions on Our Common Shares

Subject to the discussion of “passive foreign investment companies”, or “PFICs”, below, any distributions with respect to our common shares that you receive from us generally will constitute dividends to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. tax principles). Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of your tax basis in our common shares (on a dollar-for-dollar basis) and thereafter as capital gain.

Because we are not a U.S. corporation, if you are a U.S. corporation (or a U.S. entity taxable as a corporation), you will not be entitled to claim a dividends-received deduction with respect to any distributions you receive from us.

Dividends paid with respect to our common shares will generally be treated as “passive category income” for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

If you are an individual, trust or estate, dividends you receive from us should be treated as “qualified dividend income” taxed at a preferential rate of 15% (through 2012), provided that:

 

(i)

 

 

 

our common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the NYSE);

 

(ii)

 

 

 

we are not a PFIC for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (see the discussion below under “—PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences”);

 

(iii)

 

 

 

you own our common shares for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common shares become ex-dividend;

 

(iv)

 

 

 

you are not under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property; and

 

(v)

 

 

 

certain other conditions are met.

Special rules may apply to any “extraordinary dividend”. Generally, an extraordinary dividend is a dividend in an amount that is equal to (or in excess of) 10% of your adjusted tax basis (or fair market value in certain circumstances) in a share of our common shares. If we pay an extraordinary dividend on our common shares that is treated as qualified dividend income and if you are an individual, estate or trust, then any loss derived by you from a subsequent sale or exchange of such common shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.

There is no assurance that dividends you receive from us will be eligible for the preferential 15% rate. Dividends you receive from us that are not eligible for the preferential rate of 15% will be taxed at ordinary income rates.

In addition, even if we are not a PFIC, under proposed legislation, dividends of a corporation incorporated in a country without a “comprehensive income tax system” paid to U.S. holders who are individuals, estates or trusts would not be eligible for the 15% tax rate. Although the term “comprehensive income tax system” is not defined in the proposed legislation, we believe this rule would apply to us because we are incorporated in Bermuda. As of the date hereof, it is not possible to predict with certainty whether or in what form this proposed legislation will be enacted.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares

Provided that we are not a PFIC for any taxable year, you generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by you from such sale, exchange or other disposition and your tax basis in such shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if your holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition. Such capital gain

155


or loss will generally be treated as U.S. source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Your ability to deduct capital losses against ordinary income is subject to limitations.

PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences

In General

Special U.S. income tax rules apply to you if you hold shares in a non-U.S. corporation that is classified as a PFIC for U.S. income tax purposes. In general, under Section 1297 of the Code, we will be treated as a PFIC in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules, either:

 

(i)

 

 

 

at least 75% of our gross income for such taxable year consists of “passive income” (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business); or

 

(ii)

 

 

 

at least 50% of the average value of our assets during such taxable year consists of “passive assets” (i.e., assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income).

Income we earn, or are deemed to earn, in connection with the performance of services will not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income will generally constitute passive income (unless we are treated under certain special rules as deriving our rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business).

There are legal uncertainties involved in determining whether the income derived from time chartering activities constitutes rental income or income derived from the performance of services. In Tidewater Inc. v. United States , 565 F.2d 299 (5th Cir. 2009), the Fifth Circuit held that income derived from certain time chartering activities should be treated as rental income rather than services income for purposes of a provision of the Code relating to foreign sales corporations. In recently-published guidance, however, the IRS stated that it disagreed with the holding in Tidewater, and specified that time charters should be treated as service contracts. Since we have chartered all our ships to unrelated charterers on the basis of time charters and since we expect to continue to do so, we believe that we are not a PFIC. We have received an opinion from our counsel, Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, that (i) the income we receive from time chartering activities and assets engaged in generating such income should not be treated as passive income or assets, respectively, and (ii) for the taxable year during which the offering occurs and each taxable thereafter, we should not be a PFIC. This opinion is based and its accuracy is conditioned on representations, valuations and projections provided by us regarding our assets, income and charters to our counsel. While we believe these representations, valuations and projections to be accurate, the shipping market is volatile and no assurance can be given that they will continue to be accurate. Moreover, we have not sought, and we do not expect to seek, an IRS ruling on this matter. As a result, the IRS or a court could disagree with our position. No assurance can be given that this result will not occur. In addition, although we intend to conduct our affairs in a manner to avoid, to the extent possible, being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, we cannot assure you that the nature of our operations will not change in the future, or that we can avoid PFIC status in the future.

If we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, you generally would be subject to one of three different U.S. Federal income tax regimes, as discussed below, depending on whether or not you make certain elections. Additionally, as a result of new legislation, you would be required to file an annual information report with your U.S. Federal income tax return on IRS Form 8621. Unless you were already required to file IRS Form 8621 prior to this new legislation, you would not be required to make this filing until the IRS releases a revised Form 8621 and accompanying instructions. At that time, you would be required to file Form 8621 for the current and all future taxable years during which we were treated as a PFIC, as well as any preceding such years for which the revised form and instructions were not available.

Taxation of U.S. Holders That Make a Timely QEF Election

If we were a PFIC and if you make a timely election to treat us as a “Qualifying Electing Fund” for U.S. tax purposes (a “QEF Election”), you would be required to report each year your pro rata share of

156


our ordinary earnings and our net capital gain for our taxable year that ends with or within your taxable year, regardless of whether we make any distributions to you. Such income inclusions would not be eligible for the preferential tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income (as discussed above under “Taxation of United States Holders—Distributions on Our Common Shares”). Your adjusted tax basis in our common shares would be increased to reflect such taxed but undistributed earnings and profits. Distributions of earnings and profits that had previously been taxed would result in a corresponding reduction in your adjusted tax basis in our common shares and would not be taxed again once distributed. You generally would recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares. Even if you make a QEF Election for one of our taxable years, if we were a PFIC for a prior taxable year during which you held our common shares and for which you did not make a timely QEF Election, you would also be subject to a more adverse regime described below under “—Taxation of U.S. Holders That Make No Election”.

You would make a QEF Election by completing and filing IRS Form 8621 with your U.S. income tax return for the year for which the election is made in accordance with the relevant instructions. If we were to become aware that we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, we would notify all U.S. holders of such treatment and would provide all necessary information to any U.S. holder who requests such information in order to make the QEF Election described above with respect to us.

Taxation of U.S. Holders That Make a Timely “Mark-to-Market” Election

Alternatively, if we were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as we believe, our common shares are treated as “marketable stock”, you would be allowed to make a “mark-to-market” election with respect to our common shares, provided you complete and file IRS Form 8621 with your U.S. income tax return for the year for which the election is made in accordance with the relevant instructions. If that election is made, you generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of our common shares at the end of the taxable year over your adjusted tax basis in our common shares. You also would be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of your adjusted tax basis in our common shares over its fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to- market election). Your tax basis in our common shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount. Gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included by you.

Taxation of U.S. Holders That Make No Election

Finally, if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and if you did not make either a QEF Election or a mark-to-market election for that year, you would be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any excess distribution (that is, the portion of any distributions received by you on our common shares in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by you in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, your holding period for our common shares) and (ii) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares. Under these special rules:

 

(i)

 

 

 

the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over your aggregate holding period for our common shares;

 

(ii)

 

 

 

the amount allocated to the current taxable year would be taxed as ordinary income; and

 

(iii)

 

 

 

the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.

157


United States Federal Income Taxation of Non-U.S. Holders

You are a “non-U.S. holder” if you are a beneficial owner of our common shares (other than a partnership for U.S. tax purposes) and you are not a U.S. holder.

Distributions on Our Common Shares

You generally will not be subject to U.S. income or withholding taxes on a distribution received from us with respect to our common shares, unless the income arising from such distribution is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If you are entitled to the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty with respect to that income, that income generally is taxable in the United States only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Shares

You generally will not be subject to U.S. income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares, unless:

 

(i)

 

 

 

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States. If you are entitled to the benefits of an applicable income tax treaty with respect to that gain, that gain generally is taxable in the United States only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States; or

 

(ii)

 

 

 

you are an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and certain other conditions are met.

Gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States (or so treated) generally will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax (net of certain deductions) at regular U.S. Federal income tax rates. If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, your earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income (subject to certain adjustments) may be subject to an additional U.S. branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty).

United States Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

In General

In general, if you are a non-corporate U.S. holder, dividend payments (or other taxable distributions) made within the United States will be subject to information reporting requirements and backup withholding tax if you:

 

(i)

 

 

 

fail to provide us with an accurate taxpayer identification number;

 

(ii)

 

 

 

are notified by the IRS that you have failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on your federal income tax returns; or

 

(iii)

 

 

 

in certain circumstances, fail to comply with applicable certification requirements.

If you are a non-U.S. holder, you may be required to establish your exemption from information reporting and backup withholding by certifying your status on IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, as applicable.

If you sell our common shares to or through a U.S. office or broker, the payment of the sales proceeds is subject to both U.S. backup withholding and information reporting unless you certify that you are a non-U.S. person, under penalties of perjury, or you otherwise establish an exemption. If you sell our common shares through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and the sales proceeds are paid to you outside the United States, then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment.

However, U.S. information reporting requirements (but not backup withholding) will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the United States, if you sell our

158


common shares through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or has certain other connections with the United States.

Backup withholding tax is not an additional tax. Rather, you generally may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules that exceed your income tax liability by accurately completing and timely filing a refund claim with the IRS.

Recent Legislation

Recently-adopted legislation imposes new U.S. return disclosure obligations (and related penalties for failure to disclose) on U.S. individuals that hold certain specified foreign financial assets (which include shares in a foreign corporation). Such U.S. individuals are required to file IRS Form 8938 with their U.S. Federal income tax returns. You are encouraged to consult your own tax advisors concerning the filing of IRS Form 8938.

159


EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

The following table sets forth our estimate of the principal costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with the issuance and distribution of our common shares in this offering and the concurrent private placement:

 

 

 

SEC registration fee

 

 

$

 

40,110

 

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee

 

 

 

35,500

 

NYSE listing fee

 

 

250,000

 

Printing and engraving expenses

 

 

325,000

 

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

2,800,000

 

Accountants’ fees and expenses

 

 

1,165,000

 

Transfer agent’s fees and expenses

 

 

 

4,000

 

Miscellaneous costs

 

 

105,390

 

Total

 

 

$

 

4,725,000

 

 

 

 

160


UNDERWRITING

The Company and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered hereby. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and UBS Securities LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering.

 

 

 

Underwriters

 

Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

 

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

 

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

 

 

UBS Securities LLC

 

 

Dahlman Rose & Company, LLC

 

 

DNB Markets, Inc.

 

 

Evercore Group L.L.C.

 

 

Pareto Securities AS

 

 

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

 

 

Total

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an   additional shares from the Company. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the Company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase   additional shares.

 

 

 

 

 

Paid by the Company

 

 

No Exercise

 

Full Exercise

Per Share

 

$

 

$

Total

 

$

 

$

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $   per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The Company and our officers, directors and shareholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common shares, including common shares that will be issued and outstanding upon the conversion of manager shares, subsidiary manager shares and common A shares, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common shares during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and UBS Securities LLC. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (i) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (ii) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following

161


the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated between the Company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the Company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the Company, an assessment of the Company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

An application is being made to list the common shares on the NYSE under the symbol “GLOG”. In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common shares on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell the common shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the Company in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Company’s shares, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common shares. As a result, the price of the common shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on NYSE, in the over-the- counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that our total expenses in connection with this offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $    .

The Company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

162


In particular, an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. has committed to act as a lead arranger of the GAS-five and GAS-six facility, and an affiliate of UBS Securities LLC serves as an arranger under the GAS-two facility, an affiliate of DNB Markets, Inc. serves as an arranger, agent and security agent under the GAS-two facility, an arranger, agent and security agent under the GAS-three and GAS-four facility and an arranger, agent and security agent under the GAS-eight, GAS-nine and GAS-ten facility and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) serves as an arranger under the GAS-eight, GAS-nine and GAS-ten facility.

Ceres Marine Partners, an entity affiliated with our chairman and chief executive officer Peter G. Livanos and our controlling shareholder Ceres Shipping, offers consulting services to a maritime investment fund managed by affiliates of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, one of the underwriters in this offering. Between June 2010 and September 2011, certain members of our management team provided services to Ceres Marine Partners in addition to and outside of their employment relationship with us for which they were directly compensated and we also received fees. Since September 2011, these services have no longer been provided. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with Ceres Marine Partners”.

Pareto Securities AS and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) are not U.S.-registered broker-dealers and, therefore, to the extent that either intends to effect any sales of the common shares in the United States, it will do so through one or more U.S.-registered broker-dealers in accordance with the applicable U.S. securities laws and regulations, and as permitted by the FINRA regulations.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.’s address is 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282. Citigroup Global Market Inc.’s address is 388 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10013. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC’s address is 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179. UBS Securities LLC’s address is 299 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10171.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each, a “Relevant Member State”, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the “Relevant Implementation Date”, an offer of shares may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State may be made at any time:

 

(i)

 

 

 

to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

(ii)

 

 

 

to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

163


 

(iii)

 

 

 

to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

(iv)

 

 

 

in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(l)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order, or (ii) high net worth entitles, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or reply on this document or any of its contents.

France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European economic area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares have been or will be:

 

 

 

 

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

 

 

 

 

used in connection with any other offer for subscription or sale of the shares to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

 

 

 

to qualified investors ( investisseurs qualifiés ) and/or to a restricted circle of investors ( cercle restrient d’investisseurs ), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier ;

 

 

 

 

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

 

 

 

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1- or 3 of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations ( Règlement Général ) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers , does not constitute a public offer ( appel public à l’épargne ).

The shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

164


Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or “SIX”, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA), and the offer of the shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or “SCISA”. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the SCISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

This prospectus as well as any other material relating to the shares is personal and confidential and does not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus may only be used by those investors to whom it has been sent in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the Company. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (i) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (ii) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and

165


debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (a) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (b) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (c) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and no securities will be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Bermuda

The securities being offered may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act 2003 of Bermuda (as amended). Additionally, non-Bermudian persons may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are authorized to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation. Engaging in the activity of offering or marketing the securities being offered in Bermuda to persons in Bermuda may be deemed to be carrying on business in Bermuda.

Australia

This document is not a formal disclosure document and has not been, nor will be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. It does not purport to contain all information that an investor or their professional advisers would expect to find in a prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia)) for the purposes of Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) or in a product disclosure statement for the purposes of Part 7.9 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia), in either case, in relation to the securities.

The securities are not being offered in Australia to “retail clients” as defined in sections 761G and 761GA of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). This offering is being made in Australia solely to “wholesale clients” for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and, as such, no prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document in relation to the securities has been, or will be, prepared.

This document does not constitute an offer in Australia other than to wholesale clients. By submitting an application for our securities, you represent and warrant to us that you are a wholesale client for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). If any recipient of this prospectus is not a wholesale client, no offer of, or invitation to apply for, our securities shall be deemed to be made to such recipient and no applications for our securities will be accepted from such recipient. Any offer to a recipient in Australia, and any agreement arising from acceptance of such offer, is personal and may only be accepted by the recipient. In addition, by applying for our securities you undertake to us that, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the securities, you will not transfer any interest in the securities to any person in Australia other than to a wholesale client.

Greece

The securities have not been approved by the Hellenic Capital Markets Commission for distribution and marketing in Greece. This document and the information contained therein do not and shall not be deemed to constitute an invitation to the public in Greece to purchase the securities. The securities may not be advertised, distributed, offered or in any way sold in Greece except as permitted by Greek law.

166


LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common shares and certain other legal matters, including tax matters, with respect to the laws of Bermuda will be passed upon for us by our special counsel as to Bermuda law, Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited. Certain matters with respect to this offering, including tax matters with respect to U.S. law, will be passed upon for us by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York. Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP may rely on the opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited for all matters of Bermuda law. Certain matters with respect to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements and the related financial statement schedule included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte Hadjipavlou, Sofianos & Cambanis S.A., an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing elsewhere in the registration statement. Such consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The discussion contained under the section of this prospectus entitled “The LNG Shipping Industry” has been reviewed by Clarkson Research, which has confirmed to us that it accurately describes the international LNG shipping market, as indicated in the consent of Clarkson Research included as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act of which this prospectus is a part.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common shares offered hereby. For purposes of this section, the term “registration statement” means the original registration statement and any and all amendments, including the schedules and exhibits to the original registration statement and any amendments. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement we have filed. For further information regarding us and the common shares offered in this prospectus, you should review the full registration statement, including the exhibits attached thereto. The registration statement, including its exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling 1-800-SEC-0330, and you may obtain copies at prescribed rates from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at its principal office in Washington, D.C. The SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC.

We will furnish holders of common shares with annual reports containing audited financial statements and a report by our independent registered public accounting firm, and we intend to make available quarterly reports containing selected unaudited financial data for the first three quarters of each fiscal year. The audited financial statements will be prepared in accordance with IFRS and those reports will include a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section for the relevant periods. As a “foreign private issuer”, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders, but will be required to furnish those proxy statements to shareholders under New York Stock Exchange rules. Those proxy statements are not expected to conform to Schedule 14A of the proxy rules promulgated under the Exchange Act. In addition, as a “foreign private issuer”, we will be exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act relating to short-swing profit reporting and liability.

167


INDUSTRY DATA

Clarkson Research has provided us with statistical and graphical information contained in the sections of this prospectus entitled “The LNG Shipping Industry” relating to the international LNG shipping market. We believe that the information and data supplied by Clarkson Research is accurate in all material respects and we have relied upon such information for purposes of this prospectus. Clarkson Research has advised us that this information is drawn from its databases and other sources and that:

 

 

 

 

certain information in Clarkson Research’s database is derived from estimates or subjective judgments;

 

 

 

 

the information in the databases of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from the information in Clarkson Research’s database; and

 

 

 

 

while Clarkson Research has taken reasonable care in the compilation of the statistical and graphical information and believes it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are a Bermuda exempted company. Our registered address in Bermuda is Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. As a result, the rights of holders of our common shares will be governed by Bermuda law and our memorandum of association and bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. A majority of our directors and some of the named experts referred to in this prospectus are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. It is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.

168


GLOSSARY OF TERMS

The following are definitions of certain terms that are commonly used in the LNG shipping industry and in this prospectus.

Annual survey. The inspection of a ship pursuant to international conventions, by a classification society surveyor, on behalf of the flag state, that takes place every year.

Boil-off. LNG cargo that has vaporized, which can be used as fuel to power the ship.

Bunker Convention. The International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage adopted by the IMO.

BWM Convention. The International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships’ Ballast Water and Sediments, adopted by the IMO in February 2004.

CAA. The U.S. Clean Air Act of 1970, as amended by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1997 and 1990.

CERCLA. The U.S. Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act.

CWA. The U.S. Clean Water Act of 1972.

cbm. Cubic meters.

Charter. The hiring of a ship, or use of its carrying capacity, for a specified period of time.

Charterer. A person, firm or company hiring a ship for the carriage of goods or other purposes.

Charter hire. The gross revenue earned by a ship pursuant to a bareboat, time or voyage charter.

Classification society. An independent society which certifies that a ship has been built and maintained in accordance with the rules of such society and complies with the applicable rules and regulations of the flag state of such ship and the international conventions of which that country is a member.

CLC. International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage, 1969, as amended.

Drydocking. The removal of a ship from the water for inspection, maintenance and/or repair of submerged parts.

EPA. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.

Flag state. The country where a ship is registered.

FSRU. A floating storage and regasification unit used to store and regasify LNG.

Hire rate. The agreed sum or rate to be paid by the charterer for the use of the ship.

Hull. Shell or body of a ship.

IGC. The International Gas Carrier Code, which provides a standard for the safe carriage of LNG and certain other liquid gases by prescribing the design and construction standards of ships involved in such carriage.

IMO. International Maritime Organization, a United Nations agency that issues international trade standards for shipping.

Independent owner. An owner and operator of LNG carriers that is not affiliated with private or state-controlled energy or utility companies. When used in this prospectus, the term independent owner does not include Japanese or South Korean ship owners, who typically have very strong relationships with national utility companies.

169


Intermediate survey. The inspection of a ship by a classification society surveyor that takes place every two and a half years after the special survey.

IGC Code. The International Gas Carrier Code, which is published by the IMO.

ISM Code. International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, which, among other things, requires ship owners to obtain a safety management certification for each ship they manage.

ISPS Code. The International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code, which is designed to protect ports and international shipping against terrorism.

Kyoto Protocol. The Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change.

Liquefaction. The process of liquefying natural gas.

LNG. Liquefied natural gas.

London Convention. The Convention on Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims of 1976.

LTI. Lost time injury,

MARPOL Convention. The International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships.

MEPC. The Marine Environment Protection Committee of the IMO.

mmbtu. Million British Thermal Units.

MTSA. The Maritime Transportation Act of 2002.

Newbuilding. A new ship under construction or on order.

NISA. The U.S. National Invasive Species Act.

Off-hire. The time during which a ship is not available for service.

OPA. The U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, as amended.

Operating days. The total number of days in a given period that the ships were in possession less the total number of days off-hire.

SOLAS. International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, which provides, among other things, rules for the construction and equipment of commercial ships.

Special survey. The extensive inspection of a ship by a classification society surveyor that takes place every five years.

Spot market. The market for chartering a ship for a term of one year or less.

Time charter. A charter in which the charterer pays for the use of a ship’s cargo capacity for a specified period of time. The owner provides the ship with crew, stores and provisions, ready in all aspects to load cargo and proceed on a voyage as directed by the charterer. The charterer usually pays for substantially all of the ship voyage expenses, including bunker fuel, port charges and canal tolls.

TFDE. Tri-fuel diesel electric propulsion, which offers significantly lower fuel consumption and emissions than traditional steam propulsion.

TRCF. Total recordable case frequency, which includes LTIs as well as cases where the injured employee’s work duties are restricted or the individual seeks medical treatment.

170


GASLOG LTD.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

F-2

 

Consolidated statements of financial position as of December 31, 2010 and 2011

 

 

 

F-3

 

Consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

 

 

 

F-4

 

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

 

 

 

F-5

 

Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

 

 

 

F-6

 

Consolidated statements of cash flow for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

 

 

 

F-7

 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

 

 

F-9

 

Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of GasLog Ltd. (parent company only)

 

 

F-49

 

F-1


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of GasLog Ltd.
Hamilton, Bermuda

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of GasLog Ltd. and subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index to the consolidated financial statements. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Group is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GasLog Ltd. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ Deloitte Hadjipavlou, Sofianos & Cambanis S.A.

Athens, Greece

March 14, 2012

F-2


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of financial position
As of December 31, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note

 

2010

 

2011

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

9,511,140

 

 

 

 

9,511,140

 

Investment in associate

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

7,002,904

 

 

 

 

6,528,087

 

Deferred financing costs

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,289,327

 

Other non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

871,769

 

Tangible fixed assets

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

450,265,138

 

 

 

 

438,902,029

 

Vessels under construction

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

18,700,000

 

 

 

 

109,069,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

485,479,182

 

 

 

 

579,172,216

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

821,838

 

 

 

 

2,682,820

 

Dividends receivable and due from related parties

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

1,276,197

 

 

 

 

1,273,796

 

Inventories

 

 

 

 

 

383,021

 

 

 

 

425,266

 

Prepayments and other current assets

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

774,175

 

 

 

 

3,365,697

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

23,270,100

 

 

 

 

20,092,909

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

 

 

26,525,331

 

 

 

 

27,840,488

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

 

512,004,513

 

 

 

 

607,012,704

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

 

 

10

   

 

391,015

   

 

391,015

 

Contributed surplus

 

 

 

11

   

 

199,635,155

   

 

300,715,852

 

Reserves

 

 

 

 

 

(1,815,723

)

 

 

 

 

1,744,417

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

 

 

 

(26,477,414

)

 

 

 

 

(12,437,763

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity attributable to owners of the Group

 

 

 

 

 

171,733,033

 

 

 

 

290,413,521

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

9,199,095

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

180,932,128

 

 

 

 

290,413,521

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts payable

 

 

 

 

 

1,397,037

 

 

 

 

1,704,915

 

Ship management creditors

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

6,885,653

 

 

 

 

1,102,272

 

Amounts due to related parties

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

172,319

 

 

 

 

114,069

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

2,560,240

 

 

 

 

3,451,080

 

Other payables and accruals

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

6,984,911

 

 

 

 

18,541,023

 

Loans—current portion

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

22,640,483

 

 

 

 

24,276,813

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

40,640,643

 

 

 

 

49,190,172

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

2,835,167

 

 

 

 

5,101,234

 

Loans—non-current portion

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

287,596,575

 

 

 

 

256,788,206

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,519,571

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

290,431,742

 

 

 

 

267,409,011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

512,004,513

 

 

 

 

607,012,704

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of income
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

Revenues

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

 

8,528,452

 

 

 

 

39,831,783

 

 

 

 

66,470,819

 

Vessel operating and supervision costs

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

(3,056,026

)

 

 

 

 

(8,644,057

)

 

 

 

 

(12,946,061

)

 

Depreciation of fixed assets

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

(125,567

)

 

 

 

 

(6,560,381

)

 

 

 

 

(12,827,284

)

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

(6,241,302

)

 

 

 

 

(11,571,014

)

 

 

 

 

(15,996,595

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) from operations

 

 

 

 

 

(894,443

)

 

 

 

 

13,056,331

 

 

 

 

24,700,879

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial costs

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

(72,143

)

 

 

 

 

(5,046,117

)

 

 

 

 

(9,631,262

)

 

Financial income

 

 

 

 

 

52,155

 

 

 

 

121,050

 

 

 

 

41,679

 

Loss on interest rate swaps

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,725,374

)

 

Gain on financial investments

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

4,689,003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share of profit of associate

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

634,870

 

 

 

 

1,459,588

 

 

 

 

1,311,970

 

Gain on disposal of subsidiaries

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,786

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income/(expense)

 

 

 

 

 

5,303,885

 

 

 

 

(3,465,479

)

 

 

 

 

(10,978,201

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 

 

 

 

 

4,409,442

 

 

 

 

9,590,852

 

 

 

 

13,722,678

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owners of the Group

 

 

 

 

 

4,409,442

 

 

 

 

9,848,757

 

 

 

 

14,039,651

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(257,905

)

 

 

 

 

(316,973

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,409,442

 

 

 

 

9,590,852

 

 

 

 

13,722,678

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share – basic and diluted

 

 

 

25

   

 

0.12

   

 

0.25

   

 

0.36

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

Profit for the year

 

 

 

 

 

4,409,442

 

 

 

 

9,590,852

 

 

 

 

13,722,678

 

Cash flow hedge gain/(loss) arising during the year

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

1,895,628

 

 

 

 

(1,087,149

)

 

 

 

 

(431,533

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

 

 

6,305,070

 

 

 

 

8,503,703

 

 

 

 

13,291,145

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attributable to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Owners of the Group

 

 

 

 

 

6,305,070

 

 

 

 

8,761,608

 

 

 

 

13,608,118

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(257,905

)

 

 

 

 

(316,973

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,305,070

 

 

 

 

8,503,703

 

 

 

 

13,291,145

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of changes in equity
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share
capital

 

Contributed
surplus

 

Cash flow
hedging
reserve

 

Equity-settled
employee
benefits
reserve

 

Accumulated
deficit

 

Attributable
to
owners
of the
Group

 

Non-
controlling
interest

 

Total

Balance at January 1, 2009

 

 

381,819

   

 

112,156,476

   

 

 

(6,203,886

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(40,735,613

)

 

 

 

 

65,598,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65,598,796

 

Increase in share capital

 

 

9,196

   

 

(5,332

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,864

 

Capital contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,109,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,109,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,109,620

 

Profit for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,409,442

 

 

 

 

4,409,442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,409,442

 

Other comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,895,628

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,895,628

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,895,628

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,895,628

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,409,442

 

 

 

 

6,305,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,305,070

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

 

 

391,015

   

 

131,260,764

   

 

 

(4,308,258

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(36,326,171

)

 

 

 

 

91,017,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

91,017,350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,174,760

 

 

 

 

9,174,760

 

Capital contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

85,624,391

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

85,624,391

 

 

 

 

282,240

 

 

 

 

85,906,631

 

Dividends declared ($0.44 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17,250,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17,250,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17,250,000

)

 

Expense recognized in respect of equity-settled employee benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,579,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,579,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,579,684

 

Profit/(loss) for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,848,757

 

 

 

 

9,848,757

 

 

 

 

(257,905

)

 

 

 

 

9,590,852

 

Other comprehensive loss for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,087,149

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,087,149

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,087,149

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,087,149

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,848,757

 

 

 

 

8,761,608

 

 

 

 

(257,905

)

 

 

 

 

8,503,703

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

 

391,015

   

 

199,635,155

   

 

 

(5,395,407

)

 

 

 

 

3,579,684

 

 

 

 

(26,477,414

)

 

 

 

 

171,733,033

 

 

 

 

9,199,095

 

 

 

 

180,932,128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90,947,575

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90,947,575

 

 

 

 

9,751,000

 

 

 

 

100,698,575

 

Dividends declared ($0.22 per share)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,500,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,500,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,500,000

)

 

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,633,122

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,633,122

 

 

 

 

(18,633,122

)

 

 

 

 

 

Expense recognized in respect of equity-settled employee benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,991,673

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,991,673

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,991,673

 

Profit/(loss) for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,039,651

 

 

 

 

14,039,651

 

 

 

 

(316,973

)

 

 

 

 

13,722,678

 

Other comprehensive loss for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(431,533

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(431,533

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(431,533

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(431,533

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,039,651

 

 

 

 

13,608,118

 

 

 

 

(316,973

)

 

 

 

 

13,291,145

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

 

 

391,015

   

 

300,715,852

   

 

 

(5,826,940

)

 

 

 

 

7,571,357

 

 

 

 

(12,437,763

)

 

 

 

 

290,413,521

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

290,413,521

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of cash flow
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 

 

 

 

 

4,409,442

 

 

 

 

9,590,852

 

 

 

 

13,722,678

 

Adjustments for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation of fixed assets

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

125,567

 

 

 

 

6,560,381

 

 

 

 

12,827,284

 

Share of profit of associate

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

(634,870

)

 

 

 

 

(1,459,588

)

 

 

 

 

(1,311,970

)

 

Gain on financial investments

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

(4,689,003

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial income

 

 

 

 

 

(52,155

)

 

 

 

 

(121,050

)

 

 

 

 

(41,679

)

 

Financial costs

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

72,143

 

 

 

 

5,046,117

 

 

 

 

9,631,262

 

Loss on interest rate swaps

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,725,374

 

Gain on disposal of subsidiaries

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24,786

)

 

Expense recognized in respect of equity-settled share based payments

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,579,684

 

 

 

 

3,991,673

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(768,876

)

 

 

 

 

23,196,396

 

 

 

 

41,519,836

 

Movements in working capital:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in trade and other receivables

 

 

 

 

 

(63,033

)

 

 

 

 

(527,811

)

 

 

 

 

(1,485,220

)

 

(Increase)/decrease in prepayments and other assets

 

 

 

 

 

(22,909

)

 

 

 

 

(667,473

)

 

 

 

 

294,098

 

Increase in inventories

 

 

 

 

 

(276,034

)

 

 

 

 

(106,987

)

 

 

 

 

(42,245

)

 

Increase in other non-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(871,769

)

 

Increase in other non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

577,196

 

Increase/(decrease) in accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

1,337,023

 

 

 

 

7,419,023

 

 

 

 

(4,388,124

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash provided by operations

 

 

 

 

 

206,171

 

 

 

 

29,313,148

 

 

 

 

35,603,772

 

Interest paid, net of amount capitalized

 

 

 

 

 

(72,143

)

 

 

 

 

(3,679,840

)

 

 

 

 

(8,602,438

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

134,028

 

 

 

 

25,633,308

 

 

 

 

27,001,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of financial investments

 

 

 

1,5

 

 

 

 

8,944,017

 

 

 

 

9,174,760

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends received from associate

 

 

 

4, 18

 

 

 

 

775,000

 

 

 

 

1,070,000

 

 

 

 

1,086,787

 

Payments for tangible fixed assets and vessels under construction

 

 

 

 

 

(45,005,651

)

 

 

 

 

(228,858,542

)

 

 

 

 

(88,036,471

)

 

Return of contributed capital from associate

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

500,000

 

Release of restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

2,913,630

 

 

 

 

5,686,639

 

 

 

 

 

Decrease in due from related parties

 

 

 

 

 

154,279

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash transferred on disposal of subsidiaries

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(56,426

)

 

Financial income

 

 

 

 

 

52,155

 

 

 

 

121,050

 

 

 

 

41,679

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

(32,166,570

)

 

 

 

 

(212,806,093

)

 

 

 

 

(86,464,431

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bank loan draw down

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

96,903,835

 

 

 

 

143,824,514

 

 

 

 

 

Bank loan repayment

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

(80,000,000

)

 

 

 

 

(8,538,375

)

 

 

 

 

(29,880,190

)

 

(Decrease)/increase in due to related parties

 

 

 

 

 

(62,289

)

 

 

 

 

33,991

 

 

 

 

 

Payment of loan issuance costs

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

(2,154,981

)

 

 

 

 

(774,194

)

 

 

 

 

(4,757,032

)

 

Payment of initial public offering (“IPO”) costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,275,447

)

 

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16,767,000

)

 

 

 

 

(772,000

)

 

Capital contributions

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

19,109,620

 

 

 

 

85,423,631

 

 

 

 

92,970,575

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

33,796,185

 

 

 

 

203,202,567

 

 

 

 

56,285,906

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

1,763,643

 

 

 

 

16,029,782

 

 

 

 

(3,177,191

)

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of the year

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

5,476,675

 

 

 

 

7,240,318

 

 

 

 

23,270,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of the year

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

7,240,318

 

 

 

 

23,270,100

 

 

 

 

20,092,909

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of cash flow
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non Cash Investing and Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

Acquisition of non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,633,122

 

Increase in capital contribution in lieu of dividend payment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,490,000

 

Capital expenditures included in liabilities at the end of the year

 

 

 

608,017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,797,568

 

Amortization of loan issuance costs included in vessel cost

 

 

 

154,707

 

 

 

 

354,986

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends retained and deemed capital contribution relating to employee incentive scheme

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

483,000

 

 

 

 

238,000

 

IPO costs included in liabilities at the end of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,610,173

 

Loan issuance costs included in liabilities at the end of the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,532,295

 

F-8


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

1. Organization and Operations

GasLog Ltd. was incorporated in Bermuda on July 16, 2003. GasLog Ltd. and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) are primarily engaged in the ownership, operation and management of vessels in the liquefied natural gas (“LNG”) market, providing maritime services for the transportation of LNG on a worldwide basis and LNG vessel management services. The Group conducts its operations through its vessel-owning subsidiaries and through its vessel management services subsidiary. The Group’s operations are carried out from offices in Piraeus, Greece, and Monaco. The registered office of GasLog Ltd. is Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. GasLog Ltd. is controlled by Blenheim Holdings Ltd. (“Blenheim Holdings”), an entity registered in Bermuda. Blenheim Holdings is controlled by Ceres Shipping Ltd. (“Ceres Shipping”) an entity also registered in Bermuda. The ultimate controlling party of the Group at December 31, 2011 was Mr. Peter G. Livanos.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of GasLog Ltd. and its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2011 the Group’s structure was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Place of
incorporation

 

Percentage
of equity
interest held

 

Principal activities

 

Direct

 

Indirect

GasLog Investments Ltd.  

 

BVI

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

   

Holding company

GasLog Monaco S.A.M.  

 

Monaco

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Holding company

GasLog LNG Services Ltd. (1)  

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Vessel management services

Ceres LNG Employee Incentive Scheme Ltd.  

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Holding company

GasLog Carriers Ltd.  

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

   

Holding company

GAS-one Ltd.  

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Vessel-owning company

GAS-two Ltd.  

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Vessel-owning company

GAS-three Ltd.  

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Vessel-owning company

GAS-four Ltd.  

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Vessel-owning company

GAS-five Ltd.  

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Vessel-owning company

GAS-six Ltd.  

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Vessel-owning company

GAS-seven Ltd.  

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Vessel-owning company

GAS-eight Ltd.  

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Vessel-owning company

GAS-nine Ltd.  

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Vessel-owning company

GAS-ten Ltd.  

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Vessel-owning company

GasLog Shipping Company Ltd.  

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

Holding company

GasLog Shipping Limited

 

BVI

 

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

   

Dormant

Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd.  

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

25

%

 

 

Vessel-owning company


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

Prior to September 30, 2011, the name of this entity was Ceres LNG Services Ltd.

All entities in the Group have the same year ends. During 2011 the Group employed an average of 63 employees (2010: 56 and 2009: 52).

In April 2010 GasLog Carriers Ltd. established two vessel-owning entities, GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. On May 11, 2010, GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. entered into shipbuilding contracts for the construction of two LNG carriers (155,000 cubic meters each), Hull Number 1946 and Hull Number 1947, with Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. in South Korea. The vessels are expected to be delivered in 2013.

In October 2010 the Group entered into two agreements (the “Joint Venture Agreements”) with an entity jointly owned by the Livanos and Radziwill families (the “Joint Venture Partner”), a related party, for the purpose of construction, ownership and operation of two LNG vessels. In return for a

F-9


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

49% ownership percentage of GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd., the Joint Venture Partner paid $9,174,760 to the Group and subsequently contributed $282,240 to these companies, to provide capital for the construction of the vessels and an additional amount of $147,000 in 2011.

In February 2011 GasLog Carriers Ltd. established two vessel-owning companies, GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. On March 30, 2011, GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. entered into two shipbuilding contracts for the construction of two LNG carriers (155,000 cubic meters each), Hull Number 2016 and Hull Number 2017, to be built by Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. The vessels are expected to be delivered in 2013.

In March 2011 GasLog Carriers Ltd. established two vessel-owning companies, GAS-seven Ltd. and GAS-eight Ltd. In June 2011 GasLog Carriers Ltd. established two additional vessel-owning companies, GAS-nine Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd. These companies exercised the Group’s options with Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. to enter into shipbuilding contracts for the construction of four LNG carriers (155,000 cubic meters each) to be delivered in 2013, 2014 (two vessels) and 2015, respectively.

In March 2011 the Group entered into two Joint Venture Agreements with the Joint Venture Partner for the purpose of construction, ownership and operation of the two LNG vessels that GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. contracted to construct. As a result of entering into these agreements the Group held a 51% ownership share in each vessel-owning company and the Joint Venture Partner held the balance. The Joint Venture Partner contributed $9,604,000 to these companies, to provide capital for construction of the vessels.

In June 2011 Ceres Shipping, the majority shareholder of GasLog Ltd., transferred its ownership of GasLog Ltd. shares to Blenheim Holdings. The Joint Venture Partner sold its 49% non-controlling interest in the issued shares of GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. to Ceres Shipping. Ceres Shipping contributed the 49% interest in the aforementioned four vessel-owning companies to Blenheim Holdings, who in turn contributed the 49% interest in these four vessel-owning companies to GasLog Ltd., which contributed the same to GasLog Carriers Ltd. Contribution of these four vessel- owning companies by Ceres Shipping was a non-cash transaction for the Group. Following the completion of this transaction, GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. are 100% owned by the Group.

On July 11, 2011 and September 5, 2011, the Group transferred its ownership of two dormant subsidiaries, GasLog Holdings Limited and GasLog Services Limited, respectively, to Ceres Shipping (a related company). The Group transferred all outstanding shares of each of the dormant entities to Ceres Shipping in non-cash transactions for no consideration. Aggregate cash and net liabilities of the two entities of $56,426 and $81,212, respectively, were transferred to Ceres Shipping in the transactions, resulting in a gain of $24,786, which is recorded in the consolidated statement of income.

GasLog Ltd. filed a Form F-1 registration statement with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) in January 2012 for the registration of shares to be offered in an initial public offering.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements of GasLog Ltd. and its subsidiaries have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (the “IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (the “IASB”).

F-10


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for derivative financial instruments and revaluation of financial investments recorded at fair value at the end of each year. Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for assets.

The financial statements are expressed in U.S. dollars (“USD”), which is the functional currency of the Group.

On March 14, 2012, the financial statements were authorized on behalf of GasLog Ltd.’s board of directors for issuance and filing.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of GasLog Ltd. and subsidiaries controlled by GasLog Ltd. Control is achieved where GasLog Ltd. has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an invested enterprise so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

Income and expenses of subsidiaries acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated financial statements from the effective date of acquisition and up to the effective date of disposal, as appropriate. For acquisitions of businesses from entities under common control, the Group applies the purchase method of accounting.

When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to bring the accounting policies used in line with those used by other members of the Group. All intra-group transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated in full on consolidation.

The other investors in subsidiaries in which the Group has less than 100% interest hold a non-controlling interest in the net assets of these subsidiaries. Non-controlling interest is stated at the non-controlling interest’s proportion of the net assets of the subsidiaries where the Group has less than 100% interest. Subsequent to initial recognition the carrying amount of non-controlling interest is increased or decreased by the non-controlling interest’s share of subsequent changes in the equity of such subsidiaries. Total comprehensive income is attributed to a non-controlling interest even if this results in the non-controlling interest having a deficit balance.

Changes in the Group’s ownership interests in subsidiaries that do not result in the Group losing control over the subsidiaries are accounted for as equity transactions. The carrying amounts of the Group’s interests and the non-controlling interests are adjusted to reflect the changes in their relative interests in the subsidiaries. Any difference between the amount by which the non-controlling interests are adjusted and the fair value of the consideration paid or received is recognized directly in equity and attributed to owners of the Group.

Goodwill

Goodwill arising in a business combination is recognized as an asset at the date that control is acquired (the acquisition date). Goodwill is measured as the excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree, and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any) over the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. If, after reassessment, the Group’s interest in the fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets exceeds the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree and the fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree (if any), the excess is recognized immediately in profit or loss as a bargain purchase gain.

Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment at least annually. For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units expected to

F-11


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

benefit from the synergies of the combination. Cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated are tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit may be impaired. If the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than its carrying amount, the impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the unit and then to the other assets of the unit pro-rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit. An impairment loss recognized for goodwill is not reversed in a subsequent period.

On disposal of a subsidiary, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

Investment in associated companies

An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence and that is neither a subsidiary nor an interest in a joint venture. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee but is not control or joint control over those policies.

The results, assets and liabilities of associates are included in these financial statements using the equity method of accounting, except when the investment is classified as held for sale, in which case it is accounted for under IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. An impairment assessment of investments in associates is performed when there is an indication that the asset has been impaired or the impairment losses recognized in prior years no longer exist.

When the Group’s share of losses exceeds the carrying amount of the investment, the investment is reported at nil value and recognition of losses is discontinued except to the extent of the Group’s commitment.

Accounting for revenues and related operating expenses

The Group’s revenues comprise revenues from time charters for the charter hire of its vessels, management fees, project supervision income and other income earned during the period in accordance with existing contracts.

Revenue from vessel management and vessel construction project supervision contracts is recognized when earned and when it is probable that future economic benefits will flow to the Group and such a benefit can be measured reliably.

Vessels are chartered using time charters, where a contract is entered into for the use of a vessel for a specific period of time and a specified daily charter hire rate. The time charter contracts are considered to be operating leasing arrangements. Vessel revenue from time charter agreements is recognized when services are performed, revenue is earned and the collection of the related revenue is reasonably assured, on a straight-line basis over the term of the relevant time charter starting from the vessel’s delivery to a charterer, except for the off-hire period. As of December 31, 2011, the asset resulting from recognizing revenue on a straight-line basis, since the current hire rate is lower than the weighted average rate, is presented as “Other Non-current Assets” in the consolidated statement of financial position.

Payments for time charter contracts received in advance are classified as liabilities until such time as the criteria for recognizing the revenue as earned are met (Note 13).

Associated voyage expenses primarily consist of commissions, which are recognized on a pro-rata basis over the duration of the period of the time charter. All other voyage expenses and operating costs are expensed as incurred.

F-12


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

Financial income and costs

Interest income is recognized on an accruals basis. Dividend income is recognized when the right to receive payment is established.

Interest expense and other borrowing costs are recognized on an accrual basis. Interest expense and other borrowing costs incurred during the vessel construction period, and relating directly to the vessel, are capitalized as vessels’ costs.

Foreign currencies

For the purpose of the consolidated financial statements, the results and financial position of each Group entity are expressed in USD, which is the functional currency of the Group and the presentation currency for the consolidated financial statements, because the Group’s vessels operate in international shipping markets, in which revenues and expenses are settled in USD, vessel management and vessel construction supervision contracts are primarily settled in USD and the Group’s most significant assets and liabilities are paid for and settled in USD.

In preparing the financial statements of the Group and each of its individual subsidiaries, transactions in currencies other than the USD are recognized at the rates of exchange prevailing at the dates of the transactions. At the end of each reporting period, monetary assets and liabilities denominated in other currencies are retranslated into USD at the rates prevailing at that date. All resulting exchange differences are recognized in the consolidated statement of income in the period in which they arise.

Operating leases where the Group is lessee

Leases where a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by lessor are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statement of income on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs, including interest expense and amortization of loan issuance costs, directly attributable to a vessel under construction, representing an asset that takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale, are added to the cost of the vessel, until such time as the vessel is substantially ready for its intended use or sale.

Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation. All other borrowing costs are expensed as incurred.

Vessels under construction

Newbuilding vessels are presented at cost less identified impairment losses, if any. Costs relating to the newbuilding vessels include shipyard installment payments and other vessel costs incurred during the construction period that are directly attributable to the acquisition or construction of the vessels, including borrowing costs incurred during the construction period.

Upon completion of the construction, the vessels are presented on the statement of financial position in accordance with the “Tangible fixed assets: Property, plant and equipment” policy as described below.

Tangible fixed assets: Property, plant and equipment

Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment loss. The initial cost of an asset comprises its purchase price and any directly attributable costs of bringing the asset to its working condition.

F-13


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

The cost of the LNG vessels is split into two components, a “vessel component” and a “drydocking component”. Depreciation for the vessel component is calculated on a straight-line basis, after taking into account the estimated residual values, over the estimated useful life of this major component of the vessels. Residual value is estimated as 10% of the initial vessel cost and represents the Group’s estimate of the current selling price assuming the vessels are already of age and condition expected at the end of its useful life.

The LNG vessels are required to undergo a drydocking overhaul every five years to restore their service potential and to meet their classification requirements. The drydocking component is estimated at the time of a new vessel’s delivery from the shipyard and is measured based on the estimated cost of the first drydocking based on the Group’s historical experience with similar types of vessels. For subsequent drydockings actual costs are capitalized when incurred. The drydocking component is depreciated over the period of five years until the next drydocking.

The expected useful lives of all long-lived assets are as follows:

 

 

 

LNG vessels

 

35 years

Drydocking expenses (as component of the LNG vessels)

 

5 years

Furniture, computer, software and other office equipment

 

3-5 years

Leasehold improvements

 

12 years (or remaining term of the lease)

The useful lives of all assets and the depreciation method are reviewed annually to ensure that the method and period of depreciation are consistent with the expected pattern of economic benefits from items of property, plant and equipment. The residual value is also reviewed at each financial period-end. If expectations differ from previous estimates, the changes are accounted for prospectively in the consolidated statement of income in the period of the change and future periods.

Ordinary maintenance and repairs that do not extend the useful life of the asset are charged to the consolidated statement of income as incurred. Major renovation costs and modifications are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining useful life.

When assets are sold, they are derecognized and any gain or loss resulting from their disposals is included in the consolidated statement of income.

Impairment of tangible fixed assets

All assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Whenever the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its recoverable amount, an impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statement of income. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s net selling price and “value in use”. The net selling price is the amount obtainable from the sale of an asset in an arm’s length transaction less the costs of disposal, while “value in use” is the present value of estimated future cash flows expected to arise from the continuing use of an asset and from its disposal at the end of its useful life. Recoverable amounts are estimated for individual assets or, if it is not possible, for the cash-generating unit. Each vessel is considered to be a single cash-generating unit. The net selling price of the vessels is estimated from market-based evidence by appraisal that is normally undertaken by professionally qualified brokers.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that the Group will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the end of the

F-14


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

reporting period, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. Where a provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation, its carrying amount is the present value of those cash flows. When some or all of the economic benefits required to settle a provision are expected to be recovered from a third party, a receivable is recognized as an asset if it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received and the amount of the receivable can be measured reliably.

Inventories

Stocks of lubricants and provisions on board are stated at the lower of cost calculated on a first in, first out basis, and net realizable value. Costs incurred when purchasing deck, engine and cabin stores or spare parts are expensed as incurred and included in Vessel operating and supervision costs in the consolidated statement of income.

Segment information

The Group consists of two business segments: vessel ownership and vessel management. This segmentation is based on the Group’s internal management and reporting structure. In the vessel ownership segment, the services provided primarily consist of chartering out Group-owned LNG carriers, and in the vessel management segment the services provided consist of LNG carrier technical management services, as well as LNG carrier construction supervision services and other vessel management services provided to the Group’s vessel ownership segment and to external third parties. Transactions between segments are eliminated at the Group level.

The Group considers the global market as a whole, as the individual vessels are not limited to specific parts of the world. Furthermore, the internal management reporting does not provide geographical information on revenue from external customers or non-current assets. Consequently, it is not possible to provide such information.

The accounting policies applied for the segments regarding recognition and measurement are consistent with the policies for the Group as described in this note.

The segment income statement comprises revenues and expenses that are directly attributable to the segment. Allocation of indirect expenses between the segments is based on various service agreements between the relevant subsidiaries included in respective segments.

The segment non-current assets consist of the non-current assets used directly for segment operations. Current assets are allocated to segments to the extent that they are directly attributable to segment operations, including cash balances, inventories, outstanding receivables and prepayments.

Segment liabilities comprise segment operating liabilities including trade payables, ship management creditors, other liabilities and interest-bearing long-term debt.

Unallocated items primarily comprise assets and liabilities as well as revenues and expenses relating to the Group’s administrative functions, including compensation paid to senior management and other costs as well as financial investment activities, including cash and bank balances, trade and other receivables, goodwill, accruals, trade and other payables not directly attributable to the two segments.

Earnings per share

The Group applies the two-class method when computing basic and diluted earnings per share, as the only potential dilutive securities are the manager shares and subsidiary manager shares which are considered participating securities.

F-15


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to the owners of the common shares by the weighted average number of common shares issued and outstanding during the years used in the calculation of basic earnings per share.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to the owners of all securities by the weighted average number of all potential ordinary shares assumed to have been converted into common shares.

Financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are recognized on the statement of financial position when the Group has become a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. All financial instruments are initially recognized at the fair value of the consideration given.

 

 

 

 

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (“FVTPL”)

Financial assets are classified as at FVTPL where the financial asset is held for trading.

A financial asset is classified as held for trading if:

 

 

 

 

it has been acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near future; or

 

 

 

 

it is a part of an identified portfolio of financial instruments that the Group manages together and has a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or

 

 

 

 

it is a derivative that is not designated and effective as a hedging instrument.

Financial assets at FVTPL are stated at fair value, with any resulting gain or loss recognized in profit or loss. The net gain or loss recognized in profit or loss incorporates any dividend or interest earned on the financial asset. Fair value is determined in the manner described in Note 5.

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash represents cash on hand and deposits with banks which are repayable on demand. Cash equivalents represent short term, highly liquid investments which are readily convertible into known amounts of cash with original maturities of three months or less that are subject to an insignificant risk of change in value.

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables

Trade receivables are carried at the amount expected to be received from the third party to settle the obligation. Bad debts are written off during the year in which they are identified. An estimate is made for doubtful receivables based on a review of all outstanding amounts at year end. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, no material receivable balances were past due or impaired, and therefore no allowance was necessary.

 

 

 

 

Bank borrowings

Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts are measured at amortized cost, using the effective interest method. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the settlement of the borrowings is recognized over the term of the borrowings.

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments

The Group uses derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps, to hedge its exposure to interest rate risks. Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value, and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each reporting date. The resulting gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss immediately unless the derivative is designated and effective as a hedging instrument, in which event the timing of the recognition in profit or loss depends on the nature of the hedge relationship. Derivatives are presented as assets when their valuation is favorable to the Group and as liabilities when unfavorable to the Group.

F-16


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

The Group’s criteria for classifying a derivative instrument as a hedge include: (1) the hedge transaction is expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk; (2) the effectiveness of the hedge can be reliably measured; (3) there is adequate documentation of the hedging relationships at the inception of the hedge; and (4) for cash flow hedges, the forecasted transaction that is subject of the hedges must be highly probable.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognized in other comprehensive income. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the consolidated statement of income. Amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity are reclassified to the consolidated statement of income in the periods when the hedged item affects the consolidated statement of income, in the same line item as the recognized hedged item. Hedge accounting is discontinued when the Group revokes the hedging relationship, when the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, or when it no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

Any gain or loss accumulated in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized in the consolidated statement of income when the forecast transaction occurs. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the gain or loss accumulated in equity is recognized immediately in the statement of income. The Group’s interest rate swap contracts have been designated as cash flow hedges.

Share-based payment arrangements

Equity-settled share-based payments to employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments on the grant date. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions are set out in Note 19.

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest, with a corresponding increase in equity. At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognized in the consolidated statement of income such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to the equity-settled employee benefits reserve.

Taxation

Under the laws of the countries of the Group’s domestication/incorporation and/or vessels’ registration, the Group is not subject to tax on international shipping income. However, it is subject to registration and tonnage taxes, which are included in vessel operating and supervision costs in the consolidated statement of income.

Under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the U.S. source gross transportation income of a ship-owning or chartering corporation, such as GasLog Ltd., is subject to a 4% U.S. Federal income tax without allowance for deduction, unless that corporation qualifies for exemption from tax under Section 883 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. U.S. source gross transportation income consists of 50% of the gross shipping income that is attributable to transportation that begins or ends, but that does not both begin and end, in the United States.

The Group qualified for this exemption in 2010 and 2011.

Critical accounting judgments and key sources of estimation uncertainty

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and

F-17


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. The Group’s management evaluates whether estimates should be made on an ongoing basis, utilizing historical experience, consultation with experts and other methods the management considers reasonable in the particular circumstances. However, uncertainty about these assumptions and estimates could result in outcomes that could require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability in the future.

Judgments: In the process of applying GasLog Ltd.’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgments, apart from those involving estimations, that had the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

Consolidation of 51% owned subsidiaries: GasLog Ltd. determined that it controlled the 51% owned subsidiaries, GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd., because it was able to appoint three out of five members of the board of directors of each such subsidiary and the board of directors was empowered to make governance decisions. Following the acquisition of the non-controlling interest that was completed in June 2011, the above entities are 100% owned subsidiaries, as described in Note 1.

Vessel construction cost capitalization: The Group recognized installments paid to the shipyard in accordance with the contract and any directly attributable costs of bringing the vessels to their working condition incurred during construction period as vessel costs (Note 6). Directly attributable costs incurred during vessel construction period consisted of capitalized borrowing costs related to loans obtained to finance vessels construction (Note 12), commissions, on-site supervision costs, costs for sea trials, certain spare parts and equipment, lubricants and other vessel delivery expenses. Any vendor discounts were deducted from the cost of the vessels.

The key sources of estimation uncertainty are as follows:

Vessel lives and residual value: Vessels are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. The estimates and assumptions that have the most significant effect on the vessel carrying amount are estimations in relation to useful lives of vessels of 35 years and the residual value estimated as 10% of the initial vessel cost (Note 6).

An increase in the estimated useful life of a vessel or in its residual value would have the effect of decreasing the annual depreciation charge and an increase in the estimated useful life of a vessel would also extend annual depreciation charge into later periods. A decrease in the useful life of a vessel or its residual value would have the effect of increasing the annual depreciation charge.

When regulations place significant limitations over the ability of a vessel to trade on a worldwide basis, the vessel’s useful life is adjusted to end at the date such regulations become effective. The estimated residual value of a vessel may not represent the fair market value at any one time as in part market prices of scrap rates tend to fluctuate.

Impairment of Vessels: The Group evaluates the carrying amounts of its vessels to determine whether there is any indication that those vessels have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of vessels is estimated in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss, if any.

Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted. The projection of cash flows related to vessels is complex and requires management to make various estimates including future freight rates, earnings from the vessels and discount rates. All of these items have been historically volatile. In assessing the fair value less cost to sell of the vessel, the Group obtains vessel valuations

F-18


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

from leading, independent and internationally recognized ship brokers on an annual basis or when there is an indication that an asset or assets may be impaired. If an indication of impairment is identified, the need for recognizing an impairment loss is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the vessels to the higher of the fair value less cost to sell and the value in use. At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the carrying amounts of the Group’s vessels were lower than the independent broker valuation (after adjusting for estimated selling costs) for all of the owned vessels; therefore there were no indicators that the carrying amounts of the vessels may not be recoverable.

Deferred drydocking cost: The Group recognizes drydocking costs as a separate component of the vessels’ carrying amounts and amortizes the drydocking cost on a straight-line basis over the estimated period until the next drydocking. The Group uses judgment when estimating the period between drydockings performed, which can result in adjustments to the estimated amortization of the drydocking expense. If the vessel is disposed of before the next drydocking, the remaining balance of the deferred drydock is written-off and forms part of the gain or loss recognized upon disposal of vessels in the period when contracted. The Group expects that its vessels will be required to be drydocked in approximately 60 months after their delivery from the shipyard, and thereafter every 30 or 60 months will be required to undergo special or intermediate surveys and drydocked for major repairs and maintenance that cannot be performed while the vessels are operating. The Group amortizes its estimated drydocking expenses for the first special survey over five years, but this estimate might be revised in the future. Management estimates costs capitalized as part of the drydocking component as costs to be incurred during the first drydocking at the drydock yard for a special survey and parts and supplies used in making such repairs that meet the recognition criteria, based on historical experience with similar types of vessels.

Measurement of equity-settled share-based payments expense: As described in Note 19, the Group used a valuation technique that included inputs that are not based on observable market data as the market price for its shares is not available. The valuation technique is consistent with generally accepted valuation methodologies for pricing financial instruments and incorporates all factors and assumptions that knowledgeable, willing market participants would consider in setting the price. Details of the valuation methodology and significant assumptions used are set out in Note 19.

Impairment of goodwill: Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires an estimation of the recoverable amount, which is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use, of the cash-generating units to which goodwill has been allocated. The value in use calculation requires the Group to estimate the future cash flows expected to arise from the cash-generating unit and a suitable discount rate in order to calculate present value. Details of the impairment analysis are set out in Note 3. No impairment loss was recognized for any of the periods presented.

Adoption of new and revised IFRS

(a) Standards and interpretations adopted in the current period

There are no new and revised Standards and Interpretations that are effective for the first time for the financial year beginning on or after January 1, 2011 that had a material impact on the Group.

(b) Standards and amendments in issue not yet adopted

At the date of authorization of these financial statements, the following standards and amendments relevant to the Group were in issue but not yet effective:

 

 

 

 

In October 2010 the IASB reissued IFRS 9 Financial Instruments . IFRS 9 specifies how an entity should classify and measure financial assets and financial liabilities. The new standard requires all financial assets to be subsequently measured at amortized cost or fair value depending on the business model of the legal entity in relation to the management of the financial assets and the contractual cash flows of the financial asset. The standard also requires a financial liability to be

F-19


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

 

 

 

classified as either at fair value through profit and loss or at amortized cost. In December 2011, the IASB deferred the effective date of IFRS 9 to annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015. The Group did not elect to early adopt this Standard.

 

 

 

 

In May 2011 the IASB issued amendments to standards relating to consolidated financial statements, including IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements , IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements , IFRS 12 Disclosures of Interest in Other Entities , IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements , and IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures. These amendments, among other things, update the definition of control under IFRS and consolidate the disclosure requirements for interests in other entities. The guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, but early adoption is permitted.

 

 

 

 

In May 2011 the IASB issued IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement which establishes a single source of guidance for fair value measurements under IFRS standards. IFRS 13 defines fair value, provides guidance on its determination and introduces consistent requirements for disclosures on fair value measurements. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, but early adoption is permitted.

 

 

 

 

In June 2011 the IASB issued Amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements , which provides guidance on the presentation of items contained in other comprehensive income and their classification within other comprehensive income. The revised standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after July 1, 2012.

 

 

 

 

In June 2011 the IASB issued amendments to IAS 19 Employee Benefits that change the accounting for defined benefit plans and termination benefits. The most significant amendment requires an entity to recognize changes in defined benefit obligations and plan assets when they occur, thus eliminating the “corridor approach” permitted under the previous version of IAS 19. Entities will be required to segregate changes in the defined benefit obligation and in the fair value of plan assets into those associated with (1) service costs, (2) net interest on the net defined benefit liability (asset), and (3) remeasurements. The revised standard is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, but early adoption is permitted.

Management is currently evaluating the impact of these standards.

There are no other new and revised Standards and Interpretations that are not yet effective that are expected to have a material impact on the Group.

3. Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

2011

At December 31

 

 

 

9,511,140

 

 

 

 

9,511,140

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill resulted from the acquisition in 2005 of Ceres LNG Services Ltd., the vessel management company, which represents a cash-generating unit. On September 30, 2011, Ceres LNG Services Ltd. was renamed “GasLog LNG Services Ltd.” As of December 31, 2011, the Group assessed the recoverable amount of goodwill, and concluded that goodwill associated with the Group’s vessel management company was not impaired. The recoverable amount of the vessel management operations is determined based on a value-in-use calculation which uses cash flow to be generated from external customers based on financial budgets approved by management covering a four year period until 2015 and terminal multiple of 8.

Growth is based on conservative estimates and considers the number of vessels expected to be under management based on the contracts in place at the end of the year. Management believes that

F-20


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

any reasonably possible further change in the key assumptions on which recoverable amount is based would not cause the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit to exceed its recoverable amount.

The key assumptions used in the value-in-use calculations are as follows:

 

(i)

 

 

 

Average inflation of 2% per annum;

 

(ii)

 

 

 

A discount rate of 15% per annum;

 

(iii)

 

 

 

Annual growth rate of nil; and

 

(iv)

 

 

 

1 Euro = USD 1.30.

4. Investment in Associate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

At January 1

 

 

 

7,103,446

 

 

 

 

7,113,316

 

 

 

 

7,002,904

 

Return of investment from associate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(500,000

)

 

Share of profit of associate

 

 

 

634,870

 

 

 

 

1,459,588

 

 

 

 

1,311,970

 

Dividend declared

 

 

 

(625,000

)

 

 

 

 

(1,570,000

)

 

 

 

 

(1,286,787

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31

 

 

 

7,113,316

 

 

 

 

7,002,904

 

 

 

 

6,528,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Group’s associate, Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd., distributed $2,000,000 in excess of its accumulated retained earnings. The portion of such distribution related to the Group was $500,000.

At December 31, 2010 and 2011 the Group participated in the following associate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Effective
Interest

 

Country of
Incorporation

 

Principal
activity

Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd.  

 

 

 

25.00

%

 

 

 

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

 

Shipping LNG sector

 

Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd. owns and operates a 145,000 cubic meter LNG vessel built in 2007. Summarized financial information in respect of Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd. is set out below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

2010

 

2011

Total assets

 

 

 

182,359,483

 

 

 

 

176,418,580

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

(154,347,862

)

 

 

 

 

(150,306,234

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net assets

 

 

 

28,011,621

 

 

 

 

26,112,346

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group’s share of associate’s net assets

 

 

 

7,002,904

 

 

 

 

6,528,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31,

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

Revenues

 

 

 

17,343,780

 

 

 

 

17,002,496

 

 

 

 

17,586,396

 

Profit for the year

 

 

 

2,539,485

 

 

 

 

5,838,352

 

 

 

 

5,247,878

 

Dividend declared

 

 

 

(2,500,000

)

 

 

 

 

(6,280,000

)

 

 

 

 

(5,147,150

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group’s share of associate’s profit

 

 

 

634,870

 

 

 

 

1,459,588

 

 

 

 

1,311,970

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group’s share of associate’s dividend

 

 

 

625,000

 

 

 

 

1,570,000

 

 

 

 

1,286,787

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. Financial Investments

The Group’s financial investments were 2,784,700 shares of BW Gas Limited, an entity involved in the gas transportation shipping sector which was listed on the Norwegian Stock Exchange. Financial investments were classified as FVTPL and fair value was determined by reference to the Norwegian

F-21


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

Stock Exchange closing quoted bid. On April 22, 2009, the Group accepted an offer and sold all of its investment of 2,784,700 shares of BW Gas Limited, for $8,944,017 or at a price of NOK 21.00 (equivalent to approximately $3.21) per share as compared to a December 31, 2008 fair value of the investment of $1.52 (NOK 10.70) per share or aggregate fair value of $4,255,014. This transaction generated a profit of $4,689,003, recorded in Gain on financial investments in the 2009 consolidated statement of income.

F-22


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

6. Tangible Fixed Assets and Vessels Under Construction

The 2009, 2010 and 2011 movements in tangible fixed assets and vessels under construction are reported in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel
component

 

Drydocking
component

 

Office
property
and other
tangible assets

 

Total
tangible
fixed assets

 

Total
vessels under
construction

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At January 1, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

391,931

 

 

 

 

391,931

 

 

 

 

201,426,827

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

409,490

 

 

 

 

409,490

 

 

 

 

45,018,137

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

801,421

 

 

 

 

801,421

 

 

 

 

246,444,964

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

364,914

 

 

 

 

364,914

 

 

 

 

228,240,597

 

Transfer from vessels under construction

 

 

 

450,985,561

 

 

 

 

5,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

455,985,561

 

 

 

 

(455,985,561

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

 

 

 

450,985,561

 

 

 

 

5,000,000

 

 

 

 

1,166,335

 

 

 

 

457,151,896

 

 

 

 

18,700,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

 

564,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

900,175

 

 

 

 

1,464,175

 

 

 

 

90,369,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011

 

 

 

451,549,561

 

 

 

 

5,000,000

 

 

 

 

2,066,510

 

 

 

 

458,616,071

 

 

 

 

109,069,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At January 1, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

200,810

 

 

 

 

200,810

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

125,567

 

 

 

 

125,567

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

326,377

 

 

 

 

326,377

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

 

5,889,430

 

 

 

 

506,735

 

 

 

 

164,216

 

 

 

 

6,560,381

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

 

 

 

5,889,430

 

 

 

 

506,735

 

 

 

 

490,593

 

 

 

 

6,886,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation expense

 

 

 

11,612,417

 

 

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

214,867

 

 

 

 

12,827,284

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011

 

 

 

17,501,847

 

 

 

 

1,506,735

 

 

 

 

705,460

 

 

 

 

19,714,042

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net book value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

475,044

 

 

 

 

475,044

 

 

 

 

246,444,964

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

 

 

 

445,096,131

 

 

 

 

4,493,265

 

 

 

 

675,742

 

 

 

 

450,265,138

 

 

 

 

18,700,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011

 

 

 

434,047,714

 

 

 

 

3,493,265

 

 

 

 

1,361,050

 

 

 

 

438,902,029

 

 

 

 

109,069,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vessels with a carrying amount of $437,540,979 (2010: $449,589,396) have been pledged as collateral under terms of the Group’s loan agreements (Note 12—Existing Loan Facilities).

Vessels under construction

On March 28, 2008 GAS-one Ltd. and GAS-two Ltd. signed transfer agreements assuming all rights and obligations under shipbuilding contracts for the construction of two LNG carriers (155,000 cubic meters each), Hull Number 1641 and Hull Number 1642, with Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. The vessels were delivered in May and July of 2010, respectively.

In May 2010 GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. entered into shipbuilding contracts for the construction of two LNG carriers (155,000 cubic meters each), Hull Number 1946 and Hull Number 1947, with Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. The vessels are expected to be delivered in 2013. As of December 31, 2011, GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. each paid to the shipyard $18,700,000, which has been included in vessels under construction.

In March 2011 GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. entered into shipbuilding contracts with Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. for the construction of two LNG carriers (155,000 cubic meters each), Hull

F-23


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

Number 2016 and Hull Number 2017. The vessels are expected to be delivered in 2013. As of December 31, 2011, GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. paid $19,000,000 and $9,500,000, respectively, to the shipyard, which has been included in Vessels under construction.

In June 2011 GAS-seven Ltd. and GAS-eight Ltd. entered into shipbuilding contracts with Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. for the construction of two LNG carriers (155,000 cubic meters each), Hull Number 2041 and Hull Number 2042. The vessels are expected to be delivered in 2013 and 2014. As of December 31, 2011, GAS-seven Ltd. and GAS-eight Ltd. had each paid to the shipyard $9,850,000, which has been included in Vessels under construction.

In July 2011 GAS-nine Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd. entered into shipbuilding contracts with Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. for the construction of two LNG carriers (155,000 cubic meters each), Hull Number 2043 and Hull Number 2044. The vessels are expected to be delivered in 2014 and 2015. As of December 31, 2011, GAS-nine Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd. each paid $9,962,500 to the shipyard, which has been included in Vessels under construction.

The Group expects to pay the remaining installments for the vessels under construction as they come due upon each vessel’s keel laying, launching and delivery (Note 20(b)).

The detail of cumulative vessels under construction costs as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

2011

Progress shipyard installment payments

 

 

 

448,200,000

 

 

 

 

105,525,000

 

Capitalized loan interest

 

 

 

12,223,960

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized loan issuance costs

 

 

 

1,137,163

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-delivery capitalized costs

 

 

 

13,124,438

 

 

 

 

3,544,864

 

Transfer to vessel cost

 

 

 

(455,985,561

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

18,700,000

 

 

 

 

109,069,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

The detail of cumulative pre-delivery capitalized costs as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

2011

Brokerage commissions

 

 

 

4,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

Special bonus (Note 18)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,800,000

 

Onsite supervision costs

 

 

 

2,494,739

 

 

 

 

694,119

 

Shipyard commissions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(949,255

)

 

Sea and gas trials

 

 

 

1,160,078

 

 

 

 

 

Spare parts, equipment and other vessel delivery expenses

 

 

 

5,469,621

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

13,124,438

 

 

 

 

3,544,864

 

 

 

 

 

 

In July 2011, GasLog Ltd.’s board of directors approved the award of a special bonus of $3,800,000 in the aggregate to certain key members of management for their achievements in the successful negotiation of commercial terms and conditions with the shipyard for the construction of two of the Group’s newbuilding vessels. Refer to Note 18, Related Party Transactions.

F-24


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

7. Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

2010

 

2011

Current account

 

 

 

12,840,297

 

 

 

 

18,990,637

 

Time deposits

 

 

 

3,544,150

 

 

 

 

 

Ship management client accounts

 

 

 

6,885,653

 

 

 

 

1,102,272

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

23,270,100

 

 

 

 

20,092,909

 

 

 

 

 

 

The amount of $1,102,272 (2010: $6,885,653) in ship management client accounts represents amounts provided by the clients of GasLog LNG Services Ltd. in order to enable the Group to cover obligations of vessels under management.

With respect to the next installment and interest due for the loan facility of GAS-two Ltd. (Note 12), an amount of $3,365,345 is kept in a retention account as of December 31, 2011 (2010: $5,828,895).

8. Trade and other receivables

An analysis of the trade and other receivable is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

2010

 

2011

Trade receivables

 

 

 

397,727

 

 

 

 

208,051

 

VAT receivable

 

 

 

376,029

 

 

 

 

594,349

 

Accrued income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,473,078

 

Other receivables

 

 

 

48,082

 

 

 

 

407,342

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

821,838

 

 

 

 

2,682,820

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, no material receivable balances were past due or impaired, and therefore no allowance was necessary.

9. Prepayments and other current assets

An analysis of prepayments and other current assets is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

2010

 

2011

IPO costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,885,620

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

 

774,175

 

 

 

 

480,077

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

774,175

 

 

 

 

3,365,697

 

 

 

 

 

 

10. Share Capital

At the date of incorporation, GasLog Ltd.’s authorized share capital included 200,000 common shares with a par value of $1.00 per share. On March 13, 2012, the authorized share capital was increased to 500,000,000 common shares with a par value $0.01 per share (Note 26).

On March 13, 2012, GasLog Ltd. effected a share subdivision pursuant to which each issued and outstanding share of par value $1.00 each was divided into 100 shares of par value $0.01 each. In addition, GasLog Ltd. also effected a 1.38-for-1 share dividend by way of an issuance of bonus shares. As a result of the share subdivision and bonus issue, the number of outstanding shares as of March 13, 2012 was increased to 39,101,496 shares, par value $0.01 per share. All share and per share amounts in

F-25


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

the consolidated financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this share subdivision and bonus issue.

As of December 31, 2010, the issued and outstanding share capital consisted of: (i) 35,700,000 common shares, par value $0.01 per share; (ii) 2,541,602 manager shares, par value $0.01 per share; and (iii) 859,894 subsidiary manager shares, par value $0.01 per share. On August 25, 2011, 391,510 manager shares were converted into common A shares and were transferred to a third party. This transaction resulted in an accelerated vesting for these shares. As of December 31, 2011, the issued and outstanding share capital consisted of: (i) 35,700,000 common shares, par value $0.01 per share; (ii) 2,150,092 manager shares, par value $0.01 per share; (iii) 859,894 subsidiary manager shares, par value $0.01 per share; and (iv) 391,510 common A shares, par value $0.01 per share.

Members of senior management of GasLog Ltd. and GasLog LNG Services Ltd. will take possession of the manager shares and the subsidiary manager shares as described in Note 19.

The issued and outstanding share capital is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

2011

At January 1

 

 

391,015

   

 

391,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31

 

 

391,015

   

 

391,015

 

 

 

 

 

 

11. Contributed Surplus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

2011

At January 1

 

 

131,260,764

   

 

199,635,155

 

Acquisition of non-controlling interest.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,633,122

 

Contributions during the year

 

 

 

85,624,391

 

 

 

 

90,947,575

 

Dividends declared

 

 

 

(17,250,000

)

 

 

 

 

(8,500,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31

 

 

199,635,155

   

 

300,715,852

 

 

 

 

 

 

The contributed surplus represents amounts contributed by the Group’s shareholders in excess of par value to provide the Group with working capital and funding to acquire new vessels.

Management of capital

The Group’s net capital comprises of ordinary share capital, contributed surplus, accumulated deficit, cash flow hedging reserve and equity-settled employee benefits reserve. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Group had equity of $290,413,521 and $180,932,128, respectively. At December 31, 2010, $9,199,095 of the Group’s equity was attributable to non-controlling shareholders of vessel-owning subsidiaries (Note 1).

The Group’s objectives when managing net capital are to provide an optimal return to shareholders over the short to medium term whilst ensuring the protection of its assets by minimizing risk. The Group seeks to achieve its objectives by managing its financial risks. The Group does not have any externally imposed capital requirements other than the debt agreements that do not permit a change in control before the completion of a qualified IPO (Note 12).

F-26


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

12. Bank Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

2010

 

2011

Long-term loans

 

 

 

312,994,523

 

 

 

 

283,114,333

 

Less: unamortized deferred loan issuance costs

 

 

 

(2,757,465

)

 

 

 

 

(2,049,314

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

310,237,058

 

 

 

 

281,065,019

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due within one year

 

 

 

23,345,235

 

 

 

 

24,987,003

 

Less: unamortized deferred loan issuance costs

 

 

 

(704,752

)

 

 

 

 

(710,190

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans—current portion

 

 

 

22,640,483

 

 

 

 

24,276,813

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts due after one year

 

 

 

289,649,288

 

 

 

 

258,127,330

 

Less: unamortized deferred loan issuance costs

 

 

 

(2,052,713

)

 

 

 

 

(1,339,124

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans—non-current portion

 

 

 

287,596,575

 

 

 

 

256,788,206

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

310,237,058

 

 

 

 

281,065,019

 

 

 

 

 

 

Existing Loan Facilities

(a) Danish Ship Finance A/S loan

In March 2008 GAS-one Ltd. entered into a bank loan facility of up to $174,033,000 with Danish Ship Finance A/S in order to partially finance the construction of an LNG vessel. The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2011 was $157,155,519 and is repayable in 34 consecutive quarterly installments. The first 6 installments are in the amount of $2,812,913, followed by 28 installments of $2,062,913 together with a final balloon payment of $82,516,477 payable concurrently with the last installment in May 2020. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin. The Group has entered into two fixed interest rate swap agreements related to this facility (Notes 21, 22 and 23).

Security, covenants and guarantees

The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel owned by GAS-one Ltd. ( GasLog Savannah ) together with a guarantee from Ceres Shipping. In addition the lender has imposed covenants in respect of ship management approvals for charters, ship registration and flagging, as well as the ship manager.

GAS-one Ltd. is also subject to market value covenant, whereas if the market value of the vessel plus the net realizable value of any additional security provided is below 110% of the principal and interest outstanding under the loan facility, the lender has the right to request the borrower to immediately repay such part of the loan that will eliminate the shortfall in the security or provide any additional security or guarantees in order to meet these covenants.

Compliance with the market value covenant is required on an annual basis and the Group was in compliance as of December 31, 2011.

(b) DnB Nor Bank ASA loan and DnB Nor Bank ASA, National Bank of Greece and UBS AG syndicated loan

On March 11, 2008, GAS-two Ltd. entered into a loan agreement of up to $80,000,000 with DnB Nor Bank ASA. The facility was drawn down in one amount and was due for repayment on the maturity date of July 15, 2009. The Group had the option to extend the period of the loan to May 2010. The loan bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin.

F-27


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

On November 17, 2009, GAS-two Ltd. refinanced the then existing loan of $80,000,000 by entering into a syndicated loan agreement of up to $147,500,000 with DnB Nor Bank ASA, National Bank of Greece and UBS AG. The first draw-down on the new facility was $80,000,000 and was used to repay the existing facility. The post-delivery tranche of up to $67,500,000 was drawn upon delivery of the vessel ( GasLog Singapore ). The balance outstanding as of December 31, 2011 was $125,958,814 and is repayable in 9 consecutive quarterly installments, as well as a balloon payment of $95,065,490 due together with the 9th and final installment in January 2014. The loan bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin.

Security, covenants and guarantees

The loan is secured by a first priority mortgage over the vessel owned by GAS-two Ltd. (GasLog Singapore) together with an assignment of refund guarantees from GasLog Carriers Ltd. and GasLog Ltd., a counter-guarantee from Ceres Shipping and pledge of the share capital of GAS-two Ltd. In addition the lender has imposed covenants in respect to the ship management, approvals for charters, ship registration and flagging, as well as the ship manager, fair market value maintenance of collateral vessel covenant whereas in no event can the fair market value of the collateral vessel be lower than 120% of the aggregate outstanding amount of the loan, requirement of the prior written consent of the lenders or otherwise restriction of GAS-two Ltd.’s ability to, declare or pay dividends to GasLog Ltd. without the lender’s approval. Ceres Shipping, the Guarantor, is also required to comply with certain financial covenants, such as the requirements for working capital and market adjusted net worth, as defined by the loan agreement. Compliance with the financial covenants related to the Guarantor is required on a semi-annual calendar basis and the Guarantor was in compliance as of December 31, 2011.

Compliance with the market value covenant related to the Group is required on an annual basis and the Group was in compliance as of December 31, 2011.

With respect to the next installment and interest due for this loan facility, an amount of $3,365,345 is kept in a retention account as of December 31, 2011 (2010: $5,828,895).

New Loan Facilities

(a) Credit Suisse AG

Following a commitment letter signed on September 12, 2011, on January 18, 2012 GAS-seven Ltd. entered into a loan agreement up to $144,000,000 with Credit Suisse AG, for the purpose of financing one of the newbuilding vessels. The agreement provides for a single draw-down upon or after delivery of the newbuilding vessel, with amounts to be repaid in 28 consecutive quarterly installments beginning three months from the delivery date of the vessel, with a balloon payment of $88,000,000 payable together with the final installment. Amounts drawn under the facility will bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin.

Security, covenants and guarantees

The obligations under the facility will be secured by a first priority mortgage over the newbuilding vessel, a first priority assignment of all earnings related to the vessel, including a pledge of the vessel’s earnings accounts, and an assignment of any insurance proceeds related to the vessel. Obligations under the facility are also guaranteed by GasLog Ltd., GasLog Carriers Ltd., Ceres Shipping and the Joint Venture Partner. In addition, there is a covenant that the aggregate charter free fair market value of the collateral vessel is at all times at least 120% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance under the

F-28


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

facility. GasLog Ltd., Ceres Shipping and the Joint Venture Partner are required to comply with certain financial covenants.

(b) Nordea Bank Finland PLC, ABN Amro Bank N.V. and Citibank International PLC syndicated loan

On October 3, 2011, GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. entered into a loan agreement of up to $277,000,000 with Nordea Bank Finland PLC, ABN Amro Bank N.V. and Citibank International PLC in order to partially finance the acquisition of two LNG vessels. The loan agreement provides for two equal tranches, to be drawn upon delivery of two specified newbuilding vessels.

The facility requires each company to repay their respective tranche in consecutive quarterly installments beginning three months from the delivery date of the applicable vessel each amounting to 1/68 of the drawndown amount and by a balloon installment equal to the outstanding balance no later than the earlier of the sixth anniversary of the drawdown or July 2019.

Security, covenants and guarantees

The obligations will be secured prior to the first drawdown by a first priority mortgage over the relevant newbuildings, a pledge of the share capital of the respective vessel owning companies and a first priority assignment of earnings related to the vessels, including charter revenue, management revenue, requisition compensation and any insurance proceeds. Obligations under the facility are also guaranteed by GasLog Ltd., Gaslog Carriers Ltd., Ceres Shipping and the Joint Venture Partner. Each of the vessel owning companies, after the facility drawdown is required to have a minimum liquidity of $1,500,000. In addition, the companies are subject to market value covenants pursuant to which an event of default could occur under the facility if the aggregate charter free fair market value of the two collateral vessels were to fall below 120% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance under the facility. GasLog Ltd., Ceres Shipping and the Joint Venture Partner are required to comply with certain financial covenants.

(c) DnB Bank ASA, Commonwealth Bank of Australia, Danish Ship Finance A/S, ING Bank N.V. and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ)

On December 23, 2011, GAS-eight Ltd., GAS-nine Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd. entered into a loan agreement for a senior secured credit facility of up to $435,000,000 with DnB Bank ASA, Commonwealth Bank of Australia, Danish Ship Finance A/S, ING Bank N.V. and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) for the purpose of financing three of the newbuilding vessels.

The loan agreement provides for three tranches, to be drawn upon delivery of each newbuilding vessel. Each tranche is repayable in 28 consecutive quarterly installments beginning three months from the delivery date of the applicable vessel, with balloon payments equal to $87,280,000, $89,160,000 and $89,160,000 due with the final installments. Amounts drawn will bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin.

Security, covenants and guarantees

The obligations under the facility will be secured by a first priority mortgage over the newbuilding vessels, a pledge of the share capital of the respective three vessel owning companies and a first priority assignment of earnings related to the vessels, including charter revenue, management revenue and any insurance and requisition compensation. Obligations under the facility are also guaranteed by GasLog Ltd., GasLog Carriers Ltd., Ceres Shipping and the Joint Venture Partner. The facility includes customary restrictive covenants, and among other restrictions the facility includes a fair market value covenant pursuant to which an event of default could occur under the facility if the aggregate charter

F-29


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

free fair market value of the three collateral vessels were to fall below 120% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance under the facility and any negative marked-to market value arising under any hedging transaction. GasLog Ltd., Ceres Shipping and the Joint Venture Partner are required to comply with certain financial covenants.

Guarantors’ Covenants

GasLog Ltd., as corporate guarantor for the new loan facilities, is subject to specified financial covenants on a consolidated basis. These financial covenants include the following:

 

(i)

 

 

 

net working capital (excluding the current portion of long-term debt) must be positive;

 

(ii)

 

 

 

total indebtedness divided by total capitalization must not exceed 70% (or 65% after a qualified IPO);

 

(iii)

 

 

 

the ratio of EBITDA over debt service obligations (including interest and debt repayments) on a trailing 12 months’ basis must be no less than 110% (compliance will be required on December 31, 2013 or at the last compliance date immediately before the loan drawdown as specified by the relevant bank);

 

(iv)

 

 

 

the aggregate amount of all unencumbered cash and cash equivalents must exceed the higher of 3% of total indebtedness or $20,000,000 after the first drawdown or, in the case of the Credit Suisse Loan, at the last compliance date immediately before the loan drawdown;

 

(v)

 

 

 

GasLog Ltd. is permitted to pay dividends, provided that such payments do not exceed 50% of the net profit for such financial year, subject to no event of default having occurred or occurring as a consequence of the payment of such dividends (after a qualified IPO, dividend payment is permitted provided that the Group holds unencumbered cash equal to at least 4% of its total indebtedness); and

 

(vi)

 

 

 

the Group’s market value adjusted net worth must at all times exceed $200,000,000 ($350,000,000 after a qualified IPO).

The credit facilities also impose certain restrictions relating to GasLog Ltd., including restrictions that limit its ability to make any substantial change in the nature of its business or to engage in transactions that would constitute a change of control, without repaying all of the Group’s indebtedness in full, or to allow the Group’s controlling shareholders to reduce their shareholding in GasLog Ltd. below specified thresholds.

Compliance with the financial covenants is required on a semi-annual basis starting from December 31, 2011 in respect of the covenants described in (i), (ii), (v) and (vi) above.

Ceres Shipping and the Joint Venture Partner have also provided guarantees for the facilities and are required to comply with certain financial covenants, such as the requirements for working capital and market adjusted net worth as defined by the loan agreements. Compliance with the financial covenants is required on a semi-annual basis starting from December 31, 2011.

GasLog Ltd. and the other guarantors were in compliance with the financial covenants in force as of December 31, 2011.

Ceres Shipping and the Joint Venture Partner’s guarantees and covenant compliance requirements, and corresponding cross default provisions, will be released upon completion of the IPO.

F-30


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

Committed Loan Facilities

DnB Bank ASA and Export-Import Bank of Korea

On December 8, 2011, the Group accepted a commitment letter from DnB Bank ASA, acting through its London Branch, and the Export-Import Bank of Korea for a senior secured credit facility of up to $272,500,000 for the purpose of financing two of the newbuiding vessels. The commitment letter provides for two tranches, to be drawn by GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. upon delivery of each newbuilding vessel and repaid in 48 equal quarterly installments beginning three months from the delivery date of the applicable vessel, with balloon payments equal to $40,000,000 each due with the final installments. Amounts drawn will bear interest at LIBOR plus a margin.

Security, covenants and guarantees

The obligations under the facility will be secured by a first priority mortgage over the newbuilding vessels, a pledge of the share capital of the two companies and a first priority assignment of earnings related to the vessels, including charter revenue, management revenue and any insurance and requisition compensation. Obligations under the facility will also be guaranteed by GasLog Ltd., GasLog Carriers Ltd., Ceres Shipping and the Joint Venture Partner. The facility will include customary respective covenants, and among other restrictions the facility will include a fair market value covenant pursuant to which an event of default could occur under the facility if the aggregate fair market value of the collateral vessels (without taking into account any charter arrangements) were to fall below 120% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance under the facility and any negative marked-to market value arising under any hedging transaction. GasLog Ltd., Ceres Shipping and the Joint Venture Partner are required to comply with certain financial covenants.

Loan Repayment Schedule

The maturity table below reflects the principal payments of all loan facilities outstanding as of December 31, 2011 for the next five years and thereafter based on the repayment schedule of the respective loan facilities (as described above):

 

 

 

 

 

2011

Not later than one year

 

 

 

24,987,003

 

Later than one year and not later than three years

 

 

 

130,226,768

 

Later than three year and not later than five years

 

 

 

16,503,304

 

Later than five years

 

 

 

111,397,258

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

283,114,333

 

 

 

 

The weighted average interest rate for both loans as of December 31, 2011 was 3.91% (2010: 2.79%).

Deferred Financing Costs

Fees incurred for obtaining new loans or refinancing existing facilities for the two owned vessels in operation were recorded as deferred loan issuance costs and classified contra to debt.

As of December 31, 2011, commitment, arrangement, structuring, legal and agency fees of $14,289,327 incurred for obtaining new loans that will be drawn upon delivery of the vessels have been classified in non-current assets in the statement of financial position and will be classified contra to debt on the drawdown date. The amount paid during the year ended December 31, 2011 is $4,757,032. From the remaining balance of $9,532,295, an amount of $1,902,375 is classified under non-current liabilities and an amount of $7,629,920 is classified under other payables and accruals, in the statement of financial position. Such fees are being deferred and amortized to financial costs over the life of the

F-31


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

related debt, using the effective interest method. Amortization amounts during vessel construction period are capitalized as vessels cost.

13. Other Payables and Accruals

An analysis of other payables and accruals is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

2010

 

2011

Social contributions

 

 

 

458,894

 

 

 

 

726,571

 

Unearned revenue

 

 

 

4,742,619

 

 

 

 

4,731,043

 

Accrued legal and professional fees

 

 

 

51,449

 

 

 

 

1,253,025

 

Accrued board of directors’ fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

572,500

 

Accrued employee costs

 

 

 

334,884

 

 

 

 

1,004,390

 

Other accruals

 

 

 

325,807

 

 

 

 

1,231,605

 

Accrued financing cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,629,920

 

Accrued interest

 

 

 

1,071,258

 

 

 

 

1,391,969

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

6,984,911

 

 

 

 

18,541,023

 

 

 

 

 

 

14. Vessel Operating and Supervision Costs

An analysis of vessel operating and supervision costs is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

Employee costs

 

 

 

3,056,026

 

 

 

 

4,043,151

 

 

 

 

3,996,550

 

Crew wages

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,504,419

 

 

 

 

5,619,401

 

Technical maintenance expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

355,370

 

 

 

 

1,323,874

 

Provisions and stores

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

687,322

 

 

 

 

532,923

 

Insurance expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

403,057

 

 

 

 

801,904

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

650,738

 

 

 

 

671,409

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

3,056,026

 

 

 

 

8,644,057

 

 

 

 

12,946,061

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15. General and Administrative Expenses

An analysis of general and administrative expenses is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

Employee costs

 

 

 

4,855,272

 

 

 

 

5,749,739

 

 

 

 

8,643,153

 

Board of directors’ fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

572,500

 

Expense recognized in respect of equity-settled share-based payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,579,684

 

 

 

 

3,991,673

 

Rent and utilities

 

 

 

536,513

 

 

 

 

831,491

 

 

 

 

1,180,218

 

Travel and accommodation

 

 

 

76,834

 

 

 

 

214,080

 

 

 

 

269,868

 

Legal and professional

 

 

 

591,204

 

 

 

 

398,769

 

 

 

 

1,069,093

 

Project expenses

 

 

 

135,734

 

 

 

 

328,562

 

 

 

 

 

Other expenses

 

 

 

45,745

 

 

 

 

468,689

 

 

 

 

270,090

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

6,241,302

 

 

 

 

11,571,014

 

 

 

 

15,996,595

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-32


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

16. Financial Costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

Amortization of deferred loan issuance costs

 

 

 

473,542

 

 

 

 

665,085

 

 

 

 

708,151

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

4,726,438

 

 

 

 

7,696,842

 

 

 

 

8,772,063

 

Less: Capitalized interest expense and deferred loan issuance costs

 

 

 

(5,199,980

)

 

 

 

 

(3,392,808

)

 

 

 

 

 

Financial costs—bank commissions

 

 

 

72,143

 

 

 

 

76,998

 

 

 

 

151,048

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total financial costs

 

 

 

72,143

 

 

 

 

5,046,117

 

 

 

 

9,631,262

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17. Contingencies

Various claims, suits and complaints, including those involving government regulations, arise in the ordinary course of the shipping business. In addition, losses may arise from disputes with charterers, environmental claims, agents and insurers and from claims with suppliers relating to the operations of the Group’s vessels. Currently, management is not aware of any such claims or contingent liabilities requiring disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

18. Related Party Transactions

The Group had the following balances with related parties which have been included in the consolidated statements of financial position:

Dividends receivable and due from related parties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31

 

2010

 

2011

Dividends receivable from associate (Note 4)

 

 

 

750,000

 

 

 

 

950,000

 

Other receivables

 

 

 

526,197

 

 

 

 

323,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

1,276,197

 

 

 

 

1,273,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

The other receivables due from related parties of $323,796 (2010: $526,197) are due from various related entities for payments processed and paid to various vendors on their behalf by the Group, as well as management and accounting services performed by GasLog LNG Services Ltd.

Current Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

2010

 

2011

Ship management creditors

 

 

 

204,945

 

 

 

 

90,226

 

Amounts due to related parties

 

 

 

172,319

 

 

 

 

114,069

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ship management creditors’ liability includes cash collected from Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd. to cover the obligations of its vessel under the Group’s management.

Amounts due to related parties of $114,069 (2010: $172,319) are expenses paid by a related party on behalf of the Group and payable due to other related parties for the office lease and other operating expenses.

F-33


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

The Group had the following transactions with related parties which have been included in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company

 

Details

 

Statement of
income account

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

(a)

 

Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd.

 

Vessel management

 

Revenues

 

 

 

726,280

 

 

 

 

674,000

 

 

 

 

719,500

 

(b)

 

Ceres Marine Partners

 

Consultancy

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

95,000

 

 

 

 

45,000

 

(c)

 

Nea Dimitra Property

 

Office rent and utilities

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

513,566

 

 

 

 

441,962

 

 

 

 

570,283

 

(c)

 

Nea Dimitra Property

 

Internet line

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

19,821

 

 

 

 

18,507

 

 

 

 

22,480

 

(d)

 

Ceres Monaco S.A.M.

 

Office rent and utilities

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

386,664

 

 

 

 

539,300

 

(e)

 

Seres S.A.

 

Catering

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

94,093

 

 

 

 

120,237

 

 

 

 

135,658

 

(e)

 

Seres S.A.

 

Consultancy services

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

59,324

 

 

 

 

85,331

 

 

 

 

87,829

 

(f)

 

C Transport Maritime S.A.M.

 

Claims and Insurance fee

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,000

 

(g)

 

Ceres Shipping

 

Employees Incentive Scheme

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

483,000

 

 

 

 

238,000

 


 

(a)

 

 

 

One of the Group’s subsidiaries, GasLog LNG Services Ltd. provides vessel management services to Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd., the LNG vessel owning company, in which another subsidiary, GasLog Shipping Company Ltd., holds a 25% ownership interest.

 

(b)

 

 

 

The Group received consulting fees from Ceres Marine Partners Ltd., a company under common control with the Group, in respect of services provided to Ceres Marine Partners by members of GasLog Ltd.’s management team.

 

(c)

 

 

 

Through the subsidiary GasLog LNG Services Ltd., the Group leases office space in Piraeus, Greece, from an entity controlled by Ceres Shipping, Nea Dimitra Ktimatikh Kai Emporikh S.A. The lease agreement is filed with the Greek authorities. In addition, the Group reimburses Nea Dimitra for part of the costs of the building’s internet line.

 

(d)

 

 

 

Through the subsidiary GasLog Monaco S.A.M., the Group makes payments to Ceres Monaco S.A.M., an affiliate of Ceres Shipping, for its office space in Monaco. Ceres Monaco S.A.M. leases operating space pursuant to a service agreement with a third-party property owner, and the Group occupies a portion of the leased space. The Group pays Ceres Monaco S.A.M. Euro 31,850 per month for the office space (Euro 27,000 until September 30, 2011), which reflects a pro rata portion of the fees payable to the third-party property owner determined based on the amount of occupied space. In connection with the office space arrangements, the subsidiary GasLog Monaco S.A.M. has entered into a service level agreement with Ceres Monaco S.A.M.

 

(e)

 

 

 

GasLog LNG Services has also entered into an agreement with Seres S.A., an entity controlled by the Livanos family, for the latter to provide catering services to the staff based in the Piraeus office.

F-34


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

 

 

 

Amounts paid pursuant to the agreement are generally less than Euro 10 per person per day, but are slightly higher on special occasions. In addition, GasLog LNG Services has entered into an agreement with Seres S.A. for the latter to provide human resources, telephone and documentation services for the staff based in Piraeus. Amounts paid pursuant to the agreement are less than Euro 100,000 per year.

 

(f)

 

 

 

In 2010 and 2011, the Group though one of its subsidiaries, GasLog LNG Services Ltd., procured insurance for the vessels through C Transport Maritime SAM, an affiliate of Ceres Shipping, which has a dedicated insurance function. From July 1, 2011, this relationship is covered by a service agreement under which GasLog LNG Service Ltd. pays C Transport Maritime SAM $10,000 per owned vessel per annum and $3,000 per managed vessel per annum.

 

(g)

 

 

 

In May 2009, Ceres Shipping provided a promissory letter to GasLog LNG Services Ltd., relating to the funding of an employee incentive program established for key employees of GasLog LNG Services Ltd. Pursuant to the promissory letter, Ceres Shipping undertakes the responsibility to contribute to GasLog LNG Services Ltd. an amount equal to 2.8% of all dividends declared by GasLog Ltd. These contributions from Ceres Shipping are in turn distributable to key employees of GasLog LNG Services Ltd. through its wholly owned subsidiary, Ceres LNG Services Employee Incentive Scheme Ltd. The contribution by Ceres Shipping for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $238,000 (2010: $483,000) and has been recorded as a non-cash capital contribution by Owners of the Group and a charge to General and administrative expense.

Pursuant to a commission agreement with Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. shipyard, commissions due from the shipyard in relation to the newbuilding orders will be paid by Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. shipyard to DryLog Investments Ltd., an affiliate of Ceres Shipping. Upon receipt of the commissions, DryLog Investments Ltd. will forward the payments to the vessel-owning subsidiaries, after deducting handling fees for each payment. In the aggregate, as of December 31, 2011 these handling fees amounted to $6,370 (2010: $1,870) and were included in vessels under construction costs.

Compensation of key management personnel:

The remuneration of directors, and other members of key management was as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year ended December 31,

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

Remuneration

 

 

 

1,905,510

 

 

 

 

2,025,293

 

 

 

 

5,465,597

 

Short-term benefits

 

 

 

573,521

 

 

 

 

597,050

 

 

 

 

218,700

 

Expense recognized in respect of equity-settled share based payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,579,684

 

 

 

 

3,991,673

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

2,479,031

 

 

 

 

6,202,027

 

 

 

 

9,675,970

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In July 2011, GasLog Ltd.’s board of directors approved the award of a special bonus of $3,800,000 in the aggregate to certain key members of management for their achievements in the successful negotiation of commercial terms and conditions with the shipyard for the construction of two of the Group’s newbuilding vessels (Hull Number 2016 and Hull Number 2017). The special bonus is directly related to the services provided by these key members of management during the vessel construction contract negotiations phase and is not related to any other services provided to the Group by these key members of management. The special bonus therefore represents an employee benefit directly attributable to the construction of the vessels and it is included in Vessels under Construction. A portion of the bonus amounting to $285,000 was paid during the year ended December 31, 2011. The balance is payable in installments consistent with the payments due to the shipyard. As of December 31, 2011, the future obligations in respect of the special bonus amounted to $3,515,000, with $475,000 to be

F-35


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

paid within one year. However, a portion of these future obligations were accelerated and paid in January 2012 in connection with the resignation of GasLog Ltd.’s former chief executive officer.

At December 31, 2011, the members of senior management of GasLog Ltd. had an interest in 5.5% (2010: 6.5%) of the issued share capital of GasLog Ltd. representing 2,150,092 shares (2010: 2,541,602). Also, at December 31, 2011 members of senior management of GasLog LNG Services Ltd. had an interest in 2.2% (2010: 2.2%) of the issued share capital of GasLog Ltd. representing 859,894 shares (2010: 859,894) (Note 19).

19. Share-Based Payments

On January 1, 2010, GasLog Ltd. granted its manager and subsidiary manager shares to its key management personnel, including executives and senior employees (the “Beneficiaries”) of GasLog Ltd. (2,541,602 manager shares) and GasLog LNG Services Ltd. (859,894 subsidiary manager shares) in order for the Beneficiaries to have a strong incentive to perform their responsibilities under their respective contracts of employment. In accordance with the terms of the grant, the Beneficiaries have full voting, participation in earnings and dividend rights, but they cannot sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of in whole or in part, any of the legal title or beneficial ownership of the shares issued to the Beneficiary or his nominee, until they take possession of the shares on January 1, 2013 or the shares of GasLog Ltd. are offered to the public. The proportionate share ownership of GasLog Ltd.’s shares by Beneficiaries cannot be diluted, unless and until: (i) GasLog Ltd. proceeds with a public offering of its shares; or (ii) the consolidated equity of the Group is at least equal to $500,000,000; or (iii) January 1, 2013, whichever occurs earlier.

Fair value of manager shares and subsidiary manager shares granted during the year

The fair value of the manager and subsidiary manager shares of GasLog Ltd. granted on January 1, 2010 was $3.16 per share. The first step in determining the fair value of the manager and subsidiary manager shares was to determine the fair value of the Group. The fair value of the Group was determined by discounted future cash flow valuation technique (income approach). According to this valuation technique, the value of the Group was determined to be equal to the present value of the net operating cash flows generated during each year of the explicit forecast period and the terminal value, understood as the cash flows the Group will be able to generate beyond the explicit forecast period. The cash flows taken into consideration were the Operating Free Cash Flows (“FCF”) discounted by using the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (“WACC”) of 7.31%. The terminal value was calculated using a perpetuity growth method with a perpetual annual growth rate set at a level equal to 1% and a capitalization multiple of 16. The terminal value calculated by using perpetuity growth method was then cross-checked with the terminal value calculated using the terminal multiple method. The fair value was then divided by the total number of shares of GasLog Ltd. issued and outstanding to determine the fair value per share on the date of the grant.

Movements in manager shares and subsidiary manager shares during the year

On August 25, 2011, 391,510 manager shares of GasLog Ltd. were converted into common A shares and were transferred to a third party. This transaction resulted in an accelerated vesting for these shares. As a result of the accelerated vesting, the Group recognized $412,018 of additional compensation in the year ended December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, the number of shares outstanding in favor of the Beneficiaries was 3,009,986 (Note 18). The weighted average remaining vesting period is one year. The expense recognized in respect of equity-settled employee benefits for the years ended December 31, 2011 is $3,991,673 (2010: $3,579,684).

F-36


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

20. Commitments

 

(a)

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010 and 2011 the Group had the following commitments relating to buildings under operating leases:

 

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

2010

 

2011

Not later than one year

 

 

 

665,556

 

 

 

 

342,462

 

Later than one year and not later than three years

 

 

 

1,331,112

 

 

 

 

684,924

 

Later than three years and not later than five years

 

 

 

1,331,112

 

 

 

 

371,000

 

Later than five years

 

 

 

55,463

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

3,383,243

 

 

 

 

1,398,386

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

 

 

Commitments relating to the vessels under construction (Note 6) at December 31, 2010 and 2011 payable to Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Vessels under construction

 

2010

 

2011

Not later than one year

 

 

 

18,700,000

 

 

 

 

114,450,000

 

Later than one year and not later than three years

 

 

 

336,600,000

 

 

 

 

1,167,125,000

 

Later than three years and not later than five years

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

159,400,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

355,300,000

 

 

 

 

1,440,975,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

 

 

Future gross minimum lease revenues receivable upon collection of hire under non-cancellable time charter agreements for vessels in operation as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 (Note 6) are as follows (vessel off-hires and drydocking days that could occur but are not currently known are not taken into consideration; in addition early delivery of the vessels by the charterers is not accounted for):

 

 

 

 

 

Lease revenues

 

2010

 

2011

Not later than one year

 

 

 

55,341,424

 

 

 

 

55,856,834

 

Later than one year and not later than three years

 

 

 

90,801,556

 

 

 

 

112,540,301

 

Later than three years and not later than five years

 

 

 

6,906,037

 

 

 

 

71,279,304

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

153,049,017

 

 

 

 

239,676,439

 

 

 

 

 

 

On May 9, 2011, GAS-one Ltd. signed an agreement with the current charterer of its vessel extending the initial term of the charter from 2013 to 2015.

On May 9, 2011, GAS-two Ltd. signed an agreement with the current charterer of its vessel extending the initial term of the charter from 2014 to 2016.

Future gross minimum lease revenues disclosed in the above table excludes the revenues of the vessels that are under construction (Note 6), since estimated delivery dates are not confirmed. For these vessels, the following charter party agreements have been signed:

 

 

 

 

On May 9, 2011, GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. signed time charter agreements for the employment of their vessels from the date of delivery of the vessels through 2018, 2018, 2019 and 2019, respectively, with charterer options to extend the agreements for additional periods.

 

 

 

 

On May 11, 2011, GAS-seven Ltd. and GAS-eight Ltd. signed time charter agreements whereby the vessels will be time chartered out for the period from their delivery for seven years, with charterer options to extend the agreements for additional periods.

 

(d)

 

 

 

Guarantees

GasLog Ltd. has issued performance guarantees in favor of Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. for the installments amounting to $1,546,500,000 for vessels under construction.

F-37


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

As of December 31, 2011, GasLog LNG Services Ltd. has provided bank guarantees as follows:

 

 

 

 

Up to $1,250,000 (2010: $1,250,000) to third parties relating to the satisfactory performance of its ship management activities;

 

 

 

 

$649,224 (2010: $461,771) relating to the social security fund for Greek seamen; and

 

 

 

 

Bank guarantee of $10,000 (2010: $10,000) to the Greek Ministry of Finance relating to the satisfactory performance of the obligations arising under Greek laws 89/1967, 378/1968 as amended by law 814/1978.

21. Financial Risk Management

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, including market price risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimize potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group makes use of derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps to moderate certain risk exposures.

Market risk

Interest rate risk: Interest rate risk is the risk that interest costs will fluctuate due to changes in market interest rates. The Group’s financial income and operating cash flows fluctuate based on changes in market interest rates as the Group has loans that bear interest at floating rates. The Group uses interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to interest rate movements on bank borrowings. At December 31, 2011, the Group has hedged 55.51% of its variable rate interest exposure by swapping the variable rate for a fixed rate (2010: 25%).

The fair value of the swap at December 31, 2011 was estimated as a loss of $8,552,314 (2010: $5,395,407). The interest rate swap is designated as an effective cash flow hedge and the effective movement in its fair value of $431,533 loss (2010: $1,087,149 loss and 2009: $1,895,628 gain) was recognized directly in equity.

Interest rate sensitivity analysis: The interest rate swap agreements described below are subject to market risk as they are recorded at fair value in the statement of financial position at year end. The fair value of interest rate swaps increases when interest rates increase and decreases when interest rates decrease. At December 31, 2011, if interest rates had increased or decreased by 10 basis points with all other variables held constant, the positive/(negative) impact, respectively, on the fair value of the interest rate swap would have amounted to approximately $1,538,396. This amount would have affected mainly the other comprehensive income since the ineffective portion would have been at about zero. During the year ended December 31, 2011, if interest rates had increased or decreased by 10 basis points with all other variables held constant, the increase/(decrease), respectively, in interest expense on the un-hedged portion of the Group’s loans would have amounted to approximately $216,280.

Other price risk: The decrease in the market value of shares of Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd. in response to unfavorable market conditions resulting in a decrease in charter rates and vessel values could negatively impact the value of investment in associate. Therefore, management might conclude that impairment is necessary in the future.

Currency risk: Currency risk is the risk that the value of financial instruments will fluctuate due to changes in foreign exchange rates. Currency risk arises when future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the Group’s functional currency. The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures primarily with respect to general and crew costs denominated in Euros. The Group does not hedge movements in exchange rates but management monitors the exchange rate fluctuations on a continuous

F-38


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

basis. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Group had no significant foreign currency exposure, as most of the transactions impacting these financial statements were denominated in USD.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk is the risk that arises when the maturity of assets and liabilities does not match. An unmatched position potentially enhances profitability, but can also increase the risk of losses. The Group minimizes liquidity risk by maintaining sufficient cash and cash equivalents and by having available adequate amounts of undrawn credit facilities. The Group is not significantly exposed to liquidity risk resulting from the commitments under the vessel construction contracts as bank facilities will be contracted to meet the obligations.

The following tables detail the Group’s expected cash flows for its non-derivative financial liabilities. The tables have been drawn up based on the undiscounted cash flows of financial liabilities based on the earliest date on which the Group can be required to pay. The table includes both interest and principal cash flows. Variable future interest payments were determined based on an average LIBOR plus the margins applicable to the Group’s loans at the end of each year presented.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-
average
effective
interest
rate

 

Less
than 1
month

 

1-3 months

 

3-12 months

 

1-5 years

 

5+ years

 

Total

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other accounts payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,263,807

 

 

 

 

438,594

 

 

 

 

2,514

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,704,915

 

Due to related parties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

114,069

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

114,069

 

Other payables and accruals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,157,240

 

 

 

 

8,383,783

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,541,023

 

Other non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,942,375

 

 

 

 

577,196

 

 

 

 

5,519,571

 

Variable interest loans

 

 

 

2.6

%

 

 

 

 

4,379,599

 

 

 

 

3,356,881

 

 

 

 

24,432,722

 

 

 

 

161,976,471

 

 

 

 

118,521,619

 

 

 

 

312,667,292

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,914,715

 

 

 

 

12,179,258

 

 

 

 

24,435,236

 

 

 

 

166,918,846

 

 

 

 

119,098,815

 

 

 

 

338,546,870

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other accounts payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

118,722

 

 

 

 

1,093,838

 

 

 

 

184,477

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,397,037

 

Due to related parties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

138,328

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,991

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

172,319

 

Other payables and accruals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

768,332

 

 

 

 

314,986

 

 

 

 

5,901,593

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,984,911

 

Variable interest loans

 

 

 

1.9

%

 

 

 

 

3,297,719

 

 

 

 

7,215,606

 

 

 

 

18,617,876

 

 

 

 

183,304,858

 

 

 

 

123,900,841

 

 

 

 

336,336,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,323,101

 

 

 

 

8,624,430

 

 

 

 

24,737,937

 

 

 

 

183,304,858

 

 

 

 

123,900,841

 

 

 

 

344,891,167

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The amounts included above for variable interest rate instruments is subject to change if changes in variable interest rates differ from those estimates of interest rates determined at the end of the reporting period.

The following tables detail the Group’s expected cash flows for its derivative financial liabilities. The table has been drawn up based on the undiscounted contractual net cash inflows and outflows on derivative instruments that settle on a net basis. When the amount payable or receivable is not fixed, the amount disclosed has been determined by reference to the projected interest rates as illustrated by the yield curves existing at the end of the reporting period. The undiscounted contractual cash flows are based on the contractual maturities of the derivatives.

F-39


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less
than 1
month

 

1-3 months

 

3-12 months

 

1-5 years

 

5+ years

 

Total

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

962,370

 

 

 

 

2,551,614

 

 

 

 

8,040,991

 

 

 

 

(2,771,569

)

 

 

 

 

8,783,406

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

962,370

 

 

 

 

2,551,614

 

 

 

 

8,040,991

 

 

 

 

(2,771,569

)

 

 

 

 

8,783,406

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

701,298

 

 

 

 

1,954,029

 

 

 

 

2,974,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,629,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

701,298

 

 

 

 

1,954,029

 

 

 

 

2,974,653

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,629,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Group expects to be able to meet its current obligations resulting from financing and operating its vessels using the liquidity existing at year end and the cash generated by operating activities. The Group expects to be able to meet its long-term obligations resulting from financing its vessels through cash generated from operations and by raising capital.

Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will fail to discharge its obligations and cause a financial loss. The Group is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance by any of the counterparties. To limit this risk, the Group deals exclusively with creditworthy financial institutions and customers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

2010

 

2011

Time deposits

 

 

 

3,544,150

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables

 

 

 

821,838

 

 

 

 

2,682,820

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the three years ended December 31, 2011, substantially all of the Group’s revenue was earned from one customer and accounts receivable were not collateralized; however, management believes that the credit risk is partially offset by the creditworthiness of the Group’s counterparty. The Group did not experience significant credit losses on its accounts receivable portfolio during the three years ended December 31, 2011. The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the consolidated financial statements represents the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk. Management monitors exposure to credit risk, and they believe that there is no substantial credit risk arising from the Group’s counter parties.

The credit risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit-ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies.

22. Derivative Financial Instruments

Interest rate swap agreements

The fair value of the interest rate swaps derivative liability is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

 

2010

 

2011

Interest rate swaps, current liability

 

 

 

2,560,240

 

 

 

 

3,451,080

 

Interest rate swaps, non–current liability

 

 

 

2,835,167

 

 

 

 

5,101,234

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

5,395,407

 

 

 

 

8,552,314

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-40


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

The principal terms of the interest rate swaps outstanding at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GAS-one Ltd.

 

GAS-one Ltd.

 

GAS-five Ltd.

 

GAS-five Ltd.

 

GAS-six Ltd.

Counterparty

 

Danish Ship
Finance

 

Danish Ship
Finance

 

Nordea Bank
Finland

 

Nordea Bank
Finland

 

Nordea Bank
Finland

Initial Notional Amount

 

80,804,648

 

84,187,193

 

60,000,000

 

75,000,000

 

75,000,000

Notional Amount, December 31, 2011

 

72,968,326

 

84,187,193

 

60,000,000

 

75,000,000

 

75,000,000

Trade date

 

Sept 2008

 

Oct 2011

 

Nov 2011

 

Nov 2011

 

Nov 2011

Effective Date

 

Sept 2008

 

Nov 2011

 

May 2013

 

May 2013

 

July 2013

Termination Date

 

August 2013

 

May 2020

 

May 2018

 

May 2018

 

July 2018

Fixed Interest Rate

 

3.84%

 

2.10%

 

2.04%

 

1.96%

 

2.04%

Under these swap transactions, the bank counterparty effects quarterly floating-rate payments to the Group for the relevant amount based on the three-month U.S. dollar LIBOR, and the Group effects quarterly payments to the bank on the relevant amount at the respective fixed rates.

The fixed interest agreements converted the floating interest rate exposure into a fixed interest rate in order to economically hedge the Group’s exposure to fluctuations in prevailing market interest rates (Note 12). The derivative instruments listed above, qualified as cash flow hedges.

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value, and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at each reporting date. The recognition of the resulting gain or loss is determined by whether there is a qualifying hedging relationship. The effectiveness of a hedging relationship is assessed at its inception and then on an ongoing basis at each reporting date. For the four swaps presented in the above table that were signed in 2011, there was a loss of $2,455,998 recognized at their inception in the consolidated statement of income under loss on interest rate swaps, as there was evidence that the respective transaction prices exceeded the valuation based on observable market data.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives amounting to $431,533 loss (2010: $1,087,149 loss and 2009: $1,895,628 gain) has been recognized in other comprehensive income. The loss of $269,376 relating to the ineffective portion was recognized during the year ended December 2011, in the consolidated statement of income under loss on interest rate swaps. There was no ineffective portion for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

23. Fair Value Estimation

The carrying amounts of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated financial statements approximate their fair values.

The fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities with standard terms and conditions and traded on active liquid markets were determined with reference to quoted market prices. Where such prices were not available, a discounted cash flow analysis is performed using the applicable yield curve for the duration of the instruments.

The fair value of the interest rate swaps at the end of reporting period was determined by discounting the future cash flows using the interest rate yield curves at the end of reporting period and the credit risk inherent in the contract. The interest rate swaps were grouped into Level 2. There were no financial instruments in Levels 1 and 3 and no transfers between Levels 1, 2 or 3 during the periods presented. The definitions of the Levels, provided by IFRS 7 Financial instruments: Disclosure , are based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

 

 

 

 

Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

F-41


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

 

 

 

Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and

 

 

 

 

Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

24. Segment Reporting

The Group’s chief operating decision maker (the “CODM”) is the Chief Executive Officer who reviews the results of the operating segments when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance. The segments are: (1) vessel ownership and (2) vessel management.

As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, the vessel ownership segment consisted of two LNG carriers operating on long-term, fixed rate time charter contracts with an international energy company, installments paid for two vessels under construction (Notes 6 and 20) and the Group’s participation in Egypt LNG Shipping Ltd. (Note 4). The segment results are evaluated based on profit earned from vessel operations.

As of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, the vessel management segment managed a total of 14 vessels, 2 of which were vessels owned by the Group and included in vessel ownership segment and the remaining 12 of which were owned by external customers, one of which is a related party. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the vessel management segment had construction supervision projects for an average of 0.7 vessels owned by the Group. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the vessel management segment had construction supervision projects for an average of 3.8 vessels, including 1.0 vessels owned by the Group and 2.8 vessels owned by external customers. The segment results are evaluated by CODM based on the operating efficiency and the profit earned by the managed vessels.

The segment income statement comprises revenues and expenses directly attributable to each segment. Transactions between the segments are eliminated.

Unallocated items primarily comprise assets and liabilities as well as revenues and expenses relating to the Group’s administrative functions including compensation paid to senior management and directors and other costs, as well as financial investment activities. The Group had no financial investments as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011.

Transactions with the other segments are based on various existing service agreements and are eliminated on consolidation. Eliminations primarily comprise of revenue earned by the vessel management segment which are operating costs of the vessels ownership segment and of intercompany receivables/payables between these two segments and elimination of intercompany profit capitalized as vessel costs by the vessel management segment.

F-42


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

The following tables include revenues and results for these segments for the years presented in these financial statements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2011

 

Vessel
ownership

 

Vessel
management

 

Unallocated

 

Eliminations

 

Total

Statement of income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from external customers (1)

 

 

 

55,756,426

 

 

 

 

10,714,393

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

66,470,819

 

Revenues from vessel ownership segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,577,946

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,577,946

)

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel operating and supervision costs

 

 

 

(10,099,730

)

 

 

 

 

(4,692,619

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,846,288

 

 

 

 

(12,946,061

)

 

Depreciation of fixed assets

 

 

 

(12,612,418

)

 

 

 

 

(148,721

)

 

 

 

 

(66,145

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,827,284

)

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

(1,141,502

)

 

 

 

 

(6,049,858

)

 

 

 

 

(9,609,934

)

 

 

 

 

804,699

 

 

 

 

(15,996,595

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) from operations

 

 

 

31,902,776

 

 

 

 

2,401,141

 

 

 

 

(9,676,079

)

 

 

 

 

73,041

 

 

 

 

24,700,879

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial costs

 

 

 

(9,573,023

)

 

 

 

 

(46,540

)

 

 

 

 

(11,699

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,631,262

)

 

Financial income

 

 

 

33,582

 

 

 

 

8,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

41,679

 

Loss on interest rate swaps

 

 

 

(2,725,374

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,725,374

)

 

Share of profit of associate

 

 

 

1,311,970

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,311,970

 

Gain on disposal of subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,786

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,786

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the year

 

 

 

20,949,931

 

 

 

 

2,362,698

 

 

 

 

(9,662,992

)

 

 

 

 

73,041

 

 

 

 

13,722,678

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of financial position as of December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,511,140

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,511,140

 

Investment in associate

 

 

 

6,528,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,528,087

 

Total assets

 

 

 

580,799,328

 

 

 

 

7,361,882

 

 

 

 

24,359,209

 

 

 

 

(5,507,715

)

 

 

 

 

607,012,704

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

310,582,577

 

 

 

 

3,796,932

 

 

 

 

5,378,561

 

 

 

 

(3,158,887

)

 

 

 

 

316,599,183

 

Other information for the year ended December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenditure on long-lived assets

 

 

 

90,860,822

 

 

 

 

516,496

 

 

 

 

383,680

 

 

 

 

73,041

 

 

 

 

91,834,039

 

F-43


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2010

 

Vessel
ownership

 

Vessel
management

 

Unallocated

 

Eliminations

 

Total

Statement of income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from external customers (1)

 

 

 

28,303,751

 

 

 

 

11,528,032

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39,831,783

 

Revenues from vessel ownership segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,711,621

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,711,621

)

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel operating and supervision costs

 

 

 

(4,781,178

)

 

 

 

 

(5,173,561

)

 

 

 

 

(112,035

)

 

 

 

 

1,422,717

 

 

 

 

(8,644,057

)

 

Depreciation of fixed assets

 

 

 

(6,396,165

)

 

 

 

 

(109,858

)

 

 

 

 

(54,358

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,560,381

)

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

(1,188,673

)

 

 

 

 

(5,508,665

)

 

 

 

 

(5,562,580

)

 

 

 

 

688,904

 

 

 

 

(11,571,014

)

 

Profit/(loss) from operations

 

 

 

15,937,735

 

 

 

 

3,447,569

 

 

 

 

(5,728,973

)

 

 

 

 

(600,000

)

 

 

 

 

13,056,331

 

Financial costs

 

 

 

(4,991,011

)

 

 

 

 

(47,551

)

 

 

 

 

(7,555

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,046,117

)

 

Financial income

 

 

 

97,987

 

 

 

 

22,833

 

 

 

 

230

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

121,050

 

Share of profit of associate

 

 

 

1,459,588

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,459,588

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit/(loss) for the year

 

 

 

12,504,299

 

 

 

 

3,422,851

 

 

 

 

(5,736,298

)

 

 

 

 

(600,000

)

 

 

 

 

9,590,852

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of financial position as of December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,511,140

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,511,140

 

Investment in associate

 

 

 

7,002,904

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,002,904

 

Total assets

 

 

 

491,841,277

 

 

 

 

15,179,703

 

 

 

 

19,226,294

 

 

 

 

(14,242,761

)

 

 

 

 

512,004,513

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

332,316,083

 

 

 

 

10,517,729

 

 

 

 

1,881,334

 

 

 

 

(13,642,761

)

 

 

 

 

331,072,385

 

Other information for the year ended December 31, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenditure on long-lived assets

 

 

 

228,840,597

 

 

 

 

255,351

 

 

 

 

109,563

 

 

 

 

(600,000

)

 

 

 

 

228,605,511

 

F-44


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2009

 

Vessel
ownership

 

Vessel
management

 

Unallocated

 

Eliminations

 

Total

Statement of income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues from external customers (1)

 

 

 

5,400

 

 

 

 

8,523,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,528,452

 

Revenues from vessel ownership segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,598,916

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,598,916

)

 

 

 

 

 

Vessel operating and supervision costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,654,942

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,598,916

 

 

 

 

(3,056,026

)

 

Depreciation of fixed assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(114,708

)

 

 

 

 

(10,859

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(125,567

)

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

(120,867

)

 

 

 

 

(3,414,218

)

 

 

 

 

(2,706,217

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,241,302

)

 

Profit/(loss) from operations

 

 

 

(115,467

)

 

 

 

 

1,938,100

 

 

 

 

(2,717,076

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(894,443

)

 

Financial costs

 

 

 

(724

)

 

 

 

 

(63,497

)

 

 

 

 

(7,922

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(72,143

)

 

Financial income

 

 

 

6,061

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

46,094

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,155

 

Profit on financial investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,689,003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,689,003

 

Share of profit of associate

 

 

 

634,870

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

634,870

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year

 

 

 

524,740

 

 

 

 

1,874,603

 

 

 

 

2,010,099

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,409,442

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statement of financial position at December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,511,140

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,511,140

 

Investment in associate

 

 

 

7,113,316

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,113,316

 

Total assets

 

 

 

261,438,340

 

 

 

 

9,346,255

 

 

 

 

22,509,478

 

 

 

 

(15,369,692

)

 

 

 

 

277,924,381

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

193,940,234

 

 

 

 

6,411,168

 

 

 

 

1,925,321

 

 

 

 

(15,369,692

)

 

 

 

 

186,907,031

 

Other information for the year ended December 31, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenditure on long-lived assets

 

 

 

45,018,137

 

 

 

 

237,205

 

 

 

 

172,285

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

45,427,627

 


 

 

(1)

 

 

 

During 2011 and 2010, the vessel ownership segment had two vessels that were time chartered out and earned revenue from external customers.

Revenues from the vessel management segment earned from external customers are broken down as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

Management fees and other income

 

 

 

6,885,617

 

 

 

 

9,478,134

 

 

 

 

10,312,228

 

Project income

 

 

 

1,637,435

 

 

 

 

2,049,898

 

 

 

 

402,165

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

8,523,052

 

 

 

 

11,528,032

 

 

 

 

10,714,393

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following table presents revenues and percentage of consolidated revenues for customers that accounted for more than 10% of the Group’s consolidated revenues during any of the periods presented.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

Major Customer

 

 

 

7,802,172

 

 

 

 

91%

 

 

 

 

39,062,783

 

 

 

 

98%

 

 

 

 

65,541,984

 

 

 

 

99%

 

25. Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) was calculated by dividing the net profit for the year attributable to the owners of the common shares (including common A shares) by the weighted average number of common shares issued and outstanding during the year. Manager shares and subsidiary manager shares contain the right to receive non-forfeitable dividends (whether paid or unpaid) and participate equally

F-45


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

with common shares in undistributed earnings and therefore are participating securities and, thus, are included in the two-class method of computing EPS.

Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to the owners of the Group by the weighted average number of all potential ordinary shares assumed to have been converted into common shares. As the Group’s capital structure only includes common shares and manager and subsidiary manager shares which are participating securities (i.e., there are no other potential common shares), basic and diluted EPS under the two-class method was the same for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011.

For the purpose of calculating basic and diluted earnings per share, the number of shares used in the calculation has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the share subdivision and bonus issue effected on March 13, 2012 (Note 10).

The following reflects the earnings and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

Basic earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Group

 

 

 

4,409,442

 

 

 

 

9,848,757

 

 

 

 

14,039,651

 

Less: Dividends declared and allocated to manager shares and subsidiary manager shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,500,660

)

 

 

 

 

(739,468

)

 

Add: Excess of dividends declared over earnings/(undistributed earnings) allocated to manager shares and subsidiary manager shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

643,845

 

 

 

 

(462,451

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings attributable to the owners of common shares (including common A shares) used in the calculation of basic EPS

 

 

 

4,409,442

 

 

 

 

8,991,942

 

 

 

 

12,837,732

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic

 

 

35,700,000

   

 

35,700,000

   

 

35,837,297

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

 

0.12

   

 

0.25

   

 

0.36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

Profit for the year attributable to owners of the Group used in the calculation of diluted EPS

 

 

 

4,409,442

 

 

 

 

9,848,757

 

 

 

 

14,039,651

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding, basic

 

 

35,700,000

   

 

35,700,000

   

 

35,837,297

 

Potential ordinary shares relating to manager shares and subsidiary manager shares outstanding (Note 19)

 

 

 

   

 

3,401,496

   

 

3,264,199

 

Weighted average number of shares used in the calculation of diluted EPS

 

 

35,700,000

   

 

39,101,496

   

 

39,101,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 

0.12

   

 

0.25

   

 

0.36

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26. Subsequent Events

In January 2012 GasLog Ltd. filed a Form F-1 registration statement with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission for the registration of shares to be offered in an initial public offering.

In January 2012 the former chief executive officer of GasLog Ltd., Jeppe Jensen, resigned from his executive position and his position on the board of directors. In connection with his resignation, GasLog Ltd. entered into a separation agreement with Mr. Jensen pursuant to which the 801,346 manager shares held by Mr. Jensen were immediately converted to common shares and were purchased by Blenheim Holdings. As a result of the accelerated vesting, the Group will recognize $632,491 of additional compensation expense in the first quarter of 2012, for total compensation expense in respect of outstanding manager shares and subsidiary manager shares of $1,424,404 expected to be recognized in the first quarter of 2012. In addition to the accelerated vesting of the aforementioned shares, the

F-46


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

Group also agreed to accelerate payment of all amounts due and payable to Mr. Jensen in respect of a special bonus awarded to him in 2011. The special bonus was recorded in the second half of 2011 when it was earned, and accordingly the acceleration of amounts payable to Mr. Jensen in connection with this resignation did not result in any compensation expense for the year ending December 31, 2012.

In February 2012 the Group entered into two fixed rate interest swap agreements, effective March 31, 2014, with Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) and ING Bank N.V. for a notional amount of $43,500,000 each relating to the loan facility signed on December 23, 2011 that relates to GAS-eight Ltd. Under these swap transactions, the banks will effect quarterly floating-rate payments to the Group for the relevant amount based on the three-month U.S. dollar LIBOR, and the Group will effect quarterly payments to the banks on the relevant amount at a fixed rate of 2.26% The notional amount is reduced during the term of the swap transactions based on the expected principal outstanding under the respective tranche.

In February and March 2012, the Group paid $9,350,000 and $9,500,000, respectively, to Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. for the vessels under construction to be owned by GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd.

In March 2012 the Group entered into a fixed rate interest swap agreement, effective November 29, 2013, with Credit Suisse AG for a notional amount of $108,000,000 relating to the loan facility signed on January 18, 2012 that relates to GAS-seven Ltd. Under this swap transaction, the bank will effect quarterly floating-rate payments to the Group for the relevant amount based on the three-month U.S. dollar LIBOR, and the Group will effect quarterly payments to the bank on the relevant amount at a fixed rate of 2.23%. The notional amount is reduced during the term of the swap transaction based on the expected principal outstanding.

On March 9, 2012, GAS-one Ltd. entered into an amending and restating agreement with respect to the facility with Danish Ship Finance A/S. On March 14, 2012, GAS-two Ltd. entered into an amending and restating agreement with respect to the syndicate facility with DnB Bank ASA (formerly known as DnB Nor Bank ASA), National Bank of Greece and UBS AG. Both amendments define that the guarantors prior to the date of a qualified IPO are GasLog Ltd., GasLog Carriers Ltd., Ceres Shipping and the Joint Venture Partner, while following the date of a qualified IPO are GasLog Ltd. and GasLog Carriers Ltd. GasLog Ltd., as corporate guarantor for the amended loan facilities, is subject to specified financial covenants on a consolidated basis. These financial covenants include the following:

 

(a)

 

 

 

net working capital (excluding the current portion of long-term debt) must be positive;

 

(b)

 

 

 

total indebtedness divided by total capitalization must not exceed 70% (or 65% after a qualified IPO);

 

(c)

 

 

 

beginning on December 31, 2013 the ratio of EBITDA over debt service obligations (including interest and debt repayments) on a trailing four-quarter basis must be no less than 110%;

 

(d)

 

 

 

beginning on December 31, 2013 the aggregate amount of all unencumbered cash and cash equivalents must exceed the higher of 3% of total indebtedness or $20,000,000;

 

(e)

 

 

 

GasLog Ltd. is permitted to pay dividends, provided that such payments do not exceed 50% of the net profit for such financial year, subject to no event of default having occurred or occurring as a consequence of the payment of such dividends (after a qualified IPO, dividend payment is permitted provided that the Group holds unencumbered cash equal to at least 4% of its total indebtedness); and

 

(f)

 

 

 

The Group’s market value adjusted net worth must at all times exceed $200,000,000 ($350,000,000 after a qualified IPO).

GAS-one Ltd. is also required to maintain at all times minimum liquidity of $1,500,000. The amendment of the GAS-one Ltd. facility requires minimum security coverage of 142.8% (or 120% after

F-47


GasLog Ltd. and its Subsidiaries

Notes to the consolidated financial statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

a qualified IPO). The amendment of the GAS-two Ltd. facility requires minimum security coverage of 120%.

Ceres Shipping Ltd. and the Joint Venture Partner are required to comply with certain financial covenants. Their covenant compliance requirements, and corresponding cross default provisions, will be released upon completion of the IPO.

On March 13, 2012, GasLog Ltd. effected a share subdivision pursuant to which each of GasLog Ltd.’s issued and outstanding shares of par value $1.00 each was divided into 100 shares of par value $0.01 each. In addition, GasLog Ltd.’s authorized share capital was increased to $5,000,000, divided into 500,000,000 shares of par value $0.01 each, and GasLog Ltd. effected a 1.38-for-1 share dividend by way of an issuance of bonus shares. All amounts related to shares, per share amounts and earnings per share presented in the consolidated financial statements give retroactive effect to the increase in authorized share capital and the share subdivision and bonus issue as described above.

On March 14, 2012, GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. entered into a loan agreement of up to $272,500,000 with DnB Bank ASA and the Export-Import Bank of Korea, related to the commitment letter signed on December 8, 2011 (Note 12), for the purpose of financing two newbuilding vessels. Each of the borrowers is required to have a minimum liquidity of $1,500,000 following the loan drawdown date. GasLog Ltd, as corporate guarantor for the loan facility, is subject to the same specified financial covenants disclosed in Note 12 for the new loan facilities.

F-48


Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of GasLog Ltd. (parent company only)

Statements of financial position
December 31, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2010

 

2011

Assets

 

 

 

 

Non-current assets

 

 

 

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

 

 

161,043,731

 

 

 

 

247,869,388

 

Tangible fixed assets

 

 

 

196,375

 

 

 

 

151,569

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-current assets

 

 

 

161,240,106

 

 

 

 

248,020,957

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

Trade receivables and other current assets

 

 

 

17,628

 

 

 

 

2,930,969

 

Amounts due from related parties

 

 

 

9,204,224

 

 

 

 

558,526

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

202,758

 

 

 

 

8,914,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

9,424,610

 

 

 

 

12,404,311

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

 

170,664,716

 

 

 

 

260,425,268

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity and liabilities

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

 

391,015

   

 

391,015

 

Contributed surplus

 

 

200,057,095

   

 

302,379,602

 

Equity-settled employee benefits reserve

 

 

 

2,674,744

 

 

 

 

5,761,485

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

 

(46,576,242

)

 

 

 

 

(52,854,495

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

 

 

156,546,612

 

 

 

 

255,677,607

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts payable and other current liabilities

 

 

 

72,478

 

 

 

 

2,624,597

 

Amounts due to related parties

 

 

 

14,045,626

 

 

 

 

2,123,064

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

14,118,104

 

 

 

 

4,747,661

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

 

 

 

170,664,716

 

 

 

 

260,425,268

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-49


Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of GasLog Ltd. (parent company only)

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive loss
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

983,904

 

 

 

 

849,699

 

Dividend income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,950,000

 

 

 

 

2,571,791

 

General and administrative expenses

 

 

 

(2,697,186

)

 

 

 

 

(5,943,050

)

 

 

 

 

(9,692,379

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from operations

 

 

 

(2,697,186

)

 

 

 

 

(3,009,146

)

 

 

 

 

(6,270,889

)

 

Financial costs

 

 

 

(6,767

)

 

 

 

 

(4,909

)

 

 

 

 

(7,364

)

 

Financial income

 

 

 

46,095

 

 

 

 

230

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total other income/(expense)

 

 

 

39,328

 

 

 

 

(4,679

)

 

 

 

 

(7,364

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss and comprehensive loss for the year

 

 

 

(2,657,858

)

 

 

 

 

(3,013,825

)

 

 

 

 

(6,278,253

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) per common share, basic and diluted

 

 

(0.07

)

 

 

 

(0.08

)

 

 

 

(0.18

)

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

35,700,000

   

 

35,700,000

   

 

35,837,297

 

F-50


Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of GasLog Ltd. (parent company only)

Cash flow statements
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011

(All amounts expressed in U.S. Dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2009

 

2010

 

2011

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

 

(2,750,187

)

 

 

 

 

(2,304,449

)

 

 

 

 

(4,741,298

)

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in amounts due from related parties

 

 

 

(5,996,648

)

 

 

 

 

6,342,654

 

 

 

 

10,798,620

 

Investments in subsidiaries

 

 

 

(21,315,405

)

 

 

 

 

(73,102,937

)

 

 

 

 

(81,867,500

)

 

Additions to tangible fixed assets

 

 

 

(172,328

)

 

 

 

 

(67,634

)

 

 

 

 

(4,954

)

 

Dividends received

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,070,000

 

 

 

 

 

Financial income

 

 

 

46,095

 

 

 

 

230

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

 

(27,438,286

)

 

 

 

 

(65,757,687

)

 

 

 

 

(71,073,834

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in amounts due to related parties

 

 

 

10,052,118

 

 

 

 

(377,992

)

 

 

 

 

3,355,070

 

Capital contributions

 

 

 

19,109,620

 

 

 

 

77,405,000

 

 

 

 

83,219,567

 

Payment of IPO costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,275,447

)

 

Dividend paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,996,619

)

 

 

 

 

(772,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash from financing activities

 

 

 

29,161,738

 

 

 

 

68,030,389

 

 

 

 

84,527,190

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

(1,026,735

)

 

 

 

 

(31,747

)

 

 

 

 

8,712,058

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

 

 

1,261,240

 

 

 

 

234,505

 

 

 

 

202,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

 

 

234,505

 

 

 

 

202,758

 

 

 

 

8,914,816

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-51


Schedule I—Condensed Financial Information of GasLog Ltd. (parent company only)

In the condensed financial information of GasLog Ltd. (the “Parent Company”), the Parent Company’s investments in subsidiaries were recorded at cost less any impairment. An assessment for impairment was performed when there was an indication that the investment had been impaired or the impairment losses recognized in prior years no longer existed. Had the Parent Company used the equity method of accounting for its investments in subsidiaries, net income for the Parent Company for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 would have been $4,409,442, $9,848,757 and $14,039,651, respectively, and total equity of the Parent Company as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 would have been $171,733,033 and $290,413,521 respectively.

Dividends from subsidiaries were recognized when they were authorized. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Parent Company recorded dividend income from its subsidiaries of $2,571,791 (2010: $1,950,000). No cash was received for this dividend during the year ended December 31, 2011 (2010: $1,070,000).

During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, the Parent Company was a guarantor of the loans held by GAS-one Ltd. and GAS-two Ltd. as described in the Note 12 “Bank Loans” to the consolidated financial statements of GasLog Ltd. and its subsidiaries. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Parent Company was a guarantor of the new loans held by GAS-five Ltd., GAS-six Ltd., GAS-seven Ltd., GAS-eight Ltd., GAS-nine Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd. as described in the Note 12 “Bank Loans” to the consolidated financial statements of GasLog Ltd. and its subsidiaries.

The Parent Company issued guarantees to Samsung Heavy Industries Co. Ltd. for the installments for vessels under construction held by GAS-one Ltd., GAS-two Ltd., GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd., GAS-six Ltd., GAS-seven Ltd., GAS-eight Ltd., GAS-nine Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd., as described in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements of GasLog Ltd. and its subsidiaries.

GAS-two Ltd., a subsidiary of the Parent Company, had restricted net assets amounting to $73,193,463 and $85,116,523 as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

The condensed financial information of GasLog Ltd., the Parent Company, should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of GasLog Ltd. and its subsidiaries.

F-52




Common Shares

GasLog Ltd.

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

Citigroup

J.P. Morgan

 

UBS Investment Bank

 

 

 

Dahlman Rose & Company

 

DNB Markets

Evercore Partners

Pareto Securities

  SEB Enskilda

Through and including   , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), federal securities law may require all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.




PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 98 of the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda (the “Companies Act”) provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability incurred by them in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is awarded in their favor or in which they are acquitted or granted relief by the Supreme Court of Bermuda pursuant to section 281 of the Companies Act.

We have adopted provisions in our bye-laws that provide that we shall indemnify our directors and officers in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty. Our bye-laws provide that the Company and its shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of the company, against any of the Company’s directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director’s or officer’s duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers, which provide our directors and officers with indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 98A of the Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director. We carry insurance policies insuring our directors and officers against certain liabilities that they may incur in their capacity as directors and officers.

Additionally, the underwriting agreement, a form of which will be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto, will provide for the underwriters named therein to indemnify and hold harmless us and each of our directors, officers and controlling persons from and against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. The underwriting agreement will also provide that such underwriters will contribute to certain liabilities of such persons under the Securities Act.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we granted 10,679 manager shares to our senior management personnel and 3,613 subsidiary manager shares to certain management personnel of GasLog LNG Services in order to provide such employees with strong performance incentives under their respective employment contracts. In August 2011 and January 2012, 1,645 and 3,367 manager shares were converted into common A shares and common shares, respectively. On March 13, 2012, we effected a share subdivision pursuant to which each of our issued and outstanding shares of $1.00 par value was divided into 100 shares of $0.01 par value, and we issued 22,672,296 shares to our existing shareholders pursuant to a 1.38-for-1 share dividend effected by way of an issuance of bonus shares. Each of these transactions was exempt from registration as a transaction that did not involve an offer or sale and, in any event, as a transaction not involving an offering in the United States under Regulation S of the Securities Act.

Concurrently with the public offering of common shares pursuant to this registration statement, we are also selling common shares through a private placement to our directors, at the public offering price. The private placement is exempt from registration as a transaction not involving any public offering in reliance upon Section 4(2) or Regulation S of the Securities Act.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) Exhibits

II-1


 

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement*

3.1

 

Amended Memorandum of Association of GasLog Ltd.

3.2

 

Form of Bye-laws of GasLog Ltd.

4.1

 

Specimen Share Certificate

4.2

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

5.1

 

Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, special counsel to the Company as to Bermuda law, as to the validity of the common shares being issued

8.1

 

Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, United States counsel to the Company, with respect to certain tax matters**

8.2

 

Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, special counsel to the Company as to Bermuda law, with respect to certain tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)

10.1

 

Loan Agreement dated March 14, 2008, as amended and restated by an Amendment and Restating Agreement dated March 9, 2012, relating to a facility of up to $174,033,000 among GAS-one Ltd. as borrower, the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders and Danish Ship Finance A/S (Danmarks Skibskredit A/S) as agent and security trustee

10.2

 

Facility Agreement dated November 17, 2009 (as amended and restated on March 14, 2012) relating to a $147,500,000 loan facility for GAS-two Ltd., arranged by DnB Bank ASA (formerly known as DnB Nor Bank ASA), National Bank of Greece S.A. and UBS AG, with DnB Bank ASA as agent and security agent

10.3

 

Facilities Agreement dated March 14, 2012 relating to $272,500,000 loan facilities among GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. as borrowers, DnB Bank ASA and the Export-Import Bank of Korea as mandated lead arrangers, the financial institutions listed in Schedule I thereto as lenders and DnB Bank ASA as hedging provider, book runner, agent and security agent†

10.4

 

Loan Agreement dated October 3, 2011 relating to a facility of up to $277,000,000 among GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. as joint and several borrowers, the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders, Nordea Bank Finland Plc, London Branch, ABN Amro Bank N.V. and Citibank Internal Plc, Greece Branch as joint lead arrangers, the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 2 thereto as swap banks and Nordea Bank Finland plc, London Branch as agent and security trustee**

10.5

 

Facility Agreement dated January 18, 2012 relating to a $144,000,000 loan facility between GAS-seven Ltd. as borrower and Credit Suisse AG as mandated lead arranger, the financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders and Credit Suisse AG as hedging provider, agent and security agent**†

10.6

 

Facility Agreement dated December 23, 2011 relating to a $435,000,000 loan facility among GAS-eight Ltd., GAS-nine Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd. as borrowers, DnB Bank ASA, Commonwealth Bank of Australia, Danish Ship Finance A/S, ING Bank N.V. and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as mandated lead arrangers, the financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders, the financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as hedging providers and DnB Bank ASA as bookrunner, agent and security agent**†

10.7

 

Master Time Charter Party among GAS-one Ltd., GAS-two Ltd., GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd., GAS-six Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated May 9, 2011**†

10.8

 

Confirmation Memorandum between GAS-one Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated May 9, 2011†

 

 

 

II-2


 

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.9

 

Confirmation Memorandum between GAS-two Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated May 9, 2011†

10.10

 

Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 1946, dated May 11, 2010, between Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and GAS-three Ltd.**†

10.11

 

Amendment to the Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 1946, dated May 4, 2011**†

10.12

 

Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 1947, dated May 11, 2010, between Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd.**†

10.13

 

Amendment to the Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 1947, dated May 4, 2011**†

10.14

 

Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 2016, dated March 30, 2011, between Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and GAS-five Ltd.**†

10.15

 

Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 2017, dated March 30, 2011, between Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd.**†

10.16

 

Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 2041, dated June 26, 2011, between Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and GAS-seven Ltd.**†

10.17

 

Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 2042, dated June 26, 2011, between Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and GAS-eight Ltd.**†

10.18

 

Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 2043, dated July 3, 2011, between Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and GAS-nine Ltd.**†

10.19

 

Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 2044, dated July 3, 2011, between Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd.**†

10.20

 

Appendices of the Private Agreement of Professional Hiring (English translation), dated December 1, 2010 and October 1, 2011, between Nea Dimitra Ktimatikh Kai Emporikh S.A. and GasLog LNG Services Ltd.

10.21

 

Service Level Agreement, dated February 1, 2010, between GasLog Monaco S.A.M. and Ceres Monaco S.A.M., as amended through December 1, 2011

10.22

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for the Company’s directors and certain officers**

10.23

 

Form of Restrictive Covenant Agreement

10.24

 

Form of Subscription Agreement*

21.1

 

Subsidiaries**

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2

 

Consent of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)**

23.3

 

Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, special counsel to the Company as to Bermuda law (included in Exhibit 5.1)

23.4

 

Consent of Clarkson Research Services Limited

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)**


 

 

*

 

 

 

To be provided by amendment.

 

**

 

 

 

Previously filed.

 

 

 

 

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the Registration Statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

II-3


(b) Financial Statement Schedules

The financial statement schedules are omitted because they are inapplicable or the requested information is shown in the consolidated financial statements of GasLog Ltd. or related notes thereto.

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1)

 

 

 

To provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, share certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(2)

 

 

 

That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) under the Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(3)

 

 

 

That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-4


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the Principality of Monaco, on the 14th day of March, 2012.

 

GASLOG LTD.
   

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Peter G. Livanos  

Name:

 

  Peter G. Livanos

Title:

 

  Chief Executive Officer

II-5


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 14th day of March, 2012.

Signature

 

Title

 

/ S / P ETER G. L IVANOS


Peter G. Livanos

 

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

*


Henrik Bjerregaard

 

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

*


Philip Radziwill

 

Vice Chairman and Director

*


Bruce L. Blythe

 

Director

*


Paul J. Collins

 

Director

*


William M. Friedrich

 

Director

*


Julian Metherell

 

Director

*


Anthony S. Papadimitriou

 

Director

*


Robert D. Somerville

 

Director

*/ S / P ETER G. L IVANOS


Name: Peter G. Livanos
Title: Attorney-in-fact

II-6


SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant’s duly authorized representative in the United States has signed this Registration Statement in the City of Newark, State of Delaware, on March 14, 2012.

 

PUGLISI & ASSOCIATES
   

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

/s/ Donald J. Puglisi  

 

Name:

 

  Donald J. Puglisi

Title:

 

  Managing Director

II-7


EXHIBIT INDEX

Set forth below is a list of exhibits that are being or will be filed with this Registration Statement on Form F-1.

 

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement*

3.1

 

Amended Memorandum of Association of GasLog Ltd.

3.2

 

Form of Bye-laws of GasLog Ltd.

4.1

 

Specimen Share Certificate

4.2

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

5.1

 

Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, special counsel to the Company as to Bermuda law, as to the validity of the common shares being issued

8.1

 

Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, United States counsel to the Company, with respect to certain tax matters**

8.2

 

Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, special counsel to the Company as to Bermuda law, with respect to certain tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)

10.1

 

Loan Agreement dated March 14, 2008, as amended and restated by an Amending and Restating Agreement dated March 9, 2012, relating to a facility of up to $174,033,000 among GAS-one Ltd. as borrower, the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders and Danish Ship Finance A/S (Danmarks Skibskredit A/S) as agent and security trustee

10.2

 

Facility Agreement dated November 17, 2009 (as amended and restated on March 14, 2012) relating to a $147,500,000 loan facility for GAS-two Ltd., arranged by DnB Bank ASA (formerly known as DnB Nor Bank ASA), National Bank of Greece S.A. and UBS AG, with DnB Bank ASA as agent and security agent

10.3

 

Facilities Agreement dated March 14, 2012 relating to $272,500,000 loan facilities among GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd. as borrowers, DnB Bank ASA and the Export-Import Bank of Korea as mandated lead arrangers, the financial institutions listed in Schedule I thereto as lenders and DnB Bank ASA as hedging provider, book runner, agent and security agent†

10.4

 

Loan Agreement dated October 3, 2011 relating to a facility of up to $277,000,000 among GAS-five Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd. as joint and several borrowers, the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders, Nordea Bank Finland Plc, London Branch, ABN Amro Bank N.V. and Citibank Internal Plc, Greece Branch as joint lead arrangers, the banks and financial institutions listed in Schedule 2 thereto as swap banks and Nordea Bank Finland plc, London Branch as agent and security trustee**

10.5

 

Facility Agreement dated January 18, 2012 relating to a $144,000,000 loan facility between GAS-seven Ltd. as borrower and Credit Suisse AG as mandated lead arranger, the financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders and Credit Suisse AG as hedging provider, agent and security agent**†

10.6

 

Facility Agreement dated December 23, 2011 relating to a $435,000,000 loan facility among GAS-eight Ltd., GAS-nine Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd. as borrowers, DnB Bank ASA, Commonwealth Bank of Australia, Danish Ship Finance A/S, ING Bank N.V. and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) as mandated lead arrangers, the financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as lenders, the financial institutions listed in Schedule 1 thereto as hedging providers and DnB Bank ASA as bookrunner, agent and security agent**†

10.7

 

Master Time Charter Party among GAS-one Ltd., GAS-two Ltd., GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd., GAS-six Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated May 9, 2011**†

10.8

 

Confirmation Memorandum between GAS-one Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated May 9, 2011†

 

 

 


 

 

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

10.9

 

Confirmation Memorandum between GAS-two Ltd. and Methane Services Limited, dated May 9, 2011†

10.10

 

Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 1946, dated May 11, 2010, between Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and GAS-three Ltd.**†

10.11

 

Amendment to the Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 1946, dated May 4, 2011**†

10.12

 

Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 1947, dated May 11, 2010, between Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd.**†

10.13

 

Amendment to the Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 1947, dated May 4, 2011**†

10.14

 

Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 2016, dated March 30, 2011, between Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and GAS-five Ltd.**†

10.15

 

Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 2017, dated March 30, 2011, between Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and GAS-six Ltd.**†

10.16

 

Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 2041, dated June 26, 2011, between Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and GAS-seven Ltd.**†

10.17

 

Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 2042, dated June 26, 2011, between Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and GAS-eight Ltd.**†

10.18

 

Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 2043, dated July 3, 2011, between Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and GAS-nine Ltd.**†

10.19

 

Shipbuilding Contract for the construction of a 154,800 cubic meter LNG carrier Hull No. 2044, dated July 3, 2011, between Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. and GAS-ten Ltd.**†

10.20

 

Appendices of the Private Agreement of Professional Hiring (English translation), dated December 1, 2010 and October 1, 2011, between Nea Dimitra Ktimatikh Kai Emporikh S.A. and GasLog LNG Services Ltd.

10.21

 

Service Level Agreement, dated February 1, 2010, between GasLog Monaco S.A.M. and Ceres Monaco S.A.M., as amended through December 1, 2011

10.22

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for the Company’s directors and certain officers**

10.23

 

Form of Restrictive Covenant Agreement

10.24

 

Form of Subscription Agreement*

21.1

 

Subsidiaries**

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2

 

Consent of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (included in Exhibit 8.1)**

23.3

 

Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, special counsel to the Company as to Bermuda law (included in Exhibit 5.1)

23.4

 

Consent of Clarkson Research Services Limited

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page hereto)**


 

 

*

 

 

 

To be provided by amendment.

 

**

 

 

 

Previously filed.

 

 

 

 

Confidential treatment has been requested for portions of this exhibit. These portions have been omitted from the Registration Statement and submitted separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.


Exhibit 3.1

FORM NO. 2

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BERMUDA

THE COMPANIES ACT 1981

ALTERED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

(Section 7(1) and (2))

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

GasLog Ltd.

(hereinafter referred to as "the Company")

 

1. The liability of the members of the Company is limited to the amount (if any) for the time being unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

 

2. We, the undersigned, namely,

 

 

NAME ADDRESS BERMUDIAN NATIONALITY NUMBER OF
     STATUS   SHARES
     (Yes/No)   SUBSCRIBED
         
         
David WJ Astwood Clarendon House Yes British One
  2 Church Street      
  Hamilton HM 11      
  Bermuda      
         
David J. Doyle " Yes British One
         
Alison R. Guifoyle " No British One

 

do hereby respectively agree to take such number of shares of the Company as may be allotted to us respectively by the provisional directors of the Company, not exceeding the number of shares for which we have respectively subscribed, and to satisfy such calls as may be made by the directors, provisional directors or promoters of the Company in respect of the shares allotted to us respectively.

 


 

3. The Company is to be an exempted Company as defined by the Companies Act 1981.

 

4. The Company, with the consent of the Minister of Finance, has power to hold land situate in Bermuda not exceeding ___ in all, including the following parcels:

 

N/A

 

5. The authorised share capital of the Company is US$5,000,000 divided into shares of US$0.01 each. The minimum subscribed share capital of the Company is US$12,000.

 

6. The objects for which the Company is formed and incorporated are unrestricted.

 

7. The following are provisions regarding the powers of the Company –

 

Subject to paragraph 4, the Company may do all such things as are incidental or conducive to the attainment of its objects and shall have the capacity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person, and –

 

(i) pursuant to Section 42 of the Act, the Company shall have the power to issue preference shares which are, at the option of the holder, liable to be redeemed;

 

(ii) pursuant to Section 42A of the Act, the Company shall have the power to purchase its own shares for cancellation; and

 

(iii) pursuant to Section 42B of the Act, the Company shall have the power to acquire its own shares to be held as treasury shares.

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed by each subscriber in the presence of at least one witness attesting the signature thereof

 

/s/ David W.J. Astwood          

/s/ David J. Doyle          

 

/s/ Alison R. Guifoyle          

 

 

         
 

(Subscribers)

(Witnesses)

 
         

 

 

 

SUBSCRIBED this 14th day of July, 2003.

 


Exhibit 3.2

BYE-LAWS OF

GASLOG LTD.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Interpretation

 

1.

Definitions

 

 

Shares

 

2.

Power to Issue Shares

 

3.

Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares

 

4.

Rights Attaching to Shares

 

5.

Calls on Partly Paid Shares

 

6.

Forfeiture of Shares upon Default in Payment

 

7.

Prohibition on Financial Assistance

 

8.

Share Certificates

 

9.

Fractional Shares

 

 

 

Registration of Shares

 

10.

Register of Members

 

11.

Registered Holder Absolute Owner

 

12.

Transfer of Registered Shares

 

13.

Transmission of Registered Shares

 

 

Alteration of Share Capital

 

14.

Power to Alter Capital

 

15.

Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares

 

Dividends and Capitalisation

 

16.

Dividends

 

17.

Power to Set Aside Profits

 

18.

Method of Payment

 

19.

Capitalisation

 

 

 


Meetings of Members

 

20.

Annual General Meetings

 

21.

Special General Meetings

 

22.

Requisitioned General Meetings/Other Business

 

23.

Notice

 

24.

Giving Notice and Access

 

25.

Postponement or Cancellation of General Meeting

 

26.

Electronic Participation and Security at General Meetings

 

27.

Quorum at General Meetings

 

28.

Chairman to Preside at General Meetings

 

29.

Voting on Resolutions

 

30.

Power to Demand Vote on a Poll

 

31.

Voting by Joint Holders of Shares

 

32.

Instrument of Proxy

 

33.

Representation of Corporate Member

 

34.

Adjournment of General Meeting

 

35.

Written Resolutions

 

36.

Directors’ Attendance at General Meetings

 

 

 

Directors and Officers

 

37.

Election of Directors

 

38.

Removal of Directors

 

39.

Vacancy in the Office of Director

 

40.

Remuneration of Directors

 

41.

Defect in Appointment

 

42.

Directors to Manage Business

 

43.

Powers of the Board of Directors

 

44.

Register of Directors and Officers

 

45.

Appointment of Officers

 

46.

Appointment of Secretary

 

47.

Duties of Officers

 

48.

Remuneration of Officers

 

49.

Conflicts of Interest

 

 

 

 

50.

Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

 

51.

Exclusive Jurisdiction

 

 

 

Meetings of the Board of Directors

 

52.

Board Meetings

 

53.

Notice of Board Meetings

 

54.

Electronic Participation in Meetings

 

55.

Quorum at Board Meetings

 

56.

Board to Continue in Event of Vacancy

 

57.

Chairman to Preside

 

58.

Written Resolutions

 

59.

Validity of Prior Acts of the Board

 

 

 

Corporate Records

 

60.

Minutes

 

61.

Place Where Corporate Records Kept

 

62.

Form and Use of Seal

 

 

 

Accounts

 

63.

Records of Account

 

64.

Financial Year End

 

 

 

Audits

 

65.

Annual Audit

 

66.

Appointment of Auditor

 

67.

Remuneration of Auditor

 

68.

Duties of Auditor

 

69.

Access to Records

 

70.

Financial Statements

 

71.

Distribution of Auditor’s Report

 

72.

Vacancy in the Office of Auditor

Business Combinations

 

73.

Amalgamations and Mergers

 

 

 

Voluntary Winding-Up and Dissolution

 

74.

Winding-Up

Changes to Constitution

 

75.

Changes to Bye-laws

 

76.

Discontinuance





 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 1

 

 

   

INTERPRETATION

 

 

 

1.

Definitions

 

 

 

 

1.1

In these Bye-laws, the following words and expressions shall, where not inconsistent with the context, have the following meanings, respectively:


 

 

 

 

Act

the Companies Act 1981 as amended from time to time;

 

 

 

 

Auditor

includes an individual or partnership;

 

 

 

 

Board

the board of directors appointed or elected pursuant to these Bye-laws and acting by resolution in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws or the directors present at a meeting of directors at which there is a quorum;

 

 

 

 

Chairman

the chairman of the Board, if there be one;

 

 

 

 

Company

the company for which these Bye-laws are approved and confirmed;

 

 

 

 

Director

a director of the Company;

 

 

 

 

Member

the person registered in the Register of Members as the holder of shares in the Company and, when two or more persons are so registered as joint holders of shares, means the person whose name stands first in the Register of Members as one of




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 2

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

such joint holders or all of such persons, as the context so requires;

 

 

 

 

notice

written notice as further provided in these Bye-laws unless otherwise specifically stated;

 

 

 

 

Officer

any person appointed by the Board to hold an office in the Company;

 

 

 

 

Register of Directors and Officers

the register of directors and officers referred to in these Bye-laws;

 

 

 

 

Register of Members

the register of members referred to in these Bye-laws;

 

 

 

 

Resident Representative

any person appointed to act as resident representative and includes any deputy or assistant resident representative;

 

 

 

 

Secretary

the person appointed to perform any or all of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any deputy or assistant secretary and any person appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of the Secretary; and

 

 

 

 

Treasury Share

a share of the Company that was or is treated as having been acquired and held by the Company and has been held continuously by the Company since it was so acquired and has not been cancelled.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 3

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

In these Bye-laws, where not inconsistent with the context:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

words importing persons include companies, associations or bodies of persons whether corporate or not;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the words:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

“may” shall be construed as permissive; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

“shall” shall be construed as imperative; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

unless otherwise provided herein, words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Bye-laws.

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

In these Bye-laws expressions referring to writing or its cognates shall, unless the contrary intention appears, include facsimile, printing, lithography, photography, electronic mail and other modes of representing words in visible form.

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.4

Headings used in these Bye-laws are for convenience only and are not to be used or relied upon in the construction hereof.

 

 

 

 

 

SHARES

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Power to Issue Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

Subject to these Bye-laws and to any resolution of the Members to the contrary, and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the Board shall have the power to issue any unissued shares on such terms and conditions as it may determine and any shares or class of




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

shares may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as the Company may by resolution of the Members prescribe.

 

 

 

 

2.2

Subject to the provisions of the Act, any preference shares may be issued or converted into shares that (at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder) are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as may be prescribed by resolution of the Members or, in the event that the Members by resolution have so authorised, as may be determined by the Board or any committee thereof (before the issue or conversion of such shares).

 

 

 

3.

Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares

 

 

 

 

3.1

The Company may purchase its own shares for cancellation or acquire them as Treasury Shares in accordance with the Act on such terms as the Board shall think fit.

 

 

 

 

3.2

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase or acquire all or any part of its own shares in accordance with the Act.

 

 

 

4.

Rights Attaching to Shares

 

 

 

 

4.1

Subject to any resolution of the Members to the contrary, and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the share capital of the Company shall consist of a single class of shares, the holders of which shall, subject to these Bye-laws:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

be entitled to one vote per share;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

be entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare;




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets of the Company; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

All the rights attaching to a Treasury Share shall be suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds such Treasury Share and, except where required by the Act, all Treasury Shares shall be excluded from the calculation of any percentage or fraction of the share capital, or shares, of the Company, including for purposes of determining whether a quorum of Members exists or voting on any resolution of the Members.

 

 

 

 

5.

Calls on Partly Paid Shares

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

The Board may make such calls as it thinks fit upon the Members in respect of any moneys, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, unpaid on the shares allotted to or held by such Members (and not made payable at fixed times by the terms and conditions of issue) and, if a call is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the Member may at the discretion of the Board be liable to pay the Company interest on the amount of such call at such rate as the Board may determine, from the date when such call was payable up to the actual date of payment. The Board may differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment of such calls.

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

Any amount which by the terms of issue of a share becomes payable upon issue or at any fixed date, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall for all the purposes of these Bye-laws be deemed to be an amount on which a call has been duly made and payable on the date on which, by the terms of issue, the same becomes payable, and in case of non-payment all the relevant provisions




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of these Bye-laws as to payment of interest, costs and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such amount had become payable by virtue of a duly made and notified call.

 

 

 

 

5.3

The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and any interest, costs and expenses in respect thereof.

 

 

 

 

5.4

The Company may accept from any Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by such Member, although no part of that amount has been called up or become payable.

 

 

 

6.

Forfeiture of Shares upon Default in Payment

 

 

 

6.1

If any Member fails to pay, on the day appointed for payment thereof, any call in respect of any share allotted to or held by such Member, the Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as the call remains unpaid, direct the Secretary to forward such Member a notice in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:

 

 

 

Notice of Liability to Forfeiture for Non-Payment of Call

GasLog Ltd. (the “Company”)

 

 

 

 

 

You have failed to pay the call of [ amount of call ] made on the [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ], in respect of the [ number ] share(s) [ number in figures ] standing in your name in the Register of Members of the Company, on the [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ], the day appointed for payment of such call. You are hereby notified that unless you pay such call together with interest thereon at the rate of [ ] per annum computed from the said [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ] at the registered office of the Company the share(s) will be liable to be forfeited.

 




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated this [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ Signature of Secretary ] By Order of the Board

 

 

 

 

6.2

If the requirements of such notice are not complied with, any such share may at any time thereafter before the payment of such call and the interest due in respect thereof be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such share shall thereupon become the property of the Company and may be disposed of as the Board shall determine.

 

 

 

 

6.3

A Member whose share or shares have been so forfeited shall, notwithstanding such forfeiture, be liable to pay to the Company all calls owing on such share or shares at the time of the forfeiture, together with all interest due thereon and any costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection therewith.

 

 

 

 

6.4

The Board may accept the surrender of any shares which it is in a position to forfeit on such terms and conditions as may be agreed. Subject to those terms and conditions, a surrendered share shall be treated as if it had been forfeited.

 

 

 

7.

Prohibition on Financial Assistance

 

 

 

 

The Company shall not give, whether directly or indirectly, whether by means of loan, guarantee, provision of security or otherwise, any financial assistance for the purpose of the acquisition or proposed acquisition by any person of any shares in the Company which is prohibited by the Act.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.

Share Certificates

 

 

 

 

8.1

Subject to Bye-law 8.4, every Member shall be entitled to a certificate under the common seal of the Company (or a facsimile thereof) or bearing the signature (or a facsimile thereof) of a Director or Secretary or a person expressly authorised to sign specifying the number and, where appropriate, the class of shares held by such Member and whether the same are fully paid up and, if not, specifying the amount paid on such shares. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in a particular case, that any or all signatures on certificates may be printed thereon or affixed by mechanical means.

 

 

 

 

8.2

The Company shall be under no obligation to complete and deliver a share certificate unless specifically called upon to do so by the person to whom the shares have been allotted.

 

 

 

 

8.3

If any share certificate shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Board to have been worn out, lost, mislaid or destroyed the Board may cause a new certificate to be issued and request an indemnity for the lost certificate if it sees fit.

 

 

 

 

8.4

Notwithstanding any provisions of these Bye-laws:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Board shall, subject always to the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations and the facilities and requirements of any relevant system concerned, have power to implement any arrangements it may, in its absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of uncertificated shares and to the extent such arrangements are so implemented, no provision of these Bye-laws shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is in any respect inconsistent with the holding or transfer of shares in uncertificated form; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

unless otherwise determined by the Board and as permitted by the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations, no person shall be entitled to receive a




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

certificate in respect of any share for so long as the title to that share is evidenced otherwise than by a certificate and for so long as transfers of that share may be made otherwise than by a written instrument.

 

 

 

 

9.

Fractional Shares

 

 

 

 

The Company may issue its shares in fractional denominations and deal with such fractions to the same extent as its whole shares and shares in fractional denominations shall have in proportion to the respective fractions represented thereby all of the rights of whole shares including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) the right to vote, to receive dividends and distributions and to participate in a winding-up.

 

 

 

REGISTRATION OF SHARES

 

 

 

10.

Register of Members

 

 

 

 

10.1

The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books a Register of Members and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

 

 

 

10.2

The Company may also keep one or more branch registers at such place or places outside Bermuda to the extent and in the manner permitted by the Act, and the Board may make such regulations as it thinks fit regarding the keeping of any branch register and may revoke or vary any such regulations. The Board may authorize any share on the Register of Members to be included in a branch register or any share registered on a branch register to be registered on another branch register, provided that at all times the Register of Members is maintained in accordance with the Act.

 

 

 

 

10.3

The Register of Members and any branch register shall be open to inspection without charge at the registered office of the Company on every business day, subject to such reasonable restrictions as the Board may impose, so that not less than two hours in each




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

business day be allowed for inspection. The Register of Members and each branch register may, after notice has been given in accordance with the Act, be closed for any time or times not exceeding in the whole thirty days in each year.

 

 

 

11.

Registered Holder Absolute Owner

 

 

 

 

The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognise any equitable claim or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person.

 

 

 

12.

Transfer of Registered Shares

 

 

 

 

12.1

An instrument of transfer shall be in writing in the form of the following, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, or in such other form as the Board may accept:

 

 

 

Transfer of a Share or Shares

GasLog Ltd. (the “Company”)

 

 

 

 

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED……………….. [ amount ], I, [ name of transferor ] hereby sell, assign and transfer unto [ transferee ] of [ address ], [ number ] shares of the Company.


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DATED this [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed by:

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transferor

 

                    Witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transferee

 

                    Witness




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.2

Such instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and transferee, provided that, in the case of a fully paid up share, the Board may accept the instrument signed by or on behalf of the transferor alone. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such share until the same has been registered as having been transferred to the transferee in the Register of Members.

 

 

 

 

12.3

The Board may refuse to recognise any instrument of transfer unless it is accompanied by the certificate in respect of the shares to which it relates and by such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer.

 

 

 

 

12.4

Shares may be transferred without a written instrument if transferred by an appointed agent or otherwise in accordance with the Act.

 

 

 

 

12.5

The joint holders of any share may transfer such share to one or more of such joint holders, and the surviving holder or holders of any share previously held by them jointly with a deceased Member may transfer any such share to the executors or administrators of such deceased Member.

 

 

 

 

12.6

The Board may in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor refuse to register a transfer of a share which is not fully paid up.

 

 

 

 

12.7

The Board may refuse to register a transfer of a share unless all applicable consents, authorisations and permissions of any governmental body or agency in Bermuda have been obtained. The Board shall have the authority to request from any Member, and such Member shall provide, such information as the Board may reasonably request for the purpose of determining whether the transfer of any share requires such consent, authorisation or permission and whether the same has been obtained.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.8

If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share the Secretary shall, within three months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

 

 

 

 

12.9

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bye-laws, shares that are listed or admitted to trading on an appointed stock exchange may be transferred in accordance with the rules and regulations of such exchange.

 

 

 

13.

Transmission of Registered Shares

 

 

 

 

13.1

In the case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased Member was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased Member where the deceased Member was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Member’s interest in the shares. Nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by such deceased Member with other persons. Subject to the Act, for the purpose of this Bye-law, legal personal representative means the executor or administrator of a deceased Member or such other person as the Board may, in its absolute discretion, decide as being properly authorised to deal with the shares of a deceased Member.

 

 

 

 

13.2

Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of any Member may be registered as a Member upon such evidence as the Board may deem sufficient or may elect to nominate some person to be registered as a transferee of such share, and in such case the person becoming entitled shall execute in favour of such nominee an instrument of transfer in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer by a Person Becoming Entitled on Death/Bankruptcy of a Member

 

 

GasLog Ltd. (the “Company”)

 

 

 

 

 

I/We, having become entitled in consequence of the [death/bankruptcy] of [ name and address of deceased/bankrupt Member ] to [ number ] share(s) standing in the




 

 

 GasLog Ltd.

Page 13

 

 

   

 

 

 

Register of Members of the Company in the name of the said [ name of deceased/bankrupt Member ] instead of being registered myself/ourselves, elect to have [ name of transferee ] (the “Transferee”) registered as a transferee of such share(s) and I/we do hereby accordingly transfer the said share(s) to the Transferee to hold the same unto the Transferee, his or her executors, administrators and assigns, subject to the conditions on which the same were held at the time of the execution hereof; and the Transferee does hereby agree to take the said share(s) subject to the same conditions.


 

 

 

 

 

DATED this [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed by:

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transferor

 

Witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transferee

Witness


 

 

 

 

13.3

On the presentation of the foregoing materials to the Board, accompanied by such evidence as the Board may require to prove the title of the transferor, the transferee shall be registered as a Member. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall, in any case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as it would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by that Member before such Member’s death or bankruptcy, as the case may be.




 

 

 GasLog Ltd.

Page 14

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

13.4

Where two or more persons are registered as joint holders of a share or shares, then in the event of the death of any joint holder or holders the remaining joint holder or holders shall be absolutely entitled to such share or shares and the Company shall recognise no claim in respect of the estate of any joint holder except in the case of the last survivor of such joint holders.

 

 

 

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

 

 

14.

Power to Alter Capital

 

 

 

 

14.1

The Company may, if authorised by a resolution of the Members including the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the votes attaching to all shares in issue, increase, divide, consolidate, subdivide, change the currency denomination of, diminish or otherwise alter or reduce its share capital in any manner permitted by the Act.

 

 

 

 

14.2

Where, on any alteration or reduction of share capital, fractions of shares or some other difficulty would arise, the Board may deal with or resolve the same in such manner as it thinks fit.

 

 

 

15.

Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares

 

 

 

If, at any time, the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound-up, be varied with the sanction of a resolution passed by the holders of a majority of the issued shares of such class. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.




 

 

 GasLog Ltd.

Page 15

 

 

   

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITALISATION

 

 

 

16.

Dividends

 

 

 

16.1

The Board may, subject to these Bye-laws and in accordance with the Act, declare a dividend to be paid to the Members, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in specie in which case the Board may fix the value for distribution in specie of any assets.

 

 

 

 

16.2

The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive any dividend.

 

 

 

 

16.3

The Company may pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each share where a larger amount is paid up on some shares than on others.

 

 

 

 

16.4

The Board may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the Members as may be lawfully made out of the assets of the Company.

 

 

 

 

16.5

No unpaid dividend, distribution or other moneys payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the Company unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to such share.

 

 

 

17.

Power to Set Aside Profits

 

 

 

The Board may, before declaring a dividend or distribution, set aside out of the surplus or profits of the Company such amount as it thinks proper as a reserve to be used to meet contingencies or to secure equality of distribution or for any other purpose.

 

 

18.

Method of Payment

 

 

 

18.1

Any dividend, distribution or other moneys payable in respect of a share may be paid by such means as the Board shall determine, including by wire transfer or by direct




 

 

 GasLog Ltd.

Page 16

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

transfer to such bank account as the Member may direct, or by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the address of the Member in the Register of Members (in the case of joint holders of shares, the senior joint holder, seniority being determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members). Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent or to such persons as the Member may direct, and payment of the cheque or warrant shall be a good discharge to the Company. Every such cheque or warrant shall be sent at the risk of the person entitled to the money represented thereby. If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any shares any one of them can give an effectual receipt for any dividend, distributions or other moneys payable in respect of such shares.

 

 

 

 

18.2

The Board may deduct from any dividend, distribution or other moneys payable to any Member all moneys due from such Member to the Company on account of calls or otherwise in respect of a share which is not fully paid up.

 

 

 

 

18.3

Any dividend, distribution or other moneys payable in respect of a share which has remained unclaimed for a period of six years from the date when it became due for payment shall, if the Board so resolves, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company. The payment of any unclaimed dividend, distribution or other moneys payable in respect of a share may (but need not) be paid by the Company into an account separate from the Company’s own account. Such payment shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

 

 

 

 

18.4

The Company shall be entitled to cease sending dividend cheques and warrants by post or otherwise to a Member if those instruments have been returned undelivered to, or left uncashed by, that Member on at least two consecutive occasions, or, following one such occasion, reasonable enquiries have failed to establish the Member’s new address. The entitlement conferred on the Company by this Bye-law 18.4 in respect of any Member shall cease if the Member claims a dividend or cashes a dividend cheque or warrant.




 

 

 GasLog Ltd.

Page 17

 

 

   

 

 

 

19.

Capitalisation

 

 

 

19.1

The Board may capitalise any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s share premium or other reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such amount in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid up bonus shares pro-rata (except in connection with the conversion of shares of one class to shares of another class) to the Members.

 

 

 

 

19.2

The Board may capitalise any amount for the time being standing to the credit of a reserve account or amounts otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such amounts in paying up in full, partly or nil paid up shares of those Members who would have been entitled to such amounts if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.

 

 

 

MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

20.

Annual General Meetings

 

 

 

The annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year (other than the year of incorporation) at such time and place in or outside Bermuda as the Board or the Chairman shall appoint.

 

 

21.

Special General Meetings

 

 

 

The Board or the Chairman may convene a special general meeting whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary.




 

 

 GasLog Ltd.

Page 18

 

 

   

 

 

 

22.

Requisitioned General Meetings/Other Business

 

 

 

22.1

The Board shall, on the requisition of Members holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than one-tenth of such of the paid-up share capital of the Company as at the date of the deposit carries the right to vote at general meetings, forthwith proceed to convene a special general meeting and the provisions of the Act shall apply.

 

 

 

 

22.2

In addition to any rights of Members under the Act or these Bye-laws, business may be brought before any annual general meeting or any special general meeting by any person who: (i) is a Member of record on the date of the giving of the notice provided for in this Bye-law 22 and on the record date for the determination of Members entitled to receive notice of and vote at such meeting; and (ii) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bye-law 22.

 

 

 

 

22.3

In addition to any other applicable requirements, for other business to be proposed by a Member pursuant to Bye-law 22.2, such Member must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the Secretary.

 

 

 

 

22.4

To be timely, a notice given to the Secretary pursuant to Bye-law 22.3 must be delivered to or mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company as set forth in the Company’s filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission: (i) in the case of an annual general meeting, not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the anniversary of the last annual general meeting prior to the giving of the notice or, in the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is greater than 30 days before or after such anniversary, the notice must be so delivered or mailed and received not later than 10 days following the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was mailed or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made, whichever first occurs; and (ii) in the case of a special general meeting, not later than 10 days following earlier of the date on which




 

 

 GasLog Ltd.

Page 19

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

notice of the special general meeting was posted to Members or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the special general meeting was made.

 

 

 

 

22.5

To be in proper written form, a notice given to the Secretary pursuant to Bye-law 22.3 must set forth as to each matter such Member proposed to bring before the general meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the general meeting, the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the Bye-laws of the Company, the language of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such business at the general meeting; (ii) the name and record address of such Member and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the business is being proposed; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of the Company which are registered in the name of or beneficially owned by such Member and such beneficial owner (including any shares as to which such Member or such beneficial owner has a right to acquire ownership at any time in the future); (iv) a description of all derivatives, swaps or other transactions or series of transactions engaged in, directly or directly, by such Member or such beneficial owner, the purpose or effect of which is to give such Member or such beneficial owner economic risk similar to ownership of shares of the Company; (v) a description of all agreements, arrangements, understandings or relationships engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Member or such beneficial owner, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (or ownership or otherwise) of any class or series of shares of the Company, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Member or beneficial owner, or which provides, directly or indirectly, such Member or beneficial owner with the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of the shares of any class or series of shares of the Company; (vi) a description of all agreements, arrangements, understandings or relationships between such Member or such beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in




 

 

 GasLog Ltd.

Page 20

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

connection with the proposal of such business by such Member and any material interest of such Member or such beneficial owner in such business; and (vii) a representation that such Member intends to appear in person or by proxy at the general meeting to bring such business before the general meeting.

 

 

 

 

22.6

Once business has been properly brought before the general meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bye-law 22, nothing in this Bye-law shall be deemed to preclude discussion by any Member of such business. If the chairman of a general meeting determines that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Bye-law 22, the chairman shall declare to the meeting that the business was not properly brought before the meeting and such business shall not be transacted.

 

 

 

 

22.7

No business may be transacted at a general meeting, other than business that is either (i) properly brought before the general meeting by or at the direction of the Board (or any duly authorised committee thereof); or (ii) properly brought before the general meeting by any Member or Members in accordance with the Act or these Bye-laws.

 

 

 

23.

Notice

 

 

 

23.1

At least 10 days’ notice of an annual general meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, place and time at which the meeting is to be held, that the election of Directors will take place thereat, and as far as practicable, the other business to be conducted at the meeting.

 

 

 

 

23.2

At least 10 days’ notice of a special general meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, time, place and the general nature of the business to be considered at the meeting.




 

 

 GasLog Ltd.

Page 21

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

23.3

The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive notice of and to vote at any general meeting.

 

 

 

 

23.4

A general meeting shall, notwithstanding that it is called on shorter notice than that specified in these Bye-laws, be deemed to have been properly called if it is so agreed by (i) all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat in the case of an annual general meeting; and (ii) by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote thereat in the case of a special general meeting.

 

 

 

 

23.5

The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of a notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

 

 

24.

Giving Notice and Access

 

 

 

 

 

24.1

A notice may be given by the Company to a Member:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

by delivering it to such Member in person; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

by sending it by letter mail or courier to such Member’s address in the Register of Members; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

by transmitting it by electronic means (including facsimile and electronic mail, but not telephone) in accordance with such directions as may be given by such Member to the Company for such purpose; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

by delivering it in accordance with the provisions of the Act pertaining to delivery of electronic records by publication on a website.




 

 

 GasLog Ltd.

Page 22

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

24.2

Any notice required to be given to a Member shall, with respect to any shares held jointly by two or more persons, be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register of Members and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares.

 

 

 

 

24.3

Any notice delivered in accordance with Bye-law 24.1(a), 24.1(b) or 24.1(c) shall be deemed to have been served at the time when the same would be delivered in the ordinary course of transmission and, in proving such service, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed and prepaid, if posted, and the time when it was posted, delivered to the courier or transmitted by electronic means. Any notice delivered in accordance with Bye-law 24.1(d) shall be deemed to have been delivered at the time when the requirements of the Act in that regard have been met.

 

 

 

 

24.4

The Company shall be under no obligation to send a notice or other document to the address shown for any particular Member in the Register of Members if the Board considers that the legal or practical problems under the laws of, or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange in, the territory in which the address is situated are such that it is necessary or expedient not to send the notice or document concerned to such Member at such address and may require a Member with such an address to provide the Company with an alternative acceptable address for delivery of notices by the Company.

 

 

 

25.

Postponement or Cancellation of General Meeting

 

 

 

The Chairman may, and the Secretary on instruction from the Chairman shall, postpone or cancel any general meeting called in accordance with these Bye-laws (other than a meeting requisitioned under these Bye-laws) provided that notice of postponement or cancellation is given to each Member before the time for such meeting. Fresh notice of the date, time and place




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 23

 

 

   

 

 

 

for the postponed or cancelled meeting shall be given to the Members in accordance with these Bye-laws.


 

 

 

26.

Electronic Participation and Security at General Meetings

 

 

 

 

26.1

The Board may, but shall not be required to, make arrangements permitting Members to participate in any general meeting by such telephonic, electronic or other communications facilities or means as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation by way of such facilities or means in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

 

 

 

26.2

The Board may, and at any general meeting the chairman of such meeting may, make any arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction the Board or such chairman considers appropriate to ensure the security of a general meeting including, without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity to be produced by those attending the meeting, the searching of their personal property and the restriction of items that may be taken into the meeting place. The Board and, at any general meeting the chairman of such meeting, are entitled to refuse entry to a person who refuses to comply with any such arrangements, requirements or restrictions.


 

 

 

27.

Quorum at General Meetings

 

 

 

 

27.1

At any general meeting one or more persons present in person throughout the meeting and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of the total issued voting shares in the Company shall form a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

 

 

 

27.2

If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, then, in the case of a meeting convened on a requisition, the meeting shall be deemed cancelled and, in any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 24

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

week later, at the same time and place or to such other day, time or place as the Secretary may determine. If the meeting shall be adjourned to the same day one week later or the Secretary shall determine that the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, time and place it is not necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting other than by announcement at the meeting adjourned. If the Secretary shall determine that the meeting be adjourned to an unspecified date, time or place, fresh notice of the date, time and place for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with these Bye-laws.


 

 

28.

Chairman to Preside at General Meetings

 

 

 

Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of those attending and entitled to vote thereat, the Chairman, if there be one, shall act as chairman at all general meetings at which such person is present. In his absence, the senior independent director, if one is designated by the Board, shall act as chairman and in his absence, a chairman shall be appointed or elected by those present at the meeting and entitled to vote.


 

 

 

29.

Voting on Resolutions

 

 

 

 

29.1

Subject to the Act and these Bye-laws, any question proposed for the consideration of the Members at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with these Bye-laws and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

 

 

 

 

29.2

No Member shall be entitled to vote at a general meeting unless such Member has paid all the calls on all shares held by such Member.

 

 

 

 

29.3

At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall, in the first instance, be voted upon by a show of hands or by a count of votes received in the form of electronic records and, subject to these Bye-laws and any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares, every Member present in person and




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 25

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

every person holding a valid proxy at such meeting shall be entitled to one vote and shall cast such vote by raising his hand or by communicating his vote in the form of an electronic record.

 

 

 

 

29.4

In the event that a Member participates in a general meeting by telephone, electronic or other communications facilities or means, the chairman of the meeting shall direct the manner in which such Member may cast his vote.

 

 

 

 

29.5

At any general meeting if an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration and the chairman of the meeting rules on whether or not the proposed amendment is out of order, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.

 

 

 

 

29.6

At any general meeting a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a question proposed for consideration has, on a show of hands or by a count of votes received in the form of electronic records, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in a book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company shall, subject to these Bye-laws, be conclusive evidence of that fact.


 

 

 

 

30.

Power to Demand a Vote on a Poll

 

 

 

30.1

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a poll may be demanded by any of the following persons:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the chairman of such meeting; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

at least three Members present in person or represented by proxy; or




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 26

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy and holding between them not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the Members having the right to vote at such meeting; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy holding shares in the Company conferring the right to vote at such meeting, being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total amount paid up on all such shares conferring such right.


 

 

 

 

30.2

Where a poll is demanded, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares, every person present at such meeting, including persons present by telephone, electronic or other communications facilities, shall have one vote for each share of which such person is the holder or for which such person holds a proxy and such vote shall be counted by ballot as described herein in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct, and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded and shall replace any previous resolution upon the same matter which has been the subject of a show of hands or of a count of votes received in the form of electronic records. A person holding multiple shares or holding a proxy in respect of multiple shares need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 

 

 

 

30.3

A poll demanded for the purpose of electing a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time and in such manner during such meeting as the chairman (or acting chairman) of the meeting may direct. Any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded may be conducted pending the taking of the poll.

 

 

 

 

30.4

Where a vote is taken by poll, each person present and entitled to vote, including each person present by telephone, electronic or other communications facilities, shall record




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 27

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

his vote in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct having regard to the nature of the question on which the vote is taken. Each ballot shall be marked so as to identify the voter and the registered holder in the case of a proxy. At the conclusion of the poll, the votes cast in accordance with such directions shall be examined and counted by one or more inspectors of votes appointed by the chairman of the meeting for the purpose. The result of the poll shall be declared by the chairman of the meeting.


 

 

 

31.

Voting by Joint Holders of Shares

 

 

 

In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote (whether in person or by proxy) shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.

 

 

32.

Instrument of Proxy

 

 

 

32.1

A Member may appoint a proxy by (a) an instrument appointing a proxy in writing in substantially the following form or such other form as the Board may determine from time to time:

Proxy
GasLog Ltd. (the “Company”)

 

 

 

 

 

I/We, [ insert names here ], being a Member of the Company with [ number ] shares, HEREBY APPOINT [ name ] of [ address ] or failing him, [ name ] of [ address ] to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of the Members to be held on the [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ] and at any adjournment thereof. (Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here.)

 

 

 

 

 

Signed this [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ]




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 28

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member(s)

 

 

 

 

 

or (b) such telephonic, electronic or other means as may be approved by the Board from time to time.

 

 

 

 

32.2

The appointment of a proxy must be received by the Company at the registered office or at such other place or in such manner as is specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting at which the person named in the appointment proposes to vote, and an appointment of proxy which is not received in the manner so permitted shall be invalid.

 

 

 

 

32.3

A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf in respect of different shares.

 

 

 

 

32.4

The decision of the chairman of any general meeting as to the validity of any appointment of a proxy shall be final.

 

 

 

33.

Representation of Corporate Member

 

 

 

 

33.1

A corporation which is a Member may, by written instrument, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any general meeting and any person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which such person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member, and that Member shall be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting attended by its authorised representative or representatives.

 

 

 

 

33.2

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman of the meeting may accept such assurances as he thinks fit as to the right of any person to attend and vote at general meetings on behalf of a corporation which is a Member.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 29

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

34.

Adjournment of General Meeting

 

 

 

 

 

34.1

The chairman of any general meeting at which a quorum is present may with the consent of Members holding a majority of the voting rights of those Members present in person or by proxy (and shall if so directed by Members holding a majority of the voting rights of those Members present in person or by proxy), adjourn the meeting.

 

 

 

 

 

34.2

In addition, the chairman may adjourn the meeting to another time and place without such consent or direction if it appears to him that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

it is likely to be impracticable to hold or continue that meeting because of the number of Members wishing to attend who are not present; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the unruly conduct of persons attending the meeting prevents, or is likely to prevent, the orderly continuation of the business of the meeting; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

an adjournment is otherwise necessary so that the business of the meeting may be properly conducted.

 

 

 

 

 

34.3

Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, place and time announced at the meeting being adjourned, fresh notice of the date, place and time for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

 

 

 

35.

Written Resolutions

 

 

 

 

 

35.1

Subject to these Bye-laws, anything which may be done by resolution of the Company in general meeting or by resolution of a meeting of any class of the Members may, without a meeting be done by written resolution in accordance with this Bye-law 35.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 30

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

35.2

Notice of a written resolution shall be given, and a copy of the resolution shall be circulated to all Members who would be entitled to attend a meeting and vote thereon. The accidental omission to give notice to, or the non‐receipt of a notice by, any Member does not invalidate the passing of a resolution.

 

 

 

 

35.3

A written resolution is passed when it is signed by, or in the case of a Member that is a corporation on behalf of, the Members who at the date that the notice is given represent such majority of votes as would be required if the resolution was voted on at a meeting of Members at which all Members entitled to attend and vote thereat were present and voting.

 

 

 

 

 

35.4

A resolution in writing may be signed by any number of counterparts.

 

 

 

 

 

35.5

A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law 35 is as valid as if it had been passed by the Company in general meeting or by a meeting of the relevant class of Members, as the case may be, and any reference in any Bye-law to a meeting at which a resolution is passed or to Members voting in favour of a resolution shall be construed accordingly.

 

 

 

 

35.6

A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye‐law 35 shall constitute minutes for the purposes of the Act.

 

 

 

 

 

35.7

This Bye-law 35 shall not apply to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

a resolution passed to remove an Auditor from office before the expiration of his term of office; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a resolution passed for the purpose of removing a Director before the expiration of his term of office.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 31

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

35.8

For the purposes of this Bye‐law 35, the effective date of the resolution is the date when the resolution is signed by, or in the case of a Member that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, the last Member whose signature results in the necessary voting majority being achieved and any reference in any Bye-law to the date of passing of a resolution is, in relation to a resolution made in accordance with this Bye‐law 35, a reference to such date.

 

 

 

36.

Directors Attendance at General Meetings

 

 

 

 

The Directors shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and be heard at any general meeting.

 

 

 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

 

 

37.

Election of Directors

 

 

 

 

37.1

The Board shall consist of such number of Directors being not less than three Directors and not more than such maximum number of Directors, not exceeding fifteen Directors, as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

 

 

 

37.2

Subject to Bye-law 39, the Directors shall be elected by the Members at the annual general meeting or any special general meeting called for that purpose and each Director shall hold office until the next annual general meeting or until his successor is elected or appointed.

 

 

 

 

37.3

Only persons who are proposed or nominated in accordance with this Bye-law 37.3 shall be eligible for election as Directors. Any Member or the Board may propose any person for election as a Director. Where any person, other than a Director retiring at the meeting or a person proposed for re‐election or election as a Director by the Board, is to be proposed by a Member for election as a Director, notice must be given to the Company




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 32

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

of the intention to propose him and of his willingness to serve as a Director in accordance with the following provisions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

In the case of an election at an annual general meeting, such notice must be given not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the anniversary of the last annual general meeting prior to the giving of the notice or, in the event the annual general meeting is called for a date that is greater than 30 days before or after such anniversary the notice must be given not later than 10 days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was posted to Members or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

In the case of an election at a special general meeting, such notice must be given not later than 10 days following the earlier of the date on which notice of the special general meeting was posted to Members or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the special general meeting was made;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

In the case of an election at any general meeting, such notice must set forth: (i) as to each person whom the Member proposes to nominate for election as a Director, (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the person, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the person, (C) the class or series and number of shares of the Company owned beneficially or of record by the person and (D) any other information relating to the person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of Directors pursuant to applicable laws or regulations or that the Company may reasonably request in order to determine the eligibility of such person to serve as a Director of the Company; (ii) the name and record address of the Member giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is proposed; (iii) the




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 33

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

class or series and number of shares of the Company which are registered in the name of or beneficially owned by such Member and such beneficial owner (including any shares as to which such Member or such beneficial owner has a right to acquire ownership at any time in the future); (iv) a description of all derivatives, swaps or other transactions or series of transactions engaged in, directly or directly, by such Member or such beneficial owner, the purpose or effect of which is to give such Member or such beneficial owner economic risk similar to ownership of shares of the Company; (v) a description of all agreements, arrangements, understandings or relationships engaged in, directly or indirectly, by such Member or such beneficial owner, the purpose or effect of which is to mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk (or ownership or otherwise) of any class or series of shares of the Company, manage the risk of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Member or beneficial owner, or which provides, directly or indirectly, such Member or beneficial owner with the opportunity to profit from any decrease in the price or value of the shares of any class or series of shares of the Company; (vi) a description of all agreements, arrangements, understandings or relationships between such Member or such beneficial owner and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposed nomination by such Member and any material relationship between such Member or such beneficial owner and the person proposed to be nominated for election; and (vii) a representation that such Member intends to appear in person or by proxy at the general meeting to propose such nomination; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

In the case of an election at any general meeting, such notice must be accompanied by a written consent of each person whom the Member proposes to nominate for election as a Director to being named as a nominee and to serve as a Director if elected.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 34

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

37.4

At any general meeting the Members may authorise the Board to fill any vacancy in their number left unfilled at a general meeting.

 

 

 

38.

Removal of Directors

 

 

 

38.1

Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Bye-laws, the Members entitled to vote for the election of Directors may, by resolution at any special general meeting convened and held in accordance with these Bye-laws, remove a Director, provided that the notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a Director shall contain a statement of the intention so to do and be served on such Director not less than 14 days before the meeting and at such meeting the Director shall be entitled to be heard on the motion for such Director’s removal.

 

 

 

 

38.2

If a Director is removed from the Board under the provisions of this Bye-law 38 the Members may fill the vacancy at the meeting at which such Director is removed. In the absence of such election or appointment, the Board may fill the vacancy.

 

 

 

39.

Vacancy in the Office of Director

 

 

 

 

 

39.1

The office of Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

is removed from office pursuant to these Bye-laws or is prohibited from being a Director by law;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

is or becomes bankrupt, or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

is or becomes of unsound mind or dies; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

resigns his office by notice to the Company.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 35

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

39.2

The Members in general meeting or the Board shall have the power to appoint any person as a Director to fill a vacancy on the Board occurring as a result of the removal, death, disability, disqualification or resignation of any Director or as a result of an increase in the size of the Board.

 

 

 

 

40.

Remuneration of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

Directors may receive compensation for their services as Director, including compensation for service on any committee of the Board and any additional fees for committee chairs, in amounts, and on such basis, as shall be established from time to time by resolution of the Board. The Directors may also be paid all travel, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from Board meetings, meetings of any committee appointed by the Board and general meetings, or in connection with the business of the Company or their duties as Directors generally.

 

 

 

 

41.

Defect in Appointment

 

 

 

 

 

All acts done in good faith by the Board, any Director, any committee appointed by the Board or any member of such a committee, any person to whom the Board may have delegated any of its powers, or any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that he was, or any of them were, disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director or act in the relevant capacity.

 

 

42.

Directors to Manage Business

 

 

 

 

 

42.1

The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board. In managing the business of the Company, the Board may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Act or by these Bye-laws, required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 36

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

42.2

Subject to these Bye-laws, the Board may delegate to any company, firm, person or body of persons any power of the Board (including the power to sub-delegate).

 

 

 

 

43.

Powers of the Board of Directors

 

 

 

 

 

The Board may:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

appoint, suspend or remove any manager, secretary, clerk, agent or employee of the Company and may fix their remuneration and determine their duties;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge or otherwise grant a security interest in its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and may issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or any third party;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

appoint one or more Directors to the office of chief executive officer of the Company, who shall, subject to the control of the Board, supervise and administer all of the general business and affairs of the Company;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

appoint a person to act as manager of the Company’s day-to-day business and may entrust to and confer upon such manager such powers and duties as it deems appropriate for the transaction or conduct of such business;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

by power of attorney, appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be an attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 37

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions so vested in the attorney;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

procure that the Company pays all expenses incurred in promoting and incorporating the Company and listing the shares of the Company;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to a committee appointed by the Board which may consist partly or entirely of non-Directors, provided that every such committee shall conform to such directions as the Board shall impose on them and provided further that the meetings and proceedings of any such committee shall be governed by the provisions of these Bye-laws regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board, so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by directions imposed by the Board;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to any person on such terms and in such manner as the Board may see fit;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

present any petition and make any application in connection with the liquidation or reorganisation of the Company;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

in connection with the issue of any share, pay such commission and brokerage as may be permitted by law; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

authorise any company, firm, person or body of persons to act on behalf of the Company for any specific purpose and in connection therewith to execute any deed, agreement, document or instrument on behalf of the Company.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 38

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

44.

Register of Directors and Officers

 

 

 

 

 

The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books at the registered office of the Company a Register of Directors and Officers and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

 

 

 

45.

Appointment of Officers

 

 

 

 

 

The Board may appoint such Officers (who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may determine for such terms as the Board deems fit.

 

 

 

 

46.

Appointment of Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

The Secretary shall be appointed by the Board from time to time for such term as the Board deems fit.

 

 

 

 

47.

Duties of Officers

 

 

 

 

 

The Officers shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Board from time to time.

 

 

 

 

48.

Remuneration of Officers

 

 

 

 

 

The Officers shall receive such remuneration as the Board may determine.

 

 

 

 

49.

Conflicts of Interest

 

 

 

 

 

49.1

Any Director, or any Director’s firm, partner or any company with whom any Director is associated, may act in any capacity for, be employed by or render services to the Company on such terms, including with respect to remuneration, as may be agreed between the parties. Nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or Director’s firm, partner or company to act as Auditor to the Company.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 39

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

49.2

A Director who is directly or indirectly interested in a contract or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of such interest as required by the Act.

 

 

 

 

 

49.3

Following a declaration of interest being made pursuant to Bye-law 49.2, the Chairman may, but shall not be required to, disqualify the Director from participating in the discussion or voting on the matter. In the event the Chairman makes a declaration under Bye-law 49.2, such determination may be made by a majority of the votes cast by the Directors not having such an interest. In addition, a Director may, but shall not be required to, recuse himself from the discussion or voting on any particular matter because of a possible conflict or for any other reason disclosed to the other Directors. Any Director that is so disqualified or that elects to be recused shall nevertheless be counted toward a quorum for the meeting.

 

 

 

 

 

49.4

In the event that one or more Directors are disqualified or elect to be recused from voting on a matter, or are later found to have an interest or conflict that should have been declared, the matter shall be approved if it is approved by a majority of the votes cast by the Directors that do not have an interest or conflict in the matter, even if less than a quorum.

 

 

 

 

50.

Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

 

 

 

 

 

50.1

The Directors, Resident Representative, Secretary and other Officers (such term to include any person appointed to any committee by the Board for purposes of this Bye-law 50) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, and every one of them, and their heirs, executors and administrators, shall, to the fullest extent now or in the future permitted under the Act, be indemnified and secured harmless out of the




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 40

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

assets of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, provided that this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of the said persons. Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action such Member might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director or Officer on account of any action taken by such Director or Officer, or the failure of such Director or Officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company or any subsidiary thereof, provided that such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director or Officer.

 

 

 

 

 

50.2

The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or Officer against any liability incurred by him under the Act in his capacity as a Director or Officer or indemnifying such Director or Officer in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to him by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the Director or Officer may be guilty in relation to the Company or any subsidiary thereof.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 41

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

50.3

The Company may advance moneys to or on behalf of any Director or Officer for the costs, charges and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such Director or Officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding against them, on condition that the Director or Officer shall repay the advance if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty is proved against him (such fraud or dishonesty having been established in a final judgment or decree not subject to appeal).

 

 

 

51.

Exclusive Jurisdiction

 

 

 

 

In the event that any dispute arises concerning the Act or out of or in connection with these Bye-laws, including any question regarding the existence and scope of any Bye-law and/or whether there has been any breach of the Act or these Bye-laws by an Officer or Director (whether or not such a claim is brought in the name of a shareholder or in the name of the Company), any such dispute shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of Bermuda.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

 

52.

Board Meetings

 

 

 

The Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit. Subject to these Bye-laws, a resolution put to the vote at a Board meeting shall be carried by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

 

 

53.

Notice of Board Meetings

 

 

 

A Director may, and the Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a Board meeting. Notice of a Board meeting shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director verbally (including in person or by telephone) or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by post, electronic means or other mode of representing




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 42

 

 

   

 

 

 

words in a visible form at such Director’s last known address or in accordance with any other instructions given by such Director to the Company for this purpose.

 

 

54.

Electronic Participation in Meetings

 

 

 

Directors may participate in any Board meeting by such telephonic, electronic or other communications facilities or means as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

 

55.

Quorum at Board Meetings

 

 

 

The quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a Board meeting shall be a majority of the Directors, but in no case less than two Directors.

 

 

56.

Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy

 

 

 

The Board may act notwithstanding any vacancy in its number but, if and so long as its number is reduced below the number fixed by these Bye-laws as the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at Board meetings, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of (i) summoning a general meeting; or (ii) preserving the assets of the Company.

 

 

57.

Chairman to Preside

 

 

 

Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of the Directors attending, the Chairman, if there be one, shall act as chairman at all Board meetings at which such person is present. In his absence, the senior independent director, if one is designated by the Board, shall act as chairman and in his absence, a chairman shall be appointed or elected by the Directors present at the meeting.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 43

 

 

   

 

 

58.

Written Resolutions

 

 

 

A resolution signed by all the Directors, which may be in counterparts, shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a Board meeting duly called and constituted, such resolution to be effective on the date on which the last Director signs the resolution.

 

 

59.

Validity of Prior Acts of the Board

 

 

 

No regulation or alteration to these Bye-laws made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that regulation or alteration had not been made.

CORPORATE RECORDS

 

 

 

 

60.

Minutes

 

 

 

The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 

 

 

 

(a)

of all elections and appointments of Officers;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

of the names of the Directors present at each Board meeting and each meeting of any committee appointed by the Board; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

of all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Members, Board meetings and meetings of committees appointed by the Board.

 

 

 

 

61.

Place Where Corporate Records Kept

 

 

 

Minutes prepared in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws shall be kept by the Secretary at the registered office of the Company.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 44

 

 

   

 

 

 

62.

Form and Use of Seal

 

 

 

 

62.1

The Company may adopt a seal in such form as the Board may determine. The Board may adopt one or more duplicate seals for use in or outside Bermuda.

 

 

 

 

62.2

A seal may, but need not be affixed to any deed, instrument or document, and if the seal is to be affixed thereto, it shall be attested by the signature of (i) any Director; or (ii) any Officer; or (iii) the Secretary; or (iv) any person authorised by the Board for that purpose

 

 

 

 

62.3

A Resident Representative may, but need not, affix the seal of the Company to certify the authenticity of any copies of documents.


ACCOUNTS

 

 

 

 

63.

Records of Account

 

 

 

63.1

The Board shall cause to be kept proper records of account with respect to all transactions of the Company and in particular with respect to:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure relates;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

all assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

63.2

Such records of account shall be kept at the registered office of the Company or, subject to the Act, at such other place as the Board thinks fit and shall be available for inspection by the Directors during normal business hours.

 

 

 

 

 

63.3

Such records of account shall be retained for a minimum period of five years from the date on which they are prepared.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 45

 

 

   

 

 

 

64.

Financial Year End

 

 

 

 

The financial year end of the Company may be determined by resolution of the Board and failing such resolution shall be 31 st December in each year.

 

 

 

AUDITS

 

 

 

65.

Annual Audit

 

 

 

Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts or appointment of an Auditor pursuant to the Act, the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

 

 

 

66.

Appointment of Auditor

 

 

 

 

66.1

Subject to the Act, the Members shall appoint an auditor to the Company to hold office for such term as the Members deem fit or until a successor is appointed.

 

 

 

 

66.2

The Auditor may be a Member but no Director, Officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an Auditor of the Company.

 

 

 

67.

Remuneration of Auditor

 

 

 

 

The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Members or by the Board (or a duly appointed committee thereof), if it is authorized to do so by the Members.

 

 

 

68.

Duties of Auditor

 

 

 

 

68.1

The financial statements provided for by these Bye-laws shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68.2

The generally accepted auditing standards referred to in this Bye-law 68 may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than Bermuda or such other generally accepted auditing standards as may be provided for in the Act. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor shall identify the generally accepted auditing standards used.

 

 

69.

Access to Records

 

 

 

The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto, and the Auditor may call on the Directors or Officers for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

 

 

70.

Financial Statements

 

 

 

Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts pursuant to the Act, financial statements as required by the Act shall:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

be laid before the Members at the annual general meeting; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

be received, accepted, adopted, approved or otherwise acknowledged by the Members by written resolution passed in accordance with these Bye-laws; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in circumstances where the Company has elected to dispense with the holding of an annual general meeting in the year or years to which the financial statements relate, be made available to the Members in accordance with the Act in such manner as the Board may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

71.

Distribution of Auditor’s report

 

 

 

The report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Members in general meeting.

 

 

72.

Vacancy in the Office of Auditor

 

 

 

If the office of Auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death of the Auditor, or by the Auditor becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when the Auditor’s services are required, the vacancy thereby created shall be filled in accordance with the Act.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

 

 

73.

Amalgamations and Mergers

 

 

 

The Company shall not engage in any amalgamation, merger, consolidation or similar transaction with any other company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity unless such amalgamation, merger, consolidation or similar transaction has been approved by a resolution of the Members including the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the votes attaching to all shares in issue entitling the holder to attend and vote on such resolution.

 

 

 

VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION

 

 

74.

Winding-Up

 

 

 

If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a resolution of the Members including the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the votes attaching to all shares in issue, divide amongst the Members in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in the trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or assets whereon there is any liability.




 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Page 48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION

 

 

75.

Changes to Bye-laws

 

 

 

No Bye-law may be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Bye-law may be made until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Board and by a resolution of the Members including the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the votes attaching to all shares in issue.

 

 

76.

Discontinuance

 

 

 

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to discontinue the Company to a jurisdiction outside Bermuda pursuant to the Act.



 

Exhibit 4.1

PAGE

 


PAGE2

 

Exhibit 4.2

 


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

dated as of [   ], 2012,

 

among

 

GASLOG LTD.

 

and

 

THE SHAREHOLDERS NAMED HEREIN

 




                    This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is made as of [   ], 2012, among GasLog Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (the “ Company ”) and the shareholders set forth on the signature page of this Agreement (together, the “ Shareholders ” and each, a “ Shareholder ”).

                    WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to provide the Shareholders with certain registration rights with respect to its Common Shares.

                    ACCORDINGLY, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and other good and valid consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          1. Certain Definitions .

                    As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

          “ Additional Demand Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c).

          “ Additional Piggyback Rights ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c).

          “ Additional Registrable Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(i).

          “ Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.9.

          “ Common Shares ” means the common shares, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company and any securities issued or issuable in exchange for or with respect to the common shares of the Company by way of a share dividend, share split, bonus issue or combination of shares or in connection with a reclassification, recapitalization, exchange, merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other reorganization.

          “ Common Share Equivalent ” means all options, warrants and other securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for (at any time or upon the occurrence of any event or contingency and without regard to any vesting or other conditions to which such securities may be subject) Common Shares.

          “ Demand Exercise Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i).

          “ Demand Registration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i).

          “ Demand Registration Request ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i).

          “ Derivative Transaction ” means any transaction involving the Common Shares, a Common Share Equivalent or a security linked to the foregoing or any security that would be deemed to be a “derivative security” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(c) under the Exchange Act) with respect to the foregoing or any transaction (even if not a security) which would (were it a security) be considered such a derivative security, or which transfers some or all of the economic risk of ownership of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any forward contract, equity


2

swap, put or call, put or call equivalent position, collar, non-recourse loan, sale of exchangeable security, short sale, stock loan or similar transaction.

          “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          “ Expenses ” means any and all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Company’s performance of or compliance with Section 2, including, without limitation: (i) SEC, stock exchange or FINRA registration and filing fees and all listing fees and fees with respect to the inclusion of securities on the New York Stock Exchange or on any securities market on which the Common Shares are listed or quoted, (ii) fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or “blue sky” laws and in connection with the preparation of a “blue sky” survey, including without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of blue sky counsel, (iii) printing and copying expenses, (iv) messenger and delivery expenses, (v) expenses incurred in connection with any road show, (vi) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, (vii) with respect to each registration, the fees and disbursements of one counsel for the relevant Participating Holder(s) (selected in each case by the Majority Participating Holders, in the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2), (viii) fees and disbursements of all independent public accountants (including the expenses of any audit and/or “cold comfort” letter) and fees and expenses of other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company, (ix) fees and expenses payable to a Qualified Independent Underwriter (as such term is defined in Schedule E to the By-Laws of FINRA) and (x) any other fees and disbursements of underwriters, if any, customarily paid by issuers of securities, including road show expenses to the same extent paid by the Company in its IPO. For the avoidance of doubt, brokerage fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes paid by any Participating Holder as set forth in Section 2.5 and the fees and expenses of counsel to the underwriters are not Expenses to be paid by the Company.

          “ FINRA ” means Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

          “ Holder ” means each Shareholder, for so long as such Shareholder owns any Registrable Securities, and its successors, assigns and direct and indirect transferees who become owners of Registrable Securities and become a party hereto pursuant to Section 4.5(b) and “ Holders ” means all or any of them.

          “ Initiating Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(i).

          “ IPO ” means the underwritten initial public offering of Common Shares of the Company registered under the Securities Act (File No. 333-179034).

          “ Majority Holders ” means Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities at the time in question.

          “ Majority Participating Holders ” means Participating Holders holding more than 50% of the Registrable Securities proposed to be included in any offering of Registrable Securities by such Participating Holders pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2.

          “ Manager ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).


3

          “ Participating Holders ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a)(ii) and/or Section 2.2(a) as qualified in Section 2.2(c) and Section 2.3(a).

          “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivisions thereof.

          “ Piggyback Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a)(ii).

          “ Postponement Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

          “ Registrable Securities ” means any Common Shares, provided such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (A) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have been declared effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, (B) such securities shall have been sold (other than in a privately negotiated sale) pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act and in compliance with the requirements of Rule 144 or (C) with respect to any Holder, once all Common Shares held by such Holder could be freely resold in a single transaction in the U.S. public market without registration (or reliance on Rule 144), pursuant to Section 4(1) of the Securities Act.

          “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          “ Section 2.3(a) Sale Number ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(a).

          “ Section 2.3(b) Sale Number ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b).

          “ Section 2.3(c) Sale Number ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c).

          “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          “ Selected Courts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7(d).

          “ Valid Business Reason ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b).

          2. Registration Rights .

                    2.1. Demand Registrations.

                              (a) (i) Subject to Section 2.1(b), at any time and from time to time after the date of this Agreement, the Majority Holders shall have the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all or a portion of the Registrable Securities, by delivering a written request therefor to the Company specifying the number of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration by such Holders and the intended method of distribution thereof. All such requests by the Majority Holders pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) are referred to herein as “ Demand Registration Requests ”, and the registrations so requested are referred to herein as “ Demand Registrations ” (with respect to any Demand Registration Request, the Holder or Holders making such Demand Registration Request being


4

referred to as the “ Initiating Holders ”). As promptly as practicable, but no later than ten days after receipt of a Demand Registration Request, the Company shall give written notice (the “ Demand Exercise Notice ”) of such Demand Registration Request (including the intended method of distribution) to all Holders.

                                        (ii) The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, shall include in a Demand Registration (x) the Registrable Securities of the Initiating Holders and (y) the Registrable Securities of any other Holder which shall have made a written request to the Company for inclusion in such Demand Registration (together with the Initiating Holders, the “ Participating Holders ”) (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Participating Holders) within 60 days after the receipt by the Holder of the Demand Exercise Notice (or 30 days if, at the request of the Initiating Holders, the Company states in such Demand Exercise Notice or gives telephonic notice to all Holders, with written confirmation to follow promptly thereafter, that such registration will be on a Form F-3).

                                        (iii) The Company shall, as expeditiously as possible but subject to Section 2.1(b), use its commercially reasonable efforts to (x) effect such registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested by the Participating Holders to register, for distribution in accordance with the intended method of distribution specified by the Initiating Holders and (y) if requested by the Majority Participating Holders, obtain acceleration of the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration.

                              (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.1(a), the Demand Registration rights granted in Section 2.1(a) to the Holders are subject to the following limitations: (i) the Company shall not be required to cause a registration statement pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i) to be filed, or to be declared effective, within 90 days after the effective date of any other registration statement of the Company filed pursuant to the Securities Act (excluding any registration on Form F-4 or Form S-8 (or otherwise in connection with any employee benefits plan) or any “shelf” registration) or, in either case, within any longer period of time, subject to the Company’s compliance with Section 4.8, during which the Company may be restricted from filing or having declared effective a registration statement or the Participating Holders may be restricted from selling any of their Registrable Securities; (ii) if the Company, in its good faith judgment, determines that any registration of Registrable Securities should not be made or continued because it would materially interfere with any material financing, acquisition, corporate reorganization or merger or other transaction or event involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries (a “ Valid Business Reason ”), the Company may postpone filing, or may withdraw, or not seek to bring effective, a registration statement relating to a Demand Registration Request until such Valid Business Reason no longer exists, but in no event shall the Company avail itself of such right for more than 90 days, in the aggregate, in any period of 365 consecutive days (such period of postponement or withdrawal under this clause (ii), the “ Postponement Period ”); and the Company shall give notice to the relevant Participating Holders of its determination to postpone or withdraw a registration statement and of the fact that the Valid Business Reason for such postponement or withdrawal no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof; and (iii) the Company shall not be required to effect a Demand Registration unless the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration either


5

(A) have an aggregate anticipated offering price of at least $20 million (based on the then-current market price of the Common Shares) or (B) consist of all remaining Registrable Securities held by the relevant Initiating Holders. If the Company shall give any notice of postponement or withdrawal of any registration statement pursuant to clause (b)(ii) of this Section, the Company shall not, during the period of postponement or withdrawal, register any equity security of the Company, other than (x) pursuant to a registration statement related to the Valid Business Reason contemplated by the Company’s notice to the relevant Participating Holders of its determination to postpone or withdraw a registration statement or (y) pursuant to a registration statement on Form F-4 or Form S-8 (or otherwise in connection with any employee benefits plan). Each Participating Holder agrees that, upon receiving notice from the Company that the Company has withdrawn any registration statement pursuant to clause (b)(ii) of this Section, it will (x) discontinue its disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement and (y) if so directed by the Company, deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, in its possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was in effect at the time of receipt of such notice. If the Company shall have withdrawn or prematurely terminated a registration statement filed under Section 2.1(a)(i) (whether pursuant to clause (ii) above or as a result of any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the SEC or any other governmental agency or court), the Company shall not be considered to have effected an effective registration for the purposes of this Agreement until the Company shall have filed a new registration statement covering the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn registration statement and such registration statement shall have been declared effective and shall not have been withdrawn. If the Company shall give any notice of withdrawal or postponement of a registration statement, the Company shall, at such time as the Valid Business Reason that caused such withdrawal or postponement no longer exists (but in no event later than three months after the date of the notice notifying the relevant Participating Holders of the postponement or withdrawal), use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of the Registrable Securities covered by the withdrawn or postponed registration statement in accordance with Section 2.1 (unless the Initiating Holders shall have withdrawn such request, in which case the Company shall not be considered to have effected an effective registration for the purposes of this Agreement).

                              (c) The Company, subject to Sections 2.3 and 2.6, may elect to include in any registration statement and offering made pursuant to Section 2.1(a)(i): (i) authorized but unissued Common Shares; (ii) Common Shares held by the Company as treasury shares; and (iii) any other Common Shares which are requested to be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights granted by the Company which are not inconsistent with the rights granted in, or otherwise conflict with the terms of, this Agreement (“ Additional Piggyback Rights ”); provided , however , that such inclusion shall be permitted only to the extent that it is pursuant to and subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement or arrangements, if any, entered into by the relevant Participating Holders.

                              (d) With respect to any Demand Registration, the Initiating Holders shall have the right to designate the lead managing underwriter in connection with such registration and each other managing underwriter for such registration, provided that no such managing underwriter shall be reasonably objectionable to the Company.


6

                    2.2. Piggyback Registrations .

                              (a) If, at any time, the Company proposes or is required to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act (other than (i) solely the registration of securities in connection with an employee benefits plan or dividend reinvestment plan or an acquisition, merger or consolidation or (ii) pursuant to a Demand Registration under Section 2.1) on a registration statement on Form F-1, Form F-3 or an equivalent general registration form then in effect, whether or not for its own account, the Company shall give prompt written notice of its intention to do so to each Holder. Upon the written request of any such Holder made within 15 days following the receipt of any such written notice (which request shall specify the maximum number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Holder and the intended method of distribution thereof), the Company shall, subject to Sections 2.2(b), 2.3 and 2.6, use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities, the Holders of which have so requested the registration thereof, to be included in the registration statement with the securities which the Company at the time proposes to register to permit the sale or other disposition by such Holders (in accordance with the intended method of distribution thereof) of the Registrable Securities to be so registered. Such Holders shall be referred to as Participating Holders for the purposes of any Registrable Securities to be registered under Section 2.2(a). No registration of Registrable Securities effected under Section 2.2(a) shall relieve the Company of its obligations to effect Demand Registrations under Section 2.1.

                              (b) If, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any equity securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay registration of such equity securities, the Company will give written notice of such determination to all relevant Participating Holders and (i) in the case of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such abandoned registration, without prejudice, however, to the rights of Holders under Section 2.1, and (ii) in the case of a determination to delay such registration of its equity securities, shall be permitted to delay the registration of such Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in registering such other equity securities, without prejudice, however, to the rights of Holders under Section 2.1.

                              (c) Any Participating Holder shall have the right to withdraw its request for inclusion of its Registrable Securities in any registration statement pursuant to Section 2.2 by giving written notice to the Company of its request to withdraw; provided , however , that such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration. Any Holder withdrawing pursuant to the provisions of this Section 2.2(c) shall following such withdrawal no longer be treated as a Participating Holder for the purposes of this Agreement.

                    2.3. Allocation of Securities Included in Registration Statement .

                              (a) If any requested registration made pursuant to Section 2.1 involves an underwritten offering and the lead managing underwriter of such offering (the “ Manager ”) shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in


7

such registration by the relevant Participating Holders or any other persons (including those Common Shares requested by the Company to be included in such registration) exceeds the largest number (the “ Section 2.3(a) Sale Number ”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the Majority Participating Holders, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to include in such registration:

                                        (i) first, all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by the Participating Holders thereof; provided , however , that, if the number of such Registrable Securities exceeds the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, the number of such Registrable Securities (not to exceed the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number) to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all relevant Participating Holders, based on the number of Registrable Securities then owned by each such Participating Holder requesting inclusion in relation to the number of Registrable Securities owned by all Participating Holders requesting inclusion;

                                        (ii) second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(a) is less than the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that securities be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of Additional Piggyback Rights (“ Piggyback Securities ”), based on the aggregate number of Piggyback Securities then owned by each holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Piggyback Securities owned by all holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number; and

                                        (iii) third, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(a) is less than the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number, any securities that the Company proposes to register for its own account, up to the Section 2.3(a) Sale Number.

                    If, as a result of the proration provisions of Section 2.3(a)(i), any Participating Holder shall not be entitled to include in a registration all Registrable Securities that such Participating Holder has requested be included in such registration, such Participating Holder may elect to withdraw its request to include any Registrable Securities in such registration or may reduce the number requested to be included; provided , however , that such request must be made in writing prior to the earlier of the execution of the underwriting agreement or the execution of the custody agreement with respect to such registration. Any Holder withdrawing all of its Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of the preceding sentence shall following such withdrawal no longer be treated as a Participating Holder for the purposes of this Agreement.

                              (b) If any registration pursuant to Section 2.2 is an underwritten primary registration of the Company’s securities, and the Manager shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number (the “ Section 2.3(b) Sale Number ”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such registration within a price range acceptable to the Company, the Company shall include in such registration:


8

                                        (i) first, all Common Shares that the Company proposes to register for its own account; and

                                        (ii) second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(b) is less than the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that Registrable Securities or Piggyback Securities be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2 or Additional Piggyback Rights, based on the aggregate number of Registrable Securities and Piggyback Securities then owned by each holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities and Piggyback Securities owned by all holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(b) Sale Number.

                              (c) If any registration pursuant to Section 2.2 is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities (other than Registrable Securities) that have the right to require such registration pursuant to an agreement entered into by the Company in accordance with Section 4.8 (“ Additional Demand Rights ”) and the Manager shall advise the Company that, in its view, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number (the “ Section 2.3(c) Sale Number ”) that can be sold in an orderly manner in such registration within a price range acceptable to the holders of the Additional Demand Rights, the Company shall include in such registration:

                                        (i) first, all securities requested to be included in such registration by the holders of Additional Demand Rights (“ Additional Registrable Securities ”), provided , however , that, if the number of such Additional Registrable Securities exceeds the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, the number of such Additional Registrable Securities (not to exceed the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number) to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders of Additional Registrable Securities requesting that Additional Registrable Securities be included in such registration, based on the number of Additional Registrable Securities then owned by each such holder requesting inclusion in relation to the number of Additional Registrable Securities owned by all of such holders requesting inclusion, unless such holders shall have otherwise agreed;

                                        (ii) second, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 2.3(c) is less than the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, any Common Shares that the Company proposes to register for its own account, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, and

                                        (iii) third, to the extent that the number of securities to be included pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 2.3(c) is less than the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number, the remaining shares to be included in such registration shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among all holders requesting that Registrable Securities or Piggyback Securities be included in such registration pursuant to the exercise of piggyback rights pursuant to Section 2.2 or Additional Piggyback Rights, based on the aggregate number of Registrable Securities and Piggyback Securities then owned by each holder requesting inclusion in relation to the aggregate number of Registrable Securities and Piggyback Securities owned by all such holders requesting inclusion, up to the Section 2.3(c) Sale Number.


9

                    2.4. Registration Procedures . If and whenever the Company is required by the provisions of this Agreement to use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect or cause the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible:

                              (a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement on an appropriate registration form of the SEC for the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, which form shall be selected by the Company and shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the applicable form and include all financial statements required by the SEC to be filed therewith, and the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective; provided , however , that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, or comparable statements under securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction, or any free writing prospectus related thereto, the Company will furnish to one counsel for the relevant Participating Holders (selected by the Majority Participating Holders) and the Manager, if any, copies of all such documents proposed to be filed (including all exhibits thereto), which documents will be subject to the review and reasonable comment of such counsel, and the Company shall not file any registration statement or amendment thereto, any prospectus or supplement thereto or any free writing prospectus related thereto to which the Majority Participating Holders or the Manager, if any, shall reasonably object;

                              (b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to the relevant registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for such period as any relevant Participating Holder shall request and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the sale or other disposition of all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the relevant Participating Holders thereof set forth in such registration statement;

                              (c) furnish, without charge, to each relevant Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, of the securities covered by the relevant registration statement such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus) in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, each free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, and other documents, as such Participating Holder and underwriter may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder (the Company hereby consenting to the use in accordance with all applicable law of each such registration statement (or amendment or post-effective amendment thereto) and each such prospectus (or preliminary prospectus or supplement thereto) or free writing prospectus by each such Participating Holder and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement or prospectus);

                              (d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or qualify the Registrable Securities covered by the relevant registration statement under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any relevant Participating Holder or any managing


10

underwriter, if any, shall reasonably request in writing, and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such Participating Holder or underwriter, if any, to consummate the disposition of the relevant Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions, except that in no event shall the Company be required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction where it would not, but for the requirements of this paragraph (d), be required to be so qualified, to subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction or to consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

                              (e) promptly notify each Participating Holder selling such Registrable Securities and each managing underwriter, if any: (i) when the relevant registration statement, any pre-effective amendment, the prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto, any post-effective amendment to such registration statement or any free writing prospectus has been filed and, with respect to such registration statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; (ii) of any request by the SEC or state securities authority for amendments or supplements to the relevant registration statement or the prospectus related thereto or for additional information; (iii) of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the relevant registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (iv) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or blue sky laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose; (v) of the existence of any fact of which the Company becomes aware which results in the relevant registration statement, the prospectus related thereto, any document incorporated therein by reference, any free writing prospectus or the information conveyed to any purchaser at the time of sale to such purchaser containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statement therein not misleading; and (vi) if at any time the representations and warranties contemplated by any underwriting agreement, securities sale agreement, or other similar agreement, relating to the offering shall cease to be true and correct in all material respects; and, if the notification relates to an event described in clause (v), the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each such Participating Holder and each managing underwriter, if any, a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading;

                              (f) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable after the effective date of the relevant registration statement (and in any event within 90 days after the end of such twelve month period described hereafter), an earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering the period of at least twelve consecutive months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first calendar quarter after the effective date of such registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

                              (g) (i) cause all such Registrable Securities covered by the relevant registration statement to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the principal securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed (if any), if the listing


11

of such Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such exchange, or (ii) if no similar securities are then so listed, to either cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on a national securities exchange or to take all actions that may be required by the Company as the issuer of such Registrable Securities in order to facilitate the managing underwriter’s arranging for the registration of at least two market makers as such with respect to such shares with FINRA;

                              (h) provide and cause to be maintained a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

                              (i) enter into such customary agreements (including, if applicable, an underwriting agreement in accordance with Sections 3.1 and 3.2 containing customary provisions for indemnification and contribution covering the underwriters and their affiliates) and take such other actions as the Majority Participating Holders shall reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities (it being understood that the relevant Participating Holders shall be parties to any such underwriting agreement and may, at their option, require that the Company make to and for the benefit of such Participating Holders the representations, warranties and covenants of the Company which are being made to and for the benefit of such underwriters);

                              (j) use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an opinion from the Company’s counsel and “cold comfort” letters from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters as are customarily covered by such opinions and “cold comfort” letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings, which opinion and letter shall be reasonably satisfactory to the underwriter, if any, and furnish to each relevant Participating Holder and to each underwriter, if any, a copy of such opinion and letter addressed to such Participating Holder or underwriter;

                              (k) deliver promptly to each relevant Participating Holder and each underwriter, if any, copies of all correspondence between the SEC and the Company, its counsel or auditors and all memoranda relating to discussions with the SEC or its staff with respect to the relevant registration statement, other than those portions of any such memoranda which contain information subject to attorney-client privilege with respect to the Company, and, upon receipt of such confidentiality agreements as the Company may reasonably request, make reasonably available for inspection by any Participating Holder relevant to such registration statement, by any underwriter, if any, participating in any disposition to be effected pursuant to such registration statement and by any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such Participating Holder or any such underwriter, all pertinent financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, and cause all of the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Participating Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

                              (l) use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of the relevant registration statement;


12

                              (m) provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, not later than the effective date of the relevant registration statement;

                              (n) make reasonably available its employees and personnel for participation in “road shows” and other marketing efforts and otherwise provide reasonable assistance to the underwriters (taking into account the needs of the Company’s businesses and the requirements of the marketing process) in the marketing of such Registrable Securities in any underwritten offering;

                              (o) promptly prior to the filing of any document which is to be incorporated by reference into the relevant registration statement or the prospectus related thereto (after the initial filing of such registration statement), and prior to the filing of any free writing prospectus, provide copies of such document to counsel for each relevant Participating Holder and to each managing underwriter, if any, and make the Company’s representatives reasonably available for discussion of such document and make such changes in such document concerning any such Participating Holder or managing underwriter prior to the filing thereof as counsel for such Participating Holder or managing underwriter may reasonably request;

                              (p) cooperate with the relevant Participating Holders and the managing underwriter, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates not bearing any restrictive legends representing the Registrable Securities to be sold, and cause such Registrable Securities to be issued in such denominations and registered in such names in accordance with the underwriting agreement prior to any sale of Registrable Securities to the underwriters or, if not an underwritten offering, in accordance with the instructions of the relevant Participating Holders at least three business days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities and instruct any transfer agent and registrar of Registrable Securities to release any stop transfer orders in respect thereof;

                              (q) take all such other commercially reasonable actions as are necessary or advisable in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

                              (r) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; provided , however , that to the extent that any prohibition is applicable to the Company, the Company will take such action as is necessary to make any such prohibition inapplicable;

                              (s) take all reasonable action to ensure that any free writing prospectus utilized in connection with any registration covered by Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and

                              (t) in connection with any underwritten offering, if at any time the information conveyed to a purchaser at the time of sale includes any untrue statement of a


13

material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, promptly file with the SEC such amendments or supplements to such information as may be necessary so that the statements as so amended or supplemented will not, in light of the circumstances, be misleading.

                    To the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (a “ WKSI ”) at the time any Demand Registration Request is submitted to the Company, and such Demand Registration Request requests that the Company file an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (an “ automatic shelf registration statement ”) on Form F-3, the Company shall file an automatic shelf registration statement which covers those Registrable Securities which are requested to be registered. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such automatic shelf registration statement is required to remain effective. If the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time the automatic shelf registration statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold. If the automatic shelf registration statement has been outstanding for at least three years, at the end of the third year the Company shall refile a new automatic shelf registration statement covering the Registrable Securities. If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to refile the shelf registration statement on Form F-3 and, if such form is not available, Form F-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective.

                    If the Company files any shelf registration statement for the benefit of the holders of any of its securities other than the Holders, the Company agrees that it shall include in such registration statement such disclosures as may be required by Rule 430B (referring to the unnamed selling security holders in a generic manner by identifying the initial offering of the securities to the Holders) in order to ensure that the Holders may be added to such shelf registration statement at a later time through the filing of a prospectus supplement rather than a post-effective amendment.

                    As a condition precedent to the Company’s obligations under Section 2.4 to register Registrable Securities, the Company may require that each Participating Holder furnish the Company such information in writing regarding such Participating Holder and the distribution of the Registrable Securities owned by such Participating Holder, as the Company may from time to time reasonably request provided that such information is necessary for the Company to consummate such registration and shall be used only in connection with such registration.

                    Each Participating Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in clause (v) of paragraph (e) of Section 2.4, such Participating Holder will (x) discontinue disposing Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Participating Holder receives copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by paragraph (e) of Section 2.4 and (y) if so directed by the Company, deliver to the Company


14

(at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, in such Participating Holder’s possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities that was in effect at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the applicable period mentioned in paragraph (b) of Section 2.4 shall be extended by the number of days during such period from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when each Participating Holder of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by paragraph (e) of Section 2.4.

                    If any such registration statement or comparable statement under “blue sky” laws refers to any Holder by name or otherwise as the Holder of any securities of the Company, then such Holder shall have the right to require (i) the insertion therein of language, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Holder and the Company, to the effect that the holding by such Holder of such securities is not to be construed as a recommendation by such Holder of the investment quality of the Company’s securities covered thereby and that such holding does not imply that such Holder will assist in meeting any future financial requirements of the Company or (ii) in the event that such reference to such Holder by name or otherwise is not in the judgment of the Company, as advised by counsel to the Company, required by the Securities Act or any similar federal statute or any state “blue sky” or securities law then in force, the deletion of the reference to such Holder.

                    2.5. Registration Expenses .

                              (a) The Company shall pay all Expenses (x) with respect to any Demand Registration whether or not it becomes effective or remains effective for the period contemplated by Section 2.4(b) and (y) with respect to any registration effected under Section 2.2.

                              (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) the provisions of Section 2.5 shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to cause these expense provisions to comply with “blue sky” laws of each state in which the relevant offering is made, (y) in connection with any offering hereunder, each Participating Holder shall pay all brokerage fees or underwriting discounts and commissions and any transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of the Registrable Securities of such Participating Holder, pro rata with respect to payments of fees, discounts and commissions in accordance with the number of shares sold in such offering by such Participating Holder and (z) the Company shall, in the case of all registrations under this Section 2, be responsible for all its expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties).

                    2.6. Certain Limitations on Registration Rights . In the case of any registration under Section 2.1 pursuant to an underwritten offering, or, in the case of a registration under Section 2.2, if the Company has determined to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith, all securities to be included in such registration shall be subject to an underwriting agreement and no Person may participate in such registration unless such Person agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided therein and, subject to Section 3.1, completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, and other documents (including custody agreements and powers of attorney) which must be executed in connection therewith, and


15

provides such other information to the Company or the managing underwriter as may be necessary to register such Person’s securities.

                    2.7. Limitations on Sale or Distribution of Other Securities . (a) The Company and each Participating Holder agrees, (i) to the extent requested in writing by a managing underwriter, if any, of any registration effected pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2, not to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, any Common Shares or any other equity security of the Company or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company (other than as part of such underwritten public offering) or to purchase or sell any Common Share Equivalent or enter into any Derivative Transaction during the time period reasonably requested by the managing underwriter, not to exceed 20 days before the commencement of any offering or 90 days after the pricing of such offering (except in the case of the Company, that the Company may effect any sale or distribution of any such securities pursuant to a registration on Form F-4 (if reasonably acceptable to such managing underwriter) or Form S-8 (or otherwise in connection with any employee benefits plan), or any successor or similar form which is then in effect or upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Common Share Equivalent) and (ii) the Company hereby also agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each holder of any equity security or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company purchased from the Company at any time other than in a public offering so to agree; provided , that the periods referred to above for the Participating Holders shall not be longer than the analogous period agreed to by the Company.

                              (b) The Company hereby agrees that, if it shall previously have received a request for registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2, and if such previous registration shall have been declared effective, the Company shall not sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, any Common Shares or any Common Share Equivalent, or any other equity security of the Company or any security convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any equity security of the Company (other than as part of such underwritten public offering, a registration on Form F-4 or Form S-8 (or otherwise in connection with any employee benefits plan) or any successor or similar form which is then in effect or upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any then outstanding Common Share Equivalent), until a period of 90 days shall have elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration; and the Company shall so provide in any registration rights agreements hereafter entered into with respect to any of its securities.

                    2.8. No Required Sale . Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create an independent obligation on the part of any Holder to sell any Registrable Securities pursuant to any effective registration statement.

                    2.9. Indemnification . (a) In the event of any registration of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2, the Company will, and hereby agrees to, indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder and each underwriter for each such Holder, and their respective directors, officers, fiduciaries, managing directors, employees, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors, assigns, shareholders, members or general and limited partners, and each other Person, if any, who controls such Holder or such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, actions or proceedings


16

(whether commenced or threatened) and expenses (including reasonable fees of counsel and any amounts paid in any settlement effected with the Company’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to which each such indemnified party may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, including with respect to any indemnity or contribution provided by such Holder under an underwriting agreement or other arrangement relating to such registration of securities (collectively, “ Claims ”), and the Company will reimburse any such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable to any such indemnified party in any such case to the extent such Claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission of a material fact made in the relevant registration statement or amendment thereof or supplement thereto or in any such prospectus or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus or free writing prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such indemnified party specifically for use therein. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Holder.

                              (b) Each Participating Holder of Registrable Securities as to which any registration under Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 is being effected shall, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 2.9) to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, its officers and directors, each Person controlling the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and all other prospective sellers and their respective directors, officers, fiduciaries, managing directors, employees, agents, affiliates, consultants, representatives, successors, assigns, general and limited partners, shareholders and respective controlling Persons from and against any and all Claims arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact in, or omission or alleged omission of material fact from, the relevant registration statement, any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any free writing prospectus utilized in connection therewith, if such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or its representatives by or on behalf of such Participating Holder specifically for use therein and reimburse such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the aggregate amount which any such Participating Holder shall be required to pay pursuant to this Section 2.9(b) and Sections 2.9(c), (e) and (f) shall in no case be greater than the amount of the net proceeds received by such Participating Holder upon the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement giving rise to such Claim. Such indemnity and reimbursement of expenses shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such Registrable Securities by such Participating Holder.

                              (c) Any Person entitled to indemnification under this Agreement shall notify promptly the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to which a claim for indemnification may be made pursuant to Section 2.9, but the failure of any such Person to provide such notice shall not relieve the


17

indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding paragraphs of Section 2.9, except to the extent the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced thereby, and shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have to any such Person otherwise than under this Article 2. In case any action or proceeding is brought against an indemnified party and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, unless in the reasonable opinion of outside counsel to the indemnified party a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such Claim, to assume the defense thereof jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent that it chooses, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party that it so chooses, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided , however , that (i) if the indemnifying party fails to take reasonable steps necessary to defend diligently the action or proceeding within 20 days after receiving notice from such indemnified party, (ii) if such indemnified party who is a defendant in any action or proceeding which is also brought against the indemnifying party reasonably shall have concluded that there may be one or more legal defenses available to such indemnified party which are not available to the indemnifying party or (iii) if representation of both parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct, then, in any such case, the indemnified party shall have the right to assume or continue its own defense as set forth above (but with no more than one firm of counsel for all indemnified parties in each jurisdiction, except to the extent any indemnified party or parties reasonably shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to such party or parties which are not available to the other indemnified parties or to the extent representation of all indemnified parties by the same counsel is otherwise inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct) and the indemnifying party shall be liable for any expenses therefor. No indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or proceeding) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (A) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or proceeding and (B) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

                              (d) If for any reason the foregoing indemnity is unavailable or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under Sections 2.9(a), (b) or (c), then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of any Claim in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand, with respect to such offering of securities. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission. If, however, the allocation provided in the second preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law, then each


18

indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative faults but also the relative benefits of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 2.9(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the preceding sentences of this Section 2.9(d). The amount paid or payable in respect of any Claim shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.9(d) to the contrary, no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.9(d) to contribute any amount in excess of the net proceeds received by such indemnifying party from the sale of Registrable Securities in the offering to which the losses, claims, damages or liabilities of the indemnified parties relate, less the amount of any indemnification payment made by such indemnifying party pursuant to Sections 2.9(b) and (c).

                              (e) The indemnity and contribution agreements contained herein shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification or contribution which any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract and shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made or omitted by or on behalf of any indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of any Registrable Securities by any such party.

                              (f) The indemnification and contribution required by this Section 2.9 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred.

          3. Underwritten Offerings .

                    3.1. Requested Underwritten Offerings . If requested by the underwriters for any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration requested under Section 2.1, the Company shall enter into a customary underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Such underwriting agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Majority Participating Holders and shall contain such representations and warranties by, and such other agreements on the part of, the Company and such other terms as are generally prevailing in agreements of that type, including, without limitation, indemnities and contribution agreements. Any Participating Holder to the offering shall be a party to such underwriting agreement and may, at its option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Participating Holder and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Participating Holder; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to make any representations or warranties with respect to written information specifically provided by a Participating Holder for inclusion in the relevant registration statement. Each such Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations,


19

warranties or agreements regarding such Participating Holder, its ownership of and title to the relevant Registrable Securities, and its intended method of distribution; and any liability of such Participating Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement shall be limited to liability arising from breach of such Participating Holder’s representations and warranties and shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds (net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions) that such Participating Holder derives from such registration.

                    3.2. Piggyback Underwritten Offerings . In the case of a registration pursuant to Section 2.2, if the Company shall have determined to enter into an underwriting agreement in connection therewith, any Registrable Securities to be included in such registration shall be subject to such underwriting agreement. Any Participating Holder to such registration may, at its option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Participating Holder and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement be conditions precedent to the obligations of such Participating Holder. Each such Participating Holder shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such Participating Holder, its ownership of and title to the relevant Registrable Securities, and its intended method of distribution; and any liability of such Participating Holder to any underwriter or other Person under such underwriting agreement shall be limited to liability arising from breach of such Participating Holder representations and warranties and shall be limited to an amount equal to the proceeds (net of expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions) that such Participating Holder derives from such registration.

          4. General .

                    4.1. Adjustments Affecting Registrable Securities . The Company agrees that it shall not effect or permit to occur any combination or subdivision of Common Shares or Common Share Equivalent which would adversely affect the ability of any Holder of any Registrable Securities to include such Registrable Securities in any registration contemplated by this Agreement or the marketability of such Registrable Securities in any such registration. The Company agrees that it will take all reasonable steps necessary to effect a subdivision of shares if in the reasonable judgment of (a) the Majority Participating Holders or (b) the managing underwriter for the relevant offering, such subdivision would enhance the marketability of the Registrable Securities. Each Holder agrees to vote all of its shares in a manner, and to take all other actions necessary, to permit the Company to carry out the intent of the preceding sentence including, without limitation, voting in favor of an increase in the share capital.

                    4.2. Rule 144 . The Company covenants that (i) upon such time as it becomes, and so long as it remains, subject to the reporting provisions of the Exchange Act, it will timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (including, but not limited to, the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144 under the Securities Act) and (ii) it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the


20

limitation of the exemptions provided by (A) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended from time to time, or (B) any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the SEC. Upon the request of any Holder, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

                    4.3. Ownership Reporting . The Company agrees that it will provide assistance to the Shareholders (or the ultimate beneficial owners of the Common Shares held by such Shareholders) in connection with the filing of beneficial ownership reports on Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G (or any successor form) or any amendment thereto pursuant to Rule 13d-1 under the Exchange Act, including the payment of any reasonable fees or expenses incurred in connection therewith.

                    4.4. Nominees for Beneficial Owners . If Registrable Securities are held by a nominee for the beneficial owner thereof, the beneficial owner thereof may, at its option, be treated as the Holder of such Registrable Securities for purposes of any request or other action by any Holder pursuant to this Agreement (or any determination of any number or percentage of shares constituting Registrable Securities held by any Holder contemplated by this Agreement), provided that the Company shall have received assurances reasonably satisfactory to it of such beneficial ownership.

                    4.5. Amendments and Waiver; Transferees . (a) The terms and provisions of this Agreement may be modified or amended, or any of the provisions hereof waived, temporarily or permanently, in a writing executed and delivered by the Company and each of the Holders. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar). No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof.

                    (b) Each Shareholder shall be entitled to transfer the benefits of this Agreement to any Person to whom it shall transfer all or any of its Registrable Securities, and any such transferee shall similarly be entitled to transfer the benefits of this Agreement; provided that each Shareholder agrees that it shall cause any such transferee to become a party to this Agreement by executing a counterpart of this Agreement and delivering the same to the Company. The Company shall not be required to effect the registration of any transfer of shares by a Shareholder unless it shall have received such a signed counterpart of this Agreement. Upon execution and delivery of such counterpart of this Agreement by the transferee, this Agreement shall be effective with respect to any such transferee without the need for any action on the part of any other Shareholder.


21

                    4.6. Notices . All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder will be in writing and will be given when delivered by hand or sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or by overnight courier (providing proof of delivery) or by facsimile (providing confirmation of transmission). All such notices, requests, claims, demands or other communications will be addressed as follows:

 

 

 

 

(a)

if to the Company, to:

 

 

 

 

 

GasLog Ltd.

 

 

c/o GasLog Monaco S.A.M.

 

 

Gildo Pastor Center

 

 

7 Rue du Gabian

 

 

MC 98000

 

 

Monaco

 

 

Telephone No.: +377 97 97 51 15

 

 

Fax No.: +377 97 97 51 24

 

 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

 

 

Worldwide Plaza

 

 

825 Eighth Avenue

 

 

New York, New York 10019

 

 

Telephone No.: (212) 474-1000

 

 

Fax No.: (212) 474-3700

 

 

Attention: William P. Rogers, Jr.

 

 

 

 

(b)

If to a Shareholder, to the address set forth under its name on the signature pages hereof.

or such other address as the Company or such Shareholder shall have specified to the other party in writing in accordance with this Section 4.6.

                    4.7. Miscellaneous .

                              (a) Subject to Section 4.5(b), this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and the respective successors, personal representatives and assigns of the parties hereto.

                              (b) This Agreement (with the documents referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements.

                              (c) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW


22

YORK (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF).

                              (d) With respect to any suit, action or proceeding (“ Proceeding ”) arising out of or relating to this Agreement each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or if such suit, action or proceeding may not be brought in such court for jurisdictional reasons, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (collectively, the “ Selected Courts ”) and waives any objection to venue being laid in the Selected Courts whether based on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise and hereby agrees not to commence any such Proceeding other than before one of the Selected Courts; provided , however , that a party may commence any Proceeding in a court other than a Selected Court solely for the purpose of enforcing an order or judgment issued by one of the Selected Courts and (ii) consents to service of process in any Proceeding by the mailing of copies thereof by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or by recognized international express carrier or delivery service, to the Company or such Shareholder at their respective addresses referred to in Section 4.6; provided , however , that nothing herein shall affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

                              (e) EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY, TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE. EACH PARTY FURTHER AGREES THAT ANY PARTY HERETO MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. ANY PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THE PARTIES RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY WILL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

                              (f) The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. All section references are to this Agreement unless otherwise expressly provided.

                              (g) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

                              (h) Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms


23

and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

                              (i) The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions and other equitable remedies to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any of the Selected Courts, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with respect to such remedy are hereby waived by each of the parties hereto. Each party further agrees that, in the event of any action for an injunction or other equitable remedy in respect of such breach or enforcement of specific performance, it will not assert the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

                              (j) Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

                    4.8. No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company represents that the rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with any other agreements to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound. Without the prior written consent of Holders of a majority of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, the Company will not, on or after the date of this Agreement, enter into any registration rights agreement with respect to its common equity securities which is inconsistent with the rights granted in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof or provides terms and conditions which, taken as a whole, are materially more favorable to, or materially less restrictive on, the other party or parties thereto than the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement are (insofar as they are applicable) to the Holders, other than any lock-up agreement with the underwriters in connection with any registered offering, pursuant to which the Company shall agree not to register for sale, and the Company shall agree not to sell or otherwise dispose of, Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares, for a specified period that is no longer than 90 days following the registered offering; provided , however , that in the event that either (a) during the last 17 days of the 90-day restricted period referred to above, as applicable, the Company issues an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (b) prior to the expiration of the 90-day restricted period, as applicable, the Company announces that it will release earnings results or becomes aware that material news or a material event will occur during the 15-day period beginning on the last day of the 90-day restricted period, as applicable, the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event. The Company further agrees that if any other registration rights agreement entered into after the date of this Agreement with respect to any of its securities contains terms which, taken as a whole, are materially more favorable to, or materially less restrictive on, the other party or parties thereto than the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement are (insofar as they are applicable) to the Holders, then the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall immediately be deemed to


24

have been amended without further action by the Company or any of the Holders so that the Holders shall each be entitled to the benefit of any such more favorable or less restrictive terms or conditions.


                    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

GASLOG LTD.

 

By:

 

 


 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

BLENHEIM HOLDINGS LTD., AS SHAREHOLDER

 

 

By:

 

 


 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

 

 

Telephone No.:

 

Fax No.:

 

Attention:

 

OLYMPIC LNG INVESTMENTS LTD., AS SHAREHOLDER

 

 

By:

 

 


 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

Notice Address:

 

 

 

Telephone No.:

 

Fax No.:

 

Attention:

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO THE R EGISTRATION R IGHTS A GREEMENT ]


Exhibit 5.1

March 2012

 

 

GasLog Ltd.

Clarendon House

2 Church Street

Hamilton, HM 11

Bermuda

 

 

Direct Line: 441-2994966

E-Mail: elliot.hubbard@conyersdill.com

Our Reference: EAH/475102/Legal-1046153.1

Dear Sirs,

 

Re: GasLog Ltd. (the "Company")

 

We have acted as special Bermuda legal counsel to the Company in connection with a registration statement on form F-1, (Registration No. 333-179034) filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on 17 January 2012 (as amended, the "Registration Statement", which term does not include any other document or agreement whether or not specifically referred to therein or attached as an exhibit or schedule thereto) relating to the registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the "Securities Act") of an aggregate of       common shares, par value US$0.01 each being offered by the Company together with an additional       common shares, par value US$0.01 each subject to an over-allotment option granted to the underwriters by the Company (together, the "Common Shares").

 

For the purposes of giving this opinion, we have examined a copy of the Registration Statement. We have also reviewed the memorandum of association and the bye-laws of the Company, each certified by the Secretary of the Company on March 2012, minutes of meetings of its directors dated 21 October 2011, 5 December 2011, 13 January 2012, 8 February 2012, 6 March 2012 and 12 March 2012, minutes of a meeting of its shareholders dated 13 March 2012 (together, the "Resolutions") and such other documents and made such enquiries as to questions of law as we have deemed necessary in order to render the opinion set forth below.


We have assumed (a) the genuineness and authenticity of all signatures and the conformity to the originals of all copies (whether or not certified) examined by us and the authenticity and completeness of the originals from which such copies were taken, (b) that where a document has been examined by us in draft form, it will be or has been executed and/or filed in the form of that draft, and where a number of drafts of a document have been examined by us all changes thereto have been marked or otherwise drawn to our attention, (c) the accuracy and completeness of all factual representations made in the Registration Statement and other documents reviewed by us, (d) that the Resolutions were passed at one or more duly convened, constituted and quorate meetings, or by unanimous written resolutions, remain in full force and effect and have not been and will not be rescinded or amended, (e) that there is no provision of the law of any jurisdiction, other than Bermuda, which would have any implication in relation to the opinions expressed herein, (f) that upon issue of any shares the Company will receive consideration for the full issue price thereof which shall be equal to at least the par value thereof, (g) that a duly constituted pricing committee of the Company's board of directors will have approved the terms of the offering of the Common Shares pursuant to the Registration Statement as contemplated by the Resolutions.

 

We have made no investigation of and express no opinion in relation to the laws of any jurisdiction other than Bermuda. This opinion is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Bermuda and is limited to and is given on the basis of the current law and practice in Bermuda. This opinion is issued solely for the purposes of the filing of the Registration Statement and the offering of the Common Shares by the Company and is not to be relied upon in respect of any other matter.

 

On the basis of and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

  1. The Company is duly incorporated and existing under the laws of Bermuda in good standing (meaning solely that it has not failed to make any filing with any Bermuda government authority or to pay any Bermuda government fees or tax which would make it liable to be struck off the Register of Companies and thereby cease to exist under the laws of Bermuda).

 

  1. When issued and paid for as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Common Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (which term means when used herein that no further sums are required to be paid by the holders thereof in connection with the issue of such shares).

 

  1. The statements under the caption Bermuda Tax Considerations in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, to the extent that they constitute statements of Bermuda law, are accurate in all material respects and that such statements constitute our opinion.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm under the caption " Legal Matters " in the prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are experts within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully,

 

 

 

 

Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited

 


Exhibit 10.1

 

Date 14 March 2008

 

GAS-ONE LTD.

as Borrower

 

- and -

 

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

listed in Schedule 1

as Lenders

 

- and -

 

DANISH SHIP FINANCE A/S (DANMARKS SKIBSKREDIT A/S)

as Agent

and as Security Trustee

 


 

LOAN AGREEMENT

as amended and restated by an

Amending and Restating Agreement dated 9 March 2012

 


 

relating to a facility of up to US$174,033,000
to finance the 154,800 cubic meter Liquefied Natural Gas Carrier
under construction at
Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd. having Hull No. 1641

 

WATSON, FARLEY & WILLIAMS

Piraeus



INDEX

 

 

 

Clause

Page

 

 

 

1

INTERPRETATION

1

 

 

 

2

FACILITY

15

 

 

 

3

POSITION OF THE LENDERS

15

 

 

 

4

DRAWDOWN

15

 

 

 

5

INTEREST

17

 

 

 

6

INTEREST PERIODS

18

 

 

 

7

DEFAULT INTEREST

19

 

 

 

8

REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

20

 

 

 

9

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

21

 

 

 

10

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

22

 

 

 

11

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

24

 

 

 

12

CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS

32

 

 

 

13

INSURANCE

33

 

 

 

14

SHIP COVENANTS

36

 

 

 

15

SECURITY COVER

40

 

 

 

16

PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

41

 

 

 

17

APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

43

 

 

 

18

APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

43

 

 

 

19

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

45

 

 

 

20

FEES AND EXPENSES

50

 

 

 

21

INDEMNITIES

51

 

 

 

22

NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION

52

 

 

 

23

ILLEGALITY, ETC

53

 

 

 

24

INCREASED COSTS

54

 

 

 

25

SET-OFF

55

 

 

 

26

TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES

56




 

 

 

27

VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS

59

 

 

 

28

NOTICES

60

 

 

 

29

SUPPLEMENTAL

61

 

 

 

30

LAW AND JURISDICTION

62

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1 LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

63

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2 DRAWDOWN NOTICE

64

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3 CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

65

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 4 TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

69

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 5 LIST OF LNG SHIPBROKERS

72

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 6 FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

73

 

 

 

EXECUTION PAGE

75



THIS AGREEMENT is made on 14 March 2008 as amended and restated by an Amending and Restating Agreement dated 9 March 2012

BETWEEN

 

 

(1)

GAS-ONE LTD., a company incorporated in Bermuda whose registered office is at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda (the “ Borrower ”);

 

 

(2)

THE BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1, as Lenders ;

 

 

(3)

DANISH SHIP FINANCE A/S (DANMARKS SKIBSKREDIT A/S) , as Agent ; and

 

 

(4)

DANISH SHIP FINANCE A/S (DANMARKS SKIBSKREDIT A/S), as Security Trustee.

 

 

BACKGROUND

 

 

(A)

By a loan agreement dated 14 March 2008 and made between (i) the Borrower, (ii) the Lenders, (iii) the Agent and (iv) the Security Trustee, the Lenders have agreed to make available to the Borrower a facility of up to $174,033,000 for the purpose of financing 75 per cent. of the Project Cost of a 154,800 cubic meter Liquified Natural Gas carrier currently having Builder’s Hull No. 1641 which is to be constructed by the Builder for, and purchased by, the Borrower.

 

 

(B)

By the Amending and Restating Agreement, the Lenders and the Borrower have agreed to certain amendments to the Loan Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

 

(C)

This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement as amended and restated by the Amending and Restating Agreement.

 

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

 

1

INTERPRETATION

 

 

1.1

Definitions. Subject to Clause 1.5, in this Agreement:

 

 

 

“Account Bank” means DnB NOR acting through its office at 20 St. Dunstan’s Hill, London EC3R 8HY, England;

 

 

 

“Accounts Security Deed” means a deed creating security in respect of the Earnings Account and the Retention Account in the Agreed Form;

 

 

 

“Advance” means the principal amount of each borrowing by the Borrower under this Agreement;

 

 

 

“Affected Lender” has the meaning given in Clause 5.5;

 

 

 

“Agency and Trust Agreement” means the agency and trust agreement dated 14 March 2008 executed between the Borrower, the Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee as amended and restated by the Amending and Restating Agreement;

 

 

 

“Agent” means Danish Ship Finance A/S (Danmarks Skibskredit A/S), acting in such capacity through its office at Sankt Annae Plads 3, DK-1250, Copenhagen K., Denmark, or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;

 

 

 

“Agreed Form” means, in relation to any document, that document in the form approved in writing by the Agent (acting upon the instructions of all the Lenders) or as otherwise




 

 

 

 

approved in accordance with any other approval procedure specified in any relevant provision of any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

“Amending and Restating Agreement” means the amending and restating agreement dated 9 March 2012 and made between inter alia (i) the Borrower, (ii) the Lenders, (iii) the Agent and (iv) the Security Trustee setting out the terms and conditions upon which this Agreement has been amended and restated;

 

 

 

 

“Applicable Interest Rate” means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

at all times during a Fixed Rate Period, the relevant Fixed Interest Rate; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

at any time other than during a Fixed Rate Period, LIBOR;

 

 

 

 

“Approved Charter” means the time charter dated 19 August 2008 and entered into between the Borrower and the Approved Charterer;

 

 

 

 

“Approved Charterer” means Methane Services Ltd., a company incorporated in England and Wales with its registered office at 100 Thames Valley Park Drive, Reading, Berkshire RG6 1PT, United Kingdom which is a subsidiary of BG Group plc.;

 

 

 

 

“Approved Flag” means any of the Bermuda, Greek, Marshall Islands, Panamanian, Cyprus, Maltese or Bahamas flags or any other flag as the Lenders may, in their absolute discretion, approve as the flag on which the Ship may be registered;

 

 

 

 

“Approved Flag State” means any of Bermuda, Greece, Marshall Islands, Panama, Cyprus, Malta, Bahamas or any other country in which the Lenders may, in their absolute discretion, approve that the Ship may be registered;

 

 

 

 

“Approved Manager” means GasLog LNG Services Ltd, a company incorporated in Bermuda whose registered office is at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda or any other company which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve from time to time as the commercial and/or technical manager of the Ship;

 

 

 

 

“Availability Period” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on:

 

 

 

 

(a)

10 December 2010 (or such later date as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, agree with the Borrower); or

 

 

 

 

(b)

if earlier, the date on which the Total Commitments are fully borrowed, cancelled or terminated;

 

 

 

 

“Builder” means Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd., a corporation incorporated in the Republic of Korea whose registered office is at 11th Floor, KIPS Center, 647-9 Yeoksam-Dong, Kangnam-Gu, Seoul, Korea;

 

 

 

 

“Business Day” means a day on which banks are open in London, Monaco, Piraeus and Copenhagen and, in respect of a day on which a payment is required to be made under a Finance Document, also in New York City;

 

 

 

 

“Change of Control” means, in relation to GasLog, if any person or persons acting in concert other than (i) Counter-Guarantor 2 or its associates (acting through the Holding Company), (ii) Counter-Guarantor 1 or its associates (acting through the Holding Company) or (iii) a Passive Financial Institution:

2



 

 

 

 

(a)

acquires legally and/or beneficially, and either directly or indirectly, in excess of the issued share capital of GasLog (or such other public vehicle owning the Borrower) held by the Holding Company; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

has the right or the ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or composition of the majority of the board of directors (or equivalent) of GasLog (or such other public vehicle owning the Borrower),

 

 

 

 

in either case, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders);

 

 

 

 

“Commitment” means, in relation to a Lender, the amount set opposite its name in Schedule 1 as that amount may be reduced, cancelled or terminated in accordance with this Agreement (and “Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Commitments of all the Lenders);

 

 

 

 

“Contract Price” means $214,750,000, being the aggregate amount payable by the Borrower to (a) the Original Buyer pursuant to the Transfer Agreement and (b) the Builder pursuant to the Shipbuilding Contract;

 

 

 

 

“Contractual Currency” has the meaning given in Clause 21.4;

 

 

 

 

“Contribution” means, in relation to a Lender, the part of the Loan which is owing to that Lender;

 

 

 

 

“Counter-Guarantee” means, in relation to a Counter-Guarantor, the counter-guarantee in the Agreed Form executed or to be executed by that Counter-Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee in respect of the obligations and liabilities of GasLog and GasLog Carriers under the Guarantees to which they are party and, in the plural, means both such Counter-Guarantees;

 

 

 

 

“Counter-Guarantor 1” means the company identified in the letter referred to in clause 3.2(k)(ii) of the Amending and Restating Agreement;

 

 

 

 

“Counter-Guarantor 2” means the company identified in the letter referred to in clause 3.2(k)(iii) of the Amending and Restating Agreement;

 

 

 

 

“Counter-Guarantors” means Counter-Guarantor 1 and Counter-Guarantor 2 and, in the singular, means either of them;

 

 

 

 

“Creditor Party” means the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender, whether as at the date of this Agreement or at any later time;

 

 

 

 

“Delivery Date” means the date on which the Ship is actually delivered to the Borrower in accordance with the Shipbuilding Contract;

 

 

 

 

“Dollars” and “$” means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America;

 

 

 

 

“Drawdown Date” means, in relation to an Advance, the date requested by the Borrower for the Advance to be made, or (as the context requires) the date on which the Advance is actually made;

 

 

 

 

“Drawdown Notice” means a notice in the form set out in Schedule 2 (or in any other form which the Agent approves or reasonably requires);

3



 

 

 

 

 

“Earnings” means all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to the Borrower or the Security Trustee and which arise out of the use or operation of the Ship, including (but not limited to):

 

 

 

(a)

except to the extent that they fall within paragraph (b);

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

all freight, hire and passage moneys;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

compensation payable to the Borrower or the Security Trustee in the event of requisition of the Ship for hire;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

remuneration for salvage and towage services;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

demurrage and detention moneys;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of the Ship; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in respect of loss of hire; and

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if and whenever the Ship is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within paragraphs (a)(i) to (vi) are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to the Ship;

 

 

 

 

 

“Earnings Account” means an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank in London with account number 63612001, or any other account (with that or another office of the Account Bank or with a bank or financial institution other than the Account Bank) which is designated by the Agent as the Earnings Account for the purposes of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

“Environmental Claim” means:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law; or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any claim by any other person which relates to an Environmental Incident or to an alleged Environmental Incident,

 

 

 

 

 

and “claim” means a claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or any other payment of any kind whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset;

 

 

 

 

 

“Environmental Incident” means:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any release of Environmentally Sensitive Material from the Ship; or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released from a vessel other than the Ship and which involves a collision between the Ship and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in either case, in connection with which the Ship is actually liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or the Ship and/or the Borrower and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action in connection with the operation of the Ship; or

4



 

 

 

 

(c)

any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released otherwise than from the Ship and in connection with which the Ship is actually or liable to be arrested and/or where the Borrower and/or any operator or manager of the Ship is at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action in connection with the operation of the Ship;

 

 

 

 

“Environmental Law” means any law relating to pollution or protection of the environment, to the carriage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material;

 

 

 

 

“Environmentally Sensitive Material” means oil, oil products and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous;

 

 

 

 

“Event of Default” means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 19.1;

 

 

 

 

“Extra Pre-delivery Costs” means an amount of $17,294,000 representing the costs incurred or to be incurred by the Borrower during the construction of the Ship (in addition to the Contract Price of the Ship);

 

 

 

 

“Finance Documents” means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Amending and Restating Agreement;

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Agency and Trust Agreement;

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Fixed Interest Agreements;

 

 

 

 

(e)

the Guarantees;

 

 

 

 

(f)

the Counter-Guarantees;

 

 

 

 

(g)

the Predelivery Security Assignment;

 

 

 

 

(h)

the General Assignment;

 

 

 

 

(i)

the Mortgage;

 

 

 

 

(j)

the Accounts Security Deed; and

 

 

 

 

(k)

any other document (whether creating a Security Interest or not) which is executed at any time by the Borrower or any other person as security for, or to establish any form of subordination or priorities arrangement in relation to, any amount payable to the Lenders under this Agreement or any of the other documents referred to in this definition;

 

 

 

 

“Financial Indebtedness” means, in relation to a person (the “debtor” ), a liability of the debtor:

 

 

 

 

(a)

for principal, interest or any other sum payable in respect of any moneys borrowed or raised by the debtor;

 

 

 

 

(b)

under any loan stock, bond, note or other security issued by the debtor;

 

 

 

 

(c)

under any acceptance credit, guarantee or letter of credit facility or dematerialised equivalent made available to the debtor;

5



 

 

 

 

(d)

under a financial lease, a deferred purchase consideration arrangement or any other agreement having the commercial effect of a borrowing or raising of money by the debtor;

 

 

 

 

(e)

under any foreign exchange transaction, any interest or currency swap or any other kind of derivative transaction entered into by the debtor or, if the agreement under which any such transaction is entered into requires netting of mutual liabilities, the liability of the debtor for the net amount; or

 

 

 

 

(f)

under a guarantee, indemnity or similar obligation entered into by the debtor in respect of a liability of another person which would fall within paragraphs (a) to (e) if the references to the debtor referred to the other person;

 

 

 

 

“Fixed Interest Agreement” means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

in the case of Tranche A, together, the Borrower’s request to the Agent dated 21 July 2008 to fix the interest rate for the Tranche A and the Agent’s confirmation to the Borrower dated 11 September 2008 of the Fixed Interest Rate and Fixed Interest Period applicable to Tranche A; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

in the case of Tranche B, together, the Borrower’s request to the Agent dated 27 October 2011 to fix the interest rate for Tranche B and the Agent’s confirmation to the Borrower dated 31 October 2011 of the Fixed Interest Rate and the Fixed Interest Period applicable to Tranche B;

 

 

 

 

“Fixed Interest Rate” means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

in the case of Tranche A, (i) 3.84 per cent. per annum for the Initial Fixing Period and (ii) such rate per annum to be advised by the Agent to the Borrower pursuant to Clause 5.14 for any other Fixing Period;

 

 

 

 

(b)

in the case of Tranche B, 2.10 per cent. per annum.

 

 

 

 

“Fixed Rate Period” means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

in the case of Tranche A, (i) the period commencing on 30 September 2008 and ending on 28 August 2013 (the “Initial Fixing Period” ) and (ii) any other period for which Tranche A may be fixed pursuant to Clause 5.14 for interest purposes (the “Other Fixing Period” ); and

 

 

 

 

(b)

in the case of Tranche B, the period commending on 28 November 2011 and ending on 28 May 2020 (being the final Repayment Date);

 

 

 

 

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) including IFRS;

 

 

 

 

“GasLog” means GasLog Ltd., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda whose registered office is at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda;

 

 

 

 

“GasLog Carriers” means GasLog Carriers Ltd., an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda whose registered office is at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda;

 

 

 

 

“General Assignment” means a general assignment of the Earnings, the Insurances and any Requisition Compensation dated 31 May 2010 made between (i) the Borrower and (ii) the Security Trustee as amended and restated pursuant to the Amending and Restating Agreement;

6



 

 

 

 

“Guarantee” means, in relation to GasLog or GasLog Carriers, the guarantee in the Agreed Form executed or to be executed by that Guarantor in favour of the Security Trustee and, in the plural, means both such Guarantees;

 

 

 

 

“Guarantors” means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

prior to the date of a Qualified IPO, together, the Counter-Guarantors, GasLog and GasLog Carriers; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

following the date of a Qualified IPO together, GasLog and GasLog Carriers,

 

 

 

 

and in the singular means any one of them;

 

 

 

 

“Holding Company” means the company identified in the letter referred to in clause 3.2(k)(i) of the Amending and Restating Agreement;

 

 

 

 

“IFRS” means international accounting standards adopted by the International Accounting Standard Board (IASB) within the meaning of the IAS Regulations 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements;

 

 

 

 

“Insurances” means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of the Ship in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, which are effected in respect of the Ship, its Earnings or otherwise in relation to it; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of the foregoing, including any rights to a return of a premium;

 

 

 

 

“Interest Period” means a period determined in accordance with Clause 6;

 

 

 

 

“ISM Code” means the International Safety Management Code (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time (and the terms “safety management system”, “Safety Management Certificate” and “Document of Compliance” have the same meanings as are given to them in the ISM Code);

 

 

 

 

“ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time;

 

 

 

 

“ISSC” means a valid and current International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code;

 

 

 

 

“Lender” means a bank or financial institution listed in Schedule 1 and acting through its branch indicated in Schedule 1 (or through another branch notified to the Borrower under Clause 26.14) or its successor or assign;

 

 

 

 

“LIBOR” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the rate per annum equal to the offered quotation for deposits in Dollars for a period equal to, or as near as possible equal to, that period which appears on REUTERS BBA Page LIBOR 01 at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that period (and, for the purposes of this Agreement, “REUTERS BBA Page LIBOR 01” means the display designated as “Page 01” on the REUTERS Service or such other page as may replace Page 01 on that service for the purpose of

7



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

displaying rates comparable to that rate or on such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association as the information vendor for the purpose of displaying British Bankers’ Association Interest Settlement Rates for Dollars); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if no rate is quoted on REUTERS BBA Page LIBOR 01, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one per cent.) of the rates per annum notified to the Agent by each Lender as the rate at which deposits in Dollars are offered to that Lender by leading banks in the London Interbank Market at that Lender’s request at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for that period for a period equal to that period and for delivery on the first Business Day of it;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Loan” means the principal amount for the time being outstanding under this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Major Casualty” means any casualty to the Ship in respect of which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds $1,000,000 or the equivalent in any other currency;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Majority Lenders” means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

before an Advance has been made, Lenders whose Commitments total 66.66 per cent. of the Total Commitments; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

after an Advance has been made, Lenders whose Contributions total 66.66 per cent. of the Loan;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Margin” means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

at all times until (and including) 30 October 2011, 0.625 per cent. per annum; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

from 31 October 2011 and at all times thereafter, 1.6 per cent. per annum;

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage ” means together, the first priority Bermuda statutory mortgage on the Ship dated 31 May 2010 executed by the Borrower in favour of the Security Trustee and the deed of covenant collateral thereto dated the same date made between (i) the Borrower and (ii) the Security Trustee as amended and restated pursuant to the Amending and Restating Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Negotiation Period” has the meaning given in Clause 5.8;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Notifying Lender” has the meaning given in Clause 23.1 or Clause 24.1 as the context requires;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Novation Agreement” means the novation agreement to be made between the Builder, the Original Buyer and the Borrower in respect of the novation of the Shipbuilding Contract to the Borrower as buyer;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Original Buyer” means Chevron Transport Corporation Ltd., a corporation organised and existing under the laws of Bermuda and having its registered office at 11 Church Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Passive Financial Institution” means a bank or financial institution or a wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiary of a bank or financial institution which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

does not have the right or the ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or composition of the majority of the board of directors (or equivalent) of GasLog (or such other public vehicle owning the Borrower) nor the right or ability

8



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

to otherwise control the affairs and policies of GasLog (or such other public vehicle owning the Borrower); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

is not acting in concert with any other direct or indirect legal or beneficial shareholder of GasLog (or such other public vehicle owning the Borrower),

 

 

 

 

 

 

provided that the Counter-Guarantors have control of the board of directors of GasLog;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Payment Currency” has the meaning given in Clause 21.4;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Pertinent Document” means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any policy or contract of insurance contemplated by or referred to in Clause 13 or in any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any other document contemplated by or referred to in any Finance Document; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

any document which has been or is at any time sent by or to a Servicing Bank in contemplation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any policy, contract or document falling within paragraphs (b) or (c);

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Pertinent Jurisdiction”, in relation to a company, means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

England and Wales;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the country under the laws of which the company is incorporated or formed;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

a country in which the company has the centre of its main interests or in which the company’s central management and control is or has recently been exercised;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

a country in which the overall net income of the company is subject to corporation tax, income tax or any similar tax;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

a country in which assets of the company (other than securities issued by, or loans to, related companies) having a substantial value are situated, in which the company maintains a branch or permanent place of business, or in which a Security Interest created by the company must or should be registered in order to ensure its validity or priority; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

a country the courts of which have jurisdiction to make a winding up, administration or similar order in relation to the company whether as main or territorial or ancillary proceedings or which would have such jurisdiction if their assistance were requested by the courts of a country referred to in paragraphs (b) or (c);

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Pertinent Matter” means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any transaction or matter contemplated by, arising out of, or in connection with a Pertinent Document; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any statement relating to a Pertinent Document or to a transaction or matter falling within paragraph (a),

 

 

 

 

 

 

and covers any such transaction, matter or statement, whether entered into, arising or made at any time before the signing of this Agreement or on or at any time after that signing;

9



 

 

 

 

 

 

“Potential Event of Default” means an event or circumstance which, with the giving of any notice, the lapse of time, a reasonable determination of the Majority Lenders and/or the satisfaction of any other condition, would constitute an Event of Default;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Predelivery Security Assignment” means an assignment of the Shipbuilding Contract and of the Refund Guarantee dated 14 April 2008 made between (i) the Borrower and (ii) the Security Trustee;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Project Cost” means the amount of $232,044,000 representing the aggregate of the Contract Price and the Extra Pre-delivery Costs for the Ship;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Qualified IPO” means an initial public offering by GasLog of its common stock on NASDAQ, NYSE and/or another reputable stock exchange approved by the Agent acting with the consent of the Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), where:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

such offering has been structured in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent acting with the consent of the Lenders (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

such offering has resulted in net cash proceeds of at least $150,000,000 received by GasLog; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the shares of such offering have been listed, issued and are trading for the first time on the relevant stock exchange;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Quotation Date” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined under any provision of a Finance Document, the day which is 2 Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the London Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Date will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the London Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the London Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Date will be the last of those days);

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Refund Guarantee” means an irrevocable guarantee numbered M0902-505-LG-00025 dated 6 May 2005 issued by the Refund Guarantor in favour of the Original Buyer under the Shipbuilding Contract as the same will be assigned by the Original Buyer to the Borrower pursuant to an assignment agreement to be made between the Original Buyer and the Borrower (with such assignment being acknowledged by the Refund Guarantor);

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Refund Guarantor” means The Export-Import Bank of Korea, a company incorporated in the Republic of Korea whose registered office is at 16-2, Yoido-Dong, Yeongdeungo-Gu, Seoul 150 996, Korea;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Relevant Person” has the meaning given in Clause 19.9;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Repayment Date” means a date on which a repayment is required to be made under Clause 8;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Replacement Charter” means any charter approved by the Lenders entered into between the Borrower and a charterer which is acceptable to the Lenders, on terms similar to, or better than, the Approved Charter;

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Requisition Compensation” includes all compensation or other moneys payable by reason of any act or event such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of the definition of “Total Loss”;

10



 

 

 

 

 

 

Retention Account ” means an account in the name of the Borrower with the Account Bank in London with account number 63612006, or any other account (with that or another office of the Account Bank or with a bank or financial institution other than the Account Bank) which is designated by the Agent as the Retention Account for the purposes of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secured Liabilities ” means all liabilities which the Borrower, the Security Parties or any of them have, at the date of this Agreement or at any later time or times, under or in connection with any Finance Document or any judgment relating to any Finance Document; and for this purpose, there shall be disregarded any total or partial discharge of these liabilities, or variation of their terms, which is effected by, or in connection with, any bankruptcy, liquidation, arrangement or other procedure under the insolvency laws of any country;

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Interest ” means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

a mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating) or pledge, any maritime or other lien or any other security interest of any kind;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the security rights of a plaintiff under an action in rem; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any arrangement entered into by a person (A) the effect of which is to place another person (B) in a position which is similar, in economic terms, to the position in which B would have been had he held a security interest over an asset of A; but this paragraph (c) does not apply to a right of set off or combination of accounts conferred by the standard terms of business of a bank or financial institution;

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Party ” means each Guarantor and any other person (except a Creditor Party) who, as a surety or mortgagor, as a party to any subordination or priorities arrangement, or in any similar capacity, executes a document falling within the last paragraph of the definition of “Finance Documents”;

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Period ” means the period commencing on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower, the Security Parties and the Lenders that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

all amounts which have become due for payment by the Borrower or any Security Party under the Finance Documents have been paid;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

no amount is owing or has accrued (without yet having become due for payment) under any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

neither the Borrower nor any Security Party has any future or contingent liability under Clause 20, 21 or 22 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Agent, the Security Trustee and the Majority Lenders do not consider that there is a significant risk that any payment or transaction under a Finance Document would be set aside, or would have to be reversed or adjusted, in any present or possible future bankruptcy of the Borrower or a Security Party or in any present or possible future proceeding relating to a Finance Document or any asset covered (or previously covered) by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Trustee ” means Danish Ship Finance A/S (Danmarks Skibskredit A/S), acting in such capacity through its office at Sankt-Annae Plads 3, DK-1250 Copenhagen K, Denmark, or any successor of it appointed under clause 5 of the Agency and Trust Agreement;

11



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Servicing Bank” means the Agent or the Security Trustee;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Ship” means the 154,800 cubic meter Liquefied Natural Gas carrier currently known as Hull No. 1641 which is to be constructed by the Builder for, and purchased by, the Borrower under the Shipbuilding Contract and upon delivery registered in the name of the Borrower under an Approved Flag;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Shipbuilding Contract” means the Shipbuilding Contract dated 29 April 2005 as amended by an amendment No. 1 agreement dated 28 June 2007 made between the Builder and the Original Buyer for the construction by the Builder of the Ship and its purchase by the Original Buyer (as novated to the Borrower as buyer pursuant to the Novation Agreement) and as further supplemented and amended from time to time;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SMC ” means a safety management certificate issued in respect of the Ship in accordance with Rule 13 of the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Total Loss” means:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any expropriation, confiscation, requisition or acquisition of the Ship, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority (excluding a requisition for hire for a fixed period not exceeding 1 year without any right to an extension) unless it is within 1 month redelivered to the Borrower’s full control; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any arrest, capture, seizure or detention of the Ship (including any hijacking or theft) unless it is within 1 month redelivered to the Borrower’s full control;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Total Loss Date” means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in the case of an actual loss of the Ship, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when the Ship was last heard of;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of the Ship, the earliest of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the Borrower with the Ship’s insurers in which the insurers agree to treat the Ship as a total loss; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in the case of any other type of total loss, on the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Tranche” means any of Tranche A or Tranche B and, in the plural, means both of them;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Tranche A” means the amount of (originally) $80,804,648 representing as at 11 September 2008 the outstanding principal amount of the first Advance drawndown by the Borrower (as that amount has been and may be further reduced);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Tranche B” means the amount of (originally) $84,187,193.26 representing as at 31 October 2011 the outstanding principal amount of the aggregate of the second and third Advances drawndown by the Borrower (as such amount has been or may be further reduced);

12



 

 

 

 

 

“Transfer Agreement” means an agreement to be entered into between the Borrower and the Original Buyer in respect of the payment to be made by the Borrower to the Original Buyer in order to effect the novation of the Shipbuilding Contract to the Borrower; and

 

 

 

 

 

“Trust Property” has the meaning given in clause 3.1 of the Agency and Trust Agreement.

 

 

 

1.2

 

Construction of certain terms. In this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

“administration notice” means a notice appointing an administrator, a notice of intended appointment and any other notice which is required by law (generally or in the case concerned) to be filed with the court or given to a person prior to, or in connection with, the appointment of an administrator;

 

 

 

 

 

“approved” means, for the purposes of Clause 13, approved in writing by the Agent;

 

 

 

 

 

“asset” includes every kind of property, asset, interest or right, including any present, future or contingent right to any revenues or other payment;

 

 

 

 

 

“company” includes any partnership, joint venture and unincorporated association;

 

 

 

 

 

“consent” includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration, notarisation and legalisation;

 

 

 

 

 

“contingent liability” means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;

 

 

 

 

 

“document” includes a deed; also a letter, fax or telex;

 

 

 

 

 

“excess risks” means the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of the Ship in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which the Ship is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

 

 

 

 

 

“expense” means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable value added or other tax;

 

 

 

 

 

“law” includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;

 

 

 

 

 

“legal or administrative action” means any legal proceeding or arbitration and any administrative or regulatory action or investigation;

 

 

 

 

 

“liability” includes every kind of debt or liability (present or future, certain or contingent), whether incurred as principal or surety or otherwise;

 

 

 

 

 

“months” shall be construed in accordance with Clause 1.3;

 

 

 

 

 

“obligatory insurances” means all insurances effected, or which the Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 13 or any other provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

“parent company” has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

 

 

 

 

 

“person” includes any company; any state, political sub-division of a state and local or municipal authority; and any international organisation;

13



 

 

 

 

 

“policy”, in relation to any insurance, includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

 

 

 

 

 

“protection and indemnity risks” means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of Clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision;

 

 

 

 

 

“regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline whether or not having the force of law, of any intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

 

 

 

 

“subsidiary” has the meaning given in Clause 1.4;

 

 

 

 

 

“tax” includes any present or future tax, duty, impost, levy or charge of any kind which is imposed by any state, any political sub-division of a state or any local or municipal authority (including any such imposed in connection with exchange controls), and any connected penalty, interest or fine; and

 

 

 

 

 

“war risks” includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(l/l1/95) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83).

 

 

 

1.3

 

Meaning of “month”. A period of one or more “months” ends on the day in the relevant calendar month numerically corresponding to the day of the calendar month on which the period started ( “the numerically corresponding day” ), but:

 

 

 

(a)

 

on the Business Day following the numerically corresponding day if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day or, if there is no later Business Day in the same calendar month, on the Business Day preceding the numerically corresponding day; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

on the last Business Day in the relevant calendar month, if the period started on the last Business Day in a calendar month or if the last calendar month of the period has no numerically corresponding day;

 

 

 

 

 

and “month” and “monthly” shall be construed accordingly.

 

 

 

1.4

 

Meaning of “subsidiary”. A company (S) is a subsidiary of another company (P) if:

 

 

 

(a)

 

a majority of the issued shares in S (or a majority of the issued shares in S which carry unlimited rights to capital and income distributions) are directly owned by P or are indirectly attributable to P; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

P has direct or indirect control over a majority of the voting rights attaching to the issued shares of S; or

 

 

 

(c)

 

P has the direct or indirect power to appoint or remove a majority of the directors of S; or

 

 

 

(d)

 

P otherwise has the direct or indirect power to ensure that the affairs of S are conducted in accordance with the wishes of P;

 

 

 

 

 

and any company of which S is a subsidiary is a parent company of S.

 

 

 

1.5

 

General Interpretation. In this Agreement:

14



 

 

 

(a)

 

references to, or to a provision of, a Finance Document or any other document are references to it as amended or supplemented, whether before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

 

 

 

(b)

 

references to, or to a provision of, any law include any amendment, extension, re-enactment or replacement, whether made before the date of this Agreement or otherwise;

 

 

 

(c)

 

words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and

 

 

 

(d)

 

Clauses 1.1 to 1.5 apply unless the contrary intention appears.

 

 

 

1.6

 

Headings. In interpreting a Finance Document or any provision of a Finance Document, all clause, sub-clause and other headings in that and any other Finance Document shall be entirely disregarded.

 

 

 

2

 

FACILITY

 

 

 

2.1

 

Amount of facility. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Lenders shall make available to the Borrower a loan facility not exceeding the lesser of (a) $174,033,000 and (b) 75 per cent. of the Project Cost of the Ship.

 

 

 

2.2

 

Lenders’ participations in Loan. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall participate in each Advance in the proportion which, as at the relevant Drawdown Date, its Commitment bears to the Total Commitments.

 

 

 

2.3

 

Purpose of Loan. The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to use each Advance only for the purpose stated in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

 

 

3

 

POSITION OF THE LENDERS

 

 

 

3.1

 

Interests of Lenders several. The rights of the Lenders under this Agreement are several.

 

 

 

3.2

 

Individual Lender’s right of action. Each Lender shall be entitled to sue for any amount which has become due and payable by the Borrower to it under this Agreement without joining the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Lender as additional parties in the proceedings.

 

 

 

3.3

 

Proceedings by individual Lender requiring Majority Lender consent. Except as provided in Clause 3.2, no Lender may commence proceedings against the Borrower or any Security Party in connection with a Finance Document without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

3.4

 

Obligations of Lenders several. The obligations of the Lenders under this Agreement are several; and a failure of a Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not result in:

 

 

 

(a)

 

the obligations of the other Lenders being increased; nor

 

 

 

(b)

 

the Borrower, any Security Party or any other Lender being discharged (in whole or in part) from its obligations under any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

and in no circumstances shall a Lender have any responsibility for a failure of another Lender to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

 

 

4

 

DRAWDOWN

 

 

 

4.1

 

Request for Advance. Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may request an Advance to be made by ensuring that the Agent receives a completed Drawdown Notice

15



 

 

 

 

 

 

not later than 11.00 a.m. (Copenhagen time), 5 Business Days prior to the intended Drawdown Date (other than in the case of the Drawdown Notice in respect of the first Advance which shall be received by the Agent no later than 11.00 a.m. (Copenhagen time) on the Drawdown Date for that Advance).

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

Availability. The conditions referred to in Clause 4.1 are that:

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

a Drawdown Date has to be a Business Day during the Availability Period;

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

the amount of each Advance shall not exceed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

in the case of the first Advance, $80,804,648;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

in the case of the second Advance, $16,903,835; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

in the case of the third Advance, $76,324,517;

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

the aggregate amount of the Advances shall not exceed the lesser of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the Total Commitments; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

75 per cent. of the Project Cost; and

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

if the Borrower requests less than the maximum amount of an Advance, the amount not requested may be borrowed at a later stage Provided that there shall not be more than 3 Advances and no amounts may be drawdown after the Drawdown Date of the third Advance.

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

Notification to Lenders of receipt of a Drawdown Notice. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders that it has received a Drawdown Notice and shall inform each Lender of:

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

the amount of the Advance and the Drawdown Date;

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

the amount of that Lender’s participation in the Advance;

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

the duration of the first Interest Period.

 

 

 

 

4.4

 

Drawdown Notice irrevocable. A Drawdown Notice must be signed by a duly authorised signatory of the Borrower; and once served, a Drawdown Notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

4.5

 

Lenders to make available Contributions. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, each Lender shall, on and with value on each Drawdown Date, make available to the Agent for the account of the Borrower the amount due from that Lender on that Drawdown Date under Clause 2.2.

 

 

 

 

4.6

 

Disbursement of Advance. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Agent shall on each Drawdown Date pay to the Borrower the amounts which the Agent receives from the Lenders under Clause 4.5; and that payment to the Borrower shall be made:

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

to the account of the Original Buyer or the Builder, as the case may be, which the Borrower specifies in the Drawdown Notice and any amount in excess of the amounts payable to either the Original Buyer or the Builder hereunder to the account of the Borrower; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

in the like funds as the Agent received the payments from the Lenders.

16



 

 

 

4.7

 

Disbursement of Advance to third party. The payment by the Agent under Clause 4.6 to the Original Buyer or the Builder, as the case may be, shall constitute the making of the Advance and the Borrower shall thereupon become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender’s Contribution.

 

 

 

5

 

INTEREST

 

 

 

5.1

 

Payment of normal interest. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, interest on each Tranche in respect of each Interest Period applicable to it shall be paid by the Borrower on the last day of that Interest Period.

 

 

 

5.2

 

Normal rate of interest. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the rate of interest on a Tranche in respect of an Interest Period applicable to it shall be the aggregate of the Margin and the Applicable Interest Rate for that Interest Period.

 

 

 

5.3

 

Payment of accrued interest. In the case of an Interest Period of 6 months or longer, accrued interest shall be paid every 3 months during that Interest Period and on the last day of that Interest Period.

 

 

 

5.4

 

Notification of Interest Periods and rates of normal interest. The Agent shall notify the Borrower and each Lender of:

 

 

 

(a)

 

each rate of interest; and

 

 

 

(b)

 

the duration of each Interest Period;

as soon as reasonably practicable after each is determined.

 

 

 

5.5

 

Market disruption. The following provisions of this Clause 5 apply if:

 

 

 

(a)

 

at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period for a Tranche which is not at that time subject to a Fixed Interest Rate, Lenders having Contributions together amounting to more than 50 per cent. of the Loan (or, if the Loan has not been made, Commitments amounting to more than 50 per cent. of the Total Commitments) notify the Agent that LIBOR fixed by the Agent would not accurately reflect the cost to those Lenders of funding their respective Contributions (or any part of them) during the Interest Period in the London Interbank Market at or about 11.00 a.m. (London time) on the Quotation Date for the Interest Period; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

at least 1 Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the Agent is notified by a Lender (the “ Affected Lender ”) that for any reason it is unable to obtain Dollars in the London Interbank Market in order to fund its Contribution (or any part of it) during the Interest Period.

 

 

 

5.6

 

Notification of market disruption. The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and each of the Lenders stating the circumstances falling within Clause 5.5 which have caused its notice to be given.

 

 

 

5.7

 

Suspension of drawdown. If the Agent’s notice under Clause 5.6 is served before an Advance is made:

 

 

 

(a)

 

in a case falling within Clauses 5.5(a) or (b), the Lenders’ obligations to make the Advance;

 

 

 

(b)

 

in a case falling within Clause 5.5(c), the Affected Lender’s obligation to participate in the Advance;

shall be suspended while the circumstances referred to in the Agent’s notice continue.

17



 

 

 

5.8

 

Negotiation of alternative rate of interest. If the Agent’s notice under Clause 5.6 is served after an Advance is made, the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to agree, within the 30 days after the date on which the Agent serves its notice under Clause 5.6 (the “ Negotiation Period ”), an alternative interest rate or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender to fund or continue to fund their or its Contribution in the relevant Tranche during the Interest Period concerned.

 

 

 

5.9

 

Application of agreed alternative rate of interest. Any alternative interest rate or an alternative basis which is agreed during the Negotiation Period shall take effect in accordance with the terms agreed.

 

 

 

5.10

 

Alternative rate of interest in absence of agreement. If an alternative interest rate or alternative basis is not agreed within the Negotiation Period, and the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the Negotiation Period, then the Agent shall, with the agreement of each Lender or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender, set an interest period and interest rate representing the cost of funding of the Lenders or (as the case may be) the Affected Lender in Dollars or in any available currency of their or its Contribution relevant Tranche plus the applicable Margin; and the procedure provided for by this Clause 5.10 shall be repeated if the relevant circumstances are continuing at the end of the interest period so set by the Agent.

 

 

 

5.11

 

Notice of prepayment. If the Borrower does not agree with an interest rate set by the Agent under Clause 5.10, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 15 Business Days’ notice of its intention to prepay at the end of the interest period set by the Agent.

 

 

 

5.12

 

Prepayment; termination of Commitments. A notice under Clause 5.11 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders or (as the case may require) the Affected Lender of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment; and:

 

 

 

(a)

 

on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Total Commitments or (as the case may require) the Commitment of the Affected Lender shall be cancelled; and

 

 

 

(b)

 

on the last Business Day of the interest period set by the Agent, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the relevant Tranche or, as the case may be, the Affected Lender’s Contribution in the relevant Tranche, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin.

 

 

 

5.13

 

Application of prepayment. The provisions of Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

 

 

 

5.14

 

Fixed Rate Option. The Borrower shall be entitled, by notice in writing to the Agent at any time following the expiration of the Initial Fixing Period, to request the Agent to quote the Fixed Interest Rate which is to apply to Tranche A for the Other Fixing Period. If the Borrower confirms in writing its agreement to the Fixed Interest Rate and the Other Fixing Period so quoted by the Agent immediately after the Agent has made such quotation, the Fixed Interest Rate will apply to Tranche A for the Other Fixing Period. The Agent shall be under no obligation to convert Tranche A to a fixed rate if, the Agent having quoted a Fixed Interest Rate as provided above, the Borrower does not agree to the Fixed Interest Rate so quoted or it fails to notify the Agent its agreement to the Fixed Interest Rate by the time specified in this Clause 5.14 or any Potential Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Following expiration of a Fixed Rate Period, the relevant Tranche shall bear interest at the rate of the aggregate of LIBOR and the Margin.

 

 

 

6

 

INTEREST PERIODS

 

 

 

6.1

 

Commencement of Interest Periods. The first Interest Period applicable to a Tranche which is not subject to a Fixed Interest Rate shall commence on the first Business Day after

18



 

 

 

 

 

 

the expiry of the applicable Fixed Rate Period and each subsequent Interest Period shall commence on the expiry of the preceding Interest Period.

 

 

 

 

6.2

 

Duration of normal Interest Periods. Subject to Clauses 6.3 and 6.4, each Interest Period shall be:

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

when a Tranche is subject to a Fixed Interest Rate, a period equal in duration to the relevant Fixed Rate Period;

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

at all other times, 3 months or such other period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, agree with the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

6.3

 

Duration of Interest Periods for repayment instalments. In respect of an amount due to be repaid under Clause 8 on a particular Repayment Date, an Interest Period shall end on that Repayment Date.

 

 

 

 

6.4

 

Non-availability of matching deposits for Interest Period selected. If, after the Borrower has selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period (other than a Fixed Rate Period) longer than 3 months, any Lender notifies the Agent by 11.00 a.m. (Copenhagen time) on the third Business Day before the commencement of the Interest Period that it is not satisfied that deposits in Dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the London Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Interest Period shall be of 3 months.

 

 

 

 

7

 

DEFAULT INTEREST

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

Payment of default interest on overdue amounts. The Borrower shall pay interest in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 7 on any amount payable by the Borrower under any Finance Document which the Agent, the Security Trustee or the other designated payee does not receive on or before the relevant date, that is:

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

the date on which the Finance Documents provide that such amount is due for payment; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

if a Finance Document provides that such amount is payable on demand, the date on which the demand is served; or

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

if such amount has become immediately due and payable under Clause 19.4, the date on which it became immediately due and payable.

 

 

 

 

7.2

 

Default rate of interest. Interest shall accrue on an overdue amount from (and including) the relevant date until the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be 2 per cent. above:

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

in the case of an overdue amount of principal, the higher of the rates set out at Clauses 7.3(a) and (b); or

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

in the case of any other overdue amount, the rate set out at Clause 7.3(b).

 

 

 

 

7.3

 

Calculation of default rate of interest. The rates referred to in Clause 7.2 are:

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

the rate applicable to the overdue principal amount immediately prior to the relevant date (but only for any unexpired part of any then current Interest Period);

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

the Margin plus, in respect of successive periods of any duration (including at call) up to 3 months which the Agent may select from time to time:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the Applicable Interest Rate; or

19



 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

(in the case of a Tranche which is not subject to a Fixed Interest Rate) if the Agent determines that Dollar deposits for any such period are not being made available to a Lender or (as the case may be) Lenders by leading banks in the London Interbank Market in the ordinary course of business, a rate from time to time determined by the Agent by reference to the cost of funds to the Agent from such other sources as the Agent may from time to time determine.

 

 

 

 

7.4

 

Notification of interest periods and default rates. The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of each interest rate determined by the Agent under Clause 7.3 and of each period selected by the Agent for the purposes of paragraph (b) of that Clause; but this shall not be taken to imply that the Borrower is liable to pay such interest only with effect from the date of the Agent’s notification.

 

 

 

 

7.5

 

Payment of accrued default interest. Subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, any interest due under this Clause shall be paid on the last day of the period by reference to which it was determined; and the payment shall be made to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Party to which the overdue amount is due.

 

 

 

 

7.6

 

Compounding of default interest. Any such interest which is not paid at the end of the period by reference to which it was determined shall thereupon be compounded.

 

 

 

 

8

 

REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

 

 

 

 

8.1

 

Amount of repayment instalments. The Borrower shall repay the Loan by:

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

40 consecutive quarterly instalments, the first 12 instalments of $2,812,913 each and the next 28 instalments of $2,062,913 each; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

a balloon instalment of $82,516,480 (the “Balloon Instalment”)

Provided that
if the aggregate amount of the Loan drawn down by the Borrower is less than $174,033,000, each repayment instalment and the Balloon Instalment shall be reduced pro rata by an amount in aggregate equal to such undrawn amount.

 

 

 

 

8.2

 

Repayment Dates. The first instalment shall be repaid on the date falling three months after the final Drawdown Date and the last instalment together with the Balloon Instalment on the date falling on the tenth anniversary of the final Drawdown Date.

 

 

 

 

8.3

 

Final Repayment Date. On the final Repayment Date, the Borrower shall additionally pay to the Agent for the account of the Creditor Parties all other sums then accrued or owing under any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

8.4

 

Voluntary prepayment. Subject to the following conditions, the Borrower may prepay the whole or any part of the Loan on the last day of an Interest Period.

 

 

 

 

8.5

 

Conditions for voluntary prepayment. The conditions referred to in Clause 8.4 are that:

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

a partial prepayment shall be $1,000,000 or a multiple of $1,000,000;

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

the Agent has received from the Borrower at least 15 Business Days’ prior written notice specifying the amount to be prepaid and the date on which the prepayment is to be made; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

the Borrower has provided evidence satisfactory to the Agent that any consent required by the Borrower or any Security Party in connection with the prepayment has been obtained and remains in force, and that any requirement relevant to this Agreement which affects the Borrower or any Security Party has been complied with.

20



 

 

 

 

8.6

 

Effect of notice of prepayment. A prepayment notice may not be withdrawn or amended without the consent of the Agent, given with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, and the amount specified in the prepayment notice shall become due and payable by the Borrower on the date for prepayment specified in the prepayment notice.

 

 

 

 

8.7

 

Notification of notice of prepayment. The Agent shall notify the Lenders promptly upon receiving a prepayment notice, and shall provide any Lender which so requests with a copy of any document delivered by the Borrower under Clause 8.5(c).

 

 

 

 

8.8

 

Mandatory prepayment. The Borrower shall be obliged to prepay the whole of the Loan:

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

if the Ship is sold, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the Ship to the buyer; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

if the Ship becomes a Total Loss, on the earlier of the date falling 180 days after the Total Loss Date and the date of receipt by the Security Trustee of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss; or

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

if any of the following occurs, on demand by the Agent (unless otherwise agreed):

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

any of the events specified in Article IX of the Shipbuilding Contract occurs; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the Shipbuilding Contract is amended or varied without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders except for any such amendment or variation as is permitted by this Agreement or any other relevant Finance Document; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

the Ship has not for any reason been delivered to, and accepted by, the Borrower under the Shipbuilding Contract by the last day of the Availability Period;

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

within 40 days (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Agent (acting upon the instructions of all the Lenders) following a request from the Borrower and subject to the Borrower having submitted promptly a valid demand under the Refund Guarantee) of the date on which either the Shipbuilding Contract or the Refund Guarantee is cancelled, terminated, rescinded or suspended or otherwise ceases to remain in force for any reason; or

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

following the date of a Qualified IPO if there is a Change of Control, the Borrower shall be obliged to prepay all of the Loan no later than 60 days following the Change of Control unless such Change of Control is, before the end of such period approved by the Agent acting with the consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

8.9

 

Amounts payable on prepayment. A prepayment shall be made together with accrued interest (and any other amount payable under Clause 21 or otherwise) in respect of the amount prepaid and, if the prepayment is not made on the last day of an Interest Period together with any sums payable under Clause 21.1(b) but without premium or penalty.

 

 

 

 

8.10

 

Application of partial prepayment. Each partial prepayment shall be applied against the repayment instalments specified in Clause 8.1 in inverse order of maturity.

 

 

 

 

8.11

 

No reborrowing. No amount prepaid may be reborrowed.

 

 

 

 

9

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

 

 

 

9.1

 

Documents, fees and no default. Each Lender’s obligation to contribute to an Advance is subject to the following conditions precedent:

21



 

 

 

 

(a)

 

that, on or before the service of the first Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives the documents described in Part A of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

that, on or before the service of the first Drawdown Notice, the Agent receives the up-front fee referred to in Clause 20.1 and all accrued commitment fee payable pursuant to Clause 20.1; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

that, on or before the first Drawdown Date, the Agent receives the documents described in Part B of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

that on or before the Drawdown Date in respect of the second Advance the Agent receives the documents described in Part C of Schedule 3 (other than the Approved Charter, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Agent no later than 5 Business Days prior to such Drawdown Date) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;

 

 

 

(e)

 

that, on or before the final Drawdown Date, the Agent receives the documents described in Part D of Schedule 3 in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and its lawyers;

 

 

 

 

(f)

 

that both at the date of each Drawdown Notice and at each Drawdown Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the borrowing of the Loan;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the representations and warranties in Clause 10.1 and those of the Borrower or any Security Party which are set out in the other Finance Documents would be true and not misleading if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing unless, the Agent, acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, agrees to the contrary;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

none of the circumstances contemplated by Clause 5.5 has occurred and is continuing; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

there has been no material adverse change in the financial position, operation or circumstances of the Borrower or the Guarantor since the date of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

(g)

 

that, if the ratio set out in Clause 15.1 were applied immediately following the making of the Advance, the Borrower would not be obliged to provide additional security or prepay part of the Loan under that Clause; and

 

 

 

 

(h)

 

that the Agent has received, and found to be acceptable to it, any further opinions, consents, agreements and documents in connection with the Finance Documents which the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, request by notice to the Borrower prior to the Drawdown Date.

 

 

 

 

9.2

 

Waiver of conditions precedent. If the Majority Lenders, at their discretion, permit an Advance to be borrowed before certain of the conditions referred to in Clause 9.1 are satisfied, the Borrower shall ensure that those conditions are satisfied within 10 Business days after the Drawdown Date (or such longer period as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, specify).

 

 

 

10

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

 

 

10.1

 

General. The Borrower represents and warrants to each Creditor Party as follows.

 

 

 

10.2

 

Status. The Borrower is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda.

22



 

 

 

10.3

 

Share capital and ownership. The Borrower has an authorised share capital of $12,000 divided into 12,000 registered shares of $1 each all of which shares have been issued fully paid, and the legal title and beneficial ownership of all those shares is held, free of any Security Interest or other claim, by GasLog Carriers.

 

 

 

10.4

 

Corporate power. The Borrower has the corporate capacity, and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents necessary for it:

 

 

 

(a)

 

to execute the Novation Agreement and the Transfer Agreement, to purchase and pay for the Ship under the Shipbuilding Contract and the Transfer Agreement and register the Ship in its name under an Approved Flag;

 

 

 

(b)

 

to execute the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party; and

 

 

 

(c)

 

to borrow under this Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with, those Finance Documents.

 

 

 

10.5

 

Consents in force. All the consents referred to in Clause 10.4 remain in force and nothing has occurred which makes any of them liable to revocation.

 

 

 

10.6

 

Legal validity; effective Security Interests. The Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Finance Documents):

 

 

 

(a)

 

constitute the Borrower’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with their respective terms; and

 

 

 

(b)

 

create legal, valid and binding Security Interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms over all the assets to which they, by their terms, relate;

subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.

 

 

 

10.7

 

No third party Security Interests. Without limiting the generality of Clause 10.6, at the time of the execution and delivery of each Finance Document:

 

 

 

(a)

 

the Borrower will have the right to create all the Security Interests which that Finance Document purports to create; and

 

 

 

(b)

 

no third party will have any Security Interest or any other interest, right or claim over, in or in relation to any asset to which any such Security Interest, by its terms, relates.

 

 

 

10.8

 

No conflicts. The execution by the Borrower of each Finance Document, and the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, and its compliance with each Finance Document will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

 

 

 

(a)

 

any law or regulation; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

the constitutional documents of the Borrower; or

 

 

 

(c)

 

any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrower or any of its assets.

 

 

 

10.9

 

No withholding taxes. All payments which the Borrower is liable to make under the Finance Documents may be made without deduction or withholding for or on account of any tax payable under any law of any Pertinent Jurisdiction.

 

 

 

10.10

 

No default. No Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

23



 

 

 

10.11

 

Information. All information which has been provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Security Party to any Creditor Party in connection with any Finance Document satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.5; all audited and unaudited accounts which have been so provided satisfied the requirements of Clause 11.7; and there has been no material adverse change in the financial position or state of affairs of the Borrower or any Guarantor from that disclosed in the latest of those accounts.

 

 

 

10.12

 

No litigation. No legal or administrative action involving the Borrower (including action relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code) has been commenced or taken or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, is likely to be commenced or taken which, in either case, would be likely to have a material adverse effect on the Borrower’s financial position or profitability.

 

 

 

10.13

 

Validity and completeness of Shipbuilding Contract, Transfer Agreement, Novation Agreement and Refund Guarantee. Each of the Shipbuilding Contract, the Transfer Agreement, the Novation Agreement and the Refund Guarantee constitute valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the parties thereto in accordance with its terms; and:

 

 

 

(a)

 

the copies of the Shipbuilding Contract, the Transfer Agreement, the Novation Agreement, and the Refund Guarantee delivered to the Agent before the date of this Agreement are true and complete copies or, in the case of the Refund Guarantee, original thereof; and

 

 

 

(b)

 

no amendments or additions to the Shipbuilding Contract, the Transfer Agreement, the Novation Agreement or the Refund Guarantee have been agreed nor has any party thereto waived any of their respective rights under any of them.

 

 

 

10.14

 

No rebates etc. Other than pursuant to the Transfer Agreement, there is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (howsoever described) to the Borrower, the Builder, the Original Buyer or a third party in connection with the purchase by the Borrower of the Ship, other than as disclosed to the Lenders in writing on or prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

10.15

 

Compliance with certain undertakings. At the date of this Agreement, the Borrower is in compliance with Clauses 11.2, 11.3, 11.4, 11.9 and 11.13.

 

 

 

10.16

 

Taxes paid. The Borrower has paid all taxes applicable to, or imposed on or in relation to the Borrower, its business or the Ship.

 

 

 

10.17

 

ISM Code and ISPS Code compliance. All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to the Borrower, the Approved Manager and the Ship have been complied with.

 

 

 

10.18

 

No money laundering. Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 2.3, in relation to the borrowing by the Borrower of the Loan, the performance and discharge of their respective obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents, and the transactions and other arrangements affected or contemplated by the Finance Documents to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower confirms (i) that it is acting for its own account; (ii) that it will use the proceeds of the Loan for its own benefit, under its full responsibility and exclusively for the purposes specified in this Agreement; and (iii) that the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure implemented to combat “money laundering” (as defined in Article 1 of Directive (91/308) EEC) of the Council of the European Communities).

 

 

 

11

 

GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

 

 

11.1

 

General. The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 11 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.

24



 

 

 

 

11.2

 

Title; negative pledge. The Borrower will:

 

 

 

(a)

 

hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in the Ship, the Insurances and Earnings, free from all Security Interests and other interests and rights of every kind, except for those created by the Finance Documents and the effect of assignments contained in the Finance Documents; and

 

 

 

(b)

 

not create or permit to arise any Security Interest over any other asset, present or future.

 

 

 

 

11.3

 

No disposal of assets. The Borrower will not transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of:

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

all or a substantial part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a number of transactions, whether related or not; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

any debt payable to it or any other right (present, future or contingent right) to receive a payment, including any right to damages or compensation.

 

 

 

 

11.4

 

No other liabilities or obligations to be incurred. The Borrower will not incur any liability or obligation except liabilities and obligations under the Shipbuilding Contract, the Transfer Agreement, the Novation Agreement and the Finance Documents and liabilities or obligations reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of operating and chartering the Ship.

 

 

 

 

11.5

 

Information provided to be accurate. All financial and other information which is provided in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower under or in connection with any Finance Document will be true and not misleading and will not omit any material fact or consideration.

 

 

 

 

11.6

 

Provision of financial statements. The Borrower will send to the Agent:

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

as soon as possible, but in no event later than 5 months after the end of each financial year of the Borrower, the audited consolidated accounts of the Borrower (commencing with the financial year ended 31 December 2007);

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

as soon as possible, but in no event later than 90 days after the end of each 6-month period ending on 30 June in each financial year of the Borrower:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

unaudited consolidated accounts of the Borrower (commencing with the accounts for the 6-month period ending on 30 June 2008) certified as to their correctness by any officer or director of the Borrower; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

(as from the first financial 6-month period falling after the Delivery Date) management accounts in a format approved by the Agent which show the results of the operation of the Ship during the preceding financial 6-month period and which are certified as to their correctness by the chief financial officer of the Borrower;

 

 

 

(c)

 

as soon as possible, but in no event later than 3 months after the end of each financial year of the Borrower (commencing with the financial year in which the Delivery Date falls), a budget in a format approved by the Agent which shows all anticipated income and expenditure of the Ship during the next financial year of the Borrower;

 

 

 

(d)

 

together with each set of accounts provided under 11.6(a) and (b), a compliance certificate in the form set out in Schedule 6 to this Agreement (or in such other form as the Agent may reasonably require) duly signed by the chief financial officers of the Borrower and GasLog together with such other financial and other information relating to the Borrower or GasLog as the Security Trustee may request for this purpose.

 

 

 

 

11.7

 

Form of financial statements. All accounts (audited and unaudited) delivered under Clause 11.6 will:

25



 

 

 

(a)

 

be prepared in accordance with all applicable laws and GAAP consistently applied;

 

 

 

(b)

 

give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Borrower at the date of those accounts and of its profit for the period to which those accounts relate; and

 

 

 

(c)

 

fully disclose or provide for all significant liabilities of the Borrower.

 

 

 

11.8

 

Creditor notices. The Borrower will send the Agent, at the same time as they are despatched, copies of all material communications which the Borrower is legally obliged to despatch to all of its creditors or any class of them.

 

 

 

11.9

 

Consents. The Borrower will maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Agent of, all consents required:

 

 

 

(a)

 

for the Borrower to perform its obligations under any Finance Document;

 

 

 

(b)

 

for the validity or enforceability of any Finance Document;

 

 

 

(c)

 

for the Borrower to continue to own and operate the Ship;

and the Borrower will comply with the terms of all such consents.

 

 

 

11.10

 

Maintenance of Security Interests. The Borrower will:

 

 

 

(a)

 

at its own cost, do all that it reasonably can to ensure that any Finance Document validly creates the obligations and the Security Interests which it purports to create; and

 

 

 

(b)

 

without limiting the generality of paragraph (a), at its own cost, promptly register, file, record or enrol any Finance Document (to which it is a party) with any court or authority in all Pertinent Jurisdictions, pay any stamp, registration or similar tax in all Pertinent Jurisdictions in respect of any Finance Document, give any notice or take any other step which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is or has become necessary or desirable for any Finance Document to be valid, enforceable or admissible in evidence or to ensure or protect the priority of any Security Interest which it creates.

 

 

 

11.11

 

Notification of litigation. The Borrower will provide the Agent with details of any legal or administrative action involving the Borrower, any Security Party, the Approved Manager or the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances as soon as such action is instituted or it becomes apparent to the Borrower that it is likely to be instituted, unless it is clear that the legal or administrative action cannot be considered material in the context of any Finance Document.

 

 

 

11.12

 

No amendment to Shipbuilding Contract, Transfer Agreement or Refund Guarantee. The Borrower will not agree to any amendment or supplement to, or waive or fail to enforce, the Shipbuilding Contract, the Transfer Agreement or the Refund Guarantee or any of their respective provisions except as permitted by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

 

 

 

11.13

 

Principal place of business. The Borrower will maintain its place of business, and keep its corporate documents and records, at the address stated at the commencement of this Agreement; and the Borrower will not establish, or do anything as a result of which it would be deemed to have, a place of business in any country other than Bermuda.

 

 

 

11.14

 

Confirmation of no default. The Borrower will, within 2 Business Days after service by the Agent of a written request, serve on the Agent a notice which is signed by 2 directors of the Borrower and which:

 

 

 

(a)

 

states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred; or

26



 

 

 

(b)

 

states that no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred, except for a specified event or matter, of which all material details are given.

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent may serve requests under this Clause 11.14 from time to time but only if asked to do so by a Lender or Lenders having Contributions exceeding 10 per cent. of the Loan or (if the Loan has not been made) Commitments exceeding 10 per cent of the Total Commitments; and this Clause 11.14 does not affect the Borrower’s obligations under Clause 11.15.

 

 

 

11.15

 

Notification of default. The Borrower will notify the Agent as soon as the Borrower becomes aware of:

 

 

 

(a)

 

the occurrence of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

any matter which indicates that an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default may have occurred;

and will keep the Agent fully up-to-date with all developments.

 

 

 

11.16

 

Provision of further information. The Borrower will, as soon as practicable after receiving the request, provide the Agent with any additional financial or other information relating:

 

 

 

(a)

 

to the Borrower, the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

to any other matter relevant to, or to any provision of, a Finance Document,

which may be requested by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender at any time.

 

 

 

11.17

 

Provision of copies and translation of documents. The Borrower will supply the Agent with a sufficient number of copies of the documents referred to above to provide 1 copy for each Creditor Party; and if the Agent so requires in respect of any of those documents, the Borrower will provide a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

 

 

 

11.18

 

“Know your customer” checks. If:

 

 

 

(a)

 

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

 

 

(b)

 

any change in the status of the Borrower or any Security Party (including, without limitation, a change in the composition of their shareholders) after the date of this Agreement; or

 

 

 

(c)

 

a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

 

 

 

 

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Lender concerned supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or the Lender concerned (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, the Lender concerned or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c), any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

27



 

 

 

11.19

 

Termination of Approved Charter or Replacement Charter. Upon termination or expiry of the Approved Charter or the Replacement Charter, the Borrower shall, within 30 days after the date of such termination or cancellation, deposit $20,000,000 in an account with the Account Bank and the Borrower shall execute security, in favour of the Security Trustee (on behalf of the Lenders) and acceptable to the Lenders, over such account. Such cash collateral shall be released to the Borrower upon the Borrower having entered into a Replacement Charter (or, as the case may be, another Replacement Charter) and the Ship having been delivered and accepted under such Replacement Charter.

 

 

 

11.20

 

Approved Charter non-extension

 

 

 

(a)

 

If the Approved Charterer does not exercise its option to extend the Approved Charter and subject to Clause 11.20(b), with effect on and from 12 months prior to the expiry of the Approved Charter, the Borrower shall on each Repayment Date pursuant to Clause 8.1 transfer 90 per cent. of any free cash (after deductions for operating expenses (including debt service) in relation to the Ship but otherwise the Borrower undertakes not to withdraw or transfer any other amount from the Earnings Account) on the Earnings Account (up to $10,000,000 in aggregate) to an account with the Account Bank and shall execute security, in favour of the Security Trustee (on behalf of the Lenders) and acceptable to the Lenders, over such account (with the monies in such secured account (including any interest thereon) only being used for repaying, on the final Repayment Date, the Loan, and making the payments referred to in Clause 8.3, and thereafter returned to the Borrower).

 

 

 

(b)

 

However, if Clause 11.20(a) applies but subsequently the Borrower enters into a Replacement Charter and the Ship is delivered and accepted under such Replacement Charter, whereupon the monies in the secured account referred to in Clause 11.20(a) shall be released to the Borrower and Clause 11.20(a) shall thereupon cease to apply.

 

 

 

11.21

 

Financial covenants.

 

 

 

(a)

 

In this Clause 11.21 and any compliance certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 11.6(d):

 

 

 

 

 

“Excluded Companies” means the Counter-Guarantors, GasLog and GasLog Carriers and each subsidiary of either Counter-Guarantor, GasLog or GasLog Carriers and, in the singular, means any of them;

 

 

 

 

 

“GasLog Group” means GasLog and its subsidiaries;

 

 

 

 

 

“GasLog Group’s Cash” means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, the aggregate value on the date of determination of the GasLog Group’s credit balances on any deposit, savings or current account and the GasLog Group’s cash in hand, each as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS, but excluding any such credit balances and cash then subject to a Security Interest (other than any Security Interest arising under a Finance Document);

 

 

 

 

 

“GasLog Group’s Cash Equivalent” means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, the aggregate value of:


 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

each certificate of deposit maturing within 1 year after the date of determination and issued by either the Agent or any other bank or financial institution approved by the Agent;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

each investment in marketable debt obligations issued or guaranteed by the government of the United States of America or any member state of the European Economic Area and having a rating of AAA from Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or the equivalent with any other principal credit rating agency in the United States of America or Europe, or by an instrumentality or agency of any of them having an

28



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

equivalent credit rating, maturing within 1 year after the date of determination and not convertible or exchangeable to any other security;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

each commercial paper not convertible or exchangeable to any other security:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

for which a recognised trading market exists;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

issued by an issuer incorporated in the United States of America or any member state of the European Economic Area;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

which matures within 1 year after the date of determination; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

which has a credit rating of either A-l or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Fl or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-l or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or, if no rating is available in respect of the commercial paper, the issuer of which has, in respect of its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations, an equivalent rating;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

each Sterling bill of exchange eligible for rediscount at the Bank of England and accepted by a bank or financial institution approved by the Agent (or their dematerialised equivalent);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

each investment in a money market fund which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

has a credit rating of either A-l or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Fl or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-l or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

invests substantially all its assets in securities of the types described in paragraphs (a) to (d) above; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

can be turned into cash on not more than 30 days’ notice; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

each other debt security approved by the Majority Lenders,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in each case as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS, to which any member of the GasLog Group is alone (or together with any other member of the GasLog Group) beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any Excluded Company nor subject to any Security Interest (other than any Security Interest arising under a Finance Document);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“GasLog Group’s Current Assets” means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, the amount of the current assets of the GasLog Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS and as shown in the GasLog Group’s Latest Accounts;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“GasLog Group’s Current Liabilities” means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, the amount of the current liabilities of the GasLog Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS and as shown in the GasLog Group’s Latest Accounts (but excluding the current portion of any long term interest bearing debt);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“GasLog Group’s Debt Service” means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, the aggregate amount of interest, other finance charges (in each case, whether or not paid, payable or capitalised) and principal accrued by the GasLog Group in respect of borrowings including:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the interest element of leasing and hire purchase payments;

29



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

commitment fees, commissions, arrangement fees and guarantee fees; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

amounts in the nature of interest payable in respect of any shares other than equity share capital,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

adjusted (but without double counting) by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

adding back the net amount payable (or deducting the net amount receivable) by members of the GasLog Group under any interest or (so far as they relate to interest) currency hedging arrangements; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

deducting interest income of the GasLog Group to the extent freely distributable to a member of the GasLog Group in cash,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

each as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS and as shown in the GasLog Group’s Latest Accounts;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“GasLog Group’s EBITDA” means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, the profit on ordinary activities before taxation of the GasLog Group, adjusted by:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

adding back GasLog Group’s Interest Payable;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

deducting GasLog Group’s Interest Receivable;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

taking no account of any exceptional or extraordinary item;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

adding back depreciation and amortisation;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

deducting its share of profits from affiliates; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

adding back its loss of profits from affiliates;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

determined, in each case, on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS and as shown in the GasLog Group’s Latest Accounts;

 

 

 

 

 

“GasLog Group’s Interest Payable” means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, all interest (including, without limitation, all net interest payable under interest rate swaps), all fees (including, but not limited to, commitment fees) and periodic financing charges including commissions, discounts and the interest element of rental payments or finance or capital leases (whether, in each case, paid, payable or capitalised), and all other costs, charges and expenses incurred by the GasLog Group in effecting, servicing or maintaining its GasLog Group’s Total Interest Bearing Debt determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS and as shown in the GasLog Group’s Latest Accounts;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“GasLog Group’s Interest Receivable” means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, all interest (including, without limitation, all net interest receivable under interest rate swaps), all fees (including, but not limited to, commitment fees) and periodic financing charges including commissions, discounts and the interest element of rental payments or finance or capital leases (whether, in each case, paid, payable or capitalised), and all other costs, charges and expenses received or receivable by the GasLog Group in connection with any Financial Indebtedness of a type referred to in the definition of GasLog Group’s Total Interest Bearing Debt determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS and as shown in the GasLog Group’s Latest Accounts;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“GasLog Group’s Latest Accounts” means, at any date, the consolidated accounts of the GasLog Group most recently delivered to the Agent pursuant to clause 11.3 of the Guarantee executed by GasLog;

30



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“GasLog Group’s Market Adjusted Net Worth” means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, the GasLog Group’s Total Capitalisation adjusted to reflect the market value of the ships and all other assets owned by the GasLog Group, less GasLog Group’s Total Debt;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“GasLog Group’s Total Capitalisation” means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, the amount of the total assets of the GasLog Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS and as shown in the GasLog Group’s Latest Accounts;

 

 

 

 

 

“GasLog Group’s Total Debt” means, at any date of determination under this Agreement, the amount of the total debt of the GasLog Group determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with IFRS and as shown in the GasLog Group’s Latest Accounts (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any negative mark-to-market for any currency or interest rate swaps);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

“GasLog Group’s Total Interest Bearing Debt” means, in respect of the GasLog Group, at any time the aggregate of the following:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the outstanding principal amount of any moneys borrowed or raised;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the outstanding principal amount of any acceptance under any acceptance credit;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the outstanding principal amount of any bond, note, debenture, loan stock or other similar instrument;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the capitalised element of indebtedness under a finance or capital lease;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

the outstanding principal amount of all moneys owing in connection with the sale or discounting of receivables (otherwise than on a non-recourse basis);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

the outstanding principal amount of any indebtedness arising from any deferred payment agreements arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of an asset;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

any fixed or minimum premium payable on the repayment or redemption of any instrument referred to in paragraph (c) above;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

the outstanding principal amount of any indebtedness arising in connection with any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) which has the commercial effect of a borrowing; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the outstanding principal amount of any indebtedness of any person of a type referred to in paragraphs (a) - (h) above which is the subject of a guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss given by a member of the GasLog Group; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

“GasLog Group’s Working Capital” means GasLog Group’s Current Assets less GasLog Group’s Current Liabilities.

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

The Borrower shall ensure that the consolidated financial position of the GasLog Group on a consolidated basis is such that at all times during the Security Period (in the case of (ii) and (v) below commencing on the basis of the audited consolidated accounts for the financial year ending 31 December 2013):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

GasLog Group’s Working Capital is not less than $0;

31



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

there is available to the GasLog Group at all times during the Security Period an aggregate amount of GasLog Group’s Cash and GasLog Group’s Cash Equivalents equal to at least the greater of (i) $20,000,000 and (ii) 3 per cent. of GasLog Group’s Total Interest Bearing Debt;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

the ratio of GasLog Group’s Total Debt to GasLog Group’s Total Capitalisation is not more than:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

prior to the date of a Qualified IPO, 0.70: 1; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

following the date of a Qualified IPO, 0.65: 1;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

GasLog Group’s Market Adjusted Net Worth is not less than:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

prior to the date of a Qualified IPO, $200,000,000; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

following the date of a Qualified IPO, $350,000,000; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

the ratio of GasLog Group’s EBITDA to GasLog Group’s Debt Service is not less than 1.10 : 1.

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

The Borrower shall ensure that at all times during the Security Period there is standing to the credit of the Earnings Account an amount of at least US$1,500,000.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

The Borrower shall ensure that on or prior to the date falling 10 Business Days after a Qualified IPO, it is in compliance with the minimum security cover required to be maintained on the date of such Qualified IPO pursuant to Clause 15.1.

 

 

 

12

 

CORPORATE UNDERTAKINGS

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.1

 

General. The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 12 at all times during the Security Period except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.

 

 

 

12.2

 

Maintenance of status. The Borrower will maintain its separate corporate existence and remain in good standing under the laws of Bermuda.

 

 

 

12.3

 

Negative undertakings. The Borrower will not:

 

 

 

(a)

 

carry on any business other than the ownership, chartering and operation of the Ship; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

declare or pay dividends if an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing or an Event of Default will result from the declaration or payment of such dividends;

 

 

 

(c)

 

effect any form of redemption, purchase or return of share capital; or

 

 

 

(d)

 

provide any form of credit or financial assistance to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

a person who is directly or indirectly interested in the Borrower’s share or loan capital; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

any company in or with which such a person is directly or indirectly interested or connected;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or enter into any transaction with or involving such a person or company on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to the Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms’ length;

32



 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

open or maintain any account with any bank or financial institution other than the Earnings Account, the Retention Account or any other account required to be opened and/or maintained pursuant to Clauses 11.19 and 11.20 for the purposes of the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

(f)

 

issue, allot or grant any person a right to any shares in its capital or repurchase or reduce its issued share capital;

 

 

 

(g)

 

acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks, or enter into any transaction in a derivative;

 

 

 

(h)

 

enter into any form of amalgamation, merger or de-merger or any form of reconstruction or reorganisation;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

 

incur any Financial Indebtedness other than as contemplated by this Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

 

agree to purchase any vessel other than the Ship.

 

 

 

12.4

 

Share Ownership. The Borrower shall ensure and procure that all the shares issued by it are owned directly or indirectly by GasLog Carriers.

 

 

 

13

 

INSURANCE

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.1

 

General. The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 13 at all times during the Security Period (after the Delivery Date) except as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, otherwise permit.

 

 

 

13.2

 

Maintenance of obligatory insurances. The Borrower shall keep the Ship insured at the expense of the Borrower against:

 

 

 

(a)

 

fire and usual marine risks (including hull and machinery and excess risks);

 

 

 

(b)

 

war risks (including blocking and trapping);

 

 

 

(c)

 

protection and indemnity risks; and

 

 

 

(d)

 

any other risks against which the Security Trustee considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would in the opinion of the Security Trustee be reasonable for the Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Security Trustee by notice to the Borrower.

 

 

 

13.3

 

Terms of obligatory insurances. The Borrower shall effect such insurances:

 

 

 

(a)

 

in Dollars;

 

 

 

(b)

 

in the case of fire and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of (i) 120 per cent. of the Loan and (ii) the market value of the Ship; and

 

 

 

(c)

 

in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market (currently $1,000,000,000);

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

in relation to protection and indemnity risks in respect of the Ship’s full tonnage;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

on approved terms; and

33



 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

 

through approved brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.4

 

Further protections for the Creditor Parties. In addition to the terms set out in Clause 13.3, the Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances shall:

 

 

 

(a)

 

whenever the Security Trustee requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Trustee as additional named assured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Trustee, but without the Security Trustee thereby being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

name the Security Trustee as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Security Trustee may specify;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Trustee shall be made without set-off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

 

 

 

(d)

 

provide that such obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

provide that the Security Trustee may make proof of loss if the Borrower fails to do so.

 

 

 

13.5

 

Renewal of obligatory insurances. The Borrower shall:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

at least 21 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

notify the Security Trustee of the brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with whom the Borrower proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

obtain the Security Trustee’s approval to the matters referred to in paragraph (i);

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Security Trustee’s approval pursuant to paragraph (a); and

 

 

 

(c)

 

procure that the approved brokers and/or the war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Security Trustee in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

 

 

 

13.6

 

Copies of policies; letters of undertaking. The Borrower shall ensure that all approved brokers provide the Security Trustee with pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew and of a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Security Trustee and including undertakings by the approved brokers that:

 

 

 

(a)

 

they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 13.4;

 

 

 

(b)

 

they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Trustee in accordance with the said loss payable clause;

 

 

 

(c)

 

they will advise the Security Trustee immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;

34



 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

they will notify the Security Trustee, not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances, in the event of their not having received notice of renewal instructions from the Borrower or its agents and, in the event of their receiving instructions to renew, they will promptly notify the Security Trustee of the terms of the instructions; and

 

 

 

(e)

 

they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Ship under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of the Ship or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts, and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts, and will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Ship forthwith upon being so requested by the Security Trustee.

 

 

 

13.7

 

Copies of certificates of entry. The Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Ship is entered provides the Security Trustee with:

 

 

 

(a)

 

a certified copy of the certificate of entry for the Ship;

 

 

 

(b)

 

a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Security Trustee; and

 

 

 

(c)

 

a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to the Ship.

 

 

 

13.8

 

Deposit of original policies. The Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the approved brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.9

 

Payment of premiums. The Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Security Trustee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.10

 

Guarantees. The Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

 

 

 

13.11

 

Compliance with terms of insurances. The Borrower shall neither do nor omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part; and, in particular:

 

 

 

(a)

 

the Borrower shall take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in Clause 13.7(c)) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Security Trustee has not given its prior approval;

 

 

 

(b)

 

the Borrower shall not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Ship approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;

 

 

 

(c)

 

the Borrower shall make (and promptly supply copies to the Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Ship is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and

35



 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

the Borrower shall not employ the Ship, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

 

 

 

13.12

 

Alteration to terms of insurances. The Borrower shall neither make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance nor waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

 

 

 

13.13

 

Settlement of claims. The Borrower shall not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty, and shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Trustee to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

 

 

 

13.14

 

Provision of information. In addition, the Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Security Trustee (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

 

 

 

(a)

 

obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

 

 

 

(b)

 

effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 13.15 or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances;

 

 

 

 

 

and the Borrower shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Security Trustee in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a).

 

 

 

13.15

 

Mortgagee’s interest and additional perils insurances. The Security Trustee shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew a mortgagee’s interest additional perils insurance and a mortgagee’s interest marine insurance in such amounts, on such terms, through such insurers and generally in such manner as the Security Trustee may from time to time consider appropriate and the Borrower shall upon demand fully indemnify the Security Trustee in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

 

 

 

14

 

SHIP COVENANTS

 

 

 

14.1

 

General. The Borrower also undertakes with each Creditor Party to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 14 at all times during the Security Period (after the Ship has been delivered to it under the Shipbuilding Contract) except as the Agent, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, may otherwise permit.

 

 

 

14.2

 

Ship’s name and registration. The Borrower shall keep the Ship registered in its name under the applicable Approved Flag; shall not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be cancelled or imperilled; and shall not change the name or port of registry of the Ship.

 

 

 

14.3

 

Repair and classification. The Borrower shall keep the Ship in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

 

 

 

(a)

 

consistent with first-class ship ownership and management practice;

 

 

 

(b)

 

so as to maintain the Ship’s class (namely +A1, (E), Liquified gas carrier, ship type 2G (Membrane tank, Maximum pressure 25 KpaG and minimum temperature -163°C), SH, SH-DLA, SHCM, RES, +AMS, +ACCU, SFA (40), NIBS, +APS, +ES, PORT, POT,

36



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CRC, DFD and UWILD) with American Bureau of Shipping free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of such Classification Society at American Bureau of Shipping free of overdue recommendations and conditions; and

 

 

 

(c)

 

so as to comply with all laws and regulations applicable to vessels registered at ports in the applicable Approved Flag State or to vessels trading to any jurisdiction to which the Ship may trade from time to time, including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code.

 

 

 

14.4

 

Classification society undertaking. The Borrower shall instruct the classification society referred to in Clause 14.3 (and procure that the classification society undertakes with the Security Trustee):

 

 

 

(a)

 

to send to the Security Trustee, following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee, certified true copies of all original class records held by the classification society in relation to the Ship;

 

 

 

(b)

 

to allow the Security Trustee (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to inspect the original class and related records of the Borrower and the Ship at the offices of the classification society and to take copies of them;

 

 

 

(c)

 

to notify the Security Trustee immediately in writing if the classification society:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

receives notification from the Borrower or any person that the Ship’s classification society is to be changed; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

becomes aware of any facts or matters which may result in or have resulted in a change, suspension, discontinuance, withdrawal or expiry of the Ship’s class under the rules or terms and conditions of the Borrower’s or the Ship’s membership of the classification society;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

following receipt of a written request from the Security Trustee:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

to confirm that the Borrower is not in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society and, without limiting the foregoing, that it has paid in full all fees or other charges due and payable to the classification society; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

if the Borrower is in default of any of its contractual obligations or liabilities to the classification society, to specify to the Security Trustee in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances of such default, the consequences of such default, and any remedy period agreed or allowed by the classification society.

 

 

 

 

14.5

 

Modification. The Borrower shall not make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, the Ship or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship which would materially reduce its value.

 

 

 

14.6

 

Removal of parts. The Borrower shall not remove any material part of the Ship, or any item of equipment installed on, the Ship unless the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed, is free from any Security Interest or any right in favour of any person other than the Security Trustee and becomes on installation on the Ship the property of the Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage Provided that the Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of damage to the Ship.

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.7

 

Surveys. The Borrower shall submit the Ship regularly to all periodical or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Security Trustee provide the Security Trustee, with copies of all survey reports.

37



 

 

 

 

 

 

14.8

 

Inspection. The Borrower shall permit the Security Trustee (by surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Ship at all reasonable times (without interfering with the Ship’s operations) to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections.

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.9

 

Prevention of and release from arrest. The Borrower shall promptly discharge:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

all taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances; and

 

 

 

(c)

 

all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship, the Earnings or the Insurances;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and, forthwith upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Ship, or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, the Borrower shall procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.10

 

Compliance with laws etc. The Borrower shall:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

comply, or procure compliance with the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all other laws or regulations relating to the Ship, its ownership, operation and management or to the business of the Borrower;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

not employ the Ship nor allow its employment in any manner contrary to any law or regulation in any relevant jurisdiction including but not limited to the ISM Code and the ISPS Code; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

in the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), not cause or permit it to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by the Ship’s war risks insurers unless the prior written consent of the Security Trustee has been given and the Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Trustee may require.

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.11

 

Provision of information. The Borrower shall promptly provide the Security Trustee with any information which, in the opinion of the Security Trustee, it reasonably requests regarding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

the Ship, its employment, position and engagements;

 

 

 

(b)

 

the Earnings and payments and amounts due to the Ship’s master and crew;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

any expenses incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Ship and any payments made in respect of the Ship;

 

 

 

(d)

 

any towages and salvages;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

the Borrower’s, the Approved Manager’s or the Ship’s compliance with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and, upon the Security Trustee’s request, provide copies of any current charter relating to the Ship and of any current charter guarantee (if available), and copies of the Borrower’s or the Approved Manager’s Document of Compliance.

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.12

 

Notification of certain events. The Borrower shall promptly notify the Security Trustee by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

38



 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

any casualty which is or is likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

any occurrence as a result of which the Ship has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

any requirement or recommendation made by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not promptly complied with;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

any arrest or detention of the Ship, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on the Ship or its Earnings or any requisition of the Ship for hire;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

any intended dry docking of the Ship;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

 

any Environmental Claim made against the Borrower or in connection with the Ship, or any Environmental Incident;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

 

any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against the Borrower, the Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with the Ship; or

 

 

 

(h)

 

any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with;

 

 

 

 

 

and the Borrower shall keep the Security Trustee advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Security Trustee shall require of the Borrower’s, the Approved Manager’s or any other person’s response to any of those events or matters.

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.13

 

Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. The Borrower shall not:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

let the Ship on demise charter for any period;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

save and except for the Approved Charter, enter into any time or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Ship for a term which exceeds, or which by virtue of any optional extensions may exceed, 13 months;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

enter into any charter in relation to the Ship under which more than 2 months’ hire (or the equivalent) is payable in advance;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

charter the Ship otherwise than on bona fide arm’s length terms at the time when the Ship is fixed;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

appoint a manager of the Ship other than the Approved Manager or agree to any material alteration to the terms of the Approved Manager’s appointment;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

 

de-activate or lay up the Ship; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

 

put the Ship into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed $1,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless either (i) that person has first given to the Security Trustee and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on the Ship or its Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason or (ii) the Borrower has established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Security Trustee that it has sufficient reserves to pay for the cost of such work.

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.14

 

Notice of Mortgage. The Borrower shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Ship as a valid first priority mortgage, carry on board the Ship a certified copy of the Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the Master’s cabin of the Ship a framed printed notice stating that the Ship is mortgaged by the Borrower to the Security Trustee.

39



 

 

 

 

 

 

14.15

 

Sharing of Earnings. The Borrower shall not enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings without prior consultations with the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.16

 

ISPS Code. The Borrower shall comply with the ISPS Code and in particular, without limitation, shall:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

procure that the Ship owned by it and the company responsible for that Ship’s compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

maintain for the Ship an ISSC; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

notify the Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

SECURITY COVER

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.1

 

Minimum required security cover. Clause 15.2 applies if (after the Ship has been delivered to it under the Shipbuilding Contract) the Agent notifies the Borrower that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

the market value (determined as provided in Clause 15.3) of the Ship; plus

 

 

 

(b)

 

the net realisable value of any additional security previously provided under this Clause 15

 

 

 

 

 

is below the Relevant Percentage of the Loan, any interest which has accrued on the Loan at the time the Agent applies the test in this Clause 15.1 and any amount which would be payable under Clause 21.1(b) if, at the time the Agent applies the test in this Clause 15.1, the Borrower was required to prepay the Loan on that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In this Clause 15.1, “Relevant Percentage” means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

on the date of a Qualified IPO, 142.8 per cent.; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

at all other times, 120 per cent.

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.2

 

Provision of additional security; prepayment. If the Agent serves a notice on the Borrower under Clause 15.1, the Borrower shall, within, in the case of Clause 15.1(i), 10 Business Days and, in the case of Clause 15.1(ii), 1 month after the date on which the Agent’s notice is served, either:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

provide, or ensure that a third party provides, additional security which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall and is documented in such terms as the Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, approve or require; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

prepay such part (at least) of the Loan as will eliminate the shortfall.

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.3

 

Valuation of Ship. The market value of the Ship at any date is that shown by a valuation prepared:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

as at a date not more than 14 days previously;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

by an independent sale and purchase shipbroker speciliasing in the LNG sector from the list of shipbrokers referred to in Schedule 5;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

with or without physical inspection of the Ship (as the Agent may require);

40



 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm’s length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any existing charter or other contract of employment;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.4

 

Value of additional vessel security. The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 15.2 and which consists of a Security Interest over a vessel shall be that shown by a valuation complying with the requirements of Clause 15.3.

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.5

 

Valuations binding. Any valuation under Clause 15.2, 15.3 or 15.4 shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrower, as shall be any valuation which the Majority Lenders make of any additional security which does not consist of or include a Security Interest.

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.6

 

Provision of information. The Borrower shall promptly provide the Agent and any shipbroker or expert acting under Clause 15.3 or 15.4 with any information which the Agent or the shipbroker or expert may request for the purposes of the valuation; and, if the Borrower fails to provide the information by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the shipbroker or the Majority Lenders (or the expert appointed by them) consider prudent,

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.7

 

Payment of valuation expenses. Without prejudice to the generality of the Borrower’s obligations under Clauses 20.2, 20.3 and 21.3, the Borrower shall, on demand, pay the Agent the amount of the fees and expenses of any shipbroker or expert instructed by the Agent under this Clause and all legal and other expenses incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with any matter arising out of this Clause. Provided that as long as no Event of Default shall have occurred, the Borrower shall not be obliged to pay any such fees and expenses in respect of more than two valuations of the Ship in any calendar year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.8

 

Application of prepayment. Clause 8 shall apply in relation to any prepayment pursuant to Clause 15.2(b).

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

PAYMENTS AND CALCULATIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.1

 

Currency and method of payments. All payments to be made by the Lenders or by the Borrower under a Finance Document shall be made to the Agent or to the Security Trustee, in the case of an amount payable to it:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

by not later than 11.00 a.m. (New York City time) on the due date;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

in same day Dollar funds settled through the New York Clearing House Interbank Payments System (or in such other Dollar funds and/or settled in such other manner as the Agent shall specify as being customary at the time for the settlement of international transactions of the type contemplated by this Agreement);

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

in the case of an amount payable by a Lender to the Agent or by the Borrower to the Agent or any Lender, to the account of the Agent at Nordea Bank Finland Plc, New York Branch (SWIFT: NDEAUS3N) (Account No 7443423001), or to such other account with such other bank as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

in the case of an amount payable to the Security Trustee, to such account as it may from time to time notify to the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.

 

 

 

16.2

 

Payment on non-Business Day. If any payment by the Borrower under a Finance Document would otherwise fall due on a day which is not a Business Day:

41



 

 

 

(a)

 

the due date shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

if the next succeeding Business Day falls in the next calendar month, the due date shall be brought forward to the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

 

 

 

 

and interest shall be payable during any extension under paragraph (a) at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

 

 

16.3

 

Basis for calculation of periodic payments. All interest and commitment fee and any other payments under any Finance Document which are of an annual or periodic nature shall accrue from day to day and shall be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360 day year.

 

 

 

16.4

 

Distribution of payments to Creditor Parties. Subject to Clauses 16.5, 16.6 and 16.7:

 

 

 

(a)

 

any amount received by the Agent under a Finance Document for distribution or remittance to a Lender or the Security Trustee shall be made available by the Agent to that Lender or, as the case may be, the Security Trustee by payment, with funds having the same value as the funds received, to such account as the Lender or the Security Trustee may have notified to the Agent not less than 5 Business Days previously; and

 

 

 

(b)

 

amounts to be applied in satisfying amounts of a particular category which are due to the Lenders generally shall be distributed by the Agent to each Lender pro rata to the amount in that category which is due to it.

 

 

 

16.5

 

Permitted deductions by Agent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent may, before making an amount available to a Lender, deduct and withhold from that amount any sum which is then due and payable to the Agent from that Lender under any Finance Document or any sum which the Agent is then entitled under any Finance Document to require that Lender to pay on demand.

 

 

 

16.6

 

Agent only obliged to pay when monies received. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other Finance Document, the Agent shall not be obliged to make available to the Borrower or any Lender any sum which the Agent is expecting to receive for remittance or distribution to the Borrower or that Lender until the Agent has satisfied itself that it has received that sum.

 

 

 

16.7

 

Refund to Agent of monies not received. If and to the extent that the Agent makes available a sum to the Borrower or a Lender, without first having received that sum, the Borrower or (as the case may be) the Lender concerned shall, on demand:

 

 

 

(a)

 

refund the sum in full to the Agent; and

 

 

 

(b)

 

pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent against any funding or other loss, liability or expense incurred by the Agent as a result of making the sum available before receiving it.

 

 

 

16.8

 

Agent may assume receipt. Clause 16.7 shall not affect any claim which the Agent has under the law of restitution, and applies irrespective of whether the Agent had any form of notice that it had not received the sum which it made available.

 

 

 

16.9

 

Creditor Party accounts. Each Creditor Party shall maintain accounts showing the amounts owing to it by the Borrower and each Security Party under the Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

 

 

 

16.10

 

Agent’s memorandum account. The Agent shall maintain a memorandum account showing the amounts advanced by the Lenders and all other sums owing to the Agent, the Security Trustee and each Lender from the Borrower and each Security Party under the

42



 

 

 

 

 

Finance Documents and all payments in respect of those amounts made by the Borrower and any Security Party.

 

 

 

16.11

 

Accounts prima facie evidence. If any accounts maintained under Clauses 16.9 and 16.10 show an amount to be owing by the Borrower or a Security Party to a Creditor Party, those accounts shall be prima facie evidence that that amount is owing to that Creditor Party.

 

 

 

17

 

APPLICATION OF RECEIPTS

 

 

 

17.1

 

Normal order of application. Except as any Finance Document may otherwise provide, any sums which are received or recovered by any Creditor Party under or by virtue of any Finance Document shall be applied:

 

 

 

(a)

 

FIRST: in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent and the Security Trustee under the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

(b)

 

SECONDLY: in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

 

 

(c)

 

THIRDLY: in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

 

 

(d)

 

FOURTHLY: in or towards payment pro rata of any other amounts due but unpaid under any Finance Document;

 

 

 

(e)

 

FIFTHLY: in retention of an amount equal to any amount not then due and payable under any Finance Document but which the Agent, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties, states in its opinion will or may become due and payable in the future and, upon those amounts becoming due and payable, in or towards satisfaction of them in accordance with the provisions of Clause 17.1 (a), 17.1(b), 17.1(c) and 17.1(d); and

 

 

 

(f)

 

SIXTHLY: any surplus shall be paid to the Borrower or to any other person appearing to be entitled to it.

 

 

 

17.2

 

Variation of order of application. The Agent may, with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrower, the Security Parties and the other Creditor Parties provide for a different manner of application from that set out in Clause 17.1 either as regards a specified sum or sums or as regards sums in a specified category or categories.

 

 

 

17.3

 

Notice of variation of order of application. The Agent may give notices under Clause 17.2 from time to time; and such a notice may be stated to apply not only to sums which may be received or recovered in the future, but also to any sum which has been received or recovered on or after the third Business Day before the date on which the notice is served.

 

 

 

17.4

 

Appropriation rights overridden. This Clause 17 and any notice which the Agent gives under Clause 17.2 shall override any right of appropriation possessed, and any appropriation made, by the Borrower or any Security Party.

 

 

 

18

 

APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

 

 

 

18.1

 

Payment of Earnings. The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that, throughout the Security Period (and subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment), all the Earnings are paid to the Earnings Account. The Earnings shall, subject to Clauses 11.20, 11.21(c) and 18.2, be available to the Borrower provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

43



 

 

 

18.2

 

Monthly retentions. The Borrower undertakes with each Creditor Party to ensure that, in each calendar month of the Security Period, on such dates as the Agent may from time to time specify, there is transferred to the Retention Account out of the Earnings received in the Earnings Account during the preceding calendar month:

 

 

 

(a)

 

one-third of the amount of the repayment instalment falling due under Clause 8 on the next Repayment Date; and

 

 

 

(b)

 

the relevant fraction of the aggregate amount of interest on the Loan which is payable on the next due date for payment of interest under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

The “relevant fraction” is a fraction of which the numerator is 1 and the denominator the number of months comprised in the then current Interest Period (or, if the period is shorter, the number of months from the later of the commencement of the current Interest Period or the last due date for payment of interest to the next due date for payment of interest under this Agreement).

 

 

 

18.3

 

Shortfall in Earnings. If the aggregate Earnings received in the Earnings Account are insufficient in any month for the required amount to be transferred to the Retention Account under Clause 18.2, the Borrower shall make up the amount of the insufficiency on demand from the Agent; but, without thereby prejudicing the Agent’s right to make such demand at any time, the Agent may, if so authorised by the Majority Lenders, permit the Borrower to make up all or part of the insufficiency by increasing the amount of any transfer under Clause 18.2 from the Earnings received in the next or subsequent months.

 

 

 

18.4

 

Application of retentions. Until an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Agent shall on each Repayment Date and on each due date for the payment of interest under this Agreement distribute to the Lenders in accordance with Clause 16.4 so much of the then balance on the Retention Account as equals:

 

 

 

(a)

 

the repayment instalment due on that Repayment Date; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

the amount of interest payable on that interest payment date,

 

 

 

 

 

in discharge of the Borrower’s liability for that repayment instalment or that interest and the Borrower hereby undertakes with each Creditor Party to instruct the Account Bank to make such payment to the Agent from the Retention Account for distribution to the Lenders in accordance with this Clause.

 

 

 

18.5

 

No release of accrued interest. Any interest accruing on the Retention Account shall be credited to the Retention Account but shall not be released to the Borrower until the end of the Security Period.

 

 

 

18.6

 

Location of accounts. The Borrower shall promptly:

 

 

 

(a)

 

comply with any requirement of the Agent as to the location or re-location of the Earnings Account and the Retention Account (or either of them); and

 

 

 

(b)

 

execute any documents which the Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Trustee a Security Interest over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) the Earnings Account and the Retention Account.

 

 

 

18.7

 

Debits for expenses etc. The Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) from time to time to debit the Earnings Account without prior notice in order to discharge any amount due and payable under Clause 20 or 21 to a Creditor Party or payment of which any Creditor Party has become entitled to demand under Clause 20 or 21 and the Borrower hereby undertakes with each Creditor Party to authorise the Account Bank to act according to the Agent’s instructions pursuant to this Clause.

44



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18.8

 

Borrower’s obligations unaffected. The provisions of this Clause 18 (as distinct from a distribution effected under Clause 18.4) do not affect:

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

the liability of the Borrower to make payments of principal and interest on the due dates; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

any other liability or obligation of the Borrower or any Security Party under any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

19

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

 

 

 

19.1

 

Events of Default. An Event of Default occurs if:

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

the Borrower or any Security Party fails to pay when due or (if so payable) on demand any sum payable under a Finance Document or under any document relating to a Finance Document; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

any breach occurs of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Clause 9.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.10, 11.13, 11.21(b), 11.21(d), 12.2, 12.3, 12.4 or 15.1 of this Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

clauses 11.13 and 11.14 of the Counter-Guarantee from Counter-Guarantor 2; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

clauses 11.13, 11.14 and 11.15 of the Guarantee from GasLog; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

clause 11.13 and 11.14 of the Counter-Guarantee from Counter-Guarantor 1; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

clause 11.12 of the Guarantee from GasLog Carriers; or

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach covered by paragraphs (a) or (b)) which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is capable of remedy, and such default continues unremedied 10 Business Days after written notice from the Agent requesting action to remedy the same; or

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

(subject to any applicable grace period specified in the Finance Document) any breach by the Borrower or any Security Party occurs of any provision of a Finance Document (other than a breach falling within paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)); or

 

 

 

 

(e)

 

any representation, warranty or statement made or repeated by, or by an officer of, the Borrower or a Security Party in a Finance Document or in a Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to a Finance Document is untrue or misleading when it is made or repeated; or

 

 

 

 

(f)

 

any of the following occurs in relation to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person (which, in the case of a Guarantor, exceeds $5,000,000 and in the case of a Relevant Person other than a Guarantor, exceeds $1,000,000 (or in each case the equivalent in any other currency)):

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is not paid when due or, if so payable, on demand; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes due and payable or capable of being declared due and payable prior to its stated maturity date as a consequence of any event of default; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

a lease, hire purchase agreement or charter creating any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person is terminated by the lessor or owner or becomes capable of being terminated as a consequence of any termination event; or

45



 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

any overdraft, loan, note issuance, acceptance credit, letter of credit, guarantee, foreign exchange or other facility, or any swap or other derivative contract or transaction, relating to any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person ceases to be available or becomes capable of being terminated as a result of any event of default, or cash cover is required, or becomes capable of being required, in respect of such a facility as a result of any event of default; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

any Security Interest securing any Financial Indebtedness of a Relevant Person becomes enforceable; or

 

 

 

 

(g)

 

any of the following occurs in relation to a Relevant Person:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

a Relevant Person becomes, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, unable to pay its debts as they fall due; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

any assets of a Relevant Person are subject to any form of execution, attachment, arrest, sequestration or distress in respect of a sum of, or sums aggregating, $1,000,000 (or $5,000,000 in the case of a Guarantor) or more or the equivalent in another currency; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

any administrative or other receiver is appointed over any asset of a Relevant Person; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

an administrator is appointed (whether by the court or otherwise) in respect of a Relevant Person; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

any formal declaration of bankruptcy or any formal statement to the effect that a Relevant Person is insolvent or likely to become insolvent is made by a Relevant Person or by the directors of a Relevant Person or, in any proceedings, by a lawyer acting for a Relevant Person; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

a provisional liquidator is appointed in respect of a Relevant Person, a winding up order is made in relation to a Relevant Person or a winding up resolution is passed by a Relevant Person; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vii)

a resolution is passed, an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by (aa) a Relevant Person, (bb) the members or directors of a Relevant Person, (cc) a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person, or (dd) a government minister or public or regulatory authority of a Pertinent Jurisdiction for or with a view to the winding up of that or another Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of that or another Relevant Person, or that or another Relevant Person ceasing or suspending business operations or payments to creditors, save that this paragraph does not apply to a fully solvent winding up of a Relevant Person other than the Borrower or a Guarantor which is, or is to be, effected for the purposes of an amalgamation or reconstruction previously approved by the Majority Lenders and effected not later than 3 months after the commencement of the winding up; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(viii)

an administration notice is given or filed, an application or petition to a court is made or presented or any other step is taken by a creditor of a Relevant Person (other than a holder of Security Interests which together relate to all or substantially all of the assets of a Relevant Person) for the winding up of a Relevant Person or the appointment of a provisional liquidator or administrator in respect of a Relevant Person in any Pertinent Jurisdiction, unless the proposed winding up, appointment of a provisional liquidator or administration is being contested in good faith, on substantial grounds and not with a view to some other insolvency law procedure being implemented instead and either (aa) the application or petition is dismissed or

46



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

withdrawn within 30 days of being made or presented, or (bb) within 30 days of the administration notice being given or filed, or the other relevant steps being taken, other action is taken which will ensure that there will be no administration and (in both cases (aa) or (bb)) the Relevant Person will continue to carry on business in the ordinary way and without being the subject of any actual, interim or pending insolvency law procedure; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ix)

a Relevant Person or its directors take any steps (whether by making or presenting an application or petition to a court, or submitting or presenting a document setting out a proposal or proposed terms, or otherwise) with a view to obtaining, in relation to that or another Relevant Person, any form of moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation of debt (or certain debt) or arrangement with all or a substantial proportion (by number or value) of creditors or of any class of them or any such moratorium, suspension or deferral of payments, reorganisation or arrangement is effected by court order, by the filing of documents with a court, by means of a contract or in any other way at all; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(x)

any meeting of the members or directors, or of any committee of the board or senior management, of a Relevant Person is held or summoned for the purpose of considering a resolution or proposal to authorise or take any action of a type described in paragraphs (iv) to (ix) or a step preparatory to such action, or (with or without such a meeting) the members, directors or such a committee resolve or agree that such an action or step should be taken or should be taken if certain conditions materialise or fail to materialise; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(xi)

in a Pertinent Jurisdiction other than England, any event occurs, any proceedings are opened or commenced or any step is taken which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders is similar to any of the foregoing; or

 

 

 

 

(h)

 

the Borrower ceases or suspends carrying on its business or a part of its business which, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, is material in the context of this Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

(i)

 

it becomes unlawful in any Pertinent Jurisdiction or impossible:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

for the Borrower or any Security Party to discharge any liability under a Finance Document or to comply with any other obligation which the Majority Lenders consider material under a Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

for the Agent, the Security Trustee or the Lenders to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by, a Finance Document; or

 

 

 

 

(j)

 

any official consent necessary to enable the Borrower to own, operate or charter the Ship or to enable the Borrower or any Security Party to comply with any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document, the Shipbuilding Contract, the Transfer Agreement or the Approved Charter is not granted, expires without being renewed, is revoked or becomes liable to revocation or any condition of such a consent is not fulfilled; or

 

 

 

 

(k)

 

without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders (i) a change has occurred after the date of this Agreement in the legal ownership of any of the shares in the Borrower or (ii) a Material Change has occurred; or

 

 

 

 

(l)

 

any provision which the Majority Lenders consider material of a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by a Finance Document proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest or any other third party claim or interest; or

47



 

 

 

 

(m)

 

the security constituted by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy; or

 

 

 

(n)

 

the Borrower has not entered into the Approved Charter at least five (5) days prior to the Drawdown Date of the second Advance; or

 

 

 

(o)

 

the Approved Charter is terminated before the end of the third year from the Delivery Date, becomes invalid or unenforceable or otherwise ceases to be in fall force and effect for any reason (other than through the effluxion of time or following the sale of the Ship) and the Approved Charter is not replaced within 30 days by another charter having similar characteristics to the Approved Charter, with a charterer, in a form and on terms acceptable to the Agent; or

 

 

 

 

(p)

 

without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders), the Holding Company ceases to hold the legal title and beneficial ownership of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

on or prior to the date of a Qualified IPO, 70 per cent. of the issued and allotted shares of GasLog;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

following the date of a Qualified IPO and on or before the first anniversary of a Qualified IPO, 30 per cent. of the issued and allotted shares of GasLog;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

following the first anniversary and on or before the second anniversary of a Qualified IPO, 25 per cent. of the issued and allotted shares of GasLog;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

following the second anniversary and on or before the third anniversary of a Qualified IPO, 20 per cent. of the issued and allotted shares of GasLog; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

following the third anniversary of a Qualified IPO, 15 per cent. of the issued and allotted shares of GasLog; or

 

 

 

 

(q)

 

any other event occurs or any other circumstances arise or develop including, without limitation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

a change in the financial position, state of affairs or prospects of any Relevant Person; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

any accident or other event involving the Ship or another vessel owned, chartered or operated by a Relevant Person;

 

 

 

 

 

 

which materially and adversely affects the ability of the Borrower or a Guarantor to discharge its liabilities under the Finance Documents as they fall due.

 

 

 

 

19.2

 

Actions following an Event of Default. On, or at any time after, the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing:

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

the Agent may, and if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent shall:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

serve on the Borrower a notice stating that the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement are cancelled; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

serve on the Borrower a notice stating that the Loan, all accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Agreement are immediately due and payable or are due and payable on demand; and/or

48



 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (i) or (ii), the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law; and/or

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

the Security Trustee may, and if so instructed by the Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders, the Security Trustee shall take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under paragraph (a) (i) or (ii), the Security Trustee, the Agent and/or the Lenders are entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law.

 

 

 

19.3

 

Termination of Commitments. On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(i), the Commitments and all other obligations of each Lender to the Borrower under this Agreement shall be cancelled.

 

 

 

19.4

 

Acceleration of Loan. On the service of a notice under Clause 19.2(a)(ii), the Loan, all accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing from the Borrower or any Security Party under this Agreement and every other Finance Document shall become immediately due and payable or, as the case may be, payable on demand.

 

 

 

19.5

 

Multiple notices; action without notice. The Agent may serve notices under Clauses 19.2(a)(i) or (ii) simultaneously or on different dates and it and/or the Security Trustee may take any action referred to in Clause 19.2 simultaneously with or at any time after the service of both or either of such notices.

 

 

 

19.6

 

Notification of Creditor Parties and Security Parties. The Agent shall send to each Lender, the Security Trustee and each Security Party a copy or the text of any notice which the Agent serves on the Borrower under Clause 19.2; but the notice shall become effective when it is served on the Borrower, and no failure or delay by the Agent to send a copy or the text of the notice to any other person shall invalidate the notice or provide the Borrower or any Security Party with any form of claim or defence.

 

 

 

19.7

 

Lender’s rights unimpaired. Nothing in this Clause shall be taken to impair or restrict the exercise of any right given to individual Lenders under a Finance Document or the general law; and, in particular, this Clause is without prejudice to Clause 3.1.

 

 

 

19.8

 

Exclusion of Creditor Party liability. No Creditor Party, and no receiver or manager appointed by the Security Trustee, shall have any liability to the Borrower or a Security Party:

 

 

 

(a)

 

for any loss caused by an exercise of rights under, or enforcement of a Security Interest created by, a Finance Document or by any failure or delay to exercise such a right or to enforce such a Security Interest; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

as mortgagee in possession or otherwise, for any income or principal amount which might have been produced by or realised from any asset comprised in such a Security Interest or for any reduction (however caused) in the value of such an asset;

 

 

 

 

 

except that this does not exempt a Creditor Party or a receiver or manager from liability for losses shown to have been directly and mainly caused by the dishonesty or the wilful misconduct of such Creditor Party’s own officers and employees or (as the case may be) such receiver’s or manager’s own partners or employees.

 

 

 

19.9

 

Relevant Persons. In this Clause 19 a “ Relevant Person ” means the Borrower, the Approved Manager or a Security Party.

 

 

 

19.10

 

Interpretation. In Clause 19.1(f) references to an event of default or a termination event include any event, howsoever described, which is similar to an event of default in a facility

49



 

 

 

 

 

agreement or a termination event in a finance lease; and in Clause 19.1(g) “ petition ” includes an application.

 

 

 

19.11

 

Material Change. In Clause 19.1(k), “ Material Change ” means, in relation to the Borrower, GasLog Carriers, the Approved Manager and Counter-Guarantor 1, a change without the consent of the Majority Lenders, in the ultimate beneficial ownership of the shares in such company or the voting rights attaching to such shares which results in the person or persons disclosed to the Agent on or prior to the date of this Agreement as being the ultimate beneficial owner or owners of all such shares ultimately owning less than (i) 51 per cent. of such shares or the voting rights attaching thereto in the case of each of the Borrower, GasLog Carriers and the Approved Manager and (ii) 85 per cent. of such shares or the voting rights attaching thereto in the case of Counter-Guarantor 1.

 

 

 

20

 

FEES AND EXPENSES

 

 

 

20.1

 

Up-front and commitment fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent:

 

 

 

(a)

 

on the date of this Agreement a non-refundable up front fee of $348,066 (representing 0.20 per cent. of the Total Commitments) and;

 

 

 

(b)

 

a commitment fee for the account of the Lenders at the rate of 0.20 per cent. of the undrawn amount of the Loan payable from (and including) 11 March 2008 up to and including the earlier of (i) the final Drawdown Date and the last day of the Availability Period, such fee to be payable quarterly in arrears and on the earlier of the dates referred to in (i) and (ii) above, for distribution among the Lenders in the proportions agreed by the Agent and the Lenders.

 

 

 

20.2

 

Costs of negotiation, preparation etc. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent on its demand the amount of all expenses incurred by the Agent or the Security Trustee in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution or registration of any Finance Document or any related document or with any transaction contemplated by a Finance Document or a related document.

 

 

 

20.3

 

Costs of variations, amendments, enforcement etc. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Creditor Party concerned the amount of all expenses incurred by a Creditor Party in connection with:

 

 

 

(a)

 

any amendment or supplement to a Finance Document, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made;

 

 

 

(b)

 

any consent or waiver by the Lenders, the Majority Lenders or the Creditor Party concerned under or in connection with a Finance Document, or any request for such a consent or waiver;

 

 

 

(c)

 

the valuation of any security provided or offered under Clause 15 or any other matter relating to such security; or

 

 

 

(d)

 

any step taken by the Creditor Party concerned with a view to the protection, exercise or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by a Finance Document or for any similar purpose.

 

 

 

 

 

There shall be recoverable under paragraph (d) the full amount of all legal expenses, whether or not such as would be allowed under rules of court or any taxation or other procedure carried out under such rules.

 

 

 

20.4

 

Documentary taxes. The Borrower shall promptly pay any tax payable on or by reference to any Finance Document, and shall, on the Agent’s demand, fully indemnify each Creditor

50



 

 

 

 

 

Party against any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay such a tax.

 

 

 

20.5

 

Financial Services Authority fees. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Lender concerned the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that a Lender has notified the Agent to be necessary to compensate it for the cost attributable to its Contribution resulting from the imposition from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 and/or by the Bank of England and/or by the Financial Services Authority (or other United Kingdom governmental authorities or agencies) of a requirement to pay fees to the Financial Services Authority calculated by reference to liabilities used to fund its Contribution.

 

 

 

20.6

 

Certification of amounts. A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 20 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

 

 

 

21

 

INDEMNITIES

 

 

 

21.1

 

Indemnities regarding borrowing and repayment of Loan. The Borrower shall fully indemnify the Agent and each Lender on the Agent’s demand and the Security Trustee on its demand in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are made or brought against or incurred by that Creditor Party, or which that Creditor Party reasonably and with due diligence estimates that it will incur, as a result of or in connection with:

 

 

 

(a)

 

an Advance not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender claiming the indemnity;

 

 

 

(b)

 

the receipt or recovery of all or any part of the Loan or an overdue sum otherwise than on the last day of an Interest Period or other relevant period;

 

 

 

(c)

 

any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrower to make payment of any amount due under a Finance Document on the due date or, if so payable, on demand (after giving credit for any default interest paid by the Borrower on the amount concerned under Clause 7);

 

 

 

(d)

 

the occurrence and/or continuance of an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 19;

 

 

 

 

 

and in respect of any tax (other than tax on its overall net income) for which a Creditor Party is liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to that Creditor Party (whether for its own account or otherwise) under any Finance Document.

 

 

 

21.2

 

Breakage costs. Without limiting its generality, Clause 21.1 covers any claim, expense, liability or loss, including a loss of a prospective profit, incurred by a Lender:

 

 

 

(a)

 

in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties acquired or arranged to fund or maintain all or any part of its Contribution and/or any overdue amount (or an aggregate amount which includes its Contribution or any overdue amount); and

 

 

 

(b)

 

in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, any interest and/or currency swap or any other transaction entered into (whether with another legal entity or with another office or department of the Lender concerned) to hedge any exposure arising under this Agreement or that part which the Lender concerned determines is fairly attributable to this Agreement of the amount of the liabilities, expenses or losses (including losses of prospective profits) incurred by it in terminating, or otherwise in connection with, a number of transactions of which this Agreement is one.

51



 

 

 

21.3

 

Miscellaneous indemnities. The Borrower shall fully indemnify each Creditor Party severally on their respective demands in respect of all claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which may be made or brought against or incurred by a Creditor Party, in any country, as a result of or in connection with:

 

 

 

(a)

 

any action taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with any Finance Document by the Agent, the Security Trustee or any other Creditor Party or by any receiver appointed under a Finance Document; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

any other Pertinent Matter;

 

 

 

 

 

other than claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which are shown to have been directly or mainly caused by the dishonesty or wilful misconduct of the officers or employees of the Creditor Party concerned.

 

 

 

 

 

Without prejudice to its generality, this Clause 21.3 covers any claims, expenses, liabilities and losses which arise, or are asserted, under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code or any Environmental Law.

 

 

 

21.4

 

Currency indemnity. If any sum due from the Borrower or any Security Party to a Creditor Party under a Finance Document or under any order or judgment relating to a Finance Document has to be converted from the currency in which the Finance Document provided for the sum to be paid (the “ Contractual Currency ”) into another currency (the “ Payment Currency ”) for the purpose of:

 

 

 

(a)

 

making or lodging any claim or proof against the Borrower or any Security Party, whether in its liquidation, any arrangement involving it or otherwise; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

obtaining an order or judgment from any court or other tribunal; or

 

 

 

(c)

 

enforcing any such order or judgment;

 

 

 

 

 

the Borrower shall indemnify the Creditor Party concerned against the loss arising when the amount of the payment actually received by that Creditor Party is converted at the available rate of exchange into the Contractual Currency.

 

 

 

 

 

In this Clause 21.4, the “ available rate of exchange ” means the rate at which the Creditor Party concerned is able at the opening of business (London time) on the Business Day after it receives the sum concerned to purchase the Contractual Currency with the Payment Currency.

 

 

 

 

 

This Clause 21.4 creates a separate liability of the Borrower which is distinct from its other liabilities under the Finance Documents and which shall not be merged in any judgment or order relating to those other liabilities.

 

 

 

21.5

 

Certification of amounts. A notice which is signed by 2 officers of a Creditor Party, which states that a specified amount, or aggregate amount, is due to that Creditor Party under this Clause 21 and which indicates (without necessarily specifying a detailed breakdown) the matters in respect of which the amount, or aggregate amount, is due shall be prima facie evidence that the amount, or aggregate amount, is due.

 

 

 

21.6

 

Sums deemed due to a Lender. For the purposes of this Clause 21, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender.

 

 

 

22

 

NO SET-OFF OR TAX DEDUCTION

52



 

 

 

22.1

 

No deductions. All amounts due from the Borrower under a Finance Document shall be paid:

 

 

 

(a)

 

without any form of set-off, cross-claim or condition; and

 

 

 

(b)

 

free and clear of any tax deduction except a tax deduction which the Borrower is required by law to make.

 

 

 

22.2

 

Grossing-up for taxes. If the Borrower is required by law to make a tax deduction from any payment:

 

 

 

(a)

 

the Borrower shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware of the requirement;

 

 

 

(b)

 

the Borrower shall pay the tax deducted to the appropriate taxation authority promptly, and in any event before any fine or penalty arises;

 

 

 

(c)

 

the amount due in respect of the payment shall be increased by the amount necessary to ensure that each Creditor Party receives and retains (free from any liability relating to the tax deduction) a net amount which, after the tax deduction, is equal to the full amount which it would otherwise have received.

 

 

 

22.3

 

Evidence of payment of taxes. Within 1 month after making any tax deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent documentary evidence satisfactory to the Agent that the tax had been paid to the appropriate taxation authority.

 

 

 

22.4

 

Exclusion of tax on overall net income. In this Clause 22 “ tax deduction ” means any deduction or withholding for or on account of any present or future tax except tax on a Creditor Party’s overall net income.

 

 

 

22.5

 

Tax credits. A Creditor Party which receives for its own account a repayment or credit in respect of tax on account of which the Borrower has made an increased payment under Clause 22.2 shall pay to the Borrower a sum equal to the proportion of the repayment or credit which that Creditor Party allocates to the amount due from the Borrower in respect of which the Borrower made the increased payment:

 

 

 

(a)

 

the Creditor Party shall not be obliged to allocate to this transaction any part of a tax repayment or credit which is referable to a class or number of transactions;

 

 

 

(b)

 

nothing in this Clause 22.4 shall oblige a Creditor Party to arrange its tax affairs in any particular manner, to claim any type of relief, credit, allowance or deduction instead of, or in priority to, another or to make any such claim within any particular time;

 

 

 

(c)

 

nothing in this Clause 22.4 shall oblige a Creditor Party to make a payment which would leave it in a worse position than it would have been in if the Borrower had not been required to make a tax deduction from a payment; and

 

 

 

(d)

 

any allocation or determination made by a Creditor Party under or in connection with this Clause 22.4 shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the other Creditor Parties.

 

 

 

23

 

ILLEGALITY, ETC

 

 

 

23.1

 

Illegality. This Clause 23 applies if a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) notifies the Agent that it has become, or will with effect from a specified date, become:

 

 

 

(a)

 

unlawful or prohibited as a result of the introduction of a new law, an amendment to an existing law or a change in the manner in which an existing law is or will be interpreted or applied; or

53



 

 

 

(b)

 

contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation,

 

 

 

 

 

for the Notifying Lender to maintain or give effect to any of its obligations under this Agreement in the manner contemplated by this Agreement.

 

 

 

23.2

 

Notification of illegality. The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and the other Lenders of the notice under Clause 23.1 which the Agent receives from the Notifying Lender.

 

 

 

23.3

 

Prepayment; termination of Commitment. On the Agent notifying the Borrower under Clause 23.2, the Notifying Lender’s Commitment shall terminate; and thereupon or, if later, on the date specified in the Notifying Lender’s notice under Clause 23.1 as the date on which the notified event would become effective the Borrower shall prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution in accordance with Clause 8.

 

 

 

23.4

 

Mitigation. If circumstances arise which would result in a notification under Clause 23.1 then, without in any way limiting the rights of the Notifying Lender under Clause 23.3, the Notifying Lender shall use reasonable endeavours to transfer its obligations, liabilities and rights under this Agreement and the Finance Documents to another office or financial institution not affected by the circumstances but the Notifying Lender shall not be under any obligation to take any such action if, in its opinion, to do would or might:

 

 

 

(a)

 

have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

involve it in any activity which is unlawful or prohibited or any activity that is contrary to, or inconsistent with, any regulation; or

 

 

 

(c)

 

involve it in any expense (unless indemnified to its satisfaction) or tax disadvantage.

 

 

 

24

 

INCREASED COSTS

 

 

 

24.1

 

Increased costs. This Clause 24 applies if a Lender (the “ Notifying Lender ”) notifies the Agent that the Notifying Lender considers that as a result of:

 

 

 

(a)

 

the introduction or alteration after the date of this Agreement of a law or an alteration after the date of this Agreement in the manner in which a law is interpreted or applied (disregarding any effect which relates to the application to payments under this Agreement of a tax on the Lender’s overall net income); or

 

 

 

(b)

 

complying with any regulation (including any which relates to capital adequacy or liquidity controls or which affects the manner in which the Notifying Lender allocates capital resources to its obligations under this Agreement) which is introduced, or altered, or the interpretation or application of which is altered, after the date of this Agreement,

 

 

 

 

 

the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) has incurred or will incur an “ increased cost ”.

 

 

 

24.2

 

Meaning of increased cost . In this Clause 24, “ increased cost ” means, in relation to a Notifying Lender:

 

 

 

(a)

 

an additional or increased cost incurred as a result of, or in connection with, the Notifying Lender having entered into, or being a party to, this Agreement or a Transfer Certificate, of funding or maintaining its Commitment or Contribution or performing its obligations under this Agreement, or of having outstanding all or any part of its Contribution or other unpaid sums;

54



 

 

 

(b)

 

a reduction in the amount of any payment to the Notifying Lender under this Agreement or in the effective return which such a payment represents to the Notifying Lender or on its capital;

 

 

 

(c)

 

an additional or increased cost of funding all or maintaining all or any of the advances comprised in a class of advances formed by or including the Notifying Lender’s Contribution or (as the case may require) the proportion of that cost attributable to the Contribution; or

 

 

 

(d)

 

a liability to make a payment, or a return foregone, which is calculated by reference to any amounts received or receivable by the Notifying Lender under this Agreement,

 

 

 

 

 

but not an item attributable to a change in the rate of tax on the overall net income of the Notifying Lender (or a parent company of it) or an item covered by the indemnity for tax in Clause 21.1 or by Clause 22 or an item arising directly out of the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004, in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (“ Basel II ”) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Creditor Party or any of its affiliates).

 

 

 

 

 

For the purposes of this Clause 24.2 the Notifying Lender may in good faith allocate or spread costs and/or losses among its assets and liabilities (or any class of its assets and liabilities) on such basis as it considers appropriate.

 

 

 

24.3

 

Notification to Borrower of claim for increased costs. The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Security Parties of the notice which the Agent received from the Notifying Lender under Clause 24.1.

 

 

 

24.4

 

Payment of increased costs. The Borrower shall pay to the Agent, on the Agent’s demand, for the account of the Notifying Lender the amounts which the Agent from time to time notifies the Borrower that the Notifying Lender has specified to be necessary to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost.

 

 

 

24.5

 

Notice of prepayment. If the Borrower is not willing to continue to compensate the Notifying Lender for the increased cost under Clause 24.4, the Borrower may give the Agent not less than 14 days’ notice of its intention to prepay the Notifying Lender’s Contribution at the end of an Interest Period.

 

 

 

24.6

 

Prepayment; termination of Commitment. A notice under Clause 24.5 shall be irrevocable; the Agent shall promptly notify the Notifying Lender of the Borrower’s notice of intended prepayment; and:

 

 

 

(a)

 

on the date on which the Agent serves that notice, the Commitment of the Notifying Lender shall be cancelled; and

 

 

 

(b)

 

on the date specified in its notice of intended prepayment, the Borrower shall prepay (without premium or penalty) the Notifying Lender’s Contribution, together with accrued interest thereon at the applicable rate plus the Margin.

 

 

 

24.7

 

Application of prepayment. Clause 8 shall apply in relation to the prepayment.

 

 

 

25

 

SET-OFF

 

 

 

25.1

 

Application of credit balances. Each Creditor Party may without prior notice:

55



 

 

 

 

(a)

 

apply any balance (whether or not then due) which at any time stands to the credit of any account in the name of the Borrower at any office in any country of that Creditor Party in or towards satisfaction of any sum then due from the Borrower to that Creditor Party under any of the Finance Documents; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

for that purpose:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

break, or alter the maturity of, all or any part of a deposit of the Borrower;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

convert or translate all or any part of a deposit or other credit balance into Dollars;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

enter into any other transaction or make any entry with regard to the credit balance which the Creditor Party concerned considers appropriate.

 

 

 

 

25.2

 

Existing rights unaffected. No Creditor Party shall be obliged to exercise any of its rights under Clause 25.1; and those rights shall be without prejudice and in addition to any right of set-off, combination of accounts, charge, lien or other right or remedy to which a Creditor Party is entitled (whether under the general law or any document).

 

 

 

 

25.3

 

Sums deemed due to a Lender. For the purposes of this Clause 25, a sum payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Trustee for distribution to, or for the account of, a Lender shall be treated as a sum due to that Lender; and each Lender’s proportion of a sum so payable for distribution to, or for the account of, the Lenders shall be treated as a sum due to such Lender.

 

 

 

25.4

 

No Security Interest. This Clause 25 gives the Creditor Parties a contractual right of set-off only and does not create any equitable charge or other Security Interest over any credit balance of the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

26

 

TRANSFERS AND CHANGES IN LENDING OFFICES

 

 

 

26.1

 

Transfer by Borrower. The Borrower may not, without the consent of the Agent, given on the instructions of all the Lenders transfer any of its rights, liabilities or obligations under any Finance Document.

 

 

 

26.2

 

Transfer by a Lender. Subject to Clause 26.4, a Lender (the “ Transferor Lender ”) may at any time, having previously consulted with the Borrower, cause:

 

 

 

(a)

 

its rights in respect of all or part of its Contribution; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

its obligations in respect of all or part of its Commitment; or

 

 

 

(c)

 

a combination of (a) and (b),

 

 

 

 

 

to be (in the case of its rights) transferred to, or (in the case of its obligations) assumed by, another first class bank or financial institution which has experience in ship financing or a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (a “ Transferee Lender ”) by delivering to the Agent a completed certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 with any modifications approved or required by the Agent (a “ Transfer Certificate ”) executed by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender.

 

 

 

 

 

Provided that at all times the aggregate of the Commitment of Danish Ship Finance A/S (Danmarks Skibskredit A/S) and its Contribution shall not be less than 50 per cent. of the Total Commitments.

56



 

 

 

 

 

However any rights and obligations of the Transferor Lender in its capacity as Agent or Security Trustee will have to be dealt with separately in accordance with the Agency and Trust Agreement.

 

 

 

26.3

 

Transfer Certificate, delivery and notification. As soon as reasonably practicable after a Transfer Certificate is delivered to the Agent, it shall (unless it has reason to believe that the Transfer Certificate may be defective):

 

 

 

(a)

 

sign the Transfer Certificate on behalf of itself, the Borrower, the Security Parties, the Security Trustee and each of the other Lenders;

 

 

 

(b)

 

on behalf of the Transferee Lender, send to the Borrower and each Security Party letters or faxes notifying them of the Transfer Certificate and attaching a copy of it; and

 

 

 

(c)

 

send to the Transferee Lender copies of the letters or faxes sent under paragraph (b) above,

 

 

 

 

 

but the Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Transferor Lender and the Transferee Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to that Transferee Lender.

 

 

 

26.4

 

Effective Date of Transfer Certificate. A Transfer Certificate becomes effective on the date, if any, specified in the Transfer Certificate as its effective date, Provided that it is signed by the Agent under Clause 26.3 on or before that date.

 

 

 

26.5

 

No transfer without Transfer Certificate. No assignment or transfer of any right or obligation of a Lender under any Finance Document is binding on, or effective in relation to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee unless it is effected, evidenced or perfected by a Transfer Certificate.

 

 

 

26.6

 

Lender re-organisation; waiver of Transfer Certificate. However, if a Lender enters into any merger, de-merger or other reorganisation as a result of which all its rights or obligations vest in a successor, the Agent may, if it sees fit, by notice to the successor and the Borrower and the Security Trustee waive the need for the execution and delivery of a Transfer Certificate; and, upon service of the Agent’s notice, the successor shall become a Lender with the same Commitment and Contribution as were held by the predecessor Lender.

 

 

 

26.7

 

Effect of Transfer Certificate. A Transfer Certificate takes effect in accordance with English law as follows:

 

 

 

(a)

 

to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate, all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor Lender has under or by virtue of the Finance Documents are assigned to the Transferee Lender absolutely, free of any defects in the Transferor Lender’s title and of any rights or equities which the Borrower or any Security Party had against the Transferor Lender;

 

 

 

(b)

 

the Transferor Lender’s Commitment is discharged to the extent specified in the Transfer Certificate;

 

 

 

(c)

 

the Transferee Lender becomes a Lender with the Contribution previously held by the Transferor Lender and a Commitment of an amount specified in the Transfer Certificate;

 

 

 

(d)

 

the Transferee Lender becomes bound by all the provisions of the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including those about pro-rata sharing and the exclusion of liability on the part of, and the indemnification of, the Agent and the Security Trustee and, to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes bound by those

57



 

 

 

 

 

provisions (other than those relating to exclusion of liability), the Transferor Lender ceases to be bound by them;

 

 

 

(e)

 

any part of the Loan which the Transferee Lender advances after the Transfer Certificate’s effective date ranks in point of priority and security in the same way as it would have ranked had it been advanced by the transferor, assuming that any defects in the transferor’s title and any rights or equities of the Borrower or any Security Party against the Transferor Lender had not existed;

 

 

 

(f)

 

the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to all the rights under the Finance Documents which are applicable to the Lenders generally, including but not limited to those relating to the Majority Lenders and those under Clause 5.5 and Clause 19, and to the extent that the Transferee Lender becomes entitled to such rights, the Transferor Lender ceases to be entitled to them; and

 

 

 

(g)

 

in respect of any breach of a warranty, undertaking, condition or other provision of a Finance Document or any misrepresentation made in or in connection with a Finance Document, the Transferee Lender shall be entitled to recover damages by reference to the loss incurred by it as a result of the breach or misrepresentation, irrespective of whether the original Lender would have incurred a loss of that kind or amount.

 

 

 

 

 

The rights and equities of the Borrower or any Security Party referred to above include, but are not limited to, any right of set off and any other kind of cross-claim.

 

 

 

26.8

 

Maintenance of register of Lenders. During the Security Period the Agent shall maintain a register in which it shall record the name, Commitment, Contribution and administrative details (including the lending office) from time to time of each Lender holding a Transfer Certificate and the effective date (in accordance with Clause 26.4) of the Transfer Certificate; and the Agent shall make the register available for inspection by any Lender, the Security Trustee and the Borrower during normal banking hours, subject to receiving at least 3 Business Days’ prior notice.

 

 

 

26.9

 

Reliance on register of Lenders. The entries on that register shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive in determining the identities of the Lenders and the amounts of their Commitments and Contributions and the effective dates of Transfer Certificates and may be relied upon by the Agent and the other parties to the Finance Documents for all purposes relating to the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

26.10

 

Authorisation of Agent to sign Transfer Certificates. The Borrower, the Security Trustee and each Lender irrevocably authorise the Agent to sign Transfer Certificates on its behalf.

 

 

 

26.11

 

Registration fee. In respect of any Transfer Certificate, the Agent shall be entitled to recover a registration fee of $5,000 from the Transferor Lender or (at the Agent’s option) the Transferee Lender.

 

 

 

26.12

 

Sub-participation; subrogation assignment. A Lender may sub-participate all or any part of its rights and/or obligations under or in connection with the Finance Documents without the consent of, or any notice to, the Borrower, any Security Party, the Agent or the Security Trustee; and the Lenders may assign, in any manner and terms agreed by the Majority Lenders, the Agent and the Security Trustee, all or any part of those rights to an insurer or surety who has become subrogated to them.

 

 

 

26.13

 

Disclosure of information. A Lender may disclose to a potential Transferee Lender or sub-participant any information which the Lender has received in relation to the Borrower, any Security Party or their affairs under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless the information is clearly of a confidential nature.

58



 

 

 

26.14

 

Change of lending office. A Lender may change its lending office by giving notice to the Agent and the change shall become effective on the later of:

 

 

 

(a)

 

the date on which the Agent receives the notice; and

 

 

 

(b)

 

the date, if any, specified in the notice as the date on which the change will come into effect.

 

 

 

26.15

 

Notification. On receiving such a notice, the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Security Trustee; and, until the Agent receives such a notice, it shall be entitled to assume that a Lender is acting through the lending office of which the Agent last had notice.

 

 

 

27

 

VARIATIONS AND WAIVERS

 

 

 

27.1

 

Variations, waivers etc. by Majority Lenders. Subject to Clause 27.2, a document shall be effective to vary, waive, suspend or limit any provision of a Finance Document, or any Creditor Party’s rights or remedies under such a provision or the general law, only if the document is signed, or specifically agreed to by fax, by the Borrower, by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders, by the Agent and the Security Trustee in their own rights, and, if the document relates to a Finance Document to which a Security Party is party, by that Security Party.

 

 

 

27.2

 

Variations, waivers etc. requiring agreement of all Lenders. However, as regards the following, Clause 27.1 applies as if the words “by the Agent on behalf of the Majority Lenders” were replaced by the words “by or on behalf of every Lender”:

 

 

 

(a)

 

a change in the Margin or in the definitions of LIBOR or Fixed Interest Rate;

 

 

 

(b)

 

a change to the date for, the amount of, any payment of principal, interest, fees, or other sum payable under this Agreement;

 

 

 

(c)

 

a change to any Lender’s Commitment;

 

 

 

(d)

 

an extension of Availability Period;

 

 

 

(e)

 

a change to the definition of “Majority Lenders” or “Finance Documents”;

 

 

 

(f)

 

a change to the preamble or to Clause 2, 3, 4, 5.1, 17, 19 or 30;

 

 

 

(g)

 

a change to this Clause 27;

 

 

 

(h)

 

any release of, or material variation to, a Security Interest, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document Provided that for the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed by the Creditor Parties that the Counter-Guarantee executed by each Counter-Guarantor shall be released by the Agent (without any warranty, representation, covenant or other recourse) immediately following the completion of a Qualified IPO, without obtaining any further consent from any other Creditor Party (upon the request and cost of the respective Counter-Guarantor; and

 

 

 

(i)

 

any other change or matter as regards which this Agreement or another Finance Document expressly provides that each Lender’s consent is required.

 

 

 

27.3

 

Exclusion of other or implied variations. Except for a document which satisfies the requirements of Clauses 27.1 and 27.2, no document, and no act, course of conduct, failure or neglect to act, delay or acquiescence on the part of the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) shall result in the Creditor Parties or any of them (or any person acting on behalf of any of them) being taken to have varied, waived, suspended or limited, or being precluded (permanently or temporarily) from enforcing, relying on or exercising:

59



 

 

 

(a)

 

a provision of this Agreement or another Finance Document; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

an Event of Default; or

 

 

 

(c)

 

a breach by the Borrower or a Security Party of an obligation under a Finance Document or the general law; or

 

 

 

(d)

 

any right or remedy conferred by any Finance Document or by the general law;

 

 

 

 

 

and there shall not be implied into any Finance Document any term or condition requiring any such provision to be enforced, or such right or remedy to be exercised, within a certain or reasonable time.

 

 

 

28

 

NOTICES

 

 

 

28.1

 

General. Unless otherwise specifically provided, any notice under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be given by letter or fax; and references in the Finance Documents to written notices, notices in writing and notices signed by particular persons shall be construed accordingly.

 

 

 

28.2

 

Addresses for communications. A notice shall be sent:


 

 

 

 

(a)

 

to the Borrower:

c/o GasLog Monaco SAM

 

 

 

Gildo Pastor Center

 

 

 

7 rue du Gabian

 

 

 

MC98000 Monte Carlo

 

 

 

Monaco

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the attention of Mr. Henrik Bjerregaard

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tel No: +377 97975119

 

 

 

Fax No: +377 97975124

 

 

 

 

(b)

 

to a Lender:

At the address below its name in Schedule 1 or (as the case may require) in the relevant Transfer Certificate.

 

 

 

 

(c)

 

to the Agent:

Sankt Annae Plads 3

 

 

 

DK-1250 Copenhagen K

 

 

 

Denmark

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No: +(45) 33 33 9666

 

 

 

 

(d)

 

to the Security Trustee: Sankt Annae Plads 3

 

 

 

DK-1250 Copenhagen K

 

 

 

Denmark

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No: +(45) 33 33 9666

 

 

 

 

 

 

or to such other address as the relevant party may notify the Agent or, if the relevant party is the Agent or the Security Trustee, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Security Parties.

 

 

 

28.3

 

Effective date of notices. Subject to Clauses 28.4 and 28.5:

 

 

 

(a)

 

a notice which is delivered personally or posted shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at the time when it is delivered;

 

 

 

(b)

 

a notice which is sent by fax shall be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, 2 hours after its transmission is completed.

60



 

 

 

28.4

 

Service outside business hours. However, if under Clause 28.3 a notice would be deemed to be served:

 

 

 

(a)

 

on a day which is not a business day in the place of receipt; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

on such a business day, but after 5 p.m. local time;

 

 

 

 

 

the notice shall (subject to Clause 28.5) be deemed to be served, and shall take effect, at 9 a.m. on the next day which is such a business day.

 

 

 

28.5

 

Illegible notices. Clauses 28.3 and 28.4 do not apply if the recipient of a notice notifies the sender within 1 hour after the time at which the notice would otherwise be deemed to be served that the notice has been received in a form which is illegible in a material respect.

 

 

 

28.6

 

Valid notices. A notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall not be invalid by reason that its contents or the manner of serving it do not comply with the requirements of this Agreement or, where appropriate, any other Finance Document under which it is served if:

 

 

 

(a)

 

the failure to serve it in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement or other Finance Document, as the case may be, has not caused any party to suffer any significant loss or prejudice; or

 

 

 

(b)

 

in the case of incorrect and/or incomplete contents, it should have been reasonably clear to the party on which the notice was served what the correct or missing particulars should have been.

 

 

 

28.7

 

Electronic communication. Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender:

 

 

 

(a)

 

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

 

 

(b)

 

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

 

 

(c)

 

notify each other of any change to their respective addresses or any other such information supplied to them.

 

 

 

 

 

Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender will be effective only when actually received in readable form and, in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender to the Agent, only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

 

 

28.8

 

English language. Any notice under or in connection with a Finance Document shall be in English.

 

 

 

28.9

 

Meaning of “notice”. In this Clause 28, “ notice ” includes any demand, consent, authorisation, approval, instruction, waiver or other communication.

 

 

 

29

 

SUPPLEMENTAL

 

 

 

29.1

 

Rights cumulative, non-exclusive. The rights and remedies which the Finance Documents give to each Creditor Party are:

 

 

 

(a)

 

cumulative;

61



 

 

 

(b)

 

may be exercised as often as appears expedient; and

 

 

 

(c)

 

shall not, unless a Finance Document explicitly and specifically states so, be taken to exclude or limit any right or remedy conferred by any law.

 

 

 

29.2

 

Severability of provisions. If any provision of a Finance Document is or subsequently becomes void, unenforceable or illegal, that shall not affect the validity, enforceability or legality of the other provisions of that Finance Document or of the provisions of any other Finance Document.

 

 

 

29.3

 

Counterparts. A Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts.

 

 

 

29.4

 

Third Party rights. A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

 

 

30

 

LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

 

 

30.1

 

English law. This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

 

 

30.2

 

Exclusive English jurisdiction. Subject to Clause 30.3, the courts of England shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute.

 

 

 

30.3

 

Choice of forum for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties. Clause 30.2 is for the exclusive benefit of the Creditor Parties, each of which reserves the right:

 

 

 

(a)

 

to commence proceedings in relation to any Dispute in the courts of any country other than England and which have or claim jurisdiction to that Dispute; and

 

 

 

(b)

 

to commence such proceedings in the courts of any such country or countries concurrently with or in addition to proceedings in England or without commencing proceedings in England.

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute.

 

 

 

30.4

 

Process agent. The Borrower irrevocably appoints Unisea Maritime Ltd. at its registered office for the time being, presently at 14 Headfort Place, London SW1A 7DH, England to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf any process or other document relating to any proceedings in the English courts which are connected with a Dispute.

 

 

 

30.5

 

Creditor Party rights unaffected. Nothing in this Clause 30 shall exclude or limit any right which any Creditor Party may have (whether under the law of any country, an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction.

 

 

 

30.6

 

Meaning of “proceedings”. In this Clause 30, “proceedings” means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a “Dispute” means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

 

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

62


SCHEDULE 1

LENDERS AND COMMITMENTS

 

 

 

Lender

Lending Office

Commitment
(US Dollars)

 

 

 

Danish Ship Finance A/S
(Danmarks Skibskredit A/S)

Sankt Annae Plads 3
DK-1250 Copenhagen K
Denmark

174,033,000

63


SCHEDULE 2

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

 

 

To:

Danish Ship Finance A/S (Danmarks Skibskredit A/S)
Sankt Annae Plads 3
DK-1250 Copenhagen K
Denmark


 

 

 

Attention:
[
l ]

[Loans

Administration]

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

 

 

1

We refer to the loan agreement (the “Loan Agreement” ) dated [ l ] March 2008 and made between ourselves, as Borrower, the Lenders referred to therein, and yourselves as Agent and as Security Trustee in connection with a facility of up to US$174,033,000. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement have their defined meanings when used in this Drawdown Notice.

 

 

2

We request to borrow the [first/second/third] Advance as follows:

 

 

(a)

Amount: US$[ l ];

 

 

(b)

Drawdown Date: [ l ];

 

 

(c)

Duration of the first Interest Period shall be [ l ] months;

 

 

(d)

Payment instructions: account of [ l ] and numbered [ l ] with [ l ] of [ l ].

 

 

3

We represent and warrant that:

 

 

(a)

the representations and warranties in Clause 10 of the Loan Agreement would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this notice with reference to the circumstances now existing;

 

 

(b)

no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default has occurred or will result from the borrowing of the Loan.

 

 

4

This notice cannot be revoked without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

 

5

[We authorise you to deduct the up-front fee and any accrued commitment fee referred to in Clause 20 from the amount of the Advance.]


 

 

 

 

[Name of Signatory]

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

Director
for and on behalf of
GAS-ONE LTD.

 

64


SCHEDULE 3

CONDITION PRECEDENT DOCUMENTS

PART A

 

 

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1 (a).

 

 

1

A duly executed original of the Loan Agreement and the Guarantee.

 

 

2

Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of the Borrower and each Security Party.

 

 

3

Copies of resolutions of the shareholders (if required under the constitutional documents and applicable laws) and directors of the Borrower and each Security Party authorising the execution of each of the Finance Documents to which the Borrower or that Security Party is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, authorising named officers to give the Drawdown Notices and other notices under this Agreement and ratifying the execution of the Shipbuilding Contract and the Transfer Agreement.

 

 

4

The original of any power of attorney under which any Finance Document is executed on behalf of the Borrower or (if required) a Security Party.

 

 

5

Copies of all consents which the Borrower or any Security Party requires to enter into, or make any payment under, any Finance Document, the Shipbuilding Contract or the Transfer Agreement.

 

 

6

Copies of the Shipbuilding Contract and the Transfer Agreement and of all documents signed or issued by the Borrower or the Builder or the Original Buyer (or all of them) under or in connection with it, each to be in a form acceptable to the Agent and its lawyers.

 

 

7

Such documents as any of the Lenders may require for its “know your customer” and other customary money laundering checks.

 

 

8

Documentary evidence that the agent for service of process named in Clause 30 has accepted its appointment.

 

 

9

Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of Bermuda, New York, Korea and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

 

 

10

If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

 

 

PART B

 

 

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(c).

 

 

1

A written notice from the Original Buyer showing all sums due and payable to the Original Buyer under the Transfer Agreement.

 

 

2

(If applicable) evidence that any balance (in addition to the first Advance) then due to the Original Buyer has been or will immediately on drawdown of that Advance be paid to the Original Buyer.

 

 

3

A duly executed original of the Predelivery Security Assignment (and of each document required to be delivered pursuant thereto).

65



 

 

4

Copies of the Novation Agreement and of all documents signed or issued by the Borrower or the Builder or the Original Buyer (or all of them) under or in connection with it to be in a form acceptable to the Agent and its lawyers.

 

 

5

The original assignment of the Refund Guarantee, the original Refund Guarantee and the original Refund Guarantor’s acknowledgement to the assignment of the Refund Guarantee (each to be in a form acceptable to the Agent and its lawyers) together with evidence of the authority of the person executing the same for and on behalf of the Refund Guarantor.

 

 

6

If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

66


PART C

 

 

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1(d).

 

 

1

Documentary evidence that the launching of the Ship has been completed in accordance with the Shipbuilding Contract.

 

 

2

A duly issued invoice from the Builder showing the fourth instalment due and payable to the Builder under the Shipbuilding Contract.

 

 

3

stage certificate issued by the relevant classification society in a form acceptable to the Lender, confirming that the launching of the Ship has been completed to the satisfaction of such classification society.

 

 

4

Evidence that any balance (in addition to the part to be paid by the second Advance) then due to the Builder under the Shipbuilding Contract has been or will immediately on drawdown of that Advance be paid to the Builder.

 

 

5

A copy of the Approved Charter duly signed by the parties thereto.

 

 

PART D

 

 

The following are the documents referred to in Clause 9.1 (e).

 

 

1

A duly executed original of this Mortgage, General Assignment and the Reinsurances Assignment (and of each document to be delivered by each of them).

 

 

2

Documentary evidence that:

 

 

(a)

the Ship has been unconditionally delivered by the Builder to, and accepted by, the Borrower under the Shipbuilding Contract, and the whole of the Contract Price (in addition to the part to be financed by the Loan) has been duly paid;

 

 

(b)

the Ship is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the Borrower under the Applicable Flag State;

 

 

(c)

the Ship is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the Borrower save as contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

 

(d)

the Ship maintains the class +A1, (E), Liquified gas carrier, ship type 2G (Membrane tank, Maximum pressure 25KPaG and minimum temperature - 163°C), SH, SH-DLA, SHCM, RES, +AMS, +ACCU, SFA (40), NIBS, +APS, +ES, PORT, POT, CRC, DFD and UWILD with American Bureau of Shipping free of all overdue recommendations and conditions of such Classification Society;

 

 

(e)

the Mortgage has been duly registered against the Ship as a valid first preferred priority ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the applicable Approved Flag State; and

 

 

(f)

the Ship is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements therein in respect of insurances have been complied with.

 

 

3

Documents establishing that the Ship will, as from the final Drawdown Date, be managed by the Approved Manager on terms acceptable to the Lenders, together with:

 

 

(a)

a letter of undertaking executed by the Approved Manager in favour of the Agent in the terms required by the Agent agreeing certain matters in relation to the management of the Ship and subordinating the rights of the Approved Manager against the Ship and the Borrower to the rights of the Creditor Parties under the Finance Documents; and

67



 

 

(b)

copies of the Approved Manager’s Document of Compliance and of the Ship’s Safety Management Certificate (together with any other details of the applicable safely management system which the Agent requires) and the Ship’s ISSC.

 

 

4

Favourable legal opinions from lawyers appointed by the Agent on such matters concerning the laws of Bermuda, the applicable Approved Flag State and such other relevant jurisdictions as the Agent may require.

 

 

5

A favourable opinion from an independent insurance consultant acceptable to the Agent on such matters relating to the insurances for the Ship as the Agent may require.

 

 

6

If the Agent so requires, in respect of any of the documents referred to above, a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Agent.

 

 

Each of the documents specified in paragraphs 2, 3, 5 and 6 of Part A, paragraph 4 of Part B and paragraph 5 of Part C and every other copy document delivered under this Schedule shall be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director or the secretary (or equivalent officer) of the Borrower.

68


SCHEDULE 4

TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

The Transferor and the Transferee accept exclusive responsibility for ensuring that this Certificate and the transaction to which it relates comply with all legal and regulatory requirements applicable to them respectively.

 

 

To:

Danish Ship Finance A/S (Danmarks Skibskredit A/S) for itself and for and on behalf of the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee and each Lender, as defined in the Loan Agreement referred to below.

 

[ l ]

1

This Certificate relates to a Loan Agreement (“the “ Agreement ”) dated [ l ] March 2008 and made between (1) Gas-One Ltd. (the “ Borrower ”), (2) the banks and financial institutions named therein, (3) Danish Ship Finance A/S (Danmarks Skibskredit A/S) as Agent and (4) Danish Ship Finance A/S (Danmarks Skibskredit A/S) as Security Trustee for a loan facility of up to US$174,033,000.

 

 

2

In this Certificate, terms defined in the Agreement shall, unless the contrary intention appears, have the same meanings when used in this Certificate and:

 

 

 

Relevant Parties ” means the Agent, the Borrower, each Security Party, the Security Trustee and each Lender;

 

 

 

Transferor ” means [full name] of [lending office];

 

 

 

Transferee ” means [full name] of [lending office].

 

 

3

The effective date of this Certificate is [ l ], Provided that this Certificate shall not come into effect unless it is signed by the Agent on or before that date.

 

 

4

The Transferor assigns to the Transferee absolutely all rights and interests (present, future or contingent) which the Transferor has as Lender under or by virtue of the Agreement and every other Finance Document in relation to [ l ] per cent. of its Contribution, which percentage represents $[ l ].

 

 

5

By virtue of this Transfer Certificate and Clause 26 of the Agreement, the Transferor is discharged [entirely from its Commitment which amounts to $[ l ] [from [ l ] per cent. of its Commitment, which percentage represents $[ l ]] and the Transferee acquires a Commitment of $[ l ].

 

 

6

The Transferee undertakes with the Transferor and each of the Relevant Parties that the Transferee will observe and perform all the obligations under the Finance Documents which Clause 26 of the Agreement provides will become binding on it upon this Certificate taking effect.

 

 

7

The Agent, at the request of the Transferee (which request is hereby made) accepts, for the Agent itself and for and on behalf of every other Relevant Party, this Certificate as a Transfer Certificate taking effect in accordance with Clause 26 of the Agreement.

 

 

8

The Transferor:

 

 

(a)

warrants to the Transferee and each Relevant Party that:

69



 

 

 

 

(i)

the Transferor has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which are required in connection with this transaction; and

 

 

 

 

(ii)

this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferor;

 

 

 

(b)

warrants to the Transferee that the Transferor is absolutely entitled, free of encumbrances, to all the rights and interests covered by the assignment in paragraph 4; and

 

 

(c)

undertakes with the Transferee that the Transferor will, at its own expense, execute any documents which the Transferee reasonably requests for perfecting in any relevant jurisdiction the Transferee’s title under this Certificate or for a similar purpose.

 

 

9

The Transferee:

 

 

(a)

confirms that it has received a copy of the Agreement and each of the other Finance Documents;

 

 

(b)

agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against either the Transferor, the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender in the event that:

 

 

 

(i)

any of the Finance Documents prove to be invalid or ineffective;

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the Borrower or any Security Party fails to observe or perform its obligations, or to discharge its liabilities, under any of the Finance Documents; and

 

 

 

 

(iii)

it proves impossible to realise any asset covered by a Security Interest created by a Finance Document, or the proceeds of such assets are insufficient to discharge the liabilities of the Borrower or any Security Party under any of the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

(c)

agrees that it will have no rights of recourse on any ground against the Agent, the Security Trustee or any Lender in the event that this Certificate proves to be invalid or ineffective;

 

 

(d)

warrants to the Transferor and each Relevant Party that:

 

 

 

(i)

it has full capacity to enter into this transaction and has taken all corporate action and obtained all consents which it needs to take or obtain in connection with this transaction; and

 

 

 

(ii)

this Certificate is valid and binding as regards the Transferee; and

 

 

(e)

confirms the accuracy of the administrative details set out below regarding the Transferee.

 

 

10

The Transferor and the Transferee each undertake with the Agent and the Security Trustee severally, on demand, fully to indemnify the Agent and/or the Security Trustee in respect of any claim, proceeding, liability or expense (including all legal expenses) which they or either of them may incur in connection with this Certificate or any matter arising out of it, except such as are shown to have been mainly and directly caused by the gross and culpable negligence or dishonesty of the Agent’s or the Security Trustee’s own officers or employees.

 

 

11

The Transferee shall repay to the Transferor on demand so much of any sum paid by the Transferor under paragraph 10 as exceeds one-half of the amount demanded by the Agent or the Security Trustee in respect of a claim, proceeding, liability or expense which was not reasonably foreseeable at the date of this Certificate; but nothing in this paragraph shall affect the liability of each of the Transferor and the Transferee to the Agent or the Security Trustee for the full amount demanded by it.

70



 

 

[Name of Transferor]

[Name of Transferee]

 

 

By:

By:

 

 

Date:

Date:

Agent

Signed for itself and for and on behalf of itself
as Agent and for every other Relevant Party

[Name of Agent]

By:

Date:

71


SCHEDULE 5

LIST OF LNG SHIPBROKERS

 

R.S. Platou Finans a.s
P.O. Box 1604 Vika
N-0119 Oslo
Norway

 

Fearnleys (Oslo office)
Grev Wedels Plass 9
P.O. Box 1158, Sentrum
0107 Oslo
Norway
Tel. +47 22 93 60 00

 

Braemar Seascope (Head Office)

35 Cosway Street

London NW1 5BT

UK

Tel. +44207 535 2650

 

Poten & Partners (UK office)

Viewpoint

20 Balderton Street

London W1K 6TL

UK

 

Clarkson PLC

St Magnus House

3 Lower Thames Street

London EC3R 6HE

UK

72


SCHEDULE 6

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

 

To:

Danish Ship Finance A/S (Danmarks Skibskredit A/S)
Sankt Annæ Plads 3
DK-1250
Copenhagen K.
Denmark

 

 

From:

GasLog Ltd. and
Gas-One Ltd.

[Date]

OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE

This Certificate is rendered pursuant to:

 

 

 

(a)

clause [11.6(d)] of the loan agreement dated 14 March 2008 (as amended and restated by an amending and restating agreement dated                     2012 and may be further amended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “ Loan Agreement ”) and made between (i) GAS-one Ltd. as borrower (the “ Borrower ”), (ii) certain banks and financial institutions, as lenders and (iii) Danish Ship Finance A/S (Danmarks Skibskredit A/S), as agent and as security trustee; and

 

 

 

(b)

clause [11.3(c)] of the guarantee dated [ l ] 2011 (as amended and/or supplemented from time to time, the “ GasLog Guarantee ”) and executed by GasLog Ltd. (“ GasLog ”), in favour of Danish Ship Finance A/S (Danmarks Skibskredit A/S), as Security Trustee.

 

 

Words and expressions defined in the Loan Agreement (including, without limitation, in clause [11.21] thereof) shall have the same meanings when used herein.

 

 

 

We, the Chief Financial Officers of GasLog Ltd. and GAS-one Ltd., hereby certify that:

 

1

Attached to this Certificate [are][is] the latest [audited consolidated accounts of GasLog and its subsidiaries for the financial year ending on [ l ]] [unaudited consolidated accounts of GasLog and its subsidiaries in relation to the first six months of the financial year ending on [ l ]].

 

 

2

Attached also to this Certificate [are][is] the latest [audited accounts of the Borrower for the financial year ending on [ l ]] [unaudited accounts of the Borrower in relation to the first six months of the financial year ending on [ l ]].

 

 

3

As at the date of this Certificate the financial covenants set out in clause [11.21] of the Loan Agreement [are] [are not] complied with, in that as at [ l ]:

 

 

 

(a)

GasLog Group’s Working Capital [is][is not] less than $0;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the aggregate amount of GasLog Group’s Cash and GasLog Group’s Cash Equivalents is [ l ] and GasLog Group’s Total Interest Bearing Debt is [ l ];

 

 

 

 

(c)

the ratio of GasLog Group’s Total Debt to GasLog Group’s Total Capitalisation is [ l ]: [ l ];

 

 

 

 

(d)

GasLog Group’s Market Adjusted Net Worth is [ l ];

73



 

 

 

 

(e)

the ratio of GasLog Group’s EBITDA to GasLog Group’s Debt Service is [ l ] : [ l ]; and

 

 

 

 

(f)

the aggregate amount of Borrower’s Cash [and Borrower’s Cash Equivalents] is [ l ].

 

 

 

 

[ or, as the case may be, specify in what respect any of the financial covenants are not complied with. ]

 

 

4

Attached also to this Certificate are our calculations evidencing the statements set out in paragraph 3 above.

 

 

5

Attached also to this Certificate are/is a valuation(s) evidencing the Fair Market Value of the Ship as at the date of this Certificate.

 

 

6

As at [ l ] no Potential Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

 

 

[ or, specify/identify any Potential Event of Default or Event of Default ]

 

 

7

This Certificate shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.


 

 


 

Chief Financial Officer
GASLOG LTD.

 

 

 


 

Chief Financial Officer
GAS-ONE LTD.

 

74


EXECUTION PAGE

 

 

 

BORROWER

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

/s/ Henrik Bjerregaard

 

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

GAS-ONE LTD.

)

 

 

 

 

LENDERS

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

/s/ Peter Hauskov

 

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

DANISH SHIP FINANCE A/S

)

 

(DANMARKS SKIBSKREDIT A/S)

 

)

 

 

 

AGENT

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

/s/ Peter Hauskov

 

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

DANISH SHIP FINANCE A/S

)

 

(DANMARKS SKIBSKREDIT A/S)

 

)

 

 

 

SECURITY TRUSTEE

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

/s/ Peter Hauskov

 

)

 

for and on behalf of

)

 

DANISH SHIP FINANCE A/S

)

 

(DANMARKS SKIBSKREDIT A/S)

 

)

 

 

 

Witness to all the

)

 

above signatures

)

/s/ Thomas Schiltmann

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Address:

 

 

75


Exhibit 10.2

 

 

 

 

Private & Confidential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated 17 November 2009 (as amended
and restated on 14 March 2012)

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GAS-two Ltd.

 

(1)

 

arranged by

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

 

 

(formerly known as DnB NOR BANK ASA)

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

NATIONAL BANK OF GREECE S.A.

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

UBS AG

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

with

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

 

 

(formerly known as DnB NOR BANK ASA)

 

(5)

 

as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

 

 

(formerly known as DnB NOR BANK ASA)

 

(6)

 

as Security Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

 

 

$147,500,000 Loan Facility

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

(NORTON ROSE LOGO)



Contents

 

 

 

 

Clause

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1

Definitions and interpretation

 

1

 

 

 

 

2

The Facility

 

20

 

 

 

 

3

Purpose

 

20

 

 

 

 

4

Conditions of Utilisation

 

21

 

 

 

 

5

Utilisation

 

22

 

 

 

 

6

Repayment

 

23

 

 

 

 

7

Illegality, prepayment and cancellation

 

24

 

 

 

 

8

Interest

 

27

 

 

 

 

9

Interest Periods

 

27

 

 

 

 

10

Changes to the calculation of interest

 

28

 

 

 

 

11

Fees

 

29

 

 

 

 

12

Tax gross-up and indemnities

 

30

 

 

 

 

13

Increased Costs

 

31

 

 

 

 

14

Other indemnities

 

32

 

 

 

 

15

Mitigation by the Lenders

 

34

 

 

 

 

16

Costs and expenses

 

34

 

 

 

 

17

Representations

 

36

 

 

 

 

18

Information undertakings

 

41

 

 

 

 

19

General undertakings

 

44

 

 

 

 

20

Construction period

 

47

 

 

 

 

21

Dealings with Ship

 

49

 

 

 

 

22

Condition and operation of Ship

 

51

 

 

 

 

23

Insurance

 

54

 

 

 

 

24

Minimum security value

 

57

 

 

 

 

25

Chartering undertakings

 

60

 

 

 

 

26

Bank accounts

 

60

 

 

 

 

27

Business restrictions

 

63

 

 

 

 

28

Events of Default

 

65




 

 

 

 

29

Changes to the Lenders

 

70

 

 

 

 

30

Changes to the Obligors

 

73

 

 

 

 

31

Roles of Agent, Security Agent and Arranger

 

74

 

 

 

 

32

Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

 

85

 

 

 

 

33

Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

87

 

 

 

 

34

Payment mechanics

 

89

 

 

 

 

35

Set-off

 

91

 

 

 

 

36

Notices

 

91

 

 

 

 

37

Calculations and certificates

 

93

 

 

 

 

38

Partial invalidity

 

94

 

 

 

 

39

Remedies and waivers

 

94

 

 

 

 

40

Amendments and grant of waivers

 

94

 

 

 

 

41

Counterparts

 

94

 

 

 

 

42

Governing law

 

95

 

 

 

 

43

Enforcement

 

95

 

 

 

Schedule 1 The original parties

 

96

 

 

 

Schedule 2 Ship information

 

99

 

 

 

Schedule 3 Conditions precedent

 

100

 

 

 

Schedule 4 Utilisation Request

 

106

 

 

 

Schedule 5 Selection Notice

 

107

 

 

 

Schedule 6 Mandatory Cost Formula

 

108

 

 

 

Schedule 7 Form of Transfer Certificate

 

111




 

 

 

 

 

               THIS AGREEMENT is dated 17 November 2009 (as amended and restated on 14 March 2012) and made between:

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

GAS-two Ltd. (the Borrower );

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

DNB BANK ASA (formerly known as DnB NOR BANK ASA) , NATIONAL BANK OF GREECE S.A. and UBS AG as mandated lead arrangers (whether acting individually or together the Arrangers );

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 as lenders (the Original Lenders );

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

 

DNB BANK ASA (formerly known as DnB NOR BANK ASA) as agent of the other Finance Parties (the Agent ) and

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

 

DNB BANK ASA (formerly known as DnB NOR BANK ASA) as security agent for the Finance Parties (the Security Agent ).

 

 

 

 

 

                IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 1 - INTERPRETATION

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Definitions and interpretation

 

 

 

 

 

1.1

 

Definitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In this Agreement and (unless otherwise defined in the relevant Finance Document) the other Finance Documents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Account means any bank account, deposit or certificate of deposit opened, made or established in accordance with clause 26 ( Bank accounts ).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Account Bank means, in relation to any Account, either the Security Agent or another bank or financial institution approved by the Majority Lenders at the request of the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Account Security means, in relation to an Account, a deed or other instrument by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent in an agreed form conferring a Security Interest over that Account.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounting Reference Date means 31 December 2008 or such other date as may be approved.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Cost Rate has the meaning given to it in Schedule 6 (Mandatory Cost formulae).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advance means each borrowing of a proportion of the Total Commitments by the Borrower or (as the context may require) the outstanding principal amount of such borrowing.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agent includes any person who may be appointed as agent under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Approved Exchange means NYSE, NASDAQ or any other reputable stock exchange agreed by GasLog and the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Auditors means one of Moore Stephens, PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG or Deloitte & Touche or another approved firm.

1



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Available Facility means, at any relevant time, such part of the Total Commitments (drawn and undrawn) which is available for borrowing under this Agreement at such time in accordance with clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basel 2 Accord means the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basel 2 Approach means, in relation to any Lender, either the Standardised Approach or the relevant Internal Ratings Based Approach (each as defined in the Basel 2 Accord) adopted by that Lender (or any of its Affiliates) for the purposes of implementing or complying with the Basel 2 Accord.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basel 2 Regulation means (a) any law or regulation implementing the Basel 2 Accord or (b) any Basel 2 Approach adopted by the Lender.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of the Loan or Unpaid Sum) had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

exceeds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Builder means the person specified as such in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Building Contract means the shipbuilding contract specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) between the Builder and the Borrower relating to the construction of the Ship and as may further be supplemented, amended or varied in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Building Contract Documents means the Building Contract, any Refund Guarantee and any other guarantee or security given to any person for the Builder’s obligations under the Building Contract.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Piraeus, Zurich, Monaco and New York.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change of Control occurs, at any time before an IPO is completed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

when the current beneficial owners of the Counter Guarantors cease to own legally and/or beneficially and, either directly or indirectly, at least 70% of the issued share capital of GasLog; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

when the Counter Guarantors cease to have the right or the ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or composition of the majority of the board of directors (or equivalent) of GasLog; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

if there is a change of 15% or more in the shareholding of, or in the voting rights relative to, Counter Guarantor A from that described to the Lenders on or before the date of this Agreement,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in any case, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

2



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charged Property means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed or intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charter means the charter commitment details of which are provided in Schedule 2 ( Ship information).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charter Documents means the Charter, any documents supplementing it and any guarantee or security given by any person for the Charterer’s obligations under it.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charter Assignment means an assignment by the Borrower of its interest in the Charter Documents in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charterer means the charterer named in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification means the classification specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) with the Classification Society or another classification approved by the Lenders as its classification, at the request of the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Classification Society means the classification society specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) or another classification society approved by the Lenders as its Classification Society, at the request of the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitment means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Commitment” in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Constitutional Documents means, in respect of an Obligor, such Obligor’s memorandum and articles of association, bye-laws or other constitutional documents including as referred to in any certificate relating to an Obligor delivered pursuant to Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent ).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract Price means the price of the Ship payable under the Building Contract.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counter Guarantees means each of the counter guarantees, executed by a Counter Guarantor in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form and Counter Guarantee means any of them.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counter Guarantor A means a person (other than Counter Guarantor B) acceptable to the Lenders at their discretion which may now or at any time throughout the Facility Period guarantee the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the Lenders and which is designated to be the “Counter Guarantor A” in the Counter Guarantee executed by it.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counter Guarantor B means a person (other than Counter Guarantor A) acceptable to the Lenders at their discretion which may now or at any time throughout the Facility Period guarantee the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the Lenders and which is designated to be the “Counter Guarantor B” in the Counter Guarantee executed by it.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counter Guarantors means together, the Counter Guarantor A and the Counter Guarantor B and Counter Guarantor means any of them.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counter Guarantor Representations Letter means a letter dated 21 August 2009 issued by Counter Guarantor A to the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Counter Guarantor Subsidiary means the Subsidiary of Counter Guarantor A designated in the Counter Guarantee executed by Counter Guarantor A.

3



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deed of Covenant means a first deed of covenant by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of them) be an Event of Default.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Defaulting Lender means any Lender:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

which has failed to make its participation in an Advance available or has notified the Agent that it will not make its participation in an Advance available by the Utilisation Date of that Advance in accordance with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

a Disruption Event; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delivery means the delivery and acceptance of the Ship by the Borrower under the Building Contract.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delivery Commitment means the amount specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ), as cancelled or reduced pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, to be used partly to finance its Delivery Instalment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delivery Date means the date on which the Ship is delivered to the Borrower pursuant to the Building Contract.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delivery Instalment means the instalment of the Contract Price falling due on Delivery.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

4



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(and which (in either such case)) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings means, in relation to the Ship and a person, all money at any time payable to that person for or in relation to the use or operation of the Ship including freight, hire and passage moneys, money payable to that person for the provision of services by or from the Ship or under any charter commitment, requisition for hire compensation, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach and payments for termination or variation of any charter commitment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Enforcement Costs means any costs, expenses, liabilities or other amounts in respect of which any amount is payable under clauses 14.4 ( Indemnity concerning security ) or 16.3 ( Enforcement and preservation costs ) or under any other Finance Document to which those provisions apply and any remuneration payable to a Receiver in connection with any Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Environmental Claims means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

enforcement, clean-up, removal or other governmental or regulatory action or orders or claims instituted or made pursuant to any Environmental Laws or resulting from a Spill; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any claim made by any other person relating to a Spill.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Environmental Incident means any Spill from any Fleet Vessel in circumstances where:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any Fleet Vessel or its owner, operator or manager may be liable for Environmental Claims arising from the Spill (other than Environmental Claims arising and fully satisfied before the date of this Agreement); and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any Fleet Vessel may be arrested or attached in connection with any such Environmental Claim.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Environmental Laws means all laws, regulations and conventions concerning pollution or protection of human health or the environment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in clause 28 ( Events of Default ).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Existing Loan Agreement means the $80,000,000 secured loan agreement dated 11 March 2008 entered into between (i) the Borrower, (ii) DnB NOR Bank ASA (now known as DNB Bank ASA) as original lender and DnB NOR Bank ASA (now known as DNB Bank ASA) as mandated lead arranger, underwriter, agent and security trustee under which $80,000,000 is outstanding at the date of this Agreement .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facility means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in clause 2 ( The Facility ).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facility Office means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facility Period means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date on which the Total Commitments have reduced to zero and all indebtedness of the Obligors under the Finance Documents has been fully paid and discharged.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fee Letter means any letter dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Arrangers and the Borrower (or the Agent and the Borrower) setting out any of the fees referred to in clause 11 ( Fees ).

5



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Final Repayment Date means, subject to clause 34.7 ( Business Days ), the earlier of (a) 31 March 2014 and (b) the 12 th Repayment Date (if, with approval, the Delivery Date shall be delayed to a date between 1 December 2010 and 16 February 2011) or, as the case may be, the 13 th Repayment Date (if, with approval, the Delivery Date shall be delayed to a date between 1 September 2010 and 30 November 2010) or, as the case may be, the 14 th Repayment Date (if the Delivery Date shall be on or before 31 August 2010).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance Documents means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, the Counter Guarantor Representations Letter, the Security Documents, any Transfer Certificate and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance Party means the Agent, the Security Agent, any Arranger or a Lender.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

moneys borrowed;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (a) one of the primary reasons behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or (b) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 180 days after the date of supply;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Repayment Date means, subject to clause 34.7 ( Business Days ), the earlier of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the date falling three months after the Last Availability Date; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the date falling three months after the Delivery Date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Rate Differential Account means any Account designated as a “ Fixed Rate Differential Account ” for the purposes of clause 26 ( Bank Accounts ).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Rate Differential Amount means in respect of any Interest Period, an amount accruing on the Loan at a rate equal to 3.25% less LIBOR during that Interest Period (the Rate ), which amount shall accrue when the Rate is positive and nil otherwise.

6



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Flag State means the country specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ), or such other state or territory as may be approved by the Lenders, at the request of the Borrower, as being the “ Flag State ” for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fleet Vessel means the Ship and any other vessel directly or indirectly owned by any Obligor or any Subsidiary of an Obligor.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GAAP means International Accounting Standards, International Financial Reporting Standards and related interpretations as amended, supplemented, issued or adopted from time to time by the International Accounting Standards Board to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GasLog means the company described as such in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GasLog Carriers means the company described as such in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GasLog Guarantee means the guarantee, executed by GasLog in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GasLog Carriers Guarantee means the guarantee, executed by GasLog Carriers in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Group means a Counter Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the time being and, for the purposes of clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) or clause 5 of each of the Counter Guarantees ( Financial Covenants ), any other entity required to be treated as a subsidiary in its consolidated accounts in accordance with GAAP and/or any applicable law.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantees means the GasLog Guarantee and the GasLog Carriers Guarantee and Guarantee means any of them.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guarantors means persons acceptable to the Lenders at their discretion which may now or at any time throughout the Facility Period guarantee the obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indemnified Person means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

each Finance Party and each Receiver and any attorney, agent or other person appointed by them under the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

each Affiliate of those persons; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any officers, employees or agents of any of the above persons.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insolvency Event in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy

7



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding up or liquidation; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

has exercised in respect of it one or more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of the Banking Act 2009 and/or has instituted against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 2 of the Banking Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of the Banking Act 2009;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

has a resolution passed for its winding up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (i) above; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance Notice means a notice of assignment in the form scheduled to the Deed of Covenant or in another approved form.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurances means, in relation to the Ship:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

all policies and contracts of insurance; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

all entries in a protection and indemnity or war risks or other mutual insurance association

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in the name of the Ship’s owner or the joint names of its owner and any other person in respect of or in connection with the Ship and/or its owner’s Earnings from the Ship and includes all benefits thereof (including the right to receive claims and to return of premiums).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interbank Market means the London interbank market.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Period means, in relation to the Loan, each period determined in accordance with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).

8



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IPO means the initial public offering of shares of common stock of GasLog on an Approved Exchange.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IPO Change of Control means if, at any time after an IPO has been completed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the current beneficial owners of the Counter Guarantors fail to maintain, in aggregate, legally and/or beneficially, and either directly or indirectly, at least:


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

from the date when the IPO is completed until the date falling 12 months thereafter (the First Anniversary ), 30%;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

from the First Anniversary until the date falling 12 months thereafter (the Second Anniversary ), 25%;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

from the Second Anniversary until the date falling 12 months thereafter (the Third Anniversary ), 20%; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

from the Third Anniversary and at all other times thereafter, 15%,


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of the issued share capital of GasLog (or such other public vehicle owning the Borrower); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the current beneficial owners of the Counter Guarantors cease to be, in aggregate, the largest direct or indirect shareholders of the Guarantors or the Borrower (with the exception of any passive financial institution) or cease to have the right or the ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or composition of the majority of the board of directors (or equivalent) of GasLog (or such other public vehicle owning the Borrower); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

there is a change of 15% or more in the shareholding of, or in the voting rights relative to, Counter Guarantor A from that described to the Lenders on or before the Restatement Date,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in any case without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting with the authorisation of the Lenders).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Last Availability Date means 16 February 2011 (or such later date as may be approved by the Lenders).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Legal Reservations means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for, or indemnify a person against, non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lender means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any Original Lender; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

9



 

 

 

 

 

 

LIBOR means, in relation to the Loan or any part of it or any Unpaid Sum:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

(if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant Interest Period) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Interbank Market,

 

 

 

 

 

 

as of 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in dollars for a period comparable to the Interest Period for the Loan or relevant part of it or Unpaid Sum.

 

 

 

 

 

Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

 

 

 

 

Loss Payable Clauses means the provisions concerning payment of claims under the Ship’s Insurances in the form scheduled to the Deed of Covenant or in another approved form.

 

 

 

 

 

Major Casualty means any casualty to a vessel for which the total insurance claim, inclusive of any deductible, exceeds or may exceed the Major Casualty Amount.

 

 

 

 

 

Major Casualty Amount means $3,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency).

 

 

 

 

 

 

Majority Lenders means a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66⅔% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 66⅔% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction).

 

 

 

 

 

Manager means GasLog LNG Services Ltd. (formerly known as Ceres LNG Services Ltd.) or another manager appointed by the Borrower in accordance with clause 21.3 ( Manager ).

 

 

 

 

 

Manager’s Undertaking means an undertaking by any manager of the Ship to the Security Agent in the agreed form pursuant to clause 21.3 ( Manager ).

 

 

 

 

 

Mandatory Cost means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ).

 

 

 

 

 

Margin means 2.75% per annum.

 

 

 

 

 

Material Adverse Effect means, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, a material adverse effect on:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the business, operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Obligors or a Group taken as a whole, which prejudices the ability of an Obligor to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security Interest granted or purporting to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Value means:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

from the date of this Agreement up to (but not including) the date of delivery of the Utilisation Request in respect of the Delivery Commitment, the amount in dollars which is at any relevant time 120% of the aggregate outstanding amount of the Loan; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

from the date of delivery of the Utilisation Request in respect of the Delivery Commitment, the amount in dollars which is at any relevant time 120% of the Available Facility.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage means a first mortgage of the Ship in the agreed form by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent.

10



 

 

 

 

 

 

Mortgage Period means the period from the date the Mortgage is executed and registered until the date such Mortgage is released and discharged or the Total Loss Repayment Date.

 

 

 

 

 

Obligors means the parties to the Finance Documents (other than Finance Parties and the manager of the Ship) and Obligor means any one of them.

 

 

 

 

 

Original Financial Statements means:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the audited consolidated financial statements of a Group for its financial year ended 31 December 2008; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the audited financial statements of the Borrower, each of the Guarantors, the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary and the Counter Guarantor A for their respective financial years ended 31 December 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Original Obligor means each party to this Agreement and the Original Security Documents (other than a Finance Party and the Manager).

 

 

 

 

 

Original Security Documents means:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Pre-Delivery Security Assignment;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Counter Guarantees and the Guarantees;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Mortgage;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Deed of Covenant;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

the Share Security;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

the Charter Assignment;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

the Account Security; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

any Manager’s Undertaking if required under clause 21.3 ( Manager ).

 

 

 

 

 

 

Participating Member State means any member state of the European Community that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

 

 

 

 

 

Party means a party to this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Permitted Maritime Liens means, in relation to a vessel:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

unless a Default is continuing, any ship repairer’s or outfitter’s possessory lien in respect of such vessel for an amount not exceeding the Major Casualty Amount;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any lien on such vessel for master’s, officer’s or crew’s wages outstanding in the ordinary course of its trading;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of business and any other lien arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of the business, repair or maintenance of the Ship, and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

any lien on such vessel for salvage.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Permitted Security Interests means, in relation to the Ship, any Security Interest over it which is:

11



 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

granted under the Existing Loan Agreement (up until the first Utilisation Date) and by the Finance Documents; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a Permitted Maritime Lien; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any Security Interest created in favour of a claimant or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses while the Borrower is actively pursuing a claim or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

any Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

approved by the Majority Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVIDED that in the case of (c) and (d) above the relevant liens (or any claim relating thereto) are, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, covered by insurance or, as the case may be, appropriate reserves held with the Account Bank in an Account acceptable to the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

Pollutant means and includes crude oil and its products, any other polluting, toxic or hazardous substance and any other substance whose release into the environment is regulated or penalised by Environmental Laws.

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-Delivery Available Facility means, at any relevant time, the Pre-Delivery Commitment then available for borrowing under this Agreement in accordance with clause 2.3 (Pre-Delivery Available Facility).

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-Delivery Commitment means the amount specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ), as cancelled or reduced pursuant to any relevant provision of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-Delivery Security Assignment means an assignment of the Building Contract and the Refund Guarantee by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form.

 

 

 

 

 

Price means the aggregate purchase price of the Ship, comprising (i) the Contract Price payable under the Building Contract and (ii) the transfer price paid to original buyer upon novation of the Building Contract.

 

 

 

 

 

Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency shall be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

 

 

 

 

Receiver means a receiver or a receiver and manager or an administrative receiver appointed in relation to the whole or any part of any Charged Property under any relevant Security Document.

 

 

 

 

 

Reference Banks means the principal offices in London, Athens and Zurich respectively of DNB Bank ASA, National Bank of Greece S.A. and UBS AG or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent with the consent of the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

Refund Guarantee means the guarantee details of which are specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) issued by the Refund Guarantor in respect of the Builder’s obligations under the Building Contract and any further guarantee to be issued by the Refund Guarantor in respect of such obligations.

 

 

 

 

 

Refund Guarantor means the refund guarantor specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

12



 

 

 

 

 

 

Registry means such registrar, commissioner or representative of the relevant Flag State who is duly authorised and empowered to register the Ship, the Borrower’s title to the Ship and the Mortgage under the laws of its Flag State.

 

 

 

 

 

Relevant Jurisdiction means, in relation to an Obligor:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any jurisdiction where any Charged Property owned by it is situated;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

any jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment Date means:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the First Repayment Date;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

each of the dates falling at three monthly intervals thereafter up to but not including the Final Repayment Date; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Final Repayment Date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repeating Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in clauses 17.1 ( Status ) to 17.10 ( Ranking and effectiveness of Security Documents ).

 

 

 

 

 

Requisition Compensation means any compensation paid or payable by a government entity for the requisition for title, confiscation or compulsory acquisition of the Ship.

 

 

 

 

 

Reserve Account means any Account designated as a “ Reserve Account ” under clause 26 ( Bank accounts ).

 

 

 

 

 

Restatement Date means the date upon which this Agreement is amended and restated, being          2012.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retention Account means any Account designated as a “ Retention Account ” under clause 26 ( Bank accounts ).

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue Account means any Account designated as a “ Revenue Account ” under clause 26 ( Bank accounts ).

 

 

 

 

 

Screen Rate means the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for dollars and the relevant period displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Agent includes any person as may be appointed security agent and trustee for the Lenders under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Security Documents means:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Original Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any other document as may after the date of this Agreement be executed to guarantee and/or secure any amounts owing to the Finance Parties under this Agreement or any other Security Document.

13



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Security Interest means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment, trust, hypothecation or other security interest of any kind securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

 

 

 

 

 

Security Value means, at any time until the Ship has become a Total Loss or, as the case may be, the Building Contract is cancelled, terminated or rescinded, the amount in dollars which, at that time, is the aggregate of (a) the value of the Ship (or, if less, the maximum amount capable of being secured by the Mortgage) or, prior to the date of delivery of the Utilisation Request in respect of the Delivery Commitment, the value of the Building Contract and (b) the value of any additional security then held by the Security Agent provided under clause 24 ( Minimum security value ).

 

 

 

 

 

Selection Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Selection Notice ) given in accordance with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

 

 

 

 

 

Share Security means the document constituting a first Security Interest by its Holding Company in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form in respect of all of the shares in the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

Ship means the ship (to be built by the Builder under the Building Contract) described in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

 

 

 

 

 

Ship Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in clauses 17.27 ( Ship status ) and 17.28 ( Ship’s employment ).

 

 

 

 

 

Spill means any spill, release or discharge of a Pollutant into the environment.

 

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary of a person means any other person:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

directly or indirectly controlled by such person; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

of whose dividends or distributions on ordinary voting share capital such person is entitled to receive more than 50%.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same) and Taxation shall be construed accordingly.

 

 

 

 

 

Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Commitments, being $147,500,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loss means, in relation to a vessel, its:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

requisition for title, confiscation or other compulsory acquisition by a government entity;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest or detention for more than 30 days; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

hijacking or theft for more than 60 days.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loss Date means, in relation to the Total Loss of a vessel:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in the case of an actual total loss, the date it happened or, if such date is not known, the date on which the vessel was last reported;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss, the earliest of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the date notice of abandonment of the vessel is given to its insurers; or

14



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

if the insurers do not admit such a claim, the date later determined by a competent court of law to have been the date on which the total loss happened; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

the date upon which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the vessel’s insurers;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in the case of a requisition for title, confiscation or compulsory acquisition, the date it happened;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

in the case of condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest or detention, the date 30 days after the date upon which it happened; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

in the case of hijacking or theft, the date 60 days after the date upon which it happened.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loss Repayment Date means where the Ship has become a Total Loss after Delivery the earlier of:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the date 180 days after its Total Loss Date; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the date upon which insurance proceeds or Requisition Compensation for such Total Loss are paid by insurers or the relevant government entity.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrower or at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default required by the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer Date means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the date on which the Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury Transaction means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price.

 

 

 

 

 

Trust Property means, collectively:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

all moneys duly received by the Security Agent under or in respect of the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any portion of the balance on any Account held by or charged to the Security Agent at any time;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Security Interests, guarantees, security, powers and rights given to the Security Agent under and pursuant to the Finance Documents including, without limitation, the covenants given to the Security Agent in respect of all obligations of any Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

all assets paid or transferred to or vested in the Security Agent or its agent or received or recovered by the Security Agent or its agent in connection with any of the Finance Documents whether from any Obligor or any other person; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

all or any part of any rights, benefits, interests and other assets at any time representing or deriving from any of the above, including all income and other sums at any time received or receivable by the Security Agent or its agent in respect of the same (or any part thereof).

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

Utilisation means the making of an Advance.

15



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Utilisation Date means the date on which a Utilisation is made.

 

 

 

 

 

Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Utilisation Request ).

 

 

 

 

 

VAT means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any other tax of a similar nature and the analogous taxes in any other relevant jurisdictions.

 

 

 

 

1.2

 

Construction

 

 

 

1.2.1

 

Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in any of the Finance Documents to:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Sections, clauses and Schedules are to be construed as references to the Sections and clauses of, and the Schedules to, the relevant Finance Document and references to a Finance Document include its Schedules;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as it may from time to time be amended, restated, novated or replaced, however fundamentally;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

a time of day are to London time;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

any person includes its successors in title, permitted assignees or transferees;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

the knowledge, awareness and/or beliefs (and similar expressions) of any Obligor shall be construed so as to mean the knowledge, awareness and beliefs of the director and officers of such Obligor, having made due and careful enquiry;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

agreed form means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

where a Finance Document has already been executed by the Agent or the Security Agent, such Finance Document in its executed form;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

prior to the execution of a Finance Document, the form of such Finance Document separately agreed in writing between the Agent and the Borrower, whether before or after the date of this Agreement, as the form in which that Finance Document is to be executed or another form approved at the request of the Borrower;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

approved by the Majority Lenders means approved in writing by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (on such conditions as they may respectively impose) and otherwise approved means approved in writing by the Agent acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders (on such conditions as the Agent may impose) and approval and approve shall be construed accordingly;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

an authorisation means any authorisation, consent, concession, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

charter commitment means, in relation to a vessel, any charter or contract for the use, employment or operation of that vessel or the carriage of people and/or cargo or the provision of services by or from it and includes any agreement for pooling or sharing income derived from any such charter or contract;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(l)

control of an entity means:

16



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

cast, or control the casting of, more than 50% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of that entity; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(C)

give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that entity with which the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity are obliged to comply; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the holding beneficially of more than 50% of the issued share capital of that entity (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and controlled shall be construed accordingly;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(m)

the term disposal or dispose means a sale, transfer or other disposal (including by way of lease or loan but not including by way of loan of money) by a person of all or part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a series of transactions and whether at the same time or over a period of time, but not the creation of a Security Interest;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(n)

dollar / $ means the lawful currency of the United States of America;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(o)

the equivalent of an amount specified in a particular currency (the specified currency amount ) shall be construed as a reference to the amount of the other relevant currency which can be purchased with the specified currency amount in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on the date the calculation falls to be made for spot delivery, as conclusively determined by the Agent (with the relevant exchange rate of any such purchase being the Agent’s spot rate of exchange );

 

 

 

 

 

 

(p)

a government entity means any government, state or agency of a state;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(q)

a guarantee means any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(r)

indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(s)

month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month or the calendar month in which it is to end, except that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that month (if there is one) or on the immediately preceding Business Day (if there is not); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

if there is no numerically corresponding day in that month, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that month,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and the above rules in paragraphs (i) to (ii) will only apply to the last month of any period;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(t)

an obligation means any duty, obligation or liability of any kind;

17



 

 

 

 

 

 

(u)

something being in the ordinary course of business of a person means something that is in the ordinary course of that person’s current day-to-day operational business (and not merely anything which that person is entitled to do under its Constitutional Documents);

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

pay, prepay or repay in clause 27 ( Business restrictions ) includes by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(w)

a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government entity or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

 

 

 

 

 

(x)

a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation and includes (without limitation) any Basel 2 Regulation;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(y)

right means any right, privilege, power or remedy, any proprietary interest in any asset and any other interest or remedy of any kind, whether actual or contingent, present or future, arising under contract or law, or in equity;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(z)

trustee , fiduciary and fiduciary duty has in each case the meaning given to such term under applicable law;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(aa)

(i) the winding up , dissolution , or administration of person or (ii) a receiver or administrative receiver or administrator in the context of insolvency proceedings or security enforcement actions in respect of a person shall be construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings or any equivalent and analogous person or appointee (respectively) under the law of the jurisdiction in which such person is established or incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such person carries on business including (in respect of proceedings) the seeking or occurrences of liquidation, winding-up, reorganisation, dissolution, administration, arrangement, adjustment, protection or relief of debtors;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(bb)

wholly-owned subsidiary has the meaning given to that term in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(cc)

a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted.

 

 

 

 

1.2.2

 

Where in this Agreement a provision includes a monetary reference level in one currency, unless a contrary indication appears, such reference level is intended to apply equally to its equivalent in other currencies as of the relevant time for the purposes of applying such reference level to any other currencies.

 

 

 

1.2.3

 

Section, clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

 

 

1.2.4

 

Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

1.2.5

 

A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived.

 

 

 

1.2.6

 

Unless a contrary indication appears, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other Finance Document when dealing with the same or similar subject matter, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

18



 

 

 

1.3

 

Third party rights

 

 

 

1.3.1

 

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document for the benefit of a Finance Party or another Indemnified Person, a person who is not a party to a Finance Document has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the Third Parties Act ) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of the relevant Finance Document.

 

 

 

1.3.2

 

Any Finance Document may be rescinded or varied by the parties to it without the consent of any person who is not a party to it (unless otherwise provided by this Agreement).

 

 

 

1.3.3

 

An Indemnified Person who is not a party to a Finance Document may only enforce its rights under that Finance Document through a Finance Party and if and to the extent and in such manner as the Finance Party may determine.

 

 

 

1.4

 

Finance Documents

 

 

 

 

 

Where any other Finance Document provides that this clause 1.4 shall apply to that Finance Document, any other provision of this Agreement which, by its terms, purports to apply to all or any of the Finance Documents and/or any Obligor shall apply to that Finance Document as if set out in it but with all necessary changes.

 

 

 

1.5

 

Conflict of documents

 

 

 

 

 

The terms of the Finance Documents (other than as relates to the creation and/or perfection of security) are subject to the terms of this Agreement and, in the event of any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of any Finance Document (other than in relation to the creation and/or perfection of security) the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

19


SECTION 2 - THE FACILITY

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

The Facility

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

The Facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrower a term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments.

 

 

 

 

 

2.2

 

Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

 

 

 

 

2.2.1

 

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

2.2.2

 

The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

 

 

 

 

2.2.3

 

A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents (including clauses 31.25 ( All enforcement action through the Security Agent )) and 32.2 ( Finance Parties acting together ), separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

2.3

 

Pre-Delivery Available Facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Pre-Delivery Commitment shall only be available for borrowing under the Facility for the purpose of refinancing the amounts previously paid by the Borrower under the Building Contract (save for an amount of $18,122,710 representing the Borrower’s equity in the Ship).

 

 

 

 

 

2.4

 

Delay in the Delivery Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If the Delivery Date shall be delayed to (a) a date between 1 September 2010 and 30 November 2010 the Delivery Commitment and the Total Commitments shall be reduced by $2,912,549 or (b) a date between 1 December 2010 and 16 February 2011 the Delivery Commitment and the Total Commitments shall be reduced by $5,868,787.

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Purpose

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Purpose

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed under the Facility in accordance with this clause 3.

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Use before Delivery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Pre-Delivery Commitment shall initially be made available solely for the purpose of assisting the Borrower to finance payment of the amounts described in clause 2.3 ( Pre-Delivery Available Facility ).

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

 

Use on Delivery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Delivery Commitment shall initially be made available solely for the purpose of assisting the Borrower to finance the Delivery Instalment for the Ship in accordance with Article VII of the Building Contract.

20



 

 

 

 

 

3.4

 

Monitoring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Conditions of Utilisation

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Conditions precedent before Delivery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Pre-Delivery Commitment shall only become available for borrowing under this Agreement if the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received all of the documents and evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent to any Utilisation ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (which shall include evidence that such documents and evidence remain in full force and effect and unamended).

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

Conditions precedent on Delivery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Delivery Commitment shall only become available for borrowing under this Agreement if the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received all of the documents and evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent on Delivery ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

Notice to Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon receiving and being satisfied with all of the documents and evidence delivered to it under this clause 4.

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

 

Further conditions precedent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Repeating Representations and, in relation to the first Utilisation, all of the other representations set out in clause 17 ( Representations ) (except the Ship Representations), are true; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in relation to the Utilisation of the Delivery Commitment, the Ship Representations are true.

 

 

 

 

 

4.5

 

Waiver of conditions precedent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The conditions in this clause 4 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Finance Parties and may be waived on their behalf in whole or in part and with or without conditions by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders.

21


SECTION 3 - UTILISATION

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Utilisation

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

 

Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than 11:00 a.m. three Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

 

 

 

 

5.2

 

Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

 

 

 

 

5.2.1

 

A Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day falling (i) (in the case of the Pre-Delivery Commitment) within 30 days of the date of this Agreement and (ii) (in the case of the Delivery Commitment) not later than 200 days after the scheduled delivery date under the Building Contract;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the proposed Interest Period complies with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

it identifies the purpose for the Utilisation and that purpose complies with clause 3 ( Purpose ) .

 

 

 

 

 

5.2.2

 

Only one Advance may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

 

 

 

 

5.3

 

Currency and amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be dollars and the amount of the proposed Advance must be the lesser of (a) $80,000,000 in respect of the Pre-Delivery Commitment and $67,500,000 in respect of the Delivery Commitment or, if less, the amount of the Available Facility less the amount of the outstanding Loan or (b) such amount as the Agent shall determine to be equal to 65% of the Security Value as of the date of such Utilisation Request.

 

 

 

 

 

5.4

 

Lenders’ participation

 

 

 

 

 

5.4.1

 

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Advance available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

 

 

 

 

5.4.2

 

The amount of each Lender’s participation in the Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Commitment to the Total Commitments immediately prior to making the Advance.

 

 

 

 

 

5.4.3

 

The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of the Advance and the amount of its participation in the Advance.

 

 

 

 

 

5.4.4

 

The Agent shall pay all amounts received by it in respect of each Advance (and its own participation in it, if any) to the Borrower or for its account in accordance with the instructions contained in the Utilisation Request.

 

 

 

 

 

5.5

 

Condition subsequent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall within three Business Days following the first Utilisation provide duly executed acknowledgements of the notices of assignment as required by the Pre-Delivery Security Assignment.

22



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Repayment

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

 

Repayment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall on each Repayment Date repay such part of the Loan as is required to be repaid by clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Facility ).

 

 

 

 

 

6.2

 

Scheduled repayment of Facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To the extent not previously reduced, the Loan shall be repaid by instalments on each Repayment Date by the amount specified below (as revised by clause 6.3):


 

 

Repayment Date

Amount $



First

2,912,549

 

 

Second

2,956,238

 

 

Third

3,000,581

 

 

Fourth

3,045,590

 

 

Fifth

3,091,274

 

 

Sixth

3,137,643

 

 

Seventh

3,184,707

 

 

Eighth

3,232,478

 

 

Ninth

3,280,965

 

 

Tenth

3,330,180

 

 

Eleventh

3,380,132

 

 

Twelfth

3,430,834

 

 

Thirteenth

3,482,297

 

 

Fourteenth

106,034,531

 

 

Total

147,500,000


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If, with approval, the Delivery Date shall be delayed (a) to a date between 1 September 2010 and 30 November 2010 the First Repayment Date shall be excluded or (b) to a date between 1 December 2010 and 16 February 2011 the First and Second Repayment Date shall be excluded.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On the Final Repayment Date (without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement), the Loan shall be repaid in full.

 

 

 

 

 

6.3

 

Adjustment of scheduled repayments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If the Total Commitments have been partially reduced under this Agreement and/or any part of the Loan is prepaid (other than under clause 6.2) before any Repayment Date, the amount of the instalment by which the Loan shall be repaid under clause 6.2 on any such Repayment Date (as reduced by any earlier operation of this clause 6.3) shall be reduced pro rata to such

23



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

reduction in the Total Commitments (except in the case of a prepayment under clause 7.4 ( Fixed Rate Differential Amount Prepayment ) where the reduction shall be treated as reducing the instalments in inverse chronological order by its aggregate amount).

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Illegality, prepayment and cancellation

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

Illegality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in the Loan:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

 

 

 

 

7.2

 

Voluntary cancellation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than three Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and a multiple of $1,000,000 of any part of the Available Facility which is undrawn at the proposed date of cancellation.

 

 

 

 

 

7.3

 

Voluntary prepayment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than three Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of $1,000,000 and which is a multiple of $1,000,000) on the last day of an Interest Period in respect of the amount to be prepaid.

 

 

 

 

 

7.4

 

Fixed Rate Differential Amount Prepayment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On each Repayment Date the Borrower shall (unless otherwise approved) apply any amount standing to the credit of the Fixed Rate Differential Account in prepayment of the Loan.

 

 

 

 

 

7.5

 

Right of cancellation and prepayment in relation to a single Lender

 

 

 

 

 

7.5.1

 

If:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrower under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) or clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ),

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

 

 

 

 

7.5.2

 

On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in clause 7.5.1 above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

24



 

 

 

 

 

7.5.3

 

On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrower has given notice of cancellation under clause 7.5.1 above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrower in that notice), the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

 

 

 

 

7.5.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Borrower may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent three Business Days’ notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

On the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above becoming effective, the Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, notify all the Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

7.6

 

Total Loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On the Total Loss Repayment Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Total Commitments will be reduced to zero; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Borrower shall prepay the Loan.

 

 

 

 

 

7.7

 

Mandatory pre-delivery cancellation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If, prior to Delivery:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Building Contract is for any reason and by any method cancelled, terminated or rescinded; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a competent court or arbitration panel decides that the Building Contract has been validly cancelled, terminated or rescinded; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Building Contract is varied in a way prohibited by any Finance Document; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Refund Guarantee is repudiated, cancelled, rescinded or otherwise terminated or is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Refund Guarantor or it is or becomes unlawful for the Refund Guarantor to perform its obligations under it PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT the Refund Guarantee is not immediately replaced or reinstated or reconfirmed in a form and manner and by a person in each case approved in advance by the Lenders; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

Delivery has not occurred by the Last Availability Date,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

then the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Lenders, by notice to the Borrower with effect from the date 25 Business Days after the giving of such notice (or such later date as may be approved in advance by the Majority Lenders) cancel the Total Commitments. The Borrower shall on the date such cancellation takes effect prepay the Loan in full.

 

 

 

 

 

7.8

 

Automatic cancellation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any part of the Total Commitments which has not become available by the Last Availability Date shall be automatically cancelled at close of business in London on the Last Availability Date.

 

 

 

 

 

7.9

 

Restrictions

 

 

 

 

 

7.9.1

 

Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date

25



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

 

 

 

 

7.9.2

 

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty save that, in the event of a voluntary prepayment of all or any part of the Loan (other than prepayment under clauses 7.4 ( Fixed Rate Differential Amount Prepayment ), 7.5.4 ( Right of Cancellation in relation to a single Lender ) and 7.6 ( Total Loss )) is made prior to the third anniversary from the first Utilisation, a prepayment fee of 1% of the amount prepaid shall be paid at the time of such prepayment. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the prepayment fee payable under this clause 7.9 is a genuine pre-estimate of the losses that would be incurred by the Lenders in these circumstances.

 

 

 

 

 

7.9.3

 

The Borrower may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.

 

 

 

 

 

7.9.4

 

The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

7.9.5

 

No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

 

 

 

 

7.9.6

 

If the Agent receives a notice under this clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrower or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

 

 

 

 

7.9.7

 

If the Total Commitments are partially reduced under this Agreement (other than under clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) and clause 7.5 ( Right of cancellation and prepayment in relation to a single Lender )), the Commitments of the Lenders shall be reduced rateably.

26


SECTION 4 - COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

8.1

 

Calculation of interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The rate of interest on the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Margin;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

LIBOR; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Mandatory Cost, if any.

 

 

 

 

 

8.2

 

Payment of interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than three months, on the dates falling at three monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

 

 

 

 

8.3

 

Default interest

 

 

 

 

 

8.3.1

 

If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to clause 8.3.2 below, is 2% higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted the Loan for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing in accordance with this clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

8.3.2

 

If any overdue amount consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan or the relevant part of it:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be 2% higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

 

 

 

 

8.3.3

 

Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

 

 

 

 

8.4

 

Notification of rates of interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Interest Periods

 

 

 

 

 

9.1

 

Selection of Interest Periods

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.1

 

The Borrower may select an Interest Period for the first Advance and thereafter the balance of the Loan in the Utilisation Request for the first Advance or (if the Loan has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice.

27



 

 

 

 

 

9.1.2

 

Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrower not later than 11:00 a.m. three Business Days before the last day of the then current Interest Period.

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.3

 

If the Borrower fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with clause 9.1.2, the relevant Interest Period will subject to clause 9.2 ( Interest Periods overrunning Repayment Dates ), be three months.

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.4

 

Subject to this clause 9, the Borrower may select an Interest Period of one, three or six months or any other period agreed between the Borrower and the Agent on the instructions of all the Lenders, provided that the Borrower may not select more than two one month Interest Periods in any one calendar year.

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.5

 

No Interest Period shall extend beyond the Final Repayment Date.

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.6

 

The first Interest Period for the Loan shall start on the first Utilisation Date, the first Interest Period for the second or any later Advance shall start on the relevant Utilisation Date and end on the last day of the then current Interest Period for the balance of the Loan and each subsequent Interest Period for the Loan shall start on the last day of its preceding Interest Period.

 

 

 

 

 

9.2

 

Interest Periods overrunning Repayment Dates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If the Borrower selects an Interest Period which would overrun any later Repayment Date, the Loan shall be divided into parts corresponding to the amounts by which the Total Commitments are scheduled to be reduced under clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Facility ) on each of the Repayment Dates falling during such Interest Period (each of which shall have a separate Interest Period ending on the relevant Repayment Date) and to the balance of the Loan (which shall have the Interest Period selected by the Borrower).

 

 

 

 

 

9.3

 

Non-Business Days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Changes to the calculation of interest

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Absence of quotations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

Market disruption

 

 

 

 

 

10.2.1

 

If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of the Loan for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Margin;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

28



 

 

 

 

 

10.2.2

 

In this Agreement “ Market Disruption Event ” means that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan exceed 30% of the Loan) that the cost to it of obtaining matching deposits in the Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR.

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

 

 

 

 

10.3.1

 

If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

 

 

 

 

10.3.2

 

Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to clause 10.3.1 above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders be binding on all Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

 

Break Costs

 

 

 

 

 

10.4.1

 

The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan or Unpaid Sum or relevant part of it.

 

 

 

 

 

10.4.2

 

Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Fees

 

 

 

 

 

11.1

 

Commitment commission

 

 

 

 

 

11.1.1

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in dollars computed at the rate of 1.1% per annum on the undrawn portion of that Lender’s Commitment calculated from the date of this Agreement (the “ start date ”).

 

 

 

 

 

11.1.2

 

The Borrower shall pay the accrued commitment commission on the last day of the period of three months commencing on the start date, on the last day of each successive period of three months, on the Final Repayment Date and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

 

 

 

 

11.2

 

Arrangement fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the distribution to the Lenders) an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

 

 

 

 

11.3

 

Agency fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

29


SECTION 5 - ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

 

 

 

12

 

Tax gross-up and indemnities

 

 

 

 

12.1

 

Definitions

 

 

 

 

12.1.1

 

In this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Protected Party means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Payment means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

 

 

 

12.1.2

 

Unless a contrary indication appears, in this clause 12 a reference to “determines” or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

 

 

 

12.2

 

Tax gross-up

 

 

 

 

12.2.1

 

Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it under any Finance Document without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

 

 

 

12.2.2

 

The Borrower shall, promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction), notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrower and that Obligor.

 

 

 

 

12.2.3

 

If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor under the relevant Finance Document shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

 

 

 

12.2.4

 

If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

 

 

 

12.2.5

 

Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

 

 

 

12.3

 

Tax indemnity

 

 

 

 

12.3.1

 

The Borrower shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

12.3.2

 

Clause 12.3.1 above shall not apply:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

30



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the overall net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ).


 

 

 

12.3.3

 

A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under clause 12.3.1 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrower.

 

 

 

12.3.4

 

A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this clause 12.3, notify the Agent.

 

 

 

12.4

 

Stamp taxes

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

 

 

12.5

 

Value added tax

 

 

 

12.5.1

 

All amounts set out, or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply, and accordingly, subject to clause 12.5.3 below, if VAT is charged on any supply made by any Finance Party to any party under a Finance Document, that party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such party).

 

 

 

12.5.2

 

If VAT is charged on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier ) to any other Finance Party (the Recipient ) under a Finance Document, and any party to a Finance Document (the Relevant Party ) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), the Relevant Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient will promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority which it reasonably determines relates to the VAT charged on that supply.

 

 

 

12.5.3

 

Where a Finance Document requires any party to it to reimburse a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that party shall also at the same time pay and indemnify the Finance Party against all VAT incurred by the Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses to the extent that the Finance Party reasonably determines that neither it nor any other member of any group of which it is a member for VAT purposes is entitled to credit or repayment of the VAT.

 

 

 

13

 

Increased Costs

 

 

 

13.1

 

Increased Costs

 

 

 

13.1.1

 

Subject to clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (a) the introduction of

31



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (b) compliance with any law or regulation in either case made after the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

13.1.2

 

In this Agreement Increased Costs means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

an additional or increased cost; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

13.2

 

Increased Cost claims

 

 

 

 

 

13.2.1

 

A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.

 

 

 

13.2.2

 

Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

 

 

13.3

 

Exceptions

 

 

 

 

 

13.3.1

 

Clause 13.1 ( Increased Costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

compensated for by clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in clause 12.3.2 applied);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

 

 

 

 

13.3.2

 

In this clause 13.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

 

 

14

 

Other indemnities

 

 

 

14.1

 

Currency indemnity

 

 

 

14.1.1

 

If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a Sum ), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency ) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the Second Currency ) for the purpose of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

32



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (i) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

 

 

 

14.1.2

 

Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

 

 

14.2

 

Other indemnities

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of clause 33 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in the Loan requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party) alone; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

14.3

 

Indemnity to the Agent and the Security Agent

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall promptly indemnify the Agent and the Security Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any action taken by the Agent or any of its representatives, agents or contractors in connection with any powers conferred by any Security Document to remedy any breach of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

14.4

 

Indemnity concerning security

 

 

 

 

 

14.4.1

 

The Borrower shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will) promptly indemnify each Indemnified Person against any cost, expense, loss or liability incurred by it in connection with:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the exercise or purported exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver by the Finance Documents or by law unless and to the extent that it was caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any claim (whether relating to the environment or otherwise) made or asserted against the Indemnified Person which would not have arisen but for the execution or

33



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

enforcement of one or more Finance Documents (unless and to the extent it is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

any breach by any Obligor of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

14.4.2

 

The Security Agent may, in priority to any payment to the other Finance Parties, indemnify itself out of the Trust Property in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this clause 14.4 and shall have a lien on the Security Documents and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Security Documents for all monies payable to it.

 

 

 

14.5

 

Exclusion of liability

 

 

 

 

 

No Indemnified Person will be in any way liable or responsible to any Obligor (whether as mortgagee in possession or otherwise) who is a Party or is a party to a Finance Document to which this clause applies for any loss or liability arising from any act, default, omission or misconduct of that Indemnified Person, except to the extent caused by its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. Any Indemnified Person may rely on this clause 14.5 subject to clause 1.3 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of Third Parties Act.

 

 

 

14.6

 

Fax and email indemnity

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, claim, loss, expense or liability together with any VAT thereon which any of the Finance Parties may sustain or incur as a consequence of any fax or email communication purporting to originate from the Borrower to the Agent or the Security Agent being made or delivered fraudulently or without proper authorisation (unless such cost, claim, loss, expense or liability is the direct result of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the relevant Finance Party or the Agent or the Security Agent).

 

 

 

15

 

Mitigation by the Lenders

 

 

 

15.1

 

Mitigation

 

 

 

15.1.1

 

Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), clause 12 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ), clause 13 ( Increased costs ) or paragraph 3 of Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

 

 

15.1.2

 

Clause 15.1.1 does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

15.2

 

Limitation of liability

 

 

 

15.2.1

 

The Borrower shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

 

 

15.2.2

 

A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

 

 

16

 

Costs and expenses

 

 

 

16.1

 

Transaction expenses

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall promptly within five Business Days of demand pay the Agent and the Arrangers and the Security Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and, subject to clause 23.17, insurance and other consultants and advisers) reasonably incurred by any of them (and by any Receiver) in connection with the

34



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication, registration and perfection and any release, discharge or reassignment of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement and the Original Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any other Finance Documents executed or proposed to be executed after the date of this Agreement including any executed to provide additional security under clause 24 ( Minimum security value );or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any Security Interest expressed or intended to be granted by a Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

16.2

 

Amendment costs

 

 

 

 

 

If an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent, the Borrower shall, within five Business Days of demand by the Agent, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants and advisers) reasonably incurred by the Agent and the Security Agent (and by any Receiver) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

 

 

16.3

 

Enforcement and preservation costs

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall within five Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants and advisers) reasonably incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document and any proceedings initiated by or against any Indemnified Person and as a consequence of holding the Charged Property or enforcing those rights.

35


SECTION 6 - REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

Representations

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower makes and repeats the representations and warranties set out in this clause 17 to each Finance Party at the times specified in clause 17.30 ( Times when representations are made ).

 

 

 

17.1

 

Status

 

 

 

17.1.1

 

Each Obligor and the Manager is duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation as a limited liability company or corporation and has no centre of main interests, permanent establishment or place of business outside the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated (save as notified to the Agent) and is in compliance with its Constitutional Documents.

 

 

 

17.1.2

 

Each Obligor and the Manager has power and authority to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own its property and other assets.

 

 

 

17.2

 

Binding obligations

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by each Obligor in each Finance Document, Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is, or is to be, a party are or, when entered into by it, will be legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations and each Security Document to which an Obligor is, or will be, a party, creates or will create the Security Interests which that Security Document purports to create and those Security Interests are or will be valid and effective.

 

 

 

17.3

 

Power and authority

 

 

 

17.3.1

 

Each Obligor has, or will have when entered into by it, power to enter into, perform and deliver and comply with its obligations under, and has taken, or will take when entered into by it, all necessary action to authorise its entry into, each Finance Document, Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is or will be a party.

 

 

 

17.3.2

 

No limitation on any Obligor’s powers to borrow, create security or give guarantees will be exceeded as a result of any transaction under, or the entry into of, any Finance Document, Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which such Obligor is, or is to be, a party, with effect on and from the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

 

 

17.4

 

Non-conflict

 

 

 

 

 

The entry into and performance by each Obligor and the Manager of, and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, the Charter Documents and the Building Contract Documents and the granting of the Security Interests purported to be created by the Security Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any law or regulation applicable to any Obligor or the Manager;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Constitutional Documents of any Obligor or the Manager; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any agreement or other instrument binding upon any Obligor or the Manager or its assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument, or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

result in the creation of any Security Interest (save for a Permitted Maritime Lien or under a Security Document) on such Obligor’s (or the Manager’s) assets, rights or revenues.

36



 

 

 

 

 

17.5

 

Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

 

 

17.5.1

 

All authorisations required or desirable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to enable each Obligor lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under each Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is a party;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to make each Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

to ensure that each of the Security Interests created under the Security Documents has the priority and ranking contemplated by them,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

have been obtained or effected, or as the case may be will be obtained or effected when entered into, and are, or as the case may be will be when entered into, in full force and effect except any authorisation or filing referred to in clause 17.12 ( No filing or stamp taxes ), which authorisation or filing will be promptly obtained or effected within any applicable period.

 

 

 

17.5.2

 

All authorisations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities of each Obligor and the Manager have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect if failure to obtain or effect those authorisations might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

17.6

 

Governing law and enforcement

 

 

 

17.6.1

 

The choice of governing law as provided in any Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document will be recognised and enforced in each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

 

 

17.6.2

 

Any judgment obtained in England in relation to an Obligor will be recognised and enforced in each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

 

 

17.7

 

Information

 

 

 

17.7.1

 

Any Information is true and accurate in all material respects at the time it was given or made.

 

 

 

17.7.2

 

Any Information contained in the Counter Guarantor Representations Letter is true and accurate in all material aspects at the time that the Repeating Representations are repeated and the words “existing ship financings” in the Counter Guarantor Representations Letter shall be deemed to mean such ship financings as exist at the time that any Repeated Representations are repeated in accordance with clause 17.30 ( Times when representations are made ).

 

 

 

17.7.3

 

There are no facts or circumstances or any other information which could make the Information incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.

 

 

 

17.7.4

 

The Information does not omit anything which could make the Information incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.

 

 

 

17.7.5

 

All opinions, projections, forecasts or expressions of intention contained in the Information and the assumptions on which they are based have been arrived at after due and careful enquiry and consideration and were believed to be reasonable by the person who provided that Information as at the date it was given or made.

 

 

 

17.7.6

 

For the purposes of this clause 17.7, “ Information ” means: any information provided by any Obligor or the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary to any of the Finance Parties in connection with the Finance Documents, Charter Documents or Building Contract Documents or the transactions referred to in them including that contained in the Counter Guarantor Representations Letter.

37



 

 

 

17.8

 

Original Financial Statements

 

 

 

17.8.1

 

The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

 

 

 

17.8.2

 

The audited Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the financial condition and results of operations of the relevant Obligors and the relevant Group (consolidated in the case of such Group) during the relevant financial year.

 

 

 

17.8.3

 

There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of any of the Obligors or any Group) since the date of the Original Financial Statements.

 

 

 

17.9

 

Pari passu ranking

 

 

 

 

 

Each Obligor’s payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated payment obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

 

 

17.10

 

Ranking and effectiveness of security

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations and any filing, registration or notice requirements which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Conditions precedent before delivery ), the security created by the Security Documents has (or will have when the Security Documents have been executed) the priority which it is expressed to have in the Security Documents, the Charged Property is not subject to any Security Interest other than Permitted Security Interests and such security will constitute perfected security on the assets described in the Security Documents.

 

 

 

17.11

 

No insolvency

 

 

 

 

 

No corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in clause 28.9 ( Insolvency proceedings ) or creditors’ process described in clause 28.10 ( Creditors’ process ) has been taken or, to the knowledge of any Obligor or the Manager, threatened in relation to an Obligor or the Manager or a Subsidiary of an Obligor and none of the circumstances described in clause 28.8 ( Insolvency ) applies to an Obligor or the Manager or a Subsidiary of an Obligor or any Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is, or is to be, party.

 

 

 

17.12

 

No filing or stamp taxes

 

 

 

 

 

Under the laws of each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that any Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is, or is to be, party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to any such Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents except any filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable in relation to any Finance Document which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Conditions precedent before delivery ) and which will be made or paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

 

 

17.13

 

Deduction of Tax

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor is required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document and no other party is required to make any such deduction from any payment it may make under any Charter Document or Building Contract Document.

 

 

 

17.14

 

No Default

 

 

 

17.14.1

 

No Default is continuing or is reasonably likely to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document and

38



 

 

 

 

 

any Charter Document or Building Contract Document and no breach has occurred by the Borrower of any Charter Documents or Building Contract Document.

 

 

 

17.14.2

 

No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or, with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on any Obligor or the Manager or to which any Obligor’s or the Manager’s assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

17.15

 

No proceedings pending or threatened

 

 

 

 

 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of any Obligor’s or the Manager’s knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against any Obligor or the Manager or any Subsidiary of an Obligor.

 

 

 

17.16

 

No breach of laws

 

 

 

17.16.1

 

No Obligor nor the Manager or Subsidiary of an Obligor or the Manager has breached any law or regulation which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

17.16.2

 

No labour dispute is current or, to the best of any Obligor’s or the Manager’s knowledge and belief, threatened against any Obligor or the Manager or any Subsidiary of an Obligor which may have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

17.17

 

Environmental matters

 

 

 

17.17.1

 

No Environmental Law applicable to any Fleet Vessel and/or any Obligor or the Manager or any Subsidiary of an Obligor has been violated in a manner or circumstances which might have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

17.17.2

 

All consents, licences and approvals required under such Environmental Laws have been obtained and are currently in force.

 

 

 

17.17.3

 

No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened or is pending against any Obligor or any Subsidiary of an Obligor or any Fleet Vessel where that claim might have a Material Adverse Effect and there has been no Environmental Incident which has given, or might give, rise to such a claim.

 

 

 

17.18

 

Taxation

 

 

 

17.18.1

 

No Obligor or Subsidiary of an Obligor nor the Manager is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns or overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.

 

 

 

17.18.2

 

No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against any Obligor or the Manager or any Subsidiary of an Obligor with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, any Obligor or the Manager or any Subsidiary of an Obligor is reasonably likely to arise for an amount for which adequate reserves have not been provided in the Original Financial Statements and which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

17.18.3

 

Except as advised to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement, each Obligor and the Manager is resident for Tax purposes only in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

 

 

17.19

 

Security and Financial Indebtedness

 

 

 

17.19.1

 

No Security Interest exists over all or any of the present or future assets of the Borrower or GasLog Carriers in breach of this Agreement, other than the Permitted Security Interests.

39



 

 

 

 

 

17.19.2

 

Except from the Existing Loan Agreement, neither the Borrower nor GasLog Carriers has any other Financial Indebtedness outstanding in breach of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

17.20

 

Legal and beneficial ownership

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Both of the Borrower and GasLog Carriers is, or will be, when granted, the sole legal and beneficial owner of the respective assets over which it purports to grant a Security Interest under the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

17.21

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The shares of the Borrower are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights. The Constitutional Documents of the Borrower do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of those shares on creation or enforcement of the Security Documents. There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any share or loan capital of the Borrower (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion).

 

 

 

 

 

17.22

 

Accounting Reference Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accounting reference date of each Obligor is the Accounting Reference Date.

 

 

 

 

 

17.23

 

No adverse consequences

 

 

 

 

 

17.23.1

 

It is not necessary under the laws of the Relevant Jurisdictions of any Obligor:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by any Obligor of its obligations under any Finance Document,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of such Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

 

 

 

 

17.23.2

 

No Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any Relevant Jurisdiction by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

17.24

 

Copies of documents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The copies of the Charter Documents, the Building Contract Documents and the Constitutional Documents of the Obligors delivered to the Agent under clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ) will be true, complete and accurate copies of such documents and include all amendments and supplements to them as at the time of such delivery and no other agreements or arrangements exist between any of the parties to any Charter Document or Building Contract Document which would materially affect the transactions or arrangements contemplated by any Charter Document or Building Contract Document or modify or release the obligations of any party under that Charter Document or Building Contract Document.

 

 

 

 

 

17.25

 

No breach of any Building Contract Document or Charter Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower nor (so far as the Borrower is aware) any other person is in breach of any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is a party nor has anything occurred which entitles or may entitle any party to any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to rescind or terminate it or decline to perform their obligations under it.

 

 

 

 

 

17.26

 

No immunity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor or any of its assets is immune to any legal action or proceeding.

40



 

 

 

 

 

17.27

 

Ship status

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship will on the first day of the Mortgage Period be:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

registered provisionally in the name of the Borrower through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

17.28

 

Ship’s employment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship shall on the first day of the Mortgage Period:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

have been delivered, and accepted for service, under the Charter; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

be free of any charter commitment other than the Charter.

 

 

 

 

 

17.29

 

Address commission

 

 

 

 

 

There are no rebates, commissions or other payments in connection with the Building Contract or the Charter other than those referred to in it.

 

 

 

17.30

 

Other Finance Arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor (acting in any capacity whatsoever) has agreed to cross-default provisions as part of another loan or credit agreement entered into with a financier which are more beneficial to that financier than those provisions set out in clause 28.6 ( Cross-Default ) other than those mentioned in the Counter Guarantor Representations Letter.

 

 

 

17.31

 

Times when representations are made

 

 

 

17.31.1

 

All of the representations and warranties set out in this clause 17 (other than Ship Representations) are deemed to be repeated on the dates of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the first Utilisation Request; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the first Utilisation.

 

 

 

 

 

17.31.2

 

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be repeated on the dates of each subsequent Utilisation Request, the date of each Utilisation and the first day of each Interest Period.

 

 

 

17.31.3

 

All of the Ship Representations are deemed to be made and repeated on the first day of the Mortgage Period.

 

 

 

17.31.4

 

Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing at the date the representation or warranty is deemed to be made.

 

 

 

18

 

Information undertakings

 

 

 

 

 

The undertakings in this clause 18 remain in force during the Facility Period.

41



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In this clause 18:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Financial Statements ” means the financial statements for a financial year of each Group, the Borrower, each of the Guarantors, each of the Counter Guarantors and the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary delivered pursuant to clause 18.1.1.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Half-Yearly Financial Statements ” means the financial statements for a financial half year to 30 June of the relevant year of a Group, the Borrower, each of the Guarantors, each of the Counter Guarantors and the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary delivered pursuant to clause 18.1.2.

 

 

 

 

 

18.1

 

Financial statements

 

 

 

 

 

18.1.1

 

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent or, as the case may be, shall procure that the Agent is supplied with as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 150 days after the end of the relevant financial years:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the audited consolidated financial statements of each Group for that financial year; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the audited financial statements (consolidated if appropriate) of the Borrower, each of the Guarantors, each of the Counter Guarantors and the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary for that financial year (the first such financial statements in respect of Counter Guarantor B for the financial year ended 31 December 2010).

 

 

 

 

 

18.1.2

 

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent or, as the case may be, shall procure that the Agent is supplied with as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each half year of the relevant financial year the unaudited financial statements (consolidated if appropriate) of each Group, the Borrower, the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary, the Guarantors and the Counter Guarantors for that financial half year (the first such financial statements in respect of Counter Guarantor B being for the half year ended as of 30 June 2011) for that financial half-year.

 

 

 

 

 

18.2

 

Requirements as to financial statements

 

 

 

 

 

18.2.1

 

The Borrower shall procure that each set of Annual Financial Statements and Half-Yearly Financial Statements includes a profit and loss account, a balance sheet and a cashflow statement and that, in addition each set of Annual Financial Statements shall be audited by the Auditors.

 

 

 

 

 

18.2.2

 

Each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) shall:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

be prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

give a true and fair view of (in the case of Annual Financial Statements for any financial year), or fairly represent (in other cases), the financial condition and operations of the relevant Group or (as the case may be) relevant Obligor or (as the case may be) the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in the case of annual audited financial statements, not be the subject of any qualification in the Auditors’ opinion.

 

 

 

 

 

18.2.3

 

The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) shall be prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements, unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, the Borrower notifies the Agent that there has been a change in GAAP or the accounting practices and the Auditors deliver to the Agent:

42



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP or accounting practices and reference periods upon which corresponding Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether clause 5 of each of the Counter Guarantees ( Financial covenants ) and clause 5 of the GasLog Guarantee ( Financial Covenants ) has been complied with and to make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any reference in this Agreement to any financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

 

 

 

 

18.3

 

Presentations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Once in every financial year, or more frequently if requested to do so by the Agent if the Agent reasonably suspects a Default is continuing or may have occurred or may occur, the Borrower shall procure that one director of each of the Counter Guarantors give a presentation to the Finance Parties about the on-going business and financial performance of the relevant Group and any other matter which a Finance Party may reasonably request.

 

 

 

 

 

18.4

 

Year-end

 

 

 

 

 

18.4.1

 

The Borrower shall procure that each financial year-end for each Obligor falls on the Accounting Reference Date.

 

 

 

 

 

18.4.2

 

The Borrower shall procure that each accounting period ends on an accounting date.

 

 

 

 

 

18.5

 

Information: miscellaneous

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall supply to the Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all material documents dispatched by any Obligor to its creditors generally (or any class of them);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any Obligor or the Manager (subject always to any written confidentiality undertakings granted by the Manager to third parties from time to time) and which, if adversely determined, might have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

promptly, such information as the Agent may reasonably require about the Charged Property and compliance of the Obligors with the terms of any Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

promptly on request, such further information regarding the financial condition, assets and operations of the Obligors as any Finance Party through the Agent may reasonably request; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

promptly, any requests made by the Charterer under clause 19 of the Charter.

 

 

 

 

 

18.6

 

Notification of Default

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon the Borrower becoming aware of its occurrence (unless it is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

43



 

 

 

 

 

 

18.7

 

Sufficient copies

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower, if so requested by the Agent, shall supply sufficient copies of each document to be supplied under the Finance Documents to the Agent to distribute to each of the Lenders.

 

 

 

18.8

 

“Know your customer” checks

 

 

 

18.8.1

 

If:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

18.8.2

 

Each Finance Party shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Security Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent or the Security Agent (for itself) in order for it to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

19

 

General undertakings

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower undertakes or, as the case may be, shall procure that this clause 19 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

 

 

19.1

 

Use of proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

The proceeds of Utilisations will be used exclusively for the purposes specified in clause 3 ( Purpose ).

 

 

 

19.2

 

Authorisations

 

 

 

 

 

Each Obligor will promptly (and in connection with any Finance Document, as soon as such Finance Document is entered into):

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

supply certified copies to the Agent of,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and the Charter Documents or Building Contract Documents;

44



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document or Charter Document or Building Contract Document; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

carry on its business where failure to do so has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.3

 

Compliance with laws

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Obligor, the Manager and the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary will comply in all respects with all laws and regulations (including Environmental Laws) to which it may be subject.

 

 

 

 

 

19.4

 

Taxation

 

 

 

 

 

19.4.1

 

Each Obligor, the Manager and the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within such time period as may be allowed by law without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Agent under clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

such payment can be lawfully withheld.

 

 

 

 

 

19.4.2

 

Except if there is an IPO or as otherwise approved by the Lenders, each Obligor shall maintain its residence for Tax purposes in the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and ensure that it is not resident for Tax purposes in any other jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

 

19.5

 

Change of business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except as approved, no substantial change will be made to the general nature of the business of the Counter Guarantor or the Obligors from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

19.6

 

Merger

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except if there is an IPO or as otherwise approved, no Obligor will enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction.

 

 

 

 

 

19.7

 

Other Finance Arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor (acting in any capacity whatsoever) will agree to cross-default provisions as part of another loan or credit agreement entered into with a financier which are more beneficial to that financier than those provisions set out in clause 28.6 ( Cross-Default ) other than those mentioned in the Counter Guarantor Representations Letter.

 

 

 

 

 

19.8

 

Further assurance

 

 

 

 

 

19.8.1

 

Each Obligor shall promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Agent may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Agent may reasonably require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)) as provided under each Finance Document, as applicable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to perfect the Security Interests created or intended to be created by that Obligor under or evidenced by the Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents, excluding registration of the Guarantees and Counter Guarantees with the respective Companies Registry) or to protect or ensure the priority of such Security Interests or for the exercise of any rights,

45



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

powers and remedies of the Security Agent or the Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to confer on the Security Agent or on the Finance Parties Security Interests over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security Interest intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Security Documents; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

19.8.2

 

Each Obligor shall take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations, excluding registration of the Guarantees and Counter Guarantees with the respective Companies Registry) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security Interest (or the priority of any Security Interest) conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Finance Parties by or pursuant to the relevant Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

19.9

 

Negative pledge in respect of Charged Property

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except as approved and for Permitted Maritime Liens, no Obligor will grant or allow to exist any Security Interest over any Charged Property.

 

 

 

 

 

19.10

 

Environmental matters

 

 

 

 

 

19.10.1

 

Without prejudice to clause 18.5(b), the Agent will be notified as soon as reasonably practicable of any Environmental Claim being made against any Fleet Vessel or the owner of any Fleet Vessel or the Manager which, if successful to any extent, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and of any Environmental Incident which may give rise to such a claim and will be kept regularly and promptly informed in reasonable detail of the nature of, and response to, any such Environmental Incident and the defence to any such claim.

 

 

 

 

 

19.10.2

 

Environmental Laws (and any consents, licences or approvals obtained under them) applicable to Fleet Vessels will not be violated in a way which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

 

 

19.11

 

Pari passu

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Obligor will ensure that its obligations under the Finance Documents shall, without prejudice to the security intended to be created by the Security Documents, at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Indebtedness with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract.

 

 

 

 

 

19.12

 

IPO

 

 

 

 

 

19.12.1

 

The Borrower undertakes that (a) no Default has occurred at the time when the IPO commences and when such IPO is completed and (b) following completion of an IPO, no IPO Change of Control will occur.

 

 

 

 

 

19.12.2

 

If an IPO has been completed, then:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Finance Parties hereby agree that, within 90 days after the Borrower has notified the Agent that such IPO has been completed, they will promptly instruct the Security Agent to, and the Security Agent will, release each of the Counter Guarantors from its obligations under its respective Counter Guarantees;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Finance Parties will agree to enter into amendments to the Finance Documents (including a supplemental agreement to this Agreement and the Guarantees amending such terms as may be required, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the definition of Group in clause 1.1), in such form and substance as may be required by the Agent and

46



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

at the cost and expense of the Borrower, which will effect and implement (inter alia) the following changes to the Finance Documents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Maximum Leverage (as defined in the GasLog Guarantee) required under the GasLog Guarantee shall be reduced to 65%;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Market Adjusted Net Worth (as defined in the GasLog Guarantee) required under the GasLog Guarantee shall be increased to $350,000,000;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

the restrictions on the payment of dividends by GasLog will be amended such that GasLog will be entitled to declare or pay dividends to its shareholders in respect of a financial year, at any time if:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

it holds Cash and Cash Equivalents of at least 4% of Total Indebtedness (each such term as defined in the GasLog Guarantee); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

no Default shall have occurred at the time of declaration or payment of such dividends nor would occur as a result of the declaration or payment of such dividends;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Finance Parties will agree to enter into amendments to the Finance Documents (including a supplemental agreement to this Agreement amending such terms as may be required, in such form and substance as may be required by the Agent and at the cost and expense of the Borrower, which will effect and implement (inter alia) the removal of all obligations and references to the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

Construction period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unless otherwise specifically provided, the Borrower undertakes that this clause 20 will be complied with throughout the period from the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Delivery of the Ship and the end of the Facility Period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.1

 

Document of title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall give irrevocable instructions to the Builder to hold the Ship and any document of title to the Ship to the order and at the disposal of the Security Agent and ensure that the Builder complies with such instructions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.2

 

Performance of Building Contract

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall duly and punctually observe and perform all the conditions and obligations imposed on it by the Building Contract.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.3

 

Performance by Builder and Refund Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall use its best endeavours to ensure that the Builder performs its obligations under the Building Contract and builds the Ship diligently and that the Refund Guarantor performs its obligations under the Refund Guarantee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.4

 

Progress and information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Promptly upon the Borrower becoming aware of the same, it shall inform the Agent of any breach by the Builder of the Building Contract and upon the Agent’s request, the Borrower shall advise the Agent of the progress of construction of the Ship and supply the Agent with such other information as the Agent may require about the construction of the Ship or the Building Contract or the Refund Guarantee.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

47



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.5

 

Arbitration under Building Contract

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall promptly notify the Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

if either party begins an arbitration under the Building Contract;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

of the identity of the arbitrators; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

of the conclusion of the arbitration and the terms of any arbitration award.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.6

 

Conveyance on default

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Where the Ship is (or is to be) sold in exercise of any power contained in the Pre-Delivery Security Assignment or otherwise conferred on the Security Agent, the Borrower shall execute, immediately upon the Agent’s request, such form of conveyance of the Ship as the Agent may require.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.7

 

Enforcement of rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing or upon the Agent becoming aware of a breach by the Builder under the Building Contract, the Borrower shall do everything which the Agent requires for the purpose of enforcing the rights of the Borrower under the Building Contract and/or the Refund Guarantee and allow its name to be used by the Security Agent for that purpose. Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing, the Borrower shall, at the Agent’s request, enter into consultation with the Agent and upon agreement between the Agent and the Borrower, the Borrower shall do everything which the Agent requires for the purpose of enforcing the rights of the Borrower under the Building Contract and/or the Refund Guarantee and allow its name to be used by the Security Agent for that purpose.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.8

 

Notification of certain events

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall notify the Agent as soon as it becomes aware that either party has cancelled, rescinded, repudiated or otherwise terminated the Building Contract (or has purported to do so) or has rejected the Ship (or purported to do so) or if the Ship has become a Total Loss or partial loss or is materially damaged or if a dispute arises under the Building Contract.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.9

 

Ship’s registration and mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower will, immediately upon its Delivery, duly execute (and deliver to the Agent) the Mortgage and register the Ship and the Mortgage with the relevant Registry under the laws and flag of its Flag State.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.10

 

Sale or other disposal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, the Borrower will not dispose of the Ship or any share or interest in it or its rights under the Building Contract or the Refund Guarantee or agree to do so.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.11

 

Variations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Refund Guarantee will not be varied;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Building Contract shall not be varied and the specification of the Ship shall not be materially varied (and, for the avoidance of doubt, variations requiring approval shall include, but shall not be limited to, any assignment or novation of the Building Contract, any variation which might reasonably be expected to delay the delivery of the Ship beyond the Last Availability Date or put at risk the delivery of the Ship to the Charterer

48



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or any variation to alter the circumstances in which the Building Contract may be cancelled, terminated or suspended);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the specification of the Ship will not be changed in a substantial way (and for the avoidance of doubt, substantial changes requiring approval shall include, but shall not be limited to, any variation which alters the intended type, commercial use, purpose or trading capacity of the Ship or materially reduces the Ship’s anticipated value when completed or impairs the intended use under the Charter); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the terms upon which supervision of construction of the Ship is being conducted (which might have been approved) shall not be varied.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For this purpose, ordering any extras, additions or alterations will be a substantial change and a material variation if their cost (or if the aggregate cost of the proposed work together with the cost of any additional work already ordered or change of specification already agreed) will alter the Contract Price by a cumulative amount greater than 5% of the Price. The Borrower shall agree in writing with the Builder the terms and specification of any such work before the work is put in hand irrespective of whether approval of that work is required under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.12

 

Releases and waivers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, there shall be no release of the Builder or the Refund Guarantor from any of its obligations under the Building Contract or the Refund Guarantee, no waiver of any breach of such obligations and no consent to anything which would otherwise be such a breach.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.13

 

Rejection and cancellation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval such approval not to be:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

unreasonably delayed; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

unreasonably withheld (in the event that the delivery of the Ship to the Charterer will not be in compliance with the Charter),

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the Borrower shall not exercise any right which it may have to reject the Ship (save in circumstances where the Building Contract is not cancelled, rescinded or otherwise terminated and the Builder shall have the right under the Building Contract to remedy a deficiency in the Ship justifying such rejection and re-tender it for delivery to the Borrower after such rejection) or cancel or rescind or otherwise terminate the Building Contract.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

Dealings with Ship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 21 will be complied with in relation to the Ship throughout the Mortgage Period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.1

 

Ship’s name and registration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Ship’s name shall only be changed after prior notice to the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

The Ship shall be permanently registered with the relevant Registry within 90 days of the date of the Mortgage registered with the relevant Registry under the laws of its Flag State. Except with approval, the Ship shall not be registered under any other flag or at any other port or fly any other flag (other than that of its Flag State). If that registration is for a limited period, it shall be renewed at least 45 days before the date it is due to expire and the Agent shall be notified of that renewal at least 30 days before that date.

49



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Nothing will be done and no action will be omitted if that might result in such registration being forfeited or imperilled or the Ship being required to be registered under the laws of another state of registry.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.2

 

Sale or other disposal of Ship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, the Borrower will not sell, or agree to, transfer, abandon or otherwise dispose of the Ship or any share or interest in it.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.3

 

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A manager of the Ship shall not be appointed unless that manager and the terms of its appointment are approved (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and it has delivered a duly executed Manager’s Undertaking to the Security Agent. Once approved, no material variations may be agreed to the terms of appointment of the manager without approval (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any assignment or novation of the terms of appointment without approval shall constitute a material variation).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.4

 

Copy of Mortgage on board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A properly certified copy of the Mortgage shall be kept on board the Ship with its papers and shown to anyone having business with the Ship which might create or imply any commitment or Security Interest over or in respect of the Ship (other than a lien for crew’s wages and salvage) and to any representative of the Agent or the Security Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.5

 

Notice of Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A framed printed notice of the Mortgage shall be prominently displayed in the navigation room and in the Master’s cabin of the Ship. The notice must be in plain type and read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOTICE OF MORTGAGE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This Ship is subject to a first mortgage in favour of [ here insert name of mortgagee ] of [ here insert address of mortgagee ]. Under the said mortgage and related documents, neither the Owner nor any charterer nor the Master of this Ship has any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon this Ship any commitments or encumbrances whatsoever other than for crew’s wages and salvage”.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No-one will have any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon the Ship any lien whatsoever other than for crew’s wages and salvage.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.6

 

Conveyance on default

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Where the Ship is (or is to be) sold in exercise of any power conferred by the Security Documents, the Borrower shall, upon the Agent’s request, immediately execute such form of transfer of title to the Ship as the Agent may require.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.7

 

Chartering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the Borrower shall not enter into any charter commitment for the Ship (except for the Charter), which is:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

a bareboat or demise charter or passes possession and operational control of the Ship to another person;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

capable of lasting more than 13 calendar months;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

on terms as to payment or amount of hire which are materially less beneficial to it than the terms which at that time could reasonably be expected to be obtained on the open

50



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

market for vessels of the same age and type as the Ship under charter commitments of a similar type and period; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

to an Affiliate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.8

 

Sharing of Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the Borrower shall not enter into any arrangement under which its Earnings from the Ship may be shared with anyone else.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.9

 

Payment of Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower’s Earnings from the Ship shall be paid in the way required by the Deed of Covenant and the Charter Assignment. If any Earnings are held by brokers or other agents, they shall be paid to the Security Agent, if it requires this after the Earnings have become payable to it under the Deed of Covenant and the Charter Assignment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

Condition and operation of Ship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 22 will be complied with in relation to the Ship throughout the Mortgage Period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.1

 

Repair

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship shall be kept in a good, safe and efficient state of repair. The quality of workmanship and materials used to repair the Ship or replace any damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment shall be sufficient to ensure that the Ship’s value is not reduced.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.2

 

Modification

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship shall not be modified in a way which could or might materially alter the Ship or materially reduce its value.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.3

 

Removal of parts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, no material part of the Ship or any equipment shall be removed from the Ship if to do so would materially reduce its value (unless at the same time it is replaced with equivalent parts or equipment owned by the Borrower free of any Security Interest except under the Security Documents).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.4

 

Third party owned equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, equipment owned by a third party shall not be installed on the Ship, unless it can be removed without risk of causing damage to the structure or fabric of the Ship or without incurring significant expense.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.5

 

Maintenance of class; compliance with laws

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship’s class shall be the Classification with the Classification Society and neither the Classification nor the Classification Society shall be changed without approval and there must be no material overdue recommendations. The Ship and every person who owns, operates or manages the Ship shall comply with all laws applicable to vessels registered in its Flag State or which for any other reason apply to the Ship or to its condition or operation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.6

 

Surveys

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship shall be submitted to continuous surveys and any other surveys which are required for it to maintain the Classification as its class. Copies of reports of those surveys shall be provided promptly to the Agent if it so requests.

51



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.7

 

Inspection and notice of drydockings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent and/or surveyors or other persons appointed by it for such purpose shall be allowed to board the Ship at all reasonable times, subject to prior notice to the Borrower and without hindering the Ship’s operations, to inspect it and given all proper facilities needed for that purpose. The Agent shall be given reasonable advance notice of any intended drydocking of the Ship (whatever the purpose of that drydocking).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.8

 

Prevention of arrest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All debts, damages, liabilities and outgoings (due and payable and not contested by Borrower in good faith) which have given, or may reasonably give, rise to maritime, statutory or possessory liens on, or claims enforceable against, the Ship, its Earnings or Insurances shall be promptly paid and discharged.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.9

 

Release from arrest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall use its reasonable endeavours that the Ship, its Earnings and Insurances shall promptly within 15 days (or such longer period as may be approved) be released from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy, and that any legal process against the Ship shall be promptly within 15 days (or such longer period as may be approved) discharged, by whatever action is required to achieve that release or discharge.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.10

 

Information about Ship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall promptly be given any information which it may reasonably require about the Ship or its employment, position, use or operation, including details of towages and salvages, and copies of all its charter commitments entered into by or on behalf of any Obligor, provided that any information so requested and supplied which pertains to the Charter shall be held by the Agent and the other Finance Parties on a confidential basis.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.11

 

Notification of certain events

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall promptly be notified of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any damage to the Ship where the cost of the resulting repairs may exceed the Major Casualty Amount;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any occurrence which may result in the Ship becoming a Total Loss;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any requisition of the Ship for hire;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

any Environmental Incident involving the Ship and Environmental Claim being made in relation to such an incident;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

any requirement or recommendation made in relation to the Ship by any insurer or the Classification Society or by any competent authority which is not, or cannot be, complied with in the manner or time required or recommended; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

any arrest or detention of the Ship or any exercise or purported exercise of a lien or other claim on the Ship or its Earnings or Insurances.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.12

 

Payment of outgoings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All tolls, dues and other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship and its Earnings and Insurances shall be paid promptly. Proper accounting records shall be kept of the Ship and its Earnings.

52



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.13

 

Evidence of payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall be allowed proper and reasonable access, subject to prior written notice and provided that the operations of the Borrower are not in any way hindered, to those accounting records when it reasonably requests it and, when it reasonably requires it, shall be given satisfactory evidence that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the wages and allotments and the insurance and pension contributions of the Ship’s crew are being promptly and regularly paid;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

all deductions from its crew’s wages in respect of any applicable Tax liability are being properly accounted for; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Ship’s master has no claim for disbursements other than those incurred by him in the ordinary course of trading on the voyage then in progress.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.14

 

Repairers’ liens

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the Ship shall not be put into any other person’s possession for work to be done on the Ship if the cost of that work will exceed or is likely to exceed the Major Casualty Amount unless the Borrower has established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent that it has sufficient reserves with the Account Bank to pay for the cost of such work.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.15

 

Codes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship and the persons responsible for its operation shall at all times comply with the requirements of any applicable code or prescribed procedures required to be observed by the Ship or in relation to its operation under any applicable law or regulation (including but not limited to those currently known as the ISM Code and the ISPS Code). The Agent shall promptly be informed of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any threatened or actual withdrawal of any certificate issued in accordance with any such code which is or may be applicable to the Ship or its operation; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the issue of any such certificate or the receipt of notification that any application for such a certificate has been refused.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.16

 

Survey report

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As soon as reasonably practicable after the Agent requests it, the Agent shall be given a report on the seaworthiness and/or safe operation of the Ship, from approved surveyors or inspectors. If any recommendations are made in such a report they shall be complied with in the way and by the time recommended in the report.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.17

 

Lawful use

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship shall not be employed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in any way or in any activity which is unlawful under international law or the domestic laws of any relevant country;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

in carrying illicit or prohibited goods;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in a way which may make it liable to be condemned by a prize court or destroyed, seized or confiscated; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

if there are hostilities in any part of the world (whether war has been declared or not), in carrying contraband goods

53



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and the persons responsible for the operation of the Ship shall take all necessary and proper precautions to ensure that this does not happen including participation in industry or other voluntary schemes available to the Ship and in which leading operators of ships operating under the same flag or engaged in similar trades generally participate at the relevant time.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.18

 

War zones

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship may enter or remain in any zone which has been declared a war zone by any government entity or the Ship’s war risk insurers, subject to any requirements of the Ship’s insurers necessary to ensure that the Ship remains properly insured and complies with any requirements (including any requirement for the payment of extra insurance premiums) which the insurers specify.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 

Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 23 shall be complied with in relation to the Ship and its Insurances throughout the Mortgage Period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1

 

Insurance terms

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In this clause 23:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

excess risks ” means the proportion (if any) of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery insurances of a vessel in consequence of the value at which the vessel is assessed for the purpose of such claims exceeding its insured value.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

excess war risk P&I cover ” means cover for claims only in excess of amounts recoverable under the usual war risk cover including (but not limited to) hull and machinery, crew and protection and indemnity risks.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

hull cover ” means insurance cover against the risks identified in clause 23.2(a).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

minimum hull cover ” means an amount equal at the relevant time to 120% of the Loan.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

P&I risks ” means the usual risks (including liability for oil pollution, excess war risk P&I cover) covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of protection and indemnity associations (or, if the International Group ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading provider of protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered under the terms of the hull cover).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.2

 

Coverage required

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship shall at all times be insured:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

against fire and usual marine risks (including excess risks) and war risks (including war protection and indemnity risks and terrorism risks) on an agreed value basis, for at least its minimum hull cover and no less than its market value;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

against P&I risks for the highest amount then available in the insurance market for vessels of similar age, size and type as the Ship (but, in relation to liability for oil pollution, for an amount of not less than $1,000,000,000) and a freight, demurrage and defence cover;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

against such other risks and matters which the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) notifies it that it considers reasonable for a prudent shipowner or operator to insure against at the time of that notice; and

54



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

on terms which comply with the other provisions of this clause 23.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.3

 

Placing of cover

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The insurance coverage required by clause 23.2 ( Coverage required ) shall be:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in the name of the Borrower and (in the case of the Ship’s hull cover) no other person (other than the Security Agent if required by it) (unless such other person is approved and, if so required by the Agent, has duly executed and delivered a first priority assignment of its interest in the Ship’s Insurances to the Security Agent in an approved form and provided such supporting documents and opinions in relation to that assignment as the Agent requires);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if the Agent so requests, in the joint names of the Borrower and Security Agent (and, to the extent reasonably practicable in the insurance market, without liability on the part of the Security Agent for premiums or calls);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in dollars or another approved currency;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

arranged through approved brokers or direct with approved insurers or protection and indemnity or war risks associations; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

on approved terms and with approved insurers or associations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.4

 

Deductibles

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The aggregate amount of any excess or deductible under the Ship’s hull cover shall not exceed $1,000,000 without the Agent’s approval.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.5

 

Mortgagee’s insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Borrower shall promptly reimburse to the Agent the cost (as conclusively certified by the Agent) of taking out and keeping in force in respect of the Ship on approved terms, or in considering or making claims under a mortgagee’s interest insurance and a mortgagee’s additional perils (all P&I risks) cover for the benefit of the Finance Parties for an amount of 110% of the Loan; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any other insurance cover which the Agent reasonably requires in respect of any Finance Party’s interests and potential liabilities (but not with respect to loss of hire of the Ship) (whether as mortgagee of the Ship or beneficiary of the Security Documents).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.6

 

Fleet liens, set off and cancellations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If the Ship’s hull cover also insures other vessels, the Security Agent shall either be given an undertaking in approved terms by the brokers or (if such cover is not placed through brokers or the brokers do not, under any applicable laws or insurance terms, have such rights of set off and cancellation) the relevant insurers that the brokers or (if relevant) the insurers will not:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

set off against any claims in respect of the Ship any premiums due in respect of any of such other vessels insured; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

cancel that cover because of non-payment of premiums in respect of such other vessels,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or the Borrower shall ensure that hull cover for the Ship is provided under a separate policy from any other vessels.

55



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.7

 

Payment of premiums

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All premiums, calls, contributions or other sums payable in respect of the Insurances shall be paid punctually and the Agent shall be provided with all relevant receipts or other evidence of payment upon request.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.8

 

Details of proposed renewal of Insurances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At least 14 days before any of the Insurances are due to expire, the Agent shall be told the names of the brokers, insurers and associations proposed to be used for the renewal of such Insurances and the amounts, risks and terms in, against and on which the Insurances are proposed to be renewed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.9

 

Instructions for renewal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At least seven days before any of the Insurances are due to expire, instructions shall be given to brokers, insurers and associations for them to be renewed or replaced on or before their expiry.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.10

 

Confirmation of renewal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Insurances shall be renewed upon their expiry in a manner and on terms which comply with this clause 23 and confirmation of such renewal given by approved brokers or insurers to the Agent at least seven days (or such shorter period as may be approved) before such expiry.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.11

 

P&I guarantees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any guarantee or undertaking required by any protection and indemnity or war risks association in relation to the Ship shall be provided when required by the association.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.12

 

Insurance documents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall be provided with pro forma copies of all insurance policies and other documentation issued by brokers, insurers and associations in connection with the Insurances as soon as they are available after they have been placed or renewed and all insurance policies and other documents relating to the Insurances shall be deposited with any approved brokers or (if not deposited with approved brokers) the Agent or some other approved person.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.13

 

Letters of undertaking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unless otherwise approved where the Agent is satisfied that equivalent protection is afforded by the terms of the relevant Insurances and/or any applicable law and/or a letter of undertaking provided by another person, on each placing or renewal of the Insurances, the Agent shall be provided promptly with letters of undertaking in an approved form (having regard to general insurance market practice and law at the time of issue of such letter of undertaking) from the relevant brokers, insurers and associations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.14

 

Insurance Notices and Loss Payable Clauses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The interest of the Security Agent as assignee of the Insurances shall be endorsed on all insurance policies and other documents by the incorporation of a Loss Payable Clause and an Insurance Notice in respect of the Ship and its Insurances signed by the Borrower and, unless otherwise approved, each other person assured under the relevant cover (other than the Security Agent if it is itself an assured).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.15

 

Insurance correspondence

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If so required by the Agent, the Agent shall promptly be provided with copies of all written communications between the assureds and brokers, insurers and associations relating to any of the Insurances as soon as they are available.

56



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.16

 

Qualifications and exclusions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All requirements applicable to the Insurances shall be complied with and the Insurances shall only be subject to approved exclusions or qualifications.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.17

 

Independent report

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If the Agent asks the Borrower for a detailed report from an approved independent firm of marine insurance brokers giving their opinion on the adequacy of the Insurances then the Agent shall be provided promptly with such a report at no cost to the Agent or (if the Agent obtains such a report itself) the Borrower shall reimburse the Agent for the cost of obtaining that report.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.18

 

Collection of claims

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All documents and other information and all assistance required by the Agent to assist it and/or the Security Agent in trying to collect or recover any claims under the Ship’s Insurances shall be provided promptly.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.19

 

Employment of Ship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship shall only be employed or operated in conformity with the terms of the Insurances (including any express or implied warranties) and not in any other way, unless the insurers have consented and any additional requirements of the insurers have been satisfied.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.20

 

Declarations and returns

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If any of the Insurances are on terms that require a declaration, certificate or other document to be made or filed before the Ship sails to, or operates within, an area, those terms shall be complied with within the time and in the manner required by those Insurances.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.21

 

Application of recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All sums paid under the Insurances to anyone other than the Security Agent shall be applied in repairing the damage and/or in discharging the liability in respect of which they have been paid except to the extent that the repairs have already been paid for and/or the liability already discharged.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.22

 

Settlement of claims

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any claim under the Insurances for a Total Loss or Major Casualty shall only be settled, compromised or abandoned with prior approval.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24

 

Minimum security value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 24 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.1

 

Valuation of assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the purpose of the Finance Documents, the value at any time of the Ship or any other asset over which additional security is provided under this clause 24 will be its value as most recently determined in accordance with this clause 24.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.2

 

Valuation frequency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation of the Ship or, as the case may be, the Building Contract and each such other asset in accordance with this clause 24 shall be required by the Agent on or prior to making available the Pre-Delivery Commitment, the Delivery Commitment, once per annum thereafter within ten days of the end of each calendar year and at any time after the occurrence of a Default.

57



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.3

 

Expenses of valuation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall bear, and reimburse to the Agent where incurred by the Agent, all costs and expenses of providing such a valuation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.4

 

Valuations procedure

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The value of the Ship (or the Building Contract up until the date falling two months prior to the Delivery Date of the Building Contract) shall be determined in accordance with, and by valuers approved and appointed in accordance with, this clause 24. Additional security provided under this clause 24 shall be valued in such a way, on such a basis and by such persons (including the Agent itself) as may be approved.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.5

 

Currency of valuation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuations shall be provided by valuers in dollars or, if a valuer is of the view that the relevant type of vessel is generally bought and sold in another currency, in that other currency. If a valuation is provided in another currency, for the purposes of this Agreement it shall be converted into dollars at the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of dollars with that other currency as at the date to which the valuation relates.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.6

 

Basis of valuation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each valuation will be made:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

without physical inspection (unless required by the Agent);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for a price payable in full in cash on delivery at arm’s length on normal commercial terms between a willing buyer and a willing seller;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

without taking into account the benefit (but taking into account the burden) of any charter commitment; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

(in the case of a valuation of the Building Contract) by deducting from the valuation the aggregate payments which remain to be paid by the Borrower under the Building Contract.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.7

 

Information required for valuation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall promptly provide to the Agent and any such valuer any information which they reasonably require for the purposes of providing such a valuation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.8

 

Approval of valuers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All valuers must have been approved (the approved valuers as at the date of this Agreement are E. A. Gibson Shipbrokers Limited, Lorentzen & Stemoco A.S., Barry Rogliano Salles & Cie, Clarkson plc, Poten & Partners, Fearnley and Simpson, Spence & Young Limited). The Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower of approval of one or more independent ship brokers as valuers for the purposes of this clause 24. The Agent shall respond promptly to any request by the Borrower for approval of a broker nominated by the Borrower. The Agent may at any time by notice to the Borrower withdraw any previous approval of a valuer for the purposes of future valuations. That valuer may not then be appointed to provide valuations unless it is once more approved. If the Agent has not approved at least three brokers as valuers at a time when a valuation is required under this clause 24, the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of the names of at least three valuers which are approved.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.9

 

Appointment of valuers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

When a valuation is required for the purposes of this clause 24, the Agent or, if so approved at that time, the Borrower shall promptly appoint approved valuers to provide such a valuation. If

58



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the Borrower is approved to appoint valuers but fails to do so promptly, the Agent may appoint approved valuers to provide that valuation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.10

 

Number of valuers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each valuation shall be carried out by two approved valuers of whom one shall be nominated by the Agent and the other by the Borrower. If the Borrower fails promptly to nominate a second valuer then the Agent may nominate the second valuer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.11

 

Differences in valuations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If valuations provided by individual valuers differ, the value of the Ship or, as the case may be, the Building Contract for the purposes of the Finance Documents will be the mean average of those valuations. If valuations provided by individual valuers appointed by the Borrower and the Agent differ by 15% or more a third approved valuer shall be appointed by the Agent and the value of the Ship or, as the case may be, the Building Contract will be the mean average of those three valuations.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.12

 

Security shortfall

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If at any time the Security Value is less than the Minimum Value, the Agent may, and shall, if so directed by the Lenders, by notice to the Borrower require such deficiency be remedied. The Borrower shall then within 14 days of receipt of such notice ensure that the Security Value equals or exceeds the Minimum Value. For this purpose, the Borrower may:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

provide additional security over other approved assets by the Lenders in accordance with this clause 24; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

cancel part of the Total Commitments under clause 7.2 ( Voluntary cancellation ) but on five Business Days’ notice instead of the period required by such clause; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

prepay part of the Loan under clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment ) but on five Business Days’ notice instead of the period required by such clause.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.13

 

Creation of additional security

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The value of any additional security which the Borrower offers to provide to remedy all or part of a shortfall in the amount of the Security Value will only be taken into account for the purposes of determining the Security Value if and when:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

that additional security, its value and the method of its valuation have been approved by the Lenders;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a Security Interest over that security has been constituted in favour of the Security Agent in an approved form and manner;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

this Agreement has been unconditionally amended in such manner as the Agent requires in consequence of that additional security being provided; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received such documents and evidence it may require in relation to that additional security including documents and evidence of the type referred to in Schedule 3 in relation to that additional security and its execution and (if applicable) registration.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.14

 

Security release

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If the Security Value shall at any time exceed the Security Requirement, and the Borrower shall previously have provided further security to the Security Agent pursuant to clause 24.12 ( Security Shortfall ), the Security Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after notice from the Borrower to do so and subject to being indemnified to its satisfaction against the cost of

59



 

 

 

 

 

doing so, release any such further security specified by the Borrower provided that the Bank is satisfied that, immediately following such release, the Security Value will equal or exceed the Security Requirement and no other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

 

 

25

 

Chartering undertakings

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower undertakes that this clause 25 will be complied with in relation to the Ship and its Charter Documents throughout the Mortgage Period.

 

 

 

25.1

 

Variations

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval (not to be unreasonably delayed), the Charter Documents shall not be varied (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any assignment or novation of a Charter Document without approval shall constitute a variation).

 

 

 

25.2

 

Releases and waivers

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, there shall be no release by the Borrower of any obligation of any other person under the Charter Documents (including by way of novation), no waiver of any breach of any such obligation and no consent to anything which would otherwise be such a breach.

 

 

 

25.3

 

Termination

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the Borrower shall not terminate or rescind any Charter Document or withdraw the Ship from service under the Charter or take any similar action.

 

 

 

25.4

 

Charter performance

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall perform its obligations under the Charter Documents and use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that each other party to them performs their obligations under the Charter Documents.

 

 

 

25.5

 

Notice of assignment

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall give notice of assignment of the Charter Documents to the other parties to them in the form specified by the Charter Assignment prior to the delivery of the Ship and shall procure a copy of that notice acknowledged by each addressee in the form specified in the Charter Assignment for the Agent.

 

 

 

25.6

 

Payment of Charter Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

All Earnings which the Borrower is entitled to receive under the Charter Documents shall be paid in the manner required by the Security Documents.

 

 

 

26

 

Bank accounts

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower undertakes that this clause will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

 

 

26.1

 

Revenue Account

 

 

 

26.1.1

 

The Borrower shall be the holder of one or more Accounts with an Account Bank which is designated as a “ Revenue Account ” for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

26.1.2

 

The Earnings of the Ship and all moneys payable to the Borrower under the Insurances shall be paid by the persons from whom they are due to a Revenue Account unless required to be paid to the Security Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

26.1.3

 

The Borrower shall not withdraw amounts standing to the credit of an Revenue Account except as permitted by clause 26.1.4.

60



 

 

 

26.1.4

 

If there is no Event of Default, the Borrower shall withdraw the following amounts from a Revenue Account in the following order of priority during each monthly period in an approved manner:


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

payments of the proper costs and expenses of insuring, drydocking, repairing, operating and maintaining the Ship (provided that such costs and expenses shall not exceed the Opex Hire (as defined in the Charter) in respect of such monthly period;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

payments then due to Finance Parties under the Finance Documents (other than payments due in respect of a prepayment);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

payments to a Retention Account required to comply with clause 26.2 ( Retention Account );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

payments of Fixed Rate Differential Amount described in clause 26.3 ( Fixed Rate Differential Amount ) to the Fixed Rate Differential Account; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

the balance after payment of the sums referred to in (a) to (d) shall be paid to the Reserve Account.

 

 

 

 

 

26.2

 

Retention Account

 

 

 

 

 

26.2.1

 

The Borrower shall be the holder of an Account denominated in dollars with an Account Bank which is designated as the “ Retention Account ” for the purposes of the Finance Documents by the Borrower and the Lender.

 

 

 

 

 

26.2.2

 

There shall be paid into the Retention Account such amounts as will ensure that, on each date (a retention date ) falling 10 days after the date ( start date ) three months before the First Repayment Date and at monthly intervals after that, the amount credited to the Retention Account is at least :

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the relevant fraction of the net amount of interest payable under clause 8 ( Interest ) during or at the end of the Interest Period current on that retention date; plus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the relevant fraction of the instalment of the Loan due to be repaid under clause 6.1 ( Repayment ) on the next Repayment Date after that retention date.

 

 

 

 

 

26.2.3

 

The relevant fraction of such an amount of interest or instalment of the Loan as at a retention date will be the fraction whose numerator is the number of retention dates up to and including the relevant retention date from the beginning of that Interest Period (in the case of interest) or since the start date or, if later, the previous Repayment Date (in the case of such instalment) and whose denominator is the number of retentions dates falling during or at the end of the relevant Interest Period or, as the case may be, the period beginning on the previous Repayment Date (or the start date in the case of retention dates before the First Repayment Date) and ending on the relevant Repayment Date.

 

 

 

26.2.4

 

The Borrower shall not withdraw amounts standing to the credit of the Retention Account except as permitted by clause 26.2.5.

 

 

 

26.2.5

 

If there is no continuing Event of Default and if (unless the payment is to a new Retention Account), after the withdrawal, the balance on the Retention Account will be at least the minimum amount required by clause 26.2.2 at that time, the Borrower may withdraw the following amounts from the Retention Account:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

payments of interest due under clause 8 ( Interest ) and repayments of the Loan due under clause 6.1 ( Repayment ); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

payment to the Reserve Account of any amount by which the balance on the Retention Account exceeds that minimum amount.

61



 

 

 

 

 

26.3

 

Fixed Rate Differential Account

 

 

 

26.3.1

 

The Borrower shall be the holder of an Account denominated in dollars with an Account Bank which is designated as the “ Fixed Rate Differential Account ” for the purposes of the Finance Documents by the Borrower and the Lender.

 

 

 

26.3.2

 

There shall be paid into the Fixed Rate Differential Account such amounts as will ensure that, on each date (an FRD date ) falling 10 days after the date ( FRD start date ) three months before the First Repayment Date and at monthly intervals after that, the amount credited to the Fixed Rate Differential Account is at least accruing the relevant fraction of the Fixed Rate Differential Amount during or at the end of the Interest Period current on that FRD date;

 

 

 

26.3.3

 

The relevant fraction of such Fixed Rate Differential Amount as at an FRD date will be the fraction whose numerator is the number of FRD dates up to and including the relevant FRD date from the beginning of that Interest Period and whose denominator is the number of FRD dates falling during or at the end of the relevant Interest Period (or the FRD start date in the case of FRD dates before the First Repayment Date) and ending on the relevant Repayment Date

 

 

 

26.3.4

 

The Borrower shall not withdraw amounts standing to the credit of the Fixed Rate Differential Account except as permitted by clause 26.3.5.

 

 

 

26.3.5

 

If there is no continuing Event of Default the balance (if any) on the Fixed Rate Differential Account will be applied in accordance with clause 7.4 ( Fixed Rate Differential Amount Prepayment ) on each Repayment Date.

 

 

 

26.4

 

Reserve Account

 

 

 

26.4.1

 

The Borrower shall be the holder of one or more Accounts with an Account Bank which is designated as a “ Reserve Account ” for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

26.4.2

 

The Borrower shall not withdraw amounts standing to the credit of a Reserve Account except:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

if approved; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if the Charter is extended for a period of not less than 30 months in accordance with clause 7(d) of the Charter and subject always to clause 28.21 ( Charter termination ), no Default having occurred and being continuing; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in or towards repayment of the Loan on the Final Repayment Date.

 

 

 

 

 

26.5

 

Other provisions

 

 

 

26.5.1

 

An Account may only be designated for the purposes described in this clause 26 if:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

such designation is made in writing by the Agent and acknowledged by the Borrower and specifies the name and address of the Account Bank and the number and any designation or other reference attributed to the Account;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

an Account Security has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any notice required by the Account Security to be given to an Account Bank has been given to, and acknowledged by, the Account Bank in the form required by the relevant Account Security; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received such documents and evidence it may require in relation to the Account and the Account Security including documents and evidence of the type referred to in Schedule 3 in relation to the Account and the relevant Account Security.

62



 

 

 

 

 

26.5.2

 

The rates of payment of interest and other terms regulating any Account will be a matter of separate agreement between the Borrower and an Account Bank. If an Account is a fixed term deposit account, the Borrower may select the terms of deposits until the relevant Account Security has become enforceable and the Security Agent directs otherwise.

 

 

 

26.5.3

 

The Borrower shall not close any Account or alter the terms of any Account from those in force at the time it is designated for the purposes of this clause 26 or waive any of its rights in relation to an Account except with approval.

 

 

 

26.5.4

 

The Borrower shall deposit with the Security Agent all certificates of deposit, receipts or other instruments or securities relating to any Account, notify the Security Agent of any claim or notice relating to an Account from any other party and provide the Agent with any other information it may request concerning any Account.

 

 

 

26.5.5

 

Each of the Agent and the Security Agent each agrees that if it is an Account Bank in respect of an Account then there will be no restrictions on charging that Account as contemplated by this Agreement and it shall not (except with the approval of the Lenders) exercise any right of combination, consolidation or set-off which it may have in respect of that Account in a manner adverse to the rights of the other Finance Parties.

 

 

 

27

 

Business restrictions

 

 

 

 

 

Except as otherwise approved, the Borrower undertakes that this clause 27 will be complied with by and in respect of each Obligor and their Affiliates (to the extent applicable) throughout the Facility Period.

 

 

 

27.1

 

General negative pledge

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not permit any Security Interest to exist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part of its assets except for Permitted Security Interests,

 

 

 

27.2

 

Transactions similar to security

 

 

 

 

 

(Without prejudice to clauses 27.3 ( Financial Indebtedness )and 27.6 ( Disposals )), the Borrower shall not:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby that asset is or may be leased to, or re-acquired by, any Affiliate other than pursuant to disposals permitted under clause 27.6 ( Disposals );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

sell, transfer, factor or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect.

 

 

 

 

 

27.3

 

Financial Indebtedness

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not incur or permit to exist, any Financial Indebtedness owed by it to anyone else except:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Financial Indebtedness owed to another Obligor which is subordinated in an approved manner; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 27.4 ( Guarantees ).

63



 

 

 

 

 

27.4

 

Guarantees

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not give or permit to exist, any guarantee by it in respect of indebtedness of any person or allow any of its indebtedness to be guaranteed by anyone else except:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

guarantees of obligations of Affiliates that are not Financial Indebtedness or obligations prohibited by any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

guarantees in favour of trade creditors of the Borrower given in the ordinary course of its business or in order to avoid the creation of, or to release, a Permitted Maritime Lien; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

guarantees which are Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 27.3 ( Financial Indebtedness ).

 

 

 

 

 

27.5

 

Bank accounts and other financial transactions

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

maintain any bank accounts with a bank or financial institution except for the Accounts;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

hold cash in any account (other than in an Account); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

be party to any banking or financial transaction, whether on or off balance sheet, that is not expressly permitted under this clause 27 ( Business restrictions ).

 

 

 

 

 

27.6

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions, whether related or not and whether voluntarily or involuntarily, to dispose of any asset except for any of the following disposals so long as they are not prohibited by any other provision of the Finance Documents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

disposals of assets made in (and on terms reflecting) the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

disposals of obsolete assets, or assets which are no longer required for the purpose of the business of the Borrower, in each case for cash on normal commercial terms and on an arm’s length basis; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the application of cash or cash equivalents in the acquisition of assets or services in the ordinary course of its business.

 

 

 

 

 

27.7

 

Contracts and arrangements with Affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor shall be a party to any arrangement or contract with any of its Affiliates unless such arrangement or contract is on an arm’s length basis.

 

 

 

27.8

 

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not establish or acquire a company or other entity.

 

 

 

27.9

 

Acquisitions and investments

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not, without approval, acquire any person, business, assets or liabilities or make any investment in any person or business or enter into any joint-venture arrangement except:

64



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

acquisitions of assets in the ordinary course of business (not being new businesses or vessels);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the incurrence of liabilities in the ordinary course of its business;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any loan or credit not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

pursuant to any Building Contract Documents to which it is party.

 

 

 

 

 

27.10

 

Reduction of capital

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not redeem or purchase or otherwise reduce any of its equity or any other share capital or any warrants or any uncalled or unpaid liability in respect of any of them or reduce the amount (if any) for the time being standing to the credit of its share premium account or capital redemption or other undistributable reserve in any manner.

 

 

 

27.11

 

Increase in capital

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not (and it is hereby undertaken by the Borrower that none of the Guarantors shall) issue shares or other equity interests to anyone in a manner that, prior to an IPO, permits a Change of Control or following an IPO, permits an IPO Change of Control.

 

 

 

27.12

 

Distributions and other payments

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

declare or pay (including by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise) any dividend or redeem or make any other distribution or payment (whether in cash or in specie), including any interest and/or unpaid dividends, in respect of its equity or any other share capital or any warrants for the time being in issue; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

make any payment (including by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise) by way of interest, or repayment, redemption, purchase or other payment, in respect of any shareholder loan, loan stock or similar instrument;


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

except to its Holding Company and provided no Default is continuing.

 

 

 

28

 

Events of Default

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in clauses 28.1 to 28.21 is an Event of Default.

 

 

 

28.1

 

Non-payment

 

 

 

 

 

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable provided however that no Event of Default shall occur if a Disruption Event has occurred and such payment is made within three Business Days of the due date.

 

 

 

28.2

 

Value of security

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower does not comply with clause 24 ( Minimum security value ).

 

 

 

28.3

 

Insurance

 

 

 

28.3.1

 

The Insurances of the Ship are not placed and kept in force in the manner required by clause 23 ( Insurance ).

 

 

 

28.3.2

 

Any insurer either:

65



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

cancels any such Insurances and such Insurances are not immediately replaced by the Borrower to the full satisfaction of the Lenders; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

disclaims liability under them by reason of any mis-statement or failure or default by any person.

 

 

 

 

 

28.4

 

Other obligations

 

 

 

28.4.1

 

An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in clauses 28.1 ( Non-payment ), 28.2 ( Value of security) and 28.3 ( Insurance )).

 

 

 

28.4.2

 

No Event of Default under clause 28.4.1 above will occur if the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) considers that the failure to comply is capable of remedy and the failure is remedied within ten Business Days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrower.

 

 

 

28.5

 

Financial Covenants

 

 

 

 

 

GasLog or a Counter Guarantor does not comply with any financial covenant pursuant to clause 5 of the GasLog Guarantee ( Financial covenants ) or, as the case may be, clause 5 of a Counter Guarantee ( Financial covenants ) or makes or is deemed to have made a representation or statement pursuant to clause 5 of the GasLog Guarantee ( Financial covenants ) or, as the case may be, clause 5 of a Counter Guarantee ( Financial covenants ), which is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28.6

 

Misrepresentation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document (including, without limitation, the Counter Guarantor Representations Letter) is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

 

 

 

28.7

 

Cross default

 

 

 

28.7.1

 

Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

 

 

28.7.2

 

Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

 

 

28.7.3

 

The counterparty to a Treasury Transaction entered into by any Obligor becomes entitled to terminate that Treasury Transaction early by reason of an event of default (however described).

 

 

 

28.7.4

 

Any creditor of any Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of that Obligor due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

 

 

28.7.5

 

No Event of Default will occur under this clause 28.7 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness falling within clauses 28.7.1 to 28.7.4 above is less than $5,000,000 in respect of each of the Counter Guarantors and the Guarantors and/or less than $1,000,000 in respect of any other Obilgor.

 

 

 

28.8

 

Insolvency

 

 

 

28.8.1

 

An Obligor or the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

66



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28.8.2

 

The value of the assets of any Obligor or the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

 

 

28.8.3

 

A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor or the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

 

 

28.9

 

Insolvency proceedings

 

 

 

28.9.1

 

Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor or the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor or the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Obligor or the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary or any of its assets (including the directors of any Obligor or the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary requesting a person to appoint any such officer in relation to it or any of its assets); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

enforcement of any Security Interest over any assets of any Obligor or the Counter Guarantor Subsidiary,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28.9.2

 

Clause 28.9.1 shall not apply to any winding-up petition (or analogous procedure or step) which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within seven days of commencement or, if earlier, the date on which it is advertised.

 

 

 

28.10

 

Creditors’ process

 

 

 

28.10.1

 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress, execution or analogous process affects any asset or assets of any Obligor (having an aggregate value equal to or in excess of $5,000,000 in respect of the Counter Guarantors and the Guarantors and $1,000,000 in respect of any other Obligor) and is not discharged within seven days.

 

 

 

28.10.2

 

Any judgment or order (for an amount in excess of $5,000,000 in respect of the Counter Guarantors and the Guarantors and $1,000,000 in respect of any other Obligor) is made against any Obligor and is not stayed or complied with within thirty days.

 

 

 

28.11

 

Unlawfulness and invalidity

 

 

 

28.11.1

 

It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any Security Interest created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be effective.

 

 

 

28.11.2

 

Any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents are not (subject to the Legal Reservations) or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

28.11.3

 

Any Finance Document or any Security Interest created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect or is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective for any reason.

67



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28.11.4

 

Any Security Document does not create legal, valid, binding and enforceable security over the assets charged under that Security Document or the ranking or priority of such security is adversely affected.

 

 

 

28.12

 

Cessation of business

 

 

 

 

 

Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28.13

 

Expropriation

 

 

 

 

 

The authority or ability of any Obligor to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Obligor or any of its assets.

 

 

 

28.14

 

Repudiation and rescission of Finance Documents

 

 

 

 

 

An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to rescind a Finance Document.

 

 

 

28.15

 

Litigation

 

 

 

 

 

Any litigation, alternative dispute resolution, arbitration or administrative proceeding is taking place, or threatened against any Obligor or any of its assets, rights or revenues, and which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

28.16

 

Material Adverse Effect

 

 

 

 

 

Any Environmental Incident or other event or circumstance or series of events (including any change of law) occurs which the Majority Lenders reasonably believe has, or is reasonably expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

28.17

 

Security enforceable

 

 

 

 

 

Any Security Interest (other than a Permitted Maritime Lien) in respect of Charged Property becomes enforceable.

 

 

 

28.18

 

Arrest of Ship

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship is arrested, confiscated, seized, taken in execution, impounded, forfeited, detained in exercise or purported exercise of any possessory lien or other claim and the Borrower fails to procure the release of the Ship within a period of 15 days thereafter (or such longer period as may be approved).

 

 

 

28.19

 

Ship registration

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the registration of the Ship under the laws and flag of its Flag State is cancelled or terminated or, where applicable, not renewed or, if the Ship is only provisionally registered on the date of the Mortgage, the Ship is not permanently registered under such laws within 90 days of such date.

 

 

 

28.20

 

Political risk

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Flag State or any Relevant Jurisdiction of an Obligor becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in the Flag State or any Relevant Jurisdiction by unconstitutional means if, in any such case, such event, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, has or is reasonably to have, a Material Adverse Effect and, within 15 days of notice from Agent to do so (or such longer period as may be approved), such action as the Agent may require to ensure that such circumstances will not have such an effect has not been taken by the Borrower.

68



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28.21

 

Charter termination

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the Charter is cancelled or rescinded or (except as a result of it being a Total Loss) frustrated or the Ship is withdrawn from service under the Charter before the time the Charter was scheduled to expire provided however that no Event of Default shall occur under this clause if (a) within five Business Days of such cancellation, rescission, frustration or withdrawal the Borrower shall have paid the sum of $20,000,000 to the Reserve Account (which may, notwithstanding clause 26.4 ( Reserve Account ) only be released if approved) and (b) within six months after such cancellation, rescission, frustration or withdrawal the Borrower shall have entered into an approved charter commitment and executed a Security Interest in respect of such charter commitment in an approved form and provided any conditions precedent of the nature described in Schedule 3 required by the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28.22

 

Change of Control

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28.22.1

 

Before an IPO has been completed, a Change of Control occurs.

 

 

 

28.22.2

 

After an IPO has been completed, an IPO Change of Control occurs and the Borrower fails to prepay the Loan in full and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28.22.3

 

At any time:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Borrower ceases to be a wholly-owned subsidiary of GasLog Carriers; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

GasLog Carriers ceases to be a wholly owned subsidiary of GasLog.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28.23

 

Acceleration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Lenders, by notice to the Borrower:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

cancel the Total Commitments at which time they shall immediately be cancelled; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, at which time it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Lenders; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

declare that no withdrawals be made from any Account; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

exercise or direct the Security Agent to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.

69



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7 - CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

29

 

Changes to the Lenders

 

 

 

29.1

 

Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to this clause 29, a Lender (the “ Existing Lender ”) may assign any of its rights to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the “ New Lender ”).

 

 

 

29.2

 

Conditions of assignment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29.2.1

 

The consent of the Borrower is required for an assignment by a Lender, unless the assignment is to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Event of Default is continuing. The Agent will immediately advise the Borrower of the assignment.

 

 

 

29.2.2

 

The Borrower’s consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and will be deemed to have been given five Business Days after the Lender has requested consent unless consent is expressly refused within that time. The Borrower shall not be entitled to refuse or withhold consent solely because an assignment may result in an increase to the Mandatory Cost.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29.2.3

 

An assignment will only be effective:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

on receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties and the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an Original Lender;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

on the New Lender entering into any documentation required for it to accede as a party to any Security Document to which the Original Lender is a party in its capacity as a Lender;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

if at the time when an assignment takes effect more than one Utilisation is outstanding, the assignment of an Existing Lender’s participation in the Utilisations (if any) under the Facility shall take effect in respect of the same fraction of each such Utilisation;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

on the performance by the Agent of all “know your customer” or other checks relating to any person that it is required to carry out in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Lender and the New Lender; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

if that Existing Lender assigns equal fractions of its Commitment and participation in the Utilisations (if any) under the Facility.

 

 

 

 

 

29.2.4

 

Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29.3

 

Fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,000.

70



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29.4

 

Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29.4.1

 

Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other person of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the application of any Basel 2 Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

 

 

29.4.2

 

Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties and the Finance Parties that it:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the financial condition and affairs of the Obligors and their related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the application of any Basel 2 Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the application of any Basel 2 Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29.4.3

 

Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

accept a re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights assigned under this clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders ); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of the application of any Basel 2 Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

 

 

 

 

29.5

 

Procedure for transfer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29.5.1

 

Subject to the conditions set out in clause 29.2 ( Conditions of assignment ) an assignment is effected in accordance with clause 29.5.2 below when (a) the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate and (b) the Agent executes any document required under clause 29.2.3 which it may be necessary for it to execute in each case delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender duly executed by them and, in the case of any such other

71



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

document, any other relevant person. The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a Transfer Certificate and any such other document each duly completed, appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate and such other document. The Obligors and the other Finance Parties irrevocably authorise the Agent to execute any Transfer Certificate on their behalf without any consultations with them.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29.5.2

 

On the Transfer Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to be released from its obligations under the Finance Documents, the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards the Obligors and the other Finance Parties under the Finance Documents and rights of the Obligors and the other Finance Parties against the Existing Lender under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the Discharged Obligations ) (but the obligations owed by the Obligors under the Finance Documents shall not be released);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the New Lender shall assume obligations towards each of the Obligors who are a Party and/or the Obligors and the other Finance Parties shall acquire rights against the New Lender which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as the New Lender has assumed and/or the Obligors and the other Finance Parties acquired the same in place of the Existing Lender;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the other Finance Parties and the New Lender shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Security Agent, Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the New Lender shall become a Party to the Finance Documents as a “Lender” for the purposes of all the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

29.6

 

Copy of Transfer Certificate to Borrower

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate and any other document required under clause 29.2.3, send a copy of that Transfer Certificate and such documents to the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29.7

 

Disclosure of information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any Lender may disclose to any of its Affiliates and, in relation to (a) and (b) below, with the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to any other person:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to (or through) whom that Lender assigns (or may potentially assign) all or any of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

with (or through) whom that Lender enters into (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to, the Finance Documents or any Obligor; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

to whom, and to the extent that, information is required to be disclosed by any applicable law or regulation,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and any Finance Party may disclose to a rating agency or its professional advisers or (with the consent of the Borrower) any other person, any information about any Obligor, each Group and the Finance Documents as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate.


72



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

Changes to the Obligors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

73


SECTION 8 - THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

Roles of Agent, Security Agent and Arranger

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Appointment of the Agent

 

 

 

31.1.1

 

Each other Finance Party (other than the Security Agent) appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

31.1.2

 

Each such other Finance Party authorises the Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to execute each of the Security Documents and all other documents that may be approved by the Lenders for execution by it.

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Duties of the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

31.2.1

 

The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

 

 

31.2.2

 

Without prejudice to clause 29.6 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate to Borrower ), clause 31.2.1 shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate.

 

 

 

31.2.3

 

Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

 

 

31.2.4

 

If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

 

 

31.2.5

 

If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or an Arranger or the Security Agent for their own account) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

 

 

31.2.6

 

The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

 

 

31.3

 

Role of the Arrangers

 

 

 

 

 

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arrangers have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

31.4

 

No fiduciary duties

 

 

 

31.4.1

 

Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or an Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

 

 

31.4.2

 

None of the Agent, the Security Agent or any Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account or have any obligations to the other Finance Parties beyond those expressly stated in the Finance Documents.

74



 

 

 

 

 

31.5

 

Business with the Group

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent, the Security Agent and any Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any Obligor or their Affiliates.

 

 

 

 

 

31.6

 

Rights and discretions of the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

31.6.1

 

The Agent may rely on:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his or her knowledge or within his or her power to verify.

 

 

 

 

 

31.6.2

 

The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the other Finance Parties) that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under clause 28.1 ( Non-payment ));

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

 

 

 

 

31.6.3

 

The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts in the conduct of its obligations and responsibilities under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

31.6.4

 

The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

 

 

 

 

31.6.5

 

The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

31.6.6

 

The Agent is not obliged to disclose to any Finance Party any details of the rate notified to the Agent by any Lender or the identity of any such Lender for the purposes of clause 10.2.1(b) ( Market Disruption ).

 

 

 

 

 

31.6.7

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor any Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. The Agent and any Arranger may do anything which in its opinion, is necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation of any jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

 

31.6.8

 

Without prejudice to the generality of clause 31.6.7, the Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) to disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

31.7

 

Lenders’ instructions

 

 

 

 

 

31.7.1

 

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent (including giving instructions to the Security Agent) in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent); and

75



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

31.7.2

 

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Lenders to the Agent (in relation to any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) shall be binding on all the Finance Parties (other than the Security Agent).

 

 

 

 

 

31.7.3

 

The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (if applicable in accordance with the Finance Documents) or, if appropriate, the Lenders until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

 

 

 

 

31.7.4

 

In the absence of, or while awaiting, instructions from the Majority Lenders (if applicable in accordance with the Finance Documents) or, if appropriate, the Lenders, the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

31.7.5

 

The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This clause 31.7.5 shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

31.7.6

 

Neither the Agent nor any Arranger shall be obliged to request any certificate, opinion or other information under clause 18 ( Information undertakings ) unless so required in writing by a Lender, in which case the Agent shall promptly make the appropriate request of the Borrower if such request would be in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

31.8

 

Responsibility for documentation and other matters

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Neither the Agent nor any Arranger:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, any Arranger, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or of any representations in any Finance Document or of any copy of any document delivered under any Finance Document (including, without limitation, the Counter Guarantor Representations Letter);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any Charter Document or Building Contract Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any Charter Document or Building Contract Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

is responsible for the application of any Basel 2 Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

is responsible for any loss to the Trust Property arising in consequence of the failure, depreciation or loss of any Charged Property or any investments made or retained in good faith or by reason of any other matter or thing;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

is obliged to account to any person for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account;

76



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

is responsible for the failure of any Obligor or any other party to perform its obligations under any Finance Document or Charter Document or Building Contract Document or the financial condition of any such person;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

is responsible to ascertain whether all deeds and documents which should have been deposited with it (or the Security Agent) under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents have been so deposited;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

is responsible to investigate or make any enquiry into the title of any Obligor to any of the Charged Property or any of its other property or assets;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

is responsible for the failure to register any of the Security Documents with the Registrar of Companies or any other public office;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

is responsible for the failure to register any of the Security Documents in accordance with the provisions of the documents of title of any Obligor to any of the Charged Property;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(l)

is responsible for the failure to take or require any Obligor to take any steps to render any of the Security Documents effective as regards property or assets outside England or Wales or to secure the creation of any ancillary charge under the laws of the jurisdiction concerned; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(m)

is (unless it is the same entity as the Security Agent) responsible on account of the failure of the Security Agent to perform or discharge any of its duties or obligations under the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

31.9

 

Exclusion of liability

 

 

 

 

 

31.9.1

 

Without limiting clause 31.9.2 (and without prejudice to the provisions of clause 34.9 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc .)), the Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

 

 

 

 

31.9.2

 

No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this clause subject to clause 1.3 and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

 

 

 

 

31.9.3

 

The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

 

 

 

 

31.9.4

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or any Arranger to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or any Arranger.

 

 

 

 

 

31.10

 

Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) including the costs of any person engaged in accordance with clause 31.6.3 ( Rights and discretions of the Agent ) and any Receiver in acting as its agent under the

77



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document or out of the Trust Property).

 

 

 

 

 

31.11

 

Resignation of the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

31.11.1

 

The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the Lenders, the Security Agent and the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

31.11.2

 

Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent acting through an office in the United Kingdom.

 

 

 

 

 

31.11.3

 

If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with clause 31.11.2 above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the Agent (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

31.11.4

 

The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

31.11.5

 

The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

 

 

 

 

31.11.6

 

Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this clause 31. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

 

 

 

 

31.11.7

 

After consultation with the Borrower, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with clause 31.11.2. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with clause 31.11.2.

 

 

 

 

 

31.12

 

Confidentiality

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.1

 

In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its department, division or team directly responsible for the management of the Finance Documents which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions, departments or teams.

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.2

 

If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

 

 

 

 

31.12.3

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent, nor any Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person (a) any confidential information or (b) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

 

 

 

 

31.13

 

Relationship with the Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

31.13.1

 

The Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement and acting through its Facility Office unless it has received not less than five Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

31.13.2

 

Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ).

 

 

 

 

 

31.13.3

 

Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information that the Agent may reasonably specify as being necessary or desirable to enable the Agent or the Security Agent to perform its functions as Agent or Security Agent. Each Lender shall deal with the Security Agent exclusively through the Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Agent.

78



 

 

 

 

 

31.14

 

Credit appraisal by the Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to each other Finance Party that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the financial condition, status and nature of each Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or Charter Document or Building Contract Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or Charter Document or Building Contract Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the application of any Basel 2 Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

whether any Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document or Charter Document or Building Contract Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or Charter Document or Building Contract Document; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

the right of title of any person to, or the value or sufficiency of, any part of the Charged Property, the priority of the Security Documents or the existence of any Security Interest affecting the Charged Property.

 

 

 

 

 

31.15

 

Reference Banks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Borrower) appoint another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

 

 

 

 

 

31.16

 

Agent’s management time

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any amount payable to the Agent under clause 14.3 ( Indemnity to the Agent and the Security Agent ), clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) and clause 31.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Borrower and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

 

 

 

 

31.17

 

Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

79



 

 

 

 

 

31.18

 

Common parties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Although the Agent and the Security Agent may from time to time be the same entity, that entity will have entered into the Finance Documents (to which it is party) in its separate capacities as agent for the Finance Parties and (as appropriate) security agent and trustee for the Finance Parties. Where any Finance Document provides for the Agent or Security Agent to communicate with or provide instructions to the other, while they are the same entity, such communication or instructions will not be necessary.

 

 

 

 

 

31.19

 

Security Agent

 

 

 

 

 

31.19.1

 

Each other Finance Party appoints the Security Agent to act as its trustee under and in connection with the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

31.19.2

 

Each other Finance Party authorises the Security Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to execute each of the Security Documents and all other documents that may be approved by the Agent and/or the Majority Lenders for execution by it.

 

 

 

 

 

31.19.3

 

The Security Agent accepts its appointment under clause 31.19 ( Security Agent ) as trustee of the Trust Property with effect from the date of this Agreement and declares that it holds the Trust Property on trust for itself, the other Finance Parties (for so long as they are Finance Parties) on and subject to the terms set out in clauses 31.19 - 31.27 (inclusive) and the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

 

 

 

 

31.20

 

Application of certain clauses to Security Agent

 

 

 

 

 

31.20.1

 

Clauses 31.6 ( Rights and discretions of the Agent ), 31.8 ( Responsibility for documentation and other matters ), 31.9 ( Exclusion of liability ), 31.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ), 31.11 ( Resignation of the Agent ), 31.12 ( Confidentiality ), 31.13 ( Relationship with the Lenders ), 31.14 ( Credit appraisal by the Lenders ) and 31.17 ( Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent ) shall each extend so as to apply to the Security Agent in its capacity as such and for that purpose each reference to the “Agent” in these clauses shall extend to include in addition a reference to the “Security Agent” in its capacity as such.

 

 

 

 

 

31.20.2

 

In addition, clause 31.11 ( Resignation of the Agent ) shall, for the purposes of its application to the Security Agent pursuant to clause 31.20.1, have the following additional sub-clause:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At any time after the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall do and execute all acts, deeds and documents reasonably required by its successor to transfer to it (or its nominee, as it may direct) any property, assets and rights previously vested in the retiring Security Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and which shall not have vested in its successor by operation of law. All such acts, deeds and documents shall be done or, as the case may be, executed at the cost of the retiring Security Agent (except where the Security Agent is retiring under clause 31.11.7 as extended to it by clause 31.20.1, in which case such costs shall be borne by the Lenders (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero).

 

 

 

 

 

31.21

 

Instructions to Security Agent

 

 

 

 

 

31.21.1

 

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Security Agent shall:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Agent (or, if so instructed by the

80



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agent, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with such an instruction of the Agent (the Agent in each case acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (if applicable in accordance with the Finance Documents) or the Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

31.21.2

 

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Agent to the Security Agent in accordance with clause 31.21.1 will be binding on the Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

31.21.3

 

The Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Agent until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

 

 

 

 

31.21.4

 

In the absence of, or while awaiting, instructions from the Agent, (including in exceptional circumstances where time does not permit the Agent obtaining instructions from the Lenders and urgent action is required) the Security Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

31.21.5

 

The Security Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of another Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document but this is without prejudice to clauses 31.21.1 and 31.21.4, including the right to enforce the Security Documents in accordance with these clauses.

 

 

 

 

 

31.22

 

Order of application

 

 

 

 

 

31.22.1

 

The Security Agent agrees to apply the Trust Property in accordance with the following respective claims:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

first , as to a sum equivalent to the amounts payable to the Security Agent under the Finance Documents (excluding any amounts received by the Security Agent pursuant to clause 31.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) as extended to the Security Agent pursuant to clause 31.20 ( Application of certain clauses to Security Agent )), for the Security Agent absolutely;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

secondly , as to a sum equivalent to the aggregate amount then due and owing to the other Finance Parties under the Finance Documents, for those Finance Parties absolutely, and pro-rata to the amounts owing to them under the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

thirdly , until such time as the Security Agent is satisfied that all obligations owed to the Finance Parties have been irrevocably and unconditionally discharged in full, held by the Security Agent on a suspense account for payment of any further amounts owing to the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents and further application in accordance with this clause 31.22.1 as and when any such amounts later fall due;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

fourthly , to such other persons (if any) as are legally entitled thereto in priority to the Obligors; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

fifthly , as to the balance (if any), for the Obligors by or from whom or from whose assets the relevant amounts were paid, received or recovered or other person entitled to them.

 

 

 

 

 

31.22.2

 

The Security Agent shall make each application as soon as is practicable after the relevant moneys are received by, or otherwise become available to, it save that (without prejudice to any other provision contained in any of the Security Documents) the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Agent) or any receiver or administrator may credit any moneys received by it to a suspense account for so long and in such manner as the Security Agent or such receiver or administrator may from time to time determine with a view to preserving the rights of the

81



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance Parties or any of them to prove for the whole of their respective claims against the Borrower or any other person liable.

 

 

 

 

 

31.22.3

 

The Security Agent shall obtain a good discharge in respect of the amounts expressed to be due to the other Finance Parties as referred to in this clause 31.22 by paying such amounts to the Agent for distribution in accordance with clause 34 ( Payment mechanics ).

 

 

 

 

 

31.23

 

Perpetuities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The perpetuity period to the extent applicable to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall be 80 years from the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

31.24

 

Powers and duties of the Security Agent as trustee of the security

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In its capacity as trustee in relation to the Security Documents, the Security Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

shall, without prejudice to any of the powers, discretions and immunities conferred upon trustees by law (and to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents), have all the same powers and discretions as a natural person acting as the beneficial owner of such property and/or as are conferred upon the Security Agent by this Agreement and/or any Security Document but so that the Security Agent may only exercise such powers and discretions to the extent that it is authorised to do so by the provisions of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

shall (subject to clause 31.22 ( Order of application )) be entitled (in its own name or in the names of nominees) to invest moneys from time to time forming part of the Trust Property or otherwise held by it as a consequence of any enforcement of the security constituted by any Finance Document which, in the reasonable opinion of the Security Agent, it would not be practicable to distribute immediately, by placing the same on deposit in the name or under the control of the Security Agent as the Security Agent may think fit without being under any duty to diversify the same and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss due to interest rate or exchange rate fluctuations except for any loss arising from the Security Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

may, in the conduct of its obligations under and in respect of the Security Documents (otherwise than in relation to its right to make any declaration, determination or decision), instead of acting personally, employ and pay any agent (whether being a lawyer or any other person) to transact or concur in transacting any business and to do or concur in doing any acts required to be done by the Security Agent (including the receipt and payment of money) and on the basis that (i) any such agent engaged in any profession or business shall be entitled to be paid all usual professional and other charges for business transacted and acts done by him or any partner or employee of his or her in connection with such employment and (ii) the Security Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such agent if the Security Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such agent; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

may place all deeds and other documents relating to the Trust Property which are from time to time deposited with it pursuant to the Security Documents in any safe deposit, safe or receptacle selected by the Security Agent exercising reasonable care or with any firm of solicitors or company whose business includes undertaking the safe custody of documents selected by the Security Agent exercising reasonable care and may make any such arrangements as it thinks fit for allowing Obligors access to, or its solicitors or auditors possession of, such documents when necessary or convenient and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss incurred in connection with any such deposit, access or possession if it has exercised reasonable care in the selection of a safe deposit, safe, receptacle or firm of solicitors or company (save that it shall take reasonable steps to pursue any person who may be liable to it in connection with such loss).

82



 

 

 

 

 

31.25

 

All enforcement action through the Security Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

None of the other Finance Parties shall have any independent power to enforce any of the Security Documents or to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents or otherwise have direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by any of the Security Documents except through the Security Agent. If any Lender is a party to any Security Document it shall promptly upon being requested by the Agent to do so grant power of attorney or other sufficient authority to the Security Agent to enable the Security Agent to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under such Security Document.

 

 

 

 

 

31.26

 

Co-operation to achieve agreed priorities of application

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The other Finance Parties shall co-operate with each other and with the Security Agent and any receiver or administrator under the Security Documents in realising the property and assets subject to the Security Documents and in ensuring that the net proceeds realised under the Security Documents after deduction of the expenses of realisation are applied in accordance with clause 31.22 ( Order of application ).

 

 

 

 

 

31.27

 

Indemnity from Trust Property

 

 

 

 

 

31.27.1

 

In respect of all liabilities, costs or expenses for which the Obligors are liable under this Agreement, the Security Agent and each Affiliate of the Security Agent and each officer or employee of the Security Agent or its Affiliate (each an “ Indemnified Person ”) shall be entitled to be indemnified out of the Trust Property in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses whatsoever properly incurred or suffered by such Indemnified Person:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in the execution or exercise or bona fide purported execution or exercise of the trusts, rights, powers, authorities, discretions and duties created or conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

as a result of any breach by an Obligor of any of its obligations under any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in respect of any Environmental Claim made or asserted against an Indemnified Person which would not have arisen if the Finance Documents had not been executed; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted in any way in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents relating to the Trust Property or the provisions of any of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

31.27.2

 

The rights conferred by this clause 31.27 are without prejudice to any right to indemnity by law given to trustees generally and to any provision of the Finance Documents entitling the Security Agent or any other person to an indemnity in respect of, and/or reimbursement of, any liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or suffered by it in connection with any of the Finance Documents or the performance of any duties under any of the Finance Documents. Nothing contained in this clause 31.27 shall entitle the Security Agent or any other person to be indemnified in respect of any liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses to the extent that the same arise from such person’s own gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

 

 

 

 

31.28

 

Finance Parties to provide information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The other Finance Parties shall provide the Security Agent with such written information as it may reasonably require for the purposes of carrying out its duties and obligations under the Security Documents and, in particular, with such necessary directions in writing so as to enable the Security Agent to make the calculations and applications contemplated by clause 31.22 ( Order of application ) above and to apply amounts received under, and the proceeds of realisation of, the Security Documents as contemplated by the Security Documents, clause 34.5 ( Partial payments ) and clause 31.22 ( Order of application ).

83



 

 

 

 

 

31.29

 

Release to facilitate enforcement and realisation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Finance Party acknowledges that pursuant to any enforcement action by the Security Agent (or a Receiver) carried out on the instructions of the Agent it may be desirable for the purpose of such enforcement and/or maximising the realisation of the Charged Property being enforced against, that any rights or claims of or by the Security Agent (for the benefit of the Finance Parties) and/or any Finance Parties against any Obligor and/or any Security Interest over any assets of any Obligor (in each case) as contained in or created by any Finance Document, other than such rights or claims or security being enforced, be released in order to facilitate such enforcement action and/or realisation and, notwithstanding any other provision of the Finance Documents, each Finance Party hereby irrevocably authorises the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Agent) to grant any such releases to the extent necessary to fully effect such enforcement action and realisation including, without limitation, to the extent necessary for such purposes to execute release documents in the name of and on behalf of the Finance Parties. Where the relevant enforcement is by way of disposal of shares in the Borrower, the requisite release shall include releases of all claims (including under guarantees) of the Finance Parties and/or the Security Agent against the Borrower and of all Security Interests over the assets of the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

31.30

 

Undertaking to pay

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Obligor which is a Party undertakes with the Security Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties that it will, on demand by the Security Agent, pay to the Security Agent all money from time to time owing, and discharge all other obligations from time to time incurred, by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

31.31

 

Additional trustees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Security Agent shall have power by notice in writing to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower to appoint any person approved by the Majority Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) either to act as separate trustee or as co-trustee jointly with the Security Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

if the Security Agent reasonably considers such appointment to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

for the purpose of conforming with any legal requirement, restriction or condition in any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be performed; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

for the purpose of obtaining a judgment in any jurisdiction or the enforcement in any jurisdiction against any person of a judgment already obtained,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and any person so appointed shall (subject to the provisions of this Agreement) have such rights (including as to reasonable remuneration), powers, duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment. The Security Agent shall have power to remove any person so appointed. At the request of the Security Agent, the other parties to this Agreement shall forthwith execute all such documents and do all such things as may be required to perfect such appointment or removal and each such party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent in its name and on its behalf to do the same. Such a person shall accede to this Agreement as a Security Agent to the extent necessary to carry out their role on terms satisfactory to the Security Agent and (subject always to the provisions of this Agreement) have such trusts, powers, authorities, liabilities and discretions (not exceeding those conferred on the Security Agent by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents) and such duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment (being no less onerous than would have applied to the Security Agent but for the appointment). The Security Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such person if the Security Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such person.

84



 

 

 

 

 

31.32

 

Non-recognition of trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

It is agreed by all the parties to this Agreement that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in relation to any jurisdiction the courts of which would not recognise or give effect to the trusts expressed to be constituted by this clause 31, the relationship of the Security Agent and the other Finance Parties shall be construed as one of principal and agent, but to the extent permissible under the laws of such jurisdiction, all the other provisions of this Agreement shall have full force and effect between the parties to this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the provisions of this clause 31 insofar as they relate to the Security Agent in its capacity as trustee for the Finance Parties and the relationship between themselves and the Security Agent as their trustee may be amended by agreement between the other Finance Parties and the Security Agent. The Security Agent may amend all documents necessary to effect the alteration of the relationship between the Security Agent and the other Finance Parties and each such other party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent in its name and on its behalf to execute all documents necessary to effect such amendments.

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

 

 

 

 

 

32.1

 

Finance Parties tax affairs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

 

 

 

 

32.2

 

Finance Parties acting together

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding clause 2.2 ( Finance Parties’ rights and obligations ), if the Agent makes a declaration under clause 28.23 ( Acceleration ) the Agent shall, in the names of all the Finance Parties, take such action on behalf of the Finance Parties and conduct such negotiations with the Borrower, any Obligors or any Subsidiaries of an Obligor and generally administer the Facility in accordance with the wishes of the Majority Lenders. All the Finance Parties shall be bound by the provisions of this clause and no Finance Party shall be entitled to take action independently against any Obligor or any of its assets without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This clause shall not override clause 31 ( Roles of Agent , Security Agent and Arranger ) as it applies to the Security Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

32.3

 

Majority Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

32.3.1

 

Where any Finance Document provides for any matter to be determined by reference to the opinion of, or to be subject to the consent, approval or request of, the Majority Lenders or for any action to be taken on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (a “ majority decision ”), such majority decision shall (as between the Lenders) only be regarded as having been validly given or issued by the Majority Lenders if all the Lenders shall have received prior notice of the matter on which such majority decision is required and the relevant majority of Lenders shall have given or issued such majority decision. However (as between any Obligor and the Finance Parties) the relevant Obligor shall be entitled (and bound) to assume that such notice shall have been duly received by each Lender and that the relevant majority shall have been obtained to

85



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

constitute Majority Lenders when notified to this effect by the Agent whether or not this is the case.

 

 

 

 

 

32.3.2

 

If, within ten Business Days of the Agent despatching to each Lender a notice requesting instructions (or confirmation of instructions) from the Lenders or the agreement of the Lenders to any amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse of performance for the purposes of, or in relation to, any of the Finance Documents, the Agent has not received a reply specifically giving or confirming or refusing to give or confirm the relevant instructions or, as the case may be, approving or refusing to approve the proposed amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse of performance, then (irrespective of whether such Lender responds at a later date) the Agent shall treat any Lender which has not so responded as having indicated a desire to be bound by the wishes of 66 2 / 3 % of those Lenders (measured in terms of the total Commitments of those Lenders) which have so responded.

 

 

 

 

 

32.3.3

 

For the purposes of clause 32.3.2, any Lender which notifies the Agent of a wish or intention to abstain on any particular issue shall be treated as if it had not responded.

 

 

 

 

 

32.4

 

Conflicts

 

 

 

 

 

32.4.1

 

The Borrower acknowledges that any Arranger and its parent undertaking, subsidiary undertakings and fellow subsidiary undertakings (together an Arranger Group ) may be providing debt finance, equity capital or other services (including financial advisory services) to other persons with which the Borrower may have conflicting interests in respect of the Facility or otherwise.

 

 

 

 

 

32.4.2

 

No member of an Arranger Group shall use confidential information gained from any Obligor by virtue of the Facility or its relationships with any Obligor in connection with their performance of services for other persons. This shall not, however, affect any obligations that any member of an Arranger Group has as Agent in respect of the Finance Documents. The Borrower also acknowledges that no member of an Arranger Group has any obligation to use or furnish to any Obligor information obtained from other persons for their benefit.

 

 

 

 

 

32.4.3

 

The terms parent undertaking , subsidiary undertaking and fellow subsidiary undertaking when used in this clause have the meaning given to them in sections 1161 and 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

32.5

 

Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

 

 

 

 

32.5.1

 

The Borrower may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 20 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

require such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to clause 29 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitment of the Lender,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrower, and which is acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably) and (in the case of any transfer of any undrawn Commitments), which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

86



 

 

 

 

 

32.5.2

 

Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the transfer must take place no later than 20 days after the notice referred to in clause 32.5.1; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

 

 

 

 

33.1

 

Payments to Finance Parties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If a Finance Party (a Recovering Finance Party ) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with clause 34 ( Payment mechanics ) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with clause 34 ( Payment mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the Sharing Payment ) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with clause 34.5 ( Partial payments ).

 

 

 

 

 

33.2

 

Redistribution of payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) in accordance with clause 34.5 ( Partial payments ).

 

 

 

 

 

33.3

 

Recovering Finance Party’s rights

 

 

 

 

 

33.3.1

 

On a distribution by the Agent under clause 33.2 ( Redistribution of payments ), the Recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights of the Finance Parties which have shared in the redistribution.

 

 

 

 

 

33.3.2

 

If and to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on its rights under clause 33.3.1 above, the relevant Obligor shall be liable to the Recovering Finance Party for a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is immediately due and payable.

 

 

 

 

 

33.4

 

Reversal of redistribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

87



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

each Finance Party which has received a share of the relevant Sharing Payment pursuant to clause 33.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

that Recovering Finance Party’s rights of subrogation in respect of any reimbursement shall be cancelled and the relevant Obligor will be liable to the reimbursing Lender for the amount so reimbursed.

 

 

 

 

 

33.5

 

Exceptions

 

 

 

 

 

33.5.1

 

This clause 33 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

 

 

 

 

33.5.2

 

A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, if:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

88



 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9 - ADMINISTRATION

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

Payment mechanics

 

 

 

 

 

34.1

 

Payments to the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

34.1.1

 

On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

 

 

 

 

34.1.2

 

Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in a Participating Member State or London) with such bank as the Agent specifies.

 

 

 

 

 

34.2

 

Distributions by the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to clause 34.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ) and clause 34.4 ( Clawback ) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London).

 

 

 

 

 

34.3

 

Distributions to an Obligor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with clause 35 ( Set-off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

 

 

 

 

34.4

 

Clawback

 

 

 

 

 

34.4.1

 

Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

 

 

 

 

34.4.2

 

If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

 

 

 

 

34.5

 

Partial payments

 

 

 

 

 

34.5.1

 

If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due under the Finance Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses (ignoring any fees payable under clause 11 ( Fees )) of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Arrangers under those Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

secondly , in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any amount owing to the Lenders under clause 31.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) including any amount

89



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

resulting from the indemnity to the Security Agent under clause 31.20.1 ( Application of certain clauses to Security Agent );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

thirdly , in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under those Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

fourthly , in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any principal which is due but unpaid under those Finance Documents; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

fifthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

34.5.2

 

The Agent shall, if so directed by all the Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (b) to (e) of clause 34.5.1.

 

 

 

34.5.3

 

Clauses 34.5.1 and 34.5.2 above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

 

 

34.6

 

No set-off by Obligors

 

 

 

 

 

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

 

 

34.7

 

Business Days

 

 

 

34.7.1

 

Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

 

 

34.7.2

 

During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

 

 

34.8

 

Currency of account

 

 

 

34.8.1

 

Subject to clauses 34.8.2 to 34.8.3, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

 

 

34.8.2

 

A repayment of all or part of the Loan or an Unpaid Sum and each payment of interest shall be made in dollars on its due date.

 

 

 

34.8.3

 

Each payment in respect of the amount of any costs, expenses or Taxes or other losses shall be made in dollars and, if they were incurred in a currency other than dollars, the amount payable under the Finance Documents shall be the equivalent in dollars of the relevant amount in such other currency on the date on which it was incurred.

 

 

 

34.8.4

 

All moneys received or held by the Security Agent or by a Receiver under a Security Document in a currency other than dollars may be sold for dollars and the Obligor which executed that Security Document shall indemnify the Security Agent against the full cost in relation to the sale. Neither the Security Agent nor such Receiver will have any liability to that Obligor in respect of any loss resulting from any fluctuation in exchange rates after the sale.

 

 

 

34.9

 

Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

 

 

 

 

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

90



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of clause 42 ( Amendments and grant of waivers );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this clause 34.9; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

Set-off

 

 

 

 

 

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Document (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

 

 

36

 

Notices

 

 

 

36.1

 

Communications in writing

 

 

 

 

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

 

 

36.2

 

Addresses

 

 

 

 

 

The address, and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Obligor or Finance Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in the case of any Obligor which is a Party, that identified with its name in Schedule 1 ( The original parties );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

in the case of any Obligor which is not a Party, that identified in any Finance Document to which it is a party;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in the case of any Original Lender, the Security Agent, the Agent and any other original Finance Party that identified with its name in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

in the case of each other Lender or Finance Party, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party in the relevant capacity,

91



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or, in each case, any substitute address, fax number, or department or officer as an Obligor or Finance Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

 

 

36.3

 

Delivery

 

 

 

36.3.1

 

Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under clause 36.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

 

 

36.3.2

 

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent or the Security Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent or the Security Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent or the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

 

 

36.3.3

 

All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

 

 

36.3.4

 

Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

 

 

36.4

 

Notification of address and fax number

 

 

 

 

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to clause 36.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

 

 

36.5

 

Electronic communication (Finance Parties)

 

 

 

36.5.1

 

Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender or the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender or the Security Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Finance Parties hereby confirm that unless and until notified to the contrary, communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is an accepted form of communication.

 

 

 

36.5.2

 

Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender or the Security Agent will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender or the Security Agent to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

92



 

 

 

 

 

36.6

 

Electronic Communications (Obligors)

 

 

 

36.6.1

 

Any general communication made between any Finance Party and any Obligor, may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (irrespective of any associated risks) if the parties:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the Finance Parties and each Obligor hereby confirm that unless and until notified to the contrary, communication by electronic mail is an acceptable form of general communication.

 

 

 

36.6.2

 

Each of the Finance Parties and each Obligor agrees and confirms that any communications which involves the giving or receiving of notice (of any nature) under this Agreement or relates to the making of requests or demands under this Agreement may only be made in accordance with clause 36.3 ( Delivery ).

 

 

 

36.6.3

 

Any electronic communication made between any Obligor and any Finance Party will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by an Obligor to any Finance Party only if it is addressed in such a manner as that Finance Party shall specify for this purpose.

 

 

 

36.7

 

English language

 

 

 

36.7.1

 

Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be in English.

 

 

 

36.7.2

 

All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in English; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

Calculations and certificates

 

 

 

37.1

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

 

 

37.2

 

Certificates and determinations

 

 

 

 

 

Any certification or determination by the Agent of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

 

 

37.3

 

Day count convention

 

 

 

 

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

93



 

 

 

 

 

38

 

Partial invalidity

 

 

 

 

 

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

 

 

39

 

Remedies and waivers

 

 

 

 

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in the Finance Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

 

 

40

 

Amendments and grant of waivers

 

 

 

40.1

 

Required consents

 

 

 

40.1.1

 

Any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived, or a consent given by the Agent in respect of such term or the Agent may provide its opinion with respect to such term, with the consent of the Agent acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders unless such Finance Documents provides that such amendment or waiver may be made with the consent of the Majority Lenders and, if it affects the rights and obligations of the Security Agent or the Agent, the consent of the Agent or the Security Agent) and any such amendment or waiver agreed or given by the Agent will be binding on the other Finance Parties.

 

 

 

40.1.2

 

The Agent may (or, in the case of the Security Documents, instruct the Security Agent to) effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this clause.

 

 

 

40.1.3

 

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Arrangers in their respective capacities as such (and not just as a Lender) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, Security Agent or the Arrangers (as the case may be).

 

 

 

40.1.4

 

Notwithstanding clauses 40.1.1 to 40.1.3 (inclusive), the Agent may make technical amendments to the Finance Documents arising out of manifest errors on the face of the Finance Documents, where such amendments would not prejudice or otherwise be adverse to the interests of any Finance Party without any reference or consent of the Finance Parties.

 

 

 

40.2

 

Releases

 

 

 

 

 

Except with the approval of the Lenders or as is expressly permitted or required by the Finance Documents, the Agent shall not have authority to authorise the Security Agent to release:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any Charged Property from the security constituted by any Security Document; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any Obligor from any of its guarantee or other obligations under any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

Counterparts

 

 

 

 

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

94



 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10 - GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

 

 

42

 

Governing law

 

 

 

 

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by English law.

 

 

 

43

 

Enforcement

 

 

 

43.1

 

Jurisdiction of English courts

 

 

 

43.1.1

 

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any non-contractual obligations connected with it (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a Dispute ).

 

 

 

43.1.2

 

The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

 

 

43.1.3

 

This clause 43.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

 

 

43.2

 

Service of process

 

 

 

 

 

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor which is a Party:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

irrevocably appoints the person named in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) as that Obligor’s English process agent as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

if any person appointed as process agent for an Obligor is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, that Obligor must immediately (and in any event within ten days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Agent. Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

95


Schedule 1
The original parties

Borrower

 

 


Name :

GAS-two Ltd.

Jurisdiction of incorporation

Bermuda

Registration number ( or equivalent, if any )

41495

English process agent ( if not incorporated in England )

Unisea Maritime Ltd.

Registered office

Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda

Address for service of notices

Mr. Henrik Bjerregaard, c/o Gaslog Monaco SAM, Gildo Pastor
Center, 7, rue du Gabian, MC98000, Monaco


GasLog

 

 


Name of GasLog

GasLog Ltd.

Jurisdiction of incorporation

Bermuda

Registration number ( or equivalent, if any )

33928

English process agent ( if not incorporated in England )

Unisea Maritime Ltd.

Registered office

Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda

Address for service of notices

Mr. Henrik Bjerregaard, c/o Gaslog Monaco SAM, Gildo Pastor
Center, 7, rue du Gabian, MC98000, Monaco


GasLog Carriers

 

 


Name of GasLog Carriers

GasLog Carriers Ltd.

Jurisdiction of incorporation

Bermuda

Registration number ( or equivalent, if any )

41493

English process agent ( if not incorporated in England )

Unisea Maritime Ltd.

Registered office

Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda

Address for service of notices

Mr. Henrik Bjerregaard, c/o Gaslog Monaco SAM, Gildo Pastor
Center, 7, rue du Gabian, MC98000, Monaco

96



The Original Lenders

 

 

 

 

 


Name

 

DNB Bank ASA

National Bank of
Greece S.A.

UBS AG

Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments

 

20 St. Dunstan’s Hill
London EC3R 8SY

For credit matters:
Mr Alex Ryland/ Mr
Christo Nikolov
Fax: +44(0)207 626
5956

For loan
administration
matters:

Mr Mike Rufian / Mr
Simon Beedleston
Fax: +44(0) 207 283
4430

2 Bouboulinas
Street & Akti
Miaouli
Piraeus 185 35
Greece

For credit matters:
Ms Kalamvouni/Ms
Antoniou
Fax:+30 210
4144120

For loan
administration
matters:

Mr. Kalyvas
Fax: +30210
4144092

Bahnhofstrasse, 45
8001 Zurich

For credit matters:
Mr Reto Bleiker,
Corporate Clients
Advisor
Fax: +41 (0)44 237 41
41

For loan administration
matters:

Fax: +41 44 237 41 41
A/C No.: 0230-284035

 

 

 

 

 

Commitment ($)

 

49,166,666.66

49,166,666.66

49,166,666.66

TOTAL

 

147,500,000

 

 

97



The Agent

 

 

 


Name

 

DNB Bank ASA

Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments

 

20 St. Dunstan’s Hill

 

London EC3R 8HY

 

 

 

For credit matters:

 

Attn: Shipping Department

 

Fax: +44(0)207 626 5956

 

 

 

For loan administration matters:

 

Mr Mike Rufian

 

Fax: +44(0) 207 283 4430


The Security Agent

 

 

 


Name

 

DNB Bank ASA

Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments

 

20 St. Dunstan’s Hill

 

London EC3R 8HY

 

 

 

For credit matters:

 

Attn: Shipping Department

 

Fax: +44(0)207 626 5956

 

 

 

For loan administration matters:

 

Mr Mike Rufian

 

Fax: +44(0) 207 283 4430

98


Schedule 2
Ship information

 

 

 

Builder:

 

Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd.

Builder’s registered office:

 

11 th Floor, KIPS Center, 647-9 Yeoksam-Dong, Kangnam-Gu,
Seoul, Korea.

Hull Number:

 

1642

 

 

 

Scheduled delivery date:

 

31 July 2010

 

 

 

Date and description of Building Contract:

 

Shipbuilding Contract dated 29 April 2005 as amended by amendment no. 1 dated 28 June 2007 and novated to the Borrower under a novation agreement dated 28 March 2008 and as may further be amended, supplemented or varied in accordance with the terms hereof

Price:

 

$212,869,430

 

 

 

Contract Price:

 

$191,096,200

 

 

 

Date and number of Refund Guarantee:

 

7 April 2008, MO902-505-LG-0032/1

 

 

 

Name and address of Refund Guarantor:

 

The Export-Import Bank of Korea

 

 

 

Pre-Delivery Commitment:

 

$80,000,000

 

 

 

Delivery Commitment:

 

$67,500,000

 

 

 

Flag State

 

Bermuda

 

 

 

Charter description:

 

Time Charter dated 19 August 2008 as novated and amended by a Master Time Charter Party and Confirmation Memorandum each dated 9 May 2011

Charterer:

 

Methane Services Limited, currently a wholly-owned subsidiary of BG Energy Holdings Limited

 

 

 

Classification:

 

*A1, E, Liquefied gas carrier, ship type 2G (Membrane tank, maximum pressure 25 kPaG and minimum temperature -163°C), SH, SH-DLA, SHCM, RES, *AMS, *ACCU, SFA(40), NIBS, *APS, *ES, PORT, POT, CRC, DFD, and UWILD.

Classification Society:

 

American Bureau of Shipping

99


Schedule 3
Conditions precedent

Part 1
Conditions precedent to any Utilisation

 

 

 

1

Original Obligors’ corporate documents

 

 

 

(a)

A copy of the Constitutional Documents of each Original Obligor.

 

 

 

 

(b)

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Obligor (or any committee of such board empowered to approve and authorise the following matters):


 

 

 

 

(i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents the Building Contract or the Charter ( Relevant Documents ) to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Relevant Documents;

 

 

 

 

(ii)

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Relevant Documents on its behalf; and

 

 

 

 

(iii)

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.


 

 

 

 

(c)

If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the relevant company, establishing any committee referred to in paragraph (b) above and conferring authority on that committee.

 

 

 

 

(d)

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

 

 

 

(e)

(if a requirement under the Constitutional Documents of each Original Obligor or Bermudian law) A copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Original Obligor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which such Obligor is a party.

 

 

 

 

(f)

(if a requirement under the Constitutional Documents of each Original Obligor or Bermudian law) A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Original Obligor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph (e) above.

 

 

 

 

(g)

A certificate of the Counter Guarantor (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on any other Original Obligor to be exceeded.

 

 

 

 

(h)

A copy of any power of attorney under which any person is to execute any of the Relevant Documents on behalf of any Original Obligor.

 

 

 

 

(i)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Original Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part of this Schedule is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement and that any such resolutions or power of attorney have not been revoked.

100



 

 

 

2

Legal opinions

 

 

 

 

(a)

A legal opinion of Norton Rose LLP, London addressed to the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Agent on matters of English law, substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

(b)

A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Agent in England and also each jurisdiction in which an Obligor is incorporated and/or which is or is to be the Flag State of the Ship, or in which an Account opened at Utilisation is established or which governs any assets which are to be the subject of a Security Interest substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

 

 

3

Other documents and evidence

 

 

 

(a)

Evidence that any process agent referred to in clause 43.2 ( Service of process ) or any equivalent provision of any other Finance Document entered into on or before the first Utilisation Date, if not an Original Obligor, has accepted its appointment.

 

 

 

 

(b)

A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document which is executed on and dated the date of the Agreement or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

(c)

The Original Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

(d)

Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to clause 11 ( Fees ) and clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.

 

 

 

 

(e)

A copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy, of the Time Charter and of the supervision and management agreement entered into between the Borrower and the Manager (or another approved manager) in an approved form.

 

 

 

4

Bank Accounts

 

 

 

Evidence that any Account required to be established under clause 26 ( Bank accounts ) has been opened and established, that any Account Security in respect of each such Account has been executed and delivered by the Borrower in favour of the Security Agent and that any notice required to be given to an Account Bank under that Account Security has been given to it and acknowledged by it in the manner required by that Account Security and that an amount has been credited to it.

 

 

5

Construction matters

 

 

 

(a)

The original Refund Guarantee and a copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy, of the Building Contract.

 

 

 

 

(b)

A Pre-Delivery Security Assignment duly executed by the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

(c)

Duly executed notices of assignment as required by the Pre-Delivery Security Assignment.

 

 

 

 

(d)

Evidence that the acknowledgements of the notices of assignment required under the Pre-Delivery Security Assignment have been pre-cleared with and agreed by the Refund Guarantor and the Builder.

 

 

 

 

(e)

(If required by the Lenders) a legal opinion of legal advisers to the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Agent in Korea substantially in the form agreed with the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

101



 

 

 

 

(f)

Evidence that the sum of $18,122,710 in respect of the Borrower’s equity in the Ship has been paid in an approved manner.

 

 

 

6

“Know your customer” information

 

 

 

Such documentation and information as any Finance Party may reasonably request through the Agent to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures under all laws and regulations applicable to that Finance Party.

 

 

7

Guarantees and other Finance Documents

 

 

 

The Counter Guarantee and the Guarantee duly executed and a copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy of the Counter Guarantor Representations Letter.

 

 

8

Share security

 

 

 

The Share Security in respect of the Borrower duly executed by its Holding Company together with all letters, transfers, certificates and other documents required to be delivered under the Share Security.

 

 

9

Charter security

 

 

 

The Charter Assignment duly executed by the Borrower.

 

 

10

Subordination

 

 

 

Evidence that any amounts of the Price funded by an Affiliate to the Borrower have been subordinated to the amounts owing under the Finance Documents in an approved manner.

 

 

11

Value of Security

 

 

 

(In the case of the Utilisation in respect of the Pre-Delivery Commitment) valuations obtained (not more than 30 days before the first Utilisation Date) in accordance with clause 24 ( Minimum security value ) showing that the Security Value (relative to the Building Contract) will not be less than 120% of the Loan upon the Utilisation Date.

 

 

12

Deed of Release

 

 

 

Deed (or deeds) of release in relation to the Existing Loan Agreement and any security granted in connection with this, duly executed, together with any notices required under any deed of release.

102


Part 2
Conditions precedent on Delivery

 

 

 

1

Corporate documents

 

 

 

(a)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Borrower certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in Part 1 of this Schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than a date approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in Part I of this Schedule in relation to it have not been revoked or amended.

 

 

 

 

(b)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of each other Obligor which is party to any of the Original Security Documents required to be executed at or before Delivery of the Ship certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in Part 1 of this Schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than a date approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in Part I of this Schedule in relation to it have not been revoked or amended.

 

 

 

2

Security

 

 

 

(a)

The Mortgage and the Deed of Covenant duly executed by the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Any Manager’s Undertaking required at Delivery pursuant to the Finance Documents duly executed by the relevant manager.

 

 

 

 

(c)

Duly executed notices of assignment and acknowledgements of those notices as required by any of the above Security Documents.

 

 

 

3

Delivery and registration of Ship

 

 

 

(a)

Evidence that the Ship:


 

 

 

 

(i)

is legally and beneficially owned by the Borrower and registered provisionally in the name of the Borrower through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

 

 

 

(ii)

is operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

 

 

 

 

(iii)

is classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society;

 

 

 

 

(iv)

is insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

(v)

has been delivered, and accepted for service, under the Charter; and

 

 

 

 

(vi)

is free of any other charter commitment which would require approval under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

(vii)

any prior registration (other than through the relevant Registry in the relevant Flag State) of the Ship has been or will (within such period as may be approved) cancelled.


 

 

 

4

Insurance

 

 

 

In relation to the Ship’s Insurances:

 

 

 

(a)

an opinion from insurance consultants appointed by the Agent on such Insurances;

 

 

 

 

(b)

evidence that such Insurances have been placed in accordance with clause 23 ( Insurance ); and

103



 

 

 

 

(c)

evidence that approved brokers, insurers and/or associations have issued or will issue letters of undertaking in favour of the Security Agent in an approved form in relation to the Insurances.

 

 

 

5

ISM and ISPS Code

 

 

 

Copies of:

 

 

 

(a)

the document of compliance issued in accordance with the ISM Code to the person who is the operator of the Ship for the purposes of that code;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the safety management certificate in respect of the Ship issued in accordance with the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

(c)

the international ship security certificate in respect of the Ship issued under the ISPS Code;

 

 

 

 

(d)

If so requested by the Agent, any other certificates issued under any applicable code required to be observed by the Ship or in relation to its operation under any applicable law.

 

 

 

6

Value of security

 

 

 

Valuations obtained (not more than 30 days before the relevant Utilisation Date) in accordance with clause 24 (M inimum security value ) showing that the Security Value (relative to the Ship) will be not less than 120% of the Available Facility upon execution of the Security Documents specified in paragraph 2 ( Security ) of this Part of this Schedule.

 

 

 

7

Construction matters

 

 

 

(a)

Evidence that any authorisations required from any government entity for the export of the Ship by the Builder have been obtained or that no such authorisations are required.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Evidence that the Contract Price of the Ship (as adjusted in accordance with its Building Contract) will have been paid upon the relevant Utilisation being made (with the Borrower having provided its equity to the Agent prior to the Utilisation Date) and that the Builder will not have any lien or other right to detain the ship on its Delivery.

 

 

 

 

(c)

The original or a copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy, of the builder’s certificate and any bill of sale conveying title to the Ship to the Borrower and the protocol of delivery and acceptance, commercial invoice and any other delivery documentation required under the Building Contract.

 

 

 

 

(d)

Evidence that any amounts of the Price funded by an Affiliate to the Borrower have been subordinated to the amounts owing under the Finance Documents in an approved manner.

 

 

 

8

Fees and expenses

 

 

 

Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses that are due from the Borrower pursuant to clause 11 ( Fees ) and clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the relevant Utilisation Date.

 

 

9

Survey report

 

 

 

(if required by the Agent) a survey report from approved surveyors obtained not more than 10 days before the relevant Utilisation Date evidencing that the Ship is seaworthy and capable of safe operation.

 

 

10

Environmental matters

104



 

 

 

 

(Promptly as of Delivery) Copies of the Ship’s certificate of financial responsibility and vessel response plan required under United States law and evidence of their approval by the appropriate United States government entity and (if requested by the Agent) an environmental report in respect of the Ship from an approved person.

 

 

11

Consents

 

 

 

Evidence that any consents required in connection with the delivery of the Ship, the registration of title to the Ship, the registration of the Mortgage over the Ship and the assignment of the Charter have been obtained.

 

 

12

Legal opinions

 

 

 

(a)

A legal opinion of Norton Rose LLP, London addressed to the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Agent on matters of English law, substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to Delivery.

 

 

 

 

(b)

A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Agent in Korea and also each jurisdiction in which an Obligor is incorporated and/or which is or is to be the Flag State of the Ship, or which governs any assets which are to be the subject of a Security Interest substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to Delivery.

105


Schedule 4
Utilisation Request

 

 

From:

Gas-two Ltd.

To:

DNB Bank ASA (formerly DnB NOR Bank ASA)

Dated:

[ l ]

Dear Sirs

$147,500,000
Facility Agreement dated 17 November 2009 (as amended and restated on [•] 2012
( the “Agreement” )

 

 

1

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

 

2

We wish to borrow an Advance on the following terms:


 

 

Proposed Utilisation Date:

[ l ] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)

Amount:

$[80,000,000] [67,500,000]
[ Note: the maximum amount to be advanced is 65% of the Security Value ]


 

 

3

We confirm that each condition specified in clause 4.4 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

 

4

The purpose of this Advance is [ specify purpose complying with clause 3 of the Agreement ] and its proceeds should be credited to [ l ] [ specify account ].

 

 

5

We request that the first Interest Period for the Loan be [●] months.

 

 

6

This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.


 

Yours faithfully


authorised signatory for

GAS-two Ltd.

106


Schedule 5
Selection Notice

 

 

From:

GAS-two Ltd.

To:

DNB Bank ASA (formerly DnB NOR Bank ASA)

Dated:

[ l ]

Dear Sirs

$147,500,000

Facility Agreement dated
17 November 2009 (as amended and restated on [•] 2012) ( the “Agreement” )

 

 

1

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

 

2

We request that the next Interest Period for the Loan be [ l ] months.

 

 

3

This Selection Notice is irrevocable.


 

Yours faithfully


authorised signatory for

GAS-two Ltd.

107


Schedule 6
Mandatory Cost Formula

 

 

1

The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.

 

 

2

On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “ Additional Cost Rate ”) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.

 

 

3

The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office.

 

 

4

The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:


 

 

 

(a)

in relation to a sterling Loan:

 

 

 

 

AB + C (  D ) +  x   0.01

 per cent. per annum

 

100 – ( A + C )


 

 

 

(b)

in relation to a Loan in any currency other than sterling:

 

 

 

 

x   0.01

 per cent. per annum.

 

300


 

 

 

Where:

 

 

A.

is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.

 

 

B.

is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Margin and the Mandatory Cost) and, if the Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the additional rate of interest specified in clause 8.3.1 ( Default interest ) payable for the relevant Interest Period on the Loan.

 

 

C.

is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.

 

 

D.

is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.

 

 

E.

is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

 

 

5

For the purposes of this Schedule:

108



 

 

 

 

(a)

Eligible Liabilities ” and “ Special Deposits ” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

 

 

 

 

(b)

Fees Rules ” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

 

 

 

 

(c)

Fee Tariffs ” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and

 

 

 

 

(d)

Tariff Base ” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

 

 

 

6

In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e., five per cent. will be included in the formula as five and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.

 

 

7

If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank.

 

 

8

Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

 

 

 

(a)

the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

 

 

 

 

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

 

 

9

The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office.

 

 

10

The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.

 

 

11

The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.

 

 

12

Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

109



 

 

13

The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrower and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

110


Schedule 7
Form of Transfer Certificate

To:     [ l ] as Agent

From: [ The Existing Lender ] (the Existing Lender ) and [ The New Lender ] (the New Lender )

Dated:

$147,500,000 Facility Agreement dated 17 November 2009 (as amended and restated on [ l ] 2012) ( the “Agreement” )

 

 

 

1

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

 

 

2

We refer to clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ):

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender assigning to the New Lender all or part of the Existing Lender’s Commitment rights and assuming the Existing Lender’s obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with clause 29.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) and the Existing Lender assigns and agrees to assign such rights to the New Lender with effect from the Transfer Date]

 

 

 

 

(b)

The proposed Transfer Date is [●].

 

 

 

 

(c)

The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of clause 36.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

 

 

3

The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in clause 29.4.3.

 

 

 

4

This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 

 

 

5

This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by English law.

111


The Schedule
Commitment/rights to be assigned and obligations to be assumed
[ insert relevant details ]
Facility Office address, fax number
and attention details for notices and account details for payments
[ insert relevant details ]

 

 

[ Existing Lender ]

[ New Lender ]

By:

By:

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed to be as stated above.
[Agent]
By:

112


SIGNATURES

 

 

THE BORROWER

 

 

 

GAS-two Ltd.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

THE ARRANGERS

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

NATIONAL BANK OF GREECE S.A.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

UBS AG

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

THE AGENT

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

THE SECURITY AGENT

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

THE LENDERS

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

NATIONAL BANK OF GREECE S.A.

 

 

 

By:

 

113



 

 

UBS AG

 

 

 

By:

 

114


Exhibit 10.3

Private & Confidential

 

 

 

 

Dated 14 March 2012

 

 

 

GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd.

(1)

 

 

arranged by

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

(2)

 

 

THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF KOREA

(3)

 

 

with

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA
as Agent

(4)

 

 

DNB BANK ASA
as Security Agent

(5)

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FACILITIES AGREEMENT
$272,500,000 Loan Facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

(NORTON ROSE LOGO)

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACES WITH FIVE ASTERISKS (*****).


Contents

 

 

 

 

Clause

 

Page

 

 

 

 

1

Definitions and interpretation

 

1

 

 

 

 

2

The Facilities

 

23

 

 

 

 

3

Purpose

 

25

 

 

 

 

4

Conditions of Utilisation

 

25

 

 

 

 

5

Utilisation

 

27

 

 

 

 

6

Repayment

 

28

 

 

 

 

7

Illegality, prepayment and cancellation

 

30

 

 

 

 

8

Interest

 

34

 

 

 

 

9

Interest Periods

 

34

 

 

 

 

10

Changes to the calculation of interest

 

35

 

 

 

 

11

Fees

 

36

 

 

 

 

12

Tax gross-up and indemnities

 

37

 

 

 

 

13

Increased Costs

 

39

 

 

 

 

14

Other indemnities

 

39

 

 

 

 

15

Mitigation by the Lenders

 

41

 

 

 

 

16

Costs and expenses

 

42

 

 

 

 

17

Representations

 

43

 

 

 

 

18

Information undertakings

 

49

 

 

 

 

19

General undertakings

 

51

 

 

 

 

20

Dealings with Ship

 

54

 

 

 

 

21

Condition and operation of Ship

 

56

 

 

 

 

22

Insurance

 

60

 

 

 

 

23

Minimum security value

 

63

 

 

 

 

24

Chartering undertakings

 

66

 

 

 

 

25

Bank accounts

 

66

 

 

 

 

26

Business restrictions

 

69

 

 

 

 

27

Hedging Contracts

 

71

 

 

 

 

28

Events of Default

 

72




 

 

 

 

29

Position of Hedging Provider

 

77

 

 

 

 

30

Changes to the Lenders

 

79

 

 

 

 

31

Changes to the Obligors

 

82

 

 

 

 

32

Roles of Agent, Security Agent and Arranger

 

83

 

 

 

 

33

Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

 

94

 

 

 

 

34

Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

96

 

 

 

 

35

Payment mechanics

 

98

 

 

 

 

36

Set-off

 

100

 

 

 

 

37

Notices

 

100

 

 

 

 

38

Calculations and certificates

 

102

 

 

 

 

39

Partial invalidity

 

102

 

 

 

 

40

Remedies and waivers

 

103

 

 

 

 

41

Amendments and grant of waivers

 

103

 

 

 

 

42

Counterparts

 

103

 

 

 

 

43

Governing law

 

104

 

 

 

 

44

Enforcement

 

104

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1 The original parties

 

105

 

 

 

Schedule 2 Ship information

 

109

 

 

 

Schedule 3 Conditions precedent

 

111

 

 

 

Schedule 4 Utilisation Request

 

118

 

 

 

Schedule 5 Selection Notice

 

119

 

 

 

Schedule 6 Mandatory Cost Formulae

 

120

 

 

 

Schedule 7 Form of Commercial Facility Transfer Certificate

 

123



          THIS AGREEMENT is dated 14 March 2012 and made between:

 

 

 

 

(1)

THE ENTITIES listed in Schedule 1 as borrowers (the Borrowers and each a Borrower );

 

 

 

 

(2)

DNB BANK ASA and THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF KOREA as mandated lead arrangers (whether acting individually or together, the Arrangers and each an Arranger );

 

 

 

 

(3)

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTION listed in Schedule 1 as original commercial facility lender (the Original Commercial Facility Lender );

 

 

 

 

(4)

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTION listed in Schedule 1, as the original KEXIM facility lender (the Original KEXIM Facility Lender )

 

 

 

 

(5)

DNB BANK ASA as hedging provider (the Hedging Provider )

 

 

 

 

(6)

DNB BANK ASA as bookrunner (the Bookrunner );

 

 

 

 

(7)

DNB BANK ASA as agent for the other Finance Parties (the Agent ); and

 

 

 

 

(8)

DNB BANK ASA as security agent for the other Finance Parties (the Security Agent ).

 

 

 

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

 

 

SECTION 1 - INTERPRETATION


 

 

 

1

 

Definitions and interpretation

 

 

 

1.1

 

Definitions

 

 

 

 

 

In this Agreement and (unless otherwise defined in the relevant Finance Document) the other Finance Documents:

 

 

 

 

 

Account means any bank account, deposit or certificate of deposit opened, made or established in accordance with clause 25 ( Bank accounts ).

 

 

 

 

 

Account Bank means, in relation to any Account, the Account Bank described in Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ).

 

 

 

 

 

Account Holder(s) means in relation to any Account, the Borrower(s) in whose name(s) that Account is held.

 

 

 

 

 

Account Security means, in relation to an Account, a deed or other instrument by the relevant Account Holder in favour of the Security Agent in an agreed form conferring a Security Interest over that Account.

 

 

 

 

 

Accounting Reference Date means 31 December 2010 or such other date as may be approved by the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Cost Rate has the meaning given to it in Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ).

 

 

 

 

 

Advance means each borrowing of a proportion of the Total Commitments by the Borrowers or (as the context may require) the outstanding principal amount of such borrowing.

 

 

 

 

 

Advance A means an Advance up to a maximum of $136,250,000 comprising the KEXIM Facility Advance A and the Commercial Facility Advance A relative to Ship A.

 

 

 

 

 

Advance B means an Advance up to a maximum of $136,250,000 comprising the KEXIM Facility Advance B and the Commercial Facility Advance B relative to Ship B.

1



 

 

 

 

Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

 

 

Agent includes any person who may be appointed as agent under this Agreement.:

 

 

 

Applicable Law means:

 

 

 

(a)

in relation to any jurisdiction, any law, regulation, treaty, directive, decision, rule, regulatory requirement, judgment, order, ordinance, request, guideline or direction or any other act of any Government Entity of such jurisdiction whether or not having the force of law and with which any Party is required to comply, or with which it would, in the normal course of its business, comply; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

in relation to any Lender, any Basel II Regulation applicable to that Lender.

 

 

 

 

Approved Exchange means NYSE, NASDAQ or any other reputable stock exchange agreed by GasLog and the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

Auditors means one of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG or Deloitte & Touche or another firm approved by the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

Available Facility means, at any relevant time, such part of the Total Commitments (drawn and undrawn) which is available for borrowing under this Agreement at such time in accordance with clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ).

 

 

 

Basel II Accord means the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 and updated prior to, and in the form existing on, the date of this Agreement, excluding any amendment thereto arising out of the Basel III Accord.

 

 

 

Basel II Approach means, in relation to any Lender, either the Standardised Approach or the relevant Internal Ratings Based Approach (each as defined in the Basel II Accord) adopted by that Lender (or any of its Affiliates) for the purposes of implementing or complying with the Basel II Accord.

 

 

 

Basel II Increased Cost means an Increased Cost which is attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with any Basel II Regulation in force as at the date hereof (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates).

 

 

 

Basel II Regulation means:

 

 

 

(a) any Applicable Law in force as at the date hereof implementing the Basel II Accord; or

 

 

 

(b) any Basel II Approach adopted by the Lender,

 

 

 

but excludes any Applicable Law implementing the Basel III Accord save and to the extent that it is a re-enactment of any Applicable Law referred to in paragraph (a) of this definition.

 

 

 

 

Basel III Accord means, together, “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems” and “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” both published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision on 16 December 2010.

 

 

 

Basel III Increased Cost means an Increased Cost which is attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with any Basel III Regulation (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates).

 

 

 

Basel III Regulation means any Applicable Law implementing the Basel III Accord save and to the extent that it re-enacts a Basel II Regulation.

2



 

 

 

 

Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which:

 

 

 

(a)

the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of the Loan or Unpaid Sum had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

 

 

 

exceeds:

 

 

 

 

(b)

the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

 

 

 

Builder means, in relation to a Ship, the person specified as such in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

 

 

 

Building Contract means, in relation to a Ship, the shipbuilding contract specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) between the Builder and the relevant Owner relating to the construction of such Ship and as may further be supplemented, amended or varied in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

 

 

Building Contract Documents means, in relation to a Ship, the Building Contract and any other guarantee or security given to any person for the Builder’s obligations under the Building Contract for such Ship.

 

 

 

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, Korea, Monaco and Piraeus and (in relation to any date for payment or purchase of dollars) New York City.

 

 

 

Change of Control occurs, at any time before an IPO is completed:

 

 

 

(a)

when the current beneficial owners of the Counter Guarantors cease to own legally and/or beneficially and, either directly or indirectly, at least 70% of the issued share capital of GasLog; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

when the Counter Guarantors cease to have the right or the ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or composition of the majority of the board of directors (or equivalent) of GasLog; or

 

 

 

 

(c)

if there is a change of 15% or more in the shareholding of, or in the voting rights relative to, Counter Guarantor A from that described to the Lenders on or before the date of this Agreement,

 

 

 

 

in any case, without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

 

 

 

Charged Property means all of the assets of the Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed or intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

Charter means, in relation to a Ship, the Master Agreement as supplemented by the Confirmation Memorandum for that Ship.

 

 

 

Charter Assignment means a first charter assignment by the relevant Owner of its interest in the Charter Documents in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form.

 

 

 

Charter Documents means, in relation to a Ship, the Charter or a Replacement Charter for that Ship, any documents supplementing it and any guarantee or security given by any person for the relevant Charterer’s obligations under it.

3



 

 

 

 

Charterer means, in relation to a Ship, the charterer named in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) as charterer of that Ship, or such other charterer of that Ship under a Replacement Charter.

 

 

 

Classification means, in relation to a Ship, the classification specified in respect of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) with the relevant Classification Society or another classification approved by the Majority Lenders as its classification, at the request of the relevant Owner.

 

 

 

Classification Society means, in relation to a Ship, the classification society specified in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ) or another classification society approved by the Majority Lenders as its Classification Society, at the request of the relevant Owner.

 

 

 

Commercial Facility means the term loan facility made available by the Commercial Facility Lender under this Agreement as described in clause 2 ( The Facilities ).

 

 

 

Commercial Facility Advance A means an advance of the Commercial Facility Commitments in respect of Ship A of up to the lesser of (a) $40,000,000 and (b) 21.391% of the Contract Price of Ship A.

 

 

 

Commercial Facility Advance B means an advance of the Commercial Facility Commitments in respect of Ship B of up to the lesser of (a) $40,000,000 and (b) 21.391% of the Contract Price of Ship B.

 

 

 

Commercial Facility Advances means the Commercial Facility Advance A and the Commercial Facility Advance B and Commercial Facility Advance means either of them.

 


Commercial Facility Commitment
means:

 

 

 

(a)

in relation to an Original Commercial Facility Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Commercial Facility Commitment” in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) and the amount of any other Commercial Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

in relation to any other Commercial Facility Lender, the amount of any Commercial Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 

 

 

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Commercial Facility Lender means:

 

 

 

(a)

the Original Commercial Facility Lender; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

any bank, financial institution or other regulated investment company which has become a Party in accordance with clause 30 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

 

 

 

 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Commercial Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Commercial Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

 

 

Commitments means, together, the KEXIM Facility Commitment and the Commercial Facility Commitment and Commitment means any of them.

 

 

 

Confirmation shall have, in relation to any Hedging Transaction, the meaning given to it in the Hedging Master Agreement.

 

 

 

Confirmation Memorandum means, in relation to a Ship, the confirmation memorandum for that ship details of which are provided in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

4



 

 

 

 

Constitutional Documents means, in respect of an Obligor, such Obligor’s memorandum and articles of association, bye-laws or other constitutional documents including as referred to in any certificate relating to an Obligor delivered pursuant to Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent ).

 

 

 

Contract Price means, in relation to a Ship, the price of the Ship payable under the Building Contract for such Ship.

 

 

 

 

Counter Guarantees means each of the counter guarantees, executed by a Counter Guarantor in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form and Counter Guarantee means any of them.

 

 

 

 

Counter Guarantor A means a person (other than Counter Guarantor B) acceptable to the Lenders at their discretion which may now or at any time throughout the Facility Period guarantee the obligations and liabilities of the Obligors to the Lenders and the Hedging Provider and which is designated to be the “Counter Guarantor A” in the Counter Guarantee executed by it.

 

 

 

 

Counter Guarantor B means a person (other than Counter Guarantor A) acceptable to the Lenders at their discretion which may now or at any time throughout the Facility Period guarantee the obligations and liabilities of the Obligors to the Lenders and the Hedging Provider and which is designated to be the “Counter Guarantor B” in the Counter Guarantee executed by it.

 

 

 

 

Counter Guarantors means together, the Counter Guarantor A and the Counter Guarantor B and Counter Guarantor means any of them.

 

 

 

 

Debt Service means, in relation to each Excess Cash Calculation Period, the sum (calculated by the Agent pursuant to clause 19.12 ( Excess Cash recapture )) to be the aggregate amount of principal, interest thereon and all other amounts which shall fall due and will be paid by the Borrowers to the Finance Parties under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents during that Excess Cash Calculation Period.

 

 

 

 

Deed of Covenant means, in relation to a Ship, a first deed of covenant by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form.

 

 

 

 

Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of them) be an Event of Default.

 

 

 

 

Defaulting Lender means any Lender:

 

 

 

 

(a)

which has failed to make its participation in an Advance available or has notified the Agent that it will not make its participation in an Advance available by the Utilisation Date of that Advance in accordance with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation );

 

 

 

 

(b)

which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

 

 

 

(c)

with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

 


unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:


 

 

 

 

 

(i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

a Disruption Event; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

payment is made within three Business Days of its due date; or

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

5


 

 

 

 

 

 

Delivery means, in relation to a Ship, the delivery and acceptance of the Ship by the relevant Owner under the relevant Building Contract.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Delivery Date means, in relation to a Ship, the date on which the relevant Ship is delivered to the relevant Owner pursuant to the relevant Building Contract.

 

 

 

Delivery Instalment means, in relation to a Ship, the instalment of the Contract Price for such Ship falling due on its Delivery.

 

 

 

Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

 

 

(a)

a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facilities (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

 

 

 

 

(and which (in either such case)) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

 

 

Earnings means, in relation to a Ship and a person, all money at any time payable to that person for or in relation to the use or operation of such Ship including freight, hire and passage moneys, money payable to that person for the provision of services by or from such Ship or under any charter commitment, requisition for hire compensation, remuneration for salvage and towage services, demurrage and detention moneys and damages for breach and payments for termination or variation of any charter commitment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Account means any Account designated as an “Earnings Account” under clause 25 ( Bank accounts ).

 

 

 

Enforcement Costs means any costs, expenses, liabilities or other amounts in respect of which any amount is payable under clauses 14.4 ( Indemnity concerning security ) or 16.3 ( Enforcement and preservation costs ) or under any other Finance Document to which those provisions apply and any remuneration payable to a Receiver in connection with any Security Documents.

 

 

 

Environmental Claims means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

enforcement, clean-up, removal or other governmental or regulatory action or orders or claims instituted or made pursuant to any Environmental Laws or resulting from a Spill; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

any claim made by any other person relating to a Spill.

 

 

 

Environmental Incident means any Spill from any Fleet Vessel in circumstances where:

 

 

 

(a)

any Fleet Vessel or its owner, operator or manager may be liable for Environmental Claims arising from the Spill (other than Environmental Claims arising and fully satisfied before the date of this Agreement); and/or

 

 

 

 

(b)

any Fleet Vessel may be arrested or attached in connection with any such Environmental Claim.

6



 

 

 

 

Environmental Laws means all laws, regulations and conventions concerning pollution or protection of human health or the environment.

 

 

 

Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in clause 28 ( Events of Default ).

 

 

 

Excess Cash means, in relation to each Excess Cash Calculation Period, the amount (calculated by the Agent pursuant to clause 19.12 (Excess Cash recapture )) which is equal to:

 

 

 

(a)

the Earnings paid to the Owners during such Excess Cash Calculation Period, minus;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Debt Service for such Excess Cash Calculation Period, minus;

 

 

 

 

(c)

the total voyage and operating expenses and costs (including, without limitation, maintenance costs, crew wages, insurance costs, and overhead expenses but excluding any extraordinary items) in relation to the Ships and the total cost of any intermediate or special survey for the Ships, paid by the Owners during such Excess Cash Calculation Period as may be requested by the Agent.

 

 

 

 

Excess Cash Calculation Period means, in respect of a Ship, each of the three month periods commencing on the first Repayment Date after the date falling 18 months before the expiry of that Ship’s Charter.

 

 

 

 

Facilities means, together, the Commercial Facility and the KEXIM Facility.

 

 

 

Facility Office means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

 

 

Facility Period means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date on which the Total Commitments have reduced to zero and all indebtedness of the Obligors under the Finance Documents has been fully paid and discharged.

 

 

 

Fee Letter means any letter dated on or before the date of this Agreement between the Agent and the Borrowers setting out any of the fees referred to in clause 11 ( Fees ).

 

 

 

Final Repayment Date means, subject to clause 35.7 ( Business Days ):

 

 

 

(a)

in respect of Advance A, the earlier of (i) 19 August 2025 and (ii) the date 144 months after the Delivery Date of Ship A; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

in respect of Advance B, the earlier of (i) 17 October 2025 and (ii) the date 144 months after the Delivery Date of Ship B..

 

 

 

 

Finance Documents means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, the Hedging Contracts, the Hedging Master Agreement, the Security Documents, any Transfer Certificate and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Borrowers and each a Finance Document.

 

 

 

Finance Parties means the Agent, the Security Agent, any Arranger, the Hedging Provider or a Lender and each a Finance Party.

 

 

 

Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:

 

 

 

(a)

moneys borrowed;

 

 

 

 

(b)

any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

7



 

 

 

 

(c)

any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;

 

 

 

 

(d)

the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP, be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

 

 

 

(e)

receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);

 

 

 

 

(f)

any Treasury Transaction (and, when calculating the value of that Treasury Transaction, only the marked to market value shall be taken into account);

 

 

 

 

(g)

any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution;

 

 

 

 

(h)

any amount of any liability under an advance or deferred purchase agreement if (a) one of the primary reasons behind entering into the agreement is to raise finance or (b) the agreement is in respect of the supply of assets or services and payment is due more than 180 days after the date of supply;

 

 

 

 

(i)

any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing; and

 

 

 

 

(j)

the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above.

 

 

 

 

First Repayment Date means, in respect of each Advance, subject to clause 35,7 ( Business Days ) the date falling three months after the Delivery Date of the Ship relative to such Advance.

 

 

 

 

Flag State means, in relation to a Ship, the country specified in respect of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ), or such other state or territory as may be approved by the Lenders, at the request of the relevant Owner, as being the “Flag State” of such Ship for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

Fleet Vessel means each Ship and any other vessel directly or indirectly owned by any Obligor.

 

 

 

 

GAAP means International Accounting Standards, International Financial Reporting Standards and related interpretations as amended, supplemented, issued or adopted from time to time by the International Accounting Standards Board to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

 

 

 

 

GasLog means the company described as such in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ).

GasLog Carriers means the company described as such in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ).

 

 

 

 

GasLog Guarantee means the guarantee, executed by GasLog in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form.

 

 

 

 

GasLog Carriers Guarantee means the guarantee, executed by GasLog Carriers in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form.

 

 

 

 

GasLog LNG means the company described as such in Schedule 1 ( The Original Parties ).

 

 

 

 

Group means a Counter Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the time being and, for the purposes of clause 18,1 ( Financial statements ) or clause 5 of each of the Counter Guarantees ( Financial Covenants ), any other entity required to be treated as a subsidiary in its consolidated accounts in accordance with GAAP and/or any applicable law.

8



 

 

 

 

Guarantees means the GasLog Guarantee and the GasLog Carriers Guarantee and Guarantee means any of them.

 

 

 

Guarantors means persons acceptable to the Lenders at their discretion which may now or at any time throughout the Facility Period guarantee the obligations and liabilities of the Borrowers to the Lenders and the Hedging Provider (including, without limitation, GasLog and GasLog Carriers).

 

 

 

 

Hedging Contract means any Hedging Transaction between one or more of the Borrowers and the Hedging Provider pursuant to the Hedging Master Agreement and includes the Hedging Master Agreement and any Confirmations from time to time exchanged under it and governed by its terms relating to that Hedging Transaction and any contract in relation to such a Hedging Transaction constituted and/or evidenced by them and Hedging Contracts means all of them.

 

 

 

 

Hedging Contract Security means a deed or other instrument by the Borrowers in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form conferring a Security Interest over any Hedging Contracts.

 

 

 

 

Hedging Exposure means, as at any relevant date, the aggregate of the amount certified by the Hedging Provider to the Agent to be the net amount in dollars (a) in relation to all Hedging Contracts that have been closed out on or prior to the relevant date, that is due and owing by the Borrowers to the Hedging Provider in respect of such Hedging Contracts on the relevant date and (b) in relation to all Hedging Contracts that are continuing on the relevant date, that would be payable by the Borrowers to the Hedging Provider under (and calculated in accordance with) the early termination provisions of the Hedging Contracts as if an Early Termination Date (as defined in the Hedging Master Agreement) had occurred on the relevant date in relation to all such continuing Hedging Contracts.

 

 

 

 

Hedging Master Agreement means the agreement made or (as the context may require) to be made between the Borrowers and the Hedging Provider comprising an ISDA Master Agreement and Schedule thereto and any credit support agreement in the agreed form.

 

 

 

 

Hedging Transaction has, in relation to the Hedging Master Agreement, the meaning given to the term “Transaction” in the Hedging Master Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

 

 

 

Increased Costs has the meaning given to it in clause 13.1 ( Increased Costs ).

 

 

 

Indemnified Person means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

each Finance Party and each Receiver and any attorney, agent or other person appointed by them under the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

(b)

each Affiliate of those persons; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

any officers, employees or agents of any of the above persons.

 

 

 

 

Insolvency Event in relation to a Finance Party means that the Finance Party:

 

 

 

 

(a)

is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

 

 

 

(b)

becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

 

 

 

(c)

makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

 

 

 

(d)

institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its

9



 

 

 

 

 

 

incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding up or liquidation; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

has exercised in respect of it one or more of the stabilisation powers pursuant to Part 1 of the Banking Act 2009 and/or has instituted against it a bank insolvency proceeding pursuant to Part 2 of the Banking Act 2009 or a bank administration proceeding pursuant to Part 3 of the Banking Act 2009;

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

has a resolution passed for its winding up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (i) above; or

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance Notice means, in relation to a Ship, a notice of assignment in the form scheduled to such Ship’s Deed of Covenant or in another approved form.

 

 

 

 

 

Insurances means, in relation to a Ship:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

all policies and contracts of insurance; and

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

all entries in a protection and indemnity or war risks or other mutual insurance association

 

 

 

 

 

in the name of such Ship’s owner or the joint names of its owner and any other person in respect of or in connection with such Ship and/or its owner’s Earnings from the Ship and includes all benefits thereof (including the right to receive claims and to return of premiums).

 

 

 

 

 

Interbank Market means the London interbank market.

10



 

 

 

 

 

Interest Period means, in relation to the Loan, each period determined in accordance with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).

 

 

 

 

 

IPO means the initial public offering of shares of common stock of GasLog on an Approved Exchange.

 

 

 

 

 

IPO Change of Control means if, at any time after an IPO has been completed:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the current beneficial owners of the Counter Guarantors fail to maintain, in aggregate, legally and/or beneficially, and either directly or indirectly, at least:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

from the date when the IPO is completed until the date falling 12 months thereafter (the First Anniversary ), 30%;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

from the First Anniversary until the date falling 12 months thereafter (the Second Anniversary ), 25%;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

from the Second Anniversary until the date falling 12 months thereafter (the Third Anniversary ), 20%; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

from the Third Anniversary and at all other times thereafter, 15%,

 

 

 

 

 

 

of the issued share capital of GasLog (or such other public vehicle owning the Borrowers); or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the current beneficial owners of the Counter Guarantors cease to be, in aggregate, the largest direct or indirect shareholders of the Guarantors (with the exception of any passive financial institution) or cease to have the right or the ability to control, either directly or indirectly, the affairs or composition of the majority of the board of directors (or equivalent) of GasLog (or such other public vehicle owning the Borrowers); or

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

there is a change of 15% or more in the shareholding of, or in the voting rights relative to, Counter Guarantor A from that described to the Lenders on or before the date of this Agreement,

 

 

 

 

 

in any case without the prior written consent of the Agent (acting with the authorisation of the Lenders).

 

 

 

 

 

Any reference to the Counter Guarantors or Counter Guarantor A in this definition shall continue to apply to such person(s) following the release of any Counter Guarantor from its obligations under the Counter Guarantee to which it is a party for any person.

 

 

 

 

 

KEXIM Facility means the term loan facility made available by the KEXIM Facility Lenders under this Agreement as described in clause 2 ( The Facilities ).

 

 

 

 

 

KEXIM Facility Advance A means an advance of the KEXIM Facility Commitment in respect of Ship A of up to the lesser of (a) $96,250,000 and (b) 51.471% of the Contract Price of Ship A.

 

 

 

 

 

KEXIM Facility Advance B means an advance of the KEXIM Facility Commitment in respect of Ship B of up to the lesser of (a) $96,250,000 and (b) 51.471% of the Contract Price of Ship B.

 

 

 

 

 

KEXIM Facility Advances means the KEXIM Facility Advance A and the KEXIM Facility Advance B and KEXIM Facility Advance means either of them.

 

 

 

 

 

KEXIM Facility Commitment means:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in relation to an Original KEXIM Facility Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “KEXIM Facility Commitment” in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) and the

11



 

 

 

 

 

amount of any other KEXIM Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

 

(b)

in relation to any other KEXIM Facility Lender, the amount of any KEXIM Facility Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

 

 

 

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

KEXIM Facility Lender means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Original KEXIM Facility Lender; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

any bank, financial institution or other regulated investment company which has become a Party in accordance with clause 30 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

 

 

 

 

and in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

KEXIM Loan means the loan made or to be made under the KEXIM Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

 

 

 

Last Availability Date means, in respect of each Advance, 200 days after the Scheduled Delivery Date for the relevant Ship (as set out in Schedule 2 ( Ship information )) relating to that Advance under the Building Contract for that Ship (or such later date as may be approved by the Lenders).

 

 

 

 

Legal Reservations means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the time barring of claims under the Limitation Acts, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for, or indemnify a person against, non-payment of UK stamp duty may be void and defences of set-off or counterclaim; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

similar principles, rights and defences under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

Lenders means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

any Commercial Facility Lender; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

any KEXIM Facility Lender,

 

 

 

 

and Lender means any of them.

 

 

 

 

LIBOR means, in relation to the Loan or any part of it or any Unpaid Sum:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the applicable Screen Rate; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

(if no Screen Rate is available for the relevant Interest Period) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the Interbank Market,

 

 

 

 

as of 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in dollars for a period comparable to the Interest Period for the Loan or relevant part of it or Unpaid Sum and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

 

 

 

 

Loan means the loan made or to be made under the Facilities or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

12



 

 

 

 

Losses means any costs, expenses, payments, charges, losses, demands, liabilities, claims, actions, proceedings, penalties, fines, damages, judgments, orders or other sanctions.

 

 

 

 

Loss Payable Clauses means, in relation to a Ship, the provisions concerning payment of claims under the Ship’s Insurances in the form scheduled to such Ship’s Deed of Covenant or in another form approved by the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

Major Casualty means any casualty to a vessel for which the total insurance claim, inclusive of any deductible, exceeds or may exceed the Major Casualty Amount.

 

 

 

 

Major Casualty Amount means $3,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency).

 

 

 

 

Majority Lenders means at any time, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 66 2 / 3 % of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction), Provided that Majority Lenders shall always include (a) the Original KEXIM Facility Lender for so long as it remains a KEXIM Facility Lender and (b) DNB Bank ASA for so long as it remains a Commercial Facility Lender.

 

 

 

 

Manager means collectively, (a) GasLog LNG in its capacity as technical manager to be appointed by the relevant Owner of a Ship, (b) GasLog in its capacity as commercial manager to be appointed by the relevant Owner of a Ship or (c) any other manager appointed by the relevant Owner in accordance with clause 20.3 ( Manager ).

 

 

 

 

Management Agreement Assignment means, in relation to a Ship, a first assignment by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Agent of any management agreement made between the relevant Owner and a Manager in the agreed form.

 

 

 

 

Manager’s Undertaking means, in relation to a Ship, an undertaking by any manager of the Ship to the Security Agent in the agreed form pursuant to clause 20.3 ( Manager ).

 

 

 

 

Mandatory Cost means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance with Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ).

 

 

 

 

Margin means 2.65% per annum.

 

 

 

 

Master Agreement means the master time charter party agreement dated 9 May 2011 entered into between GAS-one Ltd., GAS-two Ltd., GAS-three Ltd., GAS-four Ltd., GAS-five Ltd., and GAS-six Ltd. and Methane Services Limited.

 

 

 

 

Material Adverse Effect means, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders, a material adverse effect on:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the business, operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of any of the Obligors or a Group taken as a whole, which prejudices the ability of an Obligor to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security Interest granted or purporting to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

Minimum Value means the amount in dollars which is at that time 120% of the aggregate of (a) the Loan and (b) the Hedging Exposure at that time.

 

 

 

 

Mortgage means, in relation to a Ship, a first mortgage of the Ship in the agreed form by the relevant Owner in favour of the Security Agent.

 

 

 

 

Mortgage Period means, in relation to a Ship, the period from the date the Mortgage over such Ship is executed and registered until the date such Mortgage is released and discharged or the Total Loss Repayment Date.

13



 

 

 

 

Obligors means the parties to the Finance Documents (other than Finance Parties and the Manager) and Obligor means any one of them.

 

 

 

 

Original Financial Statements means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the audited consolidated financial statements of a Group for its financial year ended 31 December 2010; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

the audited financial statements of each of the Guarantors and each of the Counter Guarantors for their respective financial years ended 31 December 2010.

 

 

 

 

Original Lenders means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Original Commercial Facility Lender; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Original KEXIM Facility Lender,

 

 

 

 

and Original Lender means either of them.

 

 

 

 

Original Obligor means each party to this Agreement and the Original Security Documents (other than a Finance Party and the Manager).

 

 

 

 

Original Security Documents means:

 

 

 

(a)

the Counter Guarantees and the Guarantees;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Mortgage over each of the Ships;

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Deed of Covenant in relation to each of the Ships;

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Hedging Contract Security;

 

 

 

 

(e)

the Share Security in relation to each Borrower;

 

 

 

 

(f)

the Charter Assignment in relation to each Ship’s Charter Documents;

 

 

 

 

(g)

the Account Security;

 

 

 

 

(h)

the Management Agreement Assignment;

 

 

 

 

(i)

any Manager’s Undertaking in relation to a Ship if required under clause 20.3 ( Manager ); and

 

 

 

 

(j)

the Quiet Enjoyment Agreement in relation to each of the Ships.

 

 

 

 

Owner means, in relation to a Ship, the Borrower specified against the name of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

 

 

 

Participating Member State means any member state of the European Community that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

 

 

 

 

Party means a party to this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Permitted Maritime Liens means, in relation to a vessel:

 

 

 

 

(a)

unless a Default is continuing, any ship repairer’s or outfitter’s possessory lien in respect of such vessel for an amount not exceeding the Major Casualty Amount for such Ship;

14



 

 

 

 

(b)

any lien on such vessel for master’s, officer’s or crew’s wages outstanding in the ordinary course of its trading;

 

 

 

 

(c)

liens for master’s disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of business and any other lien arising by operation of law in the ordinary course of the business, repair or maintenance of such vessel, and

 

 

 

 

(d)

any lien on such vessel for salvage,

 

 

 

 

each securing obligations not more than 30 days overdue.

 

 

 

 

Permitted Security Interests means, in relation to any Ship, any Security Interest over it which is:

 

 

 

 

(a)

granted under the Finance Documents; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

a Permitted Maritime Lien; or

 

 

 

 

(c)

any Security Interest created in favour of a claimant or defendant in any proceedings or arbitration as security for costs and expenses while a Borrower is actively pursuing a claim or defending such proceedings or arbitration in good faith; or

 

 

 

 

(d)

any Security Interest arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps; or

 

 

 

 

(e)

approved by the Majority Lenders,

 

 

 

 

PROVIDED that in the case of (c) and (d) above the relevant liens (or any claim relating thereto) are, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, covered by insurance or, as the case may be, appropriate reserves have been made.

 

 

 

 

Pollutant means and includes crude oil and its products, any other polluting, toxic or hazardous substance and any other substance whose release into the environment is regulated or penalised by Environmental Laws.

 

 

 

 

Prepayment Option Date means the date falling five years after the earlier to occur of (a) the Delivery Date in relation to Ship A and (b) the Delivery Date in relation to Ship B.

 

 

 

 

Quiet Enjoyment Agreement means, in respect of a Ship, a letter by the Security Agent addressed to, and acknowledged by, the relevant Charterer of the Ship in an agreed form.

 

 

 

 

Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency shall be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

 

 

 

Receiver means a receiver or a receiver and manager or an administrative receiver appointed in relation to the whole or any part of any Charged Property under any relevant Security Document.

 

 

 

 

Reference Banks means the principal offices in London of DNB Bank ASA, Barclays Bank plc and HSBC Bank plc or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent with the consent of the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

Registry means, in relation to each Ship, such registrar, commissioner or representative of the relevant Flag State who is duly authorised and empowered to register the relevant Ship, the relevant Owner’s title to such Ship and the relevant Mortgage under the laws of its Flag State.

15



 

 

 

 

Relevant Jurisdiction means, in relation to an Obligor:

 

 

 

 

(a)

its jurisdiction of incorporation;

 

 

 

 

(b)

any jurisdiction where any Charged Property owned by it is situated;

 

 

 

 

(c)

any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and

 

 

 

 

(d)

any jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

 

 

 

 

Repayment Date means, in respect of each Advance:

 

 

 

(a)

the First Repayment Date for such Advance;

 

 

 

 

(b)

each of the dates falling at three monthly intervals thereafter up to but not including the Final Repayment Date for such Advance; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Final Repayment Date for such Advance.

 

 

 

 

Replacement Charter means, in relation to a Ship, a charter commitment in respect of that Ship (other than the Charter for that Ship) which:

 

 

 

 

(a)

is approved;

 

 

 

 

(b)

is for an approved period and at approved charter rates;

 

 

 

 

(c)

is in full force and effect;

 

 

 

 

(d)

is entered into with a Charterer whose credit standing is approved;

 

 

 

 

(e)

is subject to a Security Interest which is granted in favour of the Security Agent;

 

 

 

 

(f)

is subject to a Quiet Enjoyment Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

(g)

satisfies such other terms as may be required by the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders).

 

 

 

 

Repeating Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in clauses 17.1 ( Status ) to 17.10 ( Ranking and effectiveness of Security Documents ), 17.16.2 ( No breach of laws ), 17.18.1 ( Taxation ), 17.20 ( Legal and beneficial ownership ), 17.21 ( Shares ), 17.23 ( No adverse consequences ), 17.24 ( Copies of documents ), 17.25 (No breach of any Charter Document or Building Contract Document ), 17.26 ( No immunity ), 17,30 ( Other Finance Documents ) and 17.31 ( No money laundering ).

 

 

 

 

Requisition Compensation means, in relation to a Ship, any compensation paid or payable by a government entity for the requisition for title, confiscation or compulsory acquisition of such Ship.

 

 

 

 

Reserve Account means any Account designated as a “ Reserve Account ” under clause 25 ( Bank accounts ).

 

 

 

 

Retention Account means any Account designated as a “Retention Account” under clause 25 ( Bank accounts ).

 

 

 

 

Screen Rate means the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for dollars and the relevant period displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Borrowers and the Lenders.

16



 

 

 

 

Security Agent includes any person as may be appointed security agent and trustee for the Lenders under this Agreement,

 

 

 

Security Documents means:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Original Security Documents; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

any other document as may after the date of this Agreement be executed to guarantee and/or secure any amounts owing to the Finance Parties under this Agreement, any Hedging Contract or any other Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

Security Interest means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, assignment, trust, hypothecation or other security interest of any kind securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.

 

 

 

 

Security Value means, at any time, the amount in dollars which, at that time, is the aggregate of (a) the value of all the delivered Ships which have not then become a Total Loss and (b) the value of any additional security then held by the Security Agent provided under clause 23 ( Minimum security value ), in each case as most recently determined in accordance with this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Selection Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Selection Notice ) given in accordance with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

 

 

 

 

Share Security means, in relation to each Borrower, the document constituting a first Security Interest by its Holding Company in favour of the Security Agent in the agreed form in respect of all of the shares in such Borrower.

 

 

 

 

Ship A means the ship described as such in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

 

 

 

 

Ship B means the ship described as such in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ).

 

 

 

 

Ship Commitment means, in relation to a Ship, the amount specified against the name of such Ship in Schedule 2 ( Ship information ), as cancelled or reduced pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Ship Representations means each of the representations and warranties set out in clauses 17.27 ( Ship status ) and 17.28 ( Ship’s employment ).

 

 

 

 

Ships means Ship A and Ship B and Ship means any of them.

 

 

 

 

Spill means any spill, release or discharge of a Pollutant into the environment.

 

 

 

 

Subsidiary of a person means any other person:

 

 

 

 

(a)

directly or indirectly controlled by such person; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

of whose dividends or distributions on ordinary voting share capital such person is entitled to receive more than 50%.

 

 

 

 

Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same) and Taxation shall be construed accordingly.

 

 

 

 

Total Commercial Facility Commitments means the aggregate of the Commercial Facility Commitments, being $80,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Total Commercial Facility Commitments and the Total KEXIM Facility Commitments, being $272,500,000 at the date of this Agreement.

17



 

 

 

 

 

Total KEXIM Facility Commitments means the aggregate of the KEXIM Facility Commitments, being $192,500,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loss means, in relation to a vessel, its:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

actual, constructive, compromised or arranged total loss; or

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

requisition for title, confiscation or other compulsory acquisition by a government entity;

 

 

 

 

(c)

condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest or detention for more than 30 days; or

 

 

 

 

(d)

hijacking or theft for more than 60 days.

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loss Date means, in relation to the Total Loss of a vessel:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in the case of an actual total loss, the date it happened or, if such date is not known, the date on which the vessel was last reported;

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss, the earliest of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the date notice of abandonment of the vessel is given to its insurers; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

if the insurers do not admit such a claim, the date later determined by a competent court of law to have been the date on which the total loss happened; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

the date upon which a binding agreement as to such compromised or arranged total loss has been entered into by the vessel’s insurers;

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in the case of a requisition for title, confiscation or compulsory acquisition, the date it happened;

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

in the case of condemnation, capture, seizure, arrest or detention, the date 30 days after the date upon which it happened; and

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

in the case of hijacking or theft, the date 60 days after the date upon which it happened.

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loss Repayment Date means where a Ship has become a Total Loss after its Delivery the earlier of:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the date falling 180 days after its Total Loss Date; and

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the date upon which insurance proceeds or Requisition Compensation for such Total Loss are paid by insurers or the relevant government entity.

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in either Schedule 7 ( Form of Commercial Facility Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Borrowers or at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, in any other form required by the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer Date means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the date on which the Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury Transaction means any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price.

 

 

 

 

 

Trust Property means, collectively:

18



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

all moneys duly received by the Security Agent under or in respect of the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any portion of the balance on any Account held by or charged to the Security Agent at any time;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Security Interests, guarantees, security, powers and rights given to the Security Agent under and pursuant to the Finance Documents including, without limitation, the covenants given to the Security Agent in respect of all obligations of any Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

all assets paid or transferred to or vested in the Security Agent or its agent or received or recovered by the Security Agent or its agent in connection with any of the Finance Documents whether from any Obligor or any other person; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

all or any part of any rights, benefits, interests and other assets at any time representing or deriving from any of the above, including all income and other sums at any time received or receivable by the Security Agent or its agent in respect of the same (or any part thereof).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

Utilisation means the making of an Advance pursuant to clause 5 ( Utilisation ).

 

 

 

 

 

Utilisation Date means the date on which a Utilisation is made.

 

 

 

 

 

Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Utilisation Request ).

 

 

 

 

 

VAT means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 and any other tax of a similar nature and the analogous taxes in any other relevant jurisdictions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

 

Construction

 

 

 

1.2.1

 

Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in any of the Finance Documents to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Sections, clauses and Schedules are to be construed as references to the Sections and clauses of, and the Schedules to, the relevant Finance Document and references to a Finance Document include its Schedules;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as it may from time to time be amended, restated, novated or replaced, however fundamentally;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

words importing the plural shall include the singular and vice versa;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

a time of day are to London time;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

any person includes its successors in title, permitted assignees or transferees;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

the knowledge, awareness and/or beliefs (and similar expressions) of any Obligor shall be construed so as to mean the knowledge, awareness and beliefs of the director and officers of such Obligor, having made due and careful enquiry;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

agreed form means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

where a Finance Document has already been executed by the Agent or the Security Agent, such Finance Document in its executed form;

19



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

prior to the execution of a Finance Document, the form of such Finance Document separately agreed in writing between the Agent and the Borrowers, whether before or after the date of this Agreement, as the form in which that Finance Document is to be executed or another form approved at the request of the Borrowers;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

approved by the Majority Lenders means approved in writing by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (on such conditions as they may respectively impose) and otherwise approved or approved by the Lenders means approved in writing by the Agent acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders (on such conditions as the Agent may impose) and approval and approve shall be construed accordingly;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

an authorisation means any authorisation, consent, concession, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

charter commitment means, in relation to a vessel, any charter or contract for the use, employment or operation of that vessel or the carriage of people and/or cargo or the provision of services by or from it and includes any agreement for pooling or sharing income derived from any such charter or contract;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(I)

control of an entity means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

cast, or control the casting of, more than 50% of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of that entity; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(C)

give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of that entity with which the directors or other equivalent officers of that entity are obliged to comply; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the holding beneficially of more than 50% of the issued share capital of that entity (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and controlled shall be construed accordingly;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(m)

the term disposal or dispose means a sale, transfer or other disposal (including by way of lease or loan but not including by way of loan of money) by a person of all or part of its assets, whether by one transaction or a series of transactions and whether at the same time or over a period of time, but not the creation of a Security Interest;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(n)

dollar/$ means the lawful currency of the United States of America;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(o)

the equivalent of an amount specified in a particular currency (the specified currency amount ) shall be construed as a reference to the amount of the other relevant currency which can be purchased with the specified currency amount in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on the date the calculation falls to be made for spot delivery, as conclusively determined by the Agent (with the relevant exchange rate of any such purchase being the Agent’s spot rate of exchange );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(p)

a government entity means any government, state or agency of a state;

20



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(q)

a guarantee means any guarantee, letter of credit, bond, indemnity or similar assurance against loss, or any obligation, direct or indirect, actual or contingent, to purchase or assume any indebtedness of any person or to make an investment in or loan to any person or to purchase assets of any person where, in each case, such obligation is assumed in order to maintain or assist the ability of such person to meet its indebtedness;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(r)

indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(s)

month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month or the calendar month in which it is to end, except that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that month (if there is one) or on the immediately preceding Business Day (if there is not); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

if there is no numerically corresponding day in that month, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that month,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and the above rules in paragraphs (i) to (ii) will only apply to the last month of any period;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(t)

an obligation means any duty, obligation or liability of any kind;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(u)

something being in the ordinary course of business of a person means something that is in the ordinary course of that person’s current day-to-day operational business (and not merely anything which that person is entitled to do under its Constitutional Documents);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

pay, prepay or repay in clause 26 ( Business restrictions ) includes by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(w)

a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government entity or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(x)

a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation and includes (without limitation) any Basel II Regulation and the Basel III Regulation;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(y)

right means any right, privilege, power or remedy, any proprietary interest in any asset and any other interest or remedy of any kind, whether actual or contingent, present or future, arising under contract or law, or in equity;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(z)

trustee, fiduciary and fiduciary duty has in each case the meaning given to such term under applicable law;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(aa)

(i) the winding up, dissolution, or administration of person or (ii) a receiver or administrative receiver or administrator in the context of insolvency proceedings or security enforcement actions in respect of a person shall be construed so as to include any equivalent or analogous proceedings or any equivalent and analogous person or appointee (respectively) under the law of the jurisdiction in which such person is established or incorporated or any jurisdiction in which such person carries on business including (in respect of proceedings) the seeking or occurrences of liquidation, winding-up, reorganisation, dissolution, administration, arrangement, adjustment, protection or relief of debtors;

21



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(bb)

wholly-owned subsidiary has the meaning given to that term in section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(cc)

a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted.

 

 

 

 

 

1.2.2

 

Where in this Agreement a provision includes a monetary reference level in one currency, unless a contrary indication appears, such reference level is intended to apply equally to its equivalent in other currencies as of the relevant time for the purposes of applying such reference level to any other currencies.

 

 

 

 

 

1.2.3

 

Section, clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

 

 

 

 

1.2.4

 

Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

1.2.5

 

A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived.

 

 

 

 

 

1.2.6

 

Unless a contrary indication appears, in the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any other Finance Document when dealing with the same or similar subject matter, the terms of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

 

Third party rights

 

 

 

 

 

1.3.1

 

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document for the benefit of a Finance Party or another Indemnified Person, a person who is not a party to a Finance Document has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the Third Parties Act ) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of the relevant Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

1.3.2

 

Any Finance Document may be rescinded or varied by the parties to it without the consent of any person who is not a party to it (unless otherwise provided by this Agreement).

 

 

 

 

 

1.3.3

 

An Indemnified Person who is not a party to a Finance Document may only enforce its rights under that Finance Document through a Finance Party and if and to the extent and in such manner as the Finance Party may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

1.4

 

Finance Documents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Where any other Finance Document provides that this clause 1.4 shall apply to that Finance Document, any other provision of this Agreement which, by its terms, purports to apply to all or any of the Finance Documents and/or any Obligor shall apply to that Finance Document as if set out in it but with all necessary changes.

 

 

 

 

 

1.5

 

Conflict of documents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The terms of the Finance Documents (other than as relates to the creation and/or perfection of security) are subject to the terms of this Agreement and, in the event of any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and any provision of any Finance Document (other than in relation to the creation and/or perfection of security) the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

22


SECTION 2 - THE FACILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

The Facilities

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

The Facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

2.1.1

 

the Commercial Facility Lenders agree to make available to the Borrowers a term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commercial Facility Commitments; and

 

 

 

 

 

2.1.2

 

the KEXIM Facility Lenders agree to make available to the Borrowers a term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total KEXIM Facility Commitments.

 

 

 

 

 

2.2

 

Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

 

 

 

 

2.2.1

 

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

2.2.2

 

The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.

 

 

 

 

 

2.2.3

 

A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents (including clauses 32.24 ( All enforcement action through the Security Agent )) and 33.2 ( Finance Parties acting together ), separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

2.3

 

Borrowers’ rights and obligations

 

 

 

 

 

2.3.1

 

The obligations of each Borrower under this Agreement are joint and several. Failure by a Borrower to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall constitute a failure by all of the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

 

2.3.2

 

Each Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally with each other Borrower:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

agrees that it is responsible for the performance of the obligations of each other Borrower under this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

acknowledges and agrees that it is a principal and original debtor in respect of all amounts due from the Borrowers under this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

agrees with each Finance Party that, if any obligation of another Borrower under this Agreement is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal for any reason it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any and all Losses it incurs as a result of another Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by that other Borrower under this Agreement. The amount payable under this indemnity shall be equal to the amount which that Finance Party would otherwise have been entitled to recover.

 

 

 

 

 

2.3.3

 

The obligations of each Borrower under the Finance Documents shall continue until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged in full, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

 

 

2.3.4

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether in respect of the obligations of a Borrower or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in whole or in part on

23



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency, liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Borrowers under this Agreement will continue or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

 

 

2.3.5

 

The obligations of each Borrower under the Finance Documents shall not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this clause (whether or not known to it or any Finance Party), would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under the Finance Documents including:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any other Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

 

 

 

 

2.3.6

 

Each Borrower waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Borrower under any Finance Document. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

 

 

 

 

2.3.7

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Borrower will be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any money received from any Borrower or on account of any Borrower’s liability under any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

2.3.8

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs (on such terms as it may require), no Borrower shall exercise any rights (including rights of set-off) which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to be indemnified by another Obligor;

24



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to claim any contribution from any other Obligor or any guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents other than as may be permitted under section subject to the provisions of clause 22; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party.

 

 

 

 

 

2.4

 

Adjustment for liquidated damages

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If an Owner becomes entitled to receive liquidated damages under a Building Contract or to have liquidated damages deducted from the Delivery Instalment for the relevant Ship, the Advance for the relevant Ship and the Total Commitments shall each be reduced by an amount equal to 72.862% of such liquidated damages (save to the extent that any such liquidated damages are to be paid by the relevant Owner or the Builder of the relevant Ship to the Charterer of that Ship, but for the avoidance of doubt, not by way of set-off or reduction in charterhire or any other means other than direct payment) and such reduction shall be applied against the Commercial Facility Commitments and the KEXIM Facility Commitments on a pro rata basis.

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Purpose

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Purpose

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall apply all amounts borrowed under the Facilities in accordance with this clause 3.

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

Use

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship Commitment for each Ship shall be made available solely for the purpose of assisting the relevant Owner to finance the Contract Price for such Ship.

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

 

Monitoring

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Conditions of Utilisation

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Initial conditions precedent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers may not execute this Agreement unless the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received all of the documents and the evidence listed in Part 1 of Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent to executing this Agreement ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

Conditions precedent on delivery of Utilisation Request

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part 2 of Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent to any Utilisation ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

Conditions precedent on Delivery

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship Commitment in respect of a Ship shall only become available for borrowing under this Agreement if the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received all of the documents and evidence listed in Part 3 of Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent on Delivery ) in relation to such Ship in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

25



 

 

 

 

 

4.4

 

Notice to Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders promptly upon receiving and being satisfied with all of the documents and evidence delivered to it under this clause 4.

 

 

 

 

 

4.5

 

Further conditions precedent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with clause 5.4 ( Lenders’ participation ) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Utilisation;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Repeating Representations and, in relation to the first Utilisation, all of the other representations set out in clause 17 ( Representations ) (except the Ship Representations), are true; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in relation to the Utilisation of the Ship Commitment for a Ship, the Ship Representations are true so far as they relate to that Ship.

 

 

 

 

 

4.6

 

Waiver of conditions precedent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The conditions in this clause 4 are inserted solely for the benefit of the Finance Parties and may be waived on their behalf in whole or in part and with or without conditions by the Agent acting on the instructions of the Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

4.7

 

Conditions subsequent

 

 

 

 

 

4.7.1

 

The condition precedent with respect to the provision of the duly executed GasLog Guarantee specified at paragraph 8 of part 1 of Schedule 3 must be satisfied as soon as practicable after the date of this Agreement and, in any event, no later than 15 Business Days after the date hereof or such later date as the Lenders in their absolute discretion shall determine.

 

 

 

 

 

4.7.2

 

The condition precedent with respect to the provision of evidence that the relevant Ship has been delivered and accepted for service under the relevant Charter or the relevant Replacement Charter specified at paragraph 3(a)(v) of part 3 of Schedule 3, must be satisfied as soon as practicable after the relevant Utilisation Date and, in any event no later than three Business Days after the relevant Utilisation Date.

26


SECTION 3 - UTILISATION

 

 

 

 

5

 

Utilisation

 

 

 

5.1

 

Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

 

 

 

 

A Borrower may utilise the Facilities by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than 11:00 a.m. five Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

 

 

5.2

 

Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

 

 

5.2.1

 

A Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the proposed Utilisation Date, in respect of an Advance, is a Business Day falling not later than the Last Availability Date;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount );

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the proposed Interest Period complies with clause 9 ( Interest Periods ); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

it identifies the purpose for the Utilisation and that purpose complies with clause 3 ( Purpose ),

 

 

 

 

5.2.2

 

Only one Advance may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

 

 

5.3

 

Currency and amount

 

 

 

 

 

The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be in dollars and the amount of the proposed Advance must, in relation to a Ship:

 

 

 

5.3.1

 

be the Ship Commitment for such Ship or, if less, the amount of the Available Facility less the amount of the outstanding Loan; and

 

 

 

5.3.2

 

comprise a KEXIM Facility Advance and a Commercial Facility Advance, PROVIDED THAT the Security Value of the Ships shall always equal or exceed the Minimum Value.

 

 

 

5.4

 

Lenders’ participation

 

 

 

5.4.1

 

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Advance available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

 

 

5.4.2

 

The amount of each Lender’s participation in the Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Commitment to the Total Commitments immediately prior to making the Advance.

 

 

 

5.4.3

 

If any Commercial Facility Lender or KEXIM Facility Lender fails to make available its participation in an Advance to the Agent, no amount of that Advance shall be made available to the Borrowers.

 

 

 

5.4.4

 

The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of the Advance and the amount of its participation in the Advance.

 

 

 

5.4.5

 

The Agent shall pay all amounts received by it in respect of each Advance (and its own participation in it, if any) to the Borrowers or for the account of any of them in accordance with the instructions contained in the Utilisation Request.

27


SECTION 4 - REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

 

 

6

 

Repayment

 

 

 

6.1

 

Repayment

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall on each Repayment Date repay such part of the KEXIM Loan for the account of the KEXIM Facility Lenders and such part of the Commercial Loan for the account of the Commercial Facility Lenders as is required to be repaid by clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Advances ).

 

 

 

6.2

 

Scheduled repayment of Advances

 

 

 

6.2.1

 

The Borrowers shall repay each KEXIM Facility Advance by 48 instalments, one such instalment to be repaid on each of the Repayment Dates relative to such KEXIM Facility Advance and in the amounts specified in clause 6.2.3.

 

 

 

6.2.2

 

To the extent not previously reduced, the Borrowers shall repay each Commercial Facility Advance on the Final Repayment Date relative to such Commercial Facility Advance.

 

 

 

6.2.3

 

To the extent not previously reduced, each Advance shall be repaid by instalments on each Repayment Date by the amount specified below (as revised by clause 6.3):


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment
Date

 

KEXIM Facility
Advance A
amount ($)

 

Commercial
Facility
Advance A
amount ($)

 

KEXIM Facility
Advance B
amount ($)

 

Commercial
Facility
Advance B
amount ($)










 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First

 

2,005,224

 

0

 

2,005,224

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Second

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Third

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fifth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sixth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seventh

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eighth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ninth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tenth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eleventh

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twelfth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirteenth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fourteenth

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fifteen

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sixteen

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Seventeen

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

28



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment
Date

 

KEXIM Facility
Advance A
amount ($)

 

Commercial
Facility
Advance A
amount ($)

 

KEXIM Facility
Advance B
amount ($)

 

Commercial
Facility
Advance B
amount ($)










 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eighteen

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nineteen

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty one

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty two

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty three

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty four

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty five

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty six

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty seven

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty eight

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Twenty nine

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty one

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty two

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty three

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty four

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty five

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty six

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty seven

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty eight

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thirty nine

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty one

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty two

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty three

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty four

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty five

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty six

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty seven

 

2,005,208

 

0

 

2,005,208

 

0

29



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment
Date

 

KEXIM Facility
Advance A
amount ($)

 

Commercial
Facility
Advance A
amount ($)

 

KEXIM Facility
Advance B
amount ($)

 

Commercial
Facility
Advance B
amount ($)










 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forty eight

 

2,005,208

 

40,000,000

 

2,005,208

 

40,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

96,250,000

 

40,000,000

 

96,250,000

 

40,000,000


 

 

 

 

 

 

On the Final Repayment Date relative to an Advance (without prejudice to any other provision of this Agreement), the relevant Advance shall be repaid in full.

 

 

 

6.3

 

Adjustment of scheduled repayments

 

 

 

 

 

If the KEXIM Facility Commitment has been partially reduced under this Agreement and/or any part of any Advance is prepaid (other than under clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Advances )) before any Repayment Date, the amount of the instalment by which such KEXIM Facility Advance shall be repaid under clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Advances ) on any such Repayment Date (as reduced by any earlier operation of this clause 6.3) shall be reduced pro rata to such reduction in the KEXIM Facility Commitment.

 

 

 

7

 

Illegality, prepayment and cancellation

 

 

 

7.1

 

Illegality

 

 

 

 

 

 

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in the Loan:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

upon the Agent notifying the Borrowers, the Total Commitments will be immediately cancelled; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Borrowers shall repay the Loan in full on the last day of the Interest Period occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrowers or, if earlier, the date specified by that Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

 

 

 

 

7.2

 

Prepayment option

 

 

 

7.2.1

 

Any Commercial Facility Lender shall have the right to require the Borrowers to prepay the Commercial Loan in full on the Prepayment Option Date and the Total Commercial Facility Commitments will immediately be cancelled, PROVIDED THAT (a) the Agent (acting on the instructions of that Commercial Facility Lender) has notified the Borrowers not less than 90 days prior to the Prepayment Option Date (the Option Notification Date ) of the intention of the Commercial Facility Lenders to exercise such option and (b) the Agent (acting on the instructions of that Commercial Facility Lender) has notified the other Lenders of the intention to exercise the right to require the Borrowers to repay the Commercial Loan pursuant to this clause 7.2.1 at least 30 days prior to the Option Notification Date.

 

 

 

7.2.2

 

Any KEXIM Facility Lender shall have the right to require the Borrowers to prepay the KEXIM Loan in full on the Prepayment Option Date and the KEXIM Facility Commitments will immediately be cancelled, PROVIDED THAT (a) the Agent (acting on the instructions of that KEXIM Facility Lender) has notified the Borrowers no later than the Option Notification Date of the intention of the KEXIM Facility Lenders to exercise such option and (b) the Agent (acting on the instructions of that KEXIM Facility Lender) has notified the other Lenders of the intention to exercise the right to require the Borrowers to repay the KEXIM Loan pursuant to this clause 7.2.2 at least 30 days prior to the Option Notification Date.

30



 

 

 

 

7.2.3

 

If a Lender notifies the Agent of its intention to exercise its option pursuant to clause 7.2.1 or 7.2.2 above, the Agent shall notify each other Lender of such intention at the same time as the Agent notifies the Borrowers pursuant to clause 7.2.1 or 7.2.2 above.

 

 

 

7.3

 

Voluntary cancellation

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers may, if they give the Agent not less than 90 days prior written notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and a multiple of $5,000,000) of any part of the Available Facility which is undrawn at the proposed date of cancellation.

 

 

 

7.4

 

Voluntary prepayment

 

 

 

7.4.1

 

The Borrowers may, if they give the Agent not less than 90 days prior written notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of $5,000,000 and which is a multiple of $5,000,000) on the last day of an Interest Period in respect of the amount to be prepaid.

 

 

 

7.4.2

 

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for distribution among the Lenders) a prepayment fee of 0.5% of any amount prepaid pursuant to clause 7.4.1 ( Voluntary prepayment ). This prepayment fee shall not apply if the prepayment is made following an IPO for the purpose of complying with any financial covenants provided by any Guarantor.

 

 

 

7.5

 

Right of cancellation and prepayment in relation to a single Lender

 

 

 

7.5.1

 

If:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrowers under clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity ) or clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ),

 

 

 

 

 

 

the Borrowers may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and their intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

 

 

7.5.2

 

On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in clause 7.5.1 above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

 

 

7.5.3

 

On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrowers have given notice of cancellation under clause 7.5.1 above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrowers in that notice), the Borrowers shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

 

 

 

7.5.4

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Borrowers may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent three Business Days’ notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

On the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above becoming effective, the Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, notify all the Lenders.

 

 

 

 

7.6

 

Total Loss

 

 

 

 

 

On the Total Loss Repayment Date, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loan relative to such Ship which has become a Total Loss and shall ensure that the Minimum Value is maintained. The Ship Commitment for such Ship shall be reduced to zero.

31



 

 

 

 

7.7

 

Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

if an Owner sells the relevant Ship, the Borrowers shall prepay the Loan relative to such Ship immediately on or before the sale of such Ship and shall ensure that the Minimum Value is maintained. The Ship Commitment for such Ship shall be reduced to zero.

 

 

 

7.8

 

Change of Control

 

 

 

 

 

If there is a Change of Control or an IPO Change of Control, the Agent shall cancel the Total Commitments and the Borrowers shall prepay the Loan in full.

 

 

 

7.9

 

Mandatory pre-delivery cancellation

 

 

 

 

 

If prior to Delivery:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any Building Contract is for any reason and by any method cancelled, terminated or rescinded; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a competent court or arbitration panel decides that any Building Contract has been validly cancelled, terminated or rescinded; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any Building Contract is varied in a way prohibited by any Finance Document; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

(if applicable) any Building Contract Document other than the Building Contract is repudiated, cancelled, rescinded or otherwise terminated (and is not replaced or reinstated (in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders)) or is not or ceases to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of a guarantor or it is or becomes unlawful for any guarantor to perform its obligations under it; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

Delivery, in respect of a Ship, has not occurred by the Last Availability Date,

 

 

 

 

 

 

then, the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers with effect from the date 10 Business Days after the giving of such notice (or such later date as may be approved in advance by the Majority Lenders) cancel the Ship Commitment relevant to such Building Contract.

 

 

 

7.10

 

Fees and mandatory prepayment

 

 

 

 

7.10.1

 

The prepayment of any Ship Commitment pursuant to clause 7.7 ( Sale ), shall be subject to the payment by the Borrowers to the Agent (for distribution among the Lenders) of a prepayment fee of:

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

1% of the amount prepaid, if the relevant Ship is sold within 48 months from its Delivery Date;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

0.75% of the amount prepaid, if the relevant Ship is sold after 48 months from its Delivery Date but within 96 months from its Delivery Date; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

0.5% of the amount prepaid, if the relevant Ship is sold at any time after 96 months from its Delivery Date,

 

 

 

 

7.10.2

 

If the Borrowers prepay the Total Commitments pursuant to clause 7.8 ( Change of Control ), they shall also pay a prepayment fee of 0.5% of the amount required to be prepaid pursuant to clause 7.8 ( Change of Control ).

 

 

 

7.11

 

Automatic cancellation

 

 

 

 

 

Any part of the Total Commitments which has not been utilised by the Last Availability Date shall be automatically cancelled at close of business in London on the Last Availability Date.

32



 

 

 

7.12

 

Restrictions

 

 

 

7.12.1

 

Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

 

 

7.12.2

 

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs or prepayment fee under clause 7.10 ( Fees and mandatory prepayment ), without premium or penalty.

 

 

 

7.12.3

 

The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of the Facilities which is repaid or prepaid.

 

 

 

7.12.4

 

The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

 

 

7.12.5

 

No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

 

 

7.12.6

 

If the Agent receives a notice under this clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrowers or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

 

 

7.12.7

 

Any partial amount of the Loan prepaid or cancelled under this Agreement shall be applied in reduction of the Facilities on a pro rata basis. Any partial amount of a KEXIM Facility Advance prepaid or cancelled under this Agreement shall be applied on a pro rata basis in reduction of the repayment instalments under clause 6.2 ( Scheduled repayment of Facilities ) in accordance with clauses 6.3 ( Adjustment of scheduled repayments.

 

 

 

7.12.8

 

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with payment to the Hedging Provider of any amount falling due to the Hedging Provider under a Hedging Contract as a result of the termination or close out of that Hedging Contract or any Hedging Transaction under it in accordance with clause 27.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ) in relation to that repayment.

33


SECTION 5 - COSTS OF UTILISATION

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

8.1

 

Calculation of interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The rate of interest on the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Margin;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

LIBOR; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Mandatory Cost, if any.

 

 

 

 

 

8.2

 

Payment of interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall pay accrued interest (a) on the Commercial Loan for the account of the Commercial Facility Lenders and (b) on the KEXIM Loan for the account of the KEXIM Facility Lenders, on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than three months, on the dates falling at three monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

 

 

 

 

8.3

 

Default interest

 

 

 

 

 

8.3.1

 

If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document (other than the Hedging Contract) on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to clause 8.3.2 below, is 2% higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted the Loan for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing in accordance with this clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

8.3.2

 

If any overdue amount consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan or the relevant part of it:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be 2% higher than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

 

 

 

 

8.3.3

 

Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

 

 

 

 

8.4

 

Notification of rates of interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

Interest Periods

 

 

 

 

 

9.1

 

Interest Periods for Commercial Facility Advance

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.1

 

The Borrowers may select an Interest Period for each Commercial Facility Advance in the Utilisation Request for that Advance or (if that Advance has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice.

34



 

 

 

 

 

9.1.2

 

Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrowers not later than 11:00 a.m. five Business Days before the last day of the then current Interest Period.

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.3

 

If the Borrowers fail to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with clause 9.1.2, the relevant Interest Period will be three months.

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.4

 

Subject to this clause 9, the Borrowers may select an Interest Period of three, six, nine or 12 months or any other period agreed between the Borrowers and the Agent (on the instructions of all the Lenders).

 

 

 

 

 

9.1.5

 

No Interest Period shall extend beyond the Final Repayment Date.

 

 

 

 

 

9.2

 

Interest Periods for KEXIM Facility Advance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The first Interest Period for each KEXIM Facility Advance shall commence on the Utilisation Date relative to such Advance and shall expire on the first Repayment Date for such Advance. Each subsequent Interest Period for each KEXIM Facility Advance shall be three months.

 

 

 

 

 

9.3

 

Non-Business Days

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Changes to the calculation of interest

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Absence of quotations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to clause 10.2 ( Market disruption ), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by 11:00 a.m. on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

Market disruption

 

 

 

 

 

10.2.1

 

If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to the Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of the Loan for the Interest Period shall be the rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Margin;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the Loan.

 

 

 

 

 

10.2.2

 

In this Agreement “ Market Disruption Event ” means that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

no Screen Rate is quoted and two or more of the Reference Banks do not, before 1.00pm (London time) on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, provide quotations to the Agent in order to determine LIBOR; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

at least one Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, a Lender or Lenders whose total participations in the Loan amount to 20% or more of the Loan (or, if an Advance has not yet been made, Commitments together amounting to 20% or more of the Total Commitments) notify the Agent that LIBOR fixed by the Agent would not accurately reflect the cost to that Lender or those Lenders of funding their respective

35



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

participations in the Loan or their respective Commitments (or any part of them) during the Interest Period in the London Interbank Market at or about 11.00 am (London time) on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

at least one Business Day before the start of an Interest Period, the Agent is notified by a Lender or Lenders that for any reason it is unable to obtain Dollars in the London Interbank Market in order to fund its participation in the Loan (or any part of it) during the Interest Period.

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

 

 

 

 

10.3.1

 

If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or Borrowers so require, the Agent and the Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest. If no alternative rate of interest is agreed between the Borrowers and the Agent, the rate specified under clause 10.2.1 ( Market Disruption ) shall be applicable.

 

 

 

 

 

10.3.2

 

Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to clause 10.3.1 above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders be binding on all Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

 

Break Costs

 

 

 

 

 

10.4.1

 

The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrowers on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan or Unpaid Sum or relevant part of it.

 

 

 

 

 

10.4.2

 

Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

 

 

 

 

11

 

Fees

 

 

 

 

 

11.1

 

Commitment commission

 

 

 

 

 

11.1.1

 

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in dollars computed at the rate of 0.8% per annum on the daily undrawn portion of that Lender’s Commitment calculated from 8 December 2011 (the “ start date ”).

 

 

 

 

 

11.1.2

 

The Borrowers shall pay the accrued commitment commission on the last day of the period of three months commencing on the start date, on the last day of each successive period of three months thereafter until and on the earlier of (a) the Last Availability Date and (b) the final Utilisation Date and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

 

 

 

 

11.2

 

Fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall pay to the Agent (for the distribution to the relevant Finance Parties) non-refundable fees in the amounts and at the times agreed in the Fee Letters.

36


SECTION 6 - ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

 

 

12

 

Tax gross-up and indemnities

 

 

 

12.1

 

Definitions

 

 

 

12.1.1

 

In this Agreement:

 

 

 

 

 

Protected Party means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document (other than a Hedging Contract).

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Payment means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under clause 12,2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

 

 

 

12.1.2

 

Unless a contrary indication appears, in this clause 12 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

 

 

12.2

 

Tax gross-up

 

 

 

12.2.1

 

Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it under any Finance Document without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

 

 

12.2.2

 

The Borrowers shall, promptly upon any of them becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction), notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrowers and that Obligor.

 

 

 

12.2.3

 

If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor under the relevant Finance Document shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

 

 

12.2.4

 

If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

 

 

12.2.5

 

Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

 

 

12.2.6

 

This clause 12.2 shall not apply in respect of any payments under any Hedging Contract, where the gross up provisions of the Hedging Master Agreement itself shall apply.

 

 

 

12.3

 

Tax indemnity

 

 

 

12.3.1

 

The Borrowers shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

 

 

12.3.2

 

Clause 12.3.1 above shall not apply:

37



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the overall net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ).

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.3.3

 

A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under clause 12.3.1 above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.3.4

 

A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this clause 12.3, notify the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.4

 

Stamp taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.5

 

Value added tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.5.1

 

All amounts set out, or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply, and accordingly, subject to clause 12.5.3 below, if VAT is charged on any supply made by any Finance Party to any party under a Finance Document, that party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such party).

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.5.2

 

If VAT is charged on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier ) to any other Finance Party (the Recipient ) under a Finance Document, and any party to a Finance Document (the Relevant Party ) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), the Relevant Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient will promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority which it reasonably determines relates to the VAT charged on that supply.

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.5.3

 

Where a Finance Document requires any party to it to reimburse a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that party shall also at the same time pay and indemnify the Finance Party against all VAT incurred by the Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses to the extent that the Finance Party reasonably determines that neither it nor any other member of any group of which it is a member for VAT purposes is entitled to credit or repayment of the VAT.

38



 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Increased Costs

 

 

 

 

 

13.1

 

Increased Costs

 

 

 

 

 

13.1.1

 

Subject to clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates (a) as a result of the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation or (b) as a result of compliance with any law or regulation in either case made after the date of this Agreement and/or (c) which is a Basel III Increased Cost.

 

 

 

 

 

13.1.2

 

In this Agreement Increased Costs means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

a reduction in the rate of return from the Commercial Facility or the KEXIM Facility, as applicable, or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

an additional or increased cost; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commercial Facility Commitment or its KEXIM Facility Commitment funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

13.2

 

Increased Cost claims

 

 

 

 

 

13.2.1

 

A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

 

13.2.2

 

Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

 

 

 

 

 

13.3

 

Exceptions

 

 

 

 

 

13.3.1

 

Clause 13.1 ( Increased Costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

compensated for by clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in clause 12.3.2 applied);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

 

 

 

 

13.3.2

 

In this clause 13.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

Other indemnities

 

 

 

 

 

14.1

 

Currency indemnity

 

 

 

 

 

14.1.1

 

If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a Sum ), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency ) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the Second Currency ) for the purpose of:

39



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

that Obligor shall, as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (i) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (ii) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

 

 

 

 

14.1.2

 

Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

 

 

 

 

14.2

 

Other indemnities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of clause 34 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in the Loan requested by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party) alone; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

 

14.3

 

Indemnity to the Agent and the Security Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify the Agent and the Security Agent and any other Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in the case of the Agent and the Security Agent, any action taken by the Agent or any of its representatives, agents or contractors in connection with any powers conferred by any Security Document to remedy any breach of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

14.4

 

Indemnity concerning security

 

 

 

 

 

14.4.1

 

The Borrowers shall (or shall procure that another Obligor will) promptly indemnify each Indemnified Person against any cost, expense, loss or liability incurred by it in connection with:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Security Documents;

40



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the exercise or purported exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver by the Finance Documents or by law unless and to the extent that it was caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any claim (whether relating to the environment or otherwise) made or asserted against the Indemnified Person which would not have arisen but for the execution or enforcement of one or more Finance Documents (unless and to the extent it is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

any breach by any Obligor of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

14.4.2

 

The Security Agent may, in priority to any payment to the other Finance Parties, indemnify itself out of the Trust Property in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this clause 14.4 and shall have a lien on the Security Documents and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Security Documents for all monies payable to it.

 

 

 

 

 

14.5

 

Exclusion of liability

 

 

 

 

 

No Indemnified Person will be in any way liable or responsible to any Obligor (whether as mortgagee in possession or otherwise) who is a Party or is a party to a Finance Document to which this clause applies for any loss or liability arising from any act, default, omission or misconduct of that Indemnified Person, except to the extent caused by its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. Any Indemnified Person may rely on this clause 14.5 subject to clause 1.3 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of Third Parties Act.

 

 

 

 

 

14.6

 

Fax and email indemnity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, claim, loss, expense or liability together with any VAT thereon which any of the Finance Parties may sustain or incur as a consequence of any fax or email communication purporting to originate from the Borrowers to the Agent, the Security Agent or any other Finance Parties being made or delivered fraudulently or without proper authorisation (unless such cost, claim, loss, expense or liability is the direct result of the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the relevant Finance Party or the Agent or the Security Agent).

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

Mitigation by the Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

15.1

 

Mitigation

 

 

 

 

 

15.1.1

 

Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrowers, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), clause 12 ( Tax gross-up and indemnities ), clause 13 ( Increased costs ) or paragraphs 3 of Schedules 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

 

 

 

 

15.1.2

 

Clause 15.1.1 does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

15.2

 

Limitation of liability

 

 

 

 

 

15.2.1

 

The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).

 

 

 

 

 

15.2.2

 

A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

41



 

 

 

 

 

16

 

Costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

16.1

 

Transaction expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall promptly within five Business Days of demand pay the Agent and the Arrangers and the Security Agent and the Lenders the amount of all costs and expenses (including reasonable fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and, subject to clause 22.17, insurance and other consultants and advisers and, in relation to the KEXIM Facility Lenders, any travel costs and expenses) incurred by any of them (and by any Receiver) in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication, registration and perfection and any release, discharge or reassignment of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

this Agreement, the Hedging Master Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement, the Hedging Master Agreement and the Original Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any other Finance Documents executed or proposed to be executed after the date of this Agreement including any executed to provide additional security under clause 23 ( Minimum security value ); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any Security Interest expressed or intended to be granted by a Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

16.2

 

Amendment costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent, the Borrowers shall, within five Business Days of demand by the Agent, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including reasonable fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants and advisers) incurred by the Agent and the Security Agent (and by any Receiver) in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

 

 

 

 

16.3

 

Enforcement and preservation costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall within five Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including fees, costs and expenses of legal advisers and insurance and other consultants and advisers) properly incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document and any proceedings initiated by or against any Indemnified Person and as a consequence of holding the Charged Property or enforcing those rights.

42


SECTION 7 - REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF
DEFAULT

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

Representations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the Borrowers makes and repeats the representations and warranties set out in this clause 17 to each Finance Party at the times specified in clause 17.32 ( Times when representations are made ).

 

 

 

 

 

17.1

 

Status

 

 

 

 

 

17.1.1

 

Each Obligor and the Manager is duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation as a limited liability company or corporation and has no centre of main interests, permanent establishment or place of business outside the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated (save as notified to the Agent) and is in compliance with its Constitutional Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

17.1.2

 

Each Obligor and the Manager has power and authority to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own its property and other assets.

 

 

 

 

 

17.2

 

Binding obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by each Obligor in each Finance Document, Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is, or is to be, a party are or, when entered into by it, will be legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations and each Security Document to which an Obligor is, or will be, a party, creates or will create the Security Interests which that Security Document purports to create and those Security Interests are or will be valid and effective.

 

 

 

 

 

17.3

 

Power and authority

 

 

 

 

 

17.3.1

 

Each Obligor has, or will have when entered into by it, power to enter into, perform and deliver and comply with its obligations under, and has taken, or will take when entered into by it, all necessary action to authorise its entry into, each Finance Document, Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is or will be a party.

 

 

 

 

 

17.3.2

 

No limitation on any Obligor’s powers to borrow, create security or give guarantees will be exceeded as a result of any transaction under, or the entry into of, any Finance Document, Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which such Obligor is, or is to be, a party, with effect on and from the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

17.4

 

Non-conflict

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The entry into and performance by each Obligor and the Manager of, and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, the Charter Documents and the Building Contract Documents and the granting of the Security Interests purported to be created by the Security Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any law or regulation applicable to any Obligor or the Manager;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Constitutional Documents of any Obligor or the Manager; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any agreement or other instrument binding upon any Obligor or the Manager or its assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument, or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

result in the creation of any Security Interest (save for a Permitted Maritime Lien or under a Security Document) on such Obligor’s (or the Manager’s) assets, rights or revenues.

43



 

 

 

 

 

17.5

 

Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

 

 

 

 

17.5.1

 

All authorisations required or desirable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to enable each Obligor lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations under each Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is a party;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to make each Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdiction; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

to ensure that each of the Security Interests created under the Security Documents has the priority and ranking contemplated by them,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

have been obtained or effected or, as the case may be, will be obtained or effected when entered into, and are or, as the case may be, will be when entered into, in full force and effect except any authorisation or filing referred to in clause 17.12 ( No filing or stamp taxes ), which authorisation or filing will be promptly obtained or effected within any applicable period.

 

 

 

 

 

17.5.2

 

All authorisations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities of each Obligor and the Manager have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect if failure to obtain or effect those authorisations might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

 

 

17.6

 

Governing law and enforcement

 

 

 

 

 

17.6.1

 

The choice of governing law as provided in any Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document will be recognised and enforced in each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

 

17.6.2

 

Any judgment obtained in England in relation to an Obligor will be recognised and enforced in each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

 

 

 

 

17.7

 

Information

 

 

 

 

 

17.7.1

 

Any Information is true and accurate in all material respects at the time it was given or made.

 

 

 

 

 

17.7.2

 

Any Information provided to the Agent or any other Finance Party is true and accurate in all material aspects at the time that the Repeating Representations are repeated.

 

 

 

 

 

17.7.3

 

There are no facts or circumstances or any other information which could make the Information incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.

 

 

 

 

 

17.7.4

 

The Information does not omit anything which could make the Information incomplete, untrue, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect.

 

 

 

 

 

17.7.5

 

All opinions, projections, forecasts or expressions of intention contained in the Information and the assumptions on which they are based have been arrived at after due and careful enquiry and consideration and were believed to be reasonable by the person who provided that Information as at the date it was given or made.

 

 

 

 

 

17.7.6

 

For the purposes of this clause 17.7, “ Information ” means: any information provided by any Obligor to any of the Finance Parties in connection with the Finance Documents, Charter Documents or Building Contract Documents or the transactions referred to in them.

 

 

 

 

 

17.8

 

Original Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

17.8.1

 

The Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied.

44



 

 

 

17.8.2

 

The audited Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the financial condition and results of operations of the relevant Obligors and the relevant Group (consolidated in the case of such Group) during the relevant financial year.

 

 

 

17.8.3

 

There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of any of the Obligors or any Group) since the date of the Original Financial Statements.

 

 

 

17.9

 

Pari passu ranking

 

 

 

 

 

Each Obligor’s payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated payment obligations, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

 

 

17.10

 

Ranking and effectiveness of security

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to the Legal Reservations and any filing, registration or notice requirements which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Conditions precedent ), the security created by the Security Documents has (or will have when the Security Documents have been executed) the priority which it is expressed to have in the Security Documents, the Charged Property is not subject to any Security Interest other than Permitted Security Interests and such security will constitute perfected security on the assets described in the Security Documents.

 

 

 

17.11

 

No insolvency

 

 

 

 

 

No corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in clause 28.10 ( Insolvency proceedings ) or creditors’ process described in clause 28.11 ( Creditors’ process ) has been taken or, to the knowledge of any Obligor or the Manager, threatened in relation to an Obligor or the Manager or a Subsidiary of an Obligor and none of the circumstances described in clause 28.9 ( Insolvency ) applies to an Obligor or the Manager or a Subsidiary of an Obligor or any Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is, or is to be, party.

 

 

 

17.12

 

No filing or stamp taxes

 

 

 

 

 

Under the laws of each Obligor’s Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that any Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is, or is to be, party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to any such Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents except any filing, recording or enrolling or any tax or fee payable in relation to any Finance Document which is referred to in any legal opinion delivered to the Agent under clause 4.1 ( Conditions precedent ) and which will be made or paid promptly after the date of the relevant Finance Document.

 

 

 

17.13

 

Deduction of Tax

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor is required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is, or is to be, a party and no other party is required to make any such deduction from any payment it may make under any Charter Document or Building Contract Document.

 

 

 

17.14

 

No Default

 

 

 

17.14.1

 

No Default is continuing or is reasonably likely to result from the making of any Utilisation or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Finance Document and any Charter Document or Building Contract Document and no breach has occurred by the Borrowers of any Charter Documents or Building Contract Documents.

45



 

 

 

17.14.2

 

No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes (or, with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination or any combination of any of the foregoing, would constitute) a default or termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on any Obligor or the Manager or to which any Obligor’s or the Manager’s assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

17.15

 

No proceedings pending or threatened

 

 

 

 

 

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations of, or before, any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of any Obligor’s or the Manager’s knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against any Obligor or the Manager or any Subsidiary of an Obligor.

 

 

 

17.16

 

No breach of laws

 

 

 

17.16.1

 

No Obligor nor the Manager or Subsidiary of an Obligor or the Manager has breached any law or regulation which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

17.16.2

 

No labour dispute is current or, to the best of any Obligor’s or the Manager’s knowledge and belief, threatened against any Obligor or the Manager or any Subsidiary of an Obligor which may have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

17.17

 

Environmental matters

 

 

 

17.17.1

 

No Environmental Law applicable to any Fleet Vessel and/or any Obligor or the Manager or any Subsidiary of an Obligor has been violated in a manner or circumstances which might have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

17.17.2

 

All consents, licences and approvals required under such Environmental Laws have been obtained and are currently in force.

 

 

 

17.17.3

 

No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened or is pending against any Obligor or any Subsidiary of an Obligor or any Fleet Vessel where that claim might have a Material Adverse Effect and there has been no Environmental Incident which has given, or might give, rise to such a claim.

 

 

 

17.18

 

Taxation

 

 

 

17.18.1

 

No Obligor or Subsidiary of an Obligor nor the Manager is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns or overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.

 

 

 

17.18.2

 

No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against any Obligor or the Manager or any Subsidiary of an Obligor with respect to Taxes such that a liability of, or claim against, any Obligor or the Manager or any Subsidiary of an Obligor is reasonably likely to arise for an amount for which adequate reserves have not been provided in the Original Financial Statements and which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

17.18.3

 

Except as advised to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement, each Obligor and the Manager is resident for Tax purposes only in the jurisdiction of its incorporation.

 

 

 

17.19

 

Security and Financial Indebtedness

 

 

 

17.19.1

 

No Security Interest exists over all or any of the present or future assets of the Borrowers in breach of this Agreement, other than the Permitted Security Interests.

 

 

 

17.19.2

 

None of the Borrowers has any other Financial Indebtedness outstanding in breach of this Agreement.

46



 

 

 

 

 

17.20

 

Legal and beneficial ownership

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the Borrowers and GasLog Carriers is, or will be, when granted, the sole legal and beneficial owner of the respective assets over which it purports to grant a Security Interest under the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

17.21

 

Shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The shares of each Borrower are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or similar rights. The Constitutional Documents of each Borrower do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of those shares on creation or enforcement of the Security Documents. There are no agreements in force which provide for the issue or allotment of, or grant any person the right to call for the issue or allotment of, any share or loan capital of each Borrower (including any option or right of pre-emption or conversion).

 

 

 

 

 

17.22

 

Accounting Reference Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accounting reference date of each Obligor is the Accounting Reference Date.

 

 

 

 

 

17.23

 

No adverse consequences

 

 

 

 

 

17.23.1

 

It is not necessary under the laws of the Relevant Jurisdictions of any Obligor:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in order to enable any Finance Party to enforce its rights under any Finance Document; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

by reason of the execution of any Finance Document or the performance by any Obligor of its obligations under any Finance Document,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

that any Finance Party should be licensed, qualified or otherwise entitled to carry on business in any of such Relevant Jurisdictions.

 

 

 

 

 

17.23.2

 

No Finance Party is or will be deemed to be resident, domiciled or carrying on business in any Relevant Jurisdiction by reason only of the execution, performance and/or enforcement of any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

17.24

 

Copies of documents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The copies of the Charter Documents, the Building Contract Documents and the Constitutional Documents of the Obligors delivered to the Agent under clause 4 ( Conditions of Utilisation ) will be true, complete and accurate copies of such documents and include all amendments and supplements to them as at the time of such delivery and no other agreements or arrangements exist between any of the parties to any Charter Document or Building Contract Document which would materially affect the transactions or arrangements contemplated by any Charter Document or Building Contract Document or modify or release the obligations of any party under that Charter Document or Building Contract Document.

 

 

 

 

 

17.25

 

No breach of any Charter Document or Building Contract Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Owner (so far as the Borrowers are aware) nor any other person is in breach of any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to which it is a party nor has anything occurred which entitles or may entitle any party to any Charter Document or Building Contract Document to rescind or terminate it or decline to perform their obligations under it.

 

 

 

 

 

17.26

 

No immunity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor or any of its assets is immune to any legal action or proceeding.

47



 

 

 

 

 

17.27

 

Ship status

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Ship will on the first day of the relevant Mortgage Period be:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

registered provisionally in the name of the relevant Owner through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

17.28

 

Ship’s employment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Ship shall on the first day of the relevant Mortgage Period, or such other approved time:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

have been delivered, and accepted for service, under the relevant Charter; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

be free of any charter commitment other than the relevant Charter.

 

 

 

 

 

17.29

 

Address commission

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

There are no rebates, commissions or other payments in connection with any Building Contract, any Charter or any Replacement Charter other than those referred to in it and as disclosed by the Borrowers to and approved by the Agent on the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

17.30

 

Other Finance Arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor (acting in any capacity whatsoever) has agreed to cross-default provisions as part of another loan or credit agreement entered into with a financier which are more beneficial to that financier than those provisions set out in clause 28.6 ( Cross-Default ) other than those disclosed to, and approved by, the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

17.31

 

No money laundering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In relation to the borrowing by the Borrowers of the Loan, the performance and discharge of their obligations and liabilities under the Finance Documents and the transactions and other arrangements effected or contemplated by this Agreement, each of the Borrowers is acting for its own account and the foregoing will not involve or lead to a contravention of any law, official requirement or other regulatory measure or procedure which has been implemented by any relevant regulatory authority or otherwise to combat money laundering (as defined in Article 1 of the Directive (2005/60/EC) of the European Parliament and of the Council).

 

 

 

 

 

17.32

 

Times when representations are made

 

 

 

 

 

17.32.1

 

All of the representations and warranties set out in this clause 17 (other than Ship Representations) are deemed to be repeated on the dates of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the first Utilisation Request; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the first Utilisation.

 

 

 

 

 

17.32.2

 

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be repeated on the dates of each subsequent Utilisation Request, the date of each Utilisation and the first day of each Interest Period.

48



 

 

 

 

 

17.32.3

 

All of the Ship Representations are deemed to be made and repeated on the first day of the Mortgage Period for the relevant Ship.

 

 

 

 

 

17.32.4

 

Each representation or warranty deemed to be made after the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing at the date the representation or warranty is deemed to be made.

 

 

 

 

 

18

 

Information undertakings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 18 will remain in force during the Facility Period. In this clause 18:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Financial Statements ” means the financial statements for a financial year of each Group, the Borrowers, each of the Guarantors and each of the Counter Guarantors delivered pursuant to clause 18.1.1.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Half-Yearly Financial Statements ” means the financial statements for a financial half year to 30 June of the relevant year of a Group, the Borrowers, each of the Guarantors and each of the Counter Guarantors delivered pursuant to clause 18.1.2.

 

 

 

 

 

18.1

 

Financial statements

 

 

 

 

 

18.1.1

 

The Borrowers shall supply to the Agent and the Arrangers or, as the case may be, shall procure that the Agent and the Arrangers are supplied with as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 150 days after the end of the relevant financial year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the audited consolidated financial statements of each Group for that financial year (the first of such statements being for the financial year ending 31 December 2011); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the audited financial statements (consolidated if appropriate) of the Borrowers and each of the Guarantors for that financial year (the first of such statements being for the financial year ending 31 December 2011).

 

 

 

 

 

18.1.2

 

Each Borrower shall supply to the Agent and the Arrangers or, as the case may be, shall procure that the Agent and the Arrangers are supplied with as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each half year of the relevant financial year the unaudited financial statements (consolidated if appropriate) of each Group, the Borrowers, the Guarantors and the Counter Guarantors for that financial half year (the first such financial statements in respect of the Counter Guarantor being for the half year ended as of 30 June 2012) for that financial half-year.

 

 

 

 

 

18.2

 

Requirements as to financial statements

 

 

 

 

 

18.2.1

 

The Borrowers shall procure that each set of Annual Financial Statements and Half-Yearly Financial Statements includes a profit and loss account, a balance sheet and a cashflow statement and that, in addition each set of Annual Financial Statements shall be audited by the Auditors.

 

 

 

 

 

18.2.2

 

Each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) shall:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

be prepared in accordance with GAAP;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

give a true and fair view of (in the case of Annual Financial Statements for any financial year), or fairly represent (in other cases), the financial condition and operations of the relevant Group or (as the case may be) the relevant Obligor as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up; and

49



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in the case of Annual Financial Statements, not be the subject of any qualification in the Auditors’ opinion.

 

 

 

 

 

18.2.3

 

The Borrowers shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ) shall be prepared using GAAP, accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements, unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, the Borrowers notify the Agent that there has been a change in GAAP or the accounting practices and the Auditors deliver to the Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP or accounting practices and reference periods upon which corresponding Original Financial Statements were prepared; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether clause 5 of each of the Counter Guarantees ( Financial covenants ) and clause 5 ( Financial covenants ) of the GasLog Guarantee has been complied with and to make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and the Original Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any reference in this Agreement to any financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

 

 

 

 

18.3

 

Year-end

 

 

 

 

 

18.3.1

 

The Borrowers shall procure that each financial year-end for each Obligor falls on the Accounting Reference Date.

 

 

 

 

 

18.3.2

 

The Borrowers shall procure that each accounting period ends on an accounting date.

 

 

 

 

 

18.4

 

Information: miscellaneous

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall supply to the Agent and the Arrangers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

at the same time as they are dispatched, copies of all material documents dispatched by any Obligor to its creditors (or any class of them);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any Obligor or the Manager (subject always to any written confidentiality undertakings granted by the Manager to third parties from time to time) and which, if adversely determined, might have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

promptly, such information as the Agent may reasonably require about the Charged Property and compliance of the Obligors with the terms of any Security Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

promptly on request, such further information regarding the financial condition, commitments, assets and operations of the Borrowers, the Guarantors and the Manager as any Finance Party may reasonably request; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

promptly, any request made by the Charterer under clause 19 of the Master Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

18.5

 

Notification of Default

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall notify the Agent and the Arrangers of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon the Borrowers (or any of them) becoming aware of its occurrence (unless it is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

50



 

 

 

 

 

18.6

 

Sufficient copies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers, if so requested by the Agent, shall supply sufficient copies of each document to be supplied under the Finance Documents to the Agent to distribute to each of the Lenders and the Hedging Provider.

 

 

 

 

 

18.7

 

“Know your customer” checks

 

 

 

 

 

18.7.1

 

If:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any change in the status of an Obligor or the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender or the Hedging Provider of any of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement or any Hedging Contract to a party that is not a Lender or a Hedging Provider prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

obliges the Agent, the Hedging Provider, or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender or Hedging Provider) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender or the Hedging Provider supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender or the Hedging Provider) or any Lender or the Hedging Provider (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or Hedging Provider or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (c) above, any prospective new Lender or Hedging Provider to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

18.7.2

 

Each Finance Party shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or the Security Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent or the Security Agent (for itself) in order for it to carry out and be satisfied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

19

 

General undertakings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Borrower undertakes or, as the case may be, shall procure that this clause 19 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

 

 

 

 

19.1

 

Use of proceeds

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The proceeds of Utilisations will be used exclusively for the purposes specified in clause 3 ( Purpose ).

 

 

 

 

 

19.2

 

Authorisations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Obligor will promptly (and in connection with any Finance Document, as soon as such Finance Document is entered into):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

supply certified copies to the Agent of,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction to:

51



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and the Charter Documents or Building Contract Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document or Charter Document or Building Contract Document; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

carry on its business where failure to do so has, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.3

 

Compliance with laws

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Obligor and the Manager will comply in all respects with all laws and regulations (including Environmental Laws) to which it may be subject.

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.4

 

Taxation

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.4.1

 

Each Obligor and the Manager shall pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within such time period as may be allowed by law without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

such payment is being contested in good faith;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

adequate reserves are being maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them which have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Agent under clause 18.1 ( Financial statements ); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

such payment can be lawfully withheld.

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.4.2

 

Except if there is an IPO or as otherwise approved by the Lenders, each Obligor shall maintain its residence for Tax purposes in the jurisdiction in which it is incorporated and ensure that it is not resident for Tax purposes in any other jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.5

 

Change of business

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except as approved, no substantial change will be made to the general nature of the business of the Obligors and the Manager from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.6

 

Merger

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except if there is an IPO or as otherwise approved, no Obligor or Manager will enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction.

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.7

 

Other Finance Arrangements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor or Manager (acting in any capacity whatsoever) will agree to cross-default provisions as part of another loan or credit agreement entered into with a financier which are more beneficial to that financier than those provisions set out in clause 28.6 ( Cross-Default ) other than as notified to, and approved by, the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.8

 

Further assurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.8.1

 

Each Obligor shall promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Agent may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Agent may reasonably require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)) as provided under each Finance Document, as applicable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to perfect the Security interests created or intended to be created by that Obligor under or evidenced by the Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other security over all or any of the assets which are,

52



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents, excluding registration of the Guarantees and Counter Guarantees with the respective Companies Registry) or to protect or ensure the priority of such Security interests or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Security Agent or the Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to confer on the Security Agent or on the Finance Parties Security Interests over any property and assets of that Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security Interest intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Security Documents; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

19.8.2

 

Each Obligor shall take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations, excluding registration of the Guarantees and the Counter Guarantees with the respective Companies Registry) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security Interest (or the priority of any Security Interest) conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Finance Parties by or pursuant to the relevant Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

19.9

 

Negative pledge in respect of Charged Property

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except as approved and for Permitted Maritime Liens, no Borrower or Guarantor will grant or allow to exist any Security Interest over any Charged Property.

 

 

 

 

 

19.10

 

Environmental matters

 

 

 

 

 

19.10.1

 

Without prejudice to clause 18.5(b), the Agent will be notified as soon as reasonably practicable of any Environmental Claim being made against any Fleet Vessel or the owner of any Fleet Vessel or the Manager which, if successful to any extent, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and of any Environmental Incident which may give rise to such a claim and will be kept regularly and promptly informed in reasonable detail of the nature of, and response to, any such Environmental Incident and the defence to any such claim.

 

 

 

 

 

19.10.2

 

Environmental Laws (and any consents, licences or approvals obtained under them) applicable to Fleet Vessels will not be violated in a way which might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

 

 

19.11

 

Pari passu

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Obligor and the Manager will ensure that its obligations under the Finance Documents shall, without prejudice to the security intended to be created by the Security Documents, at all times rank at least pari passu with all its other present and future unsecured and unsubordinated Financial Indebtedness with the exception of any obligations which are mandatorily preferred by law and not by contract.

 

 

 

 

 

19.12

 

Excess Cash recapture

 

 

 

 

 

19.12.1

 

In the event that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Charterer of a Ship at any time advises an Owner under a Charter or a Replacement Charter that it will not exercise its option to extend the Charter or, as the case may be, the Replacement Charter of that Ship for the First Option Period (as defined in the relevant Charter or, as the case may be, relevant Replacement Charter); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Charterer has not, on or before the date falling 18 months prior to the expiry of the Charter or the Replacement Charter of that Ship by effluxion of time, exercised its option to extend the relevant Charter or the relevant Replacement Charter for the First Option Period (as defined in that Charter or, as the case may be, Replacement Charter),

53



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

then, on or shortly after each Excess Cash Calculation Period, the Agent shall calculate the Excess Cash for that Excess Cash Calculation Period. The Agent shall make such calculation by reference to any information, documents, facts or data available to the Agent at that time, whether pursuant to the provisions of the Finance Documents or otherwise. If the Agent determines that the Excess Cash for an Excess Cash Calculation Period is a positive figure it will notify the Lenders and the Borrowers thereof and of the amount of such Excess Cash.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.12.2

 

Forthwith after the Agent’s notification of positive excess cash in respect of an Excess Cash Calculation Period, the relevant Owner will pay to the Reserve Account (whether by transferring funds from the Earnings Account or otherwise) an amount equal to 90% of the Excess Cash for that Excess Cash Calculation Period and each of the Borrowers hereby authorises the Agent to instruct the Account Bank to effect any such transfer from the Earnings Account if that Owner fails to make such payment or transfer from the Earnings Account on the due date, it being understood and agreed that the Agent, the Lenders and the Account Bank shall be entitled (but not obliged) to effect any such transfer.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.13

 

IPO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.13.1

 

The Borrowers undertake that (a) no Default has occurred at the time when the IPO commences and when such IPO is completed and (b) following completion of an IPO, no IPO Change of Control will occur.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.13.2

 

If an IPO has been completed, then:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Finance Parties hereby agree that, within 90 days after the Borrowers have notified the Agent that such IPO has been completed, they will promptly instruct the Security Agent to, and the Security Agent will, release each of the Counter Guarantors from its obligations under its respective Counter Guarantees; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Finance Parties will agree to enter into amendments to the Finance Documents (including a supplemental agreement to this Agreement and the Guarantees amending such terms as may be required, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the definition of Group in clause 1.1), in such form and substance as may be required by the Agent and at the cost and expense of the Borrowers, which will effect and implement (inter alia) the following changes to the Finance Documents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

Maximum Leverage (as defined in the GasLog Guarantee) required under the GasLog Guarantee shall be reduced to 65%;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

Market Adjusted Net Worth (as defined in the GasLog Guarantee) required under the GasLog Guarantee shall be increased to $350,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

the restrictions on the payment of dividends by GasLog will be amended such that GasLog will be entitled to declare or pay dividends to its shareholders in respect of a financial year, at any time if:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A)

it holds Cash and Cash Equivalents of at least 4% of Total Indebtedness (each such term as defined in the GasLog Guarantee); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B)

no Default shall have occurred at the time of declaration or payment of such dividends nor would occur as a result of the declaration or payment of such dividends.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

Dealings with Ship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 20 will be complied with in relation to each Ship throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

54



 

 

 

 

 

20.1

 

Ship’s name and registration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Ship’s name shall only be changed after prior notice to the Agent,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

The Ship shall be permanently registered with the relevant Registry within 90 days of the date of the Mortgage of the Ship and registered with the relevant Registry under the laws of its Flag State. Except with approval, the Ship shall not be registered under any other flag or at any other port or fly any other flag (other than that of its Flag State). If that registration is for a limited period, it shall be renewed at least 45 days before the date it is due to expire and the Agent shall be notified of that renewal at least 30 days before that date.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Nothing will be done and no action will be omitted if that might result in such registration being forfeited or imperilled or the Ship being required to be registered under the laws of another state of registry.

 

 

 

 

 

20.2

 

Sale or other disposal of Ship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, the relevant Owner will not sell, or agree to, transfer, abandon or otherwise dispose of the Ship or any share or interest in it.

 

 

 

 

 

20.3

 

Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A manager of the Ship shall not be appointed unless that manager and the terms of its appointment are approved (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and it has delivered a duly executed Manager’s Undertaking to the Security Agent. Once approved, no material variations may be agreed to the terms of appointment of the manager without approval (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any assignment or novation of the terms of appointment without approval shall constitute a material variation).

 

 

 

 

 

20.4

 

Copy of Mortgage on board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A properly certified copy of the Ship’s Mortgage shall be kept on board the Ship with its papers and shown to anyone having business with the Ship which might create or imply any commitment or Security Interest over or in respect of the Ship (other than a lien for crew’s wages and salvage) and to any representative of the Agent or the Security Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

20.5

 

Notice of Mortgage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A framed printed notice of the relevant Mortgage shall be prominently displayed in the navigation room and in the Master’s cabin of the Ship. The notice must be in plain type and read as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

“NOTICE OF MORTGAGE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This Ship is subject to a first mortgage in favour of [ here insert name of mortgagee] of [ here insert address of mortgagee ]. Under the said mortgage and related documents, neither the Owner nor any charterer nor the Master of this Ship has any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon this Ship any commitments or encumbrances whatsoever other than for crew’s wages and salvage”.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No-one will have any right, power or authority to create, incur or permit to be imposed upon the Ship any lien whatsoever other than for crew’s wages and salvage.

 

 

 

 

 

20.6

 

Conveyance on default

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Where the Ship is (or is to be) sold in exercise of any power conferred by the Security Documents, the relevant Owner shall, upon the Agent’s request, immediately execute such form of transfer of title to the Ship as the Agent may require.

55



 

 

 

 

 

20.7

 

Chartering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the relevant Owner shall not enter into any charter commitment for the Ship (except for the Ship’s Charter or Replacement Charter), which is:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

a bareboat or demise charter or passes possession and operational control of the Ship to another person;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

capable of lasting more than 12 calendar months;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

on terms as to payment or amount of hire which are materially less beneficial to it than the terms which at that time could reasonably be expected to be obtained on the open market for vessels of the same age and type as the Ship under charter commitments of a similar type and period; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

to an Affiliate.

 

 

 

 

 

20.8

 

Sharing of Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the relevant Owner shall not enter into any arrangement under which its Earnings from the Ship may be shared with anyone else.

 

 

 

 

 

20.9

 

Payment of Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The relevant Owner’s Earnings from the Ship shall be paid in the way required by the Ship’s Deed of Covenant and the Ship’s Charter Assignment. If any Earnings are held by brokers or other agents, they shall be paid to the Security Agent, if it requires this after the Earnings have become payable to it under the Ship’s Deed of Covenant and the Ship’s Charter Assignment.

 

 

 

 

 

20.10

 

Variations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Building Contract shall not be varied and the specification of the Ship shall not be materially varied (and, for the avoidance of doubt, variations requiring approval shall include, but shall not be limited to, any assignment or novation of the Building Contract, any variation which might reasonably be expected to delay the delivery of the Ship beyond the Last Availability Date or put at risk the delivery of the Ship to the Charterer or any variation to alter the circumstances in which the Building Contract may be cancelled, terminated or suspended); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the specification of the Ship will not be changed in a substantial way (and for the avoidance of doubt, substantial changes requiring approval shall include, but shall not be limited to, any variation which alters the intended type, commercial use, purpose or trading capacity of the Ship or materially reduces the Ship’s anticipated value when completed or impairs the intended use under the Charter or, as the case may be, the Replacement Charter).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For this purpose, ordering any extras, additions or alterations will be a substantial change and a material variation if their cost (or if the aggregate cost of the proposed work together with the cost of any additional work already ordered or change of specification already agreed) will alter the Contract Price by a cumulative amount greater than 5% of the Contract Price.

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

Condition and operation of Ship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 21 will be complied with in relation to each Ship throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

56



 

 

 

21.1

 

Repair

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship shall be kept in a good, safe and efficient state of repair. The quality of workmanship and materials used to repair the Ship or replace any damaged, worn or lost parts or equipment shall be sufficient to ensure that the Ship’s value is not reduced.

 

 

 

21.2

 

Modification

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the structure, type or performance characteristics of the Ship shall not be modified in a way which could or might materially alter the Ship or materially reduce its value.

 

 

 

21.3

 

Removal of parts

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, no material part of the Ship or any equipment shall be removed from the Ship if to do so would materially reduce its value (unless at the same time it is replaced with equivalent parts or equipment owned by the relevant Owner free of any Security Interest except under the Security Documents).

 

 

 

21.4

 

Third party owned equipment

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, equipment owned by a third party shall not be installed on the Ship, unless it can be removed without risk of causing damage to the structure or fabric of the Ship or without incurring significant expense.

 

 

 

21.5

 

Maintenance of class; compliance with laws

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship’s class shall be the relevant Classification with the relevant Classification Society and neither its Classification nor its Classification Society shall be changed without approval of the Majority Lenders and there must be no material overdue recommendations. The Ship and every person who owns, operates or manages the Ship shall comply with all laws applicable to vessels registered in its Flag State or which for any other reason apply to the Ship or to its condition or operation.

 

 

 

21.6

 

Surveys

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship shall be submitted to continuous surveys and any other surveys which are required for it to maintain its Classification as its class. Copies of reports of those surveys shall be provided promptly to the Agent if it so requests.

 

 

 

21.7

 

Inspection and notice of drydockings

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent and/or surveyors or other persons appointed by it for such purpose shall be allowed to board the Ship at all reasonable times, subject to prior notice to relevant Owner and without hindering the Ship’s operations or its employment, to inspect it and given all proper facilities needed for that purpose. The Agent shall be given reasonable advance notice of any intended drydocking of the Ship (whatever the purpose of that drydocking). The relevant Owner shall bear and reimburse to the Agent where incurred by the Agent, the costs and expenses of one inspection per year provided no Default is continuing whereupon the relevant Owner shall bear and reimburse to the Agent, where incurred by the Agent, all costs and expenses of all such inspections.

 

 

 

21.8

 

Prevention of arrest

 

 

 

 

 

All debts, damages, liabilities and outgoings (due and payable and not contested by relevant Owner in good faith) which have given, or may reasonably give, rise to maritime, statutory or possessory liens on, or claims enforceable against, the Ship, its Earnings or Insurances shall be promptly paid and discharged.

57



 

 

 

 

 

21.9

 

Release from arrest

 

 

 

 

 

The relevant Owner shall use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Ship, its Earnings and Insurances shall promptly within 15 days (or such longer period as may be approved by the Majority Lenders) be released from any arrest, detention, attachment or levy, and that any legal process against the Ship shall be promptly within 15 days (or such longer period as may be approved by the Majority Lenders) discharged, by whatever action is required to achieve that release or discharge.

 

 

 

21.10

 

Information about Ship

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall promptly be given any information which it may reasonably require about the Ship or its employment, position, use or operation, including details of towages and salvages, and copies of all its charter commitments entered into by or on behalf of any Borrower, GasLog or any Manager, provided that any information so requested and supplied which pertains to the relevant Charter or the relevant Replacement Charter shall be held by the Agent and the other Finance Parties on a confidential basis.

 

 

 

21.11

 

Notification of certain events

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall promptly be notified of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any damage to the Ship where the cost of the resulting repairs may exceed the Major Casualty Amount for such Ship;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any occurrence which may result in the Ship becoming a Total Loss;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any requisition of the Ship for hire;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

any Environmental Incident involving the Ship and Environmental Claim being made in relation to such an incident;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

any requirement or recommendation made in relation to the Ship by any insurer or the Ship’s Classification Society or by any competent authority which is not, or cannot be, complied with in the manner or time required or recommended; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

any arrest or detention of the Ship or any exercise or purported exercise of a lien or other claim on the Ship or its Earnings or Insurances.

 

 

 

 

 

21.12

 

Payment of outgoings

 

 

 

 

 

All tolls, dues and other outgoings whatsoever in respect of the Ship and its Earnings and Insurances shall be paid promptly. Proper accounting records shall be kept of the Ship and its Earnings.

 

 

 

21.13

 

Evidence of payments

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall be allowed proper and reasonable access, subject to prior written notice and provided that the operations of the relevant Owner are not in any way hindered, to those accounting records when it reasonably requests it and, when it reasonably requires it, shall be given satisfactory evidence that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the wages and allotments and the insurance and pension contributions of the Ship’s crew are being promptly and regularly paid;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

all deductions from its crew’s wages in respect of any applicable Tax liability are being properly accounted for; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Ship’s master has no claim for disbursements other than those incurred by him in the ordinary course of trading on the voyage then in progress.

58



 

 

 

 

 

21.14

 

Repairers’ liens

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the Ship shall not be put into any other person’s possession for work to be done on the Ship if the cost of that work will exceed or is likely to exceed the Major Casualty Amount for such Ship unless the relevant Owner has established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent that it has sufficient reserves to pay for the cost of such work.

 

 

 

21.15

 

Codes

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship and the persons responsible for its operation shall at all times comply with the requirements of any applicable code or prescribed procedures required to be observed by the Ship or in relation to its operation under any applicable law or regulation (including but not limited to those currently known as the ISM Code and the ISPS Code). The Agent shall promptly be informed of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any threatened or actual withdrawal of any certificate issued in accordance with any such code which is or may be applicable to the Ship or its operation; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the issue of any such certificate or the receipt of notification that any application for such a certificate has been refused.

 

 

 

 

 

21.16

 

Survey report

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As soon as reasonably practicable after the Agent requests it, the Agent shall be given a report on the seaworthiness and/or safe operation of the Ship, from approved surveyors or inspectors. If any recommendations are made in such a report they shall be complied with in the way and by the time recommended in the report.

 

 

 

21.17

 

Lawful use

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship shall not be employed:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in any way or in any activity which is unlawful under international law or the domestic laws of any relevant country;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

in carrying illicit or prohibited goods;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in a way which may make it liable to be condemned by a prize court or destroyed, seized or confiscated; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

if there are hostilities in any part of the world (whether war has been declared or not), in carrying contraband goods,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and the persons responsible for the operation of the Ship shall take all necessary and proper precautions to ensure that this does not happen including participation in industry or other voluntary schemes available to the Ship and in which leading operators of ships operating under the same flag or engaged in similar trades generally participate at the relevant time.

 

 

 

21.18

 

War zones

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship may enter or remain in any zone which has been declared a war zone by any government entity or the Ship’s war risk insurers, subject to any requirements of the Ship’s insurers necessary to ensure that the Ship remains properly insured and complies with any requirements (including any requirement for the payment of extra insurance premiums) which the insurers specify.

59



 

 

 

 

 

22

 

Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 22 shall be complied with in relation to each Ship and its Insurances throughout the Mortgage Period.

 

 

 

22.1

 

Insurance terms

 

 

 

 

 

In this clause 22:

 

 

 

 

 

excess risks ” means the proportion (if any) of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery insurances of a vessel in consequence of the value at which the vessel is assessed for the purpose of such claims exceeding its insured value.

 

 

 

 

 

excess war risk P&l cover ” means cover for claims only in excess of amounts recoverable under the usual war risk cover including (but not limited to) hull and machinery, crew and protection and indemnity risks.

 

 

 

 

 

hull cover ” means insurance cover against the risks identified in clause 22.2(a).

 

 

 

 

 

minimum hull cover ” means, in relation to a Ship, an amount, which when aggregated with the insured amounts of each of the other Ships that have been delivered, is equal at the relevant time to the higher of (a) the aggregate Security Value of the Ships as most recently determined in accordance with clause 23 ( Minimum Security Value ) and (b) 120% of the aggregate of the Loan and the Hedging Exposure at such time.

 

 

 

 

 

P&l risks ” means the usual risks (including liability for oil pollution, excess war risk P&l cover) covered by a protection and indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of protection and indemnity associations (or, if the International Group ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading provider of protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered under the terms of the hull cover).

 

 

 

22.2

 

Coverage required

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship shall at all times be insured:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

against fire and usual marine risks (including excess risks) and war risks (including war protection and indemnity risks and terrorism risks) on an agreed value basis, for at least its minimum hull cover and no less than 80% of the agreed insurable value;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

against P&l risks for the highest amount then available in the insurance market for vessels of similar age, size and type as the Ship (but, in relation to liability for oil pollution, for an amount of not less than $1,000,000,000) and a freight, demurrage and defence cover;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

against such other risks and matters which the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) notifies it that it considers reasonable for a prudent shipowner or operator to insure against at the time of that notice; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

on terms which comply with the other provisions of this clause 22.

 

 

 

 

 

22.3

 

Placing of cover

 

 

 

 

 

The insurance coverage required by clause 22.2 ( Coverage required ) shall be:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in the name of the Ship’s Owner and (in the case of the Ship’s hull cover) no other person (other than the Security Agent if required by it) (unless such other person is approved and, if so required by the Agent, has duly executed and delivered a first

60



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

priority assignment of its interest in the Ship’s Insurances to the Security Agent in an approved form and provided such supporting documents and opinions in relation to that assignment as the Agent requires);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if the Agent so requests, in the joint names of the Ship’s Owner and Security Agent (and, to the extent reasonably practicable in the insurance market, without liability on the part of the Security Agent for premiums or calls);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in dollars or another approved currency;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

arranged through brokers approved by the Majority Lenders or direct with insurers approved by the Majority Lenders or protection and indemnity or war risks associations; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

on approved terms and with insurers or associations approved by the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

22.4

 

Deductibles

 

 

 

 

 

The aggregate amount of any excess or deductible under the Ship’s hull cover shall not exceed $1,000,000 without the Agent’s approval.

 

 

 

22.5

 

Mortgagee’s insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Borrower shall promptly reimburse to the Agent the cost (as conclusively certified by the Agent) of taking out and keeping in force in respect of the Ship and the other Ships on approved terms, or in considering or making claims under a mortgagee’s interest insurance and a mortgagee’s additional perils (ail P&l risks) cover for the benefit of the Finance Parties for an amount of 120% of the Loan; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any other insurance cover which the Agent reasonably requires in respect of any Finance Party’s interests and potential liabilities (but not with respect to loss of hire of the Ship) (whether as mortgagee of the Ship or beneficiary of the Security Documents).

 

 

 

 

 

22.6

 

Fleet liens, set off and cancellations

 

 

 

 

 

If the Ship’s hull cover also insures other vessels, the Security Agent shall either be given an undertaking in approved terms by the brokers or (if such cover is not placed through brokers or the brokers do not, under any applicable laws or insurance terms, have such rights of set off and cancellation) the relevant insurers that the brokers or (if relevant) the insurers will not:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

set off against any claims in respect of the Ship any premiums due in respect of any of such other vessels insured (other than the other Borrower’s Ship); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

cancel that cover because of non-payment of premiums in respect of such other vessels,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or the Borrower shall ensure that hull cover for the Ship and any other Ship is provided under a separate policy from any other vessels.

 

 

 

22.7

 

Payment of premiums

 

 

 

 

 

All premiums, calls, contributions or other sums payable in respect of the Insurances shall be paid punctually and the Agent shall be provided with all relevant receipts or other evidence of payment upon request.

 

 

 

22.8

 

Details of proposed renewal of Insurances

 

 

 

 

 

At least 14 days before any of the Ship’s Insurances are due to expire, the Agent shall be told the names of the brokers, insurers and associations proposed to be used for the renewal of such Insurances and the amounts, risks and terms in, against and on which the Ship’s Insurances are proposed to be renewed.

61



 

 

 

22.9

 

Instructions for renewal

 

 

 

 

 

At least seven days before any of the Ship’s Insurances are due to expire, instructions shall be given to brokers, insurers and associations for them to be renewed or replaced on or before their expiry.

 

 

 

22.10

 

Confirmation of renewal

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship’s Insurances shall be renewed upon their expiry in a manner and on terms which comply with this clause 22 and confirmation of such renewal given by brokers or insurers approved by the Majority Lenders to the Agent at least seven days (or such shorter period as may be approved) before such expiry.

 

 

 

22.11

 

P&l guarantees

 

 

 

 

 

Any guarantee or undertaking required by any protection and indemnity or war risks association in relation to the Ship shall be provided when required by the association.

 

 

 

22.12

 

Insurance documents

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall be provided with pro forma copies of all insurance policies and other documentation issued by brokers, insurers and associations in connection with the Ship’s Insurances as soon as they are available after they have been placed or renewed and all insurance policies and other documents relating to the Ship’s Insurances shall be deposited with any brokers approved by the Majority Lenders or (if not deposited with approved brokers) the Agent or some other person approved by the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

22.13

 

Letters of undertaking

 

 

 

 

 

Unless otherwise approved where the Agent is satisfied that equivalent protection is afforded by the terms of the relevant Insurances and/or any applicable law and/or a letter of undertaking provided by another person, on each placing or renewal of the Insurances, the Agent shall be provided promptly with letters of undertaking in an approved form (having regard to general insurance market practice and law at the time of issue of such letter of undertaking) from the relevant brokers, insurers and associations.

 

 

 

22.14

 

Insurance Notices and Loss Payable Clauses

 

 

 

 

 

The interest of the Security Agent as assignee of the Insurances shall be endorsed on all insurance policies and other documents by the incorporation of a Loss Payable Clause and an Insurance Notice in respect of the Ship and its Insurances signed by its Owner and, unless otherwise approved by the Majority Lenders, each other person assured under the relevant cover (other than the Security Agent if it is itself an assured).

 

 

 

22.15

 

Insurance correspondence

 

 

If so required by the Agent, the Agent shall promptly be provided with copies of all written communications between the assureds and brokers, insurers and associations relating to any of the Ship’s Insurances as soon as they are available.

 

 

 

22.16

 

Qualifications and exclusions

 

 

 

 

 

All requirements applicable to the Ship’s Insurances shall be complied with and the Ship’s Insurances shall only be subject to approved exclusions or qualifications.

 

 

 

22.17

 

Independent report

 

 

 

 

 

If the Agent asks the Borrowers for a detailed report from an approved independent firm of marine insurance brokers approved by the Majority Lenders giving their opinion on the adequacy of the Ship’s Insurances then the Agent shall be provided promptly with such a report

62



 

 

 

 

 

at no cost to the Agent or (if the Agent obtains such a report itself) the Borrowers shall reimburse the Agent for the cost of obtaining that report.

 

 

 

22.18

 

Collection of claims

 

 

 

 

 

All documents and other information and all assistance required by the Agent to assist it and/or the Security Agent in trying to collect or recover any claims under the Ship’s Insurances shall be provided promptly.

 

 

 

22.19

 

Employment of Ship

 

 

 

 

 

The Ship shall only be employed or operated in conformity with the terms of the Ship’s Insurances (including any express or implied warranties) and not in any other way, unless the insurers have consented and any additional requirements of the insurers have been satisfied.

 

 

 

22.20

 

Declarations and returns

 

 

 

 

 

If any of the Ship’s Insurances are on terms that require a declaration, certificate or other document to be made or filed before the Ship sails to, or operates within, an area, those terms shall be complied with within the time and in the manner required by those Insurances.

 

 

 

22.21

 

Application of recoveries

 

 

 

 

 

All sums paid under the Ship’s Insurances to anyone other than the Security Agent shall be applied in repairing the damage and/or in discharging the liability in respect of which they have been paid except to the extent that the repairs have already been paid for and/or the liability already discharged.

 

 

 

22.22

 

Settlement of claims

 

 


Any claim under the Ship’s Insurances for a Total Loss or Major Casualty shall only be settled, compromised or abandoned with prior approval.

 

 

 

23

 

Minimum security value

 

 

 

 

 

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 23 will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

 

 

23.1

 

Valuation of assets

 

 

 

 

 

For the purpose of the Finance Documents, the value at any time of any Ship or any other asset over which additional security is provided under this clause 23 will be its value as most recently determined in accordance with this clause 23.

 

 

 

23.2

 

Valuation frequency

 

 

 

 

 

Valuations of each Ship and each such other asset shall be addressed to the Agent (and for the benefit of the other Finance Parties) and in accordance with this clause 23 shall be obtained by the Agent on or prior to making available the Advance for that Ship, and thereafter at any time, not less frequently than once per annum.

 

 

 

23.3

 

Expenses of valuation

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall bear, and reimburse to the Agent where incurred by the Agent, all costs and expenses of providing one valuation per annum unless and until a Default which is continuing shall occur, whereupon all costs and expenses of all valuations shall be payable by the relevant Owner.

63



 

 

 

 

 

23.4

 

Valuations procedure

 

 

 

 

 

The value of any Ship shall be determined in accordance with, and by valuers approved and appointed in accordance with, this clause 23. Additional security provided under this clause 23 shall be valued in such a way, on such a basis and by such persons (including the Agent itself) as may be approved.

 

 

 

23.5

 

Currency of valuation

 

 

 

 

 

Valuations shall be provided by valuers in dollars or, if a valuer is of the view that the relevant type of vessel is generally bought and sold in another currency, in that other currency. If a valuation is provided in another currency, for the purposes of this Agreement it shall be converted into dollars at the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of dollars with that other currency as at the date to which the valuation relates.

 

 

 

23.6

 

Basis of valuation

 

 

 

 

 

Each valuation will be made:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

without physical inspection (unless required by the Agent);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for a price payable in full in cash on delivery at arm’s length on normal commercial terms between a willing buyer and a willing seller; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

without taking into account the benefit or the burden of any charter commitment.

 

 

 

 

 

23.7

 

Information required for valuation

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers shall promptly provide to the Agent and any such valuer any information which they reasonably require for the purposes of providing such a valuation.

 

 

 

23.8

 

Approval of valuers

 

 

 

 

 

All valuers must have been approved (the approved valuers as at the date of this Agreement are E. A. Gibson Shipbrokers Limited, Lorentzen & Stemoco A.S., Barry Rogliano Salles & Cie, Clarkson plc, Poten & Partners Inc., Fearnleys AS, Simpson, Spence & Young Limited and Braemar Seascope Limited). The Agent may from time to time notify the Borrowers of approval of one or more independent ship brokers as valuers for the purposes of this clause 23. The Agent shall respond promptly to any request by the Borrowers for approval of a broker nominated by the Borrowers. The Agent may at any time by notice to the Borrowers withdraw any previous approval of a valuer for the purposes of future valuations. That valuer may not then be appointed to provide valuations unless it is once more approved. If the Agent has not approved at least three brokers as valuers at a time when a valuation is required under this clause 23, the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers of the names of at least three valuers which are approved.

 

 

 

23.9

 

Appointment of valuers

 

 

 

 

 

When a valuation is required for the purposes of this clause 23, the Agent or, if so approved at that time, the Borrowers shall promptly appoint approved valuers to provide such a valuation. If the Borrowers are approved to appoint valuers but fail to do so promptly, the Agent may appoint approved valuers to provide that valuation.

 

 

 

23.10

 

Number of valuers

 

 

 

 

 

Each valuation shall be carried out by two approved valuers of whom one shall be nominated by the Agent and the other by the Borrowers. If the Borrowers fail promptly to nominate a second valuer then the Agent may nominate the second valuer.

64



 

 

 

 

 

23.11

 

Differences in valuations

 

 

 

 

 

If valuations provided by the approved valuer nominated by the Borrowers and the Agent differ, the value of the relevant Ship for the purposes of the Finance Documents will be the mean average of those valuations. If valuations provided by the approved valuers nominated by the Borrowers and the Agent differ by 15% or more a third approved valuer shall be appointed by the Agent at the cost and expense of the Borrowers, and the value of the Ship will be the mean average of those three valuations.

 

 

 

23.12

 

Security shortfall

 

 

 

 

 

If at any time the Security Value is less than the Minimum Value, the Agent may, and shall, if so directed by the Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers require such deficiency be remedied. The Borrowers shall then within 14 days of receipt of such notice ensure that the Security Value equals or exceeds the Minimum Value. For this purpose, the Borrowers may:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

provide additional security over other approved assets by the Lenders in accordance with this clause 23; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

cancel part of the Total Commitments under clause 7.3 ( Voluntary cancellation ) but on five Business Days’ notice instead of the period required by such clause; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

prepay part of the Loan under clause 7.4 ( Voluntary prepayment ) but on five Business Days’ notice instead of the period required by such clause, Provided that no prepayment fee shall be payable pursuant to clause 7.4.2 ( Voluntary prepayment ) in these circumstances.

 

 

 

 

 

23.13

 

Creation of additional security

 

 

 

 

 

The value of any additional security which the Borrowers offer to provide to remedy all or part of a shortfall in the amount of the Security Value will only be taken into account for the purposes of determining the Security Value if and when:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

that additional security, its value and the method of its valuation have been approved by the Lenders;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a Security Interest over that security has been constituted in favour of the Security Agent in an approved form and manner;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

this Agreement has been unconditionally amended in such manner as the Agent requires in consequence of that additional security being provided; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received such documents and evidence it may require in relation to that additional security including documents and evidence of the type referred to in Schedule 3 in relation to that additional security and its execution and (if applicable) registration.

 

 

 

 

 

23.14

 

Security release

 

 

 

 

 

If the Security Value shall at any time exceed the Minimum Value, and the Borrowers shall previously have provided further security to the Security Agent pursuant to clause 23.12 ( Security Shortfall ), the Security Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after notice from the Borrowers to do so and subject to being indemnified to its satisfaction against the cost of doing so, release any such further security specified by the Borrowers provided that the Agent is satisfied that, immediately following such release, the Security Value will equal or exceed the Minimum Value and no other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

65



 

 

 

24

 

Chartering undertakings

 

 

 

 

 

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause 24 will be complied with in relation to each Ship and its Charter Documents throughout the relevant Ship’s Mortgage Period.

 

 

 

24.1

 

Variations

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the Charter Documents shall not be varied (and, for the avoidance of doubt, any assignment or novation of a Charter Document without approval shall constitute a variation).

 

 

 

24.2

 

Releases and waivers

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, there shall be no release by the relevant Owner of any obligation of any other person under the Charter Documents (including by way of novation), no waiver of any breach of any such obligation and no consent to anything which would otherwise be such a breach.

 

 

 

24.3

 

Termination by Owner

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the relevant Owner shall not terminate or rescind any Charter Document or withdraw the relevant Ship from service under its Charter or Replacement Charter or take any similar action.

 

 

 

24.4

 

Charter performance

 

 

 

 

 

The relevant Owner shall perform its obligations under the relevant Charter Documents and use its reasonable endeavours to ensure that each other party to them performs their obligations under the relevant Charter Documents.

 

 

 

24.5

 

Payment of Charter Earnings

 

 

 

 

 

All Earnings which the relevant Owner is entitled to receive under the Charter Documents shall be paid in the manner required by the Security Documents.

 

 

 

25

 

Bank accounts

 

 

 

 

 

Each Borrower undertakes that this clause will be complied with throughout the Facility Period.

 

 

 

25.1

 

Earnings Account

 

 

 

25.1.1

 

Each Borrower shall be the holder of one or more Accounts with an Account Bank which is designated as an “ Earnings Account ” for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

25.1.2

 

The Earnings of the Ships and all moneys payable to the Owner of a Ship under the Ship’s Insurances and any net amount payable to the Borrowers under any Hedging Contract shall be paid by the persons from whom they are due to the relevant Earnings Account for that Borrower unless required to be paid to the Security Agent under the relevant Finance Documents.

 

 

 

25.1.3

 

No Borrower shall withdraw amounts standing to the credit of an Earnings Account except as permitted by clause 25.1.4.

 

 

 

25.1.4

 

If there is no Event of Default which is continuing and subject to the further condition set out at the end of this clause 25.1.4, the relevant Account Holder(s) may withdraw the following amounts from an Earnings Account in the following order of priority during each monthly period in an approved manner:

66



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

payments of the proper costs and expenses of insuring, drydocking, repairing, operating and maintaining the Ship (provided that such costs and expenses shall not exceed the Opex Hire (as defined in the relevant Charter) in respect of such monthly period;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

in accordance with the provisions of clause 35.5.1 ( Partial payments ), payments then due to Finance Parties under the Finance Documents (other than payments due in respect of a prepayment) or payments under Hedging Contracts attributable to the partial unwinding of any Hedging Contracts pursuant to clause 27.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ) and any payments into the Reserve Account as and when they may be required under this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

payments to a Retention Account required to comply with clause 25.2 ( Retention Account );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

payments then due under Hedging Contracts or other Treasury Transactions entered into to protect against fluctuations in the rate of interest payable under the relevant Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

payments to another Earnings Account;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

payments to the Reserve Account; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

any payments by the Borrowers which are not prohibited under, and always subject to, the terms of this Agreement or other Security Documents,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT the Account Holder(s) shall ensure that, in respect of each Ship, there is at all times after the relevant Delivery Date, a minimum of $1,500,000 maintained in each of the relevant Earnings Accounts relating to such Ships.

 

 

 

25.2

 

Retention Account

 

 

 

25.2.1

 

The Borrowers shall jointly be the holders of an Account denominated in dollars with an Account Bank which is designated as the “ Retention Account ” for the purposes of the Finance Documents by the Borrowers and the Lenders.

 

 

 

25.2.2

 

There shall be paid into the Retention Account such amounts as will ensure that, on each date (a retention date ) falling 10 days after the date ( start date ) three months before the First Repayment Date and at monthly intervals after that, the amount credited to the Retention Account is at least:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the relevant fraction of the net amount of interest payable under clause 8 ( Interest ) during or at the end of the Interest Period current on that retention date; plus

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the relevant fraction of the instalment of the KEXIM Loan due to be repaid under clause 6.1 ( Repayment ) on the next Repayment Date after that retention date.

 

 

 

 

 

25.2.3

 

The relevant fraction of such an amount of interest or instalment of the KEXIM Loan as at a retention date will be the fraction whose numerator is the number of retention dates up to and including the relevant retention date from the beginning of that Interest Period (in the case of interest) or since the start date or, if later, the previous Repayment Date (in the case of such instalment) and whose denominator is the number of retentions dates falling during or at the end of the relevant Interest Period or, as the case may be, the period beginning on the previous Repayment Date (or the start date in the case of retention dates before the First Repayment Date) and ending on the relevant Repayment Date.

 

 

 

25.2.4

 

The relevant Account Holder(s) shall not withdraw amounts standing to the credit of the Retention Account except as permitted by clause 25.2.5.

 

 

 

25.2.5

 

If there is no continuing Event of Default and if (unless the payment is to a new Retention Account), after the withdrawal, the balance on the Retention Account will be at least the minimum

67



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

amount required by clause 25.2.2 at that time, the relevant Account Holder(s) may withdraw the following amounts from the Retention Account:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

payments of interest due under clause 8 ( Interest ) and repayments of the KEXIM Loan due under clause 6.1 ( Repayment ); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

payment to a Reserve Account of any amount by which the balance on the Retention Account exceeds that minimum amount.

 

 

 

 

 

25.3

 

Reserve Account

 

 

 

25.3.1

 

A Borrower or some or all of the Borrowers jointly shall be the holder of one or more Accounts with an Account Bank which is designated as a “ Reserve Account ” for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

25.3.2

 

Unless and until an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing, the relevant Account Holder(s) shall be entitled to withdraw any or all amounts standing to the credit of a Reserve Account:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

if approved; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if the relevant Charter or Replacement Charter is extended for a period of not less than 3 years in accordance with clause 5 of the relevant Confirmation Memorandum or the relevant clause of that Replacement Charter, as the case may be, and subject always to clause 28.22 ( Charter termination ); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in or towards repayment of the Loan on the Final Repayment Date.

 

 

 

 

 

25.4

 

Other provisions

 

 

 

25.4.1

 

An Account may only be designated for the purposes described in this clause 25 if:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

such designation is made in writing by the Agent and acknowledged by the Borrowers and specifies the names and addresses of the Account Bank, the Account Holder(s) and the number and any designation or other reference attributed to the Account;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

an Account Security has been duly executed and delivered by the relevant Account Holder(s) in favour of the Security Agent;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any notice required by the Account Security to be given to an Account Bank has been given to, and acknowledged by, the Account Bank in the form required by the relevant Account Security; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the Agent, or its duly authorised representative, has received such documents and evidence it may require in relation to the Account and the Account Security including documents and evidence of the type referred to in Schedule 3 in relation to the Account and the relevant Account Security.

 

 

 

 

 

25.4.2

 

The rates of payment of interest and other terms regulating any Account will be a matter of separate agreement between the relevant Account Holder(s) and an Account Bank. If an Account is a fixed term deposit account, the relevant Account Holder(s) may select the terms of deposits until the relevant Account Security has become enforceable and the Security Agent directs otherwise.

 

 

 

25.4.3

 

The relevant Account Holder(s) shall not close any Account or alter the terms of any Account from those in force at the time it is designated for the purposes of this clause 25 or waive any of its rights in relation to an Account except with approval.

 

 

 

25.4.4

 

The relevant Account Holder(s) shall deposit with the Security Agent all certificates of deposit, receipts or other instruments or securities relating to any Account, notify the Security Agent of

68



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any claim or notice relating to an Account from any other party and provide the Agent with any other information it may request concerning any Account.

 

 

 

25.4.5

 

Each of the Agent and the Security Agent agrees that if it is an Account Bank in respect of an Account then there will be no restrictions on charging that Account as contemplated by this Agreement and it shall not (except with the approval of the Lenders) exercise any right of combination, consolidation or set-off which it may have in respect of that Account in a manner adverse to the rights of the other Finance Parties.

 

 

 

26

 

Business restrictions

 

 

 

 

 

Except as otherwise approved, each Borrower undertakes that this clause 26 will be complied with by and in respect of each Obligor and their Affiliates (to the extent applicable) throughout the Facility Period.

 

 

 

26.1

 

General negative pledge

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not permit any Security Interest to exist, arise or be created or extended over all or any part of its assets except for Permitted Security Interests,

 

 

 

26.2

 

Transactions similar to security

 

 

 

 

 

(Without prejudice to clauses 26.3 ( Financial Indebtedness ) and 26.6 ( Disposals )), the Borrower shall not:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby that asset is or may be leased to, or re-acquired by, any Affiliate other than pursuant to disposals permitted under clause 26.6 ( Disposals );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

sell, transfer, factor or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect.

 

 

 

 

 

26.3

 

Financial Indebtedness

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not incur or permit to exist, any Financial Indebtedness owed by it to anyone else except:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents and Hedging Contracts for Hedging Transactions entered into pursuant to clause 27.1 ( Hedging );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Financial Indebtedness owed to another Obligor which is subordinated in a manner approved by the Majority Lenders; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 26.4 ( Guarantees ).

 

 

 

 

 

26.4

 

Guarantees

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not give or permit to exist, any guarantee by it in respect of indebtedness of any person or allow any of its indebtedness to be guaranteed by anyone else except:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

guarantees of obligations of Affiliates that are not Financial Indebtedness or obligations prohibited by any Finance Document;

69



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

guarantees in favour of trade creditors of any Borrower given in the ordinary course of its business or in order to avoid the creation of, or to release, a Permitted Maritime Lien; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

guarantees which are Financial Indebtedness permitted under clause 26.3 ( Financial Indebtedness ).

 

 

 

 

 

26.5

 

Bank accounts and other financial transactions

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

maintain any bank accounts with a bank or financial institution except for the Accounts;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

hold cash in any account (other than in an Account); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

be party to any banking or financial transaction, whether on or off balance sheet, that is not expressly permitted under this clause 26 ( Business restrictions ).

 

 

 

 

 

26.6

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions, whether related or not and whether voluntarily or involuntarily, to dispose of any asset except for any of the following disposals so long as they are not prohibited by any other provision of the Finance Documents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

disposals of assets made in (and on terms reflecting) the ordinary course of trading of the disposing entity;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

disposals of obsolete assets, or assets which are no longer required for the purpose of the business of any Borrower, in each case for cash on normal commercial terms and on an arm’s length basis; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the application of cash or cash equivalents in the acquisition of assets or services in the ordinary course of its business.

 

 

 

 

 

26.7

 

Contracts and arrangements with Affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor shall be a party to any arrangement or contract with any of its Affiliates unless such arrangement or contract is on an arm’s length basis.

 

 

 

26.8

 

Subsidiaries

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not establish or acquire a company or other entity.

 

 

 

26.9

 

Acquisitions and investments

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not, without approval of the Majority Lenders, acquire any person, business, assets or liabilities or make any investment in any person or business or enter into any joint-venture arrangement except:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

acquisitions of assets in the ordinary course of business (not being new businesses or vessels);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the incurrence of liabilities in the ordinary course of its business;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any loan or credit not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

pursuant to any Finance Documents or Charter Documents to which it is party.

70



 

 

 

 

 

26.10

 

Reduction of capital

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not redeem or purchase or otherwise reduce any of its equity or any other share capital or any warrants or any uncalled or unpaid liability in respect of any of them or reduce the amount (if any) for the time being standing to the credit of its share premium account or capital redemption or other undistributable reserve in any manner unless as permitted pursuant to clause 26.11 ( Distributions and other payments ).

 

 

 

26.11

 

Distributions and other payments

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrower shall not:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

declare or pay (including by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise) any dividend or redeem or make any other distribution or payment (whether in cash or in specie), including any interest and/or unpaid dividends, in respect of its equity or any other share capital or any warrants for the time being in issue; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

make any payment (including by way of set-off, combination of accounts or otherwise) by way of interest, or repayment, redemption, purchase or other payment, in respect of any shareholder loan, loan stock or similar instrument;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

except to its Holding Company and provided no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of the declaration or payment.

 

 

 

27

 

Hedging Contracts

 

 

 

27.1

 

Hedging

 

 

 

27.1.1

 

The Borrowers may enter into and maintain at all times Hedging Transactions which provide for protection against adverse movements in interest rates for an aggregate notional principal amount that does not exceed the Loan as then scheduled to be repaid pursuant to clause 6.2.

 

 

 

27.1.2

 

The interest rate swaps contemplated by clause 27.1.1 shall collectively:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

provide for the Borrowers to pay a fixed or capped rate of interest in respect of the relevant notional principal amount; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

match the repayment profile of the Loan.

 

 

 

 

 

27.1.3

 

The Borrowers shall ensure that each due date for value in respect of each Hedging Transaction shall coincide with the last day of an Interest Period and that interest continues to be paid on the last day of each Interest Period.

 

 

 

27.1.4

 

The Borrowers shall, promptly upon entry into of any Confirmation under a Hedging Contract, deliver to the Agent an original or certified copy of such Confirmation.

 

 

 

27.1.5

 

Other than Hedging Transactions which meet the requirements of this clause 27.1, the Borrowers shall not enter into Treasury Transactions, except with approval of the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

27.1.6

 

If, at any time during the Facility Period, the Borrowers wish to enter into any Treasury Transaction so as to hedge all or any part of their exposure under this Agreement to interest rate fluctuations, it shall advise the Agent in writing.

 

 

 

27.1.7

 

Any such Treasury Transaction shall be concluded with the Hedging Provider on the terms of the Hedging Master Agreement but (except with the approval of the Majority Lenders) no such Treasury Transaction shall be concluded unless:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

its purpose is to hedge the Borrowers’ interest rate risk in relation to borrowings under this Agreement for a period expiring no later than the Final Repayment Date; and

71



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

its notional principal amount, when aggregated with the notional principal amount of any other continuing Hedging Contracts, does not and will not exceed the Loan as then scheduled to be repaid pursuant to clause 6.2.

 

 

 

 

 

27.1.8

 

If and when any such Treasury Transaction has been concluded, it shall constitute a Hedging Contract for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

27.2

 

Unwinding of Hedging Contracts

 

 

 

 

 

If, at any time, and whether as a result of any prepayment (in whole or in part) of the Loan or any cancellation (in whole or in part) of any Commitment or otherwise, the aggregate notional principal amount under all Hedging Transactions in respect of the Loan entered into by the Borrowers exceeds or will exceed the amount of the Loan after such prepayment or cancellation, then (unless otherwise approved by the Majority Lenders) the Borrowers shall immediately close out and terminate sufficient Hedging Transactions as are necessary to ensure that the aggregate notional principal amount under the remaining continuing Hedging Transactions is not greater than and will in the future not be greater than, the amount of the Loan at that time and as scheduled to be repaid from time to time thereafter pursuant to clause 6.2.

 

 

 

27.3

 

Assignment of Hedging Contracts by Borrowers

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval or pursuant to the Hedging Contract Security, the Borrowers shall not assign or otherwise dispose of, or create Security Interests over or in relation to, its rights under any Hedging Contract.

 

 

 

27.4

 

Termination of Hedging Contracts by Borrowers

 

 

 

 

 

Following the occurrence of an Event of Default, except with approval, the Borrowers shall not terminate or rescind any Hedging Contract or close out or unwind any Hedging Transaction for any reason whatsoever except in accordance with clause 27,2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ).

 

 

 

27.5

 

Definition of Loan

 

 

 

 

 

For the purposes of this clause 27 only, the definition of Loan shall mean:

 

 

 

27.5.1

 

prior to first Utilisation, the aggregate principal amount of the Ship Commitments for the Ships;

 

 

 

27.5.2

 

after first Utilisation but prior to delivery of all the Ships, the aggregate principal amount of (a) the Ship Commitments for any Ships not yet delivered and (b) the Loan; and

 

 

 

27.5.3

 

after final Utilisation, the principal amount of the Loan.

 

 

 

28

 

Events of Default

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the events or circumstances set out in clauses 28.1 to 28.23 is an Event of Default.

 

 

 

28.1

 

Non-payment

 

 

 

 

 

An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable provided however that no Event of Default shall occur if a Disruption Event has occurred and such payment is made within three Business Days of the due date.

 

 

 

28.2

 

Hedging Contracts

 

 

 

28.2.1

 

An Event of Default or Potential Event of Default (in each case as defined in the Hedging Master Agreement) has occurred and is continuing under any Hedging Contract.

72



 

 

 

 

 

28.2.2

 

An Early Termination Date (as defined in the Hedging Master Agreements) has occurred or been or become capable of being effectively designated under any Hedging Contract.

 

 

 

28.2.3

 

A person entitled to do so gives notice of such an Early Termination Date under any Hedging Contract except with approval or as may be required by clause 27.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ).

 

 

 

28.2.4

 

Following the occurrence of an Event of Default, any Hedging Contract is terminated, cancelled, suspended, rescinded or revoked or otherwise ceases to remain in full force and effect for any reason except with approval or as may be required by clause 27.2 ( Unwinding of Hedging Contracts ).

 

 

 

28.3

 

Value of security

 

 

 

 

 

The Borrowers do not comply with clause 23 ( Minimum security value ).

 

 

 

28.4

 

Insurance

 

 

 

28.4.1

 

The Insurances of any Ship are not placed and kept in force in the manner required by clause 22 ( Insurance ).

 

 

 

28.4.2

 

Any insurer either:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

cancels any such Insurances and such Insurances are not immediately replaced by the Borrowers to the full satisfaction of the Lenders; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

disclaims liability under them by reason of any mis-statement or failure or default by any person.

 

 

 

 

 

28.5

 

Other obligations

 

 

 

28.5.1

 

An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in clauses 28.1 ( Non-payment ), 28.2 ( Hedging Contracts ), 28.3 ( Value of security ) and 28.4 ( Insurance )).

 

 

 

28.5.2

 

No Event of Default under clause 28.5.1 above will occur if the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders) considers that the failure to comply is capable of remedy (including by way of the excess cash capture provisions pursuant to clause 19.12 ( Excess Cash recapture )) and the failure is remedied within ten Business Days of the Agent giving notice to the Borrowers.

 

 

 

28.6

 

Financial Covenants

 

 

 

 

 

A Guarantor or a Counter Guarantor does not comply with any financial covenant pursuant to clause 5 of the GasLog Guarantee ( Financial covenants ) or, as the case may be, clause 5 of a Counter Guarantee ( Financial covenants ) or makes or is deemed to have made a representation or statement pursuant to clause 5 of the GasLog Guarantee ( Financial covenants ) or, as the case may be, clause 5 of a Counter Guarantee ( Financial covenants ), which is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

 

 

 

28.7

 

Misrepresentation

 

 

 

 

 

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.

73



 

 

 

 

 

28.8

 

Cross default

 

 

 

28.8.1

 

Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

 

 

28.8.2

 

Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

 

 

28.8.3

 

The counterparty to a Treasury Transaction entered into by any Obligor becomes entitled to terminate that Treasury Transaction early by reason of an event of default (however described).

 

 

 

28.8.4

 

Any creditor of any Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of that Obligor due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

 

 

28.8.5

 

No Event of Default will occur under this clause 28.8 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness falling within clauses 28.8.1 to 28.8.4 above is less than $5,000,000 in respect of each of the Counter Guarantors and the Guarantors and/or less than $1,000,000 in respect of any other Obligor.

 

 

 

28.9

 

Insolvency

 

 

 

28.9.1

 

An Obligor is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

 

 

28.9.2

 

The value of the assets of any Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

 

 

 

28.9.3

 

A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Obligor. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

 

 

 

28.10

 

Insolvency proceedings

 

 

 

28.10.1

 

Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Obligor or any of its assets (including the directors of any Obligor requesting a person to appoint any such officer in relation to it or any of its assets); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

enforcement of any Security Interest over any assets of any Obligor,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

 

28.10.2

 

Clause 28.10.1 shall not apply to any winding-up petition (or analogous procedure or step) which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within seven days of commencement or, if earlier, the date on which it is advertised.

 

 

 

28.11

 

Creditors’ process

 

 

 

28.11.1

 

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress, execution or analogous process affects any asset or assets of any Obligor (having an aggregate value equal to or in excess of

74



 

 

 

 

 

$5,000,000 in respect of the Counter Guarantors and the Guarantors and $1,000,000 in respect of any other Obligor) and is not discharged within seven days.

 

 

 

28.11.2

 

Any judgment or order (for an amount in excess of $5,000,000 in respect of the Counter Guarantors and the Guarantors and $1,000,000 in respect of any other Obligor) is made against any Obligor and is not stayed or complied with within thirty days.

 

 

 

28.12

 

Unlawfulness and invalidity

 

 

 

28.12.1

 

It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any Security Interest created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be effective.

 

 

 

28.12.2

 

Any obligation or obligations of any Obligor under any Finance Documents are not (subject to the Legal Reservations) or cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable and the cessation individually or cumulatively materially and adversely affects the interests of the Lenders under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

28.12.3

 

Any Finance Document or any Security Interest created or expressed to be created or evidenced by the Security Documents ceases to be in full force and effect or is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective for any reason.

 

 

 

28.12.4

 

Any Security Document does not create legal, valid, binding and enforceable security over the assets charged under that Security Document or the ranking or priority of such security is adversely affected.

 

 

 

28.13

 

Cessation of business

 

 

 

 

 

Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

 

 

 

28.14

 

Expropriation

 

 

 

 

 

The authority or ability of any Obligor to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Obligor or any of its assets.

 

 

 

28.15

 

Repudiation and rescission of Finance Documents

 

 

 

 

 

An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences an intention to rescind a Finance Document.

 

 

 

28.16

 

Litigation

 

 

 

 

 

Any litigation, alternative dispute resolution, arbitration or administrative proceeding is taking place against any Obligor or any of its assets, rights or revenues, and which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

28.17

 

Material Adverse Effect

 

 

 

 

 

Any Environmental Incident or other event or circumstance or series of events (including any change of law) occurs which the Majority Lenders reasonably believe has, or is reasonably expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

 

28.18

 

Security enforceable

 

 


Any Security Interest (other than a Permitted Maritime Lien) in respect of Charged Property becomes enforceable.

75



 

 

 

 

 

28.19

 

Arrest of Ship

 

 

 

 

 

Either Ship is arrested, confiscated, seized, taken in execution, impounded, forfeited, detained in exercise or purported exercise of any possessory lien or other claim and the relevant Owner fails to procure the release of such Ship within a period of 15 days thereafter (or such longer period as may be approved).

 

 

 

28.20

 

Ship registration

 

 

 

 

 

Except with approval, the registration of either Ship under the laws and flag of its Flag State is cancelled or terminated or, where applicable, not renewed or, if such Ship is only provisionally registered on the date of its Mortgage, such Ship is not permanently registered under such laws within 90 days of such date.

 

 

 

28.21

 

Political risk

 

 

 

 

 

The Flag State of either Ship or any Relevant Jurisdiction of an Obligor becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in the Flag State or any such Relevant Jurisdiction by unconstitutional means if, in any such case, such event, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Lenders), has or is reasonably to have, a Material Adverse Effect and, within 15 days of notice from Agent to do so (or such longer period as may be approved), such action as the Agent may require to ensure that such circumstances will not have such an effect has not been taken by the Borrowers.

 

 

 

28.22

 

Charter termination

 

 

 

28.22.1

 

Except with approval, the Charter or Replacement Charter of a Ship is cancelled or rescinded or (except as a result of the Ship being a Total Loss) frustrated or a Ship is withdrawn from service under the Charter or, as the case may be, the Replacement Charter, before the time the relevant Charter or relevant Replacement Charter was scheduled to expire, provided however that no Event of Default shall occur under this clause 28.22.1 if within 30 days of such cancellation, rescission, frustration or withdrawal the Borrowers shall have paid the sum of $20,000,000 to the Reserve Account which sum may, notwithstanding clause 25.3 ( Reserve Account ), only be released if approved or if:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

at any time after such cancellation, rescission, frustration or withdrawal, the relevant Owner shall have entered into a Replacement Charter; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the relevant Owner has executed a Security Interest in respect of such Replacement Charter in an approved form and delivered to the Agent any conditions precedent of the nature described in Schedule 3 ( Conditions precedent ) as required by the Agent.

 

 

 

 

28.22.2

 

Except with approval, a Ship is not delivered and accepted for service under the relevant Charter within three Business Days after the relevant Utilisation Date.

 

 

 

28.23

 

Change of Control

 

 

 

28.23.1

 

Before an IPO has been completed, a Change of Control occurs.

 

 

 

28.23.2

 

After an IPO has been completed, an IPO Change of Control occurs and the Borrowers fail to prepay the Loan in full and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

28.23.3

 

At any time:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any Borrower ceases to be a wholly-owned subsidiary of GasLog Carriers; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

GasLog Carriers ceases to be a wholly-owned subsidiary of GasLog.

76



 

 

 

 

 

28.24

 

Acceleration

 

 

 

 

 

 

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

cancel the Total Commitments at which time they shall immediately be cancelled; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, at which time it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Lenders; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

declare that no withdrawals be made from any Account; and/or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

exercise or direct the Security Agent and/or any other beneficiary of the Security Documents to exercise any or all of its rights, remedies, powers or discretions under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

29

 

Position of Hedging Provider

 

 

 

 

29.1

 

Rights of Hedging Provider

 

 

 

 

29.1.1

 

The Hedging Provider is a Finance Party and as such, will be entitled to share in the security constituted by the Security Documents in respect of any liabilities of the Borrowers under the Hedging Contracts with the Hedging Provider which shall be fully subordinated in priority and ranking to the share in the security constituted by the Security Documents in respect of any liabilities of the Borrowers with respect to the Facilities owing to the Lenders in the manner and to the extent contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

29.1.2

 

If a Borrower wishes to enter into a Treasury Transaction, the Hedging Provider shall have the right to participate in any proposed Treasury Transaction.

 

 

 

 

29.2

 

No voting rights

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Hedging Provider shall not be entitled to vote on any matter where a decision of the Lenders alone is required under this Agreement, whether before or after the termination or close out of the Hedging Contracts with the Hedging Provider, provided that the Hedging Provider shall be entitled to vote on any matter where a decision of all the Finance Parties is expressly required.

 

 

 

 

29.3

 

Acceleration and enforcement of security

 

 

 

 

 

 

Neither the Agent nor the Security Agent nor any other beneficiary of the Security Documents shall be obliged, in connection with any action taken or proposed to be taken under or pursuant to clause 28 ( Events of Default ) or pursuant to the other Finance Documents, to have any regard to the requirements of the Hedging Provider except to the extent that the Hedging Provider is also a Lender.

 

 

 

 

29.4

 

Close out of Hedging Contracts

 

 

 

 

29.4.1

 

The Parties agree that at any time on and after any Event of Default the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) shall be entitled, by notice in writing to the Hedging Provider, to instruct the Hedging Provider to terminate and close out any Hedging Transactions (or part thereof) with the Hedging Provider. The Hedging Provider will terminate and close out the

77



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

relevant Hedging Transactions (or parts thereof) and/or the relevant Hedging Contracts in accordance with such notice immediately upon receipt of such notice.

 

 

 

29.4.2

 

The Hedging Provider shall not be entitled to terminate or close out any Hedging Contract or any Hedging Transaction under it prior to its stated maturity except:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in accordance with a notice served by the Agent under clause 29.4.1; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if the Borrowers have not paid amounts due under the Hedging Contract and such amounts remain unpaid for a period of 30 days after the due date for payment and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) consents to such termination or close out; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

if the Agent takes any action under clause 28.24 (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

if the Loan and other amounts outstanding under the Finance Documents (other than amounts outstanding under the Hedging Contracts) have been repaid by the Borrowers in full.

 

 

 

 

29.4.3

 

If there is a net amount payable to any Borrower under a Hedging Transaction or a Hedging Contract upon its termination and close out, the Hedging Provider shall forthwith pay that net amount (together with interest earned on such amount) to the Security Agent for application in accordance with clause 32.21 ( Order of application ).

 

 

 

 

29.4.4

 

The Hedging Provider (in any capacity) shall not set-off any such net amount against or exercise any right of combination in respect of any other claim it has against a Borrower.

78


SECTION 8 - CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

 

 

 

 

30

 

Changes to the Lenders

 

 

 

 

30.1

 

Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subject to this clause 30, a Lender (the “ Existing Lender ”) may assign any of its rights to another bank or financial institution or other regulated investment company (the “ New Lender ”).

 

 

 

 

30.2

 

Conditions of assignment

 

 

 

 

30.2.1

 

The consent of the Borrowers is required for an assignment by a Commercial Facility Lender or KEXIM Facility Lender, unless the assignment is to another Commercial Facility Lender or Affiliate of a Commercial Facility Lender or, as the case may be, another KEXIM Facility Lender or an Affiliate of a KEXIM Facility Lender or an Event of Default is continuing. The Agent will immediately advise the Borrowers of the assignment.

 

 

 

 

30.2.2

 

The Borrowers’ consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and will be deemed to have been given five Business Days after the Lender has requested consent unless consent is expressly refused within that time. The Borrowers shall not be entitled to refuse or withhold consent solely because an assignment may result in an increase to the Mandatory Cost.

 

 

 

 

30.2.3

 

An assignment will only be effective:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

on receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the Borrowers and the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an Existing Lender;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

on the New Lender entering into any documentation required for it to accede as a party to any Security Document to which the Original Commercial Facility Lender or, as the case may be, the Original KEXIM Facility Lender is a party in its capacity as a Commercial Facility Lender or KEXIM Facility Lender;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

if at the time when an assignment takes effect more than one Utilisation is outstanding, the assignment of an Existing Lender’s participation in the Utilisations (if any) under the respective Facility, as applicable, shall take effect in respect of the same fraction of each such Utilisation;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

on the performance by the Agent of all “know your customer” or other checks relating to any person that it is required to carry out in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

if that Existing Lender assigns equal fractions of its Commitment and participation in the Utilisations (if any) under the respective Facility, as applicable.

 

 

 

 

30.2.4

 

Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.

 

 

 

 

30.3

 

Fee

 

 

 

 

 

 

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of $3,000.

79



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.4

 

Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

 

 

 

30.4.1

 

Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the performance and observance by any Obligor or any other person of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the application of any Basel II Regulation and the Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

 

 

 

 

 

 

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

 

 

 

30.4.2

 

Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

the financial condition and affairs of the Obligors and their related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

the application of any Basel II Regulation and the Basel III Regulation, to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the application of any Basel II Regulation and the Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

 

 

 

30.4.3

 

Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

accept a re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights assigned under this clause 30 ( Changes to the Lenders ); or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of the application of any Basel II Regulation or the Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

 

 

 

30.5

 

Procedure for transfer

 

 

 

 

30.5.1

 

Subject to the conditions set out in clause 30.2 ( Conditions of assignment ) an assignment is effected in accordance with clause 30.5.2 below when (a) the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate and (b) the Agent executes any document required under clause 30.2.3 which it may be necessary for it to execute in each case delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender duly executed by them and, in the case of any such other document,

80



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any other relevant person. The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a Transfer Certificate and any such other document each duly completed, appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate and such other document. The Obligors and the other Finance Parties irrevocably authorise the Agent to execute any Transfer Certificate on their behalf without any consultations with them.

 

 

 

30.5.2

 

On the Transfer Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to be released from its obligations under the Finance Documents, the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards the Obligors and the other Finance Parties under the Finance Documents and rights of the Obligors and the other Finance Parties against the Existing Lender under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the Discharged Obligations ) (but the obligations owed by the Obligors under the Finance Documents shall not be released);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the New Lender shall assume obligations towards each of the Obligors who are a Party and/or the Obligors and the other Finance Parties shall acquire rights against the New Lender which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as the New Lender has assumed and/or the Obligors and the other Finance Parties acquired the same in place of the Existing Lender;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the other Finance Parties and the New Lender shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Security Agent, Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

the New Lender shall become a Party to the Finance Documents as a “Lender” for the purposes of all the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

30.6

 

Copy of Transfer Certificate to Borrowers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate and any other document required under clause 30.2.3, send a copy of that Transfer Certificate and such documents to the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

 

30.7

 

Disclosure of information

 

 

 

 

 

30.7.1

 

Any Lender may disclose to any of its Affiliates and, in relation to (a) and (b) below, with the consent of the Borrowers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to any other person:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to (or through) whom that Lender assigns (or may potentially assign) all or any of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

with (or through) whom that Lender enters into (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made by reference to, the Finance Documents or any Obligor; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

to whom, and to the extent that, information is required to be disclosed by any applicable law, regulation or request of any regulatory or governmental authority or central bank,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any information about any Obligor, any Group and the Finance Documents as Lender shall consider appropriate.

81



 

 

 

30.7.2

 

Any Finance Party may disclose to a rating agency or its professional advisers or (with the consent of the Borrowers) any other person, any information about any Obligor, any Group and the Finance Documents as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate.

 

 

 

31

 

Changes to the Obligors

 

 

 

 

 

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

82


SECTION 9 - THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

Roles of Agent, Security Agent and Arranger

 

 

 

32.1

 

Appointment of the Agent

 

 

 

32.1.1

 

Each other Finance Party (other than the Security Agent) appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

32.1.2

 

Each such other Finance Party authorises the Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to execute each of the Security Documents and all other documents that may be approved by the Lenders for execution by it.

 

 

 

 

 

32.2

 

Duties of the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

32.2.1

 

The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

 

 

 

 

32.2.2

 

Without prejudice to clause 30.6 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate to Borrowers ), clause 32.2.1 shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate.

 

 

 

 

 

32.2.3

 

Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

 

 

 

 

32.2.4

 

If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

32.2.5

 

If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or an Arranger or the Security Agent for their own account) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

32.2.6

 

The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

 

 

 

 

32.3

 

Role of the Arrangers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arrangers have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

32.4

 

No fiduciary duties

 

 

 

 

 

32.4.1

 

Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or an Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

 

 

 

 

32.4.2

 

None of the Agent, the Security Agent or any Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender or the Hedging Provider for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account or have any obligations to the other Finance Parties beyond those expressly stated in the Finance Documents.

83



 

 

 

 

 

32.5

 

Business with the Group

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent, the Security Agent and any Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any Obligor or their Affiliates.

 

 

 

 

 

32.6

 

Rights and discretions of the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

32.6.1

 

The Agent may rely on:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his or her knowledge or within his or her power to verify.

 

 

 

 

 

32.6.2

 

The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the other Finance Parties) that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under clause 28.1 ( Non-payment ));

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

any notice or request made by a Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

 

 

 

 

32.6.3

 

The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts in the conduct of its obligations and responsibilities under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

32.6.4

 

The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

 

 

 

 

32.6.5

 

The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

32.6.6

 

The Agent is not obliged to disclose to any Finance Party any details of the rate notified to the Agent by any Lender or the identity of any such Lender for the purposes of clause 10.2.1(b) ( Market Disruption ).

 

 

 

 

 

32.6.7

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor any Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality. The Agent and any Arranger may do anything which in its opinion, is necessary or desirable to comply with any law or regulation of any jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

 

32.6.8

 

Without prejudice to the generality of clause 32.6.7, the Agent shall be entitled (but not obliged) to disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

 

32.7

 

Lenders’ instructions

 

 

 

 

 

32.7.1

 

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent (including giving instructions to the Security Agent) in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent); and

84



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

32.7.2

 

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Lenders to the Agent (in relation to any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) shall be binding on all the Finance Parties (other than the Security Agent).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.7,3

 

The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (if applicable in accordance with the Finance Documents) or, if appropriate, the Lenders until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

 

 

 

 

32.7.4

 

In the absence of, or while awaiting, instructions from the Majority Lenders (if applicable in accordance with the Finance Documents) or, if appropriate, the Lenders, the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

32.7.5

 

The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender or the Hedging Provider (without first obtaining that Lender’s or the Hedging Provider’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This clause 32.7.5 shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

32.7.6

 

Neither the Agent nor any Arranger shall be obliged to request any certificate, opinion or other information under clause 18 ( Information undertakings ) unless so required in writing by a Lender or the Hedging Provider, in which case the Agent shall promptly make the appropriate request of the Borrowers if such request would be in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

32.8

 

Responsibility for documentation and other matters

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Neither the Agent nor any Arranger:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, any Arranger, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or of any representations in any Finance Document or of any copy of any document delivered under any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any Charter Document or Building Contract Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document or any Charter Document or Building Contract Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

is responsible for the application of any Basel II Regulation or the Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

is responsible for any loss to the Trust Property arising in consequence of the failure, depreciation or loss of any Charged Property or any investments made or retained in good faith or by reason of any other matter or thing;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

is obliged to account to any person for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account;

85



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

is responsible for the failure of any Obligor or any other party to perform its obligations under any Finance Document or any Charter Document or Building Contract Document or the financial condition of any such person;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

is responsible to ascertain whether all deeds and documents which should have been deposited with it (or the Security Agent) under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents have been so deposited;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

is responsible to investigate or make any enquiry into the title of any Obligor to any of the Charged Property or any of its other property or assets;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(j)

is responsible for the failure to register any of the Security Documents with the Registrar of Companies or any other public office;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(k)

is responsible for the failure to register any of the Security Documents in accordance with the provisions of the documents of title of any Obligor to any of the Charged Property;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(I)

is responsible for the failure to take or require any Obligor to take any steps to render any of the Security Documents effective as regards property or assets outside England or Wales or to secure the creation of any ancillary charge under the laws of the jurisdiction concerned; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(m)

is (unless it is the same entity as the Security Agent) responsible on account of the failure of the Security Agent to perform or discharge any of its duties or obligations under the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

32.9

 

Exclusion of liability

 

 

 

 

 

32.9.1

 

Without limiting clause 32.9.2 (and without prejudice to the provisions of clause 35,9 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. )), the Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.9.2

 

No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent (except in relation to wilful misconduct) or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this clause subject to clause 1.3 and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

 

 

 

 

32.9.3

 

The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

 

 

 

 

32.9.4

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or any Arranger to carry out any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender or the Hedging Provider and each Lender and the Hedging Provider confirms to the Agent and the Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or any Arranger.

 

 

 

 

 

32.10

 

Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within ten Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) including the costs of any person engaged in accordance with clause 32.6.3 ( Rights and discretions of the Agent ) and any Receiver in acting as its agent under the

86



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document or out of the Trust Property).

 

 

 

 

 

32.11

 

Resignation of the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

32.11.1

 

The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the Lenders, the Hedging Provider, the Security Agent and the Borrowers.

 

 

 

 

 

32.11.2

 

Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrowers) may appoint a successor Agent acting through an office in the United Kingdom.

 

 

 

 

 

32.11.3

 

If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with clause 32.11.2 above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

32.11.4

 

The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

32.11.5

 

The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

 

 

 

 

32.11.6

 

Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this clause 32. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

 

 

 

 

32.11.7

 

After consultation with the Borrowers, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with clause 32.11.2. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with clause 32.11.2 Provided always that the Agent acting in its capacity as lender shall not be included in the calculation of the Majority Lenders if the Agent is being required to resign due to its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

 

 

 

 

32.12

 

Confidentiality

 

 

 

 

 

32.12.1

 

In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its department, division or team directly responsible for the management of the Finance Documents which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions, departments or teams.

 

 

 

 

 

32.12.2

 

If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

 

 

 

 

32.12.3

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent, nor any Arranger is obliged to disclose to any other person (a) any confidential information or (b) any other information if the disclosure would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

 

 

 

 

 

32.13

 

Relationship with the Lenders and Hedging Provider

 

 

 

 

 

32.13.1

 

The Agent may treat the persons shown in its records as Lenders or as Hedging Provider at the opening of business (in the place of its principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as each Lender or (as the case may be) the Hedging Provider, acting through its Facility Office:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

87



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

unless it has received not less than five Business Days prior notice from that Lender or (as the case may be) the Hedging Provider to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

 

32.13.2

 

Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 6 ( Mandatory Cost formulae ).

 

 

 

32.13.3

 

Each Lender and the Hedging Provider shall supply the Agent with any information that the Agent may reasonably specify as being necessary or desirable to enable the Agent or the Security Agent to perform its functions as Agent or Security Agent. Each Lender and the Hedging Provider shall deal with the Security Agent exclusively through the Agent and shall not deal directly with the Security Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

32.14

 

Credit appraisal by the Lenders and the Hedging Provider

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender and the Hedging Provider confirms to each other Finance Party that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the financial condition, status and nature of each Obligor;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or Charter Document or Building Contract Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document or Charter Document or Building Contract Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the application of any Basel II Regulation and the Basel III Regulation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

whether any Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, Charter Document or Building Contract Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document, Charter Document or Building Contract Document; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

the right of title of any person to, or the value or sufficiency of, any part of the Charged Property, the priority of the Security Documents or the existence of any Security Interest affecting the Charged Property.

 

 

 

 

 

32.15

 

Agent’s management time

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any amount payable to the Agent under clause 14.3 ( Indemnity to the Agent and the Security Agent ), clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) and clause 32.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Borrowers and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under clause 11 ( Fees ).

88



 

 

 

 

 

32.16

 

Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

 

 

 

 

32.17

 

Common parties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Although the Agent and the Security Agent may from time to time be the same entity, that entity will have entered into the Finance Documents (to which it is party) in its separate capacities as agent for the Finance Parties and (as appropriate) security agent and trustee for the Finance Parties. Where any Finance Document provides for the Agent or Security Agent to communicate with or provide instructions to the other, while they are the same entity, such communication or instructions will not be necessary.

 

 

 

 

 

32.18

 

Security Agent

 

 

 

 

 

32.18.1

 

Each other Finance Party appoints the Security Agent to act as its trustee under and in connection with the Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

32.18.2

 

Each other Finance Party authorises the Security Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

to execute each of the Security Documents and all other documents that may be approved by the Agent and/or the Majority Lenders for execution by it.

 

 

 

 

 

32.18.3

 

The Security Agent accepts its appointment under clause 32.18 ( Security Agent ) as trustee of the Trust Property with effect from the date of this Agreement and declares that it holds the Trust Property on trust for itself and the other Finance Parties (for so long as they are Finance Parties) on and subject to the terms set out in clauses 32.18 - 32.26 (inclusive) and the Security Documents to which it is a party.

 

 

 

 

 

32.19

 

Application of certain clauses to Security Agent

 

 

 

 

 

32.19.1

 

Clauses 32.6 ( Rights and discretions of the Agent ), 32.8 ( Responsibility for documentation and other matters ), 32.9 ( Exclusion of liability ), 32.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ), 32.11 ( Resignation of the Agent ), 32.12 ( Confidentiality ), 32.13 ( Relationship with the Lenders and the Hedging Provider ), 32.14 ( Credit appraisal by the Lenders and the Hedging Provider ) and 32.16 ( Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent ) shall each extend so as to apply to the Security Agent in its capacity as such and for that purpose each reference to the “Agent” in these clauses shall extend to include in addition a reference to the “Security Agent” in its capacity as such.

 

 

 

 

 

32.19.2

 

In addition, clause 32,11 ( Resignation of the Agent ) shall, for the purposes of its application to the Security Agent pursuant to clause 32.19.1, have the following additional sub-clause:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At any time after the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall do and execute all acts, deeds and documents reasonably required by its successor to transfer to it (or its nominee, as it may direct) any property, assets and rights previously vested in the retiring Security Agent pursuant to the Security Documents and which shall not have vested in its successor by operation of law. All such acts, deeds and documents shall be done or, as the case may be, executed at the cost of the retiring Security Agent (except where the Security Agent is retiring under clause 32.11.7 as extended to it by clause 32.19.1, in which case such costs shall be borne by the

89



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lenders (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero).

 

 

 

32.20

 

Instructions to Security Agent

 

 

 

32.20.1

 

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Security Agent shall:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Agent (or, if so instructed by the Agent, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with such an instruction of the Agent (the Agent in each case acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (if applicable in accordance with the Finance Documents) or the Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

32.20.2

 

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Agent to the Security Agent in accordance with clause 32.20.1 will be binding on the Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

32.20.3

 

The Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Agent until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

 

 

 

 

32.20.4

 

In the absence of, or while awaiting, instructions from the Agent, (including in exceptional circumstances where time does not permit the Agent obtaining instructions from the Lenders and urgent action is required) the Security Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

32.20.5

 

The Security Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of another Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document but this is without prejudice to clauses 32.20.1 and 32.20.4, including the right to enforce the Security Documents in accordance with these clauses.

 

 

 

 

 

32.21

 

Order of application

 

 

 

 

 

32.21.1

 

The Security Agent agrees to apply the Trust Property in accordance with the following respective claims:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

first , as to a sum equivalent to the amounts payable to the Security Agent under the Finance Documents (excluding any amounts received by the Security Agent pursuant to clause 32.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) as extended to the Security Agent pursuant to clause 32.19 ( Application of certain clauses to Security Agent )), for the Security Agent absolutely;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

secondly , in accordance with the provisions of clause 35.5.1 ( Partial payments ), as to a sum equivalent to the aggregate amount then due and owing to the other Finance Parties under the Finance Documents, for those Finance Parties absolutely, and pro- rata to the amounts owing to them under the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

thirdly , until such time as the Security Agent is satisfied that all obligations owed to the Finance Parties have been irrevocably and unconditionally discharged in full, held by the Security Agent on a suspense account for payment of any further amounts owing to the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents and further application in accordance with this clause 32.21.1 as and when any such amounts later fall due;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

fourthly , to such other persons (if any) as are legally entitled thereto in priority to the Obligors; and

90



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

fifthly , as to the balance (if any), for the Obligors by or from whom or from whose assets the relevant amounts were paid, received or recovered or other person entitled to them.

 

 

 

 

 

32.21.2

 

The Security Agent shall make each application as soon as is practicable after the relevant moneys are received by, or otherwise become available to, it save that (without prejudice to any other provision contained in any of the Security Documents) the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Agent) or any receiver or administrator may credit any moneys received by it to a suspense account for so long and in such manner as the Security Agent or such receiver or administrator may from time to time determine with a view to preserving the rights of the Finance Parties or any of them to prove for the whole of their respective claims against the Borrowers or any other person liable.

 

 

 

 

 

32.21.3

 

The Security Agent shall obtain a good discharge in respect of the amounts expressed to be due to the other Finance Parties as referred to in this clause 32.21 by paying such amounts to the Agent for distribution in accordance with clause 35 ( Payment mechanics ).

 

 

 

 

 

32.22

 

Perpetuities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The perpetuity period to the extent applicable to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall be 80 years from the date of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

32.23

 

Powers and duties of the Security Agent as trustee of the security

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In its capacity as trustee in relation to the Trust Property and the Security Documents, the Security Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

shall, without prejudice to any of the powers, discretions and immunities conferred upon trustees by law (and to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or any of the Security Documents), have all the same powers and discretions as a natural person acting as the beneficial owner of such property and/or as are conferred upon the Security Agent by this Agreement and/or any Security Document but so that the Security Agent may only exercise such powers and discretions to the extent that it is authorised to do so by the provisions of this Agreement;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

shall (subject to clause 32.21 ( Order of application )) be entitled (in its own name or in the names of nominees) to invest moneys from time to time forming part of the Trust Property or otherwise held by it as a consequence of any enforcement of the security constituted by any Finance Document which, in the reasonable opinion of the Security Agent, it would not be practicable to distribute immediately, by placing the same on deposit in the name or under the control of the Security Agent as the Security Agent may think fit without being under any duty to diversify the same and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss due to interest rate or exchange rate fluctuations except for any loss arising from the Security Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

may, in the conduct of its obligations under and in respect of the Security Documents (otherwise than in relation to its right to make any declaration, determination or decision), instead of acting personally, employ and pay any agent (whether being a lawyer or any other person) to transact or concur in transacting any business and to do or concur in doing any acts required to be done by the Security Agent (including the receipt and payment of money) and on the basis that (i) any such agent engaged in any profession or business shall be entitled to be paid all usual professional and other charges for business transacted and acts done by him or any partner or employee of his or her in connection with such employment and (ii) the Security Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such agent if the Security Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such agent; and

91



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

may place all deeds and other documents relating to the Trust Property which are from time to time deposited with it pursuant to the Security Documents in any safe deposit, safe or receptacle selected by the Security Agent exercising reasonable care or with any firm of solicitors or company whose business includes undertaking the safe custody of documents selected by the Security Agent exercising reasonable care and may make any such arrangements as it thinks fit for allowing Obligors access to, or its solicitors or auditors possession of, such documents when necessary or convenient and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss incurred in connection with any such deposit, access or possession if it has exercised reasonable care in the selection of a safe deposit, safe, receptacle or firm of solicitors or company (save that it shall take reasonable steps to pursue any person who may be liable to it in connection with such loss).

 

 

 

 

 

32.24

 

All enforcement action through the Security Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

None of the other Finance Parties shall have any independent power to enforce any of the Security Documents or to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under or pursuant to any of the Security Documents or otherwise have direct recourse to the security and/or guarantees constituted by any of the Security Documents except through the Security Agent. If any Lender is a party to any Security Document it shall promptly upon being requested by the Agent to do so grant power of attorney or other sufficient authority to the Security Agent to enable the Security Agent to exercise any rights, discretions or powers or to grant any consents or releases under such Security Document.

 

 

 

 

 

32.25

 

Co-operation to achieve agreed priorities of application

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The other Finance Parties shall co-operate with each other and with the Security Agent and any receiver or administrator under the Security Documents in realising the property and assets subject to the Security Documents and in ensuring that the net proceeds realised under the Security Documents after deduction of the expenses of realisation are applied in accordance with clause 32.21 ( Order of application ).

 

 

 

 

 

32.26

 

Indemnity from Trust Property

 

 

 

 

 

32.26.1

 

In respect of all liabilities, costs or expenses for which the Obligors are liable under this Agreement, the Security Agent and each Affiliate of the Security Agent and each officer or employee of the Security Agent or its Affiliate (each an “ Indemnified Person ”) shall be entitled to be indemnified out of the Trust Property in respect of all liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses whatsoever properly incurred or suffered by such Indemnified Person:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in the execution or exercise or bona fide purported execution or exercise of the trusts, rights, powers, authorities, discretions and duties created or conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

as a result of any breach by an Obligor of any of its obligations under any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in respect of any Environmental Claim made or asserted against an Indemnified Person which would not have arisen if the Finance Documents had not been executed; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

in respect of any matter or thing done or omitted in any way in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents relating to the Trust Property or the provisions of any of the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.26.2

 

The rights conferred by this clause 32.26 are without prejudice to any right to indemnity by law given to trustees generally and to any provision of the Finance Documents entitling the Security Agent or any other person to an indemnity in respect of, and/or reimbursement of, any liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or suffered by it in connection with any of the Finance Documents or the performance of any duties under any of the Finance Documents. Nothing contained in this clause 32.26 shall entitle the Security Agent or any other person to be indemnified in respect of

92


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any liabilities, damages, costs, claims, charges or expenses to the extent that the same arise from such person’s own gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

 

 

32.27

 

Finance Parties to provide information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The other Finance Parties shall provide the Security Agent with such written information as it may reasonably require for the purposes of carrying out its duties and obligations under the Security Documents and, in particular, with such necessary directions in writing so as to enable the Security Agent to make the calculations and applications contemplated by clause 32.21 ( Order of application ) above and to apply amounts received under, and the proceeds of realisation of, the Security Documents as contemplated by the Security Documents, clause 35.5 ( Partial payments ) and clause 32.21 ( Order of application ).

 

 

 

 

 

32.28

 

Release to facilitate enforcement and realisation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Finance Party acknowledges that pursuant to any enforcement action by the Security Agent (or a Receiver) carried out on the instructions of the Agent it may be desirable for the purpose of such enforcement and/or maximising the realisation of the Charged Property being enforced against, that any rights or claims of or by the Security Agent (for the benefit of the Finance Parties) and/or any Finance Parties against any Obligor and/or any Security Interest over any assets of any Obligor (in each case) as contained in or created by any Finance Document, other than such rights or claims or security being enforced, be released in order to facilitate such enforcement action and/or realisation and, notwithstanding any other provision of the Finance Documents, each Finance Party hereby irrevocably authorises the Security Agent (acting on the instructions of the Agent) to grant any such releases to the extent necessary to fully effect such enforcement action and realisation including, without limitation, to the extent necessary for such purposes to execute release documents in the name of and on behalf of the Finance Parties. Where the relevant enforcement is by way of disposal of shares in a Borrower, the requisite release shall include releases of all claims (including under guarantees) of the Finance Parties and/or the Security Agent against such Borrower and of all Security Interests over the assets of such Borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

32.29

 

Undertaking to pay

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Obligor which is a Party undertakes with the Security Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties that it will, on demand by the Security Agent, pay to the Security Agent all money from time to time owing, and discharge all other obligations from time to time incurred, by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

32.30

 

Additional trustees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Security Agent shall have power by notice in writing to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers to appoint any person approved by the Majority Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) either to act as separate trustee or as co-trustee jointly with the Security Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

if the Security Agent reasonably considers such appointment to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

for the purpose of conforming with any legal requirement, restriction or condition in any jurisdiction in which any particular act is to be performed; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

for the purpose of obtaining a judgment in any jurisdiction or the enforcement in any jurisdiction against any person of a judgment already obtained,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and any person so appointed shall (subject to the provisions of this Agreement) have such rights (including as to reasonable remuneration), powers, duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment. The Security Agent shall have power to remove any person so appointed. At the request of the Security Agent, the other parties to this Agreement shall forthwith execute all such documents and do all such things as may be

93



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

required to perfect such appointment or removal and each such party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent in its name and on its behalf to do the same. Such a person shall accede to this Agreement as a Security Agent to the extent necessary to carry out their role on terms satisfactory to the Security Agent and (subject always to the provisions of this Agreement) have such trusts, powers, authorities, liabilities and discretions (not exceeding those conferred on the Security Agent by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents) and such duties and obligations as shall be conferred or imposed by the instrument of appointment (being no less onerous than would have applied to the Security Agent but for the appointment). The Security Agent shall not be bound to supervise, or be responsible for any loss incurred by reason of any act or omission of, any such person if the Security Agent shall have exercised reasonable care in the selection of such person.

 

 

 

32.31

 

Non-recognition of trust

 

 

 

 

 

It is agreed by all the parties to this Agreement that:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in relation to any jurisdiction the courts of which would not recognise or give effect to the trusts expressed to be constituted by this clause 32, the relationship of the Security Agent and the other Finance Parties shall be construed as one of principal and agent, but to the extent permissible under the laws of such jurisdiction, all the other provisions of this Agreement shall have full force and effect between the parties to this Agreement; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the provisions of this clause 32 insofar as they relate to the Security Agent in its capacity as trustee for the Finance Parties and the relationship between themselves and the Security Agent as their trustee may be amended by agreement between the other Finance Parties and the Security Agent. The Security Agent may amend all documents necessary to effect the alteration of the relationship between the Security Agent and the other Finance Parties and each such other party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent in its name and on its behalf to execute all documents necessary to effect such amendments.

 

 

 

 

 

33

 

Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

 

 

 

 

 

33.1

 

Finance Parties tax affairs

 

 

 

 

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

 

 

 

 

33.2

 

Finance Parties acting together

 

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding clause 2.2 ( Finance Parties’ rights and obligations ), if the Agent makes a declaration under clause 28.24 ( Acceleration ) the Agent shall, in the names of all the Finance Parties, take such action on behalf of the Finance Parties and conduct such negotiations with the Borrowers, any Obligors or any Subsidiaries of an Obligor and generally administer the Facilities in accordance with the wishes of the Majority Lenders. All the Finance Parties shall be bound by the provisions of this clause and no Finance Party shall be entitled to take action independently against any Obligor or any of its assets without the prior consent of the Majority Lenders.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

This clause shall not override clause 32 ( Roles of Agent, Security Agent and Arranger ) as it applies to the Security Agent.

94



 

 

 

 

 

33.3

 

Majority Lenders

 

 

 

33.3.1

 

Where any Finance Document provides for any matter to be determined by reference to the opinion of, or to be subject to the consent, approval or request of, the Majority Lenders or for any action to be taken on the instructions of the Majority Lenders (a “ majority decision ”), such majority decision shall (as between the Lenders) only be regarded as having been validly given or issued by the Majority Lenders if all the Lenders shall have received prior notice of the matter on which such majority decision is required and the relevant majority of Lenders shall have given or issued such majority decision. However (as between any Obligor and the Finance Parties) the relevant Obligor shall be entitled (and bound) to assume that such notice shall have been duly received by each Lender and that the relevant majority shall have been obtained to constitute Majority Lenders when notified to this effect by the Agent whether or not this is the case.

 

 

 

33.3.2

 

If, within ten Business Days of the Agent despatching to each Lender a notice requesting instructions (or confirmation of instructions) from the Lenders or the agreement of the Lenders to any amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse of performance for the purposes of, or in relation to, any of the Finance Documents, the Agent has not received a reply specifically giving or confirming or refusing to give or confirm the relevant instructions or, as the case may be, approving or refusing to approve the proposed amendment, modification, waiver, variation or excuse of performance, then (irrespective of whether such Lender responds at a later date) the Agent shall treat any Lender which has not so responded as having indicated a desire to be bound by the wishes of 66⅔% of those Lenders (measured in terms of the Total Commitments of those Lenders) which have so responded, provided that such Lenders include (a) the Original KEXIM Facility Lender for so long as it remains a KEXIM Facility Lender and (b) DNB Bank ASA for so long as it remains a Commercial Facility Lender.

 

 

 

33.3.3

 

For the purposes of clause 33.3.2, any Lender which notifies the Agent of a wish or intention to abstain on any particular issue shall be treated as if it had not responded.

 

 

 

33.4

 

Conflicts

 

 

 

33.4.1

 

Each Borrower acknowledges that any Arranger and its parent undertaking, subsidiary undertakings and fellow subsidiary undertakings (together an Arranger Group ) may be providing debt finance, equity capital or other services (including financial advisory services) to other persons with which the Borrowers may have conflicting interests in respect of the Facilities or otherwise.

 

 

 

33.4.2

 

No member of an Arranger Group shall use confidential information gained from any Obligor by virtue of the Facilities or its relationships with any Obligor in connection with their performance of services for other persons. This shall not, however, affect any obligations that any member of an Arranger Group has as Agent in respect of the Finance Documents. The Borrowers also acknowledge that no member of an Arranger Group has any obligation to use or furnish to any Obligor information obtained from other persons for their benefit.

 

 

 

33.4.3

 

The terms parent undertaking , subsidiary undertaking and fellow subsidiary undertaking when used in this clause have the meaning given to them in sections 1161 and 1162 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

 

 

 

 

33.5

 

Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

 

 

33.5.1

 

The Borrowers may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving 20 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to clause 30 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

require such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to clause 30 ( Changes to the Lenders ) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitment of the Lender,

95



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

to a Lender or other bank, financial institution or other regulated investment company (a “ Replacement Lender ”) selected by the Borrowers, and which is acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably) and (in the case of any transfer of any undrawn Commitments), which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

33.5.2

 

Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Borrowers shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrowers to find a Replacement Lender;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the transfer must take place no later than 20 days after the notice referred to in clause 33.5.1; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

34

 

Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

 

 

34.1

 

Payments to Finance Parties

 

 

 

 

 

If a Finance Party (a Recovering Finance Party ) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with clause 35 ( Payment mechanics ) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with clause 35 ( Payment mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the Sharing Payment ) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with clause 35.5 ( Partial payments ).

 

 

 

 

 

34.2

 

Redistribution of payments

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) in accordance with clause 35.5 ( Partial payments ).

 

 

 

34.3

 

Recovering Finance Party’s rights

 

 

 

34.3.1

 

On a distribution by the Agent under clause 34.2 ( Redistribution of payments ), the Recovering Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights of the Finance Parties which have shared in the redistribution.

96



 

 

 

 

 

34.3.2

 

If and to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on its rights under clause 34.3.1 above, the relevant Obligor shall be liable to the Recovering Finance Party for a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is immediately due and payable.

 

 

 

34.4

 

Reversal of redistribution

 

 

 

 

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

each Finance Party which has received a share of the relevant Sharing Payment pursuant to clause 34.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

that Recovering Finance Party’s rights of subrogation in respect of any reimbursement shall be cancelled and the relevant Obligor will be liable to the reimbursing Lender for the amount so reimbursed.

 

 

 

 

 

34.5

 

Exceptions

 

 

 

34.5.1

 

This clause 34 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

 

 

34.5.2

 

A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, if:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

97


SECTION 10 -ADMINISTRATION

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

Payment mechanics

 

 

 

 

 

35.1

 

Payments to the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

35.1.1

 

On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document (other than a Hedging Contract), that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

 

 

 

 

35.1.2

 

Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in a Participating Member State or London) with such bank as the Agent specifies.

 

 

 

 

 

35.2

 

Distributions by the Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to clause 35.3 ( Distributions to an Obligor ) and clause 35.4 ( Clawback ) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London).

 

 

 

 

 

35.3

 

Distributions to an Obligor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with clause 36 ( Set-off )) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

 

 

 

 

35.4

 

Clawback

 

 

 

 

 

35.4.1

 

Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

 

 

 

 

35.4.2

 

If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

 

 

 

 

35.5

 

Partial payments

 

 

 

 

 

35.5.1

 

If the Agent receives a payment for application against amounts due under the Finance Documents that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under those Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under those Finance Documents in the following order:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses (ignoring any fees payable under clause 11 ( Fees )) of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Arrangers under those Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

secondly, in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any amount owing to the Lenders under clause 32.10 ( Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent ) including any amount

98



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

resulting from the indemnity to the Security Agent under clause 32.19.1 ( Application of certain clauses to Security Agent );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

thirdly, in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under those Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

fourthly, in or towards payment to the Lenders pro rata of any principal which is due but unpaid under those Finance Documents; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

fifthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under (a) the Hedging Contracts and (b) any other Finance Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

35.5.2

 

The Agent shall, if so directed by all the Lenders and the Hedging Provider, vary the order set out in paragraphs (b) to (e) of clause 35.5.1.

 

 

 

 

 

35.5.3

 

Clauses 35.5.1 and 35.5.2 above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

 

 

 

 

35.6

 

No set-off by Obligors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

 

 

 

 

35.7

 

Business Days

 

 

 

 

 

35.7.1

 

Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

 

 

 

 

35.7.2

 

During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

 

 

 

 

35.8

 

Currency of account

 

 

 

 

 

35.8.1

 

Subject to clauses 35.8.2 to 35.8.3, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

35.8.2

 

A repayment of all or part of the Loan or an Unpaid Sum and each payment of interest shall be made in dollars on its due date.

 

 

 

 

 

35.8.3

 

Each payment in respect of the amount of any costs, expenses or Taxes or other losses shall be made in dollars and, if they were incurred in a currency other than dollars, the amount payable under the Finance Documents shall be the equivalent in dollars of the relevant amount in such other currency on the date on which it was incurred.

 

 

 

 

 

35.8.4

 

All moneys received or held by the Security Agent or by a Receiver under a Security Document in a currency other than dollars may be sold for dollars and the Obligor which executed that Security Document shall indemnify the Security Agent against the full cost in relation to the sale. Neither the Security Agent nor such Receiver will have any liability to that Obligor in respect of any loss resulting from any fluctuation in exchange rates after the sale.

 

 

 

 

 

35.9

 

Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Borrowers that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Agent may, and shall, upon instructions from the Majority Lenders, consult with the Borrowers with a view to agreeing with the Borrowers such changes to the operation or administration of the Facilities as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

99



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Agent shall promptly notify the Finance Parties of any such determination or notice from either Borrower but in any event no later than five Business Days after the date on which such determination was made or notice of such determination was received;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Agent shall, upon instructions from the Majority Lenders, consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be entitled to take any action to implement any changes to the operation or administration of the Facilities without the instructions of the Lenders and clause 32.7.4 shall not apply in such circumstances pending receipt by the Agent of the Lenders’ instructions;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

any such changes agreed upon by the Agent, acting upon instructions from the Majority Lenders, and the Borrowers shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

 

 

 

 

36

 

Set-off

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

 

 

 

 

37

 

Notices

 

 

 

 

 

37.1

 

Communications in writing

 

 

 

 

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

 

 

 

 

37.2

 

Addresses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The address, and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Obligor or Finance Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in the case of any Obligor which is a Party, that identified with its name in Schedule 1 ( The original parties );

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

in the case of any Obligor which is not a Party, that identified in any Finance Document to which it is a party;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

in the case of any Original Lender, the Security Agent, the Agent and any other original Finance Party that identified with its name in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ); and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

in the case of each other Lender or Finance Party, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party in the relevant capacity,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or, in each case, any substitute address, fax number, or department or officer as an Obligor or Finance Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

100



 

 

 

 

 

37.3

 

Delivery

 

 

 

 

 

37.3.1

 

Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) , if addressed to that department or officer.

 

 

 

 

 

37.3.2

 

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent or the Security Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent or the Security Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent or the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

 

 

 

 

37.3.3

 

All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

37.3.4

 

Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrowers in accordance with this clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

 

 

 

 

37.4

 

Notification of address and fax number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

37.5

 

Electronic communication (Finance Parties)

 

 

 

 

 

37.5.1

 

Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender, the Hedging Provider, or the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender or the Hedging Provider or the Security Agent:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Finance Parties hereby confirm that unless and until notified to the contrary, communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is an accepted form of communication.

 

 

 

 

 

37.5.2

 

Any electronic communication made between the Agent, the Hedging Provider and a Lender or the Security Agent will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender, the Hedging Provider or the Security Agent to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

 

 

 

 

37.6

 

Electronic Communications (Obligors)

 

 

 

 

 

37.6.1

 

Any general communication made between any Finance Party and any Obligor, may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (irrespective of any associated risks) if the parties:

101



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each of the Finance Parties and each Obligor hereby confirm that unless and until notified to the contrary, communication by electronic mail is an acceptable form of general communication.

 

 

 

 

 

37.6.2

 

Each of the Finance Parties and each Obligor agrees and confirms that any communications which involves the giving or receiving of notice (of any nature) under this Agreement or relates to the making of requests or demands under this Agreement may only be made in accordance with clause 37.3 ( Delivery ).

 

 

 

 

 

37.6.3

 

Any electronic communication made between any Obligor and any Finance Party will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by an Obligor to any Finance Party only if it is addressed in such a manner as that Finance Party shall specify for this purpose.

 

 

 

 

 

37.7

 

English language

 

 

 

 

 

37.7.1

 

Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be in English.

 

 

 

 

 

37.7.2

 

All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

in English; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

Calculations and certificates

 

 

 

 

 

38.1

 

Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

 

 

 

 

38.2

 

Certificates and determinations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any certification or determination by the Agent of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

 

 

 

 

38.3

 

Day count convention

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

Partial invalidity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or

102



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

Remedies and waivers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in the Finance Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

 

 

 

 

41

 

Amendments and grant of waivers

 

 

 

 

 

41.1

 

Required consents

 

 

 

 

 

41.1.1

 

Any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived, or a consent given by the Agent in respect of such term or the Agent may provide its opinion with respect to such term, with the consent of the Agent acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders unless such Finance Documents provides that such amendment or waiver may be made with the consent of the Majority Lenders and, if it affects the rights and obligations of the Security Agent or the Agent, the consent of the Agent or the Security Agent and any such amendment or waiver agreed or given by the Agent will be binding on the other Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

41.1.2

 

The Agent may (or, in the case of the Security Documents, instruct the Security Agent to) effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this clause.

 

 

 

 

 

41.1.3

 

Amendments to or waivers in respect of the Hedging Contracts may only be agreed by the Hedging Provider.

 

 

 

 

 

41.1.4

 

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Security Agent or the Arrangers in their respective capacities as such (and not just as a Lender) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, Security Agent or the Arrangers (as the case may be).

 

 

 

 

 

41.1.5

 

Notwithstanding clauses 41.1.1 to 41.1.4 (inclusive), the Agent may make technical amendments to the Finance Documents arising out of manifest errors on the face of the Finance Documents, where such amendments would not prejudice or otherwise be adverse to the interests of any Finance Party without any reference or consent of the Finance Parties.

 

 

 

 

 

41.2

 

Releases

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Except with the approval of the Lenders or as is expressly permitted or required by the Finance Documents, the Agent shall not have authority to authorise the Security Agent to release:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

any Charged Property from the security constituted by any Security Document; or

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

any Obligor from any of its guarantee or other obligations under any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

Counterparts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

103


SECTION 11 - GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

 

 

 

43

 

Governing law

 

 

 

 

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by English law.

 

 

 

44

 

Enforcement

 

 

 

44.1

 

Jurisdiction of English courts

 

 

 

44.1.1

 

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any non-contractual obligations connected with it (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) (a Dispute ).

 

 

 

44.1.2

 

The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

 

 

44.1.3

 

This clause 44.1 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

 

 

44.2

 

Service of process

 

 

 

 

 

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor which is a Party:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

irrevocably appoints the person named in Schedule 1 ( The original parties ) as that Obligor’s English process agent as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

if any person appointed as process agent for an Obligor is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, that Obligor must immediately (and in any event within ten days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Agent. Failing this, the Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

          This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

104


Schedule 1
The original parties

 

 

 

Borrowers

Name

 

GAS-three Ltd.


 


Jurisdiction of incorporation

 

Bermuda

Registration number (or
equivalent, if any)

 

 

English process agent (if
not incorporated in
England)

 

Unisea Maritime Ltd.

Registered office

 

Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda

Address for service of
notices

 

Mr. Henrik Bjerregaard, c/o Gaslog Monaco SAM, Gildo Pastor
Center, 7, rue du Gabian, MC98000, Monaco

 

 

 

Name

 

GAS-four Ltd.


 


Jurisdiction of incorporation

 

Bermuda

Registration number (or
equivalent, if any)

 

 

English process agent (if
not incorporated in
England)

 

Unisea Maritime Ltd.

Registered office

 

Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda

Address for service of
notices

 

Mr. Henrik Bjerregaard, c/o Gaslog Monaco SAM, Gildo Pastor
Center, 7, rue du Gabian, MC98000, Monaco

 

 

 

GasLog (as Guarantor)

Name of GasLog

 

GasLog Ltd.


 


Jurisdiction of incorporation

 

Bermuda

Registration number (or
equivalent, if any)

 

33928

English process agent (if not
incorporated in England)

 

Unisea Maritime Ltd.

Registered office

 

Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda

Address for service of
notices

 

Mr. Henrik Bjerregaard, c/o Gaslog Monaco SAM, Gildo Pastor

 

 

Center, 7, rue du Gabian, MC98000, Monaco

 

 

 

GasLog Carriers (as Guarantor)

Name of GasLog Carriers

 

GasLog Carriers Ltd.


 


Jurisdiction of incorporation

 

Bermuda

Registration number (or
equivalent, if any)

 

41493

English process agent (if not
incorporated in England)

 

Unisea Maritime Ltd.

Registered office

 

Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda

Address for service of
notices

 

Mr. Henrik Bjerregaard, c/o Gaslog Monaco SAM, Gildo Pastor
Center, 7, rue du Gabian, MC98000, Monaco

105



 

 

 

GasLog LNG (as Manager)

Name of GasLog LNG

 

GasLog LNG Services Ltd.


 


Jurisdiction of incorporation

 

Bermuda

Registration number (or
equivalent, if any)

 

35655

English process agent (if not
incorporated in England)

 

Unisea Maritime Ltd.

Registered office

 

Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda

Address for service of
notices

 

Mr. Theodoros Katemidis, 69 Akti Miaouli, Piraeus GR 18546, Greece.


106



 

 

 

The Original Commercial Facility Lender

Name

 

DNB Bank ASA


 


Facility Office, address, fax number

 

20 St. Dunstan’s Hill

and attention details for notices and

 

London EC3R 8SY

account details for payments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For credit matters:

 

 

Attn: Shipping Department

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7626 5956

 

 

 

 

 

For loan administration matters:

 

 

Mr Mike Rufian

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7283 4430

Commercial Facility Commitment ($)

 

80,000,000

 

 

 

The Original KEXIM Facility Lender

Name

 

The Export-Import Bank of Korea


 


Facility Office, address, fax number

 

Lending Office

and attention details for notices and

 

 

account details for payments

 

The Export-Import Bank of Korea

 

 

16-1, Yoido-dong, Youngdeungpo-gu

 

 

Seoul, 150-996

 

 

Republic of Korea

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices

 

 

 

 

 

The Export-Import Bank of Korea

 

 

16-1, Yoido-dong, Youngdeungpo-gu

 

 

Seoul, 150-996

 

 

Republic of Korea

 

 

 

 

 

Fax: +822 3779 6745

 

 

Attn: Ship Finance Department

KEXIM Facility Commitment ($)

 

192,500,000

 

 

 

Total Commitments

 

$272,500,000

 

 

 

The Hedging Provider

Name

 

DNB Bank ASA, London Branch


 


Facility Office, address, fax number

 

20 St. Dunstan’s Hill

and attention details for notices and

 

London EC3R 8SY

account details for payments

 

 

 

 

For credit matters:

 

 

Attn: Shipping Department

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7626 5956

 

 

 

 

 

For loan administration matters:

 

 

Mr Mike Rufian

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7283 4430

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Agent

Name

 

DNB Bank ASA, London Branch


 


Facility Office, address, fax number

 

20 St. Dunstan’s Hill

and attention details for notices and

 

London EC3R 8HY

account details for payments

 

 

 

 

For credit matters:

 

 

Attn: Shipping Department

107



 

 

 

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7626 5956

 

 

 

 

 

For loan administration matters:

 

 

Mr Mike Rufian

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7283 4430

 

 

 

The Security Agent

Name

 

DNB Bank ASA, London Branch


 


Facility Office, address, fax number

 

20 St. Dunstan’s Hill

and attention details for notices and

 

London EC3R 8HY

account details for payments

 

 

 

 

For credit matters:

 

 

Attn: Shipping Department

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7626 5956

 

 

 

 

 

For loan administration matters:

 

 

Mr Mike Rufian

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7283 4430

 

 

 

The Account Bank

Name

 

DNB Bank ASA, London Branch


 


Facility Office, address, fax number

 

20 St. Dunstan’s Hill

and attention details for notices and

 

London EC3R 8HY

account details for payments

 

 

 

 

For credit matters:

 

 

Attn: Shipping Department

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7626 5956

 

 

 

 

 

For loan administration matters:

 

 

Mr Mike Rufian

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7283 4430

 

 

 

The Bookrunner

Name

 

DNB Bank ASA


 


Facility Office, address, fax number

 

20 St. Dunstan’s Hill

and attention details for notices and

 

London EC3R 8HY

account details for payments

 

 

 

 

For credit matters:

 

 

Attn: Shipping Department

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7626 5956

 

 

 

 

 

For loan administration matters:

 

 

Mr Mike Rufian

 

 

Fax: +44(0)20 7283 4430

108



 

 

Schedule 2
Ship information

 

 

Ship A


Owner:

GAS-three Ltd..

Builder:

Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd..

Builder’s registered office:

11 th Floor, KIPS Center, 647-9 Yeoksam-Dong, Kangnam-Gu, Seoul, Korea.

Hull Number:

1946.

Scheduled Delivery Date:

***** 2013.

 

 

Date and description of Building Contract:

Shipbuilding Contract dated 11 May 2010 as amended by
amendment no.1 dated 4 May 2011 and as may be further
amended, supplemented or varied in accordance with the terms
hereof.

Contract Price:

*****

Ship Commitment:

$136,250,000.

Flag State:

Bermuda.

Confirmation Memorandum description:

Confirmation Memorandum SHI HN 1946 dated 9 May 2011.

Charter Rates:

*****

Charter Term:

*****

Charterer:

Methane Services Limited, currently a wholly-owned subsidiary
of BG Energy Holding Limited or such other entity as the
Lenders may approve in their absolute discretion.

Classification:

Class *A1, *, Liquefied gas carrier, ship type 2G (Membrane
tank, Maximum pressure 25 kPaG and minimum temperature
-163°C), SH, SH-DLA, SHCM, RES, *AMS, *ACCU, SFA(40),
NIBS, *APS, ENVIRO, PORT, POT, CRC, DFD, UWILD.

Classification Society:

American Bureau of Shipping.

 

 

Ship B


Owner:

GAS-four Ltd..

Builder:

Samsung Heavy Industries Co., Ltd..

Builder’s registered office:

11 th Floor, KIPS Center, 647-9 Yeoksam-Dong, Kangnam-Gu, Seoul, Korea.

Hull Number:

1947.

Scheduled Delivery Date:

***** 2013

Date and description of Building Contract:

Shipbuilding Contract dated 11 May 2010 as amended by
amendment no.1 dated 4 May 2011 and as may be further
amended, supplemented or varied in accordance with the terms
hereof.

Contract Price:

*****

Ship Commitment:

$136,250,000.

Flag State:

Bermuda.

109



 

 

Confirmation Memorandum description:

Confirmation Memorandum SHI HN 1947 dated 9 May 2011.

Charter Term

*****

Charter Rates:

*****

Charterer:

Methane Services Limited, currently a wholly-owned subsidiary
of BG Energy Holdings or such other entity as the Lenders may
approve in their absolute discretion or such other terms and
conditions as may be approved.

Classification:

Class *A1, *, Liquefied gas carrier, ship type 2G (Membrane
tank, Maximum pressure 25 kPaG and minimum temperature
-163°C), SH, SH-DLA, SHCM, RES, *AMS, *ACCU, SFA(40),
NIBS, *APS, ENVIRO, PORT, POT, CRC, DFD, UWILD.

Classification Society:

American Bureau of Shipping.

110


Schedule 3
Conditions precedent

Part 1
Conditions precedent to executing this Agreement

 

 

 

 

1

Original Obligors’ corporate documents

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

A copy of the Constitutional Documents of each Original Obligor,

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Obligor (or any committee of such board empowered to approve and authorise the following matters):

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents, any Building Contract and the Charter Documents (Relevant Documents) to which it is a party and resolving that it executes the Relevant Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Relevant Documents on its behalf; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Relevant Documents to which it is a party.

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

If applicable, a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the relevant company, establishing any committee referred to in paragraph (b) above and conferring authority on that committee.

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

(if a requirement under the Constitutional Documents of each Original Obligor or Bermudian law) a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Original Obligor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Relevant Documents to which such Obligor is a party.

 

 

 

 

 

(f)

(if a requirement under the Constitutional Documents of each Original Obligor or Bermudian law) a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each corporate shareholder of each Original Obligor approving the terms of the resolution referred to in paragraph (e) above.

 

 

 

 

 

(g)

A certificate of each of the Counter Guarantors (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on any other Original Obligor to be exceeded.

 

 

 

 

 

(h)

A copy of any power of attorney under which any person is to execute any of the Relevant Documents on behalf of any Original Obligor.

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Original Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part of this Schedule is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement and that any such resolutions or power of attorney have not been revoked.

111



 

 

 

2

Legal opinions

 

 

 

 

(a)

A legal opinion of Norton Rose LLP, London addressed to the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Agent and for the benefit of all the Finance Parties on matters of English law, substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

(b)

(If required by the Agent or the Original KEXIM Facility Lender) a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent and the Original KEXIM Facility Lender in Korea.

 

 

 

 

(c)

A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Agent in England and also each jurisdiction in which an Obligor is incorporated and/or which is or is to be the Flag State of a Ship, or in which an Account opened at Utilisation is established or which governs any assets which are to be the subject of a Security Interest for the benefit of all the Finance Parties substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to signing this Agreement.

 

 

 

3

Other documents and evidence

 

 

 

 

(a)

Evidence that any process agent referred to in clause 44.2 ( Service of process ) or any equivalent provision of any other Finance Document entered into on or before the first Utilisation Date, if not an Original Obligor, has accepted its appointment.

 

 

 

 

(b)

A copy of any other authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document which is executed on and dated the date of the Agreement or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

 

 

 

(c)

The Original Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

(d)

Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to clause 11 ( Fees ) and clause 16 ( Costs and expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.

 

 

 

4

Underlying documents

 

 

 

 

A copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy of each of the Charter Documents.

 

 

 

5

Bank Accounts

 

 

 

 

Evidence that any Account required to be established under clause 25 ( Bank accounts ) has been opened and established, that any Account Security in respect of each such Account has been executed and delivered by the relevant Account Holder(s) in favour of the Security Agent and that any notice required to be given to an Account Bank under that Account Security has been given to it and acknowledged by it in the manner required by that Account Security and that an amount has been credited to it.

 

 

 

6

Hedging Master Agreement and Hedging Contract Security

 

 

 

Evidence that:

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Hedging Master Agreement has been executed by the Borrowers and the Hedging Provider;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the Borrowers have executed the Hedging Contract Security in favour of the Security Agent; and

112



 

 

 

 

(c)

any notice required to be given to the Hedging Provider under the Hedging Contract Security has been given to them and acknowledged by them in the manner required by the Hedging Contract Security.

 

 

 

7

“Know your customer” information

 

 

 

 

Such documentation and information as any Finance Party may reasonably request through the Agent to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures under all laws and regulations applicable to that Finance Party.

 

 

 

8

Guarantees and other Finance Documents

 

 

 

 

The Counter Guarantees and the Guarantees duly executed.

 

 

 

9

Share security

 

 

 

 

The Share Security in respect of the each of the Owners duly executed by its Holding Company together with all letters, transfers, certificates and other documents required to be delivered under the Share Security.

 

 

 

10

Beneficial Ownership

 

 

 

 

Evidence satisfactory to the Agent of the legal and beneficial ownership of the Obligors.

 

 

 

11

Anti-Bribery Declaration

 

 

 

 

An anti-bribery declaration addressed to the Original KEXIM Facility Lender in form and substance acceptable to the Original KEXIM Facility Lender.

113


Part 2
Conditions precedent to any Utilisation Request

 

 

 

1

Utilisation Request

 

 

 

 

A duly completed Utilisation Request in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Utilisation Request ).

 

 

 

2

Subordination

 

 

 

 

Evidence that any amounts of the Contract Price funded or to be funded by an Affiliate to the Borrowers have been or will be subordinated to the amounts owing under the Finance Documents in an approved manner.

 

 

 

3

Value of Security

 

 

 

 

Valuations obtained (not more than 30 days before the first Utilisation Date) in accordance with clause 23 (Minimum security value) showing that the Security Value of the Ships will not be less than the Minimum Value upon the Utilisation Date.

 

 

 

4

Material Adverse Effect

 

 

 

 

There has been no material adverse change in its assets, business or financial condition (or the assets, business or consolidated financial condition of any of the Obligors or any Group).

 

 

 

5

Contract Price

 

 

 

 

Evidence of the final Contract Price in a form acceptable to the Agent.

 

 

 

6

Charter security

 

 

 

 

(a)

the Charter Assignments duly executed by the relevant Owners;

 

 

 

 

(b)

duly executed notices of assignment and acknowledgements of those notices as required by the above Charter Assignments; and

 

 

 

 

(c)

the Quiet Enjoyment Agreements.

114


Part 3
Conditions precedent on Delivery

 

 

 

 

1

Corporate documents

 

 

 

(a)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Owner certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in Parts 1 and 2 of this Schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than a date approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in Parts 1 and 2 of this Schedule in relation to it have not been revoked or amended.

 

 

 

 

(b)

A certificate of an authorised signatory of each other Obligor which is party to any of the Original Security Documents required to be executed at or before Delivery of the Ship certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in Parts 1 and 2 of this Schedule remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than a date approved for this purpose and that any resolutions or power of attorney referred to in Parts 1 and 2 of this Schedule in relation to it have not been revoked or amended.

 

 

 

2

Security

 

 

 

(a)

The Mortgage and the Deed of Covenant duly executed by the relevant Owner,

 

 

 

 

(b)

Any Manager’s Undertaking required at Delivery pursuant to the Finance Documents duly executed by the relevant manager.

 

 

 

 

(c)

Duly executed notices of assignment and acknowledgements of those notices as required by any of the above Security Documents.

 

 

 

 

3

Delivery and registration of Ship

 

 

 

(a)

Evidence that the relevant Ship:

 

 

 

 

 

(i)

is legally and beneficially owned by the relevant Owner and registered provisionally in the name of the relevant Owner through the relevant Registry as a ship under the laws and flag of the relevant Flag State;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii)

is operationally seaworthy and in every way fit for service;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iii)

is classed with the relevant Classification free of all requirements and recommendations of the relevant Classification Society;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(iv)

is insured in the manner required by the Finance Documents;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(v)

has been delivered, and accepted for service, under the Charter;

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vi)

is free of any other charter commitment which would require approval under the Finance Documents; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

(vii)

any prior registration (other than through the relevant Registry in the relevant Flag State) of the relevant Ship has been or will (within such period as may be approved) cancelled.

 

 

 

 

4

Mortgage Registration

 

 

 

Evidence that the relevant Mortgage has been registered with first priority against the Ship through its Registry under the laws and flag of its Flag State.

115



 

 

 

 

5

Insurance

 

 

 

In relation to the relevant Ship’s Insurances:

 

 

 

(a)

an opinion from insurance consultants appointed by the Agent on such Insurances;

 

 

 

 

(b)

evidence that such Insurances have been placed in accordance with clause 22 ( Insurance ); and

 

 

 

 

(c)

evidence that approved brokers, insurers and/or associations have issued or will issue letters of undertaking in favour of the Security Agent in an approved form in relation to the Insurances.

 

 

 

6

ISM and ISPS Code

 

 

 

Copies of:

 

 

 

(a)

the document of compliance issued in accordance with the ISM Code to the person who is the operator of the relevant Ship for the purposes of that code;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the safety management certificate in respect of such Ship issued in accordance with the ISM Code;

 

 

 

 

(c)

the international ship security certificate in respect of such Ship issued under the ISPS Code;

 

 

 

 

(d)

If so requested by the Agent, any other certificates issued under any applicable code required to be observed by such Ship or in relation to its operation under any applicable law.

 

 

 

7

Value of security

 

 

 

Valuations obtained (not more than 30 days before the relevant Utilisation Date) in accordance with clause 23 (Minimum security value) showing that the Security Value of the Ships will be not less than the Minimum Value upon execution of the Security Documents specified in paragraph 2 (Security) of Part 3 of this Schedule.

 

 

 

 

8

Construction matters

 

 

 

(a)

Evidence that any authorisations required from any government entity for the export of the Ship by the relevant Builder have been obtained or that no such authorisations are required.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Evidence that the Contract Price of the relevant Ship (as adjusted in accordance with its Building Contract) will have been paid upon the relevant Utilisation being made (with the relevant Owner having provided its equity to the Agent prior to the Utilisation Date) and that the Builder will not have any lien or other right to detain the ship on its Delivery.

 

 

 

 

(c)

The original or a copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy, of the builder’s certificate and any bill of sale conveying title to the relevant Ship to the relevant Owner and the protocol of delivery and acceptance, commercial invoice and any other delivery documentation required under the relevant Building Contract.

 

 

 

 

9

Fees and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

Evidence that the fees, commissions, costs and expenses that are due from the Borrowers pursuant to clause 11 ( Fees ) and clause 16 ( Costs and expenses ) have been paid or will be paid by the relevant Utilisation Date.

116



 

 

 

10

Survey report

 

 

 

(if required by the Agent) a survey report from approved surveyors obtained not more than 10 days before the relevant Utilisation Date evidencing that the relevant Ship is seaworthy and capable of safe operation.

 

 

11

Environmental matters

 

 

 

(Promptly as of Delivery) Copies of the relevant Ship’s certificate of financial responsibility and vessel response plan required under United States law and evidence of their approval by the appropriate United States government entity and (if requested by the Agent) an environmental report in respect of the relevant Ship from an approved person.

 

 

 

12

Consents

 

 

 

Evidence that any consents required in connection with the delivery of the relevant Ship, the registration of title to the relevant Ship, the registration of the Mortgage over the relevant Ship and the assignment of the Ship’s Charter have been obtained.

 

 

13

Management Agreement

 

 

 

Where a manager has been approved in accordance with clause 20.3 ( Manager ), a copy, certified by an approved person to be a true and complete copy, of the agreement between the relevant Owner and such Manager, relating to the appointment of each Manager and the management services to be provided by it to the relevant Owner in respect of the relevant Ship,

 

 

14

Legal opinions

 

 

 

(a)

A legal opinion of Norton Rose LLP, London addressed to the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Agent and for the benefit of all the Finance Parties on matters of English law, substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to Delivery.

 

 

 

 

(b)

(If required by the Agent) a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Arrangers, the Security Agent and the Agent in Korea and also each jurisdiction in which an Obligor is incorporated and/or which is or is to be the Flag State of the Ship, or which governs any assets which are to be the subject of a Security Interest for the benefit of all the Finance Parties substantially in the form approved by the Agent prior to Delivery.

117


Schedule 4
Utilisation Request

 

 

From:

GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd.

To:

DNB Bank ASA

Dated:

[●]

Dear Sirs

$272,500,000
Facilities Agreement dated [●] 2012 (the “Agreement”)

 

 

 

1

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

 

 

2

We wish to borrow an Advance on the following terms:

 

 

 

 

Proposed Utilisation Date:

Commercial Facility Advance:

KEXIM Facility Advance:

Total Amount:

[●] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business
Day)
$[40,000,000] [Note: the maximum amount to be advanced under the Commercial Facility Advance is 21.391% of the Contract Price]
$[96,250,000] [Note: the maximum amount to be advanced under the KEXIM Facility Advance is 51.471% of the Contract Price]
$[136,250,000] [ Note: the maximum amount to be advanced is 72.861% of the Contract Price ]


 

 

3

We confirm that each condition specified in clause 4.5 ( Further conditions precedent ) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

 

4

The purpose of this Advance is [ specify purpose complying with clause 3 of the Agreement ] and its proceeds should be credited to [●] [ specify account ].

 

 

5

We request that the first Interest Period for the Commercial Loan [be [●] months][shall expire on [●]].

 

 

6

This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.


 

 

 

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

authorised signatory for

 

 

GAS-three Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

authorised signatory for

 

 

GAS-four Ltd.

 

118


Schedule 5
Selection Notice

 

 

From:

GAS-three Ltd. and GAS-four Ltd.

To:

DNB Bank ASA

Dated:

[●]

Dear Sirs

$272,500,000

Facilities Agreement dated [ ●] 2012 (the “Agreement”)

 

 

1

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

 

2

We request that the next Interest Period for the Commerćial Loan be [● ] months.

 

 

3

This Selection Notice is irrevocable.


 

 

 

 

Yours faithfully

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

authorised signatory for

 

 

GAS-three Ltd.

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

authorised signatory for

 

 

GAS-four Ltd.

 

119


Schedule 6
Mandatory Cost Formulae

 

 

 

 

 

1

The Mandatory Cost is an addition to the interest rate to compensate Lenders for the cost of compliance with (a) the requirements of the Bank of England and/or the Financial Services Authority (or, in either case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) or (b) the requirements of the European Central Bank.

 

 

2

On the first day of each Interest Period (or as soon as possible thereafter) the Agent shall calculate, as a percentage rate, a rate (the “ Additional Cost Rate ”) for each Lender, in accordance with the paragraphs set out below. The Mandatory Cost will be calculated by the Agent as a weighted average of the Lenders’ Additional Cost Rates (weighted in proportion to the percentage participation of each Lender in the relevant Loan) and will be expressed as a percentage rate per annum.

 

 

3

The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State will be the percentage notified by that Lender to the Agent. This percentage will be certified by that Lender in its notice to the Agent to be its reasonable determination of the cost (expressed as a percentage of that Lender’s participation in all Loans made from that Facility Office) of complying with the minimum reserve requirements of the European Central Bank in respect of loans made from that Facility Office.

 

 

4

The Additional Cost Rate for any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom will be calculated by the Agent as follows:

 

 

 

(a)

in relation to a sterling Loan:

 

 

AB + C ( B–D ) + E x 0.0.1

 per cent. per annum

 

 


 

 

100– ( A + C )

 

 

 

 

(b)

in relation to a Loan in any currency other than sterling:ex0.01

 

 

E x 0.01

 percent, per annum.

 

 


 

 

300

 

 

 

 

Where:

 

 

A.

is the percentage of Eligible Liabilities (assuming these to be in excess of any stated minimum) which that Lender is from time to time required to maintain as an interest free cash ratio deposit with the Bank of England to comply with cash ratio requirements.

 

 

B.

is the percentage rate of interest (excluding the Margin and the Mandatory Cost) and, if the Loan is an Unpaid Sum, the additional rate of interest specified in clause 8.3.1 ( Default interest ) payable for the relevant Interest Period on the Loan.

 

 

C.

is the percentage (if any) of Eligible Liabilities which that Lender is required from time to time to maintain as interest bearing Special Deposits with the Bank of England.

 

 

D.

is the percentage rate per annum payable by the Bank of England to the Agent on interest bearing Special Deposits.

 

 

E.

is designed to compensate Lenders for amounts payable under the Fees Rules and is calculated by the Agent as being the average of the most recent rates of charge supplied by the Reference Banks to the Agent pursuant to paragraph 7 below and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000.

 

 

5

For the purposes of this Schedule:

120



 

 

 

 

(a)

Eligible Liabilities ” and “ Special Deposits ” have the meanings given to them from time to time under or pursuant to the Bank of England Act 1998 or (as may be appropriate) by the Bank of England;

 

 

 

 

(b)

Fees Rules ” means the rules on periodic fees contained in the FSA Supervision Manual or such other law or regulation as may be in force from time to time in respect of the payment of fees for the acceptance of deposits;

 

 

 

 

(c)

Fee Tariffs ” means the fee tariffs specified in the Fees Rules under activity group A.1 Deposit acceptors (ignoring any minimum fee or zero rated fee required pursuant to the Fees Rules but taking into account any applicable discount rate); and

 

 

 

 

(d)

Tariff Base ” has the meaning given to it in, and will be calculated in accordance with, the Fees Rules.

 

 

 

6

In application of the above formulae, A, B, C and D will be included in the formulae as percentages (i.e., five per cent, will be included in the formula as five and not as 0.05). A negative result obtained by subtracting D from B shall be taken as zero. The resulting figures shall be rounded to four decimal places.

 

 

7

If requested by the Agent, each Reference Bank shall, as soon as practicable after publication by the Financial Services Authority, supply to the Agent, the rate of charge payable by that Reference Bank to the Financial Services Authority pursuant to the Fees Rules in respect of the relevant financial year of the Financial Services Authority (calculated for this purpose by that Reference Bank as being the average of the Fee Tariffs applicable to that Reference Bank for that financial year) and expressed in pounds per £1,000,000 of the Tariff Base of that Reference Bank.

 

 

8

Each Lender shall supply any information required by the Agent for the purpose of calculating its Additional Cost Rate. In particular, but without limitation, each Lender shall supply the following information on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Lender:

 

 

 

(a)

the jurisdiction of its Facility Office; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

any other information that the Agent may reasonably require for such purpose.

 

 

 

 

Each Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any change to the information provided by it pursuant to this paragraph.

 

 

9

The percentages of each Lender for the purpose of A and C above and the rates of charge of each Reference Bank for the purpose of E above shall be determined by the Agent based upon the information supplied to it pursuant to paragraphs 7 and 8 above and on the assumption that, unless a Lender notifies the Agent to the contrary, each Lender’s obligations in relation to cash ratio deposits and Special Deposits are the same as those of a typical bank from its jurisdiction of incorporation with a Facility Office in the same jurisdiction as its Facility Office.

 

 

10

The Agent shall have no liability to any person if such determination results in an Additional Cost Rate which over or under compensates any Lender and shall be entitled to assume that the information provided by any Lender or Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above is true and correct in all respects.

 

 

11

The Agent shall distribute the additional amounts received as a result of the Mandatory Cost to the Lenders on the basis of the Additional Cost Rate for each Lender based on the information provided by each Lender and each Reference Bank pursuant to paragraphs 3, 7 and 8 above.

 

 

12

Any determination by the Agent pursuant to this Schedule in relation to a formula, the Mandatory Cost, an Additional Cost Rate or any amount payable to a Lender shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

121



 

 

13

The Agent may from time to time, after consultation with the Borrowers and the Lenders, determine and notify to all Parties any amendments which are required to be made to this Schedule in order to comply with any change in law, regulation or any requirements from time to time imposed by the Bank of England, the Financial Services Authority or the European Central Bank (or, in any case, any other authority which replaces all or any of its functions) and any such determination shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.

122


Schedule 7
Form of Commercial Facility Transfer Certificate

 

 

To:

[●] as Agent

From: [ The Existing Commercial Facility Lender ] (the Existing Commercial Facility Lender ) and [ The New Commercial Facility Lender] (the New Commercial Facility Lender )

Dated:

$272,500,000 Facilities Agreement dated [●] 2012 ( the “Agreement” )

 

 

 

1

We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

 

 

2

We refer to clause 30.5 ( Procedure for transfer ):

 

 

 

 

(a)

The Existing Commercial Facility Lender and the New Commercial Facility Lender agree to the Existing Commercial Facility Lender assigning to the New Commercial Facility Lender all or part of the Existing Commercial Facility Lender’s Commercial Facility Commitment rights and assuming the Existing Commercial Facility Lender’s obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with clause 30.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) and the Existing Commercial Facility Lender assigns and agrees to assign such rights to the New Commercial Facility Lender with effect from the Transfer Date]

 

 

 

 

(b)

The proposed Transfer Date is [●].

 

 

 

 

(c)

The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Commercial Facility Lender for the purposes of clause 37.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

 

 

 

3

The New Commercial Facility Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Commercial Facility Lender’s obligations set out in clause 30.4.3.

 

 

 

4

This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 

 

 

5

This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations connected with it are governed by English law.

123


The Schedule
Commitment/rights to be assigned and obligations to be assumed
[ insert relevant details ]
Facility Office address, fax number
and attention details for notices and account details for payments

[ insert relevant details ]

 

 

[ Existing Commercial Facility Lender ]

[ New Commercial Facility Lender ]

By:

By:

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed to be as stated
above.
[ Agent ]
By:

124


SIGNATURES

 

 

 

THE BORROWERS

 

 

 

GAS-three Ltd.

 

 

 

By:

Henrik Bjerregaard

/s/ Henrik Bjerregaard

 

GAS-four Ltd.

 

 

 

By:

Henrik Bjerregaard

/s/ Henrik Bjerregaard

 

THE ARRANGERS

 

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ 

 

 

 

 

THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF KOREA

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Heung-Sik Min 

 

 

 

THE AGENT

 

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ 

 

 

 

 

THE SECURITY AGENT

 

 

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

 

 

By:

/s/  

 

125



 

THE ORIGINAL COMMERCIAL FACILITY LENDER

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

By: /s/

 

THE ORIGINAL KEXIM FACILITY LENDER

 

THE EXPORT-IMPORT BANK OF KOREA

 

By: /s/ Heung-Sik Min

 

HEDGING PROVIDER

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

By: /s/

 

THE BOOKRUNNER

 

DNB BANK ASA

 

By: /s/

126


Exhibit 10.8

Private and Confidential

CONFIRMATION MEMORANDUM — GASLOG SAVANNAH

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH FIVE ASTERISKS (*****).

GAS-one Ltd. (“ Owners ”) and Methane Services Limited (“ MSL ”) agree upon this Charter on this 9 May 2011.

Owners and MSL are parties to that certain Master Time Charter party dated 9 May 2011 (the “ Master Time Charter party ”). Owners and MSL hereby agree that the terms and conditions contained in the Master Time Charter party (i) shall apply to the Charter of the Vessel identified in this Confirmation Memorandum and (ii) are incorporated herein by reference.

All capitalized terms used in this Confirmation Memorandum shall have the meaning set forth in the Master Time Charter party unless specifically defined herein.

 

 

1.

OWNER

 

 

 

The Owner shall be GAS-one Ltd, a corporation existing under the laws of Bermuda and having its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda.

 

 

2.

VESSEL DETAILS


 

 

Vessel Name

GasLog Savannah

 

 

IMO Number

9352860

 

 

Vessel Size

154,800 m 3 at 100% fill, -163°C

 

 

Ship Management

Ceres LNG Services Ltd.

 

 

Flag

Bermuda

 

 

Classification Society

ABS

 

 

P&I Club

UK P&I Club


 

 

3.

DELIVERY

 

 

 

The Vessel shall be tendered for delivery as is, where is, on the date hereof.

 

 



Page 1 of 13


Private and Confidential

 

 

 

4.

REDELIVERY

 

 

 

 

The Vessel shall be redelivered on ***** 2015 plus or minus up to ***** at Charterers’ option.

 

 

 

 

Charterers shall redeliver the Vessel to Owners at the pilot boarding station outbound at last discharge port unless otherwise mutually agreed. Charterers shall provide 30, 15, 10, 7, 3, 2, 1 days notice of redelivery.

 

 

 

5.

EXTENSION OPTIONS

 

 

 

 

Charterers shall have the option to extend the Charter for ***** periods of ***** each, from ***** 2015 up to ***** 2023 plus or minus up to ***** at Charterers’ option. Each charter extension period is to be nominated by Charterers at least ***** before the end of each current charter period.

 

 

 

6.

RATE OF HIRE

 

 

 

 

Subject as herein provided, Charterers shall pay for the use and hire of the Vessel at a daily hire rate, and pro rata for any part of a day, which shall consist of ***** referred to in Clause 10 (a), commencing at and from the time and date of her delivery (local time) to Charterers until the time and date of redelivery (local time) to Owners.

 

 

 

 

(i)

The ***** for the Vessel shall be fixed as United States Dollars ***** per day

 

 

 

 

(ii)

The ***** for the Vessel shall be United States Dollars ***** per day and shall be*****; each anniversary year shall begin on 1 January 2011.

 

 

 

7.

PAYMENT OF HIRE

 

 

 

 

To:
GAS-one Ltd
Alpha Bank AE
Piraeus Shipping Branch
89 Akti Miaouli
18537 - Piraeus Greece
Acc. No. 960-01-5006-015104
IBAN GR69 0140 9600 9600 1500 6015104

 

 

 

8.

SHIP CONTACT DETAILS

 

 

 

 

The Vessel’s contact details are as follows:
Phone F77: +870765041044/5
Phone VSAT: +44 2031454652/3
FAX F77: +870765041046
E-mail: sav@cereslng.com


 


 

Page 2 of 13



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

9.

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES

 

 

 

 

(a)

Laden Leg Fuel Consumption


 

 

 

 

 

Average Speed
(Knots)

 

Gas (tonnes)

 

Fuel Oil (tonnes)


 


 


19.5

 

*****

 

*****

19.0

 

 

 

 

18.5

 

 

 

 

18.0

 

 

 

 

17.5

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

No more than two tonnes of MDO as pilot fuel will be consumed per day.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Ballast Leg Fuel Consumption


 

 

 

 

 

Average Speed
(Knots)

 

Gas (tonnes)

 

Fuel Oil (tonnes)


 


 


19.5

 

*****

 

*****

19.0

 

 

 

 

18.5

 

 

 

 

18.0

 

 

 

 

17.5

 

 

 

 

17.0

 

 

 

 

16.5

 

 

 

 

16.0

 

 

 

 

15.5

 

 

 

 

15.0

 

 

 

 

14.5

 

 

 

 

14.0

 

 

 

 

13.5

 

 

 

 

13.0

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

No more than two tonnes of MDO as pilot fuel will be consumed per day.

 

 

 

Consumption figures in the above sub-clauses 8(a) and 8(b) shall be *****.


 


 

Page 3 of 13



Private and Confidential

 

 

10.

EXISTING TIME CHARTER PARTIES

Upon signature of this Confirmation Memorandum, the current Time Charter of the Vessel between GAS-one Ltd. and Methane Services Limited dated 19 August 2008 shall, with effect on and from the date hereof, be novated pursuant to the Master Time Charter party and this Confirmation Memorandum both dated 9 May 2011.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed this Confirmation Memorandum on the date stated above.

 

 

 

Agreed and signed by Owners

 

Agreed and signed by Charterers

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ J. Jensen

 

/s/ Martin Houston 


 


Name:  J. Jensen

 

Name:  Martin Houston

 

 

 

Title:  Chairman & Director

 

Title:  Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

Date:  9 May 2011

 

Date:  9 May 2011


 


 

Page 4 of 13



Private and Confidential

ANNEX A

GAS FORM C

DESCRIPTION OF THE VESSEL

SHI -HULL 1641

 

 

 

 

 

1.

GENERAL

 

 

 

1.1

Vessel Name and Hull Number

:

SHI- HN 1641

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

Builder and Yard

:

Samsung Heavy Industries
Geoje Island, Korea

 

1.3

Year Built

:

2010

 

1.4

Containment System

:

Membrane Type GTT Mark III

 

1.5

Country of Registry

:

Bermuda

 

1.6

Port of registration

:

Hamilton

 

1.7

Classification Society

:

American Bureau of Shipping X Al E, Liquefied gas carrier, Ship type 2G(Membrane tank, Maximum pressure 25 kPaG and Minimum Temperature -163°C), SH, SH-DLA, SHCM, RES, X AMS, X ACCU, SFA(40), NIBS, X APS, X ES, PORT, POT, CRC, DFD , UWILD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

:

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

DIMENSIONS, TONNAGE

 

2.1

Length Overall

:

285.0 metres

 

2.2

Length between Perpendiculars

:

274.0 metres

 

2.3

Beam (moulded)

:

43.40 metres

 

2.4

Depth to upper deck, moulded

:

26.0 metres

 

2.5

Scantling Draft, moulded (in )

:

12.5 metres

 

seawater of specific gravity of 1.025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.6

Design Draft, moulded (in seawater

:

11.5 metres

 

of specific gravity of 1.025)

 

 

 

2.7

Summer Draft (extreme)

:

12.1 metres

 

2.8

Air Draft

:

Maximum 50.00m A/B with radar mast in lowered position and about 56.00m A/B with radar mast in raised position.


 


 

Page 5 of 13



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

 

 

3.

TONNAGE

 

3.1

Deadweight at Design Draft, extreme

:

74,600 metric tonnes

 

 

               at Summer Draft, extreme

:

80,900 metric tonnes

 

3.2

Lightweight

:

31,300 metric tonnes

 

3.3

Displacement at Summer Freeboard

:

112,200 metric tonnes

 

3.4

Gross Tonnage (International)

:

98,000

 

3.5

Net Register Tonnage

:

31,000

 

3.6

Suez Canal Gross Tonnage

:

N/A. It is calculated around delivery

 

3.7

Suez Canal Net Tonnage

:

N/A. It is calculated around delivery

 

 

 

 

 

4.

MACHINERY

 

4.1

Propelling Machinery,

 

 

 

 

               Type, Make, MCR

:

3sets x 4-stroke, non-reversible, turbocharged and inter-cooled dual fuel engine (Wartsila 12V50DF: 11,400 kW at MCR, 514 RPM)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1set x 4-stroke, non-reversible, turbocharged and inter-cooled dual fuel engine (Wartsila 6L50DF: 5,700 kW at MCR, 514 RPM)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2sets x electric propulsion motors (type: dual winding, air to fresh water heat exchanger, designed to suitable for connect to gear box and designed for a propulsion converter controlled drive)
Output Power: 12,650kW

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

Main Boilers

 

 

 

 

               Type, Make and Number

:

Two (2) Oil fired, vertical, forced draft, marine boiler Aalborg

 

 

               Maximum Evaporation

:

5,000 kg/h

 

4.3

Electrical Generating Plan

 

 

 

 

               Type, Maximum Output per

:

3sets x totally enclosed (IP44) generators (F.W. cooled)
Rated Output: 11,000 kW
Rated Voltage: 6,600 VAC, 60 Hz, 3 Phase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1set x totally enclosed (IP44) generator (F.W. cooled) Rated Output: 5,500kW


 


 

Page 6 of 13



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rated Voltage: 6,600 VAC, 60 Hz, 3 Phase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

lset x enclosed (IP32) self-ventilated emergency generator Rated Output: 850kW Rated. Voltage: 450V AC, 60Hz, 3 Phase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

lset x 4-stroke, direct injection, trunk piston emergency generator, 850kW, 1800 RPM (LINDENBERG)

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

Bow Thruster

:

Controllable Pitch Propeller (C.P.P.)

 

 

Electric motor

:

2,000 kW, 6,600V

 

 

No of blades

:

Four (4) (Ni-Al-Bronze)


 

 

5.

OWNER GUARANTEE SPEEDS

Service speed shall be ***** knots at the designed draught of 11.5m and at propulsion shaft power of 24,950 kW including 19.5% sea margins.

 

 

6.

FUEL CONSUMPTION RATE

The specific fuel consumption of each main generator engine with engine driven pumps shall be measured at manufacturer’s shop trial with 5% tolerance. The figures below shall be based on arithmetic average value of total engines. If the shop trial conditions are different from the conditions below, the results shall be corrected in accordance with the manufacturer’s standards.

 

 

Gas operation

Specific energy consumption value at MCR with engine driven pumps shall be 7,640 kJ/kWh, with 1.0g/kWh for pilot fuel.

 

 

Operation on back-up fuel: marine gas oil (MGO)

Specific fuel oil consumption value at MCR with engine driven pumps shall be 189g!kWh. Fuel consumption at MCR shall be measured according to ISO 3046/1-1995, using MGO with lower heat value of 42,700 Id/kg.

 

 

Fuel switch over

 

 

Each engine is to be capable of burning either Gas, Diesel oil or HFO. Fuel change over from Gas to HFO, or HFO to gas, for all engines, is to be completed within 3 hours.

 

 

Specific details on fuel change over shall be provided in Charterer’s voyage instructions for each voyage, as is more fully set forth in Clause 13.

 

 

Switch over of engines fuel systems is to be simultaneous and concurrent. Failure to complete the switch over with in the allowable 3 hours will result in a deduction being made equal to the cost of the excess diesel oil used in the change over.


 


 

Page 7 of 13



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

 

 

7.

CARGO TANKS

 

7.1

Total Capacity 98.5% full

:

152,480 cubic metres at maximum allowable cargo tank fill ratio of 98.5% and reference temperature according to IGC Code 15.1.24-4

 

7.2

Number of Cargo Tanks

:

4

 

7.3

Maximum S.G.

:

470 kg/m 3

 

7.4

Minimum Temperature

:

-163°C

 

7.5

Normal Tank Operating Pressure

:

106 kPa absolute

 

7.6

Relief Valve Settings

:

25 kPa gauge

 

7.7

Capacity at -163°C 100% full

:

154,800 m 3


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No. 1 tank
No. 3 tank

:
:

20,400 m 3
44,800 m 3

 

No. 2 tank
No. 4 tank

:
:

44,800 m 3
44,800 m 3


 

 

 

 

7.8

The Vessel’s cargo tanks can be cooled down from ambient temperature to the loading condition in less than 10 hours (-130°C, mean temp. of cargo tanks).


 

 

 

8.

CARGO LOADING AND DISCHARGE PERFORMANCE

 

(a)

The ship shall be able to load the bulk of the cargo (excluding slow starting and topping off) through three (3) liquid manifolds in approximately 12 hours at pressure of 230 kPa(G) inboard of the manifold strainer.

 

 

(b)

The ship shall be able to discharge the bulk cargo through three (3) liquid manifolds in approximately 13 hours (excluding slow starting and stripping) against a backpressure of 420kPaG measured inboard of the manifold strainer with cargo tanks at mid-level.


 

 

 

 

 

9.

BOIL -OFF RATE

 

9.1

Guarantee Boil-off Rate

:

Not to exceed 0.15% per day


 

 

 

 

 

10.

FRESH WATER

 

10.1

Capacity of F.W. generators

:

Two 30t/d - Alfa-Laval

 

10.2

Capacity of Tanks

 

 

 

 

Fresh Water

:

350 m 3

 

 

Distilled Water

:

50 m 3


 

 

 

 

 

11.

BUNKER CAPACITY

 

11.1

Fuel Oil (100%)

:

 

 

 

HFO Storage Tanks

 

4236.4 m 3

 

(incl. Low Sulphur)

 

122.5 m 3

 

 

HFO Service Tanks
HFO Settling Tanks

 

168.4 m 3

 

11.2

Gas Oil (100%)

:

6.16 m 3

 

11.3

Diesel Oil (100%)

:

 

 

 

MDO Storage Tanks
MDO Service Tanks

 

1132.9 m 3
158.8 m 3


 


 

Page 8 of 13



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

 

 

12.

WATER BALLAST

 

12.1

Tank Capacity (100%)

:

53,500 m 3

 

12.2

Number and Capacity of water ballast pumps

:

3 X 2,500 m 3 /h at 30 mwc

 

12.3

The vessel is capable of loading/discharging ballast concurrent with cargo operations

:

Yes


 

 

 

 

 

13.

CARGO PUMP

 

13.1

Number

:

8

 

13.2

Type and Make

:

Electric motor driven pumps, centrifugal, single stage, submerged / Ebara

 

13.3

Rated Capacity of each Pump

:

1,700 m 3 /h at 155 mlc (S.G. 0.5)


 

 

 

 

 

14.

STRIPPING/SPRAY PUMP

 

14.1

Number

:

5

 

14.2

Type and Make

:

Electric motor driven, centrifugal, submerged / Ebara

 

14.3

Rated Capacity of each Pump

:

50 m 3 /h at 145 mlc (S.G. 0.5)


 

 

 

 

 

15.

EMERGENCY CARGO PUMP

 

15.1

Number

:

1

 

15.2

Type and Make

:

Centrifugal, single stage, removable type / Ebara

 

15.3

Rated Capacity

:

550 m 3 /h at 155 mlc (S.G. 0.5)


 


 

Page 9 of 13



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

 

 

16.

CARGO INSTRUMENTATION

 

16.1

Liquid Level Gauge

 

 

 

 

Primary

 

 

 

 

Type

:

Radar

 

 

Number per Tank

:

1

 

 

Accuracy

:

Sensor +- 5 0 mm
Level alarm: +-10

 

 

Measuring range

:

0 – 50m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secondary

 

 

 

 

Type

:

Float / Whessoe

 

 

Number per Tank

:

1

 

 

Accuracy

:

+-7.5 mm

 

 

Measuring range

:

0 – 44m

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.2

Temperature Sensor

 

 

 

 

Type

:

High Accuracy

 

 

Number per Tank

:

5 pair

 

 

Accuracy

:

+0.2°C between -165°C and -145°C, rising to +1.5°C at +50°C

 

 

Measuring range

:

-200 - +400

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.3

Pressure Sensor System

 

 

 

 

Number per Tank

:

1

 

 

Accuracy

:

+1% of span with deck temperature ranging between -30°C and +60°C

 

 

Measuring range

:

800 - 1,400 mbar

 

16.4

Ship shore communication system

:

Fibre optic, electrical intrinsically safe and pneumatic types


 

 

 

 

 

17.

NITROGEN GENERATION

 

17.1

Type and Make

:

Membrane permeation type / Air Product AS

 

17.2

Capacity

:

2 x 90 Nm 3 /h

 

17.3

Pressure Tank

:

abt. 13 kg/cm2.g


 

 

 

 

 

 

18.

INERT GAS GENERATION

 

18.1

Type and Make

:

Stoichiometric combustion of fuel oil & air/ Smit Gas System

 

18.2

Capacity

:

14,000 Nm3/h inert gas or dry air

 

18.3

Quality of Gas

:

Dew point -45°C at 760 mmHg

 

 

 

 

O2

: max. 1.0% by vol.

 

 

 

 

CO

: max. 100 ppm

 

 

 

 

 

: max. 10 ppm

 

 

 

 

NOx

: max. 100 ppm

 

 

 

 

Soot

: Bacharach 0

 

 

 

 

HC

: 0%

 

 

 

 

CO2

: max. 14% by


 


 

Page 10 of 13



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remainder : N2, H2, Ar

 

19.

GAS COMPRESSORS

 

19.1

High Duty

 

 

 

 

Type and Make

:

Horizontal, single stage centrifugal / Cryostar

 

 

Number and Capacity

 

2 x 26,000 m 3 /h

 

 

Discharge Pressure

 

200 kPa A

 

 

Suction Press and Temp

 

-140°C, 103 kPa A

 

19.2

Low Duty

 

 

 

 

Type and Make

:

Horizontal, two stage centrifugal / Cryostar

 

 

Number and Capacity

:

2 x 3,100 m 3 /h

 

 

Discharge Pressure

:

200 kPa A

 

 

Suction Press and Temp

:

-140°C-100°C, 103 kPa A


 

 

 

 

 

20.

FORCING VAPORIZER

 

20.1

Capacity

:

5,112 kg/h from -163°C to -40°C / Cryostar


 

 

 

 

 

21.

DECK MACHINERY

 

 

 

21.1

Winches Number, Position, Type (incl. windlass)

:

5FWD (2 combined with windlass), 5 AFT, Electro-hydraulic motor driven type (self contained) Maker: TTS-Kocks

 

21.2

Holding Power of Brake

:

Winch brake should be capable of holding 80% of the mooring line’s MBL, and adjustable between 80% and 60% and to be set at 60% at the vessel delivery time

 

 

21.4

Size of Wires and whether fitted with Tails State Length, Material

:

Mooring Rope: 22sets, each 275m long and 42 mm diameter (12-strand Dyneema SK-75 fiber) with MBL: 125t
One side of each mooring rope shall be fitted with eye splice Nylon tails, 11m long.

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.5

Derrick, cranes, etc Type and Capacity

:

2sets x self contained electro-hydraulic single jib cranes (hose handling on trunk deck mid part port and starboard side) Hoisting Capacity: 5MT SWL.


 


 

Page 11 of 13



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

l set electro-hydraulic single jib, self contained crane Starboard (provision & engine room equipment)
Hoisting Capacity: 5.0 MT

 

 

 

 

l set electro-hydraulic single jib, self-contained crane Port (provision & engine room equipment)
Hoisting Capacity: 10.0 MT


 

 

 

 

 

22.

NAVIGATION AND RADIO

 

 

 

22.1

Navigation Aids and Radio Equipment

:

2 × Magnetic Compass (transmitting type) 1 × Gyro Compass Steering Control / auto pilot Rudder angle indicator Echo Sounder Speed Log Radar (1 × X-Band, 1 × S-Band) Anemometer
Weather Facsimile
GPS Navigator
Loran-C Navigator
Integrated Navigation System
Navtex Receiver


 

 

 

 

 

23.

OTHER

 

23.1

Bilge Oily Water Monitor

:

1 X 10 m 3 /h (15 ppm)

 

23.2

Incinerator

:

1 forced draft, package type, 700,000kcal/h capacity, for solid garbage waste and sludge oil burning

 

23.3

Sewage Treatment Plant

:

One (1) biological IMO type for 46 persons

 

23.4

CCTV system with 6 cameras and monitors in wheelhouse, engine control room, cargo control room and DF Engine area. Also:
Each one (1) -       Camera near the Propulsion motor
One (1) -               Camera near the GCU
Each one (1) -                  Camera at Cargo manifold (P&S)
Each one (1) -                  Camera at Mooring station (fore & aft)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One (1) set of loading computer, including hardware and software (on-line), installed in the central control room.

 

23.5

Shipboard management system

 

23.6

Public address system


 


 

Page 12 of 13



Private and Confidential

ANNEX B — LETTER OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

*****

 


 

Page 13 of 13



Exhibit 10.9

Private and Confidential

CONFIRMATION MEMORANDUM — GASLOG SINGAPORE

SPECIFIC TERMS IN THIS EXHIBIT HAVE BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT FOR THOSE TERMS HAS BEEN REQUESTED. THE REDACTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, AND THE TERMS HAVE BEEN MARKED AT THE APPROPRIATE PLACE WITH FIVE ASTERISKS (*****).

GAS-two Ltd. (“ Owner ”) and Methane Services Limited (“ MSL ”) agree upon the following charter on this 9 May 2011.

Owners and MSL are parties to that certain Master Time Charter Party dated 9 May 2011 (the “ Master Agreement ”). Owners and MSL hereby agree that the terms and conditions contained in the Master Time Charter party (i) shall apply to the Charter of the Vessel identified in this Confirmation Memorandum and (ii) are incorporated herein by reference.

All capitalized terms used in this Confirmation Memorandum shall have the meaning set forth in the Master Time Charter party unless specifically defined herein.

 

 

1.

OWNER

 

 

 

The Owner shall be GAS-two Ltd, a corporation existing under the laws of Bermuda and having its registered office at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda.

 

 

2.

VESSEL DETAILS


 

 

Vessel Name

GasLog Singapore

 

 

IMO Number

9355604

 

 

Vessel Size

154,800 m 3 at 100% fill, -163°C

 

 

Ship Management

Ceres LNG Services Ltd.

 

 

Flag

Bermuda

 

 

Classification Society

ABS

 

 

P&I Club

UK P&I Club


 


 

Page 1 of 17



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

3.

DELIVERY

 

 

 

 

The Vessel shall be tendered for delivery as is, where is, on [           ]

 

 

 

4.

REDELIVERY

 

 

 

 

The Vessel shall be redelivered on ***** 2016 plus or minus up to ***** at Charterers’ option.

 

 

 

 

Charterers shall redeliver the Vessel to Owners at the pilot boarding station outbound at last discharge port unless otherwise mutually agreed. Charterers shall provide 30, 15, 10, 7, 3, 2, 1 days notice of redelivery.

 

 

 

5.

EXTENSION OPTIONS

 

 

 

 

Charterers shall have the option to extend the Charter for ***** periods of ***** each from ***** 2016 up to ***** 2025 plus or minus up to ***** at Charterers’ option. Each charter extension period is to be nominated by Charterers at least ***** before the end of each current charter period.

 

 

 

6.

RATE OF HIRE

 

 

 

 

Subject as herein provided, Charterers shall pay for the use and hire of the Vessel at a daily hire rate, and pro rata for any part of a day, which shall consist of ***** referred to in Clause 10 (a), commencing at and from the time and date of her delivery (local time) to Charterers until the time and date of redelivery (local time) to Owners.

 

 

 

 

(i)

The ***** for the Vessel shall be fixed as United States Dollars ***** per day

 

 

 

 

(ii)

The ***** for the Vessel shall be United States Dollars ***** per day and shall be*****; each anniversary year shall begin on 1 January 2011.

 

 

 

7.

PAYMENT OF HIRE

 

 

 

 

To:
GAS-Two Ltd
DnB NOR Bank ASA London
Swift Code:     DNBA GB 2L
Correspondent
Bank:     Bank of New York, New York
Swift Code:     IRVT US 3N
Account no:     63609001
IBAN      GB43DNBA40511463609001

 

 

 

8.

SHIP CONTACT DETAILS

 

 

 

 

The Vessel’s contact details are as follows:
Phone F77: + 870 765 057 076 / 077
Phone VSAT: + 44 2031454704
Fax F77: +870 765 057 078


 


 

Page 2 of 17



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

 

E-mail: sin@cereslng.com

 

 

 

9.

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES

 

 

 

 

(a)

Laden Leg Fuel Consumption


 

 

 

 

 

Average Speed
(Knots)

 

Gas (tonnes)

 

Fuel Oil (tonnes)


 


 


19.5

 

*****

 

*****

19.0

 

 

 

 

18.5

 

 

 

 

18.0

 

 

 

 

17.5

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

No more than two tonnes of MDO as pilot fuel will be consumed per day.

 

 

 

 

(b)

Ballast Leg Fuel Consumption


 

 

 

 

 

Average Speed
(Knots)

 

Gas (tonnes)

 

Fuel Oil (tonnes)


 


 


19.5

 

*****

 

*****

19.0

 

 

 

 

18.5

 

 

 

 

18.0

 

 

 

 

17.5

 

 

 

 

17.0

 

 

 

 

16.5

 

 

 

 

16.0

 

 

 

 

15.5

 

 

 

 

15.0

 

 

 

 

14.5

 

 

 

 

14.0

 

 

 

 

13.5

 

 

 

 

13.0

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

No more than two tonnes of MDO as pilot fuel will be consumed per day.

 

 

 

Consumption figures in the above sub-clauses 8(a) and 8(b) shall be *****.


 


 

Page 3 of 17



 

 

10.

EXISTING TIME CHARTER PARTIES

Private and Confidential

Upon signature of this Confirmation Memorandum, the current Time Charter of the Vessel between GAS-two Ltd. and Methane Services Limited dated 19 August 2008 shall with effect on and from the date hereof be novated pursuant to the Master Time Charter party and this Confirmation Memorandum both dated 9 May 2011.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have executed this Confirmation Memorandum on the date stated above.

 

 

 

Agreed and signed by Owners

 

Agreed and signed by Charterers

 

 

 

/s/ J. Jensen

 

/s/ Martin Houston


 


Name:   J. Jensen

 

Name:  Martin Houston

 

 

 

Title:  Chairman & Director

 

Title:  Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

Date:  9 May 2011

 

Date:  9 May 2011


 


 

Page 4 of 17



Private and Confidential

ANNEX A

GAS FORM C

DESCRIPTION OF THE VESSEL

SHI – HULL 1642

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

GENERAL

 

 

 

 

1.1

Vessel Name and Hull Number

 

:

GASLOG SINGAPORE

 

 

 

 

 

SHI – HN 1642

 

1.2

Builder and Yard

 

:

Samsung Heavy Industries

 

 

 

 

 

Geoje Island, Korea

 

1.3

Year Built

 

:

2010

 

1.4

Containment System

 

:

Membrane Type GTT Mark III

 

1.5

Country of Registry

 

:

Bermuda

 

1.6

Port of registration

 

:

Hamilton

 

1.7

Classification Society

 

 

American Bureau of Shipping

 

 

 

 

 

X A1 E, Liquefied gas carrier, Ship type 2G(Membrane tank, Maximum pressure 25 kPaG and Minimum Temperature -163ºC), SH, SH- DLA, SHCM, RES, X AMS, X ACCU, SFA(40), NIBS, X APS, X ES, PORT, POT, CRC, DFD , UWILD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

:

 

 

2.

DIMENSIONS, TONNAGE

 

 

 

 

2.1

Length Overall

 

:

285.0 metres

 

2.2

Length between Perpendiculars

 

:

274.0 metres

 

2.3

Beam (moulded)

 

:

43.40 metres

 

2.4

Depth to upper deck, moulded

 

:

26.0 metres

 

2.5

Scantling Draft, moulded (in seawater of specific gravity of 1.025)

 

:

12.5 metres

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.6

Design Draft, moulded (in seawater of specific gravity of 1.025)

 

:

11.5 metres

 

2.7

Summer Draft (extreme)

 

:

12.1 metres

 

2.8

Air Draft

 

:

Maximum 50.00m A/B with radar mast in lowered position and about 56.00m A/B with radar mast in raised position.


 


 

Page 5 of 17



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

TONNAGE

 

 

 

 

3.1

Deadweight at Design Draft, extreme

 

:

74,600 metric tonnes

 

 

at Summer Draft, extreme

 

:

80,900 metric tonnes

 

3.2

Lightweight

 

:

31,300 metric tonnes

 

3.3

Displacement at Summer Freeboard

 

:

112,200 metric tonnes

 

3.4

Gross Tonnage (International)

 

:

98,000

 

3.5

Net Register Tonnage

 

:

31,000

 

3.6

Suez Canal Gross Tonnage

 

:

N/A. It is calculated around delivery

 

3.7

Suez Canal Net Tonnage

 

:

N/A. It is calculated around delivery

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

MACHINERY

 

 

 

 

4.1

Propelling Machinery,

 

 

 

 

 

Type, Make, MCR

 

:

3sets x 4-stroke, non-reversible, turbocharged and inter-cooled dual fuel engine (Wartsila 12V50DF: 11,400 kW at MCR, 514 RPM)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 set x 4-stroke, non-reversible, turbocharged and inter-cooled dual fuel engine (Wartsila 6L50DF: 5,700 kW at MCR, 514 RPM)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2sets x electric propulsion motors (type: dual winding, air to fresh water heat exchanger, designed to suitable for connect to gear box and designed for a propulsion converter controlled drive)
Output Power: 12,650kW

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

Main Boilers

 

 

 

 

 

Type, Make and Number

 

:

Two (2) Oil fired, vertical, forced draft, marine boiler Aalborg

 

 

Maximum Evaporation

 

:

5,000 kg/h

 

4.3

Electrical Generating Plan

 

 

 

 

 

Type, Maximum Output per

 

:

3sets x totally enclosed (IP44) generators (F.W. cooled)
Rated Output: 11,000 kW
Rated Voltage: 6,600 VAC, 60 Hz, 3 Phase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1set x totally enclosed (IP44) generator (F.W. cooled)
Rated Output: 5,500kW
Rated Voltage: 6,600 VAC, 60 Hz, 3 Phase


 


 

Page 6 of 17



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

lset x enclosed (IP32) self-ventilated emergency generator Rated Output: 850kW
Rated Voltage: 450V AC, 60Hz, 3 Phase

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1set x 4-stroke, direct injection, trunk piston emergency generator, 850kW, 1800 RPM (LINDENBERG)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.4

Bow Thruster

 

:

Controllable Pitch Propeller

 

 

Electric motor

 

:

(C.P.P.)

 

 

No of blades

 

:

2,000 kW, 6,600V

 

 

 

 

 

Four (4) (Ni-Al-Bronze)


 

 

5.

OWNERS GUARANTEE SPEEDS

Service speed shall be ***** knots at the designed draught of 11.5m and at propulsion shaft power of 24,950 kW including 19.5% sea margins.

 

 

6.

FUEL CONSUMPTION RATE

The specific fuel consumption of each main generator engine with engine driven pumps shall be measured at manufacturer’s shop trial with 5% tolerance. The figures below shall be based on arithmetic average value of total engines. If the shop trial conditions are different from the conditions below, the results shall be corrected in accordance with the manufacturer’s standards.

Gas operation
Specific energy consumption value at MCR with engine driven pumps shall be 7,640 kJ/kWh, with 1.0g/kWh for pilot fuel.

Operation on back-up fuel: marine gas oil (MGO)
Specific fuel oil consumption value at MCR with engine driven pumps shall be 189g!kWh. Fuel consumption at MCR shall be measured according to ISO 3046/1-1995, using MGO with lower heat value of 42,700 Id/kg.

Fuel switch over

Each engine is to be capable of burning either Gas, Diesel oil or HFO. Fuel change over from Gas to HFO, or HFO to gas, for all engines, is to be completed within 3 hours.

Specific details on fuel change over shall be provided in Charterer’s voyage instructions for each voyage, as is more fully set forth in Clause 13.

Switch over of engines fuel systems is to be simultaneous and concurrent. Failure to complete the switch over with in the allowable 3 hours will result in a deduction being made equal to the cost of the excess diesel oil used in the change over.

 


 

Page 7 of 17



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.

CARGO TANKS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

Total Capacity 98.5% full

 

:

152,480 cubic metres at maximum allowable cargo tank fill ratio of 98.5% and reference temperature according to IGC Code 15.1.2-4

 

7.2

Number of Cargo Tanks

 

:

4

 

7.3

Maximum S.G.

 

:

470 kg/m 3

 

7.4

Minimum Temperature

 

:

-163ºC

 

7.5

Normal Tank Operating Pressure

 

:

106 kPa absolute

 

7.6

Relief Valve Settings

 

:

25 kPa gauge

 

7.7

Capacity at -163ºC 100% full

 

:

154,800 m 3

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No. 1 tank

:

20,400 m 3

 

No. 2 tank

:

44,800 m 3

 

No. 3 tank

:

44,800 m 3

 

No. 4 tank

:

44,800 m 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

7.8

The Vessel’s cargo tanks can be cooled down from ambient temperature to the loading condition in less than 10 hours (-130ºC, mean temp. of cargo tanks).

 

 

 

8.

CARGO LOADING AND DISCHARGE PERFORMANCE

 

 

 

 

(a)

The ship shall be able to load the bulk of the cargo (excluding slow starting and topping off) through three (3) liquid manifolds in approximately 12 hours at pressure of 230 kPa(G) inboard of the manifold strainer.

 

 

 

 

(b)

The ship shall be able to discharge the bulk cargo through three (3) liquid manifolds in approximately 13 hours (excluding slow starting and stripping) against a backpressure of 420kPaG measured inboard of the manifold strainer with cargo tanks at mid-level.


 

 

 

 

 

 

9.

BOIL-OFF RATE

 

 

 

 

9.1

Guarantee Boil-off Rate

 

:

Not to exceed 0.15% per day

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.

FRESH WATER

 

 

 

 

10.1

Capacity of F.W. generators

 

:

Two 30t/d - Alfa-Laval

 

10.2

Capacity of Tanks

 

 

 

 

 

Fresh Water

 

:

350 m 3

 

 

Distilled Water

 

:

50 m 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.

BUNKER CAPACITY

 

 

 

 

11.1

Fuel Oil (100%)

 

:

 

 

 

HFO Storage Tanks (incl. Low Sulphur)

 

 

4236.4 m 3

 

 

 

 

 

122.5 m 3

 

 

HFO Service Tanks

 

 

168.4 m 3

 

 

HFO Settling Tanks

 

 

 

 

11.2

Gas Oil (100%)

 

:

6.16 m 3


 


 

Page 8 of 17



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.3

Diesel Oil (100%)

 

:

 

 

 

MDO Storage Tanks

 

 

1132.9 m 3

 

 

MDO Service Tanks

 

 

158.8 m 3

 

 

 

 

 

 

12.

WATER BALLAST

 

 

 

 

12.1

Tank Capacity (100%)

 

:

53,500 m 3

 

12.2

Number and Capacity of water ballast pumps

 

:

3 X 2,500 m 3 /h at 30 mwc

 

12.3

The vessel is capable of loading/discharging ballast concurrent with cargo operations

 

:

Yes

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.

CARGO PUMP

 

 

 

 

13.1

Number

 

:

8

 

13.2

Type and Make

 

:

Electric motor driven pumps, centrifugal, single stage, submerged / Ebara

 

13.3

Rated Capacity of each Pump

 

:

1,700 m 3 /h at 145 mlc (S.G. 0.5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

14.

STRIPPING/SPRAY PUMP

 

 

 

 

14.1

Number

 

:

5

 

14.2

Type and Make

 

:

Electric motor driven, centrifugal, submerged / Ebara

 

14.3

Rated Capacity of each Pump

 

:

50 m 3 /h at 145 mlc (S.G. 0.5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.

EMERGENCY CARGO PUMP

 

 

 

 

15.1

Number

 

:

1

 

15.2

Type and Make

 

:

Centrifugal, single stage, removable type / Ebara

 

15.3

Rated Capacity

 

:

550 m 3 /h at 155 mlc (S.G. 0.5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.

CARGO INSTRUMENTATION

 

 

 

 

16.1

Liquid Level Gauge

 

 

 

 

 

Primary

 

 

 

 

 

Type

 

:

Radar

 

 

Number per Tank

 

:

1

 

 

Accuracy

 

:

Sensor +- 5.0 mm

 

 

 

 

 

Level alarm: +-10

 

 

Measuring range

 

:

0 – 50m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Secondary

 

 

 

 

 

Type

 

:

Float / Whessoe

 

 

Number per Tank

 

:

1

 

 

Accuracy

 

:

+-7.5 mm

 

 

Measuring range

 

:

0 – 44m

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.2

Temperature Sensor

 

 

 

 

 

Type

 

:

High Accuracy


 


 

Page 9 of 17



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number per Tank

 

:

5 pair

 

 

Accuracy

 

:

+0.2ºC between -165ºC and - 145ºC, rising to +1.5ºC at +50ºC

 

 

Measuring range

 

:

-200 - +400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.3

Pressure Sensor System

 

 

 

 

 

Number per Tank

 

:

1

 

 

Accuracy

 

:

+1% of span with deck temperature ranging between -30ºC and +60ºC

 

 

Measuring range

 

:

800 - 1,400 mbar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16.4

Ship shore communication system

 

:

Fibre optic, electrical intrinsically safe and pneumatic types

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.

NITROGEN GENERATION

 

 

 

 

17.1

Type and Make

 

:

Membrane permeation type / Air Product AS

 

17.2

Capacity

 

:

2 x 90 Nm 3 /h

 

17.3

Pressure Tank

 

:

abt. 13 kg/cm2.g


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18.

INERT GAS GENERATION

 

 

 

 

 

18.1

Type and Make

 

:

Stoichiometric combustion of fuel oil & air/ Smit Gas System

 

18.2

Capacity

 

:

14,000 Nm3/h inert gas or dry air

 

18.3

Quality of Gas

 

:

Dew point -45ºC at 760 mmHg

 

 

 

 

 

O2

: max. 1.0% by vol.

 

 

 

 

 

CO

: max. 100 ppm

 

 

 

 

 

 

: max. 10 ppm

 

 

 

 

 

NOx

: max. 100 ppm

 

 

 

 

 

Soot

: Bacharach 0

 

 

 

 

 

HC

: 0%

 

 

 

 

 

CO2

: max. 14% by

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remainder

: N2, H2, Ar

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19.

GAS COMPRESSORS

 

 

 

 

 

19.1

High Duty

 

 

 

 

 

 

Type and Make

 

:

Horizontal, single stage centrifugal / Cryostar

 

 

Number and Capacity

 

 

2 x 26,000 m 3 /h

 

 

Discharge Pressure

 

 

200 kPa A

 

 

Suction Press and Temp

 

 

-140ºC, 103 kPaA

 

19.2

Low Duty

 

 

 

 

 

Type and Make

 

:

Horizontal, two stage centrifugal / Cryostar

 

 

Number and Capacity

 

:

2 x 3,100 m 3 /h


 


 

Page 10 of 17



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Discharge Pressure

 

:

200 kPa A

 

 

Suction Press and Temp

 

:

-140ºC-100ºC, 103 kPa A

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.

FORCING VAPORIZER

 

 

 

 

20.1

Capacity

 

:

5,112 kg/h from -163ºC to -40ºC / Cryostar

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.

DECK MACHINERY

 

 

 

 

21.1

Winches

 

 

 

 

 

Number, Position, Type (incl. windlass)

 

:

5FWD (2 combined with windlass), 5 AFT, Electro-hydraulic motor driven type (self contained) Maker: TTS-Kocks

 

21.2

Holding Power of Brake

 

:

Winch brake should be capable of holding 80% of the mooring line’s MBL, and adjustable between 80% and 60% and to be set at 60% at the vessel delivery time

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.4

Size of Wires and whether fitted with Tails
State Length, Material

 

:

Mooring Rope: 22sets, each 275 m long and 42 ram diameter (12-strand Dyneema SK-75 fiber) with MBL: 125t

 

 

 

 

 

One side of each mooring rope shall be fitted with eye splice Nylon tails, 11m long.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.5

Derrick, cranes, etc.

 

 

 

 

 

Type and Capacity

 

:

2 sets x self contained electro-hydraulic single jib cranes (hose handling on trunk deck mid part port and starboard side)

 

 

 

 

 

Hoisting Capacity: 5MT SWL.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

lset electro-hydraulic single jib, self contained crane Starboard (provision & engine room equipment)
Hoisting Capacity: 5.0 MT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

lset electro-hydraulic single jib, self contained crane Port (provision & engine room equipment)
Hoisting Capacity: 10.0 MT

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.

NAVIGATION AND RADIO

 

 

 


 


 

Page 11 of 17



Private and Confidential

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22.1

Navigation Aids and Radio Equipment

 

:

2 x Magnetic Compass (transmitting type)
1 x Gyro Compass Steering Control / auto pilot
Rudder angle indicator
Echo Sounder
Speed Log
Radar (1 x X-Band, 1 x S-Band) Anemometer
Weather Facsimile
GPS Navigator
Loran-C Navigator
Integrated Navigation System
Navtex Receiver

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.

OTHER

 

 

 

 

23.1

Bilge Oily Water Monitor

 

:

1 X 10 m 3 /h (15 ppm)

 

23.2

Incinerator

 

:

1 forced draft, package type, 700,000kcal/h capacity, for solid garbage waste and sludge oil burning

 

23.3

Sewage Treatment Plant

 

:

One (1) biological IMO type for 46 persons

 

23.4

CCTV system with 6 cameras and monitors in wheelhouse, engine control room, cargo control room and DF Engine area. Also:

 

 

Each one (1) - Camera near the Propulsion motor

 

 

        One (1) - Camera near the GCU

 

 

Each one (1) - Camera at Cargo manifold (P&S)

 

 

Each one (1) - Camera at Mooring station (fore & aft)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.5

One (1) set of loading computer, including hardware and software (on-line), installed in the central control room.

 

23.6

Shipboard management system

 

 

 

 

23.7

Public address system

 

 

 


 


 

Page 12 of 17



Private and Confidential

ANNEX B – LETTER OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

(DNBNOR LOGO)

LETTER OF QUIET ENJOYMENT

To Methane Services Limited

11 th February 2010

Dear Sirs,

Re: Gaslog Singapore (the Vessel )

We refer to:

 

 

 

 

a.

the time charter dated 19 August 2008 (the “ Time Charter ”) made between GAS-two Ltd. as owner and you (the “ Time Charterer ”) as charterer in respect of the Vessel;

 

 

 

 

b.

a loan agreement dated 17 November 2009 (the “ Loan Agreement ”) made between GAS-two Ltd. (the “ Owner ”) as borrower, us as agent (the Agent ) and as security agent (the “ Security Agent ”), and the financial institutions named on the signature pages therein as lenders (together with the Agent and the Security Agent, the “ Finance Parties ”); and

 

 

 

 

c.

the first priority mortgage to be executed by the Owner over the Vessel in our favour (the “ Mortgage ”).

 

 

 

1.

References in this Letter to the Time Charter or to the Loan Agreement and the Mortgage (together the “ Finance Documents ”) shall include such documents as amended, supplemented or varied from time to time so long as any such amendment, supplement or variation has been notified to, and agreed by, us. References to paragraphs are to paragraphs of this Letter.

 

 

2.

The Security Agent confirms that:

 

 

 

d.

it has received a copy of the Time Charter and is familiar with their terms; and

 

 

 

 

e.

it consents to the Owner’s execution of the Time Charter.

 

 

 

3.

In consideration of the sum of US$10.00 and for other good and valuable consideration (receipt and the sufficiency of which the Security Agent acknowledges), the Security Agent undertakes for itself and on behalf of the Finance Parties not without the Time

 

 


 

Page 13 of 17



Private and Confidential

(DNBNOR LOGO)

Charterer’s prior written consent, but subject as provided below and subject to this undertaking expiring on the expiry of the charter period to:

 

 

 

 

(a)

issue any arrest, detention or similar proceedings against the Vessel in any jurisdiction; or

 

 

 

 

(b)

exercise any power of sale or other disposal of the Vessel or of foreclosure to which the Security Agent may be entitled or make any application for the sale of the Vessel or any share therein in any part of the world whether by public auction or private treaty or otherwise (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any steps to be taken solely to protect the Finance Parties’ rights in any arrest proceedings or applications for sale made against the Vessel by any third parties, but only insofar as any such proceedings or applications are continuing and not permanently stayed, and subject to the condition that the Security Agent shall cease any such action upon the relevant proceedings or application being permanently stayed (and release any arrest, or caveat against release, upon the relevant third party arrest being released) and the Security Agent shall notify the Time Charterer in writing promptly upon taking or ceasing any such action); or

 

 

 

 

(c)

take possession of the Vessel; or

 

 

 

 

(d)

appoint a receiver in respect of the Vessel; or

 

 

 

 

(e)

exercise against the Vessel any right or remedy which would diminish, prejudice or interfere with the Time Charterer’s rights, options, benefits or privileges under the Time Charter or otherwise interfere with the quiet use and enjoyment of the Vessel by the Time Charterer under the Time Charter; or

 

 

 

 

(f)

take any step to wind up, liquidate, or place in administration or receivership the Owner nor commence or continue any analogous proceedings in any jurisdiction (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, proving in a liquidation commenced by any third party, but only insofar as any such proceedings are continuing and not permanently stayed, and subject to the condition that the Security Agent shall cease any such action upon the relevant proceedings being permanently stayed and the Security Agent shall notify the Time Charterer in writing promptly upon taking or ceasing any such action);

 

 

 

 

SUBJECT ALWAYS:

 

 

 

(i)

to there having occurred no event under the Time Charter (a “ Charterer’s Termination Event ”) in consequence of which the Owner, is entitled to terminate and has lawfully terminated the Time Charter in accordance with their terms including, without limitation, withdrawal of the Vessel from the Time Charter by the Owner for non-payment of hire;

 

 

 

 

(ii)

to the Vessel not having become an actual, agreed, arranged or constructive total loss and being no longer available to the Owner;

 

 

 


 

Page 14 of 17



Private and Confidential

(DNBNOR LOGO)

 

 

 

4.

The Security Agent agrees that unless the Time Charterer is no longer entitled to the use and quiet enjoyment of the Vessel under paragraph 3 above, if the Security Agent enforces or exercises its rights pursuant to the Finance Documents in accordance with the terms thereof, the Security Agent may only sell or transfer the Vessel expressly subject to the terms of the Time Charter (a “ Permitted Transfer ”) and provided that:

 

 

 

(a) the rights of the Time Charterer under the Time Charter shall be fully preserved and protected following the Permitted Transfer; and

 

(b) before the Permitted Transfer, if the Owner’s rights as “Owner” under the Time Charter are to be assigned or transferred to a third party, such third party (the “ Substitute ”) has assumed the rights and obligations of the Owner under the Time Charter; and

 

(c) the Substitute is acceptable to the Time Charterer acting reasonably.

 

The Time Charterer shall give its consent to the proposed Substitute if the Time Charterer is satisfied, acting reasonably, that the validity and enforceability of the Time Charter will not in any way be prejudiced, and if that Substitute (not being a competitor of the Time Charterer) has such (i) legal capacity (ii) technical competence and (iii) financial capability as are reasonably required to become a party and to perform the obligations of the Owner under the Time Charter, and, provided that (but without prejudice to such Substitute’s ability to meet the foregoing criteria in other circumstances):

 

 

 

(a)

arrangements concluded with third parties by the proposed Substitute shall be taken into account in evaluating its technical competence and financial capability; and

 

 

 

 

(b)

in the case of any proposed Substitute which is an affiliate of the Security Agent or any other Finance Party, evidence that it is controlled by the Security Agent or any other Finance Party shall be sufficient evidence of financial capability for the purposes of this paragraph 4(a);

 

 

 

 

The Owner undertakes not to make any claim against the Vessel and/or Substitute and/or the Time Charterer arising directly from a Permitted Transfer made under this Letter.

 

The Time Charterer shall use all reasonable endeavours to co-operate with the Security Agent in order to effect a Permitted Transfer at the expense of the Security Agent.

 

 

5.

By countersigning this Letter, the Time Charterer hereby acknowledges and agrees that:

 

 

 

(a)

subject to the provisions of paragraphs 3 and 4, the enforcement, in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, by the Security Agent of any security interests granted in favour of the Security Agent pursuant to the Finance Documents or the sale or transfer of the Vessel pursuant to the Finance Documents to any other person shall not constitute a disturbance of the Time Charter or the Time Charterer’s use and quiet enjoyment of the Vessel in accordance with the terms of the Time Charter;

 

 

 

 

(b)

the covenant by the Security Agent in this Letter is the sole covenant by the Security Agent in respect of quiet enjoyment and is in substitution for, and to the exclusion of, any other covenant for quiet enjoyment which may have otherwise been given by any other party or implied at law or otherwise.

 

 

 


 

Page 15 of 17



Private and Confidential

(DNBNOR LOGO)

 

 

 

6.

The Time Charterer agrees that:

 

 

 

(a)

without prejudice to any other rights the Time Charterer may have in respect of any default by the Owner of any of its obligations under the Time Charter, the Time Charterer will not take any enforcement action in respect of or otherwise terminate the Time Charter without first notifying the Security Agent in writing and giving the Security Agent the opportunity to remedy (or procure the remedy of) any default by the Owner of any of its obligations under or in connection with the Time Charter within the relevant period referred to below. Unless the Security Agent notifies the Time Charterer in writing that it does not wish to exercise any remedy rights, the Time Charterer will not terminate the Time Charter if the Security Agent does so remedy (or procure the remedy of) the default within thirty (30) days of the Time Charterer giving notice to the Owner (copied to the Security Agent) of the default by the Owner to perform its obligations under the Time Charter (which cure period shall be extended to sixty (60) days if it is demonstrated to the Time Charterer (acting reasonably) that the Security Agent is continuing to diligently remedy (or procure the remedy of) the default;

 

 

 

 

(b)

if the Security Agent, pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, exercises the power of sale under the Mortgage and/or assigns or transfers the rights of the “Owner” under the Time Charter to the Substitute, the Time Charterer will not terminate the Time Charter by reason solely of such transfer (without prejudice to any accrued rights). In such circumstances, the Time Charterer agrees that the Substitute shall, with effect from the date of the Permitted Transfer and notwithstanding any other provisions thereof, become a party to the Time Charter in place of the Owner and shall be treated for all purposes as if the Substitute had originally been named a party in place of the Owner (without prejudice to any accrued rights).

 

 

 

7.

The Security Agent acknowledges that the Time Charterer is not a party to and is not bound by the provisions of any of the Finance Documents.

 

 

8.

The Security Agent acknowledges that the terms of this Letter shall (subject to such beneficiary similarly confirming and consenting to the terms of this Letter) ensure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Time Charterer under the Time Charter.

 

 

9.

The Security Agent confirms that it has been duly authorised to issue this Letter on behalf of the Finance Parties and that its issuance conforms with the Loan Agreement and, without limitation, the agency provisions described therein.

 

 

10.

The terms of this Letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and the provisions of Clause 46 ( Law and litigation ) of the Time Charter shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to any dispute arising out of this Letter as if such provisions were set out in this Letter.

 

 

Please acknowledge your receipt of and your agreement to the terms of this Letter by signing the attached copy where indicated and returning it to us.

 


 

Page 16 of 17



Private and Confidential

(DNBNOR LOGO)

Each of the parties signing this Letter intends that the agreement constituted by this Letter shall take effect as a deed notwithstanding the fact that a party may only sign this Letter under hand.

 

 

Yours faithfully,

 

 

 


 

For and on behalf of

 

DnB NOR BANK ASA

 

 

 

as Security Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties

We, METHANE SERVICES LIMITED, for the consideration aforesaid, hereby confirm our agreement to the provisions of this Letter.

 

 

Dated: 04 MARCH 2010

 

 

 

/s/ BA Bhat DIRECTOR

 


 

for and on behalf of

 

METHANE SERVICES LIMITED

 

 


 

Page 17 of 17



EXHIBIT 10.20

APPENDIX TO THE PRIVATE AGREEMENT OF PROFESSIONAL HIRING

Today in Piraeus December 1 st 2010, between the below contributing parties:

From one side NEA DIMITRA KTIMATIKH KAI EMPORIKH SA (V.A.T. 094048112) based in Piraeus – 69 Akti Miaouli Street, represented by Mr Georgios A. Katsikas (VAT 020019501), referred hereafter “leaser”

and

on the other side CERES LNG SERVICES (V.A.T. 999237870) based in Bermuda, which installed its office premises in Piraeus under AN 89/67 law, represented by Mr Georgios V. Lagonikas (V.A.T. 031915509), referred hereafter “leasee”,

have agreed and accept the followings:

The below conditions of the private agreement of professional hiring 01/02/2010 are modified as:

1.    LEASE OBJECT

The leaser stated that holds the absolute ownership, distribution and possession of the below mentioned spaces:

1.   459,75 m 2 ground floor

2.   414,50 m 2 1 st floor

3.   47,53 m 2 2 nd floor

4.   387,43 m 2 3 rd floor

5.   243,93 m 2 4 th floor

6.   587,43 m 2 5 th floor

7.   549,85 m 2 6 th floor

of the high rise office building of its property at 69 Akti Miaouli street, as well as spaces of total surface 768,58 m 2 on the ground floor, on the mezzanine, on the 3 rd , 4 th , 5 th , 6 th and 7 th floor and on 1 st ,2 nd and 3 rd basement of the high rise office building of its property on 12-14 Euploias street.

The above mentioned described spaces of total surface 3.459,00 m 2 which will be called hereafter “lease object” in the present agreement, are leased from the leaser to the leasee, with all the existing office furniture, under the below mentioned conditions.

 


3. RENT

I. For the period December 1 st 2010 until December 31 st 2011, the monthly rental is determined to forty one thousands five hundred and eight euro (€ 41.508,00). The agreed rent includes nine (9) parking spaces in the building’s basement and the use of building’s dining area.

II. Continuing and especially from January 1 st 2012 onwards, the monthly rental will be determined at the anniversary date of the agreement and for a period of twelve months after an agreement between the contributing parties has been succeeded.

III. The amount that corresponds to three (3) month’s rent is agreed and paid in the first fifteen (15) days of each calendar quarter by check to the leaser or a person, which is indicated in written by the leaser or with a deposit of the rent credited to the account number 0/441575/009 held by the leaser at CITIBANK Piraeus. The payment of rent will be proved only with a collection receipt or a promissory note deposit to the above mentioned account, excluding any other sort of payment evidence, even the one of oath.

IV. Taxes and fees like T.A.P., F.M.A.P., V.A.T., council taxes and any other sort of taxes related to the income of the lease object, even towards the leased itself, borne only the leaser. Especially, the stamp rental tax (3% plus 20% O.G.A.) bornes only the leaser.

All the other conditions of the above mentioned agreement remains invariable.

The present appendix was fixed by both the contributing parties, under the principles of good will, transacting morals, and the social and economical purpose of each party.

After having agreed and accept all the above mentioned conditions, in verification and proof of them, we wrote the present appendix to three (3) parts of equal value to the original, we read it and signed it.

One prototype was given to the leaser, one to the leasee, while the third one will be immediately submitted within the legal deadline to the competent D.O.Y. for approval.

CONTRIBUTING PARTIES

LEASER

LEASEE


In Piraeus today October 1 st 2011, between the below contributing parties:

From one side NEA DIMITRA KTIMATIKH KAI EMPORIKH SA (V.A.T. 094048112) based in Piraeus – 69 Akti Miaouli street, represented by Mr Georgios A. Katsikas (VAT 020019501), referred hereafter “leaser”

and

on the other side CERES LNG SERVICES (V.A.T. 999237870) based in Bermuda, which installed its office premises in Piraeus under law AN 89/67, represented by Mr Georgios V. Lagonikas (V.A.T. 031915509), referred hereafter “leasee”,

have agreed and accept the followings:

The below conditions of the private agreement of professional hiring 01/02/2010 are modified as:

1. LEASE OBJECT

The leaser stated that holds the absolute ownership, distribution and possession of the below mentioned spaces:

   1.     

42,00 m 2 underground parking

  2.

47,53 m 2 2 nd floor

  3.

343,50 m 2 4 th floor

  4.

587,43 m 2 5 th floor

  5.

549,85 m 2 6 th floor

of the high rise office building of its property at 69 Akti Miaouli street, as well as spaces of total surface 266,10 m 2 on the mezzanine, and on the 4 th and 5 th floor of the high rise office building of its property on 12-14 Euploias street.

The above mentioned described spaces of total surface 1.836,41 m 2 which will be called hereafter “lease object” in the present agreement, are leased from the leaser to the leasee, with all the existing office furniture, under the below mentioned conditions.

3. RENT

I. For the period October 1 st 2011 until December 31 st 2011, the monthly rental is determined to twenty two thousands and forty euros (€ 22.040,00). The agreed rent includes two (2) parking spaces in the building’s underground parking and the use of building’s dining area, auditorium and gym.

II. Continuing and especially from January 1 st 2012 onwards, the monthly rental will be determined at the anniversary date of the agreement and for a period of twelve months after an agreement between the contributing parties has been succeeded.


III. The amount that corresponds to three (3) month’s rent is agreed to be paid within the first fifteen (15) days of each calendar quarter by cheque to the leaser or a person, which is indicated in writting by the leaser or with a deposit of the rent credited to the account number 0/441575/009 held by the leaser at CITIBANK Piraeus. The payment of rent will be proved only with a collection receipt or a proof of deposit to the above mentioned account, excluding any other sort of payment evidence, even the one of oath.

IV. Taxes and fees like T.A.P., F.M.A.P., V.A.T., council taxes and any other sort of taxes related to the income of the lease object, even towards the leased itself, borne only the leaser. Especially, the stamp rental fee (3% plus 20% O.G.A.) bornes only the leaser.

All the other conditions of the above mentioned agreement remains invariable.

The present appendix was fixed by both the contributing parties, under the principles of good will, transacting morals, and the social and economical purpose of each party.

After having agreed and accept all the above mentioned conditions, in verification and proof of them, we wrote the present appendix to three (3) parts of equal value to the original, we read it and signed it.

One original was given to the leaser, one to the leasee, while the third one will be immediately submitted within the legal deadline to the competent tax office for verification.

CONTRIBUTING PARTIES

LEASER
LEASEE

 

 

 


Exhibit 10.21

Dated as of February 1, 2010

GASLOG MONACO S.A.M.

and

CERES MONACO S.A.M.

SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT


THIS AGENCY AGREEMENT is dated as of February 1, 2010

BETWEEN:

 

 

(1)

GASLOG MONACO S.A.M, a company incorporated under the laws of the Principality of Monaco and having its office at Gildo Pastor Center, Bloc A, Office 10.2, 7 Rue du Gabian, MC 98000 Monte Carlo, Monaco (hereinafter referred to as “the Client”)

(2)

CERES MONACO S.A.M, a company incorporated under the laws of the Principality of Monaco and having its office at Gildo Pastor Center, Bloc A, Office 10.2, 7 Rue du Gabian, MC 98000 Monte Carlo, Monaco (hereinafter referred to as “the Agent”)

WHEREAS:

 

 

A.

The Client wish to delegate certain duties to the Agent upon the terms hereinafter set forth in order for the latter to assist the Client in the efficient management and administration of matters within the context of their activities;

 

 

B.

The Agent is willing to accept employment as agent for the Client.

NOW IT IS HEREBY MUTUALLY AGREED as follows:

1. Employment of Agent and Acceptance of Employment

The Client hereby appoint the Agent and the Agent hereby accepts its appointment to act as the Clients’ Agent upon the terms hereinafter set forth with effect as of the date hereof.

2. Responsibilities

The Agent shall (except as the Client may from time to time otherwise instruct the Agent) act as the agent of the Client in the provision of the services specified hereunder in relation to the Client and shall have power to do all things which may be expedient or necessary for the provision of the said services or any of them:

 

 

(i)

to conduct market research on specific issues, seek and refer to the Clients’ enquiries about the development and expansion of their business activities and transmit communications about potential developments, in accordance with the instructions of the Client; and/or

 

 

(ii)

provide the Client with marine support services

 

 

(iii)

provide consultancy services and promote the Client’s business relations, as the Client may from time to time specifically require.

3. Performance of Duties


The Agent hereby undertakes to conduct its business in accordance with the highest standards and not to perform any act which will adversely affect upon the business integrity or the good will of the Client.

4. Remuneration and Reimbursement of Expenses

The Agent shall be entitled to remuneration for its services hereunder consisting of:

 

 

a)

an amount of Euro Twenty Seven Thousand (Euro 27,000) per month, payable in advance upon submission by the Agent of the relevant invoice to be issued by the Agent on a monthly basis; Parties may mutually agree on a additional lump-sum payment at year-end in order to cover extraordinary costs of the Agent.

 

 

b)

such remuneration for the consultancy services at the rate of Euro Three Hundred (Euro 300) per hour, payable upon submission by the Agent of the relevant invoice; and

 

 

c)

such remuneration for any further or extraordinary services rendered at the Client’s request at the rate of Euro Two Hundred (Euro 200) per hour, payable upon submission by the Agent of the relevant invoice;.

The Agent shall keep proper accounts and supporting vouchers relating to the performance of the services hereunder and shall make the same available to the Client upon request at any time.

The Agent shall at its own cost and expense provide all office accommodation, equipment, stationery, telephone, facsimile and staff required for the provision of the services hereunder.

5. Non competition

The Agent shall devote such time and attention to the agency services as is consistent with satisfactory fulfillment of its obligations and performance duties hereunder but shall not be restricted from performing agency services for other entities.

6. Indemnity

The Client hereby undertake to keep the Agent indemnified and to hold it harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever which may be brought against or incurred by the Agent by reason of its employment hereunder and against all costs, expenses, damages and losses which the Agent may sustain or incur in defending or settling same except and to the extent that any such costs, expenses, liabilities and losses sustained or incurred arise out of or result from the breach of any of the obligations of the Agent under this Agreement or gross negligence on the part of the Agent or its employees.

The Agent hereby undertakes to indemnify and hold harmless the Client for any losses, claims, damages, demands, costs or penalties arising directly or indirectly out


of any act or omission or negligence of the Agent or its employees in the performance of the services rendered hereunder unless such loss or damage resulted from the gross negligence or default of the Client or their employees.

7. Term

The appointment of the Agent shall commence and take effect from the date hereof and shall (subject as hereinafter provided) continue for a period of twelve (12) months and shall continue for a subsequent twelve (12) months period thereafter unless and until terminated by either party giving to the other notice in writing to terminate the same in which event the appointment shall terminate upon the expiration of one (1) month from the date upon which such notice was given. Upon termination, except as described in Clause 8, the Client shall pay to the Agent Remuneration as in Clause 4 (a) above for two (2) months. Such Remuneration may be waived on mutual agreement of the parties.

8. Termination

The appointment of the Agent hereunder shall terminate with immediate effect (but without prejudice to the accrued rights of either party hereunder) if any of the following events occurs:

 

 

a)

the Agent defaults in the observance or performance of any of its duties or obligations under this Agreement and such default is not remedied to the satisfaction of the Client within thirty (30) days after notice of such default has been given to the Agent by the Client; and/or

 

 

b)

an order is made or an effective resolution is passed for the winding up of the Agent or the Agent stops or threatens to stop making payments or ceases to carry on the whole or a substantial part of its business; and/or

 

 

c)

an encumbrancer takes possession or a receiver or similar officer of the Agent is appointed in respect of the whole or any material part of the undertakings and assets of the Agent.

For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the employment of the Agent is terminated for any reasons set out in this Clause 8, the Agent shall not be entitled to receive any payment from the Client (except from remuneration for services rendered and/or expenses incurred prior to termination).

9. No partnership

Nothing herein contained shall be construed as to constitute a joint venture or partnership between the parties.

10. Assignment

Neither party hereto shall have the right to assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party.


11. Confidentiality

Save as may be required by law, the Agent shall not, without the prior written consent of the Client, at any time divulge any confidential information in relation to the Clients’ affairs or business or methods of carrying out business which may from time to time come into the Agent’s possession. This obligation shall survive the termination of this Agreement howsoever and whenever occurring.

12. Rights of Third Parties

A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

13. Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law.

14. Settlement of Disputes

Any and all disputes and differences arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, which cannot be settled by the parties themselves, shall be settled in Geneva, Switzerland, under the Rules of Conciliation and Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) by one or more arbitrators in accordance with the said Rules; the language of the conciliation and arbitration proceedings shall be English.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

/s/ Henrik Bjerregaard       

)

 

 

Mr. Henrik Bjerregaard

)

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

GASLOG MONACO S.A.M.

)

in the presence of:

)

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

SIGNED by

)

 

/s/ Yannis Haramis               

)

 

 

Mr. Yannis Haramis

)

 

 

for and on behalf of

)

CERES MONACO S.A.M.

)

in the presence of:

)

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



ADDENDUM NO. 1 dated 1 st October 2011
TO
THE SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT
DATED 1 st February 2010

ADDENDUM to the Service Level Agreement entered on the 1 st February 2010, BETWEEN:

 

 

 

 

 

1)

GASLOG MONACO S.A.M., a company incorporated under the laws of the Principality of Monaco and having its office at Gildo Pastor Center, Bloc A, Office 10.2, 7 rue du Gabian, MC 98000 Monte Carlo, Monaco (hereinafter referred to as “the Client”);

 

 

2)

CERES MONACO S.A.M., a Company incorporated under the Laws of the Principality of Monaco and having its office at Gildo Pastor Center, Bloc A, Office 10.2, 7 rue du Gabian, MC 98000 Monte Carlo, Monaco (hereinafter referred to as “the Agent”)

 

All the above shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Parties” when mentioned all together and as “Party” if anyone of them is mentioned.

WHEREAS

 

 

 

A) The Client and the Agent executed the Service Level Agreement dated 1 st February 2010 (hereinafter called the “Service Level Agreement”);

 

 

 

B) The Client and the Agent desire to proceed with the definition of an adjustment to the remuneration fee, in accordance with the terms and conditions of Clause 4 of the Service Level Agreement.

IT IS HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

Clause 4 a) shall be replaced with effect from today by the new clause 4 a) as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

a)

an amount of Euro Thirty One Thousand and Eight Hundred and Fifty (Euro 31,850) per month, payable in advance upon submission by the Agent of the relevant invoice to be issued by the Agent on a monthly basis; Parties may mutually agree on a additional lump-sum payment at a year-end in order to cover extraordinary costs of the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

All the other terms, conditions and exceptions of the Service Level Agreement shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect. Two originals of this Addendum are made, signed and possessed by each Party.


 

 

 

Dated this 1 st October 2011

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED BY

 

SIGNED BY

for and on behalf of

 

for and on behalf of

GASLOG MONACO S.A.M

 

CERES MONACO S.A.M

 

 

 

/s/ Henrik Bjerregaard

 

/s/ Yannis Haramis


 


Name : HENRIK BJERREGAARD

 

Name : Yannis Haramis

Title : DIRECTOR

 

Title : Director



ADDENDUM NO. 2 dated 1 st December 2011
TO
THE SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT
DATED 1 st February 2010

ADDENDUM to the Service Level Agreement entered on the 1 st February 2010, BETWEEN:

 

 

 

 

 

1)

GASLOG MONACO S.A.M., a company incorporated under the laws of the Principality of Monaco and having its office at Gildo Pastor Center, Bloc A, Office 10.2, 7 rue du Gabian, MC 98000 Monte Carlo, Monaco (hereinafter referred to as “the Client”);

 

 

2)

CERES MONACO S.A.M., a Company incorporated under the Laws of the Principality of Monaco and having its office at Gildo Pastor Center, Bloc A, Office 10.2, 7 rue du Gabian, MC 98000 Monte Carlo, Monaco (hereinafter referred to as “the Agent”)

 

All the above shall be hereinafter referred to as the “Parties” when mentioned all together and as “Party” if anyone of them is mentioned.

WHEREAS

 

 

 

A) The Client and the Agent executed the Service Level Agreement dated 1 st February 2010 (hereinafter called the “Service Level Agreement”);

 

 

 

B) The client and the Agent desire to proceed with the definition of an adjustment to the remuneration fee, in accordance with the terms and conditions of Clause 4 of the Service Level Agreement.

IT IS HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

Clause 4 a) shall be replaced with effect from today by the new clause 4 a) as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

a)

an amount of Euro Thirty Six Thousand and Eight Hundred and Fifty (Euro 36,850) per month, payable in advance upon submission by the Agent of the relevant invoice to be issued by the Agent on a monthly basis; Parties may mutually agree on a additional lump-sum payment at a year-end in order to cover extraordinary costs of the Agent.

 

 

 

 

 

All the other terms, conditions and exceptions of the Service Level Agreement shall remain unaltered and in full force and effect. Two originals of this Addendum are made, signed and possessed by each Party.


 

 

 

Dated this 1 st December 2011

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED BY

 

SIGNED BY

for and on behalf of

 

for and on behalf of

GASLOG MONACO S.A.M

 

CERES MONACO S.A.M

 

 

 

/s/ Henrik Bjerregaard

 

/s/ Yannis Haramis


 


Name : HENRIK BJERREGAARD

 

Name : Yannis Haramis

Title : DIRECTOR

 

Title : Director



Exhibit 10.23

RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT

among

GASLOG LTD.,

PETER G. LIVANOS

and

BLENHEIM HOLDINGS LTD.



 

 

 

          THIS RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made on [     ], 2012,

                    BY AND BETWEEN:

                    (1) GASLOG LTD., a Bermuda exempted company (the “ Company ”);

                    (2) PETER G. LIVANOS, in his individual capacity (“ P. Livanos ”); and

                    (3) BLENHEIM HOLDINGS LTD., a Bermuda exempted company (“ Blenheim ” and, together with P. Livanos, the “ Livanos Entities ”).

                    WHEREAS, the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Shares (as defined below) will involve the sale of an ownership interest in the Company’s business and its goodwill, and the Company wishes to protect such goodwill in order to maximize the proceeds of the sale of its Common Shares in the offering; and

                    WHEREAS, the parties hereto agree and acknowledge that the Company’s goodwill can only be protected by the Livanos Entities entering into the covenants set forth below, and that the Livanos Entities will directly and/or indirectly benefit from the Common Shares being priced and/or sold to reflect such goodwill;

                    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the terms and conditions set forth below and other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

INTERPRETATION

 

 

 

          SECTION 1.1. In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires:

 

 

 

          (a) “ Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

 

 

          (b) “ Blenheim ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

 

 

          (c) “ Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company as the same may be constituted from time to time.

 

 

 

          (d) “ Change in Control ” means the Livanos Entities cease to beneficially own, in the aggregate, at least 50% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company.

 

 

 

          (e) “ Common Shares ” means common shares, par value $0.01, of the Company.

1



 

 

 

          (f) “ Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

 

 

          (g) “ Competitive Activity ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

 

 

          (h) “ Effective Date ” means the date of the closing of the initial public offering of the Company’s shares.

 

 

 

          (i) “ Livanos Entities ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

 

 

 

          (j) “ LNG ” means liquefied natural gas.

 

 

 

          (k) “ LNG Vessel ” means any ocean-going vessel (including any newbuilding vessel under construction or on order to be constructed) that is intended to be used primarily to transport LNG.

 

 

 

          (l) “ Lock-Up Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

 

 

 

          (m) “ Non-Competition Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

 

 

          (n) “ P. Livanos ” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble.

                    SECTION 1.2. The headings of this Agreement are for ease of reference and do not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

                    SECTION 1.3. All the terms of this Agreement, whether or not so expressed, shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

                    SECTION 1.4. Unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular include the plural and vice versa.

ARTICLE II

                    ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND REPRESENTATION

                    SECTION 2.1. Each of P. Livanos and Blenheim hereby represents and warrants that as of the date of this Agreement, (a) Blenheim is the record holder of [     ] Common Shares, and after giving effect to the Company’s initial public offering and concurrent private placement, such shares represent [     ]% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company, or [     ]% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, and (b) P. Livanos owns at least 77.5% of the issued and outstanding share capital of Blenheim.

2


ARTICLE III

NON-COMPETITION

                    SECTION 3.1. During the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending when P. Livanos ceases to beneficially own 20% or more of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company (such period, the “ Non-Competition Period ”), subject to Section 3.2 hereof, P. Livanos shall be prohibited from directly or indirectly owning, operating or managing LNG Vessels (each, a “ Competitive Activity ”), other than pursuant to his involvement with the Company and its subsidiaries.

                    SECTION 3.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, P. Livanos may engage in the following activities:

                    (a) passive ownership of minority interests (i) in any business that is not primarily engaged in a Competitive Activity or (ii) constituting less than 5% of any publicly listed company; and

                    (b) non-passive participation in a business that acquires an interest in a Competitive Activity; provided that as promptly as reasonably practicable, either (i) the business enters into an agreement to dispose of the Competitive Activity and such disposition is completed within a reasonable time or (ii) P. Livanos’ participation is changed so as to satisfy the requirements of Section 3.2(a).

                    SECTION 3.3. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to restrict the ability of any Livanos Entity to acquire, invest in, own, operate, manage or charter any vessel other than LNG Vessels or to engage in any activity that is not a Competitive Activity. In addition, this Article III shall not apply to transactions by independent fund managers not acting under the direction or control of a Livanos Entity.

                    SECTION 3.4. In the event of an inadvertent violation of the terms of this Article III, P. Livanos shall not be deemed not to be in breach of this Agreement if he shall, as promptly as practicable, take such reasonable steps as are necessary to remedy such inadvertent violation.

ARTICLE IV

SUPPLEMENTAL SHARE LOCK-UP

                    SECTION 4.1. During the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending eighteen months following the Effective Date (such period, the “ Lock-Up Period ”), subject to Sections 4.2 and 4.3 hereof, the Livanos Entities shall not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale or enter into any similar disposition of any Common Shares that, as of the date of this Agreement, are owned by P. Livanos or Blenheim.

3


                    SECTION 4.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Livanos Entities may dispose of Common Shares during the Lock-Up Period in the following circumstances:

                    (a) pursuant to any sale or transfer of Common Shares by Blenheim to its shareholders (including any division of the ownership interests in Blenheim of P. Livanos and members of the Radziwill family); provided that the transferee or transferees agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Article IV;

                    (b) pursuant to any private sale of direct or indirect interests in the Common Shares to a strategic investor in the Company; provided that the strategic investor agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Article IV;

                    (c) in connection with any sale or transfer that would result in a Change in Control of the Company; provided that such Change in Control has been approved by the Board of Directors; and

                    (d) in transactions relating to Common Shares acquired following the Effective Date.

                    SECTION 4.3. Notwithstanding anything in Section 4.1 to the contrary, the Lock-Up Period shall terminate as to any person that ceases to beneficially own (or does not beneficially own) 20% or more of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company.

                    SECTION 4.4. During the Lock-Up Period, the Livanos Entities shall be prohibited from exercising any rights they may have to require the Company to file a registration statement pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement entered into on the Effective Date, without obtaining the prior consent of the Board of Directors.

                    SECTION 4.5. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to modify, restrict or amend the terms of the lock-up agreement entered into on the Effective Date by P. Livanos with Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s shares, nor shall it be construed to modify, restrict or amend the terms of any lock-up agreements the Livanos Entities may enter into in connection with any subsequent securities offerings by the Company.

ARTICLE V

NOTICES

                    SECTION 5.1. All notices, consents and other communications hereunder shall be in writing, sent either by prepaid registered mail or facsimile, and will be validly given if delivered to a party at its respective address set forth below:

4



 

 

 

GasLog Ltd.

 

c/o GasLog Monaco S.A.M.

 

Gildo Pastor Center

 

7 Rue du Gabian

 

MC 98000, Monaco

 

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

Facsimile: +377 97 97 51 24

 

 

 

Peter G. Livanos

 

GasLog Ltd.c/o GasLog Monaco S.A.M.

 

Gildo Pastor Center

 

7 Rue du Gabian

 

MC 98000, Monaco

 

Attention: Peter G. Livanos

 

Facsimile: +377 97 97 51 24

 

 

 

Blenheim Holdings Ltd.

 

Clarendon House

 

2 Church Street

 

Hamilton HM 11

 

Bermuda

 

Attention: Peter G. Livanos

 

Facsimile:

ARTICLE VI

APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

                    SECTION 6.1. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF).

                    SECTION 6.2. With respect to any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or if such suit, action or proceeding may not be brought in such court for jurisdictional reasons, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County and waives any objection to venue being laid in such courts whether based on the grounds of forum non conveniens or otherwise and hereby agrees not to commence any such suit, action or proceeding other than before one of such courts.

                    SECTION 6.3. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY, TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE) ANY RIGHT

5


TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION ARISING IN WHOLE OR IN PART UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. ANY PROCEEDING WHATSOEVER BETWEEN THE PARTIES RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT WILL INSTEAD BE TRIED IN A COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION BY A JUDGE SITTING WITHOUT A JURY.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

                    SECTION 7.1. This Agreement constitutes the sole understanding and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings, written or oral, with respect thereto. This Agreement may not be amended, waived or discharged except by an instrument in writing executed by the party against whom enforcement of such amendment, waiver or discharge is sought.

                    SECTION 7.2. It is the desire and intent of the parties hereto that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied in each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. Accordingly, if any particular provision of this Agreement is adjudicated to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be deemed amended to delete therefrom the portion thus adjudicated as invalid or unenforceable, such deletion to apply only with respect to the operation of such provision in the particular jurisdiction in which such adjudications is made. Upon such determination that any term or provision is invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible.

                    SECTION 7.3. No party shall have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the other parties hereto.

                    SECTION 7.4. This Agreement may be executed in one or more written counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

6


                    IN WITNESS whereof the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

GASLOG LTD.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 


 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

PETER G. LIVANOS

 

 

 


 

 

 

 

BLENHEIM HOLDINGS LTD.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 


 

Name:

 

Title:

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO R ESTRICTIVE C OVENANT A GREEMENT ]


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement No. 333-179034 on Form F-1 of our report dated March 14, 2012, relating to the consolidated financial statements of GasLog Ltd. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 and the related financial statement schedule appearing in the prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such prospectus.

 

/s/Deloitte Hadjipavlou, Sofianos & Cambanis S.A.

Athens, Greece

March 14, 2012

 

Exhibit 23.4

 

CONSENT OF CLARKSON RESEARCH SERVICES LIMITED

 


GasLogLtd.
c/o GasLog Monaco SAM
Gildo Pastor Center
7 Rue du Gabian
MC 98000, Monaco

March 14, 2012

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Form F-l registration statement, as the same may be amended from time to time (collectively, the “Registration Statement”), of GasLog Ltd. (the “Company”), to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), relating to the public offering of the Company’s common shares.

We have reviewed the section in the Registration Statement entitled “The LNG Shipping Industry” and confirm that it accurately describes the international LNG shipping market. We further advise the Company that our role has been limited to the review of the section referenced above and the provision of the information set forth in the section of the Registration Statement entitled “The LNG Shipping Industry,” including, but not limited to, the statistical data, graphs and tables that appear in that section (collectively, the “Shipping Information”). With respect to the Shipping Information supplied by us, we advise you that:

·            some industry data included in this discussion is derived from estimates or subjective judgments;

·            the published information of other maritime data collection agencies may differ from this data; and

·            while we have taken reasonable care in the compilation of the Shipping Information and believe it to be accurate and correct, data compilation is subject to limited audit and validation procedures.

We hereby consent to (i) the use of the graphical and statistical information supplied by us as set forth in the Registration Statement, including, without limitation, such information contained under the section of the Registration Statement entitled “The LNG Shipping Industry”, (ii) the references to our company in the Registration Statement, (iii) the naming of our company as an expert in the Registration Statement, and (iv) the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement to be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act.

/s/ Stephen Gordon

 

/s/ Trevor Crowe

For and on behalf of
Clarkson Research Services Limited
Name: Stephen Gordon
Designation: Director
  For and on behalf of
Clarkson Research Services Limited
Name: Trevor Crowe
Designation: Director